Class 11 Math Jee Module

Academic Progress for every Student
Regular tests &

assignments
VEDANTU
IMPROVEMENT Report card with
PROMISE detailed analysis
VIP
Parent-teacher
meetings
Our Extraordinary Results 2021

Our Students
5.2X
HIGHER
Our Students
Our Students
3.8X
6.6X
HIGHER
All India HIGHER

All India All India
37.28% 37.28% 8.25%

9.84% 9.84% 1.25%
CBSE 10 CBSE 12 JEE

student scoring above 90% student scoring above 90% Advanced
SCAN CODE
to know more
about VIP
Published by
Vedantu Innovations Pvt. Ltd.
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floor, Vistar Arcade,
14th Main Rd, Sector 3, HSR Layout
Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 102
www.vedantu.com
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information
storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers.
Notice: Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best resources and knowledge.
Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book from sources regarded
as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this book. However, as authors and
publishers, we are not to be held responsible for unintentional mistakes that might have crept
in. Having stated that, errors (if any) brought to our notice shall be gratefully acknowledged
and rectified in upcoming editions.
Printed by
Softberry Technology Pvt. Ltd
2nd Floor, above PNB, Scheme No 140
Indore, Madhya Pradesh - 452016
https://www.softberry.in
How to use your
Tatva Practice Book
1
4. Fundamental Principle of
Counting :
If an event can occur in ‘m’
different ways following which
another event can occur in ‘n’
different ways following which Scan the QR Code in each
another event can occur in ‘p’ chapter’s theory section to
different ways then
view micro concept videos
related to the chapter, on
SCAN CODE the Vedantu app.
Permutations
Exercise - 2:
2
Solve all types of
1. If every element of a third
order determinant of value ∆ is
multiplied by 5, then the value
of new determinant is:
(JEE 2019)
exercise questions
based on the latest JEE (a) ∆ (b) 5∆
pattern. (c) 25∆ (d) 125∆
Answer Key
3
CHAPTER-1: DETERMINANTS
For extra exam
Exercise-1: Basic Objective preparation content,
visit the Vedantu app.
Scan the QR code in the You can find previous
Answers Section to view years’ JEE papers with
detailed solutions for all solutions and detailed
exercise questions. analysis.
Founder’s Message
Dear Student,
I am delighted to present to you a Ready Reckoner and an amazing book to guide you for your
exams-‘TATVA’. Tatva—which means the ‘Core’ is fully aligned with the culture, the mission, and the
vision of Vedantu and therefore it gives me immense pleasure and joy to share this book with you. We
at Vedantu have always believed in revolutionizing the teaching and learning process and always
speedily progressed in the direction of bringing superior quality education and content to your table.
Tatva is a step forward in this direction. This book is your guide, your practice guru, and your
companion in moving towards your dreams. The book is a result of the consistent effort, diligence, and
research by our experienced team of subject experts and teachers.
This book has been customized with curated content to suit the needs of JEE aspirants like you and
guide you on the right path to cracking JEE and optimizing your efficiency. Tatva is a comprehensive
amalgamation of important concepts, theories, derivations, definitions, solved examples, concept
videos, practice questions, and important questions. We have ensured that high-quality content and
the right ingredients are in place in this booklet to help you climb up the success ladder.
A few guiding points to optimally use Tatva with a planned approach:
Tatva equips you with Theory, Concept Videos, and Solved examples to help you revise concepts,
mark your notes, walk you through the entire summary, and eventually makes you capable of
clearing all your conceptual doubts all by yourself.
We suggest revision of theory followed by practice of solved examples.
Practice relevant questions daily after finishing Vedantu lectures and session assignments. We
believe that a daily dose of Tatva will keep all your exam blues at bay.
Use the Tatva booklet to mark notes so that it always comes in handy for last-minute revision
sessions before your exams. Notes should include key points of theory, solved examples, and some
questions which you couldn't solve in the first attempt.
Exercise 1 and Exercise 2 of JEE Tatva deal with basic questions and those which can be asked or
already asked in JEE Main. Similarly, Exercise 3 and Exercise 4 deal with JEE Advanced level
questions. We recommend you solve basic JEE Main questions before moving to JEE Advanced
level questions.
Before wrapping up, the practice mantra: “Don't practice until you get it right. Practice until you
can't get it wrong.”
We strongly believe in you and your capabilities. So believe in yourself

because success is only one step away. Wishing that your talent shines
bright. All the very best!
Anand Prakash
Founder and Academic Head, Vedantu
Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing Top Ranks in JEE/NEET
and Olympiads. He has personally taught and mentored AIR 1, 6, 7 (JEE
Advanced), AIR-1, 7, 9(AIIMS), and thousands of more students who have
successfully cleared these competitive exams in the last few years.
Credits
“Happiness lies in the joy of achievement
and the thrill of creative effort.”
—Franklin D. Roosevelt
Tatva is the brainchild of a group of creative Vedans who have strived tirelessly to weave success stories for you.
We extend our heartfelt gratitude to the superb team of Vedans who give wings to the vision of Vedantu,
starting with our leaders who have been guiding and encouraging us at every step of the way:
Vamsi Krishna Sir, Anand Prakash Sir and Pulkit Jain Sir
We thank our leaders for their insight and mentorship. They steered the project in the right direction and were
instrumental in making Tatva a reality:
Sahil Bhatia, Sudhanshu Jain, Shubam Gupta, Ajay Mittal, Arshad Shahid, Jaideep Sontakke
The managers who embodied every aspect of what Tatva aimed to accomplish and brought their ideas and
diligence to the table to execute this vision immaculately:
Harish Rao, Neha Surana, Charubak Chakrabarti, Prashant Palande
Mathematics Team
We truly appreciate all the Master Teachers of Vedantu whose relentless efforts helped us translate this vision
into reality. Our heartfelt gratitude to our creative content developers and the typesetting team, who have put
in their hard work, insight, and eagerness to nurture and execute Tatva into ‘your ready handbook’ and bring a
positive learning experience to you.
Teachers Subject Matter Experts
Amit Singh Ankit Kumar Gupta Nikhil Goyal (Team Lead) Aman Bhartiya
Typesetting Team Graphic Designer

Raman Kumar Kinjal Sojitra
We cannot thank the creative team enough. Their creative minds and contagious energy have added a visual
flair, truly making Tatva the treasure trove of knowledge that it is.
Kajal Nilanjan Chowdhury Rabin Jacob Mohit Kamboj
Kiran Gopal Balaji Sakamuri Thamam Mubarish Haritha Ranchith
Sarib Mohammad
We thank and appreciate the enthusiastic support provided by Arunima Kar, Savin Khandelwal, and Dipshi
Shetty.
The journey of bringing Tatva to life, from an idea to the book you are holding, would not have been possible
without the extensive support of our diligent Operations Team, our amazing Academic Team, our dedicated
team of Teachers, and our talented Tech Team.
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 8
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 14
Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 27
Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 30
Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 35
Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 39
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 164
COMPLEX NUMBERS
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 42
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 49
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 166

7
SEQUENCE AND SERIES
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 86
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 92
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 168
STRAIGHT LINES
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 123
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 131
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 170

QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
Chapter 01 9
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
1. QUADRATIC EXPRESSION/EQUATION 4. NATURE OF ROOTS
The general form of a quadratic expression in x is, (a) Consider the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 where
f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, where a, b, c Î R & a ¹ 0. a, b, c Î R & a ¹ 0 then;
and general form of a quadratic equation in x is,
(i) D > 0 Û roots are real & distinct (unequal).
ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a, b, c Î R & a ¹ 0.
(ii) D = 0 Û roots are real & coincident (equal).
2. ROOTS OF QUADRATIC EQUATION (iii) D < 0 Û roots are imaginary..
(a) The solution of the quadratic equation, (iv) If p + i q is one root of a quadratic equation,
then the other must be the conjugate p – i q &
2
-b ± b2 - 4ac
ax + bx + c = 0 is given by x =
2a vice versa. p, q Î R & i = -1 .
2
The expression D = b – 4ac is called the discriminant
of the quadratic equation. (b) Consider the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 where
a, b, c Î Q & a ¹ 0 then;
3. RELATION BETWEEN ROOT AND
(i) D > 0 and is a perfect square then the roots are
COEFFICIENTS
rational and distinct.
(a) If a & b are the roots of the quadratic equation
(ii) D > 0, and is not a perfect square then the roots
ax 2 + bx + c = 0, then ;
are conjugate surds i.e, a ± b . b ¹ 0
(i) a + b = – b/a (ii) α β = c/a
(iii) D = 0, then the roots are equal & rational
D
(iii) | α - β |= .
|a| (iv) D < 0, then the roots are non-real conjugate
(b) A quadratic equation whose roots are a & b is complex numbers., i.e, a ± i b .
(x – a ) (x – b ) = 0 i.e.
x 2 – ( a + b ) x + ab = 0 i.e. NOTES :
x 2 – (sum of roots) x + product of roots = 0.
Remember that a quadratic equation cannot have three
NOTES : different roots & if it has, it becomes an identity.
2 ax 2 + bx + c = 0 will be an identity (or can have more than

2 æ b ö D
y = (ax + bx + c) º a(x - a) (x - b) = a ç x + ÷ -
è 2a ø 4a two solutions) if a = 0, b = 0, c = 0
SCAN CODE
Quadratic Equations
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
10
5. NATURE OF THE ROOTS OF TWO 7. INEQUATIONS

QUADRATIC EQUATION:
ax 2 + bx + c > 0 a ¹ 0 .
If D1 and D 2 are the discriminants of two quadratic
(i) If D > 0, then the equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0 has
equations P(x) = 0 and Q (x) = 0, such that two different roots (x 1 < x2 ).
(i) D1 + D 2 ³ 0 then there will be at least two real roots Then a > 0 Þ x Î (–¥, x1) È (x2 , ¥)
a<0 Þ x Î (x1, x2)
for the equation P(x) = 0 or Q(x) = 0.
(ii) If D1 + D 2 < 0 , then there will be atleast two

imaginary roots for the equation P(x) = 0 or Q(x) = 0.
(iii) If D1 .D 2 < 0 , then the equation P(x).Q(x) = 0 will

have two real roots and two imaginary roots.
(iv) If D1 .D 2 > 0 , then the equation P(x).Q(x) = 0 has

P x
either four real roots or no real roots. (ii) Inequalities of the form 0 can be
Q x
(v) If D1 .D 2 = 0 such that D1 > 0 and D 2 = 0 or quickly solved using the method of intervals
(wavy curve).
D1 = 0 and D 2 > 0 then the equation P(x).Q(x) = 0 will
have two equal roots and two distinct roots. 8. RANGE OF QUADRATIC EXPRESSION
(vi) If D1 .D 2 = 0 where D1 < 0 and D 2 = 0 or Maximum & Minimum Value of y = ax2 + bx + c occurs
at x = –(b/2a) according as :
D1 = 0 and D 2 < 0 then the equation P(x). Q(x) = 0 will
For a > 0, we have :
have two equal real roots and two non-real roots.
(vii) If D1D 2 = 0 such that D1 = 0 and D 2 = 0 then the
equation P(x) Q(x) = 0 will have two pairs of equal roots.
6. GRAPH OF QUADRATIC EXPRESSION

é 4ac - b 2 ö
yÎê , ¥ ÷÷
Consider the quadratic expression, y = ax 2 + bx + c, ë 4a ø
a ¹ 0 & a, b, c Î R then ;
(i) The graph between x, y is always a parabola.

If a > 0 then the shape of the parabola is
concave upwards & if a < 0 then the shape of -D -b
y min = at x = , and y max ® ¥
the parabola is concave downwards. 4a 2a
(ii) y > 0 " x Î R, only if a>0&D<0
(iii) y < 0 " x Î R, only if a<0&D<0
SCAN CODE
Quadratic Equations
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
11
For a < 0, we have :

10. LOCATION OF ROOTS OF QUADRATIC
EQUATIONS
Let f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, where a > 0 & a, b, c Î R.

(i) Conditions for both the roots of f(x) = 0 to be
greater than a specified number ‘k’ are :
D³ 0 & f (k) > 0 & (–b/2a) > k.
æ 4ac - b 2 ù
y Î çç -¥, ú
è 4a û
-D -b
y max = at x = , and ymin ® - ¥
4a 2a
9. POLYNOMIAL (ii) Conditions for both roots of f (x) = 0 to lie on

either side of the number ‘k’ (in other words the
If a1, a2, a3, ....., an are the roots of the n th degree numb er ‘k’ li es b et we en the ro o ts o f
f (x) = 0 is:
polynomial equation :
a f (k) < 0 and D > 0.
f (x) = a 0x n + a 1xn–1 + a 2xn–2 + ...... + an–1x + an = 0
where a0, a 1, ....... a n are all real & a 0 ¹ 0,
Then,
a
å α1 = – a 1 ;
0
a
å α1 α 2 = + a 2 ; (iii) Conditions for exactly one root of f (x) = 0 to lie
0
in the interval (k1, k 2) i.e. k1 < x < k2 are :
D>0 & f (k1) . f (k2) < 0.
a
å α1 α 2 α3 = – a 3 ;
0
............
an
α1 α 2 α3.....α n = (–1) n
a0
SCAN CODE
Quadratic Equations
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
12
(iv) Conditions that both roots of f(x) = 0 to be

b 2 - 4ac < 0 , then the minimum and maximum values
confined between the numbers k 1 & k 2 are
(k1 < k2) :
æ cö
D ³ 0 & f (k1) > 0 & f (k2) > 0 & k1 < (–b/2a) < k2. of f(x) are given by f çç ± a ÷÷ .
è ø
12. COMMON ROOTS
(a) Only One Common Root
Let a be the common root of ax 2 + bx + c = 0 &

a’x 2 + b’x + c’ = 0, such that a, a’ ¹ 0 and a b’ ¹ a’b.
Then, the condition for one common root is :
(v) Conditions for both the roots of f(x) = 0 to be less (ca¢ - c¢a) 2 = (ab¢ - a ¢b) (bc¢ - b¢c).
than a specified number ‘k’ are :
(b) Two Common Roots
-b
D ³ 0, f k > 0 and <k
2a Let a , b be the two common roots of
ax 2 + bx + c = 0 & a’x 2 + b’x + c’ = 0,
such that a, a’ ¹ 0.
Then, the condition for two common roots is :
a b c
= =
a ' b' c'
13. FACTORS OF A SECOND DEGREE EQUATION
The condition that a quadratic function

NOTES : f (x, y) = ax 2 + 2 hxy + by2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c
may be resolved into two linear factors is that ;
Remainder Theorem : If f (x) is a polynomial, then
f (h) is the remainder when f (x) is divided by x – h. abc + 2fgh – af 2 – bg 2 – ch 2 = 0
Facto r theorem : If x = h is a root of equat ion a h g
f (x) = 0, then x–h is a factor of f (x) and conversely. OR h b f =0
g f c
11. RANGE OF RATIONAL FUNCTIONS
14. FORMATION OF A POLYNOMIAL EQUATION
Here we shall find the values attained by a rational
If a1, a2, a3, ....., an are the roots of the n th degree
a1x 2 + b1x + c1
expresion of the form for real values polynomial equation, then the equation is
a 2x 2 + b2 x + c2
xn – S 1xn–1 + S 2xn–2 – S 3xn–3 + ...... + (–1) n S n = 0
of x.
where Sk denotes the sum of the products of roots
2
ax + bx + c 2
ax - bx + c taken k at a time.
If f x = or f x = 2 ,
ax 2 - bx + c ax + bx + c
SCAN CODE
Quadratic Equations
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
13
Particular Cases
15. TRANSFORMATION OF EQUATIONS
(a) Quadratic Equation if a, b be the roots of the
(i) To obtain an equation whose roots are reciprocals
quadratic equation, then the equation is :
of the roots of a given equation, it is obtained by
x2 – S1x + S2 = 0 i.e. x2 – (a + b) x + ab = 0 replacing x by 1/x in the given equation
(b) Cubic Equation if a, b, g be the roots of the cubic (ii) Tr ansformation of an equation to another
equation, then the equation is : equation whose roots are negative of the roots
x3 – S1x2 + S2x – S3 = 0 i.e. of a given equation–replace x by – x.
x3 – (a + b + g) x2 + (ab + bg + ga) x – abg = 0 (iii) Tr ansformation of an equation to another
(i) If a is a root of equation f(x) = 0, the polynomial equation whose roots are square of the roots of a
f (x) is exactly divisible by (x – a). In other words, given equation–replace x by x .
(x – a ) is a factor of f(x) and conversely. (iv) Tr ansformation of an equation to another
(ii) Every equation of nth degree (n ³ 1) has exactly equation whose roots are cubes of the roots of a
n roots & if the equation has more than n roots, given equation-replace x by x 1/3.
it is an identity. (v) Tr ansformation of an equation to another
(iii) If there be any two real numbers ‘a’ & ‘b’ such equation whose roots are‘k’ times the roots of
that f (a) & f (b) are of opposite signs, then x
f (x) = 0 must have atleast one real root between given equation replace x by .
k
‘a’ and ‘b’.
(iv) Every equation f(x) = 0 of degree odd has (vi) Transfor mation of an equation to another
atleast one real root of a sign opposite to that equation whose roots are ‘k’ times more than the
of its last term. roots of given equation-replace x by ‘x – k’.
SCAN CODE
Quadratic Equations
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS 14
SOLVED EXAMPLES
2 2
Example – 1 (ii) Here, 3 + 5 = 34, then given equation has a solution
x–4=2
Solve the equation
\ x = 6 is a root of the original equation
(i) 15.2x + 1 + 15.22 – x = 135
(ii) 3x – 4 + 5x – 4 = 34 NOTES :
g(x)
(iii) 5x x
8 x -1 = 500 An equation of the form {f (x)} is equivalent to the
equation
Sol. (i) The equation can be rewritten in the form
g(x) g (x) log f (x)
{f (x)} = 10 where f (x) > 0
60
30.2 x + = 135 (iii) We have 5x x
2x 8 x -1 = 500
x
Let t = 2 3 2
Þ 5x x
8x -1 = 5 . 2
2
then 30t – 135 t + 60 = 0
2
6t – 27t + 12 = 0 æ x -1 ö
ç ÷
2
Þ 5x.8è x ø
= 53.22
Þ 6t – 24t – 3t + 12 = 0
3x - 3
Þ (t – 4) (6t – 3) = 0
Þ 5x .2 x
= 53.22
1
then t1 = 4 and t2 = æ x -3 ö
2 ç ÷
Þ 5x -3.2è x ø
=1
1/x (x – 3)
x 1 x
Þ (5.2 ) =1
2 = 4 and 2 =
2 is equivalent to the equation
then x = 2 and x = – 1 x -3 log 5.21/ x
10 =1
Hence roots of the original equation are x1 = 2 and x2 = – 1
1/x
Þ (x – 3) log (5.2 ) = 0
NOTES : Thus original equation is equivalent to the collection of
equations
An equation of the form 1/x
x – 3 = 0, log (5.2 ) = 0
f (x) f (x)
a +b =c 1/x
\ x = 3, 5.2 = 1
where a, b, c Î R 1/x
Þ 2 = (1/5)
2 2
and a, b, c satisfies the condition a + b = c
\ x = –log52
then solution of the equation is f (x) = 2 and no other
Hence roots of the original equation are
solution of this equation.
x = 3 and x = –log52
Example – 2 Example – 4
Solve the equation 25x2 – 30x + 11 = 0 by using the general If a, b, g be the roots of the equation
expression for the roots of a quadratic equation.
x (1 + x2) + x2 (6 + x) + 2 = 0,
Sol. Comparing the given equation with the general form of a
2 then the value of a–1 + b–1 + g–1 is
quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 25, b = –30 and c = 11. 1
(a) –3 (b)
Substituting these values in 2
1
(c) - (d) None of these
- b + b2 - 4ac -b - b 2 - 4ac 2
a= and b =
2a 2a Ans. (c)
Sol. 2x3 + 6x2 + x + 2 = 0 has roots a, b, g.
30 + 900 - 1100 30 - 900 - 1100
a= and b =
50 50 So, 2x3 + x2 + 6x + 2 = 0 has roots a–1, b–1, g–1
(writing coefficients in revers order, since roots are reciprocal)
30 + -200 30 - -200
Þ a= and b =
50 50
Coefficient of x 2
Hence, Sum of the roots = –
Coefficient of x 3
30 + 10i 2 30 - 10i 2
Þ a= and b =
50 50
1
\ a -1 + b-1 + g -1 = -
2
3 2 3 2
Þ a= + i and b = - i Hence, (c) is the correct answer.
5 5 5 5
3 2 Example – 5
Hence, the roots of the given equation are ± i
5 5
If 2 + i 3 is a root of the equation x2 + px + q = 0, where p
Example – 3 and q are real, then (p, q) = (.......).
Solve the following quadratic equation by factorization Sol. If 2 + i 3 is a root of the equation x 2 + px + q = 0 . Then,
method :
x2 – 5ix – 6 = 0 other root is 2 - i 3
Sol. The given equation is

Þ -p = 2+i 3 + 2 -i 3 = 4
x2 – 5ix – 6 = 0
2 2
Þ x – 5ix + 6i = 0
and q = 2 + i 3 2 - i 3 = 7
2 2
Þ x – 3ix – 2ix + 6i = 0
Þ x (x – 3i) – 2i (x – 3i) = 0 Þ p, q = -4,7 .
Þ (x – 3i) (x – 2i) = 0
Correct Answer (–4, 7)
Þ x – 3i = 0, x – 2i = 0
Þ x = 3i, x = 2i
Hence, the roots of the given equation are 3i and 2i.
Example – 6
= é 1 + g 2 + Pg ù é 1 + d 2 - Pd ù
ë ûë û
If the products of the roots of the equation
2 2 log k
x –3kx + 2e – 1 = 0 is 7, then the roots are real for = -qg + Pg -qd - Pd
k = ... .
Ans. (2) = g P - q d -P - q
Sol. Since, x 2 - 3kx + 2e 2loge k - 1 = 0 has product of roots 7. = gd P - q P + q -1
Þ 2e2 loge k - 1 = 7
= 1 P2 - q2 -1
Þ e 2 loge k = 4
= q2 – P2 Hence Proved.
Þ k2 = 4 Example – 8
Þ k = 2 neglecting - 2 . 2
If a and b are the roots of x + px + q = 0 and g, d are the
2
roots of x + rx + s = 0, then evaluate
Correct Answer (k = 2)
(a – g) (b – g) (a – d) (b – d) in terms of p, q, r and s.
Example – 7 Sol. a + b = - p,ab = q
2
If a and b are the roots of the equation x + Px + 1 = 0; g + d = -r , gd = s
2
g, d are the roots of x + qx + 1 = 0, then
2 2
q – P = (a – g) (b – g) (a + d) (b + d) = a -g b -g a -d b -d
Sol. x2 + Px +1 = 0 Roots a, b
= éëab - g a + b + g 2 ùû éëab - d a + b + d 2 ùû
a + b = –P
ab = 1
= éë q + pg + g 2 ùû éë q + pd + d 2 ùû
x2 + qx + 1 = 0 ; Roots g and d
g + d = -q
2
= q 2 + pqd + qd 2 + pqg + p 2gd + pgd 2 + g 2 q + pdg 2 + gd
gd = 1
Now : (a - g) (b - g) (a + d) (b + d) 2
= q 2 + pq (d + g ) + q(d 2 + g 2 ) + gd [ p 2 + p(g + d )] + g .d
(a - g) (b - g) (a + d) (b + d)
= éab - g a + b + g 2 ù éab + d a + b + d 2 ù = q 2 - pqr + q r 2 - 2 s + s éë p 2 - rp ùû + s 2

ë ûë û
= é1 - g - P + g 2 ù é1 + d - P + d 2 ù = q 2 - 2 sq + s 2 - rpq - rsp + sp 2 + qr 2
ë ûë û
2
= é1 + Pg + g 2 ù é1 - Pd + d 2 ù = q-s - rpq - rsp + sp 2 + qr 2 .
ë ûë û
Example – 9
B C
a +d + b +d = - , a +d b +d =
2 A A
If one root of the quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 is
equal to the nth power of the other, then show that
B
Now a + b + 2d = -
1
n n +1
1 A
(ac ) + (a n c) n +1 +b =0
Sol. Let the roots be a and an b B

Þ- + 2d = -
a A
b
a +an = -
a B 2 - 4 AC
2
æBö æCö
Now = ç ÷ - 4ç ÷
c
A2 A
è ø è Aø
n +1
®a = ® c = aa n +1 .
a
2
Now æ b ö
= ç - + 2d ÷ - 4 a + d b +d
è a ø
1 1
ac n n +1 + an c n +1 +b
b2 b æc æ bö ö
= 2
+ 4d 2 - 4d - 4ç +d ç- ÷ +d 2 ÷
1 a a èa è aø ø
1
é n ù n +1
= ê a. a n +1.a ú + é a n .a n +1.a ù n +1 + b
ë û ë û
b2 b 4c b
= 2
+ 4d 2 - 4d - + 4d - 4d 2
a a a a
1 1
= éê a n +1 .a ù n +1
n n +1
+ é a n +1 .a n +1 ù n +1 +b
ë ûú ë û
b2 4c b2 - 4ac
= - =
a2 a a2
= a . a n + a.a + b
æ c ö Example – 11
= aç ÷ + aa + b
è aa ø
Let a, b, c be real numbers with a ¹ 0 and let a, b be the
roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0. Express the roots of
c
= + aa + b a3x2 + abcx + c3 = 0 in terms of a, b.
a
Sol. ax2 + bx + c = 0
aa 2 + ba + c
= =0 b c
a a +b = - and ab =
a a
a3 x2 + abc x + c3 = 0 Roots : x1, x2

Example – 10
2 abc bc æ -b ö æ c ö
If a, b are the roots of ax + bx + c = 0, (a ¹ 0) and x1 + x2 = - 3
=- =ç
2 ÷ç ÷ = a + b ab
2 a a è a øè a ø
a + d, b + d are the roots of Ax + Bx + C = 0, (A ¹ 0) for some
constant d, then prove that
x1 + x2 = a 2 b + ab 2
b 2 - 4ac B2 - 4AC
= 3
a2 A2 c3 æcö 3
x1 x2 = 3
= ç ÷ = ab = ab 2 a 2b
a èaø
b c
Sol. ax2 + bx + c = 0 : a + b = - , ab =
a a So, Roots are : a 2 b and ab 2
Ax2 + Bx + C = 0 :
Example – 12 Sol. Let f (x) = ax2 + bx + c. It is given that f (x) = 0 has no real
roots. So, either f (x) > 0 for all x Î R
If P (x) = ax2 + bx + c and Q (x) = – ax2 + bx + c, or f (x) < 0 for all x Î R i.e. f (x) has same sign for all values
where ac ¹ 0, show that the equation of x.
P (x) · Q (x) = 0 has at least two real roots. \ f (0) f (1) > 0
Sol. Roots of the equation P (x) Q (x) = 0 Þ c (a + b + c) > 0
i.e., (ax2 + bx + c) (–ax2 + bx + c) = 0 will be roots of the Also, af (1) > 0
equations
Þ a (a + b + c) > 0.
ax2 + bx + c = 0 ....... (i)
Correct answer (b,d)
and – ax2 + bx + c = 0 ........ (ii)
If D1 and D2 be discriminants of (i) and (ii) then Example – 14
D1 = b2 – 4ac and D2 = b2 + 4ac If ax2 – bx + 5 = 0 does not have two distinct real roots,
Now D1 + D2 = 2b2 ³ 0 then find the minimum value of 5a + b.
(since, b may be zero) Ans. (–1)
i.e., D 1 + D2 ³ 0 Sol. Let f(x) = ax2 – bx + 5
Hence, at least one of D1 and D2 ³ 0 Since, f (x) = 0 does not have two distinct real roots, we
have either
i.e., at least one of the equations (i) and (ii) has real roots and
therefore, equation P (x) Q (x) = 0 has at least two real roots. f x ³ 0 " x ÎR or f x £ 0 " x ÎR
Alternative Sol.
But f (0) = 5 > 0, so f (x) ³ 0 " x ÎR
Since, ac ¹ 0
In particular f (–5) > 0 Þ 5a + b > – 1
\ ac < 0 or ac > 0
Hence, the least value of 5a + b is –1.
Case I :
If ac < 0 Þ – ac > 0
Example – 15
2
then D1 = b – 4ac > 0
Case II : If x2 + (a – b) x + (1 – a – b) = 0 where a, b Î R, then find the
values of a for which equation has unequal real roots for
If ac > 0
all values of b.
then D2 = b2 + 4ac > 0
Sol. Let f(x) = x2 + (a-b) x + (1 - a - b)
So, at least one of D1 and D2 > 0. D>0
Hence, at least one of the equations (i) and (ii) has real roots. Þ (a - b)2 - 4 (1-a-b) > 0
Hence, equation P (x) · Q (x) = 0 has at least two real roots. Þ a2 + b2 - 2ab - 4 + 4a + 4b > 0
Þ b2 - (2a - 4) b + (a2 + 4a - 4) > 0
Example – 13
Above is a quadratic in ‘b’
a, b, c Î R, a ¹ 0 and the quadratic equation Whose value is +ve
ax2 + bx + c = 0 has no real roots, then, So its D < 0
(a) a + b + c > 0 (b) a (a + b + c) > 0 (2a - 4)2 - 4 (a2 + 4a - 4) < 0
(c) b (a + b + c) > 0 (d) c (a + b + c) >0 4a2 + 16 - 16a - 4a2 - 16a + 16 < 0
Ans. (b,d) 32 - 32a < 0
a > 1.
Find all the zeros of the polynomial x4 + x3 – 9x2 –3x + 18 if Find all roots of the equation x4 + 2x3 – 16x2 – 22x + 7 = 0 if one
it is given that two of its zeros are - 3 and 3. root is 2 + 3 .

4 3 2 Sol. All coefficients are real, irrational roots will occur in
Sol. Given polynomial f(x) = x + x – 9x – 3x + 18 has two of its
conjugate pairs.
zeros - 3 and 3.
Hence another root is 2 - 3 .
Þ (x + 3) (x - 3) is a factor of f (x), \ Product of these roots = (x – 2 – 3 ) (x – 2 + 3 )

2 2
i.e., x – 3 is a factor of f (x). = (x – 2) – 3
2
Now, we apply the division algorithm to the given polynomial = x – 4x + 1
4 3 2 2
2
with x – 3. Dividing x + 2x – 16x – 22x + 7 by x – 4x + 1 then the other
2
quadratic factor is x + 6 x + 7
2
x +x–6 then the given equation reduce in the form
2 2
(x – 4x + 1) (x + 6x + 7) = 0
2 4 3 2
x - 3 x + x - 9x - 3x + 18 \
2
x + 6x + 7 = 0
4 2
x - 3x
- + -6 ± 36 - 28
then x =
x 3 - 6x 2 - 3x + 18 2
x3 - 3x = -3 ± 2
- +
Hence roots 2 ± 3, - 3 ± 2
-6x 2 + 18
-6x 2 + 18
+ - Example – 18
0 = Remainder
x 2 -3 2 -3
Solve for x : -(5 + 2 6) + (5 - 2 6)x = 10
x 2 -3 x 2 -3
4 3
Thus, x + x – 9x – 3x + 18
2 Sol. 5+2 6 +1 5 - 2 6 = 10
2 2
= (x – 3) (x + x – 6) Put 5 + 2 6 = k
2 2
= (x – 3) × {x + 3x – 2x – 6}
2
5-2 6 5+2 6 25 - 24
= (x – 3) × {x (x + 3) – 2 (x + 3)} Observe 5 - 2 6 = =
5+2 6 5+ 2 6
2
= (x – 3) × (x + 3) (x – 2)
Putting x + 3 = 0 and x – 2 = 0 1
5-2 6 =
k
we get x = –3 and x = 2, i.e., –3 and 2 are the other two zeros
of the given polynomial. x 2 -3
x 2 -3 æ1ö
Now k +ç ÷ = 10
èkø
Hence - 3, 3, –3, 2 are the four zeros of the given
polynomial. x 2 -3
Let k =z
Þ z + z -1 = 10 as a < 0, So x = a 1 - 2
Þ z 2 - 10 z + 1 = 0 Correct Answer x = {a (1 - 2), a ( 6 - 1)}
10 ± 100 - 4
Þz= OR z = 5 ± 2 6 Example – 20
2
2 -3 The sum of all the real roots of the equation

Now k x = 5+2 6 2
|x–2| + |x–2| – 2 = 0 is .... .
x2 - 3 Sol.
2
Given , x - 2 + x - 2 - 2 = 0
Þ 5+ 2 6 = 5+ 2 6
Case I: when x ³ 2
Þ x2 - 3 = 1 2
x-2 + x-2 -2= 0
x2 = 4 x=±2
2 -3 x2 + 4 - 4 x + x - 2 - 2 = 0
and k x = 5-2 6
x 2 - 3x = 0
x 2 -3
Þ 5+ 2 6 = 5- 2 6 x ( x - 3) = 0
x = 0, 3 [0 is rejected]
Þ x 2 - 3 = -1
x = 3 ..(i)
2
x =2 ® x = ± 2 . Case II: when x < 2
2
Þ - x-2 - x-2 -2 = 0
Example – 19
2
For a £ 0, determine all real roots of the equation Þ x-2 - x+2-2 = 0
2 2
x – 2a |x–a| – 3a = 0
x2 + 4 - 4 x - x = 0
2 2
Sol. a £ 0, x - 2a |x - a| - 3a = 0
When x < (a), |x - a| = -(x - a) x 2 + 4 x - ( x - 4) = 0
x2 + 2a (x - a) - 3a2 = 0
x x - 4 - 1( x - 4) = 0
x2 + 2ax - 2a2 - 3a2 = 0
x2 + 2ax - 5a2 = 0 x - 1 ( x - 4) = 0
x = 1, 4 [4 is rejected]
-2a ± 4a 2 + 20a 2
x= x = 1 ...(ii)
2
Hence, the sum of the roots is 3 + 1 = 4.
as a < 0, So x. = a 6 -1 Alternate solution
2
When x ³ a, | x - a |= x - a Given x - 2 + x - 2 - 2 = 0
x2 – 2a (x - a) -3a2 = 0
Þ x-2 +2 x - 2 -1 = 0
x2 – 2ax + 2a2 - 3a2 = 0
x2 - 2ax – a2 = 0 \ x - 2 = -2,1 [neglecting –2]
2a ± 4a 2 + 4a 2 Þ x - 2 = 1 Þ x = 3,1
x= = a 1± 2
2
Þ Sum of the roots = 4
Example – 21
é n n -1 ù
= 2Aê ú + A+ B n +C
The diagram shows the graph of êë 2 úû
y = ax2 + bx + c, Then,
n n -1
Since n is an integer, is an integer..
2
Also, 2A, A + B and C are integers.
We get f (n) is an integer for all integer ‘n’.
(a) a > 0 (b) b < 0

Example – 23
(c) c > 0 (d) b2 – 4ac = 0
Ans. (b,c) Solve 2 logx a + logax a + 3 logb a = 0,
2
Sol. As it is clear from the figure that it is a parabola opens where a > 0, b = a x
downwards i.e. a < 0. Sol. Given 2 logxa + logax a + 3 logb a = 0
Þ It is y = ax2 + bx + c i.e. degree two polynomial log a log a log a
Þ2 + +3 =0
Now, if ax2 + bx + c = 0 log x log ax log b
Þ it has two roots x1 and x2 as it cuts the axis at two distinct
point x1 and x2. é 2 1 3 ù
Þ log a ê + + 2 ú
=0
Now from the figure it is also clear that x1 + x2 < 0 ëê log x log ax log a x ûú
(i.e. sum of roots are negative)
éQ b = a 2 x ù
-b b ë û
Þ <0 Þ >0
a a
Þ 2log a 2 x log ax + log x log a 2 x + 3log x log ax = 0
Þ b < 0 (Q a < 0) (b) is correct.
As the graph of y = f (x) cuts the + y-axis at (0, c) Þ 2 2log a + log x log a + log x + log x 2 log a + log x
where c > 0 Þ (b,c) is correct. + 3 log x [log a + log x] = 0
2 2
Example – 22 Þ 2 éê 2 log a + 3log a log x + log x ùú
ë û
Let f (x) = Ax2 + Bx + C where, A, B, C are real numbers. 2 2

Prove that if f (x) is an integer whenever x is an integer, + éê 2 log a.log x + log x ùú + éê3log x log a + 3 log x ùú
ë û ë û
then the numbers 2A, A + B and C are all integers.
Conversely, prove that if the numbers 2A, A + B and C Þ 6 log x
2
+ 11 log a log x + 4 log a
2
=0
are all integers, then f (x) is an integer whenever x is an
integer. 2 2
Þ 6 log x + 8 log a log x + 3 log a log x + 4 log a =0
2
Sol. Supoose : f(x) = Ax + Bx + c is an integer wherever x is an
integer Þ 2 log x 3log x + 4log a + log a 3log x + 4 log a = 0
\ f(0), f(1), f(-1) are integers.
Þ 3log x + 4 log a 2log x + log a = 0
Þ C, A + B + C, A – B + C are integrs
Þ C, A + B, A - B are integers. Þ 3log x = -4log a OR 2log x = - log a
Þ C, A + B, (A + B) - (A - B) = 2A are integers.
Conversely suppose 2A, A + B and C are integers. Þ x 3 = a -4 x 2 = a -1
4 1
Let n be any integer. We have, -
3
-
2
x=a x=a
f(n) = An2 + Bn + C
If the remainder on dividing x3 + 2x2 + kx + 3 by x – 3 is 21,

Solve for x the following equation
find the quotient and the value of k. Hence find the zeros
2 2
log(2x + 3) (6x + 23x + 21) = 4 – log(3x + 7) (4x + 12x + 9) of the cubic polynomial x3 + 2x2 + kx – 18.
3 2
Sol. Let p (x) = x + 2x + kx + 3.
2 2
Sol. log 2 x +3 6 x + 23x + 21 = 4 - log 3 x +7 4 x + 12 x + 9
We are given that when p (x) is divided by the linear
polynomial x – 3, the remainder is 21.
2 Þ p (3) = 21 (Remainder Theorem)
Þ log 2 x +3 2 x + 3 3 x + 7 = 4 - log 3x + 7 2x + 3
3 2
Þ 3 + 2 × 3 + k × 3 + 3 = 21
Þ 27 + 18 + 3k + 3 = 21
Þ 1 + log 2 x+3 3 x + 7 = 4 - 2 log 3 x+7 2x + 3
Þ 3k = 21 – 27 – 18 – 3
Þ 3k = –27
Let log 2 x +3 3x + 7 = y
Þ k = –9
3 2
Hence, p (x) = x + 2x – 9x + 3.
2 To find the quotient obtained on dividing p(x) by x–3, we
Þ y+ -3 = 0
y perform the following division :
Þ y2 - 3y + 2 = 0 x 2 + 5x + 6
x - 3 x 3 + 2x 2 - 9x + 3
Þ y-2 y -1 = 0 x 3 - 3x 2
- +
Þ y = 1 OR y=2 5x 2 - 9x + 3
Þ log2x + 3 (3x + 7) = 1 OR log2x+3 (3x + 7) = 2 5x 2 - 15x
- +
Þ (2x + 3) = (3x + 7) OR (3x + 7) = (2x + 3)2
6x + 3
2
Þ x = -4 OR 3x + 7 = 4x + 9 + 12x 6x - 18
4x2 + 9x + 2 = 0 - +
21
(4x +1) (x + 2) = 0
2
1 Hence, p (x) = (x + 5x + 6) (x–3) + 21
x=- OR x = -2
4 (Divisor × Quotient + Remainder)
3 2 2
Þ x + 2x – 9x + 3 – 21 = (x + 5x + 6) (x – 3)
3 2 2
1 Þ x + 2x – 9x – 18 = (x + 3x + 2x + 6) (x –3)
So : x = -4, x = - , x = -2
4 Þ
3 2
x + 2x – 9x – 18 = (x + 3) (x + 2) (x – 3)
3 2
2 2
Hence, the zeros of x + 2x – 9x – 18 are given by
but log exist only when 6x + 23x + 21 > 0 and 4x + 12x + 9 > 0 and x + 3 = 0, x + 2 = 0, x – 3 = 0
2x + 3 > 0 and 3x + 7 > 0 Þ x = –3, – 2, 3
3 2
\ The zeros of x + 2x – 9x – 18 are – 3, –2, 3.
1
\x = - is the only solution.
4
Example – 26 (i) are a, b and those of Eq. (ii). are a, a

a+b=a ...(iii)
If the polynomial x4 – 6x3 + 16x2 – 25x + 10 is divided by
another polynomial x2 – 2x + k, the remainder comes out to ab = b ...(iv)
be x + a, find k and a. 2a = p ...(v)
2
Sol. By division algorithm a =q ...(vi)
4 3 2 2 2
x – 6x + 16x – 25x + 10 = (x – 2x + k) q (x) + (x + a) LHS = b + q = ab + a = a (a + b) ...(vii)
where q (x) is the quotient.
ap a + b 2a
As the degree on L.H.S. is 4; therefore, q (x) must be of and RHS = = = a a +b ...(viii)
2 2
degree 2.
2 From Eqs. (vii) and (viii), LHS = RHS
Let q (x) = lx + mx + n, l ¹ 0.
4 3 2 2 2
Then x – 6x + 16x – 25x + 10 = (x – 2x + k) (lx + mx + n) + x + a
Example – 28
4 3 2 4 3 2
Þ x – 6x + 16x – 25x + 10 = lx + (m–2l) x + (n–2m + kl) x + (mk
2
– 2n + 1) x + nk + a If the quadratic equations x + ax + b = 0 and
2
Equating coefficients of like powers of x on the two sides, x + bx + a = 0 (a ¹ b) have a common root, then the numerical
value of a + b is ... .
we obtain
Ans. (–1)
l=1 ... (1)
Sol. Given equation are
m – 2l = –6 ... (2)
n – 2m + kl = 16 ... (3) x 2 + ax + b = 0 and x 2 + bx + a = 0 have common root on
mk – 2 n + l = – 25 ... (4) subtracting above equations, we get
and nk + a = 10 ... (5) a -b x + b- a = 0
From (2), m = –6 + 2l = –6 + 2 × 1 = –4 and
Þ x =1
then from (3), n = 16 + 2m – kl = 16 + 2 × (–4) – k × 1
Þ n=8–k ... (6) \ x = 1 is the common root.
From (4) and (6), we get Þ 1+ a + b = 0
(–4) k – 2 (8 – k) + 1 = –25 Þ a + b = -1
Þ – 4k – 16 + 2k + 1 = –25 Correct Answer (-1)
Þ – 2k = –25 + 16 – 1
Þ – 2k = –10 Þ k = 5 Example – 29
Substituting this value of k in (6), we have
Form an equation whose roots are cubes of the roots of
n = 8 – 5 = 3 and then from (5), equation ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0
we get Sol. Replacing x by x1/3 in the given equation, we get
a = 10 – nk = 10 – 3 × 5 = –5.
a (x1/3)3 + b (x1/3)2 + c (x1/3) + d =0
Example – 27 Þ ax + d = – (bx2/3 + cx1/3) ....... (i)

3 2/3 1/3 3
Þ (ax + d) = – (bx + cx )
If x2 – ax + b = 0 and x2 – px + q = 0 have a root in common
and the second equation has equal roots. Þ a x + 3a dx + 3ad2x + d3
3 3 2 2
= – [b3x2 + c3x + 3bcx (bx2/3 + cx1/3)]

ap
show that b + q = . Þ a3x3 + 3a2dx2 + 3ad2x + d3 =
2
[ – b3x2 – c3x + 3bcx (ax + d)] [From Eq. (i)]
Sol. Given equations are x2 – ax + b = 0 ...(i)
and x2 – px + q = 0 ...(ii) Þ a3x3 + x2 (3a2d – 3abc + b3)
Let a be the common root. Then roots of Eq. (ii) will be a + x (3ad2 – 3bcd + c3) + d3 = 0
and a. Let b be the other root of Eq. (i). Thus roots of Eq. This is the requied equation.
Example – 30
Find the values of a for which the inequality

(x – 3a) (x – a – 3) < 0 is satisfied for all x such that
1 £ x £ 3.
Sol. Let f (x) = (x – 3a) (x – a – 3)
for given equality to be true for all values of
x Î [1, 3], 1 and 3 should lie between the roots of
f (x) = 0.
Þ f (1) < 0 and f (3) < 0
Observe
Consider f (1) < 0 :
f (-1) < 0 and f (1) < 0
Þ (1 – 3a) (1 – a – 3) < 0
Now
Þ (3a – 1) (a + 2) < 0
Þ a Î (–2, 1/3) ...(i) b c
f -1 = 1 - + < 0 ... 1
a a
Consider f (3) < 0 :
Þ (3 – 3a) (3 – a – 3) < 0 b c
f 1 = 1+ + < 0 ... 2
Þ (a – 1) (a) < 0 a a
Þ a Î (0, 1) ...(ii) from (1) and (2)
Combining (i) and (ii), we get :
c b
a Î (0, 1/3) 1+ + <0
a a
Example – 31
2
Example – 32
Let a, b, c be real. If ax + bx + c = 0 has two real roots a and
b, where a < – 1 and b > 1, then show that Let –1 < P < 1. Show that the equation 4x3 – 3x – P = 0 has
a unique root in the interval [1/2, 1] and identify it.
c b
1+ + <0 Sol. Given that -1 £ P £ 1
a a
Let f(x) = 4x3 - 3x - P = 0
2
Sol. ax + bx + c = 0
Now
Roots : a and b
a < -1 and b > 1 æ1ö 1 3
f ç ÷ = - - P = -1 - P £ 0 Q P ³ -1
è 2ø 2 2
ax2 + bx + c = 0
2 b c Also f 1 = 4 - 3 - P = 1 - P ³ 0 Q P £ 1
Let f ( x) = x + x+
a a
é1 ù
f (x) has at lest one real root between ê , 1ú
b c ë2 û
x2 + x+ =0
a a
upward parabola é1 ù
Also, f ' x = 12 x 2 - 3 > 0 on ê , 1ú
ë2 û
Example – 34
é1 ù
Þ f ( x) is increasing on ê , 1ú
ë2 û Find the integral solutions of the following systems of
inequalities
é1 ù 2
(a) 5x – 1 < (x + 1) < 7x – 3
f has only are real root between ê , 1ú
ë2 û
x 1 6x 1
To find a root, we observe f(x) contains 4x3 - 3x which is multiple (b) > , <
2x + 1 4 4x - 1 2
angle formula for cos 3q.
\ We put x = cos q Sol. (a) 5x - 1 < (x + 1)2 < 7x - 3
Þ 4 cos3q - 3 cos q = P 5x - 1 < (x +1)2 and (x + 1)2 < 7x - 3
Þ P = cos 3 q Þ 5x - 1 < x2 + 1 + 2x and x2 + 1 +2x < 7x - 3

Þ x2 - 3x + 2 > 0 and x2 -5x + 4 < 0
1
Þ q = cos -1 P (x – 2)(x – 1) > 0
3
(x – 1)(x – 4) < 0
æ1 -1 ö x < 1, x > 2 ...(i)
\ Root is cos ç cos P ÷
è 3 ø
and x Î 1, 4 ...(ii)
Example – 33
from (i) and (ii) x Î 2, 4 .
3x 2 - 7x + 8 Þ x = 3 is the only integral solution.

Solve the inequality, £2
x2 +1
x 1 6x 1
Sol. Domain : x ÎR (b) > and <
2x +1 4 4x -1 2
Given inequality is equivalent to
x 1 6x 1
3x 2 - 7x + 8 - > 0 and - <0
-2£ 0 2x +1 4 4x -1 2
x2 +1
4x - 2x -1 12 x - 4 x + 1
3x 2 - 7x + 8 - 2x 2 - 2 > 0 and <0
Þ £0 4 2x + 1 2 4x -1
x2 +1
x 2 - 7x + 6 x -1 x - 6 2x -1
> 0 and
8x + 1
<0
Þ £0 Þ £0
x2 +1 2
x +1 2x +1 4x -1
1 1 1 1
x<- OR x > and - < x <
2 2 8 4
No common integer.
Þ x Î [1, 6] hence x = f.
Example – 35
2 m - 30
y= as y > 0
For what values of m, does the system of equations 2m + 15
3x + my = m
2 m - 30
and 2x – 5y = 20 >0
2m + 15
has solution satisfying the conditions x > 0, y > 0 ?
Sol. 3x + my = m .... (1)

2x - 5y = 20 ... (2)
2 3 x + my = m æ 15 ö
m Î ç -¥, - ÷ È 30, ¥
3 2 x - 5 y = 20 è 2ø
2my + 15 y = 2m + 60
y 2m + 15 = 2 m - 30
EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Polynomials 10. If a,b,c are distinct real numbers then the equation
1. The product of the real roots of the equation (b - c) x 2 + (c - a) x + (a - b) = 0 has

|2x + 3|2 – 3 |2x + 3| + 2 = 0, is (a) equal roots (b) irrational roots
(a) 5/4 (b) 5/2 (c) rational roots (d) none of these
(c) 5 (d) 2 11. If a,b,c are distinct rational numbers then roots of equation
2
2. The roots of the equation |x – x – 6| = x + 2 are
(b + c - 2a) x 2 + (c + a - 2b)x + (a + b - 2c) = 0 are
(a) –2, 1, 4 (b) 0, 2, 4
(a) rational (b) irrational
(c) 0, 1, 4 (d) –2, 2, 4
(c) non-real (d) equal
3. If (1 – p) is a root of quadratic equation x2 + px + (1 – p) = 0, then
its roots are 12. If a,b,c are distinct rational numbers and a + b + c = 0, then
the roots of the equation
(a) 0, –1 (b) –1, 1
(c) 0, 1 (d) –1, 2 (b + c - a) x 2 + (c + a - b) x + (a + b - c) = 0 are
4. Product of real roots of the equation
(a) imaginary (b) real and equal
x2 + |x| + 9 = 0
(c) real and unequal (d) none of these
(a) is always positive (b) is always negative
Relations between roots and coefficient
(c) does not exist (d) none of the above
2
5. The integral value of x satisfing |x + 4x + 3| + 2x + 5 = 0 is
13. If p, q are the roots of the equation x 2 + px + q = 0 where
(a) –4 (b) –3
both p and q are non-zero, then (p, q) =
(c) –2 (d) –1
(a) (1, 2) (b) (1, –2)
Nature of roots
(c) (–1, 2) (d) (–1, –2)
2
6. If a, b Î R & the quadratic equation ax2 – bx + 1 = 0 has 14. If the equation (k – 2) x – (k – 4) x – 2 = 0 has difference of
imaginary roots then a + b + 1 is roots as 3 then the value of k is
(a) positive (a) 1, 3 (b) 3, 3/2
(b) negative (c) 2, 3/2 (d) 3/2, 1
(c) zero
15. The roots of the equation x 2 + px + q = 0 are
(d) depends on the sign of b
tan 22º and tan 23º then
7. The roots of the quadratic equation 7x2 – 9x + 2 = 0 are
(a) p + q = 1 (b) p + q = –1
(a) Rational and different (b) Rational and equal
(c) p – q = 1 (d) p – q = –1
(c) Irrational and different (d) Imaginary and different
16. If a, b are the roots of the equation x2 – p (x + 1) –c =0, then
2
8. The roots of the equation x - 2 2 x +1 = 0 are (a + 1) (b + 1) =
(a) Real and different (b) Imaginary and different (a) c (b) c–1
(c) Real and equal (d) Rational and different (c) 1–c (d) none of these
9. If l, m, n are real, l ¹ m, then the roots of the equation 17. If the difference between the roots of x2 + ax + b = 0 and
(l – m) x2 – 5 (l + m) x – 2 (l – m) = 0 are x2 + bx + a = 0 is same and a ¹ b, then
(a) real and equal (b) Non real (a) a + b + 4 = 0 (b) a + b –4 = 0
(c) real and unequal (d) none of these (c) a – b –4 = 0 (d) a – b + 4 = 0
18. If roots of the equation x2 + ax + 25 = 0 are in the ratio of 25. Sachin and Rahul attempted to solve a quadratic equation.
2 : 3 then the value of a is Sachin made a mistake in writing down the constant term
and ended up in roots (4, 3). Rahul made a mistake in
±5 ± 25 writing down coefficient of x to get roots (3, 2). The correct
(a) (b)
6 6 roots of equation are
(a) –4, –3 (b) 6, 1
±5
(c) (d) none of these (c) 4, 3 (d) –6, –1
6
Common roots
19. If a, b are roots of Ax2 + Bx + C = 0 and a2, b2 are roots of
x2 + px + q = 0, then p is equal to 26. The value of a so that the equations
(a) (B2 – 2AC)/A2 (b) (2AC – B2)/A2
(2a - 5) x 2 - 4x - 15 = 0 and
2 2 2 2
(c) (B – 4AC)/A (d) (4AC – B )A
(3a - 8) x 2 - 5x - 21 = 0 have a common root, is
20. If a, b are roots of the equation
(a) 4, 8 (b) 3, 6
a 2 b2 (c) 1, 2 (d) None
ax 2 + 3x + 2 = 0 (a < 0), then + is greater than
b a
27. If a,b,c Î R, the equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0 (a,c ¹ 0) and
(a) 0 (b) 1
x 2 + 2x + 3 = 0 have a common root, then a : b : c =
(c) 2 (d) none of these
(a) 1 : 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 3 : 4
21. In a quadratic equation with leading coefficient 1, a student
reads the coefficient 16 of x wrongly as 19 and obtain the (c) 2 : 4 : 5 (d) None
roots as –15 and –4. The correct roots are 28. If equations ax2 + bx + c = 0, (a, b Î R, a ¹ 0) and
2x2 + 3x + 4 = 0 have a common root then a : b : c equals:
(a) 6, 10 (b) –6, –10
(a) 1 : 2 : 3 (b) 2 : 3 : 4
(c) –7, –9 (d) none of these
(c) 4 : 3 : 2 (d) 3 : 2 : 1
22. Difference between the corresponding roots of
x2 + ax + b = 0 and x2 + bx + a = 0 is same and a ¹ b , then Location of roots
29. The value of k for which the equation

(a) a + b + 4 = 0 (b) a + b – 4 = 0 3x2 + 2x (k2 + 1) + k2 – 3k + 2 = 0
(c) a – b – 4 = 0 (d) a – b + 4 = 0 has roots of opposite signs, lies in the interval
2
23. If the roots of the quadratic equations x + px + q = 0 are (a) (–¥, 0) (b) (–¥, –1)
tan 30o and tan 15o respectively, then the value of 2 + q – p is (c)(1, 2) (d) (3/2, 2)
(a) 2 (b) 3
30. If the roots of x 2 + x + a = 0 exceed a, then
(c) 0 (d) 1
(a) 2 < a < 3 (b) a > 3
24. If the difference between the roots of the equation
(c) –3 < a < 3 (d) a < – 2
x2 + ax + 1 = 0 is less than 5 , then the set of possible 31. The range of values of m for which the equation
values of a is
(m - 5) x 2 + 2 (m - 10) x + m + 10 = 0 has real roots of
(a) 3,¥ (b) -¥, -3 the same sign, is given by
(a) m > 10 (b) –5 < m < 5
(c) -3, 3 (d) -3, ¥
(c) m < –10, 5 < m £ 6 (d) None of these
32. If both the roots of the quadratic equation

42. If a and b are the roots of 4x 2 + 3x + 7 = 0, then the
x2 – 2kx + k2 + k – 5 = 0 are less than 5,
then k lies in the interval 1 1
value of 3
+ is
α β3
(a) 6, ¥ (b) (5, 6]
43. If a and b are the roots of x 2 - P (x + 1) - C = 0, then the

(c) [4, 5] (d) -¥,4
33. All the values of m for which both roots of the equation a2 + 2a + 1 b2 + 2b + 1
value of + is
x2 – 2mx + m2 –1 = 0 are greater than –2 but less than 4, a2 + 2a + C b2 + 2b + C
lie in the interval
44. If the roots of the equations x2 + 3x + 2 = 0 & x2 – x + l = 0
(a) –2 < m < 0 (b) m > 3
are in the same ratio then the value of l is given by
(c) –1 < m < 3 (d) 1 < m < 4
45. If a, b, g are the roots of the equation 2x3 – 3x2 + 6x + 1 = 0, then
34. If a Î R and the equation –3 (x – [x])2 + 2 (x – [x]) + a2 = 0 a2 + b2 + g2 is equal to
(where [x] denotes the greatest integer £ x) has no integral 46. The value of m for which the equation
solution, then all possible values of a lie in the interval:
(a) (–¥, –2) È (2, ¥) (b) (–1, 0) È (0, 1) x 3 - mx 2 + 3x - 2 = 0 has two roots equal in
magnitude but opposite in sign, is
(c) (1, 2) (d) (–2, –1)
47. The real value of a for which the sum of the squares of the
Numerical Value Type Questions roots of the equation x2 – (a – 2) x – a – 1 = 0 assumes the
least value, is
35. The sum of all real roots of the equation
48. The value of a for which one root of the quadratic equation
|x – 2|2 + |x – 2| – 2 = 0, is
(a2 – 5a + 3) x2 + (3a – 1) x + 2 = 0 is twice as large as the
36. The equation x2 –3 |x| + 2 = 0 has how many real roots other, is
37. The sum of the real roots of the equation x2 + |x| – 6 = 0 is 49. Let a and b be the roots of equation
38. The number of real solution of the equations x2 – 3|x| + 2 = 0 is
1 1
px2 + qx + r = 0, p ¹ 0. If p, q, r are in A.P. and + = 4,
a b
39. The sum of the roots of the equation, x2 + |2x - 3| - 4 = 0, is
then the value of |a–b| is :
40. The equation 3x + x + 5 = x - 3, where x is real, has
2
50. If a and b are roots of the equation,
how many solutions.
x2 –4 2 kx + 2e4 ln k - 1 = 0 for some k, and a 2 + b2 = 66
41. The equation esin x –e– sin x – 4 = 0 has how many real roots
then a3 + b3 is equal to:
EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

1. Let a and b be the roots of equation x2 – 6 x –2 = 0. 7. The sum of all the real values of x satisfying the equation
2 + 5x - 50)
a - 2a8 2(x -1) (x = 1 is : (2017/Online Set–2)
If an = a –b , for n³1, then the value of 10
n n
is equal
2a9 (a) 16 (b) 14
to: (2015) (c) –4 (d) –5
(a) 3 (b) –3 8. If λ Î R is such that the sum of the cubes of the roots of
(c) 6 (d) –6 the equation, x 2 + 2 - l x + 10 - l = 0 is minimum,
2. The sum of all real values of x satisfying the equation then the magnitude of the difference of the roots of this
equation is : (2018/Online Set–1)
x 2 + 4x - 60
x 2 - 5x + 5 = 1 is : (2016) (a) 4 2 (b) 2 5
(a) –4 (b) 6 (c) 2 7 (d) 20

(c) 5 (d) 3 9. If f(x) is a quadratic expression such that
3. If b Î C and the equations x + bx –1 = 0 and 2 f(1) + f(2) = 0, and -1 is a root of f(x) = 0, then the other root
x2 + x + b = 0 have a common root different from –1, then of f(x) = 0 is : (2018/Online Set–2)
|b| is equal to : (2016/Online Set–1) 8
5
(a) - (b) -
(a) 2 (b) 2 8 5
(c) 3 (d) 3 5 8
(c) (d)
8 5
4. If x is a solution of the equation,
10. Let p, q and r be real numbers p ¹ q, r ¹ 0 , such that
æ 1ö
2x + 1 - 2x - 1 = 1, ç x ³ ÷ , then 2
4x - 1 is equal
è 2ø 1 1 1
the roots of the equation + = are equal in
to : (2016/Online Set–2) x+ p x+q r
magnitude but opposite in sign, then the sum of squares
3 1 of these roots is equal to : (2018/Online Set–3)
(a) (b)
4 2
p2 + q2
(a) (b) p2+ q2
(c) 2 (d) 2 2 2
5. If, for a positive integer n, the quadratic equation, (c) 2(p2+ q2) (d) p2+q2+r2
x(x + 1) + (x + 1) (x + 2)+….+(x+ n - 1 ) (x+n) = 10n 11. The number of integral values of m for which the equation
has two consecutive integral solutions, then n is equal 1 + m 2 x 2 - 2 1 + 3m x + 1 + 8m = 0 has no real root
to: (2017) is: (8-4-2019/Shift -2)
(a) 12 (b) 9 (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 10 (d) 11 (c) infinitely many (d) 3
6. Let p(x) be a quadratic polynomial such that p(0) = 1. If 12. Let p, q Î R.If 2 - 3 is a root of the quadratic equation,
p(x) leaves remainder 4 when divided by x – 1 and it leaves
remainder 6 when divided by x + 1; then : x 2 + px + q = 0, then: (9-4-2019/Shift -1)
(2017/Online Set–1)
(a) p 2 - 4q + 12 = 0 (b) q2 - 4 p - 16 = 0
(a) p(2) = 11 (b) p(2) = 19
2
(c) p(–2) = 19 (d) p (–2) = 11 (c) q 2 + 4 p + 14 = 0 (d) p - 4q - 12 = 0
13. If m is chosen in the quadratic equation 18. Let a and b be two roots of the equation x2 + 2x + 2 = 0,
2 then a15 + b15 is equal to: (9-1-2019/Shift -1)
m2 + 1 x 2 - 3x + m 2 + 1 = 0 such that the sum of its
19. If both the roots of the quadratic equation x2 - mx + 4 = 0
roots is greatest, then the absolute difference of the cubes are real and distinct and they lie in the interval [ 1, 5], then
of its roots is: (9-4-2019/Shift -2)
m lies in the interval: (9-1-2019/Shift -2)
(a) 10 5 (b) 8 3 (a) (–5, –4) (b) (4, 5)
(c) 8 5 (d) 4 3 (c) (5, 6) (d) (3, 4)
14. If a and b are the roots of the quadratic equation, 20. The number of all possible positive integral values of a
for which the roots of the quadratic equation,
æ pö 6x2 – 11x + a = 0 are rational numbers is:
x 2 + x sin q - 2 sin q = 0 , q Î ç 0, ÷ ,
è 2ø (9-1-2019/Shift -2)
(a) 3 (b) 4
a 12 + b 12
then 24 is equal to (c) 2 (d) 5
a -12 + b -12 a - b
21. Consider the quadratic equation
(10-4-2019/Shift -1)
c - 5 x 2 - 2cx + c - 4 = 0, c ¹ 5. Let S be the set of all
212 212 integral values of c for which one root of the equation lies
(a) 12 (b) 12
sin q - 4 sin q + 8 in the interval (0, 2) and its other root lies in the interval
(2, 3). Then the number of elements in S is:
212 26 (10-1-2019/Shift -1)
(c) 6 (d) 12
sin q - 8 sin q + 8
22. The value of l such that sum of the squares of the roots
15. The number of real roots of the equation of the quadratic equation, x 2 + 3 - l x + 2 = l has the
5 + 2 x - 1 = 2 x 2 x - 2 is: (10-4-2019/Shift -2) least value is: (10-1-2019/Shift -2)
(a) 3 (b) 2
15
(c) 4 (d) 1 (a) (b) 1
8
16. If a and b are the roots of the equation
n n 4
2 lim å a r + lim å b r (c) (d) 2
375 x - 25 x - 2 = 0 , then n ®¥ n ®¥
is 9
r =1 r =1
equal to (12-4-2019/Shift -1) 23. If one real root of the quadratic equation
21 29 81x 2 + kx + 256 = 0 is cube of the other root, then a value

(a) (b) of k is: (11-1-2019/Shift -1)
346 358
(a) -81 (b) 100
1 7
(c) (d) (c) 144 (d) -300
12 116
24. If l be the ratio of the roots of the quadratic equation in x,
17. If a, b and g are three consecutive terms of a non-constant
3m 2 x 2 + m m - 4 x + 2 = 0 , then the least value of m for
G.P. such that the equations ax 2 + 2b x + g = 0 and
1
x 2 + x - 1 = 0 have a common root, then a b + g is which l + = 1 , is (12-1-2019/Shift -1)
l
equal to _____. (12-4-2019/Shift -2)
(a) 0 (b) ab (a) 2 - 3 (b) 4 - 3 2
(c) ag (d) bg
(c) -2 + 2 (d) 4 - 2 3
25. The number of integral values of m for which the quadratic 30. The set of all real values of l for which the quadratic
2
expression, 1 + 2m x - 2 1 + 3m x + 4 1 + m , x Î R , equations, (l 2 + 1) x2 - 4l x + 2 = 0 always have exactly
is always positive, is : (12-1-2019/Shift -2) one root in the interval (0, 1) is :
(a) 3 (b) 8
(3-9-2020/Shift -2)
(c) 7 (d) 6
(a) (–3, –1) (b)(2, 4]
2
26. Let a and b be the roots of the equation, 5x + 6 x - 2 = 0. (c) (1, 3] (d) (0, 2)
If Sn = a n + b n , n = 1, 2, 3, ………, then : 31. Let a and b be the roots of x 2 - 3x + p = 0 and l and d

(2-9-2020/Shift -1)
be the roots of x2 – 6x + q = 0. If a,b,l,d form a geometric
(a) 5S6 + 6 S5 + 2 S 4 = 0 (b) 6 S6 + 5S5 = 2 S4 progression. Then ratio of (2q + p) : (2q - p) is ;
(4-9-2020/Shift -1)
(c) 6S6 + 5S5 + 2S 4 = 0 (d) 5S6 + 6 S5 = 2 S4
(a) 33 : 31 (b) 9 : 7
27. Let f (x) be a quadratic polynomial such that
f (–1) + f (2) = 0. If one of the roots of f (x) = 0 is 3, then its (c) 3 : 1 (d) 5 : 3
other roots lies in : (2-9-2020/Shift -2) 32. Let l ¹ 0 be in R. If a are b the roots of the equation,
(a) (0, 1) (b) (1, 3)
x 2 - x + 2l = 0 and a and g are the roots of the equation
(c) (–1, 0) (d) (–3, –1)
bg
28. Consider the two sets : A = {m Î R : both the roots of 3 x 2 - 10 x + 27l = 0 , then , is equal to:
l
x 2 - (m + 1) x + m + 4 = 0 are real} and B = [–3, 5). Which (4-9-2020/Shift -2)
of the following is not true ? (3-9-2020/Shift -1)
(a) 29 (b) 9
(a) A - B = (-¥, -3) È (5, ¥ ) (c) 18 (d) 36
(b) A Ç B = {-3} 33. The product of the roots of the equation
(c) B - A = (-3, 5) 9 x 2 - 18 x + 5 = 0 is : (5-9-2020/Shift -1)
(d) A È B = R 25 5
(a) (b)
81 9
29. If a and b are the roots of the equation x 2 + px + 2 = 0
1 1 5 25
and and are the roots of the equation (c) (d)
a b 27 9
2 x 2 + 2qx + 1 = 0, then 34. If a and b are the roots of the equation, 7x2– 3x – 2 = 0,
a b
æ 1 öæ 1 öæ 1 öæ 1ö then the value of + is equal to:
ça - ÷ ç b - ÷ ça + ÷ ç b + ÷ is equal to : 1- a 2 1- b 2
è a øè b øè b øè aø
(3-9-2020/Shift -1) (5-9-2020/Shift -2)
9 9 27 1
(a) (9 + p 2 ) (b) (9 + q 2 ) (a) (b)
4 4 32 24
9 9 27 3
(c) (9 - p 2 ) (d) (9 - q 2 )
4 4 (c) (d)
16 8
35. If a be b two roots of the equation x 2 - 64 x + 256 = 0 . 42. Let a, b Î R, a ¹ 0 , such that the equation,
1/8 1/8 ax 2 - 2bx + 5 = 0 has a repeated root a , which is also a

æ 3ö æ b3 ö
Then the value of ç a ÷ +ç 5 ÷ is: root of the equation x 2 - 2bx - 10 = 0 . If b is the root of
5
èb ø èa ø
this equation, then a 2 + b 2 is equal to:
(6-9-2020/Shift -1)
(9-1-2020/Shift -2)
(a) 1 (b) 3
(a) 24 (b) 25
(c) 2 (d) 4
(c) 26 (d) 28
36. If a and b are the roots of the equation 2x(2x + 1 ) =1, then
b is equal to : (6-9-2020/Shift -2) 43. If a and b are the distinct roots of the equation
(a) 2a(a- 1) (b) -2a(a+ 1) 1 1
2 x2 + 3 4 x + 3 2 = 0, then the value of

(c) 2a (d) 2a(a+ 1)
37. Let a and b are two real roots of the equation (k + 1) tan2 a 96 a12 - 1 + b96 b12 - 1 is equal to:
x - 2l tan x = 1 - k, where (k ¹ 1) and l are real numbers.
(20-07-2021/Shift-1)
If tan2 (a + b) = 50, then value of l is
(7-1-2020/Shift -1) (a) 56 ´ 325 (b) 52 ´ 324
(a) 5 2 (b) 10 2 (c) 56 ´ 324 (d) 28 ´ 325
(c) 10 (d) 5 44. If a, b are roots of the equation x 2 + 5 2x + 10 = 0,

38. :Let a and b are the roots of the equation x2 – x – 1 = 0. If a > b and Pn = a n - bn for each positive integer n, then
Pk = (a)k + (b)k,k ³1 then which one of the following
statements is not true? (7-1-2020/Shift -2) æ P17 P20 + 5 2P17 P19 ö
(a) (P1 + P2 + P3 + P4 + P5)=26 the value of çç 2
÷÷ is equal to ________ ?
è P18 P19 + 5 2P18 ø
(b) P5 = 11
(25-07-2021/Shift-1)
(c) P5 = P2·P3
45. Let a, b be two roots of the equation
(d) P3 = P5 - P4
1 1
39. The least positive value of ‘a’ for which the
x 2 + 20 4 x+ 5 2 = 0. Then a8 + b8 is equal to:
2 33
equation, 2 x + a - 10 x + = 2a, a Î Z + has real (27-07-2021/Shift-1)
2
(a) 10 (b) 50
roots is _____. (8-1-2020/Shift -1)
(c) 160 (d) 100
40. Let S be the set of all real roots of the equation,
46. The number of real solutions of the equation,
3x(3x - 1) + 2 = |3x - 1| + |3x - 2|. Then S:
(8-1-2020/Shift -2) x 2 - x - 12 = 0 is : (25-07-2021/Shift-2)
(a) is a singleton (a) 3 (b) 1
(b) is an empty set (c) 2 (d) 4
(c) contains at least four elements
47. The number of pairs a, b of real numbers, such that
(d) contains exactly two elements
whenever a is a root of the equation x 2 + ax + b = 0,
41. The number of real roots of the equation,
a 2 - 2 is also a root of this equation is
e + e - 4e + e + 1 = 0 is
4x 3x 2x x (9-1-2020/Shift -1)
(01-09-2021/Shift-2)
(a) 3 (b) 4
(a) 6 (b) 4
(c) 1 (d) 2
(c) 8 (d) 2
48. Let l ¹ 0 be in R. If a and b are the roots of the equation 55. Let a and b be the roots x 2 - 6x - 2 = 0. If a n = a n - b n
x 2 - x + 2l = 0 and a and g are the roots of the equation a10 - 2a 8
for n ³ 1, then the value of is :
bg 3a 9
3x 2 - 10x + 27l = 0, then is equal to ______.
l
(25-02-2021/Shift-2)
(26-08-2021/Shift-2)
(a) 2 (b) 4
49. The sum of all integral values of k k ¹ 0 for which the (c) 1 (d) 3
2 1 2 56. Let p and q be two positive numbers such that p + q = 2

equation - = in x has no real roots, is _____.
x -1 x - 2 k and p 4 + q 4 = 27.2. Then p and q are roots of the equation
(26-08-2021/Shift-1)
(24-02-2021/Shift-1)
50. The set of all value of k > -1, for which the equation
(a) x 2 - 2x + 136 = 0 (b) x 2 - 2x + 8 = 0
2 2 2 2
3x + 4x + 3 - k + 1 3x + 4x + 3 3x + 4x + 2
(c) x 2 - 2x + 16 = 0 (d) x 2 - 2x + 2 = 0
+ k 3x 2 + 4x + 2
2
= 0 has real roots, is: 57. The number of roots of the equation,
sin 2 x cos2 x
(27-08-2021/Shift-2) 81 + 81 = 30
é 1 ö In the interval 0, p is equal to (16-03-2021/Shift-1)

(a) ê - ,1÷ (b) 2,3
ë 2 ø
(a) 8 (b) 3
æ 5ù æ 1 3ù (c) 2 (d) 4
(c) ç1, ú (d) ç , ú - 1
è 2û è 2 2û
51. The sum of the roots of the equation 1
58. The value 4 + is :
1
5+
x + 1 - 2 log 2 3 + 2 x + 2 log 4 10 - 2 - x = 0 is 1
4+
1
(31-08-2021/Shift-2) 5+
4 + .......... ¥
(a) log 2 12 (b) log 2 14
(17-03-2021/Shift-1)
(c) log 2 11 (d) log 2 13
4 2
52. Let a and b be two real numbers such that a + b = 1 and (a) 2 + 30 (b) 5 + 30
5 5
n n
ab = -1. Let p n = a + b , p n -1 = 11 and p n +1 = 29
4 2
for some integer n ³ 1. Then, the value of p2n is ______. (c) 4 + 30 (d) 2 + 30
5 5
(26-02-2021/Shift-2)
59. The number of the real roots of the equation
53. The number of solutions of the equation
10 + 2 30
log 4 x - 1 = log 2 x - 3 is (26-02-2021/Shift-1) y= is (24-02-2021/Shift-2)
5
54. The integer ‘k’, for which the inequality
2 2
60. The number of solutions of the equation
x - 2 3k - 1 x + 8k - 7 > 0 is valid for every x in R, is :
2
(25-02-2021/Shift-1)
log x +1 2x 2 + 7x + 5 + log 2x + 5 x + 1 - 4 = 0, x > 0,
(a) 4 (b) 2 is __________ ? (20-07-2021/Shift-2)

(c) 3 (d) 0
EXERCISE - 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 8. If a, b, p, q are non-zero real numbers, the two equations,
2 a2x2 – 2 abx + b2 = 0 and p2x2 + 2 pqx + q2 = 0 have
1. If a(p + q)2 + 2bpq + c = 0 and a(p + r)2 + 2bpr + c = 0, (a) no common root
(a ¹ 0) then
(b) one common root if 2 a2 + b2 = p2 + q2
2 c (c) two common roots if 3 pq = 2 ab
(a) qr = p + (b) qr = p2
a (d) two common roots if 3 qb = 2 ap
(c) qr = –p 2
(d) None of these 9. If the expression x2 – 11x + a and x2 – 14x + 2a must have a
common factor and a ¹ 0, then, the common factor is
2. If a, b Î R, a ¹ b . The roots of the quadratic equation,
(a) (x – 3) (b) (x – 6)
2 2 2
x – 2 (a + b) x + 2 (a + b ) = 0 are (c) (x – 8) (d) none of these
(a) Rational and different (b) Rational and equal 10. If both roots of the quadratic equation (2 – x) (x + 1) = p are
(c) Irrational and different (d) Imaginary and different distinct and positive then p must lie in the interval
(a) p > 2 (b) 2 < p < 9/4
3. If 0 £ x £ p, then the solution of the equation
2x
(c) p < –2 (d) – ¥ < p < ¥
2x
16sin + 16cos = 10 is given by x equal to 11. If a, b are the roots of the equation, x2 – 2mx + m2 – 1 = 0
then the range of values of m for which a, b Î (–2, 4) is
p p p p
(a) , (b) , (a) (–1, 3) (b) (1, 3)
6 3 3 2
(c) ¥, - 1 È 3, ¥ (d) none
p p
(c) , (d) none of these 12. If a, b are the roots of the quadratic equation,
6 2
x2 – 2p (x – 4) – 15 = 0 then the set of values of p for which
4. The value of m for which one of the roots of one root is less than 1 & the other root is greater than 2 is
x2 – 3x + 2m = 0 is double of one of the roots of (a) (7/3, ¥) (b) (–¥, 7/3)
x2 – x + m = 0 is (c) x Î R (d) none
(a) 0, 2 (b) 0, –2
8x 2 +16x - 51
(c) 2, –2 (d) none of these 13. > 3 if x is such that
2x - 3 x + 4
5. If a, b are roots of the equation ax2 + 3x + 2 = 0 (a < 0), then
a2/ b + b2/ a is greater than (a) x < – 4 (b) –3 < x < 3/2
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) x > 5/2 (d) all these true
(c) 2 (d) none of these 14. If both roots of the quadratic equation x2 + x + p = 0 exceed
p where p Î R then p must lie in the interval
6. Two real numbers a and b are such that a + b = 3 and
(a) (–¥, 1) (b) (–¥, –2)
|a – b| = 4, then a and b are the roots of the quadratic
equation (c) (–¥, –2) È (0, 1/4) (d) (–2, 1)
(a) 4x2 – 12x – 7 = 0 (b) 4x2 – 12x + 7 = 0 15. If a, b, c Î R, a > 0 and c ¹ 0 Let a and b be the real and
distinct roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = |c| and p, q be
(c) 4x2 – 12x + 25 = 0 (d) none of these the real and distinct roots of the equation
7. If a, b are the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 and ax2 + bx + c = 0. Then
Sn = an + bn, then a Sn + 1 + c Sn – 1 = (a) p and q lie between a and b
2
(a) b Sn (b) b Sn (b) p and q do not lie between a and b
(c) 2bSn (d) – bSn (c) Only p lies between a and b
(d) Only q lies between a and b
Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option]

a
23. If ‘x’ is real and satisfying the inequality, x < a ÎR ,
x
2x
16. 5x + 2 3 – 169 £ 0 is true in the interval. then
(a) (–¥, 2) (b) (0, 2) (a) x Î 0, a for a > 0

(c) (2, ¥) (d) (0, 4)
17. cos a is a root of the equation 25x2 + 5x – 12 = 0, –1 < x < 0, (b) x Î - a , 0 for a < 0
then the value of sin 2a is
(a) 24/25 (b) –12/25 (c) x Î - -a , 0 for a < 0
(c) –24/25 (d) 20/25

(d) x Î - a , a for a > 0
18. For a > 0, the roots of the equation
logax a + logx a2 + loga2x a3 = 0, are given by 24. The roots of the equation, (x2 + 1)2 = x(3x2 + 4x + 3), are
(a) a–4/3 (b) a–3/4 given by
(c) a–1/2 (d) a–1

(a) 2 – 3 (b) – 1 + i 3 / 2 , i = –1
2 3 2
19. x + x + 1 is a factor of ax + bx + cx + d = 0, then the real
root of above equation is (a, b, c, d Î R)
(c) 2 + 3 (d) – 1 – i 3 / 2 , i = –1
(a) –d/a (b) d/a
(c) (b – a)/a (d) (a – b)/a pe ep pp + ee
25. Equation + + = 0 has
20. If a < b < c < d, then for any positive l, the quadratic x –e x –p x –p–e
equation (x – a) (x – c) + l(x – b) (x – d) = 0 has
(a) one real root in (e,p) and other in (p – e,e)
(a) non-real roots
(b) one real root in (e,p) and other in (p, p + e)
(b) one real root between a and c
(c) two real roots in (p – e, p + e)
(c) one real root between b and d
(d) No real root
(d) irrational roots
26. If 0 < a < b < c, and the roots a, b of the equation
21. If p,q,r,s,Î R and a,b are roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are non real complex roots, then
x2 + px + q = 0 and a4 and b4 are roots of x2 – rx + s = 0, then
(a) |a| = |b| (b) |a| > 1
the roots of x2 – 4qx + 2q2 – r = 0 are
(c) |b| < 1 (d) none of these
(a) both real (b) both positive
27. Let a, b, c Î R. If ax2 + bx + c = 0 has two real roots A and
(c) both negative (d) none of these B where A < –1 and B > 1, then
22. If a, b, c Î R and a is a real root of the equation
ax2 + bx + c = 0, and b is the real root of the equation (a) 1 + b + c < 0 (b) 1 – b + c < 0
a a a a
a 2
–ax2 + bx + c = 0, then the equation x + bx + c = 0 has
2 (c) |c| < |a| (d) |c| < |a| – |b|
28. If a < 0, then root of the equation x2 – 2a |x – a| – 3a2 = 0 is
(a) real roots
(b) none- real roots (a) a – 1 – 6 (b) a 1 – 2
(c) has a root lying between a and b
(d) None of these (c) a – 1 + 6 (d) a 1 + 2
Numerical Value Type Questions 41. If a, b, g, d are the roots of the equation, x4 – Kx3 + Kx2 +
Lx + M = 0 where K, L and M are real numbers then the
29. The value of ‘a’ for which the sum of the squares of the
roots of the equation x2 – (a – 2) x – a – 1 = 0 assume the minimum value of a2 + b 2 + g2 + d2 is
least value is 42. When x100 is divided by x2 – 3x + 2, the remainder is
30. If the equation (k – 2) x2 – (k – 4) x – 2 = 0 has difference of (2k+1 –1) x – 2(2k – 1) where k is a numerical quantity, then
roots as 3 then the sum of all the values of k is : k must be.
2 2
31. If p(x) = ax + bx and q(x) = lx + mx + n with 43. If the quadratic equations, 3x 2 + ax + 1 = 0 and
p(1) = q(1); p(2) – q(2) = 1 and p(3) – q(3) = 4, then
2x2 + bx + 1 = 0 have a common root, then the value of the
p(4) – q(4) is
expression 5ab – 2a2 – 3b2 is
32. If a, b are the roots of x2 – p (x + 1) – c = 0 then
44. The equations x 3 + 5x 2 + px + q = 0 and
2 2
a + 2a + 1 b + 2b + 1 x3 + 7x2 + px + r = 0 have two roots in common. If the third
+ is equal to
a 2 + 2a + c b2 + 2b + c root of each equation is represented by x 1 and x 2
33. If b < 0, then the roots x 1 and x 2 of the equation respectively, then x1 + x2 is
45. The value of a for which the equations x3 + ax + 1 = 0 and
æ x ö æx ö
2x + 6x + b = 0, satisfy the condition ç 1 ÷ + ç 2 ÷ < k
2
x4 + ax2 + 1 = 0 have a common root is
è x 2 ø è x1 ø
Assertion & Reason
where k is equal to
34. If the quadratic equations ax 2 + 2cx + b = 0 and (A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a
ax2 + 2bx + c = 0 (b ¹ c) have a common root, then correct explanation for ASSERTION.
a + 4b + 4c is equal to
(B) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is not
35. The maximum integral part of positive value of a for which,
a correct explanation for ASSERTION.
the least value of 4x2 – 4ax + a2 – 2a + 2 on [0, 2] is 3, is
(C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false.
36. If (x + 1)2 is greater then 5x – 1 and less than 7x – 3 then the
integral value of x is equal to (D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true.
6x 2 - 5x - 3 46. Assertion: If one roots is 5 – 2 is then the equation

37. If £ 4, then the sum of the least and the
x 2 - 2x + 6
of lowest degree with rational coefficient is
highest values of 4 x2 is x4 – 14x2 + 9 = 0.
x Reason: For a polynomial equation with rational co-
38. If roots x1 and x2 of x2 + 1 = satisfy
a efficient irrational roots occurs in pairs.
(a) A (b) B
2 1 2 æ 1 ö æ 1 ö
x – x > , then a Î ç –
1 2 , 0 ÷ È ç 0, ÷
a è k ø è kø (c) C (d) D
47. Assertion: If a > b > c and a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc, then the
the numerical quantity k must be equal to
equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has one positive
39. If p & q are roots of the equation x2 – 2x + A = 0 and r & s
and one negative real roots.
be roots of the equation x2 – 18 x + B = 0 if p < q < r < s be
in A.P., then A + B is Reason: If roots of opposite nature, then product of
40. If the roots of the equation, x3 + Px2 + Qx – 19 = 0 are each roots < 0 and |sums of roots| > 0.
one more than the roots of the equation, (a) A (b) B
x3–Ax2+Bx–C=0 where A, B, C, P and Q are constants then
(c) C (d) D
the value of A + B + C =
Match the Following Using the following passage, solve Q.50 to Q.52
Passage – 1
Each question has two columns. Four options are given
representing matching of elements from Column-I and In the given figure vertices of D ABC lie on y = f (x)
Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds = ax2 + bx + c. The D ABC is right angled isosceles triangle
to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option whose hypotenuse AC = 4 2 units, then
corresponding to the correct matching.
48. Column–I Column–II

(A) Number of real solution of (P) 2
x
|x + 1| = e is
(B) The number of non-negative (Q) 3
x
real roots of 2 –x–1 = 0 equal to
(C) If p and q be the roots of the (R) 6
quadratic equation 50. y = f (x) is given by
x – (a – 2) x – a – 1 = 0, then
2
x2 x2
minimum value of p2 + q2 is (a) y = –2 2 (b) y = –2
2 2 2
equal to
2
(D) If a and b are the roots of (S) 5 (c) y = x2 – 8 (d) y = x – 2 2
51. Minimum value of y = f (x) is
7
2x2 + 7x + c = 0 & |a2 – b2| = ,
4 (a) 2 2 (b) – 2 2
then c is equal to (c) 2 (d) – 2
The correct matching is :
k
52. Number of integral value of k for which lies between
(a) (A–P; B–Q; C–S; D–R) 2
the roots of f (x) = 0, is
(b) (A–Q; B–P; C–S; D–R)
(a) 9 (b) 10
(c) (A–S; B–P; C–Q; D–R)
(c) 11 (d) 12
(d) (A–R; B–S; C–P; D–Q)
Using the following passage, solve Q.53 to Q.55
49. The value of k for which the equation
x3 – 3x + k = 0 has Passage – 2
Column–I Column–II If roots of the equation x4 – 12x3 + bx2 + cx + 81 = 0 are

(A) three distinct real roots (P) |k| > 2 positive then
(B) two equal roots (Q) k = –2, 2 53. Value of b is
(C) exactly one real root (R) |k| < 2 (a) – 54 (b) 54
(c) 27 (d) –27
(D) three equal roots (S) no value of k
54. Value of c is
(a) 108 (b) –108
(a) (A–R; B–Q; C–P; D–S) (c) 54 (d) – 54
(b) (A–Q; B–R; C–P; D–S) 55. Root of equation 2bx + c = 0 is
(c) (A–R; B–Q; C–S; D–P) 1 1
(a) – (b)
2 2
(d) (A–S; B–P; C–Q; D–R)
(c) 1 (d) –1
EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. Let a, b be the roots of the equation x2 – px + r = 0 and
a/2, 2b be the roots of the equation x2 – qx + r = 0. Then the
1. For the equation 3x2 + px + 3 = 0, p > 0, if one of the root is
value of r is (2007)
square of the other, then p is equal to (2000)
(a) 2/9 (p – q) (2q – p) (b) 2/9 (q – p) (2p – q)
(a) 1/3 (b) 1
(c) 2/9 (q – 2p) (2q – p) (d) 2/9 (2p – q) (2q – p)
(c) 3 (d) 2/3
8. Let p and q be the real numbers such that p ¹ 0, p3 ¹ q and
2. The number of solutions of log4 (x–1) = log2 (x – 3) is
p3 ¹ – q. If a and b are non-zero complex numbers
(2001)
satisfying a + b = – p and a3 + b3 = q, then a quadratic
(a) 3 (b) 1
a b
(c) 2 (d) 0 equation having and as its roots is (2010)
b a
3. The set of all real numbers x for which
x2 – |x + 2| + x > 0 is (2002) (a) (p3 + q) x2 – (p3 + 2q) x + (p3 + q) = 0
(b) (p3 + q) x2 – (p3 – 2q) x + (p3 + q) = 0
(a) (–¥, –2) È (2, ¥) (b) - ¥ , - 2 È 2, ¥
(c) (p3 – q) x2 – (5p3 – 2q) x + (p3 – q) = 0
(d) (p3 – q) x2 – (5p3 + 2q) x + (p3 – q) = 0
(c) (–¥, –1) È (1, ¥) (d) 2, ¥
9. Let a and b be the roots of x2 – 6x – 2 = 0, with a > b. If
4. For all ‘x’, x2 + 2ax + (10 – 3a) > 0, then the interval in which
a10 - 2a 8
‘a’ lies is (2004) an = an – bn for n ³ 1, then the value of is
2a 9
(a) a < –5 (b) –5 < a < 2
(c) a > 5 (d) 2 < a < 5 (2011)
5. If one root is square of the other root of the equation (a) 1 (b) 2
2
x + px + q = 0, then the relation between p and q is (c) 3 (d) 4
(2004) 10. A value of b for which the equations x2 + bx – 1 = 0,
(a) p3 – (3p – 1) q + q2 = 0 x2 + x + b = 0 have one root in common is (2011)
(b) p3 – q (3p + 1) + q2 = 0
(a) - 2 (b) -i 3
(c) p3 + q (3p – 1) + q2 = 0
(d) p3 + q (3p + 1) + q2 = 0 (c) i 5 (d) 2
6. If a, b, c are the sides of a triangle ABC such that 11. The quadratic equation p(x) = 0 with real coefficients has
x2 – 2 (a + b + c) x + 3l (ab + bc + ca) = 0 has real roots, then purely imaginary roots.
(2006) Then the equation
p(p(x)) = 0
4 5
(a) l < (b) l > has (2014)
3 3
(a) only purely imaginary roots
æ 4 5ö 1 5 (b) all real roots

(c) l Î ç , ÷ (d) l Î æç , ö÷
è 3 3ø è3 3ø (c) two real and two purely imaginary roots
(d) neither real nor purely imaginary roots
p p Numerical Value Type Questions

12. Let - <q<- . Suppose a1 and b1 are the roots of the
6 12
equation x2 – 2x sec q + 1 = 0 and a2 and b2 are the roots 16. The smallest value of k, for which both the roots of the
of the equation x2 + 2x tan q - 1 = 0. If a1 > b 1 and 2 2
equation x – 8kx + 16 (k – k + 1) = 0 are real, distinct and
a2 > b 2, then a1 + b 2 equals. (2016)
(a) 2 (sec q – tan q) (b) 2 sec q have values at least 4, is.... (2009)
(c) -2 tan q (d) 0 17. Let (x, y, z) be points with integer coordinates satisfying
13. Suppose a, b denote the distinct real roots of the quadratic the system of homogeneous equations
2
polynomial x + 20 x - 2020 and suppose c, d denote the 3x – y – z = 0, –3x + z = 0, –3x + 2y + z = 0. Then the number
distinct complex roots of the quadratic polynomial 2 2 2
of such points for which x + y + z £ 100 is...
x 2 - 20 x + 2020. Then the value of
(2009)
ac (a – c) + ad (a – d) + bc (b – c) + bd (b – d) is (2020)
(a) 0 (b) 8000 18. For x Î R , the number of real roots of the equation
(c) 8080 (d) 16000
3x 2 - 4 x 2 - 1 + x - 1 = 0 is ____. (2021)
19. If x 2 – 10ax – 11b = 0 have roots c & d,
14. Let S be the set of all non-zero real numbers a such that
x2 – 10cx – 11d = 0 have roots a and b. (a ¹ c) Find
the quadratic equation ax2 – x + a = 0 has two distinct real
roots x1 and x2 satisfying the inequality |x1 – x2| < 1. Which a + b + c + d. (2006)
of the following intervals is(are) a subset(s) of S ?
Assertion & Reason
(2015)
(A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a

æ 1 1 ö æ 1 ö
(a) ç - , - ÷ (b) ç - , 0 ÷ correct explanation for ASSERTION.
è 2 5ø è 5 ø
æ 1 ö æ 1 1ö a correct explanation for ASSERTION.
(c) ç 0, ÷ (d) ç , ÷
è 5ø è 5 2ø
15. Let a and b be the roots of x 2 - x - 1 = 0 with a > b . (D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true.
an - bn 20. Let a, b, c, p, q be the real numbers. Suppose a, b are the

For all positive integers n. define an = ,n ³1
a -b
1
b1 = 1 and bn = an -1 + an +1 , n ³ 2 then which of the roots of the equation x2 + 2px + q = 0 and a, are the
b
following options is/ are correct? (2019)
¥ roots of the equation ax 2 + 2bx + c = 0, where

an 10
(a) å n = b2 Ï {–1,0,1}. (2008)
n =1 10 89
Assertion : (p2 – q) (b2 – ac) ³ 0
(b) bn = a n + b n for all n ³ 1
Reason : b Ï pa or c Ï qa.
(c) a1 + a2 + ...... + a n = an + 2 - 1 for all n ³ 1
(a) A (b) B
¥
bn 8 (c) C (d) D
(d) å 10
n =1
n
=
89
Using the following passage, solve Q.21 to Q.23 Using the following passage, solve Q.24 and Q.25
Passage – 1 Passage – 2
If a continuous function f defined on the real line R, assumes Let P, q be integers and let a, b be the roots of the
positive and negative values in R, then the equation f(x) = equation, x2 – x – 1 = 0, where a ¹ b. For n = 0, 1, 2,…….,
0 has a root in R. For example, if it is known that a
let an = Pan + qb n.
continuous function f on R is positive at some point and
its minimum values is negative, then the equation f(x) = 0 FACT : If a and b are rational numbers and
a + b 5 = 0,
has a root in R.
x
then a = 0 = b. (2017)
Consider f(x) = ke – x for all real x where k is real constant.
24. If a4 = 28, then P + 2q =
(2007)
x (a) 12 (b) 21
21. The line y = x meets y = ke for k £ 0 at
(c) 14 (d) 7
(a) no point (b) one point
25. a12 =
(c) two points (d) more than two points
x (a) a11 + 2a10 (b) a11 + a10
22. The positive value of k for which ke – x = 0 has only one
root is (c) a11 – a10 (d) 2a11 + a10
1
(a) (b) 1
e
(c) e (d) loge 2
x
23. For k > 0, the set of all values of k for which ke – x = 0 has
two distinct roots, is
æ 1ö æ1 ö
(a) ç 0, ÷ (b) ç , 1÷
è eø èe ø
æ1 ö
(c) ç , ¥ ÷ (d) (0, 1)
èe ø
Find Answer Key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
Please share your valuable feedback by

scanning the QR code.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
Chapter 02 43
COMPLEX NUMBERS
(b) Subtraction :
1. INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX NUMBERS
z1 – z2 = (a + ib) – (c + id)
A number of the form a + ib, where a, b Î R and i = -1 , is = (a – c) + (b – d) i
called a complex number and is denoted by ‘z’. (c) Multiplication :
z1 . z2 = (a + ib) (c + id)
z = a + ib = a (c + id) + ib (c + id)
2
¯ ¯ = ac + adi + bci + bdi
Re z Im z = ac – bd + (ad + bc) i
2
(Qi = –1)
(i) If a = 0, then z is called a purely imaginary number.
(d) Division :
(ii) If b = 0, then z is called a purely real number.
z1 a + ib a + ib c - id
(iii) If b ¹ 0, then z is called an imaginary number. = = .
z 2 c + id c + id c - id
NOTES : æ ac + bd ö æ bc - ad ö
=ç 2 2 ÷
+ç 2 2 ÷
i
èc +d ø è c +d ø
1. Integral Powers of iota (i)
3. CONJUGATE, MODULUS AND ARGUMENT OF
ì 1; r=0 A COMPLEX NUMBER
ï i; r =1
ï
i 4k + r =í 3.1 Conjugate of a Complex Number
ï-1; r=2
ïî-i; For a given complex number z = a + ib,
r=3
its conjugate ‘ z ’ is defined as z = a – ib
2. a b = a b only if atleast one of either a or b is 3.2 Argand Plane
non-negative. A complex number z = a + ib can be represented by a
unique point P (a, b) in the Argand plane.
3. Real Numbers are a subset of complex numbers. (R Ì C)
2. ALGEBRA OF COMPLEX NUMBERS
2.1 Equality of complex number

a + ib = c + id
Ûa=c&b=d
2.2 Let z1 = a + ib and z2 = c + id be two complex numbers
where a, b, c, d Î R and i = -1 .
(a) Addition :
z = a + ib is represented by a point P (a, b)
z1 + z2 = (a + ib) + (c + id)
= (a + c) + (b + d) i
COMPLEX NUMBERS
44
3.3 Modulus and Argument of a Complex Number

If z = a + ib is a complex number
(i) Distance of z from origin is called modulus of complex

number z.
It is denoted by r = z = a2 + b2
(ii) Here, q i.e. angle made by OP with positive direction of real NOTES :
axis is called argument of z. It is denoted by arg(z) or amp Argument is not defined for 0.
(z).
4. PROPERTIES OF MODULUS, ARGUMENT AND
NOTES : CONJUGATE
1. z1 > z2 or z1 < z2 has no meaning but |z1| > |z2| or |z1| < |z2|
holds meaning. 1. (z) = z
2. |z1 - z2| represents distance between z1 and z2 on Argand 2. z + z = 2Re z Þ z + z = 0, if z is purely imaginary
Plane.
3. z - z = 2i Im(z) Þ z = z , if z is purely real
3.4 Principal Argument
4. z1 ± z2 = z1 ± z2
The argument ‘q’ of complex number z = a + ib is called

æz ö z
principal argument of z if –p < q £ p. 5. z1z 2 = z1 z2 and ç 1 ÷ = 1 z 2 ¹ 0
è z 2 ø z2
b
Let tan a = , and q be the principal argument of z. 6. | z | = 0 Þ z = 0
a
7. zz =| z |2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
45
7. VECTORIAL REPRESENTATION OF A COMPLEX

z1 z
8. | z1 z 2 | = | z1 | | z 2 | ; = 1 NUMBER
z2 z2
Every complex number can be considered as if it is the
9. | z | = | z | = | -z | position vector of that point. If the point P represents the
complex number z then,
10. | z1 ± z2 |2 = | z1 |2 + | z 2 |2 ± 2 Re (z1 z2 )
® ®
OP = z & ½ OP ½ = ½z½.
=| z1 |2 + | z2 |2 ±2 | z1 || z2 | cos q1 - q 2
11. ||z1| - |z2|| £ | z1 + z2 | £ | z1 |+ | z2 | (Triangle Inequality) 8. DE-MOIVRE’S THEOREM

12. ||z1 | - | z2 || £ | z1 – z2 | £ |z1 | + | z2 | (Triangle Inequality) Case 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
13. | az1 – bz2 | + | bz1 + az2 | = (a + b ) (| z1 | + | z2 | ) (i) If n is an integer, then
14. amp (z1 . z2) = amp z1 + amp z2 + 2 kp ; k Î I (cos q + i sin q)n = cos (nq) + i sin (n q)
(ii) (cos q1 + i sin q1) (cos q2 + i sin q2)..........(cosqn + i sinqn)
æ z1 ö = cos (q1 + q2 +......+ qn) + i sin (q1 + q2 +.....+ qn)
15. amp ç ÷ = amp z1 - amp z2 + 2 kp ; k Î I
è z2 ø
Case 2
16. amp(zn) = n amp(z) + 2kp ; k Î I If n is a rational number (but not an integer),
n can be written as p/q, where p,q, Î I and q ¹ 0
17. amp z = -amp z + 2kp, k Î I
p/q æ 2kp + pq ö æ 2kp + pq ö
cos q + i sin q = cos ç ÷ + i sin ç ÷
5. POLAR/TRIGONOMETRIC FORM OF A è q ø è q ø
COMPLEX NUMBER where k = 0, 1,2,3, ....., (q - 1)
9. CUBE ROOTS OF UNITY

3
Roots of the equation x = 1 are called cube roots of unity.
3
x – 1=0
2
(x – 1) (x + x + 1) = 0
2
x = 1 or x +x+1=0
a = r cos q & b = r sin q; -1 + 3i -1 - 3i

i.e x= or x =
1 2
424 3 1 2 3
424
where r = |z| and q = arg(z)
w w2
\ z = a + ib
= r (cos q + isin q) = r cis q -1 + i 3 -1 - i 3
(i) The cube roots of unity are 1 , , .
2 2
6. EULER’S FORM OF A COMPLEX NUMBER (ii) w3 = 1, w3r = 1, w3r+1 = w, w3r+2 = w2 (rÎI)
iq (iii) If w is one of the imaginary cube roots of unity then
z = re is known as Euler’s form; where
1 + w + w² = 0.
r =|z| & q = arg(z) (iv) In general 1 + wr + w2r = 0 ; where r Î I but is not a multiple
of 3.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
46
(v) In polar form the cube roots of unity are : NOTES :
2p 2p 4p 4p 1. We may take any n consecutive integral values of k to get

cos 0 + i sin 0 ; cos + i sin , cos + i sin th
3 3 3 3 ‘n’ n roots of unity.
th
(vi) The three cube roots of unity when plotted on the argand 2. Sum of ‘n’ n roots of unity is zero, n Î N
th
plane constitute the verties of an equilateral triangle. 3. The points represented by ‘n’ n roots of unity are located at
(vii) The following factorisation should be remembered : the vertices of regular polygon of n sides inscribed in a unit
circle, centred at origin & one vertex being on +ve real axis.
x2 + x + 1 = (x - w) (x - w2) ;
a3 - b3 = (a - b) (a - wb) (a - w²b) ; Properties :
a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a + wb) (a + w2b) ;
If 1 , a1 , a2 , a3 ..... an - 1 are the n , nth root of unity then:
a3 + b3 + c3 - 3abc = (a + b + c) (a + wb + w²c) (a + w²b + wc)
(i) They are in G.P. with common ratio ei(2p/n)
10. IMPORTANT IDENTITIES (ii)

p p p é0, if p ¹ k n
1p + a 1 + a 2 + .... +a n - 1 = ê where kÎI
2 2
ë n, if p = k n
(i) x + x + 1 = (x–w) (x–w )
2 2 (iii) (1 - a1) (1 - a2) ...... (1 - an - 1) = n
(ii) x – x + 1 = (x + w) (x + w )
2 2 2
(iii) x + xy + y = (x–yw) (x–yw ) é 0, if n is even
(iv) (1 + a1) (1 + a2) ....... (1 + an - 1) = ê
2 2
(iv) x – xy + y = (x + wy) (x + yw )
2 ë1, if n is odd
2 2
(v) x + y = (x + iy) (x – iy)
é-1, if n is even
3 3 2 (v) 1 . a1 . a2 . a3 ......... an - 1 = ê
(vi) x + y = (x + y) (x + yw) (x + yw ) ë 1, if n is odd
3 3 2
(vii) x – y = (x – y) (x – yw) (x – yw )
2 2 2 2 2
(viii) x + y + z – xy –yz – zx = (x + yw +zw ) (x+yw + zw) NOTES :
2 2
or (xw + yw + z) (xw + yw + z)
or
2
(xw + y + zw ) (xw + y + zw).
2 sin nq 2 æ n +1 ö
(i) cos q+ cos 2q+ cos 3q+ .....+ cos nq= cos ç ÷ q.
3 3 3 2 sin q 2 è 2 ø
(ix) x + y + z – 3xyz = (x + y + z) (x+wy+w z)
2
(x +w y+wz)
NOTES : sin nq 2 æ n +1 ö
(ii) sin q + sin 2q + sin 3q + ..... + sin nq = sin ç ÷ q.
sin q 2 è 2 ø
If z1 is a root of a polynomial with real coefficients, then z 1 is
also one of its roots.

12. SQUARE ROOT OF A COMPLEX NUMBER
th
11. ‘n’ n ROOTS OF UNITY Let x + iy = a + ib , Squaring both sides, we get
n 2
Solution of equation x = 1 is given by (x + iy) = a + ib
2 2
i.e. x – y = a, 2xy = b
2kp 2kp
x = cos + isin ; k = 0, 1, 2, ..., (n – 1) By using relation
n n
(x2 + y2)2 = (x2 - y2) + 4x2y2
æ 2kp ö
iç
n ø
÷ ; k = 0, 1, ....., (n – 1) we can find x2+y2 and then solve x2+y2 and x2 -y2 to get
=eè values of x and y.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
47
we obtain (iii) |z – zo| > a represents exterior of this circle.

(iv) |z – z1| = |z – z2| represents ^ bisector of segment with
æ ö
a2 + b 2 + a b a 2 + b2 - a ÷ end points z1 & z2.
a + ib = ± ç +i
ç 2 |b| 2 ÷
è ø z - z1 ìcircle, k ¹ 1, k > 0ü
(v) = k represents : í ý
z - z2 î^ bisector, k = 1 þ
13. ROTATION THEOREM
(vi) arg (z) = q is a ray starting from origin (excluded)
inclined at an Ðq with positive real axis.
(vii) arg (z - z1) is a ray starting from z1 (excluded) inclined at
an Ðq with positive real axis.
(viii) |z - z1| + |z - z2| = k is
(a) an ellipse with foci z1 and z2 if k > |z1 - z2|.
(b) Line segment joining z1 and z2 if k = |z1 - z2|
(c) No point if k < |z1 - z2|
(ix) ||z - z1| - |z - z2|| = k is a hyperbola if k < |z1 - z2|
NOTES :
To convert complex equation to cartesian equation, we can

replace z by x + iy.
® ®
1. If OP = z = r ei q then OQ = z1 = r ei (q + f) = z . e if.
14.2 Standard Results
® ®
If OP and OQ are of equal magnitude then (i) If z1 and z2 are two complex numbers, then the distance
® ®
between z1 and z2 is |z2 – z1|.
OQ = OP eif. Thus, to rotate a complex number z counter (ii) Segment joining points A (z1) and B(z2) is divided by point
clockwise by f without changing its magnitude, we multiply P (z) in the ratio m1 : m2
it with eif.
m1z 2 + m 2 z1
2. If z1, z2, z3 are three vertices of a triangle ABC described in then z = , m1 and m2 are real.
m1 + m 2
the counter-clockwise sense, then
z 3 - z1 AC AC ia | z 3 - z1 | ia m1 z2 - m2 z1
= cos a + i sin a = .e = .e For external division z = m1 - m2
z 2 - z1 AB AB | z 2 - z1 |
(iii) Centroid (z) of triangle with vertices z1, z2, z3 is given by

(Rotating AB about A by angle a to get AC)
z1 + z 2 + z3
z=
14. GEOMETRY OF COMPLEX NUMBERS 3
14.3 General Equations

14.1 Locus from inspection based on modulus, argument and
rotation (i) The equation of the line joining z1 and z2 is given by
(i) |z – zo| = a represents circumference of circle, centred at
z z 1
zo, radius a.
z1 z1 1 = 0 (non parametric form)
(ii) |z – zo| < a represents interior of circle
z2 z2 1
COMPLEX NUMBERS
48
Or (vi) If z1, z2, z3 are the vertices of an equilateral triangle where

z = z1 + t (z1 - z2), where t is a real parameter z0 is its circumcentre then
Or 1 1 1
(a) + + =0
z 2 - z3 z 3 - z1 z1 - z 2
z - z1 z - z 2
=
z - z1 z - z2
(b) z 12 + z 22 + z 23 - z1 z2 - z2 z3 - z3 z1 = 0
(ii) az + az + b = 0 represents general form of line.
(c) z 12 + z 22 + z 23 = 3 z 20
b Î R, a ¹ 0
(vii) If A, B, C & D are four points representing the complex
(iii) The general equation of circle is : numbers z1, z2 , z3 & z4 then
zz + az + az + b = 0 (where b is real number).
z4 - z3
AB ½½ CD if is purely real ;
Centre : (–a) & radius 2
| a | -b = aa - b. z 2 - z1
(iv) Circle described on line segment joining z1 & z2 as diameter

z4 - z3
is : AB ^ CD if is purely imaginary
z 2 - z1
z - z1 z - z2 + z - z 2 z - z1 = 0.
(viii) Two points P (z1) and Q(z2) lie on the same side or opposite
(v) Four pts. z1, z2, z3, z4 in anticlockwise order will be concylic, side of the line az + az + b accordingly as az1 + az1 + b and
if & only if
az 2 + az2 + b have same sign or opposite sign.
æ z - z4 ö æ z 2 - z3 ö
q = arg ç 2 ÷ = arg ç ÷
è z1 - z 4 ø è z1 - z 3 ø
æ z - z4 ö æ z 2 - z3 ö
Þ arg ç 2 ÷ - arg ç ÷ = 2np ; n Î I
è z1 - z 4 ø è z1 - z3 ø
éæ z - z 4 ö æ z1 - z 3 ö ù
Þ arg êç 2 ÷ç ÷ ú = 2np
ëêè z1 - z 4 ø è z 2 - z 3 ø ûú
æ z 2 - z4 ö æ z1 - z 3 ö
Þ ç ÷´ç ÷ is real & positive.
è z1 - z 4 ø è z 2 - z3 ø
COMPLEX NUMBERS 49
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example – 1
10 - 10i + 5i - 5i 2
=
Express the following in the form of a + ib, a, b Î R, 25 - 25i 2
i = -1. State the values of a and b.
15 - 5i
=
i 4 + 3i 2+i 50
(i) 1- i (ii) 3 - i 1 + 2i
3 1
= - i
10 10
4i8 - 3i 9 + 3
(iii) (iv) (1 + i)6 + (1–i)3
3i11 - 4i10 - 2
3 1
here, a = , b=-
10 10
i 4 + 3i
Sol. (i) z =
1- i
4i8 - 3i 9 + 3
(iii) z =
3i11 - 4i10 - 2
4i + 3i 2 1 + i
= ´
1- i 1+ i
4.i 4 .i 4 - 3i 4 .i 4i + 3
=
4i - 3 1 + i 3.i 4 .i 4 .i3 - 4i 4 .i 4 .i 2 - 2
=
1 - i2
4 - 3i + 3
=
4i + 4i 2 - 3 - 3i -3i + 4 - 2
=
1+1
7 - 3i 2 + 3i
= ´
-7 + i 2 - 3i 2 + 3i
=
2
14 + 21i - 6i - 9i 2
7 1 =
= - + i 4 - 9i 2
2 2
23 15
7 1 = + i
here, a = - ,b= 13 13
2 2
23 15
2+i here, a = , b=
(ii) z = 3 - i 1 + 2i 13 13
6 2 3 2 3 3 3
(iv) (1 + i) = {(1 + i) } = (1 + i + 2i) = (1–1 + 2i) = 8i = –8i
3 3 2
2+i and (1–i) = 1 – i – 3i + 3i = 1 + i – 3i – 3 = –2 – 2i
=
3 + 6i - i - 2i 2 6 3
Therefore, (1 + i) + (1 – i) = –8i – 2 – 2i = –2 – 10i
here, a = – 2, b = – 10
2 + i 5 - 5i
= ´
5 + 5i 5 - 5i
COMPLEX NUMBERS 50
Example – 2
(1 + i) x - 2i (2 - 3i) y + i
Sol. + =i
3+i 3-i
1
Express in the form A + iB.
(1 - cos q) + 2 isin q Þ (1 + i) (3 - i) x - 2i (3 - i) + (3 + i) (2 - 3i) y + i (3 + i) = 10i
Þ 4x + 2ix - 6i - 2 + 9y - 7iy + 3i - 1 = 10i

1 1
Sol. Now, =
1 - cos q + 2i sin q q q q Þ 4x + 9y - 3 = 0 and 2x - 7y - 3 = 10
2sin 2 + 4i sin cos
2 2 2
Þ x = 3 and y = -1
q q Example – 4
sin - 2i cos
1 2 2
= ´
qæ q qö æ q qö
2sin ç sin + 2i cos ÷ ç sin - 2i cos ÷ Prove that : x4 + 4 = (x + 1 + i) (x + 1 – i) (x – 1 + i)
2è 2 2ø è 2 2ø
(x – 1 – i).
Sol. Consider R.H.S.

q q
sin - 2i cos = [(x + 1 + i) (x + 1 – i)] [(x – 1 + i) (x – 1 – i)]
= 2 2
qæ q qö
2sin ç sin 2 + 4 cos 2 ÷ = [(x + 1)2 – i2] [(x – 1)2 – i2)]
2è 2 2ø
= (x2 + 2x + 1 + 1) (x2 – 2x + 1 + 1)
= [(x2 + 2) + 2x] [(x2 + 2) – 2x]

q q
sin - 2i cos
= 2 2 = (x2 + 2)2 – (2x)2
qæ 2q ö
2sin ç1 + 3cos ÷
2è 2ø = x4 + 4x2 + 4 – 4x2 = x4 + 4 = L.H.S.
Example – 5
q
cot
1 2 Find the value of x3 + x2 – x + 22 if x = 1 + 2i
Þ A + iB = -i
æ qö q
2 ç1 + 3cos 2 ÷ 1 + 3cos 2
è 2ø 2 Sol. x = 1 + 2i
2 2
(x – 1) = (2i)
Example – 3 2
x – 2x + 5 =0
3 2 2
Find the real values of x and y for which the following Now, x + x – x + 22 = (x – 2x + 5) (x + 3) + 7
equation is satisfied
So, Putting x = 1 + 2i, we get :-
(1 + i) x - 2i (2 - 3i) y + i
+ =i. 3 2
x + x – x + 22
3+i 3-i
=0+7=7
COMPLEX NUMBERS 51
Find the modulus and amplitude of the following complex |z| £ 1, |w| £ 1, show that
numbers. 2 2
|z–w| £ (|z| – |w|) + (arg z – arg w)
2
(i) 3 + 2i (ii) 1 + i Sol. |z - w|2 = |z|2 + |w|2 - 2 |z| |w| cos (arg z - arg w)
= |z|2 + |w|2 -2 |z| |w| + 2 |z| |w| -2 |z| |w| cos (arg z - arg w)
Sol. (i) z = 3 + 2i here a = 3, b = 2
2 æ arg z - arg w ö
= | z | - | w | + 2 | z | | w | .2sin 2 ç ÷ ... i
\ |z| = 2 2 è 2 ø
a +b
= 3+ 2 2 æ arg z - arg w ö
2
\ | z - w |2 £ | z | - | w | + 4.1.1ç ÷ Q sin q £ q
è 2 ø
= 5
2 2
Þ | z - w |2 £ | z | - | w | + arg z - arg w
-1 æ b ö
amp (z) = tan ç ÷
èaø
Example – 8
-1
æ 2ö For z = 2 + 3i verify the following :
= tan çç ÷÷
è 3ø 2
(i) z = z (ii) zz = z
-1
æ 2ö (ii) z + z is real (iv) z - z is imaginary
= tan çç 3 ÷÷
è ø Sol. z = 2 + 3i
(ii) z = 1 + i here a = 1, b = 1 z = 2 – 3i
|z| = a 2 + b2 (i) z = 2 + 3i
= 1+1 Hence, z =z
(ii) z. z = (2 + 3i) (2 – 3i)

= 2
= 4 – 9 i2=13
-1 æ b ö
amp (z) = tan ç ÷ |z| = 4 + 9 = 13
èaø
Hence, z. z = |z|2
-1 æ 1 ö (iii) z + z = 2 + 3i + 2 – 3i
= tan ç ÷
è1ø =4
–1
= tan 1 Hence, z + z is a real number..
(iv) z – z = (2 + 3i) – (2 – 3i)

p
= (a, b > 0 I quadrant) = 2 + 3i – 2 + 3i
4
=6i
Hence, z – z is an imaginary number..

COMPLEX NUMBERS 52
Example – 9 z -1
(ii) w=
z +1
a + ib 2 a 2 + b2 As w is purely imaginary.
If x + iy = , prove that x 2 + y2 =
c + id c2 + d 2 Re (w) = 0
a + ib z -1 z - 1
Sol. x + iy = +
c + id w+w z +1 z +1 = 0
Þ =0 Þ
2 2
a - ib
\ x – iy =
c - id z -1 z -1 z -1 1- z
Þ =- Þ =
(Taking complex conjugate) z +1 z +1 z + 1 1+ z
a + ib a - ib Apply componendo-dividendo to get :

\ (x + iy) (x – iy) = ´
c + id c - id 1
z= Þ zz = 1 Þ | z |2 = 1 Þ | z |= 1.
z
2 2 2
2 2 2 a -i b
x –i y =
c2 - i 2 d 2 Example – 11
2 2 a 2 + b2 If z 1 and z 2 are two complex numbers such that

\ x +y =
c2 + d 2 1 - z1 z2
|z1| < 1 < |z2|, then prove that <1.
a +b2 2 z1 - z 2
2 2 2
\ (x + y ) =
c2 + d 2
Sol. Given, |z1| < 1 and |z2| > 1 ... (i)
Example – 10 Then, to prove
z -1 1 - z1 z2
(i) If | z | = 1, prove that z ¹ -1 is a purely <1
z +1 z1 - z2
imaginary number.
é z1 | z1 | ù
z -1 Þ |1 - z1 z2 | < | z1 - z2 | ... ii êusing = ú
(ii) If the number is purely imaginary, then prove êë z2 | z2 | úû
z +1
that | z | = 1. On squaring both sides, we get,
z -1 1 - z1 z2 1 - z1 z2 < z1 - z2 z1 - z 2 éë using |z|2 = zz ùû
Sol. (i) Let w=
z +1
Þ 1 - z1 z2 - z1 z 2 + z1 z1 z2 z 2 < z1 z1 - z1 z2 - z 2 z1 + z2 z2
æ z -1 ö æ z -1 ö
ç ÷+ç ÷ Þ 1+ | z1 |2 | z2 |2 < | z1 |2 + | z2 |2
w + w è z +1ø è z +1ø
Re w = =
2 2 Þ 1- | z1 |2 - | z2 |2 + | z1 |2 | z2 |2 < 0
é 1 ù Þ 1- | z1 |2 1- | z2 |2 < 0 ... (iii)

-1
1 é z -1 z - 1ù 1 ê z - 1 z ú
= ê + = ê +
2 ë z + 1 z + 1úû 2 ê z + 1 1 úú Which is true by equation (i) as |z1| < 1 and |z2| > 1
+1
ë z û \ 1- | z1 |2 > 0
and 1- | z 2 |2 < 0
1 é z - 1 1 - z ù 1 é z - 1 z - 1ù
= ê + = - =0
2 ë z + 1 1 + z úû 2 êë z + 1 z + 1úû \ Equation (iii) is true whenever equation (ii) is true.
Þ Re (w) = 0 1 - z1 z2
Þ <1
Þ w is a purely imaginary number. z1 - z2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 53
Example – 12
p
Then, a = . Since the point 1, 3 lies in first quadrant.
Express the following complex numbers in the polar form : 3
1+ i 2 + 6 3i p
(i) (ii) \ q=a= .
1- i 5 + 3i 3
1+ i æ p pö
Sol. Let z = , and, let r (cos q + i sin q) be the polar form of z. Hence, the polar form of z is z = 2 ç cos + i sin ÷
1- i è 3 3ø
Then, r = |z| and q = arg(z).
Example – 13
1+ i 1+ i 1+ i
Now, z = 1- i = 1 - i 1+ i Prove that there exists no complex number z such that
n
1 r
1 + 2i + i 2
1 + 2i - 1
| z |<
3
and åa z
r =1
r = 1, where |ar| < 2.
= 2
= = i = 0 +1 i
1- i 1+1
\ r = |z| = 0 +1 = 1 . Sol. Given, a1 z + a2 z 2 + ... + an z n = 1

Since the point (0, 1) representing z = 0 + i lies on positive
direction of imaginary axis. Therefore, 1
and | z | < ... i
arg(z) = p/2. 3
æ p pö p p \ a1 z + a2 z 2 + a3 z 3 + ... + an z n = 1
Hence, z = 1ç cos + i sin ÷ = cos + i sin
è 2 2 ø 2 2
Þ | a1 z | + | a2 z 2 | + | a3 z 3 | +...+ | an z n |³ 1
2 + 6 3i
(ii) Let z = , and let r (cos q + i sin q) be the polar form using |z1 + z2 | £ | z1 | + | z2 |
5 + 3i
of z. Then, r = |z| and q = arg (z) Þ 2 | z | + | z |2 + | z |3 +...+ | z |n > 1 using |a r |< 2
2 + 6 3i
Now, z = 2 | z | 1- | z |n
5 + 3i Þ > 1 [using sum of n terms of GP]
1- | z |
2 + 6 3i 5 - 3i Þ 2 | z | -2 | z |n +1 > 1- | z |
Þ z = 5 + 3i .
5 - 3i
1 2
Þ 3 | z | > 1 + 2 | z |n +1 Þ | z | > + | z |n +1
3 3
28 + 28 3i
= = 1+ i 3
28
1
Þ | z | > , which contradicts ... (i)
3
r = |z| = 1 + 3 = 2.
\ There exists no complex number z such that
Let a be the smallest positive angle given by
n
1 r
æ Im z ö -1
|z|<
3
and åa z r =1
tan –1 çç ÷÷ = tan 3 /1 = tan -1 3 . r =1
è Re z ø
COMPLEX NUMBERS 54
Example – 14 = (–w)n – w2n – 1 = – [wn + w2n + 1] = 0

Þ x3 + x2 + x is a factor of (x + 1)n – xn – 1.
If a and b are roots of x2 – 2x + 4 = 0 then find an + bn.
Sol. a, b = 1 ± i 3 Example – 16
a = 1 + i 3, b = 1 - i 3 Let a complex number a, a ¹ 1, be a root of the equation

p+q p q
z –z –z +1=0
n
an = 1 + i 3 where p, q are distinct primes. Show that either
2 p–1
1 + a + a +...+ a = 0
n 2 q–1
æ1+ i 3 ö æ np np ö or 1 + a + a + ... + a = 0
=2 ç n
= 2n ç cos + i sin
ç 2 ÷÷ è 3 3 ÷ø but not both together.
è ø
Sol. Given zp+q - zp - zq +1 = 0 ... (i)
n
n
and b = 1 - i 3 Þ z p -1 z p -1 = 0
n Since, a is root of equation (i), either

æ1- i 3 ö
= 2n ç
ç 2 ÷÷ a p - 1 = 0 or a q - 1 = 0
è ø
æ np np ö a p -1 a q -1
= 2n ç cos - i sin Þ Either = 0 or =0
÷ a -1 a -1
è 3 3 ø
np Þ Either 1 + a + a 2 + ... + a p -1 = 0
n n n
a + b = 2 .2 cos
3
or 1 + a + ... + a q -1 = 0
æ np ö
= 2n +1 cos ç ÷ But a p - 1 = 0 and a q - 1 = 0 cannot occur
è 3 ø
simultaneously as p and q are distinct primes, so neither p
divides q nor q divides p, which is the requirement for
Example – 15
1=a p =aq
It is given that n is an odd integer greater than 3, but not
a multiple of 3. Prove that x3 + x2 + x is a factor of Example – 17
(x + 1)n – xn – 1.
Sol. We have x3 + x2 +x = x (x2 + x + 1) = x (x – w) (x – w2). Find the value of :
where w, w2 are cube roots of unity but not equal to 1. r =6

é 2pr 2prù
Moreover, w3 = 1. å êësin
r =1 7
- i cos
7 úû
x3 + x2 + x is a factor of (x + 1)n – xn –1. It means that
r =6
(x + 1)n – xn – 1 should be zero at x = 0, w, w2. é 2pr 2prù
At x = 0,
Sol. Let S = å êë1.sin
r =1 7
- i cos
7 úû
n n n
(x + 1) – x – 1 = 1 –1 = 1 – 1 = 0 r =6
é 2pr 2prù
At x = w = å ê-i 2 sin - i cos
r =1 ë 7 7 úû
(x + 1)n –xn – 1 = (1 + w)n – wn – 1 = (–w2)n – wn – 1
Take (–i) common to get :
= (–1)n w2n – wn – 1 = –[w2n + wn + 1] = 0 as n is not a multiple
of 3. r =6
é 2pr 2pr ù
= -iå êcos + i sin
7 úû
2
At x = w , r =1 ë 7
(x + 1)n – xn – 1 = (1 + w2)n – w2n – 1
= – i (sum of 7th roots of unity – 1)
= – i (0 – 1) = i
COMPLEX NUMBERS 55
th
If 1, a1, a2, ...., an–1 are the n roots of unity, then show that Find the square root of i.
(1–a1) (1–a2) (1–a3) ... (1–an–1) = n.
Sol. Let i = x + iy . Then,
Sol. Since, 1, a1, a2, ... an-1 are nth roots of unity. i = x + iy
2
n
Þ i = (x + iy)
Þ x - 1 = x - 1 x - a1 x - a2 ... x - an -1 2 2
Þ (x – y ) + 2i xy = 0 + i
2 2
Þ x –y =0 . ..(i)
n
x -1
Þ = x - a1 x - a2 ... x - an -1 and, 2xy = 1 ...(ii)
x -1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Now, (x + y ) = (x – y ) + 4x y
2 2 2
Þ x n -1 + x n - 2 + ... + x 2 + x + 1 = x - a1 x - a2 ... x - an +1 Þ (x + y ) = 0 + 1 = 1
2 2 2 2
Þ x +y =1 [Q x + y > 0] ...(iii)
é xn -1 ù Solving (i) and (iii), we get

êQ = x n -1 + x n - 2 + ... + x + 1ú 2
x = 1/2 and y = 1/2
2
ë x -1 û
Þ x = ± 1/ 2 and y = ± 1/ 2
On putting x = 1, we get
From (ii), we find that 2xy is positive. So, x and y are of same
n = 1- a1 1- a2 ... 1 - an-1 sign.
æ 1 1 ö æ 1 1 ö
\ çx = and y = ÷ or ç x = - and y = - ÷
Example – 19 è 2 2ø è 2 2ø
Find the square roots of –15 – 8i. æ 1 1 ö 1

Hence, i=±ç + ÷=± 1+ i
è 2 2i ø 2
Sol. Let -15 - 8i = x + iy . Then,
Example – 21
-15 - 8i = x + iy
2 Find all circles which are orthogonal to | z | = 1 and
Þ –15 – 8i = (x + iy)
|z –1|=4.
2 2
Þ –15 – 8i = (x – y ) + 2i xy Sol. | z | = 1; |z – 1| = 4
2 2
Þ –15 = x – y ...(i) Þ x2 + y2 = 1 and (x – 1)2 + y2 = 42
and, 2xy = –8 ...(ii) S1 : x2 + y2 = 1; S2 : x2 + y2 – 2x – 15 = 0 and
2
Now, (x + y ) = (x – y ) + 4x y
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 S : x2 + y2 +2gx + 2fy + c = 0
2 2 2 2 Using the condition of orthogonality of S and S1, we have
Þ (x + y ) = (– 15) + 64 = 289
2 2 2g(0) + 2f(0) = c – 1 Þ c = 1
Þ x + y = 17 ...(iii)
Similarly, using the condition of orthogonality of S and S2,
On solving (i) and (iii), we get we have
2 2
x = 1 and y = 16 Þ x = ± 1 and y = ± 4 2g (–1) + 2f (0) = 1 – 15 Þ g = 7
From (ii), 2xy is negative. So, x and y are of opposite signs.
radius = g 2 + f 2 - c = 48 + f 2
\ (x = 1 and y = –4) or, (x = –1 and y = 4)
So, all the circles orthogonal to S1 and S2 are :
Hence, -15 - 8i = ± 1 - 4i
z - (-7 - if ) = 48 + f 2 ; f ÎR
COMPLEX NUMBERS 56
Prove that the locus of the centre of a circle which touches

p
the circle |z – z 1| = a and |z – z 2| = b externally What is the locus of z, if amplitude of z – 2 – 3i is ?
4
(z, z1 and z2 complex numbers) is a hyperbola.
Sol. Amplitude (z - z0) = q represents a ray starting from z0 and
making an angle q with positive real axis. So locus of z is a
p
Sol. ray starting at 2 + 3i and making an angle with positive
4
real axis.
Example – 25
Find the locus of point z satisfying the condition

|z - z1| = a + r
z-i
|z - z2| = b + r ³ 2.
z +i
Þ z - z1 - z - z 2 = a - b = constant
2
Sol. z -i
Þ Locus of z is hyperbola. ³ 4 Þ | z - i |2 ³ 4| z + i |2
z +i
Example – 23 Þ z -i z +i ³ 4 z +i z -i
z Þ z z - i z - z + 1 ³ 4z z + 4i z - z + 4
If w = and | w |= 1 , then prove that z lies on a
z - 1/ 3 i
Þ 3 | z |2 +5i z - z + 3 £ 0
straight line
Sol. As given Þ 3x 2 + 3y 2 + 10y + 3 £ 0.
Which represents the interior and boundary of the circle.

z |z|
w= Þ| w |= =1
i i Example – 26
z- z-
3 3
Show that the representive points of the complex numbers
i, –2 – 5i, 1 + 4i and 3 + 10i are collinear.
æ 1ö
Þ distance of z from origin and point ç 0, ÷ is same, Sol. Let Cartesian coordinates of these points be A (0, 1), B
è 3ø
(–2, – 5), C (1, 4) and D (3, 10)
hence z lies on the bisector of line joining the points (0,0)
-5 - 1
y -1 = x-0
æ 1ö -2 - 0
and ç 0, ÷ .
è 3ø Þ y = 3x + 1 ...(1)
Hence z lies on straight line. Points C (1, 4) and D (3, 10) satisfy the equatioin (1). Hence
points A, B, C and D are collinear.
COMPLEX NUMBERS 57
Example – 27
Þ - x 2 - y 2 y + 2 xy x - 1 = 0
Locate the complex number z = x + iy for which
Þ y éë - x 2 + y 2 + 2 x 2 - 2 x ùû = 0
(i) z 2 + z 2 + 2 | z |2 < 8i (z - z)
(ii) log1/3 {log1/2 (|z|2 + 4|z| + 3)} < 0 Þ y = 0 or x 2 + y 2 - 2 x = 0

Sol. (i) z 2 + z 2 + 2 | z |2 < 8i (z - z)
Þ either real axis or circle passing through origin.
Substitute z = x + iy
x2 – y2 + i (2xy) + x2 – y2 – i (2xy) + 2 (x2 + y2) < 8i (–2iy) Example – 29
Þ 4x2 < 16y Þ x2 < 4y

ABCD is a rhombus. Its diagonals AC and BD intersect at
the point M and satisfy BD = 2AC. Its points D and M
represent the complex numbers 1 + i and 2 – i respectively.
Find the complex number represented by A.
Sol. Let A be (x, y)
It is given that BD = 2AC Þ MD = 2AM
Also DM is perpendicular to AM
Þ (1 – 2)2 + (1 + 1)2 = 4 [(x – 2)2 + (y + 1)2] ...(1)
x2
So, locus is the interior of the parabola y =
4
(ii) log1/3 {log1/2 (| z |2 + 4| z |+ 3)} < 0
Þ log1/2 (| z |2 + 4| z | + 3) > 1
1
Þ | z |2 + 4 | z | +3 <
2
5
Þ | z |2 +4 | z | + < 0
2
y +1 1+1
and . = -1 Þ 2 y + 1 = x - 2
æ -4 - 6 -4 + 6 ö x - 2 1- 2
Þ | z |Îçç ,- ÷ ; But | z | ³ 0
è 2 2 ÷ø
With x – 2 = 2(y + 1), (1) gives (y + 1)2 = 1/4
Þ So, no such value of z exists. Þ y = –1/2, –3/2 Þ x = 3, 1
Þ A represent z = 3 –i/2, or 1–3i/2
Example – 28
Alternative Solution :
z2 MD = 2AM and AM ^ DM i.e. angle AMD = p/2

If z ¹ 1 and is real, then prove that the point
z -1
represented by the complex number z lies either on the z - 2-i AM ± i2p
Þ = .e = ± i / 2
real axis or on a circle passing through the origin 1+ i - 2 - i MD
z2 x 2 - y 2 + 2ixy
Sol. = is real i
z -1 x - 1 + iy Þ z - 2 -i = ± -1 + 2i Þ z = 3 - i / 2 or 1 - 3i / 2
2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 58
Example – 30
Þ z22 + z32 - 2 z2 z3 = - z12 - z32 + 2 z1 z3
Show that the triangle whose vertices are the points
represented by the complex numbers z1, z2, z3 on the argand Þ z12 + z22 - 2 z1 z2 = 2 z1 z3 + 2 z2 z3 - 2 z32 - 2 z1 z2
diagram is equilateral if and only if
2
z12 + z 22 + z 32 = z1 z 2 + z 2 z 3 + z3 z1 . Þ z1 - z2 = 2 z1 z3 - z32 + z2 z3 - z1 z 2
2
Þ z1 - z2 = 2 z1 - z3 z3 - z 2
Sol. Example – 32
If one of the vertices of the square circumscribing the
Applying rotation about B, circle | z - 1|= 2 is 2 + 3 i . Find the other vertices of
z1 - z 2 square.
= e ip / 3 ...(1)
z3 - z 2
Sol. Here, centre of circle is (1, 0) is also the mid-point of
Applying rotation about C,
diagonals of square
z 2 - z3
= e ip / 3 ...(2)
z1 - z 3
z1 - z 2 z 2 - z3
From (1) and (2), =
z 3 - z 2 z1 - z 3
Simplifying, we get the required Conditions
Example – 31
Complex numbers z1,z2,z3 are the vertices A, B, C

respectively of an isosceles right angled triangle with
2
right angle at C. Show that (z1–z2) = 2(z1–z3) (z3–z2).
Sol. Since, triangle is a right angled isosceles triangle. So,

z1 + z2
rotating z1 and z3 in anti-clockwise direction through an Þ = z0
2
p
angle of , we get z2
2 Þ z2 = - 3 i where, z0 = 1 + 0i
z2 - z3 | z2 - z3 | i p2
= e z3 - 1 ± ip2
z1 - z3 | z1 - z3 | and =e
z1 - 1
where, |z2 - z3| = |z1 - z3|
Þ z2 - z3 = i z1 - z3 æ p pö
Þ z3 = 1 + 1 + 3i . ç cos ± sin ÷ éëQ z1 = 2 + 3i ùû
è 2 2ø
On squaring both sides, we get
z2 - z3
2
= - z1 - z3
2
Þ z3 = 1 ± i 1 + 3i = 1 m 3 ± i = 1 - 3 + i and z4 = 1 + 3 - i
COMPLEX NUMBERS 59
Example – 33
2
a - k 2b a - b k2 | a |2 - k 2 | b |2
Let the complex number z1, z2 and z3 be the vertices of an Þ| z| - z- z+ = 0 ... i
1- k 2 1- k2 1- k2
equilateral triangle. Let z0 be the circumcentre of the
2 2 2 2
triangle. Then prove that z1 + z 2 + z3 = 3z 0 . On comparing with equation of circle.
| z |2 +az + az + b = 0
Sol. Since z1, z2, z3 are the vertices of an equilateral triangle.
whose centre is (-a) and radius = | a |2 -b
æz +z +z ö
\ Circumcentre z0 = Centroid = ç 1 2 3 ÷ ... (i)
è 3 ø
a - k2b
\ Centre for equation. (i) =
Also, for equilateral triangle 1- k2
z12 + z22 + z32 = z1 z2 + z2 z3 + z3 z1 ... (ii)

2 2 2
æ öæ ö
and radius = ç a - k b ÷ ç a - k b ÷ - aa - k bb
2 2
On squaring Equation (i), we get è 1- k ø è 1 - k ø 1- k 2
9 z02 = z12 + z22 + z32 + 2 z1 z2 + z2 z3 + z3 z1

k a -b
=
2 2 2 2
Þ 9z = z + z + z + 2 z + z + z
0 1 2 3
2
1
2
1
2
3 [from equation(ii)] 1- k 2
Þ 3z02 = z12 + z22 + z32

Example – 35
Example – 34 Let z1, z2, z3 be three distinct complex numbers satisfying

|z1 – 1| = |z2 –1| = |z3 – 1|. Let A, B, and C be the points
Find the centre and radius of the circle formed by all the represented in the argand plane corresponding to z1, z2
points represented by z = x + iy satisfying the relation and z3 respectively. Prove that z1 + z2 + z3 = 3 if and only of
D ABC is an equilateral triangle.
z-a
= k (k ¹ 1), where a and b are the constant complex
z -b Sol. |z1 – 1| = |z2 – 1| = |z3 – 1|
Þ The point corresponding to 1 (say P) is equidistant from the
numbers given by a = a1 + ia2, b = b 1 + ib2.
points A, B and C.
Þ P is the circumcentre of the D ABC
2
Sol. As we know, | z | = z.z Now if z1 + z2 + z3 = 3 then the point corresponding to centroid
z1 + z 2 + z 3
| z - a |2 of the DABC is =1
Given, = k2 3
| z - b |2
Þ circumcentre and centroid coincide Þ D ABC is equilateral
Þ z -a z -a = k2 z - b z -b Conversely if D ABC is equilateral, then centroid is the same
as the circumcentre i.e. P. Hence centroid
2 2 2 2 2
Þ | z | -a z - a z + | a | = k | z | -b z - b z+ | b |
z1 + z 2 + z 3
= 1 Þ z1 + z 2 + z 3 = 3
3
Þ | z |2 1 - k 2 - a - k 2 b z - a - b k 2 z + | a |2 - k 2 | b |2 = 0
COMPLEX NUMBERS 60
Example – 36 When x = 0, x2 - y2 + y = 0
If A and B represent the complex number z1 and z2 such Þ 0 - y2 + y = 0

that |z1 + z2| = |z1 – z2|, then find the circumcentre of triangle
OAB where O is the origin. Þ y 1- y = 0
Sol. |z1 + z2|2 = |z1–z2|2 Þ z1 + z2 z1 + z2 = z1 - z2 z1 - z2 Þ y = 0 or y = 1
Þ z2 z1 + z1 z 2 = 0
1 2 2
When, y = - , x - y + y = 0
2
z1 z1
Þ + =0
z2 z 2 1 1 3
Þ x2 - - = 0 Þ x2 =
4 2 4
z1
Þ
z2 is purely imaginary 3
Þx=±
2
æz ö p
Þ arg ç 1 ÷ = ±
è z2 ø 2 3 i
Therefore, z = 0 + i 0, 0 + i; ± -
2 2
Þ OAB is a right angled triangle right angled at O.
3 i
z1 + z 2 z = i, ± -
Þ circumcentre is 2 2
2
Example – 38
Example – 37
Solve the equation z 2 = z, where z = x + iy

Find all non-zero complex numbers z satisfying z = iz2 .
2 2
Sol. z 2 = z Þ x – y + i2xy = x – iy
2 2
Sol. Let z = x + iy Therefore, x – y = x ... (1)
Given z = iz 2 and 2xy = –y ... (2)
2 1
Þ x + iy = i x + iy From (2), we have y = 0 or x = -
2
2
Þ x - iy = i x 2 - y 2 + 2ixy When y = 0, from (1), we get x – x = 0, i.e., x = 0 or x = 1.
1 1 1
Þ x - iy = -2xy + i x2 - y2 When x = - , from (1), we get y2 = + or
2 4 2
On equating real and imaginary parts, we get
3 3
x = -2xy and - y = x2 - y2 y 2 = ,i.e., y = ±
4 2
Þ x + 2 xy = 0 and x 2 - y 2 + y = 0 Hence, the solutions of the given equations are
Þ x 1+ 2 y = 0
1 3 1 3
0 + i0,1 + i0, - + i ,- - i
2 2 2 2
1
Þ x = 0 or y = -
2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 61
Example – 39 (iii) z = 4 – z or x – iy = 4 – x – iy or x = 4 – x.
This gives x = 2.
If iz3 + z2 – z + i = 0, then show |z| = 1.
Hence z = 2 + iy.
Sol. iz3 + z2 – z + i = 0
\ The given equation is satisfied by all complex numbers
By substituting z = i in the equation, we get 0 = 0
whose real part is 2.
Hence z – i is a factor of iz3 + z2 – z + i
(iv) z2 = – z or (x + iy)2 = – (x – iy)
Þ iz2 (z – i) – 1 (z – i) = 0 Þ (iz2 – 1) (z – i) = 0
or x2 – y2 + 2ixy = – x + iy
Either iz2 – 1 = 0 or z – i = 0
2 2 Equating real and imaginary parts, we get
When z – i = 0, z = i \ | z |=| 0 + i.1|= 0 + 1 = 1.
x2 – y2 = – x ...(i)
When iz2 – 1 = 0, z2 = 1/i = – i
2
and 2xy = y or y (2x – 1) = 0 ...(ii)
\| z 2 |=| 0 - 1.i |= 02 + -1 = 1 Þ| z 2 |= 1 or | z |= 1
From (ii) either y = 0 or 2x – 1 = 0
\ In any case we have |z| = 1
i.e., x = 1/2.
Example – 40 When y = 0, (i) gives x2 = – x or x (x + 1) = 0 which gives x =

0, – 1.
Find all complex numbers z which satisfy the following Thus we get two sets of solution x = 0, y = 0 and x = –1, y = 0.
equations :
When x = 1/2, (i) gives y2 = 3/4 which gives
(i) z = z (ii) z = - z
3
(iii) z = 4 - z
2
(iv) z = - z y=± .
2
Sol. Let z = x + iy. Then z = x – iy..
Thus we get two more sets of solutions
(i) The equation z = z becomes x + iy = x – iy..
or 2iy = 0 which gives y = 0. 1 3 1 3
x= ,y= , and x = , y = - .
2 2 2 2
Hence z = x i.e., all the real numbers constitute the solutions
of the given equation. Hence the given equation has in all the following four
(ii) The equation z = - z is equivalent to solutions : z1 = 0, z2 = – 1,
x + iy = – (x – iy) or 2x = 0 or x = 0.
1 æ 3ö 1 æ 3ö
z3 = + iç ÷÷ , z4 = - i çç ÷
Hence z = iy i.e., the solutions of the given equation are all ç
2 è 2 ø 2 è 2 ÷ø
pure imaginary numbers.
COMPLEX NUMBERS 62

Iota & powers of iota
9. If x + iy = ± (a + ib), then -x - iy is equal to
1. ( -2) ( -3) is equal to (a) ± (b + ia) (b) ± (a – ib)
(a) 6 (b) - 6 (c) (ai + b) (d) ± (b – ia)
(c) i 6 (d) none of these Algebra of complex number
4
æ 1ö 10. The roots of the equation x4 – 1 = 0, are :
2. (1 + i) 4 ´ ç 1 + ÷ =
è iø (a) 1, 1, i, – i (b) 1, –1, i, – i
(a) 16 (b) 0 (c) 1, –1, w, w2 (d) none of these
(c) 8 (d) 64
11. Inequality a + ib > c + id can be explained only when :
3. The value of (1 + i) (1 + i2) (1 + i3) (1 + i4) is
(a) b = 0, c = 0 (b) b = 0, d = 0
(a) 2 (b) 0
(c) 1 (d) i (c) a = 0, c = 0 (d) a = 0, d = 0
4. The value of 1 + i2 + i4 + i6 + ... + i2n is :
1 + b + ia
(a) positive (b) negative 12. If a2 + b2 = 1, then is equal to :
1 + b - ia
(c) zero (d) cannot be determined
13
(a) 1 (b) 2
5. The value of sum å i n + i n +1 , where i = -1 equals
n =1 (c) b + ia (d) a + ib
(a) i (b) i – 1
z -i
(c) –i (d) 0 13. Let z ¹ - i be any complex number such that is a
z+i
n
æ 2i ö
6. The least positive integer n such that ç ÷ is a positive
è1+ i ø 1
purely imaginary number then z + is:
integer, is z
(a) 16 (b) 8 (a) 0

(c) 4 (d) 2
(b) any non-zero real number other than 1.
x
æ1+ i ö (c) any non-zero real number.
7. If ç ÷ = 1, then
è 1- i ø
(d) a purely imaginary number.
(a) x = 2n, where n is any positive integer
(b) x = 4n + 1, where n is any positive integer 14. If a + ib = x + iy, then possible value of a - ib is
(c) x = 2n + 1, where n is any positive integer
(a) x2 + y2 (b) x2 + y2
(d) x = 4n, where n is any positive integer
8. For positive integers n 1, n2 the value of expression
(c) x + iy (d) x – iy
n1 3 n1 5 n2 7 n2
1+ i + 1+ i + 1+ i + 1+ i , here i = -1 15. Square root of 5 + 12i is
is a real number, if and only if (a) ± (3 + 2i) (b) ± (3–2i)
(a) n1 = n2 + 1 (b) n1 = n2 – 1
(c) 2 + 4i (d) –1 –2i
(c) n1 = n2 (d) n1 > 0, n2 > 0
COMPLEX NUMBERS 63
Modulus of Complex Number 22. If arg (z) = q, then arg ( z ) is equal to

(a) q – p (b) p – q
1 - i 4i (c) q (d) –q
16. The modulus of + is
3+i 5
23. Let z, w be complex numbers such that z + iw = 0 and
11 arg (zw) = p. Then, arg (z) equals
(a) 5 unit (b) unit
5 p p
(a) (b)
4 2
5 12
(c) unit (d) unit
5 5 3p 5p
(c) (d)
4 4
1 + 2i 24. If z and w are two non-zero complex numbers such that
17. If (x + iy) = , then (x2 + y2)2 is equal to
3 + 4i p
|zw| = 1 and arg (z) – arg (w) = , then z w is equal to
(a) 5 (b) 1/5 2
(c) 2/5 (d) 5/2 (a) 1 (b) –1
18. 2
If x + iy = (1 + i) (1 + 2i) (1 + 3i), then x + y = 2 (c) i (d) –i
(a) 0 (b) 1 Polar/Euler's form of complex number
4(cos 75 ° + i sin 75 ° )
Argument of Complex Number 25. The value of is :
0.4 (cos 30 ° + i sin 30 ° )
p æ pö 2 2
19. The amplitude of sin + i ç 1 - cos ÷ is (1 + i) (1 - i)
5 è 5ø (a) (b)
10 10
2p p 10 10
(a) (b) (c) (1 - i) (d) (1 + i)
5 15 2 2
26. The principal amplitude of (sin 40o + i cos 40o)5 is
p p
(c) (d) (a) 70o (b) –110o
10 5
(c) 110o (d) –70o
1 + 2i
20. If z = , then arg (z) equals cos q + i sin q p p
1 - (1 - i) 2 27. Let z = , < q < . Then, arg (z) is
cos q - i sin q 4 2
p (a) 2q (b) 2q – p
(a) 0 (b)
2
(c) p + 2q (d) None of these
(c) p (d) none of these 28. If e = cos q + i sin q, then for the DABC, eiA . eiB . eiC is
iq
(a) – i (b) 1
(1 + i 3) (2 + 2i)
21. The magnitude and amplitude of are (c) – 1 (d) None of these
( 3 - i)
respectively p p æ p pö
29. If z1 = 2 æç cos + i sin ö÷ and z2 = 3 ç cos + i sin ÷ , then
è 4 4 ø è 3 3ø
3p 3p |z1 z2| is
(a) 2, (b) 2 2,
4 4
(a) 6 (b) 2
p p (c) (d)
(c) 2 2, (d) 2 2, 6 3
4 2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 64
30. The polar form of (i25)3 is 36. If i = -1, then
p p
(a) cos + isin (b) cos p + i sin p æ 1
334 365
2 2 3ö æ1 3ö
4 + 5 çç - + i ÷ - 3 çç + i ÷
è 2 2 ÷ø è2 2 ÷ø
p p
(c) cos p – i sin p (d) cos - isin is equal to
2 2
(a) 1 - i 3 (b) -1 + i 3
Properties of complex number
(c) 4 3i (d) -i 3
31. For any two complex numbers z1 and z2 and any real numbers
37. If w is a non-real cube root of unity, then the expression
a and b; |(az1 – bz2)|2 + |(bz1 + az2)|2 is equal to :
(1–w) (1–w2) (1+w4) (1+w8) is equal to
(a) (a2 + b2) (|z1| + |z2|) (b) (a2 + b2) (|z1|2 + |z2|2) (a) 0 (b) 3
2 2 2 2
(c) (a + b ) (|z1| – |z2| ) (d) none of the above (c) 1 (d) 2
5 5
| z |2 æ 3 iö æ 3 iö
32. If z is a non-zero complex number, then is equal to 38. If z = çç + ÷÷ + çç - ÷÷ , then
zz
è 2 2ø è 2 2ø
(a) Re (z) = 0
z
(a) (b) | z | (b) Im (z) = 0
z
(c) Re (z) > 0, Im (z) > 0
(c) | z | (d) none of these (d) Re (z) > 0, Im (z) < 0
33. If |z 1 | = |z 2 | = ... = |z n| = 1, then the value of 39. The value of amp (iw) + amp (iw2), where i = -1 and
|z1 + z2 + z3 + ... + zn | is: w = 3 1 = non-real, is
(a) 1 (b) |z1| + |z2| + ... + |zn|
p
(a) 0 (b)
2
1 1 1
(c) z + z + ... + z (d) none of these
1 2 n (c) p (d) None of these
40. If w is an imaginary cube root of unity, then (1 + w – w2)7 is
34. If z1, z2, z3 are complex numbers such that equal to
(a) 128w (b) –128w
1 1 1
|z1| = |z2| = |z3| = + + = 1, then |z1 + z2 + z3| is (c) 128w2 (d) –128w2
z1 z 2 z3
41. Suppose z1, z2, z3 are the vertices of an equilateral triangle
(a) equal to 1 (b) less than 1 inscribed in the circle |z| = 2. If z1 = 1 + i 3, then
(c) greater than 3 (d) equal to 3 z2 and z3 are
Cube roots of unity (a) z2 = -2 and z3 = 1 - i 3
35. If the cube roots of unity are 1, w, w2, then the roots of the (b) z 2 = -1 and z 3 = - i 3
3
equation (x – 1) + 8 = 0, are:
(a) – 1, 1 + 2w, 1 + 2w2 (b) –1, 1 – 2w, 1 – 2w2 (c) z 2 = 1 and z3 = 1 - i 3
(c) –1, –1, –1 (d) –1, –1 + 2w, –1 – 2w2 (d) z2 = -1 and z3 = 1 - i 3

COMPLEX NUMBERS 65
42. If x = a + b, y = aa + bb, z = ab + ba, where a, b are complex

49. The equation bz + bz = c where b is a non zero complex
cube roots of unity, then xyz equals
constant and c is real, represents
2 2
(a) a + b (b) 0
(a) A circle (b) A straight line
3 3
(c) a + b (d) none of these
(c) A parabola (d) None of these
Geometrical interpretation of modulus
50. The equation zz + (2 - 3i ) z + (2 + 3i ) z + 4 = 0 represents
43. The complex numbers z = x + iy which satisfy the equation a circle of radius
z - 5i (a) 2 (b) 3
= 1, lie on
z + 5i (c) 4 (d) 6
51. For real parameter t, the locus of the complex number
(a) the x-axis
(b) the straight line y = 5 z = 1 - t 2 + i 1 + t 2 in the complex plane is
(c) a circle passing through the origin
(a) an ellipse (b) a parabola
(d) None of these
(c) a circle (d) a hyperbola
44. The inequality |z – 4| < |z – 2| represents the region given
52. The points z1, z2, z3, z4 in the complex plane are the vertices
by
of a parallelogram taken in order, if and only if
(a) Re (z) > 3 (b) Re (z) < 3
(a) z1 + z4 = z2 + z3 (b) z1 + z3 = z2 + z4
(c) Re (z) > 3 (d) None of these
(c) z1 + z2 = z3 + z4 (d) None of these
45. If z = x + iy and w = (1 – iz) / (z – i), then |w| = 1 implies that,
Numerical Value Type Questions
in the complex plane
(a) z lies on the imaginary axis 53. For all complex numbers z of the form 1 + ia, a Î R, if
(b) z lies on the real axis z2 = x + iy, then value of y2 + 4x is
(c) z lies on the unit circle
(d) None of these æx yö
ç + ÷
p qø
46. If P represents the variable complex number z and 54. If z = x – iy and z = p + iq, then è 2
1/3
equal to
p + q2
Re (z + 1/z + i) = 1, then the locus of P is
(a) x - y - 1 = 0 (b) x - y + 1 = 0
55. If z1, z2 and z3, z4 are 2 pairs of complex conjugate numbers,
(c) 2x - y - 1 = 0 (d) x - 2y - 1 = 0
47. P represents the variable complex number z and æ z1 ö æ z2 ö
and arg ç z ÷ + arg ç z ÷ equals kp. Then value of k is
| 2z - 3 | = 2, then the locus of P is è 4ø è 3ø
(a) x2 + y2- 12x + 5 = 0 (b) 4x2 + 4y2- 12x + 5 = 0

56. If z1 and z2 are two non-zero complex numbers such that
(c) 4x2 - 4y2- 12x + 5 = 0 (d) x2 + 4y2- 12x = 0 |z1 + z2| = |z1| + |z2|, and arg z1 – arg z2 is equal to kp, then
48. If complex number z = x + iy satisfies the equation value of k is
Re (z + 1) = |z - 1|, then z lies on 57. If w is a cube root of unity, then
2
(a) y = x (b) y = 4x (3 + 5w + 3w2)2 + (3 + 3w + 5w2)2 is equal to
(c) y = 2x (d) 2y = x
COMPLEX NUMBERS 66
62. If |z + 4| < 3, then the maximum value of |z + 1| is

1
58. If z is any complex number such that z + = 1, then the
z 63. The number of complex numbers z such that
| z – 1| = | z + 1 | = | z – i | equals
99 1
value of z + is 64. If z is a complex number such that
z 99
1
59. If w (¹ 1) is a cube root of unity and (1 + w)7 = A + Bw. Then, |z| ³ 2, then the minimum value of z + is
2
A + 2B equals to
65. The complex number z satisfies z + |z| = 2+ 8i. The value
6
æ 2pk 2pk ö
of |z| is
60. The value of å ç sin - i cos ÷ is ki, then value of k
k =1 è 7 7 ø
is
61. If square root of –7 + 24i is x + iy. If x = ± k, then value of k
is
COMPLEX NUMBERS 67

5. If a,b Î C are the distinct roots, of the equation
2 + 3i sin q
1. A value of q for which is purely imaginary, is:
1 - 2i sin q x 2 - x + 1 = 0, then a101 + b107 is equal to : (2018)
(2016) (a) 2 (b) -1
(c) 0 (d) 1
p -1
æ 3ö
(a) (b) sin çç ÷÷
6 è 4 ø 1 + 1 - 8a z
6. The set of all a Î R, for which w = is a
1- z
æ 1 ö p
(c) sin -1 ç (d) purely imaginary number, for all z Î C satisfying |z| = 1
÷ 3
è 3ø
and Re z ¹ 1 , is : (2018/Online Set–1)
2. Let z = 1 + ai be a complex number, a > 0, such that z3 is a
real number. Then the sum 1 + z + z2 + ……. + z11 is equal (a) an empty set (b) {0}
to: (2016/Online Set–2)
ì 1 1ü
(c) í0, , - ý (d) equal to R
(a) -1250 3 i (b) 1250 3 i î 4 4þ
(c) 1365 3 i (d) -1365 3 i 7. If |z – 3 + 2i| £ 4 then the difference between the greatest
value and the least value of |z| is :
3. Let zÎ C, the set of complex numbers. Then the equation,
2|z + 3i| – |z – i| = 0 represents : (2017/Online Set–1) (2018/Online Set–2)
8 (a) 2 13 (b) 8
(a) a circle with radius
3
(c) 4 + 13 (d) 13
10
(b) a circle with diameter
3 n
æ1+ i 3 ö
8. The least positive integer n for which ç = 1, is:
ç 1 - i 3 ÷÷
è ø
16
(c) an ellipse with length of major axis
3 (2018/Online Set–3)
(a) 2 (b) 3
16
(d) an ellipse with length of minor axis
9 (c) 5 (d) 6
9. If α and β be the roots of the equation x2 - 2x + 2 = 0,then

æ iz - 2 ö
4. The equation Im ç ÷ + 1 = 0, z Î C, z ¹ i represents n
è z -i ø æa ö
the least value of n for which ç ÷ = 1 is :
a part of a circle having radius equal to : èbø
(8-4-2019/Shift -1)
(a) 2 (b) 1
(a) 2 (b) 5
3 1 (c) 4 (d) 3
(c) (d)
4 2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 68
3 i 9 2z - n
10. If z = + i = -1 , then 1 + iz + z 5 + iz 8 is equal 15. Let z Î C with Im( z ) = 10 and it satisfies = 2i - 1
2 2 2z + n
to : (8-4-2019/Shift -2) for some natural number n. Then : (12-4-2019/Shift -2)

(a) 0 (b) 1 (a) n = 20 and Re(z) = -10 (b) n = 40 and Re(z) = 10
9
(c) n = 40 and Re(z) = -10 (d) n = 20 and Re(z) -10
(c) -1 + 2i (d) -1
ì æ p ö 3 + 2i sin q ü
16. Let A = íq Î ç - , p ÷ ; is purely imaginary ý
11. Let a and b be the roots of the equation x 2 + x + 1 = 0. î è 2 ø 1 - 2i sin q þ
Then sum of the elements in A is: (9-1-2019/Shift -1)
y +1 a b
Then for y ¹ 0 in R, a y+b 1 is equal to: 5p
(a) (b) p
b 1 y +a 6
3p 2p
(9-4-2019/Shift -1) (c) (d)
4 3
2 2
(a) y y - 1 (b) y y - 3 17. Let z0 be a root of the quadratic equation,
(c) y3 (d) y 3 - 1 x 2 + x + 1 = 0. If z = 3 + 6iz081 - 3iz093 , then arg z is equal

(9-1-2019/Shift -2)
5 + 3z
12. Let z Î C be such that |z| < 1. If w = , then: p p
5(1 - z ) (a) (b)
4 6
(9-4-2019/Shift -2)
p
(a) 5 Re (w ) > 4 (b) 4 Im (w ) > 5 (c) (d) 0
3
(c) 5 Re (w ) > 1 (d) 5 Im (w ) < 1
5 5
æ 3 iö æ 3 iö
18. Let z = çç + ÷ +ç
÷ ç
- ÷ . If R(z) and I(z)
÷
(1 + i) 2 2 è 2 2ø è 2 2ø
13. If a > 0 and z = , has magnitude , then z is
a -i 5
respectively denote the real and imaginary parts of z, then
equal to: (10-4-2019/Shift -1) (10-1-2019/Shift -1)
(a) I(z) = 0 (b) R(z) > 0 and I(z) > 0
1 3 3 1
(a) - - i (b) - - i (c) R(z) < 0 and I(z) > 0 (d) R(z) = - 3
5 5 5 5
3
æ 1 ö x + iy
1 3 1 3 19. Let ç -2 - i ÷ = i = -1 , where x and y are real
(c) - i (d) - + i è 3 ø 27
5 5 5 5
numbers then y- x equals: (11-1-2019/Shift -1)
14. If z and w are two complex numbers such that zw = 1 20. Let z be a complex number such that |z| + z = 3 + i
(where i = -1 ). Then |z| is equal to :
p
and arg z - arg w = , then : (10-4-2019/Shift -2) (11-1-2019/Shift -2)
2
34 5
-1 + i (a) (b)
(a) z w = i (b) zw = 3 3
2
41 5
1- i (c) (d)
(c) z w = -i (d) zw = 4 4
2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 69
z -a 26. If z1 , z2 are complex numbers such that

21. If a Î R is a purely imaginary number and | z | = 2,
z +a
Re ( z1 ) = | z1 - 1 |, Re ( z 2 ) = | z2 - 1 | and arg
then a value of a is ______. (12-1-2019/Shift -1)
(a) 2 (b) 1
p
( z1 - z 2 ) = , then Im ( z1 + z 2 ) is equal to :
6
1 (3-9-2020/Shift -2)
(c) (d) 2
2
2
(a) 2 3 (b)
22. Let z1 and z2 be two complex numbers satisfying z1 = 9 3
and z2 - 3 - 4i = 4 . Then the minimum value of z1 - z2 1 3

(c) (d)
is: (12-1-2019/Shift -2) 3 2
(a) 0 (b) 2 2z + i
27. Let u = , z = x + iy and k > 0. If the curve
(c) 1 (d) 2 z - ki
represented by Re(u) + Im (u) = 1 intersects the y-axis at

3 the points P and Q where PQ = 5, then the value of k is :
æ 2p 2p ö
ç 1 + sin 9
+ i cos
9 ÷ (4-9-2020/Shift -1)
23. The value of ç ÷ is :
çç 1 + sin 2p 2p ÷÷ (a) 4 (b) 1/2
- i cos
è 9 9 ø
(c) 2 (d) 3/2
(2-9-2020/Shift -1) 28. If a and b are real numbers such that (2 + a )4 = a + ba ,
1 1 -1 + i 3
(a) - (1 - i 3) (b) (1 - i 3) where a = then a + b is equal to:
2 2 2
(4-9-2020/Shift -2)
1 1 (a) 33 (b) 57
(c) - ( 3 - i ) (d) ( 3 - i )
2 2
(c) 9 (d) 24
24. The imaginary part of (3 + 2 -54)1/ 2 - (3 - 2 -54)1/2 29. If the four complex numbers z , z , z - 2 Re( z ) and z-2Re(z)
can be : (2-9-2020/Shift -2) represent the vertices of a square of side 4 units in the
Argand plane, the |z| is equal to: (5-9-2020/Shift -1)
(a) 6 (b) -2 6
(a) 2 (b) 4
(c) 6 (d) - 6 (c) 4 2 (d) 2 2
m n 30
æ 1+ i ö 2 æ 1+ i ö3 æ -1 + i 3 ö
25. If ç ÷ =ç ÷ = 1, ( m, n Î N ) then the greatest 30. The value of çç ÷÷ is: (5-9-2020/Shift -2)
è1- i ø è i -1 ø è 1- i ø
common divisor of the least values of m and n is ……… . (a) 215i (b) -215
(3-9-2020/Shift -1)
(c) -215i (d) 65
COMPLEX NUMBERS 70
31. The region represented by

35. If the equation, x 2 + bx + 45 = 0 b Î R has conjugate
z = x + iy Î C :| z | - Re( z ) £ 1 is also given by the
complex roots and they satisfy | z + 1|= 2 10 , then:
inequality: (6-9-2020/Shift -1) (8-1-2020/Shift -1)
2 æ 1ö 2 1 (a) b 2 + b = 12 (b) b 2 - b = 42
(a) y £ 2 ç x + ÷ (b) y £ x +
è 2ø 2
(c) b 2 - b = 30 (d) b 2 + b = 72
(c) y 2 ³ 2 ( x + 1) (d) y 2 ³ x + 1
100
-1 + i 3 100
36. Let a = . If a = 1 + a å a 2k and b = å a 3k , then
32. Let z = x + iy be a non-zero complex number such that 2 k =0 k =0
2 a and b are the roots of the quadratic equation:

z 2 = i z , where i = -1, then z lies on the
(8-1-2020/Shift -2)
(6-9-2020/Shift -2)
(a) x 2 + 101x + 100 = 0 (b) x 2 + 102 x + 101 = 0
(a) line, y = x (b) real axis
(c) imaginary axis (d) line, y = -x (c) x 2 - 102 x + 101 = 0 (d) x 2 - 101x + 100 = 0
æ z -1 ö z -i
33. If Re ç ÷ =1, where z = x + iy, then the point (x, y) lies 37. Let z be a complex number such that = 1 and
è 2z + i ø z + 2i
on a (7-1-2020/Shift -1) 5
z = . Then the value of z + 3i is
2
æ 1 3ö
(a) circle whose centre is at ç - , - ÷ (9-1-2020/Shift -1)
è 2 2ø
7
(a) 10 (b)
æ3ö 2
(b) straight line whose slope is ç ÷
è2ø
15
(c) (d) 2 3
4
5
(c) circle whose diameter is 38. If z be a complex number satisfying |Re(z)|+|Im(z)|=4, then
2
|z| cannot be: (9-1-2020/Shift -2)
æ 2ö
(d) straight line whose slope is ç - ÷ 17
è 3ø (a) 7 (b)
2
3 + i sin q (c) 10 (d) 8

34. If , q Î 0, 2p , is a real number, then the
4 - i cos q
39. Let z be those comples numbers which satisfy z + 5 £ 4
argument of sin q + i cos q is (7-1-2020/Shift -2)
and z 1 + i + z 1 - i ³ -10, i = -1. If the maximum
-1 æ 4 ö -1 æ 3 ö
(a) p - tan ç ÷ (b) - tan ç ÷ 2
value of z + 1 is a + b 2, then the value of a + b is
è3ø è4ø
________. (26-02-2021/Shift-2)
th
-1 æ 3 ö -1 æ 4 ö 40. The sum of 162 power of the roots of the equation
(c) p - tan ç ÷ (d) tan ç ÷
è4ø è3ø
x 3 - 2x 2 + 2x - 1 = 0 is (26-02-2021/Shift-1)
COMPLEX NUMBERS 71
41. Let the lines 2 - i z = 2 + i z and 47. Let a complex number be w = 1 - 3 i. Let another complex
2 + i z + i - 2 z - 4i = 0 , (here i 2 = -1 ) be normal to a number z be such that zw = 1 and

circle C. If the line iz + z + 1 + i = 0 is tangent to this circle
C, then its radius is: (25-02-2021/Shift-1) p
arg z - arg w = . Then the area of the triangle with
2
3 3 vertices origin, z and w is equal to :
(a) (b)
2 2 2
(18-03-2021/Shift-2)
1 1
(c) 3 2 (d) (a) 4 (b)
2 2 2
42. If a, b Î R are such that 1 - 2i (here i2 = -1 ) is a root
1
z 2 + az + b = 0, then a - b is equal to: (c) 2 (d)
4
(25-02-2021/Shift-2)
48. If f x and g x are two polynomials such that the
(a) 3 (b) 7
(c) –7 (d) –3 3 3
polynomial P x = f x + x g x is divisible by
(-1 + i 3) 21 (1 + i 3) 21
43. Let i = -1. If + = k, and x 2 + x + 1, then P 1 is equal to _______.
(1 - i) 24 (1 + i) 24
(18-03-2021/Shift-2)
n = éë k ûù be the greatest integral part of k . Then
49. Let a complex number z, z ¹ 1 , satisfy
n +5 n +5
2
å ( j + 5) - å ( j + 5) is equal to _____.
j= 0 j= 0
æ z + 11 ö
(24-02-2021/Shift-2) log 1 ç 2
÷ £ 2. Then, the largest value of z is equal
ç
2 è z - 1 ÷
44. If the least and the largest real values of a, for which the ø
to _______. (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
equation z + a z - 1 + 2i = 0 z Î C and i = -1 has a
(a) 7 (b) 6
2 2
solution, are p and q respectively; then 4 p + q is
(c) 5 (d) 8
equal to (24-02-2021/Shift-1)
50. Let z and w be two complex numbers such that
2
45. If the equation a | z | + az + a z + d = 0 represents a z+i
circle where a, d are real constants, then which of the w = zz - 2z + 2, = 1 and Re w has minimum
z - 3i
following condition is correct ? (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
(a) | a |2 - ad ¹ 0 value. Then, the minimum value of n Î N for which wn is

real, is equal to ________. (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
(b) | a |2 - ad ³ 0 and a Î R
51. The least value of |z| where z is complex number which
(c) a = 0, a, d Î R + satisfies the inequality
(d) | a |2 - ad > 0 and a Î R - {0} æ (| z | +3)(| z | -1) ö

exp çç log e 2 ÷÷ … log 2
| 5 7 + 9i | is equal
è | z | +1 ø
46. Let z1 , z 2 be the roots of the equation
z 2 + az + 12 = 0 and z1 , z 2 form an equilateral triangle with to (16-03-2021/Shift-2)
origin. Then, the value of | a | is .................. . (a) 8 (b) 3
(18-03-2021/Shift-1) (c) 5 (d) 2

COMPLEX NUMBERS 72
(27-07-2021/Shift-2)
52. The area of the triangle with vertices A z , B iz and
(a) 9 (b) 5
C z + iz is : (17-03-2021/Shift-1)
(c) 13 (d) 7
1 1 56. Let C be the set of all complex numbers. Let

(a) | z + iz |2 (b)
2 2 S1 = z Î C : z - 2 £ 1 and
1
(c) | z |2 (d) 1 S2 = z Î C : z 1 + i + z 1 - i ³ 4 Then, the maximum
2
2
53. Let S1 , S2 and S3 be three sets defined as 5
value of z - for z Î S1 Ç S2 is equal to :
2
S1 = {z Î £ : | z - 1| £ 2}
(27-07-2021/Shift-2)
S2 = {z Î £ : Re ((1 - i) z) ³ 1}
3+ 2 2 5+2 2
(a) (b)
S3 = {z Î £ : Im (z) £ 1} 4 2
Then the set S1 Ç S2 Ç S3 (17-03-2021/Shift-2)

3+ 2 2 5+2 2
(c) (d)
(a) is a singleton 2 4
(b) has exactly two elements
57. If the real part of the complex number
(c) has infinitely many elements
(d) has exactly three elements 3 + 2i cos q æ pö
z = , q Î ç 0, ÷ is zero, then the value of
1 - 3i cos q è 2ø
54. If z and w are two complex numbers such that zw = 1 and
sin 2 3q + cos2 q is equal to ____________.
3p æ 1 - 2zw ö
arg z - arg w = , then arg ç ÷ is: (27-07-2021/Shift-2)
2 è 1 + 3zw ø
58. Let n denote the number of solutions of the equation
(Here arg z denotes the principal argument of complex z 2 + 3z = 0, z is a comples number. Then the value of
number z) (20-07-2021/Shift-1) ¥
1
3p p
ån
k =0
k is equal to: (22-07-2021/Shift-2)
(a) (b) -
4 4
(a) 1 (b) 2
3p p
(c) - (d) 4 3
4 4 (c) (d)
3 2
55. The point P (a, b) undergoes the following three
59. The equation of a circle is
transformations successively:
2
(1) reflection about the line y = x. Re z 2 + 2 Im z + 2 Re z = 0, where z = x + iy. A
(2) translation through 2 units along the positive direction line which passes through the center of the given circle
of x-axis.
and the vertex of the parabola, x 2 - 6x - y + 13 = 0 has y-
p intercept equal to (25-07-2021/Shift-2)
(3) rotation through angle about the origin in the anti-
4
clockwise direction. 60. If for the complex numbers z satisfying z - 2 - 2i £ 1, the
If the co-ordinates of the final position of the point P are maximum value of 3iz + 6 is attained at a + ib, then a + b
æ 1 7 ö is equal to __________ ? (01-09-2021/Shift-2)
ç- , ÷ , then the value of 2a + b is equal to
è 2 2ø
COMPLEX NUMBERS 73
n
2i 2rp 2rp
61. The least positive integer n such that , i = -1, 67. If a r = cos + i sin , r = 1, 2,3,...., i = -1, then the
1- i
n-2 9 9
is a positive integer is (26-08-2021/Shift-2) a1 a2 a3

ì z–i ü a4 a5 a6
determinant is equal to?
62. If S = íz Î C : Î R ý , then: (27-08-2021/Shift-1) a7 a8 a9
î z + 2i þ
(a) S is a circle in the complex plane (31-08-2021/Shift-1)
(b) S contains only one element
(a) a 2 a 6 - a 4 a 8 (b) a1a 9 - a 3 a 7
(c) S is a straight line in the complex plane
(d) S contains exactly two elements (c) a 5 (d) a 9
æ z -1 ö p z -i
63. The equation arg ç ÷ = represents a circle with : 68. If z is a complex number such that is purely imaginary,,
è z +1 ø 4 z -1
(26-08-2021/Shift-1)
then the minimum value of z - 3 + 3i is
(a) centre at 0, - 1 and radius 2
(31-08-2021/Shift-2)
(b) centre at 0, 1 and radius 2 (a) 3 2 (b) 6 2
(c) centre at 0, 1 and radius 2 (c) 2 2 (d) 2 2 - 1
100
(d) centre at 0, 0 and radius 2 69. If 3 +i = 299 p + iq , then p and q are roots of the
1- i 3 equation: (26-08-2021/Shift-2)
64. Let z = , i = -1. Then the value of
2 2
(a) x + 3 +1 x + 3 = 0
3 3 3
æ 1ö æ 1 ö æ 1ö
21 + ç z + ÷ + ç z 2 + 2 ÷ + ç z3 + 3 ÷ + 2
è zø è z ø è z ø (b) x + 3 -1 x - 3 = 0
3
æ 1 ö 2
(c) x - 3 +1 x + 3 = 0
...... + ç z 21 + 21 ÷ is _____.
è z ø
2
(26-08-2021/Shift-1) (d) x - 3 -1 x - 3 = 0
p 70. Let C be the set of all complex numbers. Let

65. Let z1 and z 2 arg z1 - z 2 = and z1 , z 2 satisfy the
4
S1 = z Î C || z - 3 - 2i |2 = 8
equation z - 3 = Re z . Then the imaginary part of
z1 + z 2 is equal to _______. (27-08-2021/Shift-2) S2 = z Î C | Re z ³ 5 and

66. A point z moves in the complex plane such that
S3 = z Î C || z - z |³ 8 .
æz-2ö p
arg ç ÷= , then the minimum value of
èz+2ø 4 Then the number of elements in S1 Ç S2 Ç S3 is equal to:
2 (27-07-2021/Shift-1)
z - 9 2 - 2i is equal to ____________ ?
(a) 1 (b) 0
(31-08-2021/Shift-1)
(c) Infinite (d) 2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 74
Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. If q Î (0, p), the principal value of the arg (z) and |z| of
5
3 + 2i sin q 1 + cos q + i sin q
the complex number z = is
1. 1 - 2i sin q will be purely imaginary, if q is equal to
3
cos q + i sin q
p p
(a) 2np ± (b) np + q 5 q q q
3 3 (a) - ,32 cos (b) ,32 cos 5
2 2 2 2
p
(c) np ± (d) None of these q 4 q
3 (c) - ,16 cos (d) None of these
2 2
2. If (a + ib) (c + id) (e + if) (g + ih) = A + i B, then
(a2 + b2) (c2 + d2) (e2 + f2) (g2 + h2) is equal to 8. If z = reiq, then | iiz | is equal to
(a) A2 – B2 (b) A2 + B2 (a) e–r sin q (b) re–r sin q

(c) A4 + B4 (d) A4 – B4
p
- r cos q
3. The area of the triangle on the complex plane formed by (c) e 2 (d) re–r cos q
the complex numbers z, iz and z + iz is
9. The minimum value of Z - 1 + 2i + 4i - 3 - Z is
(a) |z|2 (b) | z |2
(a) 5 (b) 5
| z |2
(c) (d) none of these
2
(c) 2 13 (d) 15
4. If arg (z1 ) = arg (z2), then 10. If |z2 – 1| = |z|2 + 1, then z lies on
(a) z2 = kz1–1 (k > 0) (b) z2 = kz1 (k > 0) (a) a circle (b) the imaginary axis
(c) | z 2 |=| z1 | (d) None of these (c) the real axis (d) an ellipse
5. z and w are two non zero complex number such that

4
|z| = |w| and Arg z + Arg w = p, then z equals 11. If z - = 2, then the maximum value of | z | is equal to
z
(a) w (b) – w
(c) w (d) –w (a) 3 +1 (b) 5 +1
6. If z is a complex number of unit modulus and argument q,
(c) 2 (d) 2 + 2
æ 1+ z ö
then arg ç ÷ is equal to
è 1+ z ø 12. If z2 – z + 1 = 0, then zn – z–n, where n is a multiple of 3,
is
p (a) 2 (–1)n (b) 0
(a) –q (b) -q
2
(c) (–1)n+1 (d) None of these
(c) q (d) p – q
COMPLEX NUMBERS 75
13. The value of the expression 18. If z1 and z2 are two complex numbers satisfying the equation
z1 + iz 2 z
æ 1 öæ 1 ö æ 1 öæ 1 ö = 1, then 1 is
2 ç 1 + ÷ç1 + 2 ÷ + 3ç 2 + ÷ç 2 + 2 ÷ z1 - iz 2 z2
è w øè w ø è w øè w ø
(a) purely real (b) of unit modulus
æ 1öæ 1 ö æ 1 öæ 1 ö (c) purely imaginary (d) None of these
+4 ç 3 + ÷ ç 3 + 2 ÷ + ....... + (n + 1) ç n + ÷ ç n + 2 ÷ ,
è wø è w ø è wøè w ø
z1z - z2
19. If = K, K > 0 (z1, z2 ¹ 0), then
where w is an imaginary cube root of unity, is z1z + z2
n (n 2 + 2) n (n 2 - 2) (a) for k ¹ 1, locus z is a straight line

(a) (b)
3 3 (b) for k Ï {1, 0}, z lies on a circle
(c) for k ¹ 0, z represents a point
2 2
n (n + 1) + 4n (d) for k ¹ 1, z lies on the perpendicular bisector of the line
(c) (d) None of these
4 z2 z
segment joining and - 2 .
z1 z1
1 3
14. Which of the following is a fourth root of +i ? 20. If the complex numbers z 1 , z 2 , z 3 satisfying
2 2
z1 - z3 1 - i 3
= , then triangle is
p p z 2 - z3 2
(a) cis (b) cis
12 2
(a) an equilateral triangle
(b) a right angled triangle
p p
(c) cis (d) cis (c) a acute angled triangle
6 3
(d) an obtuse angled isosceles triangle
15. If a, b, g are the cube roots of a negative number p, then
for any three real numbers x, y, z the value of A B
21. If A and B be two complex numbers satisfying
+ = 1.
B A
xa + yb + zg Then the two points represented by A and B and the
is
xb + yg + za origin form the vertices of
(a) an equilateral triangle
1- i 3 -1 - i 3 (b) an isosceles triangle which is not equilateral
(a) (b)
2 2 (c) an isosceles triangle which is not right angled
(d) a right angled triangle
(c) (x + y + z) i (d) p
22. Let z1 and z2 be two roots of the equation z2 + az + b = 0, z
16. The complex number z = 1 + i is rotated through an angle being complex. Further, assume that the origin, z1 and z2
3p form an equilateral triangle, then
in anticlockwise direction about the origin and stretched (a) a2 = 2b (b) a2 = 3b
2
(c) c2 = ab (d) a2 = b
by additional 2 units, then the new complex number is
23. Let z1, z2 and z3 be three points on |z| = 1. If q1, q2 and q3 be
(a) - 2 - 2i (b) the arguments of z 1 , z 2 , z 3 respectively, then
2 - 2i
cos (q1 – q2) + cos (q2 – q3) + cos (q3 – q1)
(c) 2 - 2i (d) 2–2i 3
3
(a) ³ - (b) £ -
17. The equation |z + 1 – i| = |z – 1 + i| represents a 2 2
(a) straight line (b) circle 3

(c) ³ (d) none of these
(c) parabola (d) hyperbola 2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 76
p p 1 - iz
24. If z n = cos + isin for 29. If z = x + iy and w = , then |w| = 1
n(n + 1) (n + 2) n(n + 1) (n + 2) z-i
implies that in the complex plane
n=1, 2, 3, ....., k, then the value of Lk ®¥
im (z z .....z ) is
1 2 k (a) z lies on the imaginary axis
(b) z lies on the real axis
1 i 1 3 (c) z lies on the unit circle
(a) - (b) - + i
2 2 2 2 (d) None of the above
30. If z 1 lies in |z–3| < 4, z 2 on |z–1| + |z +1| = 3 and
1 3 1 i A = |z1 –z2|, then
(c) - - i (d) +
2 2 2 2
15 15
(a) 0 £ A £ (b) 0 < A £
25. If z is a complex number satisfying |z2 – 1|=4 |z|, then the 2 2
minimum value of |z| is
17 17
(c) 0 £ A £ (d) 0 £ A <
2 2
(a) 2 5 + 4 (b) 2 5 - 4
31. The system of equations | z + 1 + i|= 2 üï , (where i = -1 ) has

(c) 5 -2 (d) None of these ý
|z |= 3ïþ
26. The area of the triangle whose vertices are i, a, b, where

(a) no solution (b) one solution
i = -1 and a, b are the non-real cube roots of unity,, (c) two solutions (d) none of these
is 32. If | z | = max {| z – 1|, |z + 1|} then
1
3 3 3 3 (a) | z + z |= (b) z - z = 1
(a) (b) 2
2 4
(c) | z + z |= 1 (d) None of these
3 33. Locus of z, if
(c) 0 (d)
4
ì 3p
27.
n n
The roots of z - 1 = 2w z + 1 (where n ³ 3 and w is ïï 4 , when | z | £ | z - 2 |
arg[z - (1 + i)] = í is
ï -p , when | z | > | z - 2 |
complex cube root of unity) lie on a ïî 4
(a) straight line (b) ellipse
(a) straight line passing through (2, 0)
(c) circle (d) rectangular hyperbola
(b) straight lines passing through (2, 0), (1, 1)
28. Let P denotes a complex number z on the Argand’s plane,
(c) a line segment
æp ö (d) a set of two rays
and Q denotes a complex number 2 | z |2 CiS ç + q ÷
è4 ø Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option]
where q = amp z. If ‘O’ is the origin, then the DOPQ is 34. If z1 = a + ib and z2 = c + id are complex numbers such
(a) isosceles but not right angled that |z1| = |z2| = 1 and Re z1z2 = 0, then the pair of
(b) right angled but not isosceles complex numbers w1 = a + ic and w2 = b + id satisfies
(c) right isosceles (a) |w1| =1 (b) |w2| =1
(d) equilateral (c) Re w1w 2 = 0 (d) None of the above
COMPLEX NUMBERS 77
35. Let z1 and z2 be complex numbers such that z1 ¹ z 2 and 41. If A (z1), B (z2) and C (z3) be the vertices of a triangle ABC
| z1 | = | z2 |. If z1 has positive real part and z2 has negative p AB

in which ÐABC = and = 2, then the value of z2
4 BC
z1 + z 2
imaginary part, then may be
z1 - z 2 is equal to
(a) z3 + i (z1 + z3) (b) z3 – i (z1 – z3)
(a) zero (b) real and positive
(c) z3 + i (z1 – z3) (d) None of these
(c) real and negative (d) purely imaginary
42. Suppose A(z1), B(z2) and C(z3) are vertices of a triangle
36. Let z1, z2 be two complex numbers represented by points
lying on the unit circle |z| = 1. AD is altitude of the DABC
on the circle |z| = 1 and |z| = 2, respectively, then
meeting the unit circle in E.
(a) max |2z1+z2| = 4 (b) min |z1–z2| = 1
(a) orthocentre of DABC is z1 + z2 + z3
1 (b) affix of E is –z2z3/z1

(c) z 2 + £3 (d) None of these
z1 (c) if z12 = z2z3 and z22 = z3z1, then DABC is equilateral
(d) if z2 + z3 = 0, then DABC is a right angled.
37. If a complex number z has modulus 1 and argument
p/3, then z2 + z 43. If z1, z2, z3, z4 are roots of the equation
(a) is purely imaginary a0z4 + a1z3 + a2z2 + a3z + a4 = 0,
where a0, a1, a2, a3 and a4 are real, then
(b) has modulus 3
(c) lies on the imaginary axis (a) z1 , z2 , z3 , z4 are also roots of the equation
(d) none of these (b) z1 is equal to at least one of z1 , z2 , z3 , z4

2
38. If a is an imaginary constant such that az + z + a = 0
(c) - z1 , - z2 , - z3 , - z4 are also roots of the equation
has a real root, then
(d) None of the above
(a) a + a = 1
(b) a + a = 0
(c) a + a = -1 6 6
æ1+ i 3 ö æ1- i 3 ö
44. The value of ç is
(d) the absolute value of the real root is 1 ç 1 - i 3 ÷÷ + çç 1 + i 3 ÷÷
è ø è ø
39. If w ¹ 1 is a complex cube root of unity, then sum of the
series S = 1 + 2w + 3w2 + ... + 3nw3n-1 (n Î N) is 45. If z2 + z + 1 = 0, where z is a complex number, then the value
2 2
3n 2 æ 1 ö æ 2
2
ö 1 3
2
æ 1ö 6 æ 1ö
(a) (b) n w - 1 of ç z + ÷ + ç z + 2 ÷ + ç z + 3 ÷ + ... + ç z + 6 ÷ is
w -1 è z ø z è z
ø è ø z è ø
(c) 0 (d) 1 46. Number of common roots of the equations

40. If z0, z1 represents points P, Q on the locus |z–1|=1 and z 3 + 2 z 2 + 2 z + 1 = 0 and z1985 + z100 + 1 = 0 , z being a
p complex number, is
the line segment PQ subtends an angle at the points
2 47. If a and b are different complex numbers with |b| = l, then
z = 1, then z1 is equal to
b-a
is
i 1 - ab
(a) 1 + i (z0 –1) (b)
z0 - 1
48. For a complex number z the minimum value of
(c) 1 – i (z0 –1) (d) i (z0 –1) | z | + | z – 2 | is
COMPLEX NUMBERS 78
49. If a,b,c are three distinct real numbers and w ¹ 1 is a complex Match the Following
a + bw + cw 2 Each question has two columns. Four options are given

cube root of unity, then the value of is representing matching of elements from Column-I and
a w 2 + b + cw
Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds
50. If z lies on the circle centered at origin and if area of the to a correct matching. For each question, choose the
option corresponding to the correct matching.
triangle, whose vertices are z, wz and z + wz, (w being an
imaginary cube root of unity), is 4 3 sq. units. Then radius 57. Match the following
of the circle is Column I Column II
(A) Locus of the point z (P) A circle
51. If 1, x1, x2, x3 are the roots of x4 - 1 = 0 and w is an imaginary
cube root of unity, then the value of satisfying the equation
Re (z2) = Re (z + z)
2 2 2
w - x1 w - x2 w - x3
is (B) Locus of the point z (Q) A straight line
w - x1 w - x2 w - x3
satisfying the equation
|z–z1| + |z–z2|=l, l Î R+
2z - i
52. If z Î C, then = m, m Î R represents a straight line and l S |z1 – z2|
5z + 1
(C) Locus of the point z (R) An ellipse
if 10 m = satisfying the equation
53. If a point z1 is the reflection of a point z2 through the line
2z - i
bz + bz = c, b ¹ 0, in the Argand plane, then bz 2 + bz1 is = m, where
z +1
equal to kc, then value of k is
i = -1 , mÎR+
54. Number of complex numbers z such that |z| = 1 and
(D) If | z | = 25, then the points (S) A rectangular
z z
+ = 1 is representing the complex hyperbola
z z
number -1 + 75 z will be on
Assertion & Reason
The correct matching is
(A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a (a) A–S; B–Q,R; C–Q,P; D–P
correct explanation for ASSERTION. (b) A–Q; B–P; C–Q,P; D–S
(B) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is not (c) A–P; B–Q; C–R; D–S
a correct explanation for ASSERTION. (d) A–S; B–Q; C–R; D–P
(C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false. 58. Match the equation on the left with the curve they
represent on the right
(D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true.
Column 1 Column 2
55. Assertion : If z is a complex number (z ¹ 1), then (A) |z - 3| + |z - i| = 10 (P) circle
z 2z - 3
- 1 £ | arg z | =2
|z| (B) (Q) hyperbola
z -i
Reason : In a unit radius circle chord (AP) £ arc (AP) 2 2
(C) z + z = 5 (R) straight line
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D z-6
(D) =3 (S) ellipse
z - 2i
1 3
56. Assertion : If |z| ³ 2, then the least value of z + is . The correct matching is
2 2
(a) A-S; B-R; C-P; D-Q
Reason : |z1 + z2| £ |z1| + |z2| (b) A-S; B-P; C-Q; D-P
(a) A (b) B (c) A-S; B-R; C-R; D-P
(c) C (d) D (d) A-S; B-R; C-Q; D-P
COMPLEX NUMBERS 79
Using the following passage, solve Q.59 to Q.62 If ÐPOQ = q, From Rotation theorem
Passage – 1 z 2 - 0 | z 2 | iq z z |z |
= e Þ 2 1 = 2 e iq
z1 - 0 | z1 | z1 z1 | z1 |
æ 2p ö æ 2p ö
Let w = cos ç ÷ + isin ç ÷ and a = w + w2 + w4 and z 2 z1 | z 2 | iq
è 7 ø è 7 ø Þ = e Þ z 2 z1 =| z1 | | z 2 | eiq
| z1 |2 | z1 |
b = w3 + w5 + w6.
59. ab equals : Þ z 2 z1 =| z1 | | z 2 | (cos q + i sin q)
(a) –1 (b) 0
\ Re (z 2 z1 ) =| z1 | | z 2 | cos q ... (i)
(c) 1 (d) 2
60. a and b are roots of the equations : and Im (z 2 z1 ) =| z1 | | z 2 | sin q ... (ii)
(a) x2 + x + 1 = 0 (b) x2 + x + 2 = 0 The dot product of z1 and z2 is defined by z1 . z2 = |z1| |z2|
2
(c) x + 3x + 5 = 0 (d) None of these cos q = Re (z 2 z1 ) [from (i)] and cross product of z1 and z2
61. 2a equals :
is defined z1 × z2 = |z1| |z2| sin q = Im (z 2 z1 ) [from Eq. (ii)]
(a) -1 + 7 i (b) -1 - 7 i
63. If z1 = 2 + 5i, z2 = 3 – i, then the value of (z1 .z 2 + z 2 ´ z1 )
(c) 1 + 7i (d) 1 – 7i
is equal to
6 (a) 2 (b) 3
k2
62. åw
k =0
equals :
(c) 2 3 (d) 3 2
(a) i (b) 7i 64. If z 1 = 3 + 4i and z 2 = 4 + 3i, then the value of
æ 3p ö
(c) –i (d) - 7 i sin q ç p < q < ÷ is equal to
è 2 ø
1 7
Passage – 2 (a) - (b) -
7 25
Let z1 = a1 + ib1 º (a1, b1) and z2 = a2 + ib2 º (a2, b2); where 1

24
(c) - (d) -
i = -1, be two complex numbers. 25 25
65. If z1 = 5 + 12i and z2 = 3 + 4i, then (the projection of
z1 on z2 + projection of z2 on z1) is equal to
4131 3411
(a) (b)
65 65
1134 1341
(c) (d)
65 65
COMPLEX NUMBERS 80

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] n n
6. If w ¹ 1 be a cube root of unity and 1 + w2 = 1 + w4 ,
1. Let z1 and z2 be nth roots of unity which subtend a right
then the least positive value of n is (2004)
angle at the origin, then n must be of the form
(where k is an integer) (2001) (a) 2 (b) 3
(a) 4k + 1 (b) 4k + 2 (c) 5 (d) 6

(c) 4k + 3 (d) 4k 7. The minimum value of |a + bw + cw2|, where a, b and c are all
2. The complex numbers z 1 , z 2 and z 3 satisfying not equal integers and w ¹ 1 is a cube root of unity, is
z1 - z3 1 - i 3 (2005)
= are the vertices of a triangle which is
z 2 - z3 2
1
(a) 3 (b)
(2001) 2
(a) of area zero (b) right-angled isosceles (c) 1 (d) 0
(c) equilateral (d) obtuse-angled isosceles
8. The shaded region, where P = (–1, 0), Q = (–1 + 2, 2 ),
1 3
3. Let w = - + i , then value of the determinant R = (–1 + 2, - 2 ), S = (1, 0) is represented by (2005)
2 2
1 1 1
2
1 -1 - w w2 is (2002)
1 w2 w
(a) 3 w (b) 3 w (w – 1)
(c) 3w2 (d) 3 w (1 – w)
4. For all complex numbers z1, z2 satisfying | z 1| = 12 and
| z2–3 – 4i | = 5, the minimum value of |z1 – z2| is
(2002)
(a) 0 (b) 2 p
(a) | z + 1 |> 2,| arg (z + 1) |<
4
(c) 7 (d) 17
z -1 p
5. If | z | = 1 and w = where z ¹ -1 , then Re (w) is (b) | z + 1 |< 2,| arg (z + 1) |<
z +1 2
(2003)
p
(c) | z + 1 | > 2,| arg (z + 1) |>
1 4
(a) 0 (b)
| z + 1|2
p
(d) | z - 1 |< 2,| arg (z + 1) |>
1 1 2 2
(c) . (d)
z + 1 | z + 1|2 | z + 1|2
COMPLEX NUMBERS 81
9. If w = a + ib, where b ¹ 0 and z ¹ 1, satisfies the condition 14. Let z = x + iy be a complex number where x and y are
integers. Then, the area of the rectangle whose vertices
æ w - wz ö
that ç ÷ is purely real, then the set of values of z is
è 1- z ø are the roots of the equation zz3 + zz3 = 350 is (2009)
(2006)
(a) 48 (b) 32
(a) | z | = 1, z ¹ 2 (b) | z | = 1 and z ¹ 1
(c) 40 (d) 80
(c) z = z (d) None of the above
10. A man walks a distance of 3 units from the origin towards 15. Let w ¹ 1 be a cube root of unity and S be the set of all non-
the north-east (N 45o E) direction. From there, he walks a
distance of 4 units towards the north-west (N 45oW) é1 a bù
direction to reach a point P. Then, the position of P in the singular matrices of the form ê w 1 c úú , where each of
ê
Argand plane is (2007) 2
ëêw w 1 úû
(a) 3eip/4 + 4i (b) (3 – 4i)eip/4
(c) (4 – 3i)eip/4 (d) (3 + 4i)eip/4 a, b and c is either w or w2. Then the number of distinct
z matrices in the set S is (2011)
11. If | z | = 1 and z ¹ ±1 , then all the values of lie on
1 - z2
(a) 2 (b) 6
(2007)
(c) 4 (d) 8
(a) a line not passing through the origin
16. Let z be a complex number such that the imaginary part of
(b) | z |= 2 z is non-zero and a = z2 + z + 1 is real. Then, a cannot take
(c) the x-axis the value (2012)
(d) the y-axis
1
12. A particle P starts from the point z0 = 1 + 2i, where i = -1. (a) –1 (b)
3
It moves first horizontally away from origin by 5 units and
then vertically away from origin by 3 units to reach a point
1 3
z1. From z1 the particle moves 2 units in the direction of (c) (d)
2 4
p
the vector î + ˆj and then it moves through an angle in
2
1
anticlockwise direction on a circle with centre at origin, to 17. Let complex numbers a and lies on circles
a
reach a point z2. The point z2 is given by
(2008)
(x – x0)2 + (y – y0)2 = r2 and
(a) 6 + 7i (b) –7 + 6i
(x – x0)2 + (y – y0)2 = 4r2 , respectively.
(c) 7 + 6i (d) –6 + 7i
If z0 = x0 + iy0 satisfies the equation 2|z0|2 = r2 + 2, then |a| is
15
2m -1
13. Let z = cos q + i sin q. Then, the value of å Im (z
m =1
) at equal to (2013)
q = 2° is (2009)
1 1
(a) (b)
1 2 2
1
(a) (b)
sin 2° 3 sin 2°
1 1
1 1 (c) (d)
(c) (d) 7 3
2 sin 2° 4 sin 2°
COMPLEX NUMBERS 82
18. Let S be the set of all complex numbers z satisfying

3 +i
| z - 2 + i |³ 5 . If the complex number z0 is such that 21. Let w = and P = {wn : n = 1, 2, 3,....}. Further
2
1 ïì 1 ïü ì 1ü ì 1ü
: z Î S ý ,then H1 = íz Î C: Re z > ý and H2 = íz Î C: Re z < - ý ,
| z 0 - 1 | is the maximum of the set íï z - 1 ïþ î 2þ î 2þ
î
where C is the set of all complex numbers, if z1 Î P Ç H1, z2
Î P Ç H2 and O represents the origin, then Ðz1 O z2 is equal
4 - z0 - z 0
the principal argument of is (2019) to (2013)
z0 - z 0 + 2i
p p
(a) (b)
p 3p 2 6
(a) (b)
4 4
2p 5p
(c) (d)
p p 3 6
(c) - (d)
2 2
22. Let w be a complex cube root of unity with w ¹ 1 and
P = [pij] be a n × n matrix with pij = wi + j. Then, P2 ¹ 0, when
19. Let q1 , q2 ,....q10 be positive valued angles (in radian) such
n is equal to (2013)
that q1 + q2 + .... + q10 = 2p . Define the complex numbers (a) 57 (b) 55
z1 = eiq1 , z k = z k -1eiqk for k = 2,3,...,10 where i = -1 . (c) 58 (d) 56
Consider the statements P and Q given below: 23. Let a, b Î R and a2 + b 2 ¹ 0.
P : z 2 - z1 + z3 - z 2 + ... + z10 - z9 + z1 - z10 £ 2p ì 1 ü

Suppose S = íz Î C : z = , t Î R, t ¹ 0 ý , where
î a + ibt þ
Q : z 2 2 - z12 + z32 - z 2 2 + .... + z102 - z9 2
i = –1 . If z = x + iy and z Î S, then (x, y) lies on
(2016)
+ z12 - z10 2 £ 4p
1 æ 1 ö
Then, (2021) (a) the circle with radius and centre ç ,0 ÷
2a è 2a ø
(a) P is TRUE and Q is FALSE
for a > 0, b ¹ 0
(b) Q is TRUE and P is FALSE
(c) Both P and Q are TRUE
1 æ 1 ö
(b) the circle with radius - and centre ç - ,0 ÷
2a è 2a ø
(d) Both P and Q are FALSE
for a < 0, b ¹ 0
(c) the x-axis for a ¹ 0, b = 0
20. Let z1 and z2 be two distinct complex numbers and let (d) the y-axis for a = 0, b ¹ 0
z = (1 – t) z1 + tz2 for some real number t with 0 < t < 1. If arg 24. Let a, b, x and y be real numbers such that
(w) denotes the principal argument of a non-zero complex a – b = 1 and y ¹ 0. If the complex number z = x + iy
number w, then (2010)
æ az + b ö
(a) | z – z1 | + | z – z2 | = | z1 – z2 | satisfies Im ç ÷ = y, then which of the following
è z +1 ø
(b) arg (z – z1) = arg (z – z2) is(are) possible value(s) of x ? (2017)
z - z1 z - z1
(c) =0 (a) -1 + 1 - y 2 (b) 1 - 1 + y 2
z 2 - z1 z2 - z1
(d) arg (z – z1) = arg (z2 – z1) (c) 1 + 1 + y 2 (d) -1 - 1 - y 2

COMPLEX NUMBERS 83
25. For a non-zero complex number z, let arg(z) denote the 27. Let S be the set of all complex numbers z satisfying
|z2 + z + 1| = 1. Then which of the following statements is/
principal argument with -p < arg z £ p Then, which of
are TRUE ? (2020)
the following statement(s) is (are) FALSE? (2018)
1 1
p (a) z + £ for all z Î S
(a) arg -1- i = , where i = -1 2 2
4
(b) | z | £ 2 for all z Î S

(b) The function f : ¡ ¾¾
® -p, p defined by
f(t) = arg(-1 + it) for all t Î ¡ , is continuous at all 1 1

(c) z + ³ for all z Î S
2 2
points of ¡, where i = -1
(d) The set S has exactly four elements
(c) For any two non-zero complex number z1 and z2,
28. For any complex number w = c + id, let arg w Î -p, p ,
æz ö
arg ç 1 ÷ - arg z1 + arg z 2 is an integer multiple of
è z2 ø where i = -1 . Let a and b be real numbers such that for
2p æ z+a ö p
all complex numbers z = x + iy satisfying arg ç ÷= ,
è z +b ø 4
(d) For any three given distinct complex numbers z1, z2
and z3, the locus of the point z satisfying the condition the ordered pair (x, y) lies on the circle x2 + y2 + 5x – 3y + 4 = 0.
Then which of the following statements is (are) TRUE?

æ z - z1 z 2 - z3 ö
arg ç ÷÷ = p, lies on a straight line .
ç z-z z -z (2021)
è 3 2 1 ø
(a) a = –1 (b) ab = 4
26. Let s, t, r be non-zero complex numbers and L be the set of (c) ab = – 4 (d) b = 4
solutions z = x + iy x, y Î ¡,i = -1 of the equation Numerical Value Type Questions
sz + tz + r = 0, where z = x - iy. Then, which of the 29. If z is any complex number satisfying |z – 3 –2i| £ 2, then
the minimum value of |2z – 6 + 5i| is... (2011)
following statement(s) is (are) TRUE? (2018)
(a) If L has exactly one element, then s ¹ t æ kp ö æ kp ö

30. For any integer k, let a k = cos ç ÷ + i sin ç ÷ , where
è 7 ø è 7 ø
(b) If s = t , then L has infinitely many elements

12
åa k +1 -a k
(c) The number of elements in L Ç z : z - 1 + i = 5 is at 3
k =1
i = -1. The value of the expression is

åa 4k -1 -a 4k - 2
most 2 k =1
(d) If L has more than one element, then L has infinitely

(2015)
many elements .
COMPLEX NUMBERS 84
31. Let w be a cube root of unity. Then the minimum of the set 34. Match the statement of Column I with these in Column II.
2 [Note: Here z takes values in the complex plane and Im (z)

a + bw + cw 2 : a, b, c are distinct non zero integers
and Re (z) denotes respectively, the imaginary part and
equals __________. (2019) real part of z]
32. For a complex number z, let Re (z) denote the real part of z. Column I Column II
Let T be the set of all complex numbers z satisfying (A) The set of points z (p) an ellipse with
4
z 4 - z = 4iz 2 , where i = -1 . Then the minimum satisfying |z – i| z ||=|z+i|z|| is eccentricity 4/5
2
contained in or equal to
possible value of z1 - z2 , where z1 , z2 ÎT with
(B) The set of points z (q) the set of points z
Re ( z1 ) > 0 and Re ( z2 ) < 0, is… (2020)
satisfying |z+4|+|z–4|=10 is satisfying Im (z) = 0
Match the Following contained in or equal to
(C) If |w|=2, then the set of (r) the set of points z

representing matching of elements from Column-I and
1
points z = w - is satisfying |Im (z)| £ 1
Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds w
to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option
corresponding to the correct matching. contained in or equal to
33. Match the conditions/expressions in Column I with (D) If |w| = 1, then the set of (s) the set of points
statement in Column II.

1
points z = w + is satisfying |Re (z)| £ 2
z ¹ 0 is a complex number w
Column I Column II
contained in or equal to
(A) Re(z) = 0 (p) Re (z2) = 0
(t) the set of points
p
(B) arg (z) = (q) Im (z2) = 0 satisfying | z | £ 3
4
(2010)
2 2
(r) Re (z ) = Im (z )
Options
Options
A B C D
A B
(a) t s r p
(a) p q
(b) q r t s
(b) q r
(c) p q r q
(c) q p
(d) q p t s
(d) p p
COMPLEX NUMBERS 85
36. The number of elements in the set A Ç B Ç C is
æ 2kp ö æ 2kp ö
35. Let z k = cos ç ÷ + i sin ç ÷ ; k = 1,2, ...., 9. (a) 0 (b) 1
è 10 ø è 10 ø
(c) 2 (d) ¥
(2014)
37. Let z be any point in A Ç B Ç C. Then
2 2
List I List II |z + 1 – i| + |z – 5 – i| lies between
P. For each zk there exists a zj such 1. True (a) 25 and 29 (b) 30 and 34
that zk . zj = 1 (c) 35 and 39 (d) 40 and 44
Q. There exists a k Î {1, 2, .... , 9} 2. False 38. Let z be any point in A Ç B Ç C and let w be any point
such that z1 . z = zk has no solution satisfying |w – 2 – i| < 3. Then, |z| – |w| + 3 lies between
z in the set of complex numbers. (a) –6 and 3 (b) –3 and 6

(c) –6 and 6 (d) – 3 and 9
|1 - z1 ||1 - z 2 | ... | 1 - z9 |
R. equals 3. 1 Using the following passage, solve Q.39 and Q.40
10
9
Passage – 2
æ 2kp ö
S. 1 - å cos ç ÷ equals 4. 2
k =1 è 10 ø Let S = S1 Ç S2 Ç S3, where
P Q R S
ì é z -1+ 3 i ù üï
(a) 1 2 4 3 S1 = {z Î C : |z| < 4}, S2 = ïíz Î C : Im ê ú > 0ý
îï ë 1- 3 i û þï
(b) 2 1 3 4
and S3 : {z Î C : Re (z) > 0} (2013)
(c) 1 2 3 4
39. Area of S is equal to
(d) 2 1 4 3
10 p 20p
Using the following passage, solve Q.36 to Q.38 (a) (b)
3 3
Passage – 1
16 p 32p
(c) (d)
Read the following passage and answer the questions. 3 3
Let A, B, C be three sets of complex number as defined min |1–3i – z| is equal to
40.
below zÎs
A = {z : Im (z) ³ 1}
2- 3 2+ 3
B = {z : |z – 2 – i| = 3} (a) (b)
2 2
C = {z : Re ((1 – i)z) = 2} (2008)
3- 3 3+ 3
(c) (d)
2 2
COMPLEX NUMBERS

SEQUENCE AND SERIES
Chapter 03 87
SEQUENCE AND SERIES
1. DEFINITION 6 numbers in AP are a – 5d, a – 3d, a – d, a + d,

a + 3d; a + 5d.
Sequence is a function whose domain is the set N of natural (iii) The common difference can be zero, positive or negative.
numbers.
(iv) The sum of the two terms of an AP equidistant from the
Real Sequence : A sequence whose range is a subset of R is beginning & end is constant and equal to the sum of
called a real sequence. first & last terms.
Series : If a1, a2, a3, a4, ........., an, .......... is a sequence, then (v) Any term of an AP (except the first) is equal to half the
the expression sum of terms which are equidistant from it.
a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5 + ........ + an + ......... is a series. an = 1/2 (an – k + an + k), k < n.
A series is finite or infinite according as the number of terms For k = 1, an = (1/2) (an – 1 + an + 1) ;
in the corresponding sequence is finite or infinite.
For k = 2, an = (1/2) (an – 2 + an + 2) and so on.
Progressions : It is not necessary that the terms of a
(vi) tr = Sr – Sr – 1
sequence always follow a certain pattern or they are
described by some explicit formula for the nth term. Those (vii) If a, b, c are in AP Þ 2b = a + c.
sequences whose terms follow certain patterns are called (viii) A sequence is an AP, iff its nth terms is of the form
progressions. An + B i.e., a linear expression in n. The common difference
in such a case is A i.e., the coefficient of n.
1.1 An Arithmetic Progression (AP)
(ix) A sequence is an AP if and only if the sum of its n terms
AP is a sequence whose terms increase or decrease by a fixed is of the form An2 +Bn, where A and B are constants
number. This fixed number is called the common difference. If independent of n.
a is the first term & d the common difference, then AP can be
1.2 Geometric Progression (GP)
written as a, a + d, a + 2d, ...... and nth term of this AP can be
written as tn = a + (n – 1) d, where d = an – an – 1.
GP is a sequence of numbers whose first term is non zero &
The sum of the first n terms the AP is given by ; each of the succeeding terms is equal to the proceeding
n n terms multiplied by a constant. Thus in a GP the ratio of
Sn = 2a + (n - 1)d = a + l . successive terms is constant. This constant factor is called
2 2
the common ratio of the series & obtained by dividing any
where l is the last term. term by that which immediately proceeds it. Therefore a, ar,
ar2, ar3, ar4, ........... is a GP with a as the first term & r as
NOTES : common ratio.
(i) nth term = a rn – 1
Properties of Arithmetic Progression
(i) If each term of an A.P. is increased, decreased, multiplied a rn -1
or divided by the same non zero number, then the resulting (ii) Sum of the Ist n terms i.e. Sn = ,if r ¹ 1.
r -1
sequence is also an AP.
(iii) Sum of an infinite GP when |r| < 1 when n ® ¥,
(ii) 3 numbers in AP are a – d, a, a + d;
4 numbers in AP are a – 3d, a – d, a + d, a + 3d ; a
rn ® 0 if |r| < 1 therefore, S¥ = | r |< 1 .
5 numbers in AP are a – 2d, a – d, a, a + d, a + 2d; 1- r
SEQUENCE AND SERIES
88
(iv) Any 3 consecutive terms of a GP can be taken as 2. MEANS

a/r, a, ar ;
any 4 consecutive terms of a GP can be taken as a/r3, 2.1 Arithmetic Mean
3
a/r, ar, ar & so on.
If three terms are in AP then the middle term is called the AM
between the other two, so if a, b, c, are in AP, b is AM of
NOTES : a & c.
AM for any n positive numbers a 1, a 2, ........., a n is ;
Properties of Geometric Progressions
a1 + a 2 + a 3 + ................. + a n
A=
1. If all the terms of a GP be multiplied or divided by the n
same non–zero constant, then it remains a GP with the
2.2 n-Arithmetic Means between Two Numbers
same common ratio.
2. The reciprocals of the terms of a given GP forms a GP. If a, b are any two given numbers & a, A1, A2, ....., An, b are in
AP then A1, A2, ..... An are n AM’s between a & b.
3. If each term of a GP be raised to the same power, the
resulting sequence also forms a G.P.
b-a 2(b - a) n (b - a)
4. In a finite GP the product of the terms equidistant form A1 = a + , A2 = a + ,......,A n = a +
n +1 n +1 n +1
the beginning and the end is always same and is equal
b-a
to the product of the first and the last term. A1= a + d, A2 = a + 2d, ............, An = a + nd, where d =
n +1
5. Three non–zero numbers, a, b, c are in GP, if
The arithmetic mean (AM) A of any two numbers a and b is
b2 = ac. given by the equation (a + b)/2. Plase note that the sequence
6. If the terms of a given GP are chosen at regular intervals, a, A, b is in AP. If a1 , a2 ,......, an are n numbers, the (AM)A,
then the new sequence so formed also forms a GP. of these numbers is given by:
7. If a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , .... , a n, .... is a GP of non–zero
1
non–negative terms, then log a1, log a2, .... log an, .... is an A= a1 + a2 + ..... + an
n
AP and vice versa.
Inserting ‘n’ AMs between ‘a’ and ‘b’
1.3 HARMONIC PROGRESSION (HP) Suppose A1 , A2 , A3 ,........, An be the n means between a and
b. Thus, a, A1 , A2 ,........, An , b is an AP and b is the (n + 2)th
A sequence is said to HP if the reciprocals of its terms are term.
in AP.
b-a
If the sequence a1, a2, a3, ..............., an is an HP then Thus, b = a n + 1 d Þ d = .
n +1
1/a1, 1/a2, .........., 1/an is an AP & converse. Here we do not
Now,
have the formula for the sum of the n terms of an HP. For
HP whose first terms is a & second term is b, then nth term A1 = a + d
ab A2 = a + 2d
is t n =
b + (n - 1)(a - b)
:
An = a + nd
2ac a a -b
If a, b, c are in HP Þ b = or = .
a+c c b-c
SEQUENCE AND SERIES
89
n
NOTES :
æ n n +1 ö
å Ai = na + 1 + 2 + 3 + ..... + n d = na = ç
2 ø
÷d
i =1 è The product of n GMs between a & b is equal to the nth power
n
n
of the single GM between a & b i.e. p G r = (G) where G is
æ n n +1 öæ b - a ö r =1
= na + ç ÷ç ÷
2 the single GM between a & b.
è ø è n +1 ø
n a +b
2.5 Harmonic Mean
= 2a + b - a = nA where, A =
2 2
If a, b, c are in HP, b is the HM between a & c, then
b = 2ac/[a + c].
NOTES :
2.6 Arithmetic, Geometric and Harmonic
Sum of n AM’s inserted between a & b is equal to n times the means between two given numbers
n
Let A, G and H be arithmetic, geometric and harmonic means
single AM between a & b i.e. å A r = nA where A is the
r =1 of two positive numbers a and b. Then,
single AM between a & b. a+b 2ab
A= , G = ab and H =
2 a+b
2.3 Geometric Mean
Relation between A.M. and GM
If a, b, c are in GP, b is the GM between a & c. b2 = ac,
For any two non-negative number A.M . ³ G.M .
therefore b = ac ; a > 0, c > 0.
Proof . Let two non-negative numbers be a and b .
2.4 n-Geometric Means between a & b
2
Now, we can write a- b ³ 0 Þ a - 2 ab + b ³ 0
If a, b are two given numbers & a, G1, G2, ........, Gn, b are in GP.
Then G1, G2, G3, ............., Gn are n GMs between a & b.
a +b
G1 = a (b/a)1/n + 1 = ar, G2 = a (b/a)2/n + 1 = ar2, ............, Þ a + b ³ 2 ab Þ ³ ab Þ A.M . ³ GM
2
Gn a (b/a)n/n + 1 = arn where r = (b/a)1/ n + 1
Note : (i) Equality for AM, G.M. (i.e. A.M. = GM) exists when
To Insert ‘n’ GMs Between a and b : If a and b are two a = b.
positive numbers and we have to insert n GMs,
(ii) Since A.M . ³ GM ; AM min
= GM ; GM max
= AM
G1 , G2 ,....., Gn between the two numbers ‘a’ and ‘b’ then
These three means possess the following properties
a, G1 , G2 ,....., Gn , b will be in GP. The series consists of
1. A>G>H
(n + 2) terms and the last term is b and the first term is
2. A, G, H form a GP i.e., G2 = AH.
1
3. The equation having a and b as its roots is
n + 2 -1 n +1 æ b ö n +1
a. b = ar Þ b = ar Þr=ç ÷ x2 – 2Ax + G2 = 0
èaø
4. If A, G, H are arithmetic, geometric and harmonic
means between three given numbers a, b and c, then
Þ G1 = ar , G2 = ar 2 .......Gn = ar n
the equation having a, b, c as its roots is
n 3G 3
n x 3 - 3Ax 2 + x - G3 = 0.
Note : Õ Gr = G , whereG = ab GM between a and b H
r =1
SEQUENCE AND SERIES
90
NOTES : 4.4 Sum of first n odd numbers
If A and G be the AM and GM between two positive numbers,

n
2 2 å 2 k - 1 = 1 + 3 + ... + (2n - 1) = n 2
then the number are A ± A - G . k =1
3. SIGMA NOTATIONS 4.5 Vn method :
3.1 Theorems This is method of resolving the nth term into partial fraction
and summation by telescopic cancellation. First, find the nth
n n n term of the series and try to create a denominator part in the
(i) å
r =1
a r ± br = å a r ± å br
r =1 r =1
numerator by using partial fraction whenever the series is in
the form of fraction of Tn like the following:
n n
(ii) åka r = kåa r

Tn =
2
r =1 r =1
n2 - 1
n
Using the partial fraction, we can write the nth term as
(iii) å k = k + k + k...........
r =1
n times = nk ; where k is a
1 1
constant. Tn = -
n -1 n +1
4. SUM TO n TERMS OF SOME SPECIAL Now, when we find the summation, there will be telescopic
SEQUENCES cancellation and thus we will get the sum of the given series.
4.6 Method of Difference :

4.1 Sum of first n natural numbers
If T1, T2, T3, T4, T5 .... is a sequence whose terms are sometimes
n
n n +1 in AP and sometimes in GP, then for such series we first
å k = 1 + 2 + 3 + ..... + n = 2
.
compute their nth term and then compute the sum to n terms
k =1
using sigma notation.

4.2 Sum of the squares of first n
natural numbers 5. ARITHMETICO-GEOMETRIC SERIES
n
2 n n +1 2n + 1 A series each term of which is formed by multiplying the
åk = 12 + 2 2 + ..... + n 2 = .
k =1 6 corresponding term of an AP & GP is called the Arithmetico-
Geometric Series. e.g. 1 + 3x + 5x2 + 7x3 +...............
4.3 Sum of the higher powers of first n Here, 1, 3, 5, ........ are in AP & 1, x, x2, x3 ......... are in GP.
natural numbers
5.1 Sum of n terms of an Arithmetico-
n
æ n n +1 ö æ n ö
2 2 Geometric Series
3 3 3 3
å k = 1 + 2 + ........ + n = ç ÷ = çåk÷
2 ø è k =1 ø
k =1 è Let Sn = a + (a + d) r + (a + 2 d) r2 + ..... +
n [a + (n – 1) d] rn – 1
n
å k = (n + 1)(2n + 1)(3n 2 + 3n - 1)
4
k =1 30 n
a dr (1 - r n -1 ) a + (n - 1) d r
then Sn = + - , r ¹ 1.
1- r (1 - r) 2 1- r
SEQUENCE AND SERIES
91
A series formed by multiplying the corresponding terms of S n  ab   a  d  br   a  2d  br 2  .......   a   n  1 d  br n 1 ..(i)

AP and G.P. is called arithmetic geometric progression (AGP).
Let a = first term of AP, b = first term of GP, d = common rS n  0  abr   a  d  br 2  .......   a   n  1 d  br n ...(ii)
difference and r = common ratio of GP. then
After subtraction, we get
AP : a, a + d, a + 2d, a + 3d, ....., a + (n – 1) d
S n 1  r   ab   dbr  dbr 2  ....  up to  n  1 terms 
GP: b, br , br 2 , br 3 ,......., br n 1
AGP :   a   n  1 d  br n 
ab,  a  d  br ,  a  2d  br 2 ....  a   n  1 d  br n 1 (Standard
appearance of AGP) 
dbr 1  r n 1 
S n 1  r   ab 
1 r
 a   n  1 d  br n
th
the general term (n term) of an AGP is given as
Tn   a   n  1 d  br n 1
Sn 
ab dbr 1  r


n 1


 a   n  1 d  br n
1 r 2
1 r . This is the
Series of AGP 1  r 
sum of n terms of AGP
To find the sum of n terms of an AGP, we suppose its sum as
Sn and then multiply both the sides by the common ratio of For an infinite AGP, AGP, as n  , then r  0  r  1
n
the corresponding G.P. and then subtract as in the following

way. Thus, we get a G.P. whose sum can be easily obtained.
ab dbr
 S  
1  r 1  r 2 .
SCAN CODE
Sequence and Series
SEQUENCE AND SERIES 92
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example - 1 Example - 3
Find Find the value of n if 1 + 4 + 7 + 10 +... to n terms = 590

th
(i) 24 term of the A.P. 5, 8, 11, 14... Sol. 1 + 4 + 7 + 10 + .... to n terms = 590, a = 1, d = 4 – 1 = 3
th
(ii) 15 term of the A.P. 21, 16, 11, 6,...
n
\ Sn = [2a + (n - 1) d]
Sol. (i) 5, 8, 11, 14... 2
\ a = 5; d = 8 – 5 = 3; n = 24
\ n
\ tn = a + (n–1) d 590 = [2(1) + (n - 1)3]
2
\ t24 = 5 + (24 – 1) 3
\ 2 × 590 = n [2 +3n – 3]
= 5 + 23 × 3
\ 1180 = n [3n – 1]
= 5 + 69
\ 3n2 – n – 1180 = 0
\ t24 = 74
\ 3n2 – 60n + 59n – 1180 = 0
(ii) 21, 16, 11, 6...
\ 3n(n – 20) + 59 (n – 20) = 0
a = 21, d = 16 – 21 = – 5; n = 15
\ (3n + 59) (n – 20) = 0
\ t15 = 21 + (15 – 1) (–5)
= 21 + (14) (–5) -59
\ n= or n = 20
= 21 – 70 3
t15 = –49 -59

‘n’ can not be negative, n ¹
3
Example - 2
\ n = 20
2
If for a sequence (tn), Sn = 4n – 3n, show that sequence is
an A.P. Example - 4
2
Sol. Sn = 4n – 3n
If for an A.P. S16 = 784, a = 4, find d
t n+1 = Sn + 1 – Sn
Sol. S16 = 784, a = 4
= [4 (n + 1)2 – 3 (n + 1)] – [4n2 – 3n]
n
= 4n2 + 8n + 4 – 3n –3 – 4n2 + 3n \ Sn = [2a + (n - 1) d]
2
t n+1 = 8n + 1
tn = 8(n – 1) + 1 16
S16 = [2(4) + (16 - 1) d]
= 8n – 8 + 1 2
tn+1 – tn= 8n – 7 784 = 8 [8 + 15d]

= (8n + 1) – (8n – 7) 784 = 64 + 120 d
= 8 = constant \ 720 = 120 d
Hence as the difference between two conseuctive terms is 720
constant, it is A.P. \ d=
120
\ d=6
Example - 5
1 35 35
+1+ r = =
For the following G.P.’s find tn r a 10
(i) 1, –4, 16, –64, ...
2 (1 + r + r2) = 7r
(ii) 1 1 1 2r2 – 5r + 2 = 0
3, , ,
3 3 3 9 3
(r – 2) (2r – 1) = 0
Sol. (i) 1, –4, 16, –64,...
r – 2 = 0 or 2r – 1= 0
a=1
r =2 or 2r =1
-4
r= = -4
1 a 10
for r = 2, = = 5, ar = 10 × 2 = 20
r 2
\ tn = a(r)n–1
= 1 (–4)n–1 the number are 5, 10, 20
n–1
= (–4)
1 a 10 1
1 1 1 for r = , = = 20; ar = 10 ´ = 5
(ii) 3, , , , ..... 2 r 1/ 2 2
3 3 3 9 3
the number are 20, 10, 5
a= 3
a
1 (ii) Let , a, ar be three numbers in G.P..
r
1
r= 3 =
3 3 a 13
+ a + ar = ... (i)
\ n–1
tn = a (r ) r 3
n -1
æ1ö a2 91
= 3ç ÷ + a 2 + a 2r 2 = ... (ii)
è3ø r 2
9
Example - 6 Taking square of (i)
2 2
(i) Find three numbers in G.P. such that their sum is 35 æa ö æ 13 ö
and their product is 1000. ç + a + ar ÷ = ç ÷
èr ø è 3ø
(ii) Find three numbers in G.P. such that their sum is 13/
91 a2 2a 2 169
3 and the sum of their squares is + a 2
+ a 2 2
r + + 2a 2 + 2a 2 r =
9 r2 r 9
a
Sol. (i) Let three number are , a, ar
r æ a2 2 2 2ö æa ö 169
ç 2 + a + a r ÷ + 2a ç + a + ar ÷ =
è r ø è r ø 9
a
\ × a × ar = 1000
r
91 æ 13 ö 169
a3 = 1000 + 2a ç ÷ =
9 è3ø 9
a = 10 ... (1)
é1 ù 26a 169 91
a ê + 1 + r ú = 35 = -
ë r û 3 9 9
= A(q–r+r–p+p–q) R(p–1) (q–r) + (q–1) (r–p) + (r–1) (p–q)

26a 26
=
3 3 = AO Rpq–pr–q+r+qr–pq–r+p+pr–qr–p+q
= AO R O = 1
Þ a=1
= R.H.S.
1 13
+1+ r =
r 3 Example - 8
1 + r + r 2 13
= 2n - 2
r 3 If for a squence, t n = , show that the sequence is a
5n -3
3 + 3r + 3r2 = 13r G.P. Find its first term and the common ratio.
3r2 – 10r + 3 = 0
2n -2
(r – 3) (3r – 1) = 0 Sol. t n =
5n -3
1
r = 3 or r = 2 n .2 -2
3 =
5n.5-3
a 1
for r = 3, = , ar = 1 ×3 = 3
r 3 æ 53 ö æ 2 ö
n
=ç 2 ÷ç ÷
è2 øè5ø
1
\ three numbers are , 1, 3
3
n
125 æ 2 ö
=
4 çè 5 ÷ø
1 a 1 1 1 1
for r = , = = 3; ar = 1´ = three numbers are 3, 1,
3 r 1 3 3 3
3 125 æ 2 ö
n +1
Let t (n +1) = ç ÷
4 è5ø
Example - 7
n +1
If x, y and z are pth, qth and rth terms of a G.P. respectively 125 æ 2 ö
t (n +1) ç ÷ 2
then show that xq–r. yr–p. zp–q = 1 4 è5ø
= n
= = constant
tn 125 æ 2 ö 5
Sol. Let A be the first term and R be the common ratio of the ç ÷
4 è5ø
given G.P. Then,
x = pth term Þ x = AR(p–1)
Hence sequence is in GP
(q–1)
y = qth term Þ y = AR
125 2 25
and z = rth term Þ z = AR(r–1) t1 = a = ´ =
4 5 2
L.H.S.
q -r r-p p -q 25
= AR (p -1) . AR (q -1) . AR ( r -1) Hence first term =
2
= A(q–r) R(p–1) (q–r) A(r–p) R(q–1) (r–p) A(p-q) R(r–1) (p–q)

2
and common ratio =
5
For a G.P. Find the sum to n terms.

(i) If a = 2, r = 3, Sn = 242, find n. (i) 0.9 + 0.99 + 0.999 + ....
(ii) If S3 = 125, S6 = 152. find r. (ii) 0.5 + 0.55 + 0.555 + ....
Sol. (i) a = 2, r = 3, Sn = 242 Sol. Sn = [0.9 + 0.99 + 0.999 +.....]
= [(1–0.1) + (1 – 0.01) + (1–0.001)....]
é r n - 1ù
Sn = a ê ú = [(1+1+1+...) – (0.1 + 0.01 + 0.001 + ......)
ë r -1 û
= n – (sum of n terms in GP with a = 0.1 and r = 0.1)
n
é 3 - 1ù
242 = 2 ê ú é (0.1) (1 - 0.1n ) ù
ë 3 -1 û Sn = n - ê ú
ë 1 - 0.1 û
242 = 3n – 1
243 = 3n é 0.1 æ 1 öù
=n-ê ç1 - n ÷ú
ë 0.9 è 10 øû
35 = 3n
n=5
1 é æ 1 öù
(ii) S3 = 125, S6 = 152, =n- ê1 - ç 10n ÷ú
9 ë è øû
é r 3 - 1ù é r 6 - 1ù (ii) Sn = 0.5 + 0.55 + 0.555 + ....
S3 = a ê ú and S6 = a ê ú
ë r -1 û ë r -1 û
= 5 (0.1 + 0.11 + 0.111 + .....)
5
é r 6 -1ù = (0.9 + 0.99 + 0.999 +.....)
aê 9
S6 r -1 ú r6 - 1
= ë 3 û= 3
S3 é r - 1ù r - 1 = [0.9 + 0.99 + 0.999 + ............]
aê ú
ë r -1 û
5
= (1 - 0.1) + (1 - 0.01) + (1 - 0.001)..........
9
152 r 6 - 1
= 5
125 r 3 - 1 = [(1+1+1+...) – (0.1 + 0.01 + 0.001 +...)]
9
By dividendo
5 é n - sum of n terms of GP with ù
152 - 125 r 6 - 1 - (r 3 - 1) =
= 9 êë a = 0.1 and r = 0.1 ú
û
125 r3 -1
27 r 6 - 1 - r 3 + 1 r 3 (r 3 - 1) 5 ïì é (0.1) (1 - 0.1n ) ù ïü
= = 3 = ín - ê úý
125 r3 - 1 (r - 1) 9 îï ë 1 - 0.1 û þï
3
æ3ö 3 5ì é 0.1 æ 1 öù ü
ç ÷ =r = ín - ê ç1 - n ÷ú ý
è5ø 9î ë 0.9 è 10 øû þ
3
\ r= 5ì 1 é æ 1 öù ü
5 = ín - ê1 - ç n ÷ ú ý
9î 9 ë è 10 ø û þ
Example - 11
n
æ3ö
\ Sn = 2 ç ÷ - 2
Determine whether the sum of infinity of the following è2ø
G.P.s exist, in the case they exist then find the sum
(i) 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.......... 3
Q r= >1
2
3 9 27
(ii) 1, , , ......... Sum of infinity does not exist.
2 4 8
-5 5 -5 5 -5
(iii) 5, , , , ......... -1
2 4 8 16 (iii) a = 5, r = 2 =
5 2
Sol. (i) a = 1; r = 2
æ 1- rn ö
æ 1- rn ö Sn = a ç ÷
Sn = a ç ÷ è 1- r ø
è 1- r ø
é1 - (2) n ù é1 - (2)n ù é æ -1 ö n ù
1ê ú =1ê ú ê1 - ç ÷ ú
ëê 1 - 2 ûú ëê -1 ûú 2
=5ê è ø ú
ê æ -1 ö ú
Sn = [1–(2)n] ê 1- ç 2 ÷ ú
ë è øû
r=2>1
\ The sum of infinity does not exist.
é æ -1 ö n ù
3 ê1 - ç ÷ ú
(ii) a = 1; r = 2
2 =5ê è ø ú
ê 3 ú
ê 2 ú
æ 1- rn ö ë û
\ Sn = a ç ÷
è 1- r ø
10 é æ -1 ön ù
\ Sn = ê1 - ç ÷ ú
é æ 3 ön ù 3 ëê è 2 ø ûú
ê1 - ç ÷ ú
2
=1ê è ø ú
ê 3 ú
ê 1- 2 ú -1
|r|= <1
ë û 2
10 ìï æ 1 ön üï
é æ3ö n
ù \ Sn = [1 - 0] í\ç - ÷ ® 0ý
ê1 - ç ÷ ú 3 ïî è 2 ø ïþ
2
=1ê è ø ú
ê -1 ú
ê 2 ú 10
ë û Sn =
3
é æ 3ö n
ù 10
Sn = -2 ê1 - ç ÷ \ Sum of infinity is of G.P..
ú 3
êë è 2 ø úû
Example - 12 Subtracting (ii) from (i)

\ Sn – x Sn = (3 + 6 x + 9x2 + 12x3... + 3 (n–1) xn–2 + 3(n) xn-1)
For a sequence, if Sn = 7 (4n–1), find tn and show that the
sequence is a G.P. – (3x + 6x2 + 9x3+ 12x4+....+3 (n–1) xn–1+3nxn),
Sol. Sn = 7 (4n – 1) Þ (1–x) Sn = 3 + 3x + 3x2 + 9x3 .. + 3xn–1 – 3nxn
tn = Sn – Sn–1 = 7 [4n–1] – 7 [4n–1 – 1] = 3 + 3x [1 + x + x2 + x3 .... + xn–2] – 3nxn
(4) n é x ù
= 7(4n ) - 7 - 7 +7 = 3 + 3x ê1 + (x n - 2 - 1) ú - 3nx n
4 ë x -1 û
é 1ù é x n -1 x ù n
= 7 ´ 4 n ê1 - ú = 3 + 3x ê1 + - ú - 3nx
ë 4û ë x - 1 x - 1 û
3 3x n 3x 2
= 7 ´ 4n ´ = 21[4n -1 ] (1–x) Sn = 3 + 3x + - - 3nx n
4 x -1 x - 1
t n +1 21[4n +1-1 ] 4 n 3 é xn - x2 ù
r= = = =4 Sn = - nx n ú
tn 21[4 n -1 ] 4 n -1 ê(1 + x) +
1- x ë x - 1 û
common ratio is constant. Hence the given sequence is GP.
3 é n xn - x2 ù
\ Sn = ê (1 + x - nx ) + ú
Example - 13 1- x ë x -1 û
(ii) 1, 3x, 5x2, 7x3, 9x4 ..........

Find Sn of the following arithmetic geometric sequence.
In the given sequence A.P. will be
(i) 3, 6x, 9x2, 12x3, 15x4 ........
1, 3, 5, 7, 9..........
(ii) 1, 3x, 5x2, 7x3, 9x4 ........
\ a = 1, d = 2
Sol. (i) In the given sequence AP is
\ tn = a + (n–1) d
3, 6, 9, 12........
= 1 + 2n – 2
\ a = 3, d = 6 – 3 = 3
= 2n –1
nth term will be
In the given sequence GP will be
tn = a + (n – 1) d
\ 1, x, x2, x3 .......
tn = 3 + (n – 1) 3
\ a = 1, r = x
tn = 3n
\ tn = arn–1
And, G.P. is 1, x, x2, x3, x4, ........
tn = xn–1
x
\ a = 1, r = =x \ Sn = 1 + 3x + 5x2 + 7x3 ....... + (2n – 3). xn–2 + (2n – 1) xn–1
1 ... (i)
\ nth term will be multiplying both the side by x.
tn = arn–1 \ x Sn = x + 3x2 + 5x3 + 7x4 ........ + (2n –3) xn–1 + (2n–1) xn
n–1
= (1) (x) ... (ii)
\ tn = xn–1 subtracting (ii) from (i)
2 3 n–2 n–1
Sn = 3 + 6x + 9x + 12x ......... + 3 (n – 1). x + 3n.x \ Sn –x Sn = [(1 + 3x + 5x2 + 7x3 ...... + (2n–3). xn–2 + (2n –1) xn)
...... (i) – (x + 3x2 + 5x3 ..... + (2n–3) xn–1 + (2n–1) xn]
multiplying both the side x. (1–x) Sn = 1 + 2x + 2x2 + 2x3 ... + 2xn–1 – (2n –1) xn
2 3 4 n–1 n
x.Sn = 3x + 6x + 9x + 12x ... + 3 (n–1) x + 3n.x ... (ii) = 1+ [2 (x + x2 + x3 +.... xn–1)] – (2n – 1) xn
Example - 15
é x ù
= 1 + ê2. x n -1 - 1 ú - (2n -1) x n
ë x -1 û Find the following sum
1.2.3 + 2. 3.4 + 3.4.5 +....+ n(n+1) (n+2)
2x n 2x
= 1+ - - (2n -1) xn Sol. Tr1 = 1, 2, 3 = 1 + (r–1) 1 = r
x -1 x -1
Tr2 = 2, 3, 4 = 2 + (r–1) 1= r + 1
n
2x - 2x Tr3 = 3, 4, 5 = 3 + (r–1) 1 = r + 2
= 1+ - (2n -1) xn
x -1
\ 1.2.3 + 2.3.4 + 3.4.5 + .............. n terms
2x(xn -1 -1) n n
= 1+ - (2n -1) xn = å Tr1 . Tr2 .Tr3 = å (r (r + 1) . (r + 2))
x -1 r =1 r =1
1 é n 2x(xn-1 -1) ù n n n
\ Sn = ê1- (2n -1) x + ú = å r 3 + å 3r 2 + å 2r
1- x ë (x -1) û
r =1 r =1 r =1
Example - 14 n 2 (n + 1)2 3n(n + 1) (2n + 1) 2n(n + 1)

= + +
4 6 2
Find the sum of 1 + (1 + x) + (1 + x + x 2) +....+
(1 + x + x2 + ... + xn–1) n(n + 1) é n(n + 1) ù
2 2 n–1
= ê + (2n + 1) + 2 ú
Sol. Sn = 1 + (1 + x) + (1 + x + x ) +...+ (1 + x + x + ... + x ) 2 ë 2 û
Tr = 1 + x + x2 +... xr–1
n(n + 1) é n(n + 1) + 4n + 6 ù
This is GP with first term 1 and common ratio ‘x’ = ê ú
2 ë 2 û
1 é1 - x r ùû
\ Tr = ë n(n + 1) é n 2 + 5n + 6 ù
1- x = ê ú
2 ë 2 û
n
1- xr 1 n
1 n
r
Sn = å = å1 - 1 - x å x n(n + 1) (n + 2) (n + 3)
r =1 1 - x 1 - x r =1 r =1 =
4
1 1 é x(1 - x n ) ù
= (n) - ê ú
1- x 1- x ë 1- x û
n x(1 - x n )
= -
1 - x (1 - x) 2

Arithmetic Progression Sum of terms in AP
1. nth term of the sequence 7. Three numbers are in A.P, such that their sum is 18 and sum
a, a + d, a + 2d, ............. is of their squares is 158. the greatest among them is
(a) n + nd (b) a + (n – 1) d (a) 10 (b) 11
(c) a + (n + 1) d (d) none of these (c) 12 (d) None of these
th
2. Let Tr be the r term of an A.P., for r = 1, 2, 3,....... If for some 8. If roots of the equation x3 – 12 x2 + 39x – 28 = 0 are in AP, then
1 1 its common difference is
positive integers m, n. We have Tm = and Tn = , then
n m (a) ± 1 (b) ± 2
Tmn equals : (c) ± 3 (d) ± 4
1 1 1 9. The sum of first ten terms of an AP is four times the sum of
(a) (b) +
mn m n its first five terms, then ratio of first term and common
(c) 1 (d) 0 difference is
3. Which of the following sequences is an A.P. with common (a) 2 (b) 1/2
difference 3 ? (c) 4 (d) 1/4
(a) a n = 2n 2 + 3n, n Î N (b) a n = 3n + 5, n Î N 10. The sum of all odd numbers of two digits is
(a) 2530 (b) 2475
(c) a n = 3n 2 + 1, n Î N (d) a n = 2n 2 + 3, n Î N
4. If a1 ,a 2 ,a 3 ,...., a n +1 are in A.P., then 11. Sum of first n odd natural numbers is
(a) 2n + 1 (b) n2
1 1 1
+ ...... ,
a1a 2 a 2 a 3 a n a n +1 is (c) 2n – 1 (d) none of these
12. The sum of numbers lying between 10 and 200 which are
n -1 1 divisible by 7 will be:
(a) a a (b) a a
1 n +1 1 n +1
(a) 2800 (b) 2835
n +1 n (c) 2870 (d) 2849

(c) a a (d) a a
1 n +1 1 n +1 13. The sum of integers in between 1 and 100 which are divisible
x x by 2 or 5 is
5. If log 2, log (2 – 1) and log (2 + 3) are in AP, then the value
of x is given by (a) 3100 (b) 3600
(a) 5/2 (b) log2 5 (c) 3050 (d) 3500
(c) log3 5 (d) log5 3 3 + 5 + 7 + ........ + n terms

14. If = 7, then the value of n is
5 + 8 + 11 + ........ + 10 terms
b+c- a c+ a-b a +b-c
6. If , , are in A.P. then which of
a b c (a) 35 (b) 36
the following is in A.P.
(c) 37 (d) 40
(a) a, b, c (b) a2, b2, c2
15. If for an A.P. T3 = 18 and T7 = 30 then S17 is equal to
1 1 1 (a) 612 (b) 622
(c) , , (d) none of these
a b c
23. If A1, A2 are two AM’s between two numbers a and b, then
n(n - 1)
16. If Sn = n P + Q, where Sn denotes the sum of the (2A1 – A2) (2A2 – A1) is equal to
2
first n terms of an A.P., then the common difference is ab
(a) a + b (b)
(a) P + Q (b) 2P + 3Q a+b
(c) 2Q (d) Q (c) ab (d) none of these
17. Let Sn denote the sum of first n terms of an A.P. If S2n = 3 Sn
Geometric progression
then the ratio S3n/Sn is equal to
(a) 4 (b) 6 24. If a, b, c are in G.P. and a1/x = b1/y = c1/z then x, y, z are in
(c) 8 (d) 10 (a) A.P. (b) G.P.
18. If a1 ,a 2 ,a 3 , ......... is an A.P such that (c) H.P. (d) none of these
25. If x, 2x + 2 and 3x + 3 are first three terms of a G.P., then its 4th
a1 + a 5 + a10 + a15 + a 20 + a 24 = 225, term is
then a1 + a 2 + a 3 + ........ + a 23 + a 24 is equal to (a) 27 (b) – 27
(a) 909 (b) 75 (c) – 27/2 (d) 27/2
(c) 750 (d) 900 26. If first, second and eighth terms of a G.P. are respectively
n–4, nn, n52, then the value of n is
19. The first, second and middle term of an AP are a, b, c
respectively. Sum of all terms is (a) 1 (b) 10
2 c-a 2c c - a
(a) (b) +c
b-a b-a 27. If a1 ,a 2 ,a 3 (a1 > 0) are three successive terms of a G.P. with
common ratio r, the value of r for which a 3 > 4a 2 - 3a1 holds

2c b - a 2b c - a
(c) (d) is given by
c-a b-a
(a) 1 < r < 3 (b) –3 < r < – 1
20. The sum of the series
(c) r > 3 or r < 1 (d) None of these
a – (a + d) + (a + 2d) – (a + 3d) + .... upto (2n + 1) terms is
(a) – nd (b) a + 2 nd 28. If the first and the nth terms of a G.P. are a and b respectively
2
and P is the product of the first n terms, then P =
(c) a + nd (d) 2nd
n
21. The sum of first n (odd) terms of an A.P. whose middle term (a) ab (b) (ab)
is m is n/2 2n
(c) (ab) (d) (ab)
(a) mn (b) mn
29. The fourth, seventh and tenth terms of a G.P. are p, q, r
(c) nm (d) none of these
respectively, then
22. If the sum of first p terms, first q terms and first r terms of an
A.P. be x, y and z respectively, then (a) p 2 = q 2 + r 2 (b) q 2 = pr
x y z (c) p 2 = qr (d) pqr + pq + 1 = 0

q - r + r - p + p - q is
p q r
30. The product of first n (odd) terms of a G.P. whose middle
(a) 0 (b) 2 term is m is
8xyz (a) mn (b) mn

(c) pqr (d)
pqr (c) nm (d) none of these
31. Three numbers form an increasing GP. If the middle number 39. If the sum of an infinitely decreasing GP is 3, and the sum of
is doubled, then the new numbers are in AP. The common the squares of its terms is 9/2, the sum of the cubes of the
ratio of the GP is terms is
(a) 2 - 3 (b) 2 + 3 (a) 105/13 (b) 108/13
(c) 729/8 (d) none of these
(c) 3 -2 (d) 3 + 2
40. If the sum of first two terms of an infinite GP is 1 and every
32. If a, b, c, d are in G.P. then an + bn, bn + cn, cn + dn are in
term is twice the sum of all the successive terms, then its
(a) A.P. (b) G.P. first term is
(c) H.P. (d) none of these (a) 1/3 (b) 2/3
33. If a, b, c, d are in G.P., then (a 3 + b 3 ) –1, (b 3 + c 3) –1 , (c) 1/4 (d) 3/4
(c3 + d3)–1 are in
(a) A.P. (b) G.P. 41. The value of 0 .423 is
(c) H.P. (d) none of these
419 423
Sum of terms in GP (a) (b)
999 999
34. The sum of first n terms of the series.

423
1 – 1 + 1 – 1 + ... is (c) (d) none
100
(a) 1 if n is odd and 0 when n is even
(b) –1 Geometric mean
(c) (–1)n (d) ± 1 42. If 4 GM’s be inserted between 160 and 5, then third GM will
th
35. The n term of a GP is 128 and the sum of its n terms is 255. be
If its common ratio is 2 then its first term is
(a) 8 (b) 118
(a) 1 (b) 3
(c) 20 (d) 40
43. If g1, g2 are two G.M’s between two numbers a and b, then
36. In a G.P. of even numbers of terms, the sum of all terms is 5
times the sum of odd terms. The common ratio of the GP is g12 g 22
+ is equal to
g 2 g1
4 1
(a) - (b)
5 5 (a) a + b (b) ab
(c) 4 (d) None of these
a+b
2
37. If S = 1 + a + a +........ to ¥ (a < 1), then the value of a is (c) (d) none of these
ab
S S 44. If A1, A2 be two AM’s and G1, G2 be two GM’s between two
(a) (b)
S -1 1- S
A1 + A2
numbers a and b, then is equal to
G1G2
S -1 1- S
(c) (d)
S S
a +b 2ab
38. The sum of an infinite G.P. is 4 and the sum of the cubes of (a) (b)
2ab a +b
its terms is 192. The common ratio of the original G.P. is
(a) 1/2 (b) 2/3
a +b ab
(c) 1/3 (d) –1/2 (c) (d)
ab a +b
Harmonic Progression 51. The sum of the series
1 + 3x + 6x 2 + 10x3 + ......¥ is (where |x| < 1)

3
45. The fourth term of the sequence 3, , 1, ......... is
2 1 1
(a) (b)
(1 - x) 2 1- x
3 4
(a) (b)
4 3 1 1
(c) (d)
(1 + x) 2 (1 - x)3
2
(c) (d) none of these Summation of Series
3
46. Let the positive numbers a,b,c,d be in A.P. Then, abc, abd, 52. Sum of n term of series 1.3 + 3.5 + 5.7 + ...... is
acd, bcd are
1
(a) n n + 1 2n + 1 + n
(a) not in A.P./G.P./H.P. (b) in A.P. 3
(c) in G.P. (d) in H.P.
2
(b) n n + 1 2n + 1 - n
47. If a1 ,a 2 ,a 3 , .........., a n are in H.P. then 3
a1 a2 a3 2
, , , (c) n n - 1 2n - 1 - n
a 2 + a 3 + ... + a n a1 + a 3 + ... + a n a1 + a 2 + a 4 + ... + a n 3
(d) none of these
an 53. If 1 + 2 + 3 + ..... + n = 45, then 13 + 23 + 33 +....+ n3 is
.....,
a1 + a 2 + .... + a n are in (a) (45)2 (b) (45)3
(c) (45)2 + 45 (d) none of these
(a) A.P. (b) G.P. 2 2 2
54. The sum of series 1.3 + 2.5 + 3.7 + . . . upto 20 terms is
(c) H.P. (d) A.G.P. (a) 188090 (b) 189080
Arithmetico-geometric Progression (c) 199080 (d) None
55. Sum of the series 4 + 6 + 9 + 13 + 18 + ......... n terms, is
48. The sum to n terms of the series
n 2 2
(a) n + 3n + 20 (b) n + 3n + 20
2 6
æ 1ö æ 1ö
1 + 2 ç 1 + ÷ + 3 ç 1 + ÷ + .... is given by
è nø è nø n 2
(c) n + 3n + 20 (d) None of these
2
3
(a) n (b) n (n + 1)
2
56. Sum of the series 1 + 4 + 13 + 40 + 121 + ....... 16 terms, is
(c) n (1 + 1/n) (d) none of these 17 17
(a) (3 – 35)/4 (b) 3 – 35
2 3 99
49. 1 + 2.2 + 3.2 + 4.2 + .... + 100.2 equals 17 17
(c) (3 – 33)/2 (d) (3 – 32)/4
(a) 99.2100 (b) 100.2100
1 1 1
(c) 1 + 99.2100 (d) none of these 57. The sum to n terms of the series + + + ..... is
1.3 3.5 5.7
1 1 1
50. Sum of infinite terms of series 3 + 5 . + 7 . 2 + .... is 2n
4 4 (a) (b)
2n + 1 2n + 1
(a) 33/4 (b) 11/4
n 2n
(c) 44/9 (d) 44/8 (c) (d)
2n + 1 n +1
67. n AM’s are inserted between 2 and 38. If third AM is 14 then
1
58. If t n = (n + 2) (n + 3) for n = 1, 2, 3, .........., then n is equal to
4
a4 1
1 1 1 1 68. Let a1 ,a 2 ,a 3 ,.........., a n be a GP such that = and
+ + + ....... + = a6 4
t1 t 2 t 3 t 2003
a 2 + a 5 = 216. Then integral value of a1 is
4006 4003 69. The second, third and sixth terms of an A.P. are consecutive
(a) (b)
3006 3007 terms of a G.P. The common ratio of the G.P. is
4006 4006 70. If pth, qth and rth terms of an A.P. are equal to corresponding
(c) (d) terms of a G.P. and these terms are respectively x, y, z, then
3008 3009
xy – z . yz – x . zx – y equals
59. The sum to n terms of the series
71. If the sum of first 6 terms of a G.P. is nine times of the sum of
3 5 7 its first three terms, then its common ratio is
+ + + ......., is
12 12 + 2 2 12 + 2 2 + 32 72. The value of 91/3 × 91/9 × 91/27 ....... to ¥, is
6n 9n 73. If rth term of a series is (2r + 1) 2–r, then sum of its infinite
(a) (b) terms is
n +1 n +1
1 1
12n 3n 74. If 3 + (3 + d) + 2 (3 + 2d) + ......... to ¥ = 8, then the
(c) (d) 4 4
n +1 n +1
value of d is
Numerical Value Type Questions 75. 9th term of the sequence
60. If 7th and 13th terms of an A.P. be 34 and 64 respectively, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, ...... is

then its 18th term is 76. The sum of all numbers between 100 and 10,000 which are of
th
61. If an be the n term of an AP and if a7 = 15, then the value of the form n3 n Î N is equal to
the common difference that would make a2a7a12 greatest is 77. Sum of the series 3 + 7 + 14 + 24 + 37 + .... 10 terms, is
62. The 10th common term between the two arithmetic 78. The limiting value of the sum to n terms of the series
progressions 3, 7, 11, 15 ..... and 1, 6, 11, 16 ......... is
3 5 7
63. If (x + 1), 3x and (4x + 2) are first three terms of an AP then its 2 2
+ 2 2 + 2 2 + .......... as n ® ¥ is
1 .2 2 .3 3 .4
5th term is
64. If first term of an AP is 5, last term is 45 and the sum of the 79. If the value of
‘n’ terms is 400, then the number of terms are æ1 1 1 ö
log 0,25 ç + 2 + 3 + ..........upto¥ ÷
æ 2 6 10 ö è3 3 3 ø
a n + bn ç1 + + 2 + 3 + ..........upto¥ ÷ is ,
65. The value of n, for which is A.M. between a and è 3 3 3 ø
a n -1 + b n -1
b is then I 2 is equal to _____?
66. Six arithmetic means are inserted between 1 and 9/2, the 4
th 80. The mean of 10 numbers 7 ´ 8,10 ´ 10,13 ´ 12,16 ´ 14,.......
arithmetic mean is is ________?

1. The sum of first 9 terms of the series 7. Let a1 , a2 , a3 ,........, an be in A.P..
13 13 + 23 13 + 23 + 33
+ + + ...... is (2015) If a3 + a7 + a11 + a15 = 72, then the sum of its first 17 terms
1 1+ 3 1+ 3 + 5
is equal to : (2016/Online Set–2)
(a) 142 (b) 192
(a) 306 (b) 153
(c) 71 (d) 96
(c) 612 (d) 204
2. If m is the A.M. of two distinct real number l and n
(l, n > 1) and G1, G2 and G3 are three geometric means 8. For any three positive real numbers
between l and n, then G14 + 2G 24 + G34 equals. (2015) a, b and c, 9(25a2 + b2) + 25 (c2 – 3ac) = 15b (3a + c). Then:
(a) 4 lmn2 (b) 4 l 2m2n2 (2017)
(c) 4 l 2mn (d) 4 lm2n (a) b, c and a are in G.P (b) b, c and a are in A. P
3. The sum of the 3rd and the 4th term of a G.P. is 60 and the (c) a, b and c are in A.P (d) a, b and c are in G.P
product of its first three terms is 1000. If the first term of
9. If the arithmetic mean of two numbers a and b, a > b > 0, is
this G.P. is positive, then its 7th term is :
(2015/Online Set–2) a+b
five times their geometric mean, then is equal to :
a-b
(a) 7290 (b) 640
(c) 2430 (d) 320 (2017/Online Set–1)
nd th th
4. If the 2 , 5 and 9 terms of a non-constant A.P. are in G.P,
then the common ratio of this G.P. is : (2016) 6 3 2
(a) (b)
2 4
4
(a) (b) 1
3
7 3 5 6
7 8 (c) (d)
(c) (d) 12 12
4 5
10. If the sum of the first n terms of the series
5. If the sum of the first ten terms of the series
2 2 2 3 + 75 + 243 + 507 + ...... is 435 3, then n equal :
æ 3ö æ 2ö æ 1ö 2 æ 4ö
ç1 ÷ + ç 2 ÷ + ç 3 ÷ + 4 + ç 4 ÷ + ......, is
è 5ø è 5ø è 5ø è 5ø (2017/Online Set–1)
(a) 18 (b) 15
16
m, then m is equal to : (2016) (c) 13 (d) 29
5
11. If three positive numbers a, b and c are in A.P. such that
(a) 101 (b) 100
abc = 8, then the minimum possible value of b is :
(c) 99 (d) 102
6. Let x, y, z be positive real numbers such that
x + y + z = 12 and x3y4z5 = (0.1) (600)3. Then x3 + y3 + z3 is 1
(a) 2 (b)
equal to : (2016/Online Set–1) 43
(a) 270 (b) 258
2
(c) 342 (d) 216 (c) (d) 4
43
2 3 n
1 1+ 2 1+ 2 + 3 æ3ö æ3ö æ3ö n -1 æ 3 ö and
12. Let Sn = + 3 + 3 + 17. Let An = ç ÷ - ç ÷ + ç ÷ - ... + -1 ç ÷
1 1 + 2 1 + 23 + 33
3 3
è4ø è4ø è4ø è4ø
Bn = 1 – An. Then, the least odd natural number p, so that
1 + 2 + ........... + n Bn >A n , for all n ³ p, is : (2018/Online Set–2)
¼¼. + 3 . If 100 Sn = n, then n is equal
1 + 23 + ........... + n3
(a) 9 (b) 7
to : (2017/Online Set–2)
(c) 11 (d) 5
(a) 199 (b) 99
1 1 1
(c) 200 (d) 19 18. Let , ,..., xi ¹ 0, for i = 1, 2,..., n be in A.P..
x1 x2 xn
13. Let a1 , a 2 , a 3 ,....., a 49 be in A.P. such that
such that x1=4 and x21 =20. If n is the least positive integer
12 n
æ1ö
å a 4k +1 = 416 and a 9 + a 43 = 66 . for which xn > 50, then åç x ÷ is equal to :
k =0 i =1 è i ø
If a12 + a 22 + .... + a17
2
= 140m, then m is equal to :
1
(2018) (a) (b) 3
8
(a) 33 (b) 66
(c) 68 (d) 34 13 13
(c) (d)
8 4
1 1 1
14. If x1, x2, . . ., xn and , ,...., are two A.P.s such that 19. The sum of the first 20 terms of the series
h1 h2 hn
3 7 15 31
x3= h2 = 8 and x8= h7 = 20, then x5h10 equals : 1+ + + + + ..., is (2018/Online Set–3)
2 4 8 16
1 1
(a) 2560 (b) 2650 (a) 38 + (b) 38 +
219 220
(c) 3200 (d) 1600
15. If b is the first term of an infinite G.P. whose sum is five, 1 1
(c) 39 + (d) 39 +
then b lies in the interval : (2018/Online Set–1) 220 219
20. If three distinct numbers a, b, c are in G.P. and the equations
(a) -¥, -10 (b) -10, 0 ax2 + 2bx + c = 0 and dx2 + 2ex + f = 0 have a common root,
then which one of the following statements is correct?
(c) 0, 10 (d) 10, ¥
(8-04-2019/Shift-2)
2 2 2
16. If a, b, c are in A.P. and a ,b , c are in G.P. such that d e f
(a) , , are in A.P.. (b) d, e, f are in A.P.
3 a b c
a < b < c and a + b + c = , then the value of a is :
4 (c) d, e, f are in G.P. (d) are in G.P.
(2018/Online Set–2) 20
1
21. The sum åk 2
k =1
k is equal to : (8-04-2019/Shift-2)
1 1 1 1
(a) - (b) -
4 2 2 4 3 2
3 11
(a) 2 - (b) 1 -
217 2 20
1 1 1 1
(c) - (d) -
4 2 2 4 2 11 21
(c) 2 - (d) 2 -
219 220
22. Let the sum of the first n terms of a non-constant A.P., 29. Let Sn denote the sum of the first n terms of an A.P. If
S4 = 16 and S6 = -48, then S10 is equal to
n n-7
a1 , a2 , a3 ..... be 50n + A, where A is a constant. (12-04-2019/Shift-1)
2
If d is the common difference of this A.P., then the ordered (a) -260 (b) -410
pair d , a50 is equal to: (9-04-2019/Shift-1) (c) -320 (d) -380
(a) (50,50 + 46A) (b) (50,50 + 45A) 30. If a1 , a2 , a3 ,... are in A.P. such that a1 + a7 + a16 = 40 ,
then the sum of the first 15 terms of this A.P. is ______.
(c) (A,50 + 45A) (d) (A,50 + 46A) (12-04-2019/Shift-2)
23. If the sum and product of the first three terms in an A.P. (a) 200 (b) 280
are 33 and 1155, respectively, then a value of its 11th terms
(c) 120 (d) 150
is: (9-04-2019/Shift-2)
31. If a, b and c be three distinct real numbers in G.P. and
(a) -35 (b) 25
a + b + c = xb, then sum of all the integral values of x which
(c) -36 (d) -25 don’t satisfy the above equation is:
24. The sum of the series 1 + 2 ´ 3 + 3 ´ 5 + 4 ´ 7 + ..... upto 11th (9-01-2019/Shift-1)
terms is: (9-04-2019/Shift-2)
32. Let a1 , a2 ,...., a30 be an A.P.,
(a) 915 (b) 946
30 15
(c) 945 (d) 916
S = å ai and T = å a 2i -1
25. If a1, a2, a3, …. are in A.P. and a1 + a4 + a7 + … + a16 = 114, i =1 i =1
then a1 + a6 + a11+ a16 is equal to: (10-04-2019/Shift-1)

If a5 = 27 and S – 2T = 75, then a10 is equal to:
3 3 3 3 3
3 ´13 5 ´ 1 + 2 7´ 1 + 2 + 3 (9-01-2019/Shift-1)
26. The sum + + + .....
12 12 + 22 12 + 22 + 32 33. The sum of the following series
upto 10th term, is: (10-4-2019/Shift-1)

9 12 + 22 + 32 12 12 + 22 + 32 + 42
1+ 6 + +
13 + 23 13 + 23 + 33 7 9
27. The sum 1 + + + .... +
1+ 2 1+ 2 + 3
15 12 + 2 2 + .... + 52
3 3 3
1 + 2 + 3 + .... + 15 1 3 + + ..... up to 15 terms, is:
- 1 + 2 + 3 + .... + 15 is equal to : 11
1 + 2 + 3 + .... + 15 2
(9-01-2019/Shift-2)
(10-4-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 7520 (b) 7510
(a) 620 (b) 1240
(c) 7830 (d) 7820
(c) 1860 (d) 660
34. Let a, b and c be the 7th, 11th and 13th terms respectively
28. Let a, b and c be in G.P. with common ratio r, where a ¹ 0 of a non-constant A.P. If these are also the three
1 a
and 0 < r £ . If 3a, 7b and 15c are the first three terms of
2 consecutive terms of a GP., then is equal to
c
an A.P., then the 4th terms of this A.P. is:
(10-04-2019/Shift-2) (9-01-2019/Shift-2)
2 1
(a) a (b) 5a (a) 2 (b)
3 2
7 7
(c) a (d) a (c) (d) 4
3 13
35. The sum of all two digit positive numbers which when 40. If 19th term of a non-zero A.P. is zero, then its (49th term):
divided by 7 yield 2 or 5 as remainder is: (29th term) is : (11-01-2019/Shift-2)
(10-1-2019/Shift-1) (a) 4 : 1 (b) 1 : 3
(a) 1256 (b) 1465 (c) 3 : 1 (d) 2 : 1
(c) 1365 (d) 1356 41. The product of three consecutive terms of a G.P. is 512. lf
4 is added to each of the first and the second of these
36. The sum of an infinite geometric series with positive terms
terms, the three terms now form an AP. Then the sum of
27 the original three terms of the given G.P. is :
is 3 and the sum of the cubes of its terms is . Then the
19 (12-01-2019/Shift-1)
common ratio of this series is : (11-01-2019/Shift-1)
1+ 2 + 3 +¼+ k 5
42. Let S k = . If S12 + S 22 +¼+ S102 = A ,
1 2 k 12
(a) (b)
3 3 Then A is equal to (12-01-2019/Shift-1)
43. If sin 4 a + 4 cos 4 b + 2 = 4 2 sin a cos b ;

2 4
(c) (d)
9 9
a , b Î 0, p then cos a + b - cos a - b is equal to
a3 a (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
37. Let a1 , a2 ,...., a10 be a G.P. If = 25, then 9 equals :
a1 a5 (a) 0 (b) -1
(11-01-2019/Shift-1) (c) 2 (d) - 2

4 2
(a) 5 (b) 4(5 ) 44. If the sum of the first 15 terms of the series
3 2
(c) 5 (d) 2(5 ) 2 3 3 3
æ 3ö æ 1ö æ 1ö 3 æ 3ö
38. Let x, y be positive real numbers and m, n positive integers. ç ÷ + ç1 ÷ + ç 2 ÷ + 3 + ç 3 ÷ + ... is equal to 225k
è 4ø è 2ø è 4ø è 4ø
The maximum value of the expression
then k is equal to _____. (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
xm y n (a) 108 (b) 27
1+ x 2m
1+ y 2n is : (11-01-2019/Shift-2) (c) 54 (d) 9
45. The sum of the first three terms of a G.P. is S and their
1 product is 27. Then all such S lies in :
(a) 1 (b)
2 (2-9-2020/Shift-1)
(a) (-¥, -9]È[3, ¥) (b) [-3, ¥)

1 m+n
(c) (d)
4 6mn (c) (-¥,9] (d) (-¥, -3]È[9, ¥)
39. Let a and b be the roots of the quadratic equation 46. If | x | < 1, | y | < 1 and x ¹ y, then the sum to infinity of
x2 sin q – x (sin q cos q + 1) + cos q = 0 (0 < q < 45º), and
the following series
n
¥ æ -1 ö
a < b. Then å ç a n + ÷ is equal to : (11-01-2019) (x + y) + (x 2 + xy + y2 ) + (x 3 + x 2 y + xy2 + y3 ) + ... is:
n =0
ç
è bn ÷
ø
(2-9-2020/Shift-1)
1 1 1 1 x + y + xy x + y - xy
(a) - (b) -
1 - cos θ 1 + sin θ 1 + cos θ 1 - sin θ (a) (1 - x )(1 - y ) (b) (1 - x )(1 - y )
1 1 1 1
(c) + (d) - x + y + xy x + y - xy
1 - cos θ 1 + sin θ 1 + cos θ 1 - sin θ (c) (1 + x)(1 + y ) (d) (1 + x)(1 + y )
47. If the sum of first 11 terms of an A.P., a1, a2, a3, ….. is 52. If m arithmetic means (A.Ms) and three geometric means
(G.Ms) are inserted between 3 and 243 such that 4th A.M.
0 ( a1 ¹ 0) then the sum of the A.P., a1, a3, a5, ……, a23 is
is equal to 2nd G.M., then m is equal to ……….
ka1, where k is equal to : (2-09-2020/Shift-2)
(3-09-2020/Shift-2)
121 72
(a) - (b) - 53. If 1 + (1 - 22.1) + (1 - 42. 3) + (1 - 62 .5)
10 5
+ ...... + (1 - 202.19) = a - 220b, then an ordered pair
72 121
(c) (d) (a, b) is equal to : (4-09-2020/Shift-1)
5 10
(a) (10,97) (b) (11,103)
48. Let S be the sum of the first 9 terms of the series :
(c) (11,97) (d) (10,103)
2 3
{x + ka} + {x + (k + 2) a} + {x + (k + 4) a}
54. The minimum value of 2sin x + 2cos x is :
+ x 4 + k + 6 a + ....... (4-9-2020/Shift-2)
1
1-
where a ¹ 0 and a ¹ 1. (a) 21- 2
(b) 2 2
1
-1+
x10 - x + 45a ( x - 1) (c) 2 -1+ 2
(d) 2 2
If S = , then k is equal to :
x -1
55. Let a1, a2, ..., an be a given A.P. whose common difference
(2-09-2020/Shift-2) is an integer and Sn = a1 + a 2 + ¼. + a n . If a1 = 1,
(a) 3 (b) –3
a n = 300 and 15 £ n £ 50, then the ordered pair
(c) 1 (d) –5
Sn - 4 , a n - 4 is equal to: (4-9-2020/Shift-2)
49. If the first term of an A.P. is 3 and the sum of its first 25
terms is equal to the sum of its next 15 terms, then the (a) (2480, 248) (b) (2480, 249)
common difference of this A.P. is : (3-09-2020/Shift-1) (c) (2490, 249) (d) (2490, 248)
1 1 56. If 210 + 29 × 31 + 28 × 32 + ¼+ 2.39 + 310 = S - 211 , then S is

(a) (b)
6 5 equal to: (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
311 10
1 1 (a) 311 (b) +2
(c) (d) 2
4 7
æ1 1 1 ö
(c) 2.311 (d) 311 - 212
log 2.5 ç + 2 + 2 + ......... to ¥ ÷
è3 3 3 ø
50. The value of (0.16) is equal to …
57. If 32 sin 2 a-1 ,14 and 34- 2 sin 2a are the first three terms of
(3-9-2020/Shift-1) an A.P. for some a , then the sixth term of this A.P. is:
3 1 4 (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
51. If the sum of the series 20 + 19 + 19 + 18 + ..... upto
5 5 5 (a)65 (b)81
nth term is 488 and the nth term is negative, then : (c)78 (d)66
(3-09-2020/Shift-2) 58. If the sum of the first 20 terms of the series
(a) n = 60 (b) n = 41 log 71/2 x + log 71/3 x + log (71/4 ) x +¼ is 460, then x is
equal to: (5-09-2020/Shift-2)

2
(c) nth term is – 4 (d) nth term is -4 (a) 7 1/2
(b) 7 2
5
2
(c) e (d) 746/21
59. If the sum of the second, third and fourth terms of a 64. Five number are in A.P., whose sum is 25 and product is
positive term G.P is 3 and the sum of its sixth, seventh and
1
eighth terms is 243, then the sum of the first 50 terms of 2520. If one of these five numbers is - then the greatest
2
this G.P is: (5-09-2020/Shift-2)
number amongst them is (7-01-2020/Shift-1)
2 50 1 49 (a) 16 (b) 27
(a) (3 - 1) (b) (3 - 1)
13 26
21
(c) 7 (d)
1 50 1 50 2
(c) (3 - 1) (d) (3 - 1)
13 26 65. If the sum of the first 40 terms of the series,
60. Let a, b, c, d and p be any non zero distinct real numbers 3 + 4 + 8 + 9 + 13 + 14 + 18 + 19 + ….. is (102)m, then m is
such that (a2 + b2 + c2) p2 - 2 (ab + bc + cd) p + (b2 + c2 + d2) equal to : (7-01-2020/Shift-2)
= 0. Then: (6-09-2020/Shift-1) (a) 10 (b) 25
(a) a, c, p are in G.P. (b) a, b, c, d are in G.P. (c) 5 (d) 20
(c) a, b, c, d are in A.P. (d) a, c, p are in A.P. 66. Let a1,a2,a3,… be a G.P. such that a 1<0, a1+a2=4 and
9
61. If f x + y = f ( x) f y and a3+a4=16. If åa i = 4l , then l is equal to:
i =1
¥
(7-01-2020/Shift-2)
å f ( x) = 2, x, y Î N , where N is the set of all natural
x =1
511
(a) 171 (b)
f 4 3
number, then the value of f 2 is :
(c) -171 (d) -513
(6-09-2020/Shift-1) 67. Let f : R ® R be such that for all
2 1 x Î R, 21+ x + 21- x , f x and 3x + 3-x are in A.P.,

.,
(a) (b)
3 9
then the minimum value of f x is:
1 4
(c) (d) (8-01-2020/Shift-1)
3 9
(a) 0 (b) 4
62. The common difference of the A.P. b1 , b2 ,......bm is 2 more (c) 3 (d) 2
than the common difference of A.P. a1 , a2 ,......an If
68. The sum å 20
k =1 1 + 2 + 3 + .... + k is _____.
a40 = -159, a100 = -399 and b100 = a70 , then b1 is equal
(8-01-2020/Shift-1)
to : (6-09-2020/Shift-2)
1 1
(a) -127 (b) 81 69. If the 10th term of an A.P. is and its 20th term is ,
20 10
(c) 127 (d) -81
then the sum of its first 200 terms is:
63. Suppose that function f : R ® R satisfies (8-01-2020/Shift-2)
f ( x + y) = f ( x ) f ( y ) for all x, y Î R and f(1) = 3. If 1

(a) 50 (b) 100
4
n
åf i = 363 , then n is equal to ........
1
i =1
(c) 50 (d) 100
2
(6-09-2020/Shift-2)
7 n n + 1 2n + 1 77. Let Sn be the sum of the first n terms of an arithmetic

70. The sum, å n =1
4
is equal to _________.
S4n
progression. If S3n = 3S2 n , then the value of is ?
(8-01-2020/Shift-2) S2n
1 1 1 1
(25-07-2021/Shift-1)
71. The product 2 4 ´ 416 ´ 8 48 ´ 16128 .....to ¥ is equal to:
(a) 4 (b) 6
(9-01-2020/Shift-1)
(c) 8 (d) 2
1
(a) 2 4 (b) 2 7ö
æ
78. If log 3 2, log 3 2x - 5 ,log 3 ç 2x - ÷ are in an arithmetic
è 2ø
1
(c) 2 2 (d) 1
progression, then the value of x is equal to_____.
¥ n ¥ (27-07-2021/Shift-1)
72. If x = å n = 0 -1 tan 2 n q and y = å n=0
cos 2 n q , where
æpö æ 7p ö
p 79. If tan ç ÷ , x, tan ç ÷ are in arithmetic progression and
0 <q < , then: (9-1-2020/Shift-2) 9
è ø è 18 ø
4
(a) y (1 + x ) = 1 (b) x (1 - y ) = 1 æ pö æ 5p ö
tan ç ÷ , y, tan ç ÷ are also in arithmetic progression,
9
è ø è 18 ø
(c) y (1 - x ) = 1 (d) x (1 + y ) = 1
then x - 2y is equal to: (27-07-2021/Shift-2)
73. Let a nbe the n th term of a G.P. of positive terms. If
(a) 0 (b) 3
100 100 200
å n =1
a2n +1 = 200 and å n =1
a2n = 100 then å n =1
an is (c) 4 (d) 1
equal to: (9-1-2020/Shift-2) 80. The sum of all the elements in the set
(a) 300 (b) 175 n Î 1, 2,.....,100 | H.F.C of n and 2040 is 1} is equal to
(c) 225 (d) 150 _______. (22-07-2021/Shift-2)

74. The number of terms common to the A.P.’s 3,7,11,…407 81. Let Sn denote the sum of first n-terms of an arithmetic
and 2,9,16,…709 is _______. (9-1-2020/Shift-2)
progression. If S10 = 530,S5 = 140, then S20 - S6 is equal
75. If sum of the first 21 terms of the series
to: (22-07-2021/Shift-2)
log91/2 x + log91/3 x + log91/4 x + ........, where x > 0 is 504,
(a) 1852 (b) 1842
then x is equal to? (20-07-2021/Shift-2)
(c) 1872 (d) 1862
(a) 81 (b) 243
82. If x be the greatest integer less than or equal to x, then
(c) 7 (d) 9
¥
76. Let a n n =1
be a sequence such that a1 = 1, a 2 = 1 and 100 é -1 n n ù
å ê ú is equal to: (25-07-2021/Shift-2)
ë 2 ûú
n =8 ê
a n + 2 = 2a n +1 + a n for all n ³ 1. Then the value of
(a) –2 (b) 4
¥
a
47å 3nn is equal to _______? (20-07-2021/Shift-2) (c) 2 (d) 0
n =1 2
83. Let 88. If the sum of an infinite GP a, ar, ar 2 , ar 3 , ...... is 15 and

Sn = 1× n - 1 + 2 × n - 2 + 3 × n - 3 + ..... + n - 1 ×1, n ³ 4 the sum of the squares of its each term is 150, then the sum
of ar 2 , ar 4 , ar 6 , ...... is: (26-08-2021/Shift-1)

æ 2Sn 1¥ ö
The sum å çç n! - n - 2 ÷
! ÷ø is equal to
n=4 è
1 5
(a) (b)
2 2
(01-09-2021/Shift-2)
e -1 e-2 25 9
(c) (d)
(a) (b) 2 2
3 6
e e
(c) (d)
6 3 1 2 22 2100
+ 2 + 4 + ....... + 2100 when x = 2 is:
x +1 x +1 x + 1 x +1
20
1 4
84. Let a1 , a 2 ,....., a 21 be an AP such that åa = . If the (26-08-2021/Shift-1)
n =1 n a n +1 9
sum of this AP is 189, then a 6 a16 is equal to 2101 2101

(a) 1 - 101 (b) 1 + 101
4 -1 4 -1
(01-09-2021/Shift-2)
(a) 72 (b) 57 2100 2100
(c) 1 - (d) 1 +
(c) 36 (d) 48 4100 - 1 4100 - 1
æ 9 x ö 1 2 2 3 3 4
85. lim ç å ÷÷ is equal to 90. If 0 < x < 1 and y = x + x + x + ..., then the
x ®2 ç 2
2 3 4
è n =1 n n + 1 x + 2 2n + 1 x + 4 ø
(26-08-2021/Shift-2) 1
value of e1+ y at x = is: (27-08-2021/Shift-2)
2
7 5
(a) (b)
36 24 1 2
(a) e (b) 2e
2
1 9
(c) (d)
5 44 1
(c) 2e 2 (d) e
2
86. The sum of all 3-digit numbers less than or equal to 500,
that are formed without using the digit "1" and they all are 91. Three numbers are in an increasing geometric progression
multiple of 11, is _______. (26-08-2021/Shift-2) with common ratio r. If the middle number is doubled, then
87. Let a1 , a 2 .... a10 be an AP with common difference –3 and the new numbers are in arithmetic progression with
b1 , b 2 .... b10 be a GP with common ration 2. Let common difference d. If the fourth term of GP is 3r 2 , then
c k = a k + b r , k = 1, 2, ...., 10. If C 2 = 12 and C3 = 13, r 2 - d is equal to? (31-08-2021/Shift-1)
10 (a) 7 + 3 3 (b) 7 - 3
then åc
k =1
k is equal to _______. (26-08-2021/Shift-2)
(c) 7 - 7 3 (d) 7 + 3
92. The sum of 10 terms of the series

3 2 5 3 7 4
96. If 0 < x < 1, then x + x + x + ..., is equal to:
3 5 7 2 3 4
2 2
+ 2 2 + 2 2 + .... is? (31-08-2021/Shift-1)
1 ´2 2 ´3 3 ´ 4
(27-08-2021/Shift-1)
120 æ1+ x ö
(a) (b) 1 (a) x ç ÷ + log e 1 – x
121 è1– x ø
143 99 æ1– x ö
(c) (d) (b) x ç
144 100 ÷ + log e 1 – x
è1+ x ø
93. Let a1 , a 2 , a 3 ,.... be an A.P. If

1– x
(c) + log e 1 – x
1+ x
a1 + a 2 + ... + a10 100 a
= 2 , p ¹ 10, then 11 is equal to:
a1 + a 2 + ... + a p p a 10
1+ x
(d) + log e 1 – x
1– x
(31-08-2021/Shift-2)
97. Let
121 100
(a) (b) Sn x = log 1 x + log 1 x + log 1 x + log x + log x
100 121 a2 a3 a6
1
a11
1
a18
19 21 + log 1 x + ...... upto n-terms where a > 1.

(c) (d) a 27
21 19
If S24 x = 1093 and S12 2x = 265 ,then the value of a

7 9 13 19
94. If S = + 2 + 3 + 4 + ..., then 160S is equal to ___ is equal to ___. (16-03-2021/Shift-2)
5 5 5 5
(31-08-2021/Shift-2) 1 1 1
98. Let ,a and b in G.P. , ,6 are in A.P., where a, b > 0.
16 a b
95. If for x, y Î R, x > 0,
Then 72(a + b) is equal to ______.
1 1 (16-03-2021/Shift-2)
æ ö æ ö
y = log10 x + ç log10 x 3 ÷ + ç log10 x 9 ÷ + ... upto ¥ terms
è ø è ø k
æ 6r ö
99. Let Sk = å tan -1 ç 2r +1 2r +1 ÷ . Then klim
®¥
Sk is equal to:
r =1 è 2 + 3 ø
2 + 4 + 6 + ... + 2y 4
and = , then the ordered pair
3 + 6 + 9 + ... + 3y log10 x (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
x, y is equal to : (27-08-2021/Shift-1) -1 æ 3 ö
(a) tan ç ÷ (b) tan -1 3
è2ø
6 6
(a) 10 , 6 (b) 10 , 9
p -1 æ 3 ö
(c) (d) cot ç ÷
2
(c) 10 , 3
4
(d) 10 , 6 2 è2ø
100. Let x denote greatest integer less than or equal to x. If 1 1 1 1

+ 2 + 2 + ....... +
105. 2
3 -1 5 -1 7 -1 (201)2 - 1 is equal to:
n 3n
3
for n Î N, 1 - x + x = å a j x j , then (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
j= 0
101 101
(a) (b)
é 3n ù é 3n -1 ù
408 404
ê ú ê ú
ë 2û ë 2 û
åa 2j +4 å a 2 j+1 is equal to: (16-03-2021/Shift-1) 99 25

j=0 j= 0 (c) (d)
400 101
(a) 2 n -1 (b) n 106. If a, b are natural numbers such that 100a - 199
(c) 1 (d) 2 b = 100 100 + 99 101 + 98 102 + ... + 1 199 ,
101. Consider an arithmetic series and a geometric series having
then the slope of the line passing through a, b and origin
four initial terms from the set {11, 8, 21, 16, 26, 32, 4}. If the
is (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
last terms of these series are the maximum possible four
digit numbers, then the number of common terms in these (a) 540 (b) 510
two series is equal to ______. (16-03-2021/Shift-1) (c) 550 (d) 530
107. The missing value in the following figure is ............ .
102. Let S1 be the sum of first 2n terms of an arithmetic
progression. Let S2 be the sum of first 4n terms of the
same arithmetic progression. If S2 - S1 S2 – S1 is 1000,
then the sum of the first 6n terms of the arithmetic

progression is equal to : (18-03-2021/Shift-2)
(18-03-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 3000 (b) 5000
(c) 7000 (d) 1000
10
3
103. If å r! (r + 6r 2 + 2r + 5) = a (11!), then the value of a 108. The sum of first four terms of a geometric progression
r =1
65
is equal to _______. (18-03-2021/Shift-2) (G.P.) is and the sum of their respective reciprocals is
12
65
1 . If the product of first three terms of the G.P. is 1, and
104. The value 3 + is equal to : 18
1
4+ the third term is a, then 2a, is ____.
1
3+
1 (24-02-2021/Shift-2)
4+
3 + .......... ¥
x x
109. The minimum of f x = a a + a 1-a , where a, x Î R and
(18-03-2021/Shift-1) a > 0, is equal to: (25-02-2021/Shift-2)
(a) a + 1 (b) 2 a
(a) 2 + 3 (b) 4 + 3
1
(c) 3 + 2 3 (d) 1.5 + 3 (c) 2a (d) a +
a
p ¥ ¥ 113. If the arithmetic mean and geometric mean of the p th and

110. If 0 < q, f < , x = å cos 2n q, y = å sin 2n f and
2 n =0 n =0 q th terms of the sequence -16, 8, - 4, 2,... satisfy the
¥ equation 4x 2 - 9x + 5 = 0, then p + q is equal to
z = å cos 2n q × sin 2n f then: (25-02-2021/Shift-1)
n =0
_______. (26-02-2021/Shift-2)
114. In an increasing geometric series, the sum of the second
(a) xyz = 4 (b) xy + yz + zx = z
25
and the sixth term is and the product of the third and
(c) xy + z = x + y z (d) xy - z = x + y z 2
111. Let A1 , A 2 , A3 ,... be squares such that for each n ³ 1, the fifth term is 25. Then, the sum of 4 th , 6 th and 8th terms is
equal to : (26-02-2021/Shift-1)
length of the side of A n equals the length of diagonal of
(a) 26 (b) 30
A n +1 . If the length of A1 is 12 cm, then the smallest value (c) 32 (d) 35
of n for which area of A n is less than one, is _____. 115. The sum of the infinite series
(25-02-2021/Shift-1) 2 7 12 17 22
1+ + + + + +¼¼ is equal to
3 32 33 34 35
¥
n 2 + 6n + 10
112. The sum of the series å
n =1 2n + 1 !
is equal to
(26-02-2021/Shift-1)
(26-02-2021/Shift-2) 13 15
(a) (b)
4 4
41 19 -1 41 19 -1
(a) e + e - 10 (b) - e + e - 10
8 8 8 8 9 11
(c) (d)
4 4
41 19 -1 41 19 -1
(c) e - e - 10 (d) e + e + 10
8 8 8 8

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 9. If one G.M., g and two A.M.’s p and q are inserted between
2
1. If the sum to n terms of a series be 5n + 2n, then second (2p  q) (p  2q)
term is two number a and b, then 
g2
(a) 15 (b) 17
(c) 10 (d) 5 (a) 1 (b) –1
2. If the sum of the 10 terms of an A.P. is 4 times to the sum of (c) 2 (d) –3
its 5 terms, then the ratio of first term and common
difference is 10. If a, b and c are positive real numbers, then the least value
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1
1 1 1
(c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 2 of (a + b + c)     is
a b c
th th
3. In a G.P. if the (m + n) term be p and (m – n) term be q then
th
the m term is (a) 9 (b) 3
(a) pq (b) p /q (c) 10/3 (d) none of these
(c) (d)
a b c
q /p p /q 11. If a, b and c are positive real numbers then   is
b c a
2
4. The least value of n for which the sum 1 + 3 + 3 + .... to n
terms is greater than 7000 is greater than or equal to
(a) 7 (b) 9 (a) 3 (b) 6

(c) 11 (d) 13 (c) 27 (d) none of these
5. A G.P. consist of even number of terms. If the sum of the 12.
3 3 3
The sum of the series 1 + 3 + 5 + ... to 20 terms is
terms occupying the odd places is S1 and that of the terms
in the even places is S2, then the common ratio of the G.P. (a) 319600 (b) 321760
is (c) 306000 (d) 347500
S1 S2 13. If a, 4, b are in AP; a, 2, b are in G.P., then a, 1, b are in
(a) (b)
S2 S1
(a) HP (b) AP
2S1 S2 (c) GP (d) none of these

(c) (d)
S2 2S1
14. If a1, a2, a3, . . ., an are in A.P. where ai > 0 i, then
1/3 1/9 1/27
6. The value of 9 . 9 . 9 ...... will be
2 3
(a) 3 (b) 3 1 1 1
  ...  

(c) 3 (d) 3 a1  a 2 a 2  a3 a n 1  a n
7. If the third term of a G.P. is 4, then the product of its first 5
terms is
3 4
n 1 n 1
(a) 4 (b) 4 (a) (b)
5
a1  a n a1  a n
(c) 4 (d) None
th
8. Six arithmetic means are inserted between 1 and 9/2, the 4
arithmetic mean is n 1 n 1
(c) a1  a n (d) a1  a n
(a) 2 (b) 1
(c) 3 (d) 4
15. The first and last term of an A.P. are a and l respectively. If
b+a b+c
s be the sum of all terms of the A.P., then common difference 22. If a, b, c are in H.P., then the value of + is
b-a b-c
is
(a) 0 (b) 1
2 2 2 2 (c) 2 (d) 3
l -a l -a
(a) (b)
2s - (l + a ) 2s - (l - a ) 23. The harmonic mean of roots of the equation
(5 + 2 ) x 2 - (4 + 5 ) x + (8 + 2 5 ) = 0 is
l2 + a 2 l2 + a 2
(c) (d) (a) 2 (b) 4
2s + (l + a ) 2s - (l + a )
(c) 6 (d) 8
16. Given p A.P.’s, each of which consists of n terms. If their
first terms are 1, 2, 3, ...., p and common differences are 2
24. The harmonic mean between two numbers is 14 and the
1, 3, 5, ...., 2p – 1 respectively, then sum of the terms of all 5
the progressions is geometric mean is 24. The greatest number between them
is :
1 1
(a) np (np + 1) (b) n (p + 1) (a) 72 (b) 36
2 2
(c) 18 (d) 60
(c) np (n + 1) (d) none of these
4 25. Let x be the arithmetic mean and y, z be the two geometric
17. If the sum of m consecutive odd integers is m , then the
means between any two positive number. Then value of
first integer is
3
(a) m + m + 1
3
(b) m + m – 1 y3 + z3
is
3 3 xyz
(c) m – m – 1 (d) m – m + 1
2 2
18. If a, b be roots of x – 3x + a = 0 and g, d are the roots of x (a) 2 (b) 3
– 12x + b = 0 and a, b, g, d (in order) form an increasing G.P., (c) 1/2 (d) 3/2
then
2 2 2 2 1
(a) a = 3, b = 12 (b) a = 12, b = 13 26. If x1 + x 2 + x 3 + .... + x 50 = 50 and 2 2 2
= A then
x x ...x 50
1 2
(c) a = 2, b = 32 (d) a = 4, b = 16
(a) Aminimum = 1 (b) Amaximum = 1
3 5 9 17
19. The sum of the first 10 terms of + + + + ... is (c) Aminimum = 50 (d) Amaximum = 50
2 4 8 16
–10 –10 n
(a) 10 – 2 (b) 9 – 2 27. A series whose nth term is + y, the sum of r terms will be
–10
x
(c) 11 – 2 (d) none of these
20. The sum of an infinite G.P. series is 3. A series which is r (r + 1) r ( r - 1)
(a) + ry (b)
formed by squares of its terms have the sum also 3. First 2x 2x
series will be
r r ( r + 1)
3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 (c) (r - 1) - ry (d) - rx
(a) , , , ... (b) , , , ,... 2x 2y
2 4 8 16 2 4 8 16
2 2 2
28. The sum of series 1.3 + 2.5 + 3.7 + . . . upto 20 terms is
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (a) 188090 (b) 189080
(c) , , , ,... (d) 1,- , 2 ,- 3 ,...
3 9 27 81 3 3 3 (c) 199080 (d) None
2 2 2 2
21. The sum of the series 5.05 + 1.212 + 0.29088 + ... ¥ is 29. 1 – 2 + 3 – 4 + ... to 21 terms =
(a) 6.93378 (b) 6.87342 (a) 210 (b) 231
(c) 6.74384 (d) 6.64474 (c) –210 (d) – 231
30. 1 + 3 + 7 + 15 + 31 + . . . to n terms = 39. The sum of three consecutive terms in G.P. is 14. If 1 is
(a) 2
n+1
–n (b) 2
n+1
–n–2 added to the first and the second term and 1 subtracted
n from the third, the resulting new terms are in A.P. Then the
(c) 2 – n – 2 (d) None
lowest of the original terms is
1 (a) 1 (b) 2
31. If nth term of a series is (n + 1) (n + 3) , then sum of infinite
(c) 4 (d) 8
2 2
terms of the series 40. If 5x – y, 2x + y, x + 2y are in A.P. and (x–1) , (xy + 1), (y+1)
(a) 3/2 (b) 1/2 are in G.P., x ¹ 0, then x + y =
(c) 5/2 (d) 5/12 3
(a) (b) 3
n n
4
32. Let årr =1
4
= f (n ), then å (2r - 1)
r =1
4
is equal to (c) –5 (d) none of these
2 2 2
41. Four distinct integers a, b, c, d are in A.P. If a + b + c = d,
(a) f (2n) – 16 f (n) (b) f (2n) –7 f (n) then a + b + c + d =
(c) f (2n – 1) –8( f (n) (d) none of these (a) 1 (b) 0
33. The sum of the n terms of the series (c) –1 (d) none of these
1 + (1 + 3) + (1 + 3 + 5) .... 42. The sum of n terms of the following series
2
2 1 + (1 + x) + (1 + x + x ) + . . . will be
2 é n (n + 1) ù
(a) n (b) ê ú
ë 2 û 1- xn x (1 - x n )
(a) (b)
1- x 1- x
é n (n + 1) (2n + 1) ù
(c) ê ú (d) none of these
ë 6 û n (1 - x ) - x (1 - x n )
(c) (d) none
34. Consider the sequence 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3 ... where n occurs n (1 - x ) 2
th
times. The number that occurs as 2007 term is
43. If the sum of n terms of G.P. is S, product is P and sum of
(a) 61 (b) 62 2
their inverses is R, then P =
(c) 63 (d) 64 (a) R/S (b) S/R
35. If p, q, r are in A.P., then pth, qth and rth terms of any G.P. (c) (R/S)
n
(d) (S/R)
n
are in
44. If x = 111 ... 1 (20 digits), y = 333...3 (10 digits) and z = 222...2
(a) A.P. (b) G.P.
x - y2
(c) H.P. (d) A.G.P. (10 digits), then =
z
36. If ln (x + z) + ln (x – 2y + z) = 2 ln (x – z), then x, y, z are in
(a) 1 (b) 2
(a) A.P (b) G.P
(c) H.P (d) none of these 1
(c) (d) 3
37. If a, b, c are three unequal numbers such that a, b, c are in 2
A.P. and b – a, c – b, a are in G.P., then a : b : c = 45. The largest positive term of the H.P., whose first two terms
(a) 2 : 3 : 5 (b) 1 : 2 : 4
2 12
(c) 1 : 3 : 5 (d) 1 : 2 : 3 are and is
5 23
2 2 2
38. If a, b, c are 3 positive numbers in A.P. and a , b , c are in
H.P., then 13
(a) (b) 6
(a) a = b = c (b) 2b = 3a + c 2
1/ 2 15
æ ac ö
2 (c) (d) 8
(c) b = ç ÷ (d) None 2
è8ø
46. If a, b, c are in H.P., then which one of the following is true Assertion & Reason
1 1 1 ac Use the following codes to answer the questions

(a) + = (b) =b
b-a b-c b a+c
(A) If both ASSERTION and REASON are correct and reason
is the correct explanation of ASSERTION.
b+a b+c
(c) + =1 (d) None (B) If both ASSERTION and REASON are true but and
b-a b-c
REASON is not the correct explanation of ASSERTION.
¥ n (C) If ASSERTION is true but REASON is false.
47. å equals to:
n =1 4n4 + 1 (D) If ASSERTION is false but REASON is true.
(a) 0 (b) 1 (E) If ASSERTION and REASON are both false.
(c) ¥ (d) 1/4 54. Assertion : There exists an A.P. whose three terms are
a 1 2 2 , 3 , 5.
48. If a, b, c are in A.P., then , , are in
bc c b
Reason : There exists distinct real numbers p, q, r satisfying
(a) A.P. (b) G.P.
(c) H.P. (d) None 2 = A + (p – 1) d, 3 = A + (q – 1) d,
Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option] 5 = A + (r – 1) d.
49. If the first two terms of a progression are log2 256 and (a) A (b) B (c) C
log3 81 respectively, then which of the following statements (d) D (e) E
are true : 55. Assertion : If all terms of a series with positive terms are
(a) If third term is log4 16, then the terms are in G.P. smaller than 10–5, then the sum of the series upto infinity
(b) If third term is 2 log6 1, then the terms are in A.P. will be finite.
2 n
(c) If third term is log2 16, then the terms are in H.P.. Reason : If Sn < then nlim S is finite.
®¥ n
3 105
(d) If the third term is log2 8, then terms are in A.P. (a) A (b) B (c) C
50. If the first and the (2n – 1) th term of an AP, GP and HP are (d) D (e) E
equal and their nth terms are a, b and c respectively, then 56. Assertion : If three positive numbers in G.P. represent sides
which of the following may be correct. of a triangle, then the common ratio of the G.P. must lie
(a) a = b = c (b) a ³ b ³ c
5 -1 5 +1
(c) a + c = b
2
(d) ac – b = 0 between and .
2 2
Reason : Three positive real numbers can form sides of a
51. Two consecutive numbers from 1, 2, 3 .... n are removed. triangle if sum of any two is greater than the third.
(a) A (b) B (c) C
105
The arithmetic mean of remaining n – 2 numbers is .
4 (d) D (e) E
Then n must be 57. Assertion : The sum of an infinite A.G.P.
52. The value of n for which a + (a + d) x + (a + 2d) x2 + (a + 3d) x3 +.........., where
1.21 + 2.22 + 3.23 + .......+ n.2n = 2n + 10 + 2, is | x | < 1 always exist.
Reason : The sum of the infinite series
15
1 1 1 135
53. If Sn = - + then åSn = , then the a + ar + ar2 + ......... converges if | r | < 1.
2n n + 1 2(n + 2) n =1 k
(a) A (b) B (c) C
numerical quantity k must be
(d) D (e) E
Match the Following 59. Column I consist of progression which roots of equation
ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = 0 form and column II consist of
relation between a,b,c,d
Column - I Column - II
Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds 3 3
to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option (I) AP (P) b d=ac
3 2 3
corresponding to the correct matching. (II) GP (Q) 27ad =9bcd – 2c d
3 2
(II) HP (R) 2b – 9abc + 27a d = 0
58. Column I consist of some terms where a,b,c are in HP and
Column II consist of name of corresponding progression Which of the Following is Incorrect:
formed by terms in column I. (a) I – R (b) II – P
Column - I Column - II (c) III – Q (d) I – Q
a b c Text
(I) , , (P) HP
b+c-a c+a -b a +b-c 4 3 2
60. If the equation x – 4x + ax + bx + 1 = 0 has four positive
1 1 1 roots, then find a and b.
(II) , , (Q) GP
b-a b b-c 61. If a, b, c are different positive numbers prove that
4 4 4
a + b + c > abc (a + b + c).
b b b
(III) a - , , c - (R) AP 62. If x, y, z are positive real numbers satisfying the equation
2 2 2 2 2 2
x + 9y + 25z = 3xy + 15 yz + 5zx then find the progression
a b c of x, y and z.
(IV) , ,
b+c c+a a+b
14 2 4 34 n4
63. + +
Show that 1.3 3.5 5.7 + .... +
Which of the Following is Incorrect: 2n - 1 2n + 1
(a) I – P (b) II – Q
(c) III – Q (d) IV – P n 4n 2 + 6n + 5 n
= + .
48 16 2n + 1
1 2 3
64. Find the sum of the series + + + ... n terms
1.3 1.3.5 1.3.5.7
65. A sequence of real numbers a1, a2, a3, ..., an is such that
a1 = 0, |a2| = |a1 + 1|, |a3| = |a2 + 1|, ...., |an| = |an – 1 + 1|.
1æ n ö 1
Prove that ç å ai ÷ ³ - .
n è i=1 ø 2

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option]
æ pö tan 2 a is always greater
8. If a Î ç 0, ÷ then x2 + x +
1. If a, b, c and d are positive real numbers such that è 2ø x2 + x
a + b + c + d = 2, then M = (a + b) (c + d) satisfies the
relation : (2000) than or equal to : (2003)
(a) 0 < M < 1 (b) 1 < M < 2 (a) 2 tan a (b) 1
(c) 2 < M < 3 (d) 3 < M < 4 (c) 2 (d) sec2 a
2. Consider an infinite geometric series with first term a and
9. An infinite G.P. has first term ‘x’ and sum 5, then x belongs
common ratio r. If its sum is 4 and the second term is 3/4,
then : (2000) to : (2004)
(a) x < – 10 (b) –10 < x < 0
4 3
(a) a = , r = (b) a = 2, r = 3/8
7 7 (c) 0 < x < 10 (d) x > 10
(c) a = 3/2, r = 1/2 (d) a = 3, r = 1/4 10. a,b are roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0, a ¹ 0 and D = b2 – 4ac.
3. Let a, b be the roots of x2 – x + p = 0 and g, d be the roots If a + b, a2 + b 2 and a3 + b 3 are in G. P., then : (2005)
of x2 – 4x + q = 0 If a, b, g, d are in G. P., then the integer
(a) D ¹ 0 (b) bD = 0
values of p and q respectively are : (2001)
(a) –2, –32 (b) – 2, 3 (c) c D = 0 (d) bc ¹ 0
(c) –6, 3 (d) –6, –32 11. If the sum of first n terms of an A.P. is cn2, then the sum of
4. If the sum of the first 2n terms of the A.P. 2, 5, 8, ........ is squares of these n terms is : (2009)
equal to the sum of the first n terms of the A. P. 57, 59, 61
......... then n equals : (2001) 2 2 2 2
(a) n (4n - 1)c (b) n (4n + 1)c
(a) 10 (b) 12 6 3
(c) 11 (d) 13
2 2 2 2
5. Let the positive numbers a, b, c, d be in A. P. Then abc,
(c) n (4n - 1)c (d) n (4n + 1)c
abd, acd, bcd are : (2001) 3 6
(a) in H.P. (b) in A. P.
12. Let a1, a2, a3,... be in a harmonic progression with a1 = 5 and
(c) in G. P. (d) none of these
a20 = 25. The least positive integer n for which an < 0 is
6. If a1, a2 .......... an are positive real numbers whose product
is a fixed number c, then the minimum value of (2012)
a1 + a2 + ........ + an–1 + 2an is : (2002)
(a) 22 (b) 23
(a) n (2c)1/n (b) (n + 1)c1/n
(c) 24 (d) 25
(c) 2nc1/n (d) (n + 1) (2c)1/n
7. Suppose a, b, c are in A. P. and a2, b2, c2 are in G. P. 13. Let bi > 1 for i = 1, 2, …., 101. Suppose loge b1, loge b2, …..,
If a < b < c and a + b + c = 3/2, then the value of a is : loge b101 are in Arithmetic Progression (A.P.) with the
(2002) common difference loge 2. Suppose a1, a2, …, a101 are in
1 A.P. such that a1 = b 1 and a51 = b51. If t = b1 + b 2 + … + b51

1
(a) (b) and s = a1 + a2 + … + a51, then (2016)
2 2 2 3
(a) s > t and a101 > b101 (b) s > t and a101 < b101
1 1 1 1
(c) - (d) - (c) s < t and a101 > b101 (d) s < t and a101 < b101
2 3 2 2
Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option] b

21. Let a,b,c, be positive integers such that is an integer. If
a
4n k(k +1)
14. Let Sn = å (-1) 2 k 2 . Then, Sn can take value(s) a,b,c are in geometric progression and the arithmetic mean
1
a 2 + a - 14
of a,b,c is b + 2, then the value of is (2014)
(2013) a +1
(a) 1056 (b) 1088 22. Suppose that all the terms of an arithmetic progression
(c) 1120 (d) 1332 (A.P.) are natural numbers. If the ratio of the sum of the
first seven terms to the sum of the first eleven terms is 6 :
11 and the seventh term lies in between 130 and 140, then
2 3 n
the common difference of this A.P. is. (2015)
æ 3ö æ 3ö æ 3ö æ3ö
15. Let A n = ç ÷ - ç ÷ + ç ÷ + .... + ( -1)n -1 ç ÷ 23. The sides of a right angled triangle are in arithmetic
4 4
è ø è ø è ø 4 è4ø
progression. If the triangle has area 24, then what is the
Bn = 1 – An. Find a least odd natural number n0, so that length of its smallest side ? (2017)
Bn>An, " n ³ n0. (2006) 24. Let X be the set consisting of the first 2018 terms of the
16. Let Sk, k = 1, 2, .... 100, denote the sum of the infinite arithmetic progression 1, 6, 11, ...., and Y be the set
consisting of the first 2018 terms of the arithmetic
k -1
geometric series whose first term is and the common progression 9, 16, 23, ... . Then, the number of elements in
k!
the set X È Y is _______. (2018)
1 25. Let AP (a, d) denote the set of all the terms of an infinite
ratio is . Then the value of
k arithmetic progression with first term a and common
difference d > 0. If
1002 100 2
+ å | (k - 3k + 1) | Sk is... (2010)
100 ! k =2 AP (1,3) Ç AP (2,5) Ç AP(3, 7) = AP(a, d)
17. Let a 1 , a 2, a 3 ,..., a 11 be real numbers satisfying then a + d equals…….. (2019)

a1 = 15, 27–2a2 > 0 and ak = 2ak–1 – ak – 2 for k = 3, 4,..., 11. If 26. Let m be the minimum possible value of
2 2 2
a + a + ... + a
1 2 11 a1 + a 2 + ... + a11 log3 (3y1 + 3y2 + 3y3 ), where y1 ,y 2 ,y3 are real numbers
= 90, then the value of
11 11
for which y1 +y 2 +y3 =9. Let M be the maximum possible
is equal to ..... (2010)
18. Let a1, a2, a3,..., a100 be a non constant arithmetic progression value of (log3 x1 + log3 x2 + log 3 x3 ), where x1 , x2 , x3 are
p
positive real numbers for which x1 + x2 + x3 = 9. Then
with a1 = 3 and Sp = å a i , 1 £ p £ 100. For any integer n
i =1
the value of log 2 (m3 ) + log3 (M2 ) is ……….. . (2020)
Sm
with 1 £ n £ 20, let m = 5n. If does not depend on n, 27. Let a1 , a2 , a3 , ..... be a sequence of positive integers in
Sn
then a2 is ...... (2011) arithmetic progression with common difference 2. Also,
19. The minimum value of the sum of real numbers let b1 , b2 , b3 , ..... be a sequence of positive integers in
a–5, a–4, 3a–3, 1,a8 and a10 with a > 0 is ... (2011) geometric progression with common ratio 2. If a1 = b1 = c,
20. A pack contains n card numbered from 1 to n. Two then the number of all possible values of c, for which the
consecutive numbered card are removed from the pack equality
and the sum of the numbers on the remaining cards is
1224. If the smallest of the numbers on the removed cards 2 (a1 + a2 + .... + an ) = b1 + b2 + .... + bn
is k, then k – 20 is equal to (2013)
Holds for some positive integer n, is ………… . (2020)
Assertion & Reason Using the following passage, solve Q.32 to Q.34
(A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a Passage – 2

correct explanation for ASSERTION.
(B) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is not Let A1, G1, H1 denote the arithmetic, geometric and
a correct explanation for ASSERTION. harmonic means, respectively, of two distinct positive
(C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false. numbers. For n ³ 2, let An–1 and Hn–1 has arithmetic,
(D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true. geometric and harmonic means as An, Gn, Hn respectively.
28. Suppose four distinct positive numbers a1, a2, a3, a4 are in (2007)
G.P. Let b1 = a1, b2 = b1 + a2, b3 = b2 + a3 and b4 = b3 + a4. 32. Which one of the following statements is correct ?
Assertion : The numbers b1, b2, b3, b4 are neither in AP nor (a) G1 > G2 > G3 > ...
in G. P.
(b) G1 < G2 < G3 < ...
Reason : The numbers b1, b2, b3, b4 are in HP. (2008)
(a) A (b) B (c) G1 = G2 = G3 = ...
(c) C (d) D (d) G1 < G3 < G5 < ... and G2 > G4 > G6 > ...
Using the following passage, solve Q.29 to Q.31 33. Which of the following statements is correct ?
(a) A1 > A2 > ...
Passage – 1
(b) A1 < A2 < A3 < ...
Let Vr denote the sum of the first r terms of an arithmetic (c) A1 > A3 > A5 > ... and A2 < A4 < A6 < ...
progression (A.P.) whose first term is r and the common
(d) A1 < A3 < A5 < ... and A2 > A4 > A6 > ...
difference is (2r – 1). Let Tr = Vr+1 – Vr – 2 and Qr = Tr+1 – Tr
for r = 1, 2, ... (2007) 34. Which of the following statements is correct ?
29. The sum V1 + V2 + ... + Vn is : (a) H1 > H2 > H3 >...
1 1 (b) H1 < H2 < H3 < ...
(a) n (n + 1) (3n 2 - n + 1) (b) n (n + 1) (3n 2 + n + 2)
12 12 (c) H1 > H3 > H5 > ... and H2 < H4 < H6 <...
1 1 (d) H1 < H3 < H5 < ... and H2 > H4 > H6 >...
(c) n (2n 2 - n + 1) (d) (2n 3 - 2n + 3)
2 3 Text
30. Tr is always :
(a) an odd number (b) an even number 35. Let a 1, a 2, .... be positive real numbers in geometric
progression. For each n, let An, Gn, Hn be respectively, the
(c) a prime number (d) a composite number
arithmetic mean, geometric mean, and harmonic mean of
31. Which one of the following is a correct statement ?
a1, a2, ...., an . Find an expression for the geometric mean of
(a) Q1, Q2, Q3, ... are in A.P. with common difference 5 G1, G2,..., Gn in terms of A1, A2,..., An, H1, H2,..., Hn. (2001)
(b) Q1, Q2, Q3 ... are in A.P. with common difference 6
(c) Q1, Q2, Q3 ... are in A.P. with common difference 11
(d) Q1 = Q2 = Q3 = ...
SEQUENCE AND SERIES

STRAIGHT LINES
Chapter 04 124
STRAIGHT LINES
1. DISTANCE FORMULA æ ax + bx 2 + cx 3 ay1 + by 2 + cy 3 ö

Incentre, I º ç 1 , ÷ and
è a+b+c a +b+c ø
The distance between the points A(x1,y1) and B(x2,y2) is
2 2
Excentre (to A) I1
x1 - x 2 + y1 - y 2 .
æ - ax 1 + bx 2 + cx 3 - ay1 + by 2 + cy 3 ö
ºç , ÷ and so on.
2. SECTION FORMULA è -a +b+c -a +b+c ø
The P(x,y) divides the line joining A(x1,y1) and B(x2,y2) in NOTES :
the ratio m : n, then ;
(i) Incentre divides the angle bisectors in the ratio,
mx 2 + nx 1 my 2 + ny1
x= ;y= (b+c): a; (c+a) : b & (a+b) : c.
m+n m+n
(ii) Incentre and excentre are harmonic conjugates of each
NOTES : other w.r.t. the angle bisector on which they lie.
(iii) Orthocentre, Centroid & Circumcentre are always
(i) If m/n is positive, the division is internal, but if m/n is collinear & centroid divides the line joining orthocentre
negative, the division is external. & circumcentre in the ratio 2:1.
(ii) If P divides AB internally in the ratio m:n & Q divides AB (iv) In an isosceles triangle G, O, I & C lie on the same line
externally in the ratio m:n then and in an equilateral traingle, all these four points
P & Q are said to be harmonic conjugate of each other coincide.
w.r.t. AB. (v) Centroid divides median internally in ratio 2 : 1.
2 1 1 (vi) Area of a triangle is four times the area of the triangle
Mathematically, = + i.e. AP, AB & AQ are
AB AP AQ formed by joining the mid points of its sides.
in H.P.
(vii) Bisector of an angle of a triangle divides the opposite
(iii) If P is mid point of AB then coordinates of P will be side in the ratio of the sides containing the angle.
æ x1 + x2 y1 + y2 ö (viii) Circumcentre of a right angled triangle is mid point of
ç 2 , 2 ÷ø hypotaneous.
è
(ix) Orthocentre of a right angled triangle ABC, right
angled at A is A.
3. CENTROID, INCENTRE, EXCENTRE, CIRCUMCENTRE
& ORTHOCENTRE
4. AREA OF TRIANGLE
If A(x1, y1), B(x2,y2), C(x3,y3) are the vertices of triangle ABC,
If A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2), C(x3, y3) are the vertices of triangle
whose sides BC, CA, AB are of lengths a, b, c respectively,
ABC, then its area is equal to
then the co-ordinates of the special points of triangle ABC
are as follows :
x1 y1 1
1
æ x + x 2 + x 3 y1 + y 2 + y 3 ö DABC = x2 y 2 1 , provided the vertices are
Centroid, G º ç 1 , ÷ 2
è 3 3 ø x3 y3 1
STRAIGHT LINES
125
considered in the counter clockwise sense. x = X cosq – Y sinq

The above formula will give a (–)ve area if the vertices y = X sinq + Y cosq
(x1, y1), i = 1, 2, 3 are placed in the clockwise sense. X = x cosq + y sinq
Y = –x sinq + y cosq
NOTES :
Area of n-sided polygon formed by points NOTES :

(x1, y1); (x2, y2); ............(xn, yn) is given by : Formula can be remembered using this table:
1æ x1 x2 x2 x3 xn -1 xn xn x1 ö
ç + + ............ + ÷ x y
2è y1 y2 y2 y3 yn -1 yn yn y1 ø
X cos θ sin θ
Y – sin θ cosθ
5. SHIFTING OF ORIGIN
7. LOCUS
Origin is shifted to (h, k) without rotation of axes.
The curve traced by a point which move under given
conditions is called locus.
Steps to find equation of locus:
(i) Assume coordinates of moving point to be (h, k).
(ii) If required introduce parameters corresponding to
variability in the question.
(iii) Write the given conditions in mathematical form
involving h and k.
(iv) Eliminate the variables (Parameters) if any.
X = x – h and Y = y – k
(v) Replace ‘h’ by ‘x’ and ‘k’ by ‘y’ in the result obtained in
step iv. The equation thus obtained is equation of locus.
6. ROTATION OF AXES
Axes are rotated through an angle q about origin. 8. SLOPE FORMULA
If q is the angle at which a straight line is inclined to the

positive direction of x-axis, and 0° £ q <180°, q ¹ 90°, then
the slope of the line, denoted by m, is defined by
m = tan q. If q is 90°, m doesn’t exist, but the line is parallel
to the y-axis, If q = 0, then m = 0 and the line is parallel to the
x-axis.
If A(x1, y1) & B(x2, y2), x1 ¹ x2, are points on a straight
line, then the slope (m) of the line is given by :
æ y - y2 ö
m = çç 1 ÷÷
è x1 - x 2 ø
STRAIGHT LINES
126
9. CONDITION OF COLLINEARITY OF THREE (vii) Parametric form : P(r)= (x,y) = (x1 +r cosq, y1+r sinq) or
POINTS x - x 1 y - y1
= = r is the equation of the line in parametric
cos q sin q
Points A (x1,y1), B(x2,y2), C(x3,y3) are collinear if :
form, where ‘r’ is the parameter whose absolute value is the
æ y - y2 ö æ y 2 - y3 ö
(i) mAB = mBC = mCA i.e. ç 1 ÷÷ = ç ÷ distance of any point (x,y) on the line from fixed point (x1,y1)
çx -x ç ÷
è 1 2 ø è x 2 - x3 ø
on the line.
x1 y1 1 (viii) General Form : ax + by + c = 0 is the equation of a straight

(ii) Area of DABC = 0 i.e. x 2 y2 1 = 0 a
x3 y3 1 line in the general form. In this case, slope of line = - .
b
(iii) AC = AB + BC or any one side equals to the sum of other

two sides. 11. ANGLE BETWEEN TWO STRAIGHT LINES
(iv) A divides the line segment BC in some ratio. IN TERMS OF THEIR SLOPES
10. EQUATION OF A STRAIGHT LINE IN VARIOUS If m1 and m2 are the slopes of two intersecting straight
FORMS lines (m1m2 ¹ –1) and q is the acute angle between them,
(i) Point-Slope form : y – y1 = m(x – x1) is the equation of a m1 - m 2

then tan q = .
straight line whose slope is m and which passes through 1 + m1 m 2
the point (x1,y1).
(ii) Slope-Intercept form : y = mx + c is the equation of a straight
line whose slope is m and which makes an intercept c on NOTES :
the y-axis.
Let m1, m2, m3 are the slopes of three line L1=0; L2=0; L3=0
y - y1
(iii) Two point form : y - y1 = 2 (x – x1) is the equation of where m1> m2> m3 then the interior angles of the DABC found
x 2 - x1
by these lines are given by,
a straight line which passes through the points (x1,y1) &
(x2,y2) m1 - m2 m - m3 m - m1
tan A = ; tan B = 2 ; and tan C = 3
(iv) Determinant form : Equation of line passing through (x1,y1) 1 + m1m2 1 + m2 m3 1 + m3 m1
x y 1
x
and (x2,y2) is 1 y1 1 = 0 12. POSITION OF THE POINT (x1,y1) RELATIVE OF
x2 y2 1
THE LINE ax + by + c = 0
x y If ax1 + by1 + c is of the same sign as c, then the point (x1, y1)
(v) Intercept form : + = 1 is the equation of a straight line
a b lie on the origin side of ax + by + c = 0. But if the sign of
which makes intercepts a & b on OX & OY respectively. ax1 + by1 + c is opposite to that of c, the point (x1,y1) will lie
(vi) Perpendicular/Normal form : xcos a + y sin a = p on the non-origin side of ax + by + c = 0.
(where p > 0, 0 £ a < 2p) is the equation of the straight line
In general two points (x1,y1) and (x2,y2) will lie on same side
where the length of the perpendicular from the origin O on
the line is p and this perpendicular makes an angle a with or opposite side of ax+by+c=0 according as ax1+ by1+ c
positive x-axis. and ax2 + by2 + c are of same or opposite sign respectively.
STRAIGHT LINES
127
13. THE RATIO IN WHICH A GIVEN LINE DIVIDES c1 - c 2

ax + by + c2 = 0 is
THE LINE SEGMENT JOINING TWO POINTS a 2 + b2
Let the given line ax + by + c = 0 divides the line Coefficient of x & y in both the equations must be same.
segment joining A(x 1,y1) and B(x 2,y2) in the ratio m:n,
p1 p 2
m ax + by1 + c (iv) The area of the parallelogram = , where p1 and p2 are
then =- 1 . If A and B are on the same Sin q
n ax 2 + by 2 + c
side of the given line then m/n is negative but if A and
B are on opposite sides of the given line, then m/n is
positive.
14. LENGTH OF PERPENDICULAR FROM

A POINT ON A LINE
The length of perpendicular from P(x 1 ,y 1 ) on
ax 1 + by1 + c distance between two pairs of opposite sides and q is the

ax + by + c = 0 is 2 2
a +b angle between any two adjacent sides. Note that area of
the parallogram bounded by the lines y=m1x+ c1, y=m1x+c2.
and y = m 2 x + d 1 , y= m 2 x + d 2 is given by
15. REFLECTION OF A POINT ABOUT A LINE
(c1 - c 2 ) (d1 - d 2 )
(i) The image of a point (x1,y1) about the line ax + by + c = 0 is : m1 - m 2
x - x1 y - y1 æ ax + by + c ö
= = -2 ç 1 2 1 2 ÷
a b è a +b ø 17. PERPENDICULAR LINES
(ii) Similarly foot of the perpendicular from a point on the (i) When two lines of slopes m1 & m2 are at right angles, the
line is :
product of their slope is –1 i.e., m1m2 = –1. Thus any line
x - x1 y - y1 -(ax1 + by1 + c) perpendicular to y = mx + c is of the form.
= =
a b a 2 + b2
1
y= – x + d, where d is any parameter..
m
16. PARALLEL LINES
(ii) Two lines ax + by + c = 0 and a´x + bý+ c´ = 0 are
(i) When two straight lines are parallel their slopes are equal. perpendicular if aa’ + bb’ = 0. Thus any line perpendicular
Thus any line parallel to y = mx + c is of the type to ax + by + c = 0 is of the form bx – ay + k = 0, where k is any
y = mx + d, where d is parameter.
parameter.
(ii) Two lines ax+ by+ c=0 and a´x +bý +c´ = 0 are parallel if :
a b c
= ¹
18. STRAIGHT LINES MAKING ANGLE
a´ b´ c´ a WITH GIVEN LINE
Thus any line parallel to ax+ by+ c =0 is of the type
ax+ by+ k =0, where k is a parameter. The equation of lines passing through point (x 1,y 1 )
(iii) The distance between two parallel lines with equations and making angle a with the line y = mx + c are given
ax + by+ c1 =0 and by (y – y 1) = tan (q – a) (x – x 1)
& (y – y 1) = tan (q + a)(x – x 1), where tan q = m.
STRAIGHT LINES
128
(i) If q be the angle between one of the lines & one of the
19. CONDITION OF CONCURRENCY
bisectors, find tan q. if |tan q| <1, then 2q < 90° so this
Three lines a 1 x+ b 1 y+ c 1 =0, a 2 x+ b 2 y+ c 2 =0 and bisector is the acute angle bisector. if |tan q| >1, then we get
a3x+ b3y+ c3=0 are concurrent if the bisector to be the obtuse angle bisector
(ii) Let L1=0 & L2=0 are the given lines & u1=0 and u2=0 are
a1 b1 c1 bisectors between L1=0 and L2=0. Take a point P on any
a2 b2 c2 = 0 one of the lines L1=0 or L2=0 and drop perpendicular on
u1=0 and u2=0 as shown. If.
a3 b3 c3
| p | < | q | Þ u1 is the acute angle bisector.
Alternatively : If three constants A, B and C (not all zero) | p | > | q | Þ u1 is the obtuse angle bisector.
can be found such that A (a1x +b1y +c1) + B (a2x + b2y +c2)
| p | = | q | Þ the lines L1 and L2 are perpendicular.
+ C (a3x +b3y + c3) º 0, then the three straight lines are
concurrent. (iii) If aa´+ bb´ < 0, then the equation of the bisector of acute
angle is
20. BISECTOR OF THE ANGLES BETWEEN ax + by + c a´x + b´ y + c´

=+
TWO LINES 2
a +b 2
a´2 + b´2
Equations of the bisectors of angles between the lines If, however, aa´ + bb´ > 0, then the equation of the bisector
ax + by + c = 0 and a´x+ bý+ c´ =0 (ab’ ¹ a’ b) are : of acute angle is :
ax + by + c a´x + bý + c´ ax + by + c a´x + b´ y + c´

=± =–
2 2 2 2 2 2
a +b a´ + b´ a +b a´2 + b´2
The other equation represents the obtuse angle bisector in

NOTES : both cases.
Equation of straight lines through P(x1,y1) & equally inclined
with the lines a1x+ b1y+ c1=0 and a2x +b2y +c2=0 are those 22. TO DISCRIMINATE BETWEEN THE BISECTOR
which are parallel to the bisector between these two lines & OF THE ANGLE CONTAINING A POINT
passing throught the point P.
To discriminate between the bisector of the angle
containing the origin & that of the angle not containing the
21. METHODS TO DISCRIMINATE BETWEEN THE
origin. Rewrite the equation, ax + by + c = 0 & a´x + bý +
ACUTE ANGLE BISECTOR AND THE OBTUSE c´ = 0 such that the constant term c, c’ are positive. Then ;
ANGLE BISECTOR
ax + by + c a´x + b´ y + c´
=+ gives the equation of the
2 2
a +b a´2 + b´2
bisector of the angle containing origin and
ax + by + c a´x + b´ y + c´
=- gives the equation of the
2 2
a +b a´2 + b´2
bisector of the angle not containing the origin. In general
equation of the bisector which contains the point (a, b) is.
ax + by + c a´x + b´ y + c´ ax + by + c a´x + b´ y + c´
= or =-
2 2 2 2 2 2
a +b a´ +b´ a +b a´2 +b´2
according as aa + bb + c and aá +b´b + c´ having same

sign or opposite sign.
STRAIGHT LINES
129
(ii) If y = m1x & y = m2x be the two equations represented by

23. FAMILY OF STRAIGHT LINES
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0, then;
The equation of a family of straight lines passing through
the points of intersection of the lines, 2h a
m1 + m2 = - and m1m2 =
L1 º a1x + b1y +c1=0 & L2 º a2x + b2y +c2=0 is given by b b
L1 + kL2 = 0 i.e.
(iii) If q is the acute angle between the pair of straight lines
(a1x + b1y +c1) + k(a2x + b2y +c2) =0, where k is an arbitrary represented by,
real number.
NOTES : 2 h 2 - ab
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 =0, then; tan q =
a+b
(i) If u 1= ax+by+c, u 2= a´x+bý+d, u 3 = ax+by+c´,
u4= a´x+bý+d´, then u1= 0; u2= 0; u3= 0; u4= 0; form a (iv) The condition that these lines are :
parallegoram
(a) At right angles to each other is a + b = 0 i.e.
co-efficient of x2 + co-efficient of y2 = 0
(b) Coincident is h2 = ab.
(c) Equally inclined to the axis of x is h =0 i.e. coeff. of xy = 0.
(v) The equation to the pair of straight lines bisecting the
angle between the straight lines,
The diagonal BD can be given by u2u3– u1u4=0 x 2 - y 2 xy

ax2 + 2hxy + by2 =0, is =
a -b h
Proof : Since it is a first degree equation in x & y, it is a
straight line. Secondly point B satisfies u2 = 0 and
u1 = 0 while point D satisfies u3 = 0 and u4 = 0. Hence the NOTES :
result. Similarly, the diagonal AC can be given by u1u2–
A homogeneous equation of degree n represents n
u3u4 = 0
straight lines passing through origin.
(ii) The diagonal AC is also given by u 1 + lu 4=0 and
u2+mu3 = 0, if the two equation are identical for some real
25. GENERAL EQUATION OF SECOND DEGREE
l and m.
REPRESENTING A PAIR OF STRAIGHT LINES
[For getting the values of l and m compare the coefficients
of x, y & the constant terms.] (i) ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 represents a pair of
straight lines if :
24. A PAIR OF STRAIGHT LINES THROUGH ORIGIN
a h g
(i) A homogeneous equation of degree two, ‘‘ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0’’
always represents a pair of straight lines passing through abc + 2fgh – af 2 – bg2 – ch2 = 0, i.e. if h b f =0
g f c
the origin, if :
(a) h2 > ab Þ lines are real and distinct.
(ii) The angle q between the two lines represented by a general
(b) h2 = ab Þ lines are coincident. equation is the same as that between two lines represented
(c) h2 < ab Þ lines are imaginary with real point of by its homogenous part only.
intersection i.e. (0,0)
STRAIGHT LINES
130
26. HOMOGENIZATION NOTES :
The equation of a pair of straight lines joining origin to the Equation of any curve passing through the points of
points of intersection of the line intersection of two curves C1=0 and C2=0 is given by
lC1 + mC2 =0 where l and m are parameters.
L º lx + my + n =0 and a second degree curve,
S º ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is
æ lx + my ö
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx ç ÷+
è -n ø
2
æ lx + my ö æ lx + my ö
2 f yç ÷ + cç ÷ =0
è -n ø è -n ø
The equation is obtained by homogenizing the equation of

curve with the help of equation of line.
STRAIGHT LINES 131
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example – 1 2 2
Now PQ = x 2 - x1 + y 2 - y1
Using distance formula show that the points
(–1, 2), (5, 0) and (2, 1) are collinear. = x 2 - x1
2
+ 0 = x 2 - x1
Sol. Let the given points (–1, 2), (5, 0) and (2, 1) be denoted by A,
B and C, respectively.
2 2
Now AB = 5 - -1 + 0- 2 = 36 + 4 = 2 10
2 2
BC = 2 - 5 + 1- 0 = 9 + 1 = 10
2 2
CA = -1 - 2 + 2 - 1
= 9 + 1 = 10
It is clear that BC + CA = AB.
Example – 3
Hence A, B and C are collinear.
Find a point on the line-segment joining points (0, 4) and
Example – 2 (2, 0) and dividing the line-segment (i) internally in ratio
2 : 3, (ii) externally in ratio 3 : 2.
Find the distance between P(x1, y1) and Q (x2, y2) when (i)
Sol. (i) Here the points are (0, 4) and (2, 0) and the division is
PQ is parallel to the y-axis. (ii) PQ is parallel to the
internal in the given ratio 2 : 3. From the figure the coordinates
x-axis.
of point P are
Sol. (i) In this case x1 = x2.
æ 2.2 + 3.0 2.0 + 3.4 ö æ 4 12 ö
Now PQ = x 2 - x1
2
+ y 2 - y1
2
ç 2 + 3 , 2 + 3 ÷ or ç 5 , 5 ÷
è ø è ø
2
= 0 + y 2 - y1 = y 2 - y1
(ii) Here the ratio is 3 : 2 and the division is external as

shown in figure.
From figure, the coordinates of point P are
(ii) In this case, y1 = y2 æ 3.2 - 2.0 3.0 - 2.4 ö

ç , ÷ or 6, - 8 .
è 3- 2 3- 2 ø
STRAIGHT LINES 132
Find the ratio in which the line joining (2, –3) and (5, 6) is The ends AB of a straight line segment of constant length
divided by (i) the x-axis, (ii) the y-axis. c slide upon the fixed rectangular axes OX and OY
Sol. Let P(x, y) divides the join of A(2, –3) and B (5, 6) in the ratio respectively. If the rectangle OAPB be completed, then
k : 1. show that the locus of the foot of perpendicular drawn
from P to AB is x2/3 + y2/3 = c2/3.
Sol. Let A º (a, 0), B º (0, b) then P º (a, b)
Since AB = c
a 2 + b2 = c
or a2 + b2 = c2 ... (1)
and let Q º (x1, y1)
æ 5k + 2 6k - 3 ö
The co-ordinates of P are ç , ÷
è k +1 k +1 ø
(i) Since P lies on x-axis, so y-co-ordinate is zero.

6k - 3 1
i.e., = 0, Þ 6k - 3 = 0 Þ k =
k +1 2
1
Hence P divides in the ratio :1 i.e., 1 : 2 internally..
2
(ii) Since P lies on y-axis, so x-co-ordinate is zero.
Q PQ ^ AB
\ slope of PQ × slope of AB = – 1
5k + 2 -2
i.e., = 0, Þ 5k + 2 = 0 Þ k =
k +1 5 æ b - y1 ö æ b - 0 ö
Þ çç ÷÷ ´ ç ÷ = -1
Hence P divides externally in the ratio 2 : 5. è a - x1 ø è 0 - a ø
Þ ax1 – by1 = a2 – b2 ... (2)

Example – 5
x y
Q Equation of AB is + =1
Find the equation of the locus of a point equidistant from a b
the points A(1, 3) and B(–2, 1).
x 1 y1
Sol. Let P(x, y) be any point on the locus and let A(1, 3) and B(– but Q lies on AB then + =1
a b
2, 1) be the given points.
Þ bx1 + ay1 = ab ... (3)
By the given condition.
From (2) and (3), we get
PA = PB
or PA2 = PB2 a3 b3
x1 = , y 1 =
a 2 + b2 a 2 + b2
or (x – 1)2 + (y – 3)2 = (x + 2)2 + (y – 1)2
or x2 + 1 – 2x + y2 – 6y + 9 (a 2 + b 2 )
Now, x 12 / 3 + y12 / 3 =
= x2 + 4 + 4x + y2 + 1 – 2y (a 2 + b 2 ) 2 / 3
or 6x + 4y = 5 = (a2 + b2)1/3 = c2/3 [from (1)]

2/3 2/3 2/3
which is the equation of the required locus that is a straight Hence required locus is x + y = c .
line.
STRAIGHT LINES 133
The slope of a line is double of the slope of another line. If If the angle between two lines is p/4 and slope of one of
tangent of the angle between them is 1/3, find the slopes the lines is 1/2, find the slope of the other line.
of the lines. Sol. If q be the acute angle between two lines with slopes, m1
Sol. Let the slopes of the two given lines be m and 2 m and q be and m2, then
the angle between them,
Then according to question m 2 - m1
tan q = ...(i)
1 + m1m 2
1
tan q =
3 1 p
Now m1 = , m2 = m and q =
Now, 2 4
Now from (i)
m - m1
tan q = 2
1 + m1 m 2 1 1
m- m-
p 2 2
tan = Þ 1=
1 2m - m 1 m - 2m 1
4 1+ m 1
or = or = 1+ m
3 1 + 2m 2 3 1 + 2m2 2 2
or 1 + 2m2 = 3m 1 + 2m2 = –3m

or 2m2 – 3m + 1 = 0 2m2 + 3m + 1 = 0 1 1
m- m-
Þ 2 = 1 or 2 = -1
or 2m2 – 2m – m + 1 = 0 1 1
1+ m 1+ m
2m2 + 2m + m + 1 = 0 2 2
or 2m(m – 1) –1 (m – 1) = 0
2m(m + 1) +1(m + 1) = 0 1
Þ m = 3 or m = -
3
or (m – 1) (2m –1) = 0
(m + 1) (2m +1) = 0 1
Hence, the slope of the other line is 3 or - .
3
1 1
or m = 1, m = m = -1, m = -
2 2 Example – 10
Hence, the slopes of the lines are
Without using the Pythagoras theorem, show that the
æ 1 ö æ -1 ö points (4, 4), (3, 5) and (–1, –1) are the vertices of a right
ç , 1÷ or ç , - 1÷ angled triangle.
è 2 ø è 2 ø
Sol. Let the vertices be A(4, 4), B(3, 5) and C(–1, –1).
Example – 8 5-4 1
Slope of AB, m1 = = = -1
3 - 4 -1
What are the slope of the lines whose inclinations from
positive direction of X–axis are :
-1 - 5 -6 3
(i) 60° (ii) 0° (iii) 150° (iv) 120° Slope of BC, m2 = = =
-1 - 3 -4 2
Sol. (i) Slope = tan 60° = 3
-1 - 4
(ii) Slope = tan 0° = 0 Slope of AC, m3 = =1
-1 - 4
1 Now m1m3 = –1 × (1) = –1
(iii) Slope = tan 150° = – cot 60° = - .
3 Thus AB ^ AC or Ð A = 90°.
Hence D ABC is a right angled triangle.
(iv) Slope = tan 120° = – cot 30° = – 3 .
STRAIGHT LINES 134
Using the concept of slope, show that (–2, –1), (4, 0) If the points (1, 1), (a, 0), (0, b) are collinear, show that
(3, 3) and (–3, 2), are vertices of a parallelogram.
1 1
Sol. Let A, B, C and D be the points (–2, –1), (4, 0) (3, 3) and + =1.
a b
(–3, 2), respectively. We have
Sol. As the points (1, 1), (a, 0) and (0, b) are collinear, area formed
by the triangle with these vertices is zero.
0 - -1 1
Slope of AB, = =
4 - -2 6; 1
i.e., [ 1 (0 – b) + a (b – 1) + 0 (1 – 0)] = 0
2
or, – b + ab – a = 0
3-0
Slope of BC, = = -3 ;
3- 4 - b ab a
or, + - =0
ab ab ab
3-2 1 [Dividing both sides by ab]
Slope of CD, = =
3 - -3 6
1 1
or, - +1- = 0
a b
2 - -1
Slope of DA, = -3 .
-3 - -2 1 1
or, + =1
a b
We note that the slope of AB and BC are different and
Example – 13
therefore points A, B and C are not collinear. Also, points A,
D and C are not collinear. Thus, the given points form a A straight line through the point (2, 2) intersects the lines
quadrilateral. 3x + y = 0 and 3x - y = 0 at the points A and B. The
equation to the line AB so that the DOAB is equilateral, is
(a) x – 2 = 0 (b) y – 2 = 0
(c) x + y – 4 = 0 (d) None of these
Ans. (b)
Sol. 3x + y = 0 makes an angle of 120º with OX
and 3x - y = 0 makes an angle 60º

with XO.
So the required line is y – 2 = 0
Example – 14
Determine the equation of the line passing through the

point (–1, –2) and having slope 4/7.
Also, the slope of AB = Slope of CD, i.e., AB is parallel to CD Sol. We are given that
and the slope of BC = Slope of DA, i.e., BC is parallel to DA. x1 = –1, y1 = –2 and m = 4/7
Thus, opposite sides of the quadrilateral ABCD are parallel.
Substituting these values in the point-slope form of the
Hence, the given four points constitute the vertices of a equation of a line, we get
parallelogram. y – (–2) = 4/7 [ x – (–1)]
or 7(y + 2) = 4(x + 1) or 7y = 4x –10
which is the required equation of the line.
STRAIGHT LINES 135
Example – 15 Let m be the slope of a line making an angle of 45° with AC
Find the equation of the line which satisfies the given 5

conditions : m-
Hence, tan 45° = 2
(i) Passing through (2, 2) and inclined to x-axis at 45° 5
1 + m.
(ii) Intersecting x-axis at a distance of 3 units to the left 2
of the origin with slope –2.
(iii) Intersecting the y-axis at a distance of 2 units above 5
the origin and making an angle of 30° with the m-
2 = ±1
positive direction of x-axis. Þ 5m
1+
Sol. (i) The slope of the given line = tan 45° = 1 2
The required equation of line is
Þ 2m – 5 = ± (2 + 5m)
y-2 Þ 2m – 5 = 2 + 5m
=1
x-2 Þ 3m = –7
Þy–2 = x – 2 Þ x – y = 0. Þ m = –7/3
(ii) Since the line intersects the x-axis at a distance of 3 and 2m – 5 = –(2 + 5m)
units to the left of the origin i.e., it passes through Þ 7m = 3
(–3, 0). Also its slope = –2 [Given]
Þ m = 3/7
The required equation of line is
Let slope of AD be –7/3.
y-0 Þ Slope of CD = 3/7
= -2
x - -3 Equation of AD is y – 4 = –7/3 (x – 3)
Þ y = –2(x + 3) Þ 2x + y + 6 = 0. Þ 7x + 3y – 33 = 0 ...(i)
(iii) Since the line intersects the y-axis at a distance of 2 Equation of CD is y + 1 = 3/7 (x – 1)
units above the origin i.e., it passes through (0, 2). Þ 3x – 7y – 10 = 0 ...(ii)
1 Solving (i) and (ii), we get
Also its slope = tan 30° = .
3
x y 1
The required equation of line is = =
-30 - 231 -99 + 70 -49 - 9
y-2 1
= -261 9
x -0 3 Þ x= =
-58 2
Þ 3y - 2 3 = x i.e., x - 3y + 2 3 = 0 .
-29 1
and y= =
Example – 16 -58 2
Two opposite vertices of a square are (3, 4) and (1, –1). æ9 1ö

Find the coordinates of the other vertices. Coordinates of D are ç , ÷
è2 2ø
Sol. Let squares has the vertices A(3, 4), B(x1, y1), C(1, –1) and
D(x2, y2). M is mid-point of BD and AC both
4 - -1 5 æ x1 + 9 / 2 y1 + 1/ 2 ö æ 3 + 1 4 + -1 ö
Slope of AC = = Hence ç , ÷=ç 2 , ÷
3 -1 2 è 2 2 ø è 2 ø
2x1 + 9 2y1 + 1 3
Þ = 2, =
4 4 2
–1 5
Þ x1 = , y1 =
2 2
æ -1 5 ö
Coordinates of B are ç , ÷
è 2 2ø
STRAIGHT LINES 136
Find the ratio in which the line segment joining the points The vertices of triangle PQR are P(2, 1), Q (–2, 3)
(2, 3) and (4, 5) is divided by the line joining the points (6,
and R(4, 5). Find equation of the median through the vertex
8) and (–3, –2).
R.
Sol. The equation of the line joining the points (6, 8) and
(–3, –2) is Sol. Given : P (2, 1), Q (–2, 3) and R (4, 5).
-2 - 8 Mid point of PQ is
y-8 = x -6
-3 - 6
æ 2 + -2 1 + 3 ö
10 ç , ÷ = 0, 2
Þ y -8 = x -6 è 2 2 ø
9
Þ 9y – 72 = 10x – 60
Þ 10x – 9y + 12 = 0 ...(i)
Let this line divided the join of (2, 3) and (4, 5) at the point P
in the ratio of k : 1.
Then the coordinates of P are
æ 4k + 2 5k + 3 ö
ç , ÷
è k +1 k +1 ø
Now the point P lies on the line (i),

Now we have to find the equation of median passing through
æ 4k + 2 ö æ 5k + 3 ö
i.e., 10. ç ÷ - 9ç ÷ + 12 = 0 R i.e., of line AR
è k +1 ø è k + 1 ø
Now equation of line in two-point form is
Þ 40k + 20 – 45k – 27 + 12k + 12 = 0
Þ 7k = –5
y 2 - y1
Þ k = –5/7 y - y1 = x - x1
x2 - x 1
5-2
Þ y-2 = x-0
4-0
3
Þ y-2= x-0
4
Þ 4y – 8 = 3x
Þ 3x– 4y + 8 = 0
Since the value of k is negative, the line is divided externally.
The required ratio is 5 : 7 externally.
STRAIGHT LINES 137
Example – 19
3h
Therefore, a= and b = 3k.
Find the equations of the lines which cut off intercepts on 2
the axes whose sum and product are 1 and –6, respectively. Now using intercept form, equation of the line AB is
Sol. Let the intercepts on x-axis and y-axis be a and b, respectively,
so that x y x y
+ =1 or + =1
a b 3h 3k
a+b=1 ...(i)
2
and ab = – 6 ...(ii)
Eliminating a from (i) and (ii), we get 2x y
+ =3
Þ 2
–b +b= –6 h k
Þ b2 – b – 6 = 0 2kx + hy = 3kh
(Required equation)
1 ± 1 + 24 1 ± 5
Þ b= =
2 2 Example – 21
i.e. either b = 3 Find the equation of a line which passes through the point
or b=–2 (–2, 3) and makes angle 60° with the positive direction of
when b = –2, a = 3 x-axis.
and when b = 3, a = –2. Sol. The equation of the line in symmetric form is
Thus, by the intercept form the equations of the lines are
x y x y
+ =1 or + =1
3 -2 -2 3
i.e., 2x – 3y – 6 = 0 or 3x – 2y + 6 = 0
Example – 20
Point R(h, k) divides a line-segment between the axes in

the ratio 1 : 2. Find the equation of the line.
y - y1 x - x1
Sol. As shown in the figure AB is the required line and A is =
sin q cos q
(a, 0) and B is (0, b). R divides AB in the ratio 1 : 2.
Substituting x1 = –2, y1 = 3 and q = 60°, we get
y-3 x - -2
=
sin 60° cos 60°
y-3 x+2
or =
3 1
2 2
2a + 0 2a or 3x - y + 3 + 2 3 = 0 .
Thus h = =
1+ 2 3
This is the required equation of the line.
2´0 + b b
and k= =
1+ 2 3
STRAIGHT LINES 138
Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the line Given the triangle with vertices A(10, 4), B(–4, 9),
segment joining the points A(2, 3) and B (6, –5). C(–2, –1). Find the equation of the altitude through B.
Sol. The slope of AB is given by Sol. The given vertices are A(10, 4), B(–4, 9), C(–2, –1).
é y 2 - y1 ù -1 - 4 -5 5
-5 - 3 Slope of AC = = =
m= = -2 ê U sin g m = ú -2 - 10 -12 12
6-2 ë x 2 - x1 û
The altitude through B is perpendicular of AC. Let m be the
The slope of a line ^ to slope of the altitude through B.
1 1 5 12
AB = - = Hence m ´ = -1 Þ m = -
m 2 12 5
The equation of the altitude through B(–4, 9) is
12
Let P be the mid-point of AB. Then the coordinates of P are y -9 = - x - -4
5
æ 2 + 6 3- 5ö [Using y – y1 = m(x – x1)]

ç , ÷ i.e., 4, - 1
è 2 2 ø Þ 5y – 45 = –12 x – 48
Thus, the required line passes through P(4, –1) and has Þ 12x + 5y + 3 = 0
slope 1/2. So its equation is
y + 1 = 1/2 (x – 4) Example – 25
The perpendicular from the origin to a line meets it at the

[Using y – y1 = m (x – x1)] point (–2, 9). Find the equation of the line.
Þ x – 2y – 6 = 0. Sol. The perpendicular from the origin O(0, 0) meets the line AB
at A(–2, 9)
Example – 23
Find the equation of the line passing through (–3, 5) and

perpendicular to the line through the points (2, 5) and
(–3, 6).
Sol. The required line passes through A(–3, 5) and is perpendicular
to the line through the points B(2, 5) and C(–3, 6).
6-5 1 9 9
m BC = =- Hence, m OA = =-
-3 - 2 5 -2 2
Slope of required line = 5. 2
Þ m AB =
Now equation of line in point-slope form is 9
y – y1 = m(x – x1) Now, equation of the line will be
y – 5 = 5(x + 3) 2
y -9 = x+2
y – 5 = 5x + 15 9
5x – y + 20 = 0. 2x – 9y + 85 = 0
STRAIGHT LINES 139
Find the equations of the straight lines passing through Find the equations to the straight lines passing through
the point (2, 3) and inclined at p/4 radians to the line the point (2, 3) and equally inclined to the lines
2x + 3y = 5. 3x – 4y – 7 = 0 and 12x – 5y + 6 = 0.
Sol. Let the line 2x + 3y = 5 make an angle q with positive Sol. Let m be the slope of the required line. Then its equation is
x–axis.
y – 3 = m (x – 2) ... (1)
2 It is given that line (1) is equally inclined to the lines

Then tan q = -
3
3x – 4y – 7 = 0 and 12x – 5y + 6 = 0 then
p 2 2
Now tan q.tan = - ´1 = - ¹ ± 1 æ 3 ö æ 12 ö
4 3 3 ç -m ÷ ç -m ÷
ç 4 ÷ = -ç 5 ÷
Þ
ç 1+ 3 m ÷ ç 1 + 12 m ÷
Slopes of required lines are ç ÷ ç ÷
è 4 ø è 5 ø
æ pö æ pö
tan ç q + ÷ and tan ç q - ÷
è 4ø è 4ø
æ 3 ö
ç slope of 3x - 4 y - 7 = 0 is ÷
ç 4 ÷
ç and slope of 12 x - 5y + 6 = 0 is 12 ÷
ç ÷
æpö æ 2ö è 5ø
tan q + tan ç ÷ ç- ÷ +1
æ pö è 4ø = è 3ø 1
\ tan ç q + ÷ = =
è 4ø æpö æ 2ö 5
1 - tan q tan ç ÷ 1 - ç - ÷ (1)
è4ø è 3ø
æ 3 - 4m ö æ 12 - 5m ö
Þ ç ÷=-ç ÷
è 4 + 3m ø è 5 + 12m ø
Þ (3 – 4m) (5 + 12m) + (4 + 3m) (12 – 5m) = 0

æpö æ 2ö
tan q - tan ç ÷ ç - ÷ -1
æ pö è 4 ø 3ø 63m2 – 32m – 63 = 0
and tan ç q - ÷ = = è = -5 Þ
è 4ø æpö æ 2ö
1 + tan q tan ç ÷ 1 + ç - ÷ (1) Þ (7m – 9) (9m + 7) = 0
è4ø è 3ø
9 7
\ m= ,-
\ Equations of required lines are 7 9
1 Putting these values of m in (1) we obtain the equations of

y-3 = ( x - 2) and y – 3 = – 5 (x – 2)
5 required lines as 9x – 7y + 3 = 0 and 7x + 9y – 41 = 0.
i.e., x – 5y + 13 = 0 and 5x + y – 13 = 0
STRAIGHT LINES 140
Find the distance of the point (2, 5) from the line

3p
3x + y + 4 = 0, measured parallel to a line having slope 3/4. A line through (2, 3) makes an angle with the negative
4
Sol. Let PQ be the distance of the given point P(2, 5) from the line direction of x–axis. Find the length of the line segment cut
3x + y + 4 = 0, measured parallel to a line having slope 3/4. off between (2, 3) and the line x + y – 7 = 0.
3 3p
Let tan q = . Sol. Q Line makes an angle with the negative direction of
4 4
x–axis.
p
\ Line makes an angle with the positive direction of
4
x–axis.
\ The equation of the line through (2, 3) in parametric
form is
As q lies in the first quadrant

We have sin q = tan q cos q
tan q 3/ 4 3
= = =
sec q 1 + 9 /16 5
1
and cos q = cos q. .sin q
sin q
x-2 y-3
4 3 4 = =r
= cot q sin q = ´ = æpö æpö
3 5 5 cosç ÷ sin ç ÷
è4ø è4ø
x - x1 y - y1
Using = =r, the equation of PQ is
cos q sin q x -2 y-3
= =r
i.e., 1 1 ... (1)
x -2 y-5 2 2
= =r
4/5 3/5
r r
\ x = 2+ and y = 3 +
4 3 2 2
or x = 2 + r, y = 5+ r
5 5
Let the line (1) meet the line x + y – 7 = 0 in P
æ 4 3 ö æ r r ö
Let the coordinates of Q be ç 2 + r, 5 + r ÷ \ Co-ordinates of P çç 2 + , 3+ ÷÷ lies on
è 5 5 ø è 2 2ø
This point lies on 3x + y + 4 = 0. x+y–7=0
4 ö æ 3 ö r r
æ then 2+ +3+ -7= 0
Þ 3ç 2 + r ÷ + ç 5 + r ÷ + 4 = 0 2 2
è 5 ø è 5 ø
Þ 3r = –15 2r
or =2
Þ r = –5 2
Required distance PQ = 5 units. or r= 2
AP = 2
STRAIGHT LINES 141
Two sides of a square lie on the lines x + y = 1 and Find the equations of straight lines through point (2, 3)
x + y + 2 = 0. What is its area? and having an intercept of length 2 units between the
Sol. Clearly the length of the side of the square is equal to the straight lines 2x + y = 3, 2x + y = 5.
distance between the parallel lines Sol. Given lines are parallel and distance between them < 2
x+y–1=0 ...(i) Given lines are
and x + y+ 2 = 0 ...(ii) 2x + y = 3 ... (1)
Now, distance between the parallel lines and 2x + y = 5 ... (2)
Equation of any line through (2, 3) is
0 -1 - 2 3 3 y – 3 = m (x – 2)
= = =
12 + 12 2 2
or y = mx – 2m + 3 ... (3)
Let line (3) cut lines (1) and (2) at A and B respectively.
3
Thus, the length of the side of the square is Solving (1) and (3), we get
2
æ 2m 6 - m ö
2 Aºç , ÷
æ 3 ö 9 è m+2 m+ 2ø
and hence its area = ç ÷ = .
è 2ø 2
and solving (2) and (3), we get
Example – 31
æ 2m + 2 m + 6 ö
Bºç , ÷
Find the distance between parallel lines : è m+2 m+2ø
(i) 15x + 8y – 34 = 0 and 15x + 8y + 31 = 0 According to question AB = 2
(ii) l(x + y) + p = 0 and lx + ly – r = 0 Þ (AB)2 = 4
Sol. (i) 15x + 8y – 34 = 0 2 2
æ 2 ö æ 2m ö
and 15x + 8y + 31 = 0 Þ ç ÷ +ç ÷ =4
èm+2ø èm+2ø
Now A = 15, B = 8, C1 = –34, C2 = 31
Þ 1 + m2 = m2 + 4m + 4 ... (4)
C1 - C2 Case I : When m is finite (line is not perpendicular to
Distance between parallel lines, d =
A 2 + B2 x–axis) then from (4).
1 = 4m + 4
-34 - 31 65
= = 3
15 + 82 17 m=-
2
\
4
(ii) l(x + y) + p = 0 Case II : When m is infinite (line is perpendicular to
x–axis) then from (4),
lx + ly – r = 0.
Now A = l, B = l, C1 = p, C2 = –r 1 4 4
2
+1 = 1+ + 2
m m m
C1 - C2
Distance between parallel line , d = 0+1=1+0+0
A 2 + B2
1 = 1 which is true
p+r p+r 1 p+r Hence m ® ¥ acceptable.
= = = .
l2 + l2 2l 2 l Hence equation of the required lines are
3 y-3
y - 3 = - ( x - 2) and = x -2Þx–2 =0
4 ¥
i.e., 3x + 4y = 18 and x – 2 = 0
STRAIGHT LINES 142
Example – 33 x2 (tan2 q + cos2 q) – 2xy tan q + y2 sin2 q = 0 ... (1)
Find the equation of the bisector of the obtuse angle and general equation of second degree
between the lines 3x – 4y + 7 = 0 and 12x + 5y – 2 = 0. ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 ... (2)
Sol. Firstly make the constant terms (c1 and c2) positive Comparing (1) and (2), we get
3x – 4y + 7 = 0 and –12x – 5y + 2 = 0 a = tan2 q + cos2 q
Q a1a2 + b1b2 = (3) (–12) + (–4) (–5) = – 36 + 20 = – 16 h = – tan q
\ a1a2 + b1b2 < 0 and b = sin2 q
Hence “–” sign gives the obtuse bisector. Let separate equation of lines of (2) are
y = m1x and y = m2x

(3x - 4 y + 7) (-12x - 5 y + 2)
\ Obtuse bisector is =- where m1 = tanq1 and m2 = tan q2
(3) 2 + (-4) 2 (-12) 2 + (-5) 2
2h 2 tan q
Þ 13 (3x – 4y + 7) = – 5 (–12x – 5y + 2) therefore, m1 + m 2 = - =
b sin 2 q
Þ 21x + 77y – 101 = 0
is the obtuse angle bisector. tan 2 q + cos 2 q

and m1 m 2 =
sin 2 q
Example – 34
The family of lines x (a + 2b) + y (a + 3b) = a + b passes through \ | m1 - m 2 |= (m1 + m2 ) 2 - 4m1m2

a fixed the point for all values of a and b. Find the point.
Sol. The given equation can be written as

4tan 2 θ 4 (tan 2 θ + cos 2θ)
Þ | tanθ1 - tanθ2 |= -
a (x + y – 1) + b (2x + 3y – 1) = 0 sin 4θ sin 2 θ
which is equation of a line passing through the point of
intersection of the lines x + y – 1 = 0 and 2x + 3y – 1 = 0.
2
= tan 2 q - sin 2 q (tan 2 q + cos 2 q)
The point of intersection of these lines is (2, –1). Hence sin 2 q
the given family of lines passes through the point (2, –1)
for all values of a and b. 2 sin q
= (sec 2 q - tan 2 q - cos 2 q)
sin 2 q
Example – 35
Show that the difference of tangent of the angles made by two 2 sin q 2
= (1 - cos 2 q) = sin q
straight lines x2 (tan2 q + cos2 q) – 2xy tan q + y2 sin2 q = 0 sin 2 q sin q
with theaxis of ‘ x’ is 2.
=2
Sol. The given equation is
STRAIGHT LINES 143

Cartesian system of rectangular coordinates in a plane 7. P and Q are points on the line joining A(-2, 5) and B(3, 1)
such that AP = PQ = QB then the mid point of PQ is -
1. Four points (0, -1), (6, 7), (-2, 3) and (8, 3) are the vertices of (a) (1/2, 3) (b) (-1/2, 4)
a
(c) (2, 3) (d) (1, 4)
(a) square
Centres of a triangle
(b) rectangle
(c) rhombus 8. If (1, 4) is the centroid of a triangle and two vertices are
(d) None of these. (4, –3) and (–9, 7), then third vertex is
2. The points A(2a, 4a), B(2a, 6a) and (a) (8, 7) (b) (7, 8)
(c) (8, 8) (d) (6, 8)
C(2a + 3 a, 5a)(a > 0) are the vertices of 9. The incentre of the triangle formed by the lines
(a) an equilateral triangle y = 15, 12y = 5x and 3x + 4y = 0 is
(a) (8, 1) (b) (–1, 8)
(b) an isosceles obtuse angled triangle
(c) (1, 8) (d) None of these
(c) a right-angled triangle
10. If orthocentre and circumcentre of a triangle are
(d) none of these. respectively (1, 1) and (3, 2), then the coordinates of its
3. The points (1, 1), (–2, 7) and (3, –3) centroid are
(a) form a right angled triangle æ7 5ö æ5 7ö
(a) ç , ÷ (b) ç , ÷
(b) form an isosceles triangle è 3 3ø è3 3ø
(c) are collinear (c) (7, 5) (d) none of these
(d) none of the above 11. If the vertices P, Q, R of a DPQR are rational points, which
of the following point(s) of the D PQR is not always
Section formula
rational?
4. The ratio in which the line segment joining the points (a) centroid (b) incentre
(3, –4) and (–5, 6) is divided by the x-axis, is (c) circumcentre (d) orthocentre
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 3 : 2 Locus and its equation
(c) 6 : 4 (d) none of these
12. The locus of a point which moves such that the line
5. A point which divides the joint of (1, 2) and (3, 4) externally segment having end points (2, 0) and (–2, 0) subtend a
in the ratio 1 : 1 right angle at that point
(a) lies in the first quadrant (a) x + y = 4 (b) x2 + y2 = 4
(b) lies in the second quadrant (c) x2 – y2 = 4 (d) none of these
(c) lies in third quadrant 13. If O is the origin and Q is a variable point on y2 = x. Find the
locus of the mid-point of OQ.
(d) cannot be found
(a) 2y2 = x (b) y2 = x
6. C is a point on the line segment joining A(–3, 4) and
(c) y2 = 2x (d) none of these
B (2, 1) such that AC = 2 BC then coordinates of C are
14. Let A(2, –3) and B(–2, 1) be vertices of a triangle ABC. If
the centroid of this triangle moves on 2x + 3y = 1, then the
æ1 ö æ 1ö
(a) ç , 2÷ (b) ç 2, ÷ locus of the vertex C is the line
è3 ø è 3ø
(a) 3x + 2y = 5 (b) 2x – 3y = 7
(c) (2, 7) (d) (7, 2) (c) 2x + 3y = 9 (d) 2x – 2y = 3
STRAIGHT LINES 144
15. If P º (1, 0), Q º (–1, 0) and R º (2, 0) be three given points, 23. Two points (a, 0) and (0, b) are joined by a straight line.
then the locus of the point S satisfying the relation SQ2 +
Another point on this line is
SR2 = 2SP2 is
(a) a straight line parallel to x-axis (a) (3a, –2b) (b) (a2, ab)
(b) a circle passing through the origin (c) (–3a, 2b) (d) (a, b)
(c) a circle with the centre at the origin
24. The equation of the line which passes through the point
(d) a straight line paralle to y-axis
(3, 4) and the sum of its intercept on the axes is 14 is
16. The locus of a point, whose abscissa and ordinate are
always equal is (a) 4x – 3y = 24, x – y = 7
(a) x + y = 0 (b) x – y = 0 (b) 4x + 3y = 24, x + y = 7
(c) x + y = 1 (d) x + y + 1 = 0
(c) 4x + 3y + 24 = 0, x + y + 7 = 0
17. The locus of the equation xy = 0 is
(d) 4x – 3y + 24 = 0, x – y + 7 = 0
(a) a straight line
(b) a pair of perpendicular lines 25. If the intercept made by the line between the axes is
(c) a hyperbola bisected at the point (x1, y1), then its equation is
(d) None of these
x y x y
18. The locus of the equation x2 – 5x + 6 = 0 is (a) + =2 (b) x + y = 1
x 1 y1 1 1
(a) the empty set
(b) a set containing two distinct points
(c) a pair of parallel lines x y 1
(c) + = (d) none of these
(d) none of these x 1 y1 2
Forms of equation of line

26. A straight line L is drawn perpendicular to the line 5x–y=1.
19. The equation of a line through the point (–4, –3) and parallel The area of the tr iangle fo r med b y the line L and
to x-axis, is co-ordinates axes is 5, then the equation of line, is :
(a) y = 3 (b) y = –3
(c) y = 0 (d) y = 4 (a) x + 5y = ± 5 (b) x + 5y = ± 2
20. A line has slope – 3/4, positive y-intercept and forms a
triangle of area 24 sq. units with coordinate axes. Then, (c) x + 5 y = ± 5 2 (d) none of these
the equation of the line is
(a) 3x + 4y + 24 = 0 (b) 3x + 4y – 24 = 0 27. If the foot of the perpendicular from the origin to a straight
(c) 3x + 4y – 25 = 0 (d) 3x + 4y + 25 = 0 line is at the point (3, –4). Then, the equation of the line is
21. The line joining two points A (2, 0); B (3, 1) is rotated (a) 3x – 4y = 25 (b) 3x – 4y + 25 = 0
about A in the anticlockwise direction through an angle of
15o. The equation of the line in the new position is : (c) 4x + 3y – 25 = 0 (d) 4x – 3y + 25 = 0
28. The length of the perpendicular from the origin to a line is

x - 3y - 2 = 0
(a) (b) x – 2y – 2 = 0
7 and the line makes an angle of 150° with the positive
(c) 3x - y - 2 3 = 0 (d) none direction of y axis. The equation of the line is :
22. The equation of the line which passes through the point
(a) 3x + y = 14 (b) 3x - y = 14
(1, –2) and cuts off equal intercept from the axes is
(a) x + y = 1 (b) x – y = 1
(c) 3x + y + 14 = 0 (d) 3x - y + 14 = 0
(c) x + y + 1 = 0 (d) x – y – 2 = 0
STRAIGHT LINES 145
29. A square of side a lies above the x-axis and has one vertex 35. The line passing through (1, 1) and parallel to the line
at the origin. The side passing through the origin makes an 2x – 3y + 5 = 0
æ pö (a) 3x + 2y = 5 (b) 2x – 3y + 1 = 0
angle a ç 0 < a < ÷ with the positive direction of x-axis.
è 4ø (c) 3x – 2y = 1 (d) 2x + 3y = 0
The equation of its diagonal not passing through the origin 36. A line passes through (2, 2) and is perpendicular to the
is line 3x + y = 3. Its y-intercept is
(a) y (cos a – sin a) – x (sin a – cos a) = a (a) –4 (b) 4/3
(b) y (cos a + sin a) + x (sin a – cos a) = a (c) –4/3 (d) None of these
(c) y (cos a + sin a) + x (sin a + cos a) = a 37. The equation of a line parallel to ax + by + c = 0 and
passing through the point (c, d) is
(d) y (cos a + sin a) + x (cos a – sin a) = a
(a) a (x + c) – b(y + d) = 0
30. Let P = (–1, 0), Q = (0, 0) and R = (3, 3 3) be three points.
(b) a (x + c) + b (y + d) = 0
The equation of the bisector of the angle PQR is
(c) a (x – c) + b (y – d) = 0
3 (d) none of these

(a) 3x + y = 0 (b) x + y=0
2 38. The equation of two straight lines through (7, 9) and making
an angle of 60° with the line x - 3 y - 2 3 = 0 is :
3
(c) x+y=0 (d) x + 3y = 0
2
(a) x = 7, x + 3y = 7 + 9 3
31. The perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining
(b) x = 3 , x + 3y = 7 + 9 3
P(1, 4) and Q(k, 3) has y-intercept – 4. Then, a possible
value of k is
(c) x = 7, x - 3 y = 7 + 9 3
(a) –4 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) –2 (d) x = 3 , x - 3 y = 7 + 9 3
32. If the straight line through the point P(3, 4) makes an angle
39. The equations of the lines through (–1, –1) and making
p angles 45° with the line x + y = 0 are
with x-axis and meets the line 12x + 5y + 10 = 0 at Q.
6 (a) x + 1 = 0, x – y = 0
Then the length of PQ is - (b) x – y = 0, y + 1 = 0
132 132 (c) x + y + 2 = 0, y + 1 = 0

(a) (b)
12 3 + 5 12 3 - 5 (d) x + 1 = 0, y + 1 = 0
40. The equation of two equal sides of an isosceles triangle are
132 7x – y + 3 = 0 and x + y –3 = 0 and its third side passes
(c) (d) None of these.
3 -5 through the point (1, –10). The equation of the third side is
33. The line passing through (0, 1) and perpendicular to the (a) x –3y – 31 = 0 but not 3x + y + 7 = 0
line x – 2y + 11 = 0 is (b) neither 3x + y + 7 = 0 nor x – 3y – 31 = 0
(a) 2x – y + 1 = 0 (b) 2x – y + 3 = 0 (c) 3x + y + 7 = 0 or x – 3y – 31 = 0
(c) 2x + y – 1 = 0 (d) 2x + y – 2 = 0 (d) 3x + y + 7 = 0 but not x – 3y – 31 = 0
34. If a line is drawn through the origin and parallel to the line 41. The image of the point (2, 1) with respect to the line mirror
x – 2y + 5 = 0, then its eq. is be (5, 2). Then the equation of the mirror is -
(a) x – 2y – 5 = 0 (b) 2x + y = 0 (a) 3x + y - 12 = 0 (b) 3x - y + 12 = 0
(c) x + 2y = 0 (d) x – 2y = 0 (c) 3x + y + 12 = 0 (d) 3x - y - 12 = 0
STRAIGHT LINES 146
42. The point (–1, 1) and (1, –1) are symmetrical about the line 50. The coordinates of a point on x + y + 3 = 0, whose
(a) y + x = 0 (b) y = x distance from x + 2y + 2 = 0 is 5 is equal to -
(c) x + y = 1 (d) none of these (a) (9, 6) (b) (-9, 6)
(c) (-9, -6) (d) None of these.
43. A ray of light along x + 3y = 3 gets reflected upon
51. Assuming that the line x – 3y + 4 = 0 is working as a mirror
reaching x-axis, the equation of the reflected ray is for the point (1, 2) then the coordinates of the image is
(a) y = x + 3 (b) 3y = x - 3 æ1 2ö æ2 3ö
(a) ç , ÷ (b) ç , ÷
è5 5ø è5 5ø
(c) y = 3x - 3 (d) 3y = x -1
æ3 6ö æ6 7ö
Angle between two lines (c) ç , ÷ (d) ç , ÷
è5 5ø è5 5ø
44. The lines 2x – 3y = 5 and 6x – 9y – 7 = 0 are 52. The co-ordinates of the foot of perpendicular from (a, 0)
(a) perpendicular a
on the line y = mx + are
(b) parallel m
(c) intersecting but not perpendicular
æ aö æa ö
(d) coincident (a) ç 0, - ÷ (b) ç , 0÷
è mø èm ø
45. The acute angle between the lines y = 2x and y = –2x is
(a) 45° (b) less than 60° æ aö
(c) ç 0, ÷ (d) None of these
(c) greater than 60° (d) None of these è mø
46. The sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a quadrilateral have the Family of lines
equations x + 2y = 3, x = 1, x – 3y = 4, 5x + y + 12 = 0
respectively, then the angle between the diagonals AC and 53. The equation of a line through the point of intersection of
BD is : the lines x – 3y + 1 = 0 and 2x + 5y – 9 = 0 and whose
(a) 60° (b) 45° distance from the origin is 5 is

(c) 90° (d) none of these (a) 2x + y – 5 = 0 (b) 2x – y + 5 = 0
(c) 2x + y – 10 = 0 (d) 2x – y – 10
Some formulae of a point and line
54. The equation of the straight line which passes through
47. If x + 2y = 3 is a line and A (–1, 3); B (2, –3); C (4, 9) are three the intersection of the lines x – y – 1 = 0 and
points, then : 2x – 3y + 1 = 0 and is parallel to x-axis, is
(a) A is on one side and B, C are on other side of the line (a) y = 3 (b) y = –3
(b) A, B are on one side and C is on other side of the line (c) x + y = 3 (d) none of these
(c) A, C are on one side and B is on other side of the line 55. The equation of the straight line which passes through
the point of intersection of the straight lines x + 2y = 5 and
(d) All three points are on one side of the line 3x + 7y = 17 and is perpendicular to the straight line
48. A non-horizontal line passing through the point (4, –2) 3x + 4y = 10, is
whose distance from origin is 2 units is (a) 4x + 3y + 2 = 0 (b) 4x – y + 2 = 0
(a) 3x + 4y – 10 = 0 (b) x + y – 2 = 0 (c) 4x – 3y – 2 = 0 (d) 4x – 3y + 2 = 0
(c) 4x + 3y – 10 = 0 (d) 2x + 3y – 2 = 0 56. A line passes through the point of intersection of the lines
49. The lines 8x + 4y = 1, 8x + 4y = 5, 4x + 8y = 3, 4x + 8y = 7 form a 100x + 50y – 1 = 0 and 75x + 25y + 3 = 0 and makes equal
intercepts on the axes. Its equation is
(a) rhombus (b) rectangle
(a) 25x + 25y – 1 = 0 (b) 5x – 5y + 3 = 0
(c) square (d) none of these
(c) 25x + 25y – 4 = 0 (d) 25x – 25y + 6 = 0
STRAIGHT LINES 147
57. For the family of straight lines bx + ay = ab, which one is 65. The locus represented by the point (x, y) with coordinates
not correct. x = 5 cos q + 3 sin q & y = 5 sin q – 3 cos q is x 2 + y 2 = l
(a) It will be x–axis if a ¹ 0, b = 0
then the value of l is
(b) It will represent concurrent lines passing through fixed
66. If A (–2, 1), B (2, 3) and C (–2, –4) are three points, then the
point (a, 0), a ¹ 0
(c) It will represent parallel lines if b/a is fixed, a ¹ 0 æaö
angle between BA and BC is tan -1 ç ÷ , then a =
(d) It will represent y–axis if a ¹ 0, b = 0 è3ø
67. Equation of a straight line passing through the origin and
Misc examples-lines
making with x–axis an angle twice the size of the angle
58. The lines x + y = |a| and ax – y = 1 intersect each other in the made by the line y = 0.2 x with the x–axis, is x = l y then
first quadrant. Then, the set of all possible values of a in the value of l is
the interval
68. A line is drawn through the points (3, 4) and (5, 6). If the
(a) (–1, 1] (b) (0, ¥)
line is extended to a point whose ordinate is –1, then the
(c) (1, ¥) (d) (–1, ¥) absolute value of abscissa of that point is
59. Let a, b, c and d be non-zero numbers. If the point of 69. The number of lines that are parallel to 2x + 6y – 7 = 0 and
intersection of the lines 4ax + 2ay + c = 0 and have an intercept 10 units between the coordinate axes is
5bx + 2by + d = 0 lies in the fourth quadrant and is
70. The equation of the base of an equilateral triangle is
equidistant from the two axes then :
x + y = 2 and the vertex is (2, –1). Length of its side is l then
(a) 3bc + 2ad = 0 (b) 2bc – 3ad = 0
1
(c) 2bc + 3ad = 0 (d) 3bc – 2ad = 0 equals
l2
Numerical Value Type Questions 71. The distance between the lines 5x – 12y + 65 = 0 and
5x – 12y – 39 = 0 is
60. If the distance between the points (x, 2) and (3, 4) is 2, then
the value of x is 72. The vertices of a triangle are (6, 0), (0, 6) and (6, 6). The
square of distance between its circumcentre and centroid
61. The x coordinate of point whose abscissa is equal to its
is
ordinate and which is equidistant from A (5, 0) and B (0, 3)
is 73. If the vertices of a triangle are (1, 2), (4, –6) and (3, 5), and
its area is A, find value of 2A
62. The y coordinate of point which divides the line segment
joining points A (0, 0) and B (9, 12) in the ratio 1 : 2, are 74. The area of triangle formed by the lines y = x, y = 2x and
y = 3x + 4 is
63. The ratio in which the line x + y = 4 divides the line joining
the points (–1, 1) and (5, 7) is 1: a then a = 75. If the points (a, –1), (2, 1) and (4, 5) are collinear. Then, the
value of a is
64. In a DABC, if A is the point (1, 2) and equations of the
median through B and C are respectively x + y = 5 and
x = 4, then x coordinate of B is
STRAIGHT LINES 148

1. The number of points, having both co-ordinates as 6. A ray of light is incident along a line which meets another
integers, that lie in the interior of the triangle with vertices line, 7x – y + 1 = 0, at the point (0, 1). The ray is then
(0, 0), (0, 41) and (41, 0), is: (2015) reflected from this point along the line, y + 2x = 1. Then the
(a) 820 (b) 780 equation of the line of incidence of the ray of light is :
(c) 901 (d) 861
(a) 41x – 38y + 38 = 0 (b) 41x + 25y – 25 = 0
8
2. The points æç 0, ö÷ , (1, 3) and (82, 30) : (c) 41x + 38y – 38 = 0 (d) 41x – 25y + 25 = 0
è 3ø 7. A straight line through origin O meets the lines 3y = 10 – 4x
(2015/Online Set–1) and 8x + 6y + 5 = 0 at points A and B respectively. Then O
divides the segment AB in the ratio :
(a) form an acute angled triangle.
(b) lie on a straight line
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 2
(c) form an obtuse angled triangle
(c) 4 : 1 (d) 3 : 4
(d) form a right angled triangle.
8. Let k be an integer such that the triangle with vertices
3. Two sides of a rhombus are along the lines, x – y + 1 = 0 (k, –3k), (5, k) and (–k, 2) has area 28 sq. units. Then the
and 7x – y – 5 = 0. If its diagonals intersect at (–1, –2), then orthocentre of this triangle is at the point: (2017)
which one of the following is a vertex of this rhombus ?
(2016) æ 1ö æ 3ö
(a) ç 2, - ÷ (b) ç1, ÷
è 2ø è 4ø
(a) (–3, –8) (b) æç 1 , - 8 ö÷
è 3 3ø æ 3ö æ 1ö
(c) ç1, - ÷ (d) ç 2, ÷
è 4ø è 2ø
æ 10 7 ö
(c) ç - , - ÷ (d) (–3, –9) 9. A square, of each side 2, lies above the x-axis and has one
è 3 3ø
vertex at the origin. If one of the sides passing through
4. If a variable line drawn through the intersection of the the origin makes an angle 30º with the positive direction
of the x-axis, then the sum of the x-coordinates of the
x y x y vertices of the square is : (2017/Online Set–2)
lines + = 1 and + = 1 , meets the coordinate axes
3 4 4 3
(a) 2 3 - 1 (b) 2 3 - 2
at A and B, (A ¹ B), then the locus of the midpoint of AB
is : (2016/Online Set–1) (c) (d)
3-2 3 -1
(a) 6xy = 7 (x + y)
10. A straight line through a fixed point (2, 3) intersects the
(b) 4(x + y)2 – 28(x + y) + 49 = 0 coordinate axes at distinct points P and Q. If O is the
(c) 7xy = 6 (x + y) origin and the rectangle OPRQ is completed, then the locus
(d) 14(x + y)2 – 97(x + y) + 168 = 0 of R is (2018)
5. The point (2, 1) is translated parallel to the line (a) 3x + 2y = 6xy (b) 3x + 2y = 6
L : x – y = 4 by 2 3 units. If the new point Q lies in the (c) 2x + 3y = xy (d) 3x + 2y = xy

third quadrant, then the equation of the line passing 11. In a triangle ABC, coordinates of A are (1, 2) and the
through Q and perpendicular to L is : equations of the medians through B and C are respectively,
(2016/Online Set–1) x + y = 5 and x =4. Then area of DABC (in sq. units) is :
(a) x + y = 2 - 6 (b) x + y = 3 - 3 6
(a) 12 (b) 4
(c) x + y = 3 - 2 6 (d) 2 x + 2 y = 1 - 6 (c) 5 (d) 9
STRAIGHT LINES 149
12. The sides of a rhombus ABCD are parallel to the lines, 17. Suppose that the points (h, k), (1, 2) and (- 3, 4) lie on the
x – y + 2 = 0 and 7x – y + 3 = 0. If the diagonals of the line L1. If a line L2 passing through the points (h, k) and
rhombus intersect at P(1, 2) and the vertex A (different
k
from the origin) is on the y-axis, then the ordinate of A is : (4, 3) is perpendicular on L1, then equals :
h
(8-04-2019/Shift-2)
5 7
(a) (b) 1
2 4 (a) (b) 0
3
7
(c) 2 (d) 1
2 (c) 3 (d) –
7
13. The foot of the perpendicular drawn from the origin, on
18. Slope of a line passing through P (2, 3) and intersecting
the line, 3x + y = l (l ¹ 0) is P. If the line meets x-axis at A
and y-axis at B, then the ratio BP : PA is: the line x + y = 7 at a distance of 4 units from P, is:
(2018/Online Set–2) (9-04-2019/Shift-1)
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 3 : 1
1- 5 1- 7
(c) 1 : 9 (d) 9 : 1 (a) (b)
1+ 5 1+ 7
14. A point on the straight line,3x + 5y= 15 which is equidistant
from the coordinate axes will lie only in : 7 -1 5 -1
(c) (d)
(8-04-2019/Shift-1) 7 +1 5 +1
(a) 4th quadrant
19. If the two lines x + a - 1 y = 1 and 2 x + a 2 y = 1
(b) 1st quadrant
(c) 1st and 2nd quadrants a Î R - 0,1 are perpendicular, then the distance of
(d) 1st, 2nd and 4th quadrants
their point of intersection from the origin is:
15. Let O(0, 0) and A(0, 1) be two fixed points. Then the locus
(9-04-2019/Shift-2)
of a point P such that the perimeter of DAOP is 4, is:
(8-04-2019/Shift-1) 2 5
(a) (b)
5 2
(a) 8 x 2 - 9 y 2 + 9 y = 18 (b) 9 x 2 - 8 y 2 + 8 y = 16
(c) 9 x 2 + 8 y 2 - 8 y = 16 (d) 8 x 2 + 9 y 2 - 9 y = 18 2 5
(c) (d)
5 2
16. Two vertical poles of heights, 20 m and 80 m stand apart
on a horizontal plane. The height (in meters) of the point 20. The region represented by | x - y |£ 2 and is
of intersection of the lines joining the top of each pole to bounded by a: (10-04-2019/Shift-1)
the foot of the other, from this horizontal plane is :
(a) square of side length 2 2 units
(8-04-2019/Shift-2)
(b) rhombus of side length 2 units
(a) 15 (b) 18
(c) square of area 16 sq. units
(c) 12 (d) 16
(d) rhombus of area 8 2 sq. units
STRAIGHT LINES 150
21. Lines are drawn parallel to the line 4 x - 3 y + 2 = 0 , at a 25. Let S be the set of all triangles in the xy-plane, each having
one vertex at the origin and the other two vertices lie on
3 coordinate axes with integral coordinates. If each triangle
distance from the origin Then which one of the
5 in S has area 50 sq. units, then the number of elements in
following points lies on any of these lines? the set S is: (09-01-2019/Shift-2)
(10-04-2019/Shift-2) (a) 9 (b) 18
(c) 36 (d) 32
æ 1 2ö
(a) ç - , ÷ (b) 26. Let the equations of two sides of a triangle be
è 4 3ø
3x - 2 y + 6 = 0 and 4 x + 5 y - 20 = 0. If the orthocentre
æ 1 2ö æ1 1ö of this triangle is at 1,1 , then the equation of its third
(c) ç - , - ÷ (d) ç , - ÷
è 4 3ø è 4 3ø side is: (09-01-2019/Shift-2)
22. A triangle has a vertex at (1, 2) and the mid points of the (a) 122y – 26x – 1675 = 0
two sides through it are (-1, 1) and (2, 3). Then the centroid (b) 122y + 26x + 1675 = 0
of this triangle is _____. (12-04-2019/Shift-2)
(c) 26x + 61y + 1675 = 0
æ 7ö (d) 26x – 122y – 1675 = 0
(a) ç1, ÷ (b)
è 3ø 27. A point P moves on the line 2 x - 3 y + 4 = 0 . If Q(1, 4)
and R(3, -2) are fixed points, then the locus of the
(c) (d)
centroid of DPQR is a line: (10-01-2019/Shift-1)
23. A straight line L at a distance of 4 units from the origin 3

makes positive intercepts on the coordinate axes and the (a) with slope (b) parallel to x-axis
2
perpendicular from the origin to this line makes an angle
of 60° with the line x + y = 0. Then an equation of the
(c) with slope (d) parallel to y-axis
line L is: (12-04-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 28. If the line 3x + 4 y - 24 = 0 intersects the x - axis at the

point A and the y - axis at the point B, then the incentre
(b) 3 +1 x + 3 -1 y = 8 2 of the triangle OAB , where O is the origin, is:
(c) (10-01-2019/Shift-1)
(a) (3, 4) (b) (2, 2)
(d) 3 -1 x + 3 +1 y = 8 2 (c) (4, 3) (d) (4, 4)
24. Consider the set of all lines px + qy + r = 0 such that 29. Two sides of a parallelogram are along the lines,
3 p + 2q + 4r = 0. Which one of the following statements and . If its diagonals intersect at (2, 4), then
one of the vertex is: (10-01-2019/Shift-2)
is true? (09-01-2019/Shift-1)
(a) (3, 5) (b) (2, 1)
æ3 1ö (c) (2,6) (d) (3, 6)
(a) The lines are concurrent at the point ç , ÷
è4 2ø 30. Two vertices of a triangle are (0, 2) and (4, 3). If its
(b) Each line passes through the origin orthocentre is at the origin, then its third vertex lies in
which quadrant? (10-01-2019/Shift-2)
(c) The lines are all parallel
(a) third (b) second
(d) The lines are not concurrent.
(c) first (d) fourth
STRAIGHT LINES 151
31. If in a parallelogram ABDC, the coordinates of A, B and 36. A triangle ABC lying in the first quadrant has two vertices
C are respectively (1, 2), (3, 4) and (2, 5), then the
as A(1, 2) and B (3,1). If ÐBAC = 90º , and
equation of the diagonal AD is: (11-01-2019/Shift-2) ar(DABC) = 5 5 units, then the abscissa of the vertex C
(a) 5 x - 3 y + 1 = 0 (b) 3x + 5 y - 11 = 0 is : (4-09-2020/Shift-1)
(c) 3x - 5 y + 7 = 0 (d) 3x + 5 y -13 = 0 (a) 1 + 5 (b) 1 + 2 5
32. If the straight line, 2 x - 3 y + 17 = 0 is perpendicular to

(c) 2 5 - 1 (d) 2 + 5
the line passing through the points (7, 17) and 15, b ,
37. If the perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining
then b equals : (12-01-2019/Shift-1) the points P(1, 4) and Q(k, 3) has y - intercept equal
to -4, then a value of k is: (4-09-2020/Shift-2)

33. If a straight line passing through the point P -3, 4 is
(a) –2 (b) 1
such that its intercepted portion between the coordinate
axes is bisected at P, then its equation is : (c) 2 (d) –4
(12-01-2019/Shift-2) 1 2
38. If the line, 2 x - y + 3 = 0 is at a distance and
(a) 3x – 4y + 25 = 0 (b) 4x – 3y + 24 = 0 5 5
(c) x – y + 7 = 0 (d) 4x + 3y = 0 from the lines 4 x - 2 y + a = 0 and 6 x - 3 y + b = 0,
34. The set of all possible values of q in the interval respectively, then the sum of all possible values of a and
b is (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
for which the points (1, 2) and (sin θ, cos θ) lies on the
39. If the lines x + y = a and x - y = b touch the curve
same side of the line x + y = 1 is : (2-09-2020/Shift-2)
y = x 2 - 3x + 2 at the points where the curve intersects
æ pö æ pö
(a) ç 0, ÷ (b) ç 0, ÷ a
è 3ø è 2ø the x - axis, then is equal to ____
b
(5-09-2020/Shift-2)
æ 3p ö æ p 3p ö
(c) ç 0, ÷ (d) ç , ÷
è 4ø è4 4 ø 40. A ray of light coming from the point 2, 2 3 is incident
at an angle 30° on the line x = 1 at the point A. The ray

35. If a DABC has vertices A(-1, 7), B(-7,1) and C(5, -5),
gets reflected on the line x = 1 and meets x - axis at the
then its orthocentre has coordinates :
point B. Then, the line AB passes through the point:
(3-09-2020/Shift-2)
(6-09-2020/Shift-1)
(a) (-3, 3)
æ 3 3ö
(b) ç - , ÷ æ 3ö
è 5 5ø (a) 4, - 3 (b) ç 4, - ÷
ç 2 ÷ø
è
3 3
(c) æç , - ö÷ (d) (3, -3)
æ 3ö
è5 5ø (c) 3, - 3 (d) çç 4, - ÷
è 2 ÷ø
STRAIGHT LINES 152
41. Let L denote the line in the xy-plane with x and y 46. Two sides of a parallelogram are along the lines
intercepts as 3 and 1 respectively. Then the image of the 4x  5y  0 and 7x  2y  0. If the equation of one of
point (-1,-4) in this line is : (6-09-2020/Shift-2) the diagonals of the parallelogram is 11x  7y  9, then
other diagonal passes through the point:
 11 28   8 29  (27-07-2021/Shift-2)
(a)  ,  (b)  , 
5 5  5 5 
(a) 1,3 (b) 1, 2 
 29 11  29 8
(c)  ,  (d)  ,  (c)  2, 2  (d)  2,1
 5 5  5 5
47. Let the equation of the pair of lines, y  px and y  qx,
42. The locus of mid points of the perpendiculars drawn from
can be written as  y  px  y  qx   0. Then the equation
points on the line x  2 y to the line x  y is :
of the pair of the angle bisectors of the lines
(7-01-2020/Shift-2)
x 2  4xy  5y 2  0 is: (25-07-2021/Shift-2)
(a) 2x – 3y = 0 (b) 3x – 2y = 0
(a) x 2  3xy  y 2  0 (b) x 2  3xy  y 2  0
(c) 5x – 7y = 0 (d) 7x – 5y = 0
43. Let two points be A(1, 1) and B(0, 2). If a point (c) x 2  3xy  y 2  0 (d) x 2  4xy  y 2  0
48. Let the points of intersections of the

P  x ', y ' be such that the area of PAB  5 sq. units
x  y  1  0, x  2y  3  0 and 2x  5y  11  0 are the
and it lies on the line, 3 x  y  4  0 , then the value of
mid points of the sides of a triangle ABC. Then the area of
 is: (8-01-2020/Shift-1) the triangle ABC is __________
(a) 4 (b) 1 (01-09-2021/Shift-2)
(c) –3 (d) 3 49. A man starts walking from the point P  3, 4  , touches
44. If C be the centroid of the triangle having vertices the x–axis at R, and then turns to reach at the point
 3,-11,3 and (2,4). Let P be the point of intersection Q  0, 2  . The man is walking at a constant speed. If the
of the lines x  3 y  1  0 and 3x  y  1  0 , then the man reaches the point Q in the minimum time, then
line passing through the points C and P also passes  2

50  PR    RQ 
2
 is equal to _______
through the point: (9-01-2020/Shift-1)
(01-09-2021/Shift-2)
(a) (–9,–7) (b) (–9,–6)
(c) (7,6) (d) (9,7) 50. Let A be a fixed point  0, 6  and B be a moving point
45. Consider a triangle having vertices A  2,3 , B 1,9  and  2t, 0  . Let M be the mid-point of AB and the
perpendicular bisector of AB meets the y  axis at C .

C  3,8  . If a line L passing through the circumcentre of
The locus of the mid-point P of MC is:
triangle ABC, bisects line BC, and intersects y-axis at
(27-08-2021/Shift-1)
 
point  0,  , then the value of real number  is (a) 3x 2  2y – 6  0 (b) 2x 2  3y – 9  0
 2
_____________ ? (20-07-2021/Shift-2) (c) 2x 2 – 3y  9  0 (d) 3x 2 – 2y – 6  0

STRAIGHT LINES 153
A -3, 1 56. The number of integral values of m so that the abscissa of

51. Let ABC be a triangle with and
point of intersection of lines 3x + 4y = 9 and y = mx + 1
p is also an integer, is : (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
ÐACB = q, 0 < q < . If the equation of the median
2
(a) 1 (b) 3
through B is 2x + y - 3 = 0 and the equation of angle
(c) 0 (d) 2
bisector of C is 7x - 4y - 1 = 0 , then tan q is equal to : 57. The equation of one of the straight lines which passes
(26-08-2021/Shift-1) through the point (1, 3) and makes and angle tan -1 ( 2)
52. Let A a, 0 , B b, 2b + 1 and C 0, b , b ¹ 0, b ¹ 1 be with the straight line, y + 1 = 3 2 x is :
points such that the area of triangle ABC is 1 sq. unit,
(18-03-2021/Shift-1)
then the sum of all possible values of a is:
(27-08-2021/Shift-2) (a) 4 2 x + 5y - 4 2 = 0
-2b 2 2b 2 (b) 4 2 x + 5y - (15 + 4 2) = 0

(a) (b)
b +1 b +1
(c) 5 2 x + 4y - (15 + 4 2) = 0
-2b 2b
(c) (d) (d) 4 2 x - 5y - (5 + 4 2) = 0
b +1 b +1
53. If p and q are the length of the perpendiculars from the 58. A man is walking on a straight line. The arithmetic mean
of the reciprocals of the intercepts of this line on the
origin on the lines xcosec a - y sec a = k cot 2a and
1
x sin a + y cos a = k sin 2a respectively, then k2 is equal coordinate axes is . There stones A, B and C are placed
4
to ? (31-08-2021/Shift-1)
at the points (1, 1), (2, 2) and (4, 4) respectively. Then
2 2 2 2
(a) p + 2q (b) 2p + q which of these stones is/are on the path of the man?
(24-02-2021/Shift-1)
(c) p 2 + 4q 2 (d) 4p 2 + q 2
(a) A only (b) All the three
54. Let A(–1, 1), B(3, 4) and C(2, 0) be given three points. A
(c) B only (d) C only
line y = mx, m > 0, intersects lines AC and BC at point P
and Q respectively. Let A1 and A2 be the areas of DABC 59. The image of the point (3, 5) in the line x - y + 1 = 0 , lies
and DPQC respectively, such that A1 =3A2, then the value on: (25-02-2021/Shift-1)
of m is equal to : (16-03-2021/Shift-2)
2 2
(a) x - 2 + y - 4 =4
(a) 2 (b) 1
2 2
4 (b) x - 2 + y-2 = 12
(c) (d) 3
15
2 2
(c) x - 4 + y - 4 =8
55. In a triangle PQR , the co-ordinates of the points P and
2 2
Q are (–2, 4) and (4, –2) respectively. If the equation of the (d) x - 4 + y+2 = 16
perpendicular bisector of PR is 2x - y + 2 = 0 , then the
60. The intersection of three lines x - y = 0, x + 2y = 3 and
centre of the circumcircle of the DPQR is :
2x + y = 6 is a : (26-02-2021/Shift-1)
(17-03-2021/Shift-1)
(a) Equilateral triangle (b) Right angled triangle
(a) (0, 2) (b) (–2, –2)
(c) Isosceles triangle (d) None of the above
(c) (1, 4) (d) (–1, 0)
STRAIGHT LINES 154

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 8. A variable straight line passes through a fixed point
(a, b) intersecting the co-ordinates axes at A and B. If ‘O’ is
1. The straight lines x + y = 0, 3x + y – 4 = 0, x + 3y – 4 = 0 form the origin then the locus of the centroid of the triangle
a triangle which is : OAB is:
(a) isosceles (b) equilateral
(a) bx + ay – 3xy = 0 (b) bx + ay – 2xy = 0
(c) right angled (d) none of these
(c) ax + by – 3xy = 0 (d) ax + by – 2xy = 0
2. If P (1, 2), Q (4, 6), R (5, 7) and S (a, b) are the vertices of a
9. Consider the straight line ax + by = c, where a, b, c Î R+
parallelogram PQRS,then:
this line meets the coordinate axes at A and B respectively.
(a) a = 2, b = 4 (b) a = 3, b = 4 If the area of the DOAB, O being origin, does not depend
(c) a = 2, b = 3 (d) a = 3, b = 5 upon a, b and c, then
3. The coordinates of the middle points of the sides of a (a) a, b, c are in AP (b) a, c, b are in GP
triangle are (4, 2), (3, 3) and (2, 2) then the coordinates of (c) a, b, c are in HP (d) none of these
its centroid are -
10. A line is drawn through the point A (p, q) in the direction
æ 7ö q to meet the line, ax + by + c = 0 in B, then | AB | =
(a) ç 3, ÷ (b) (3, 3)
è 3ø
ap + bq + c aq + bp + c
(c) (4, 3) (d) None of these. (a) (b)
a cos q + b sin q a cos q + bsin q
4. A triangle ABC with vertices A(–1, 0), B (–2, 3/4) and
C (–3, –7/6) has its orthocentre H. Then the orthocentre of ap + bq + c aq + bp + c
triangle BCH will be : (c) (d)
a sin q + b cos q a sin q + bcos q
(a) (–3 –2) (b) (1, 3)
(c) (–1, 2) (d) none of these 11. On the portion of the straight line, x + 2y = 4 intercepted
between the axes, a square is constructed on the side of
5. The orthocentre of the triangle ABC is ‘B’ and the
the line away from the origin. Then the point of intersection
circumcentre is ‘S’ (a, b). If A is the origin then the
of its diagonals has co-ordinates :
co–ordinates of C are :
(a) (2, 3) (b) (3, 2)
æa bö (c) (3, 3) (d) none
(a) (2a, 2b) (b) ç , ÷
è2 2ø
12. Two vertices of a triangle are (4, –3) and (–2, 5). If the
othocentre of the triangle is at (1, 2), then the coordinates
(c) æç a 2 + b 2 , 0 ö÷ (d) none of the third vertex are
è ø
(a) (33, 130) (b) (33, 26)
6. Given the points A (0, 4) and B (0,–4), the equation of the
locus of the point P (x, y) such that |AP – BP| = 6 is : (c) (–33, 26) (d) (33, –26)
(a) 9x2 – 7y2 + 63 = 0 (b) 9x2 – 7y2 – 63 = 0 13. Drawn from the origin are two mutually perpendicular straight
lines forming an isosceles triangle together with the straight
(c) 7x2 – 9y2 + 63 = 0 (d) 7x2 – 9y2 – 63 = 0
line, 2x + y = a. Then the area of the triangle is:
7. The points (–a, –b), (0, 0), (a, b) and (a2, ab) are
(a) collinear a2 a2
(a) (b)
(b) vertices of a rectangle 2 3
(c) vertices of a parallelogram

a2
(d) None of the above (c) (d) none
5
STRAIGHT LINES 155
14. If the sum of the distance of a point from two perpendicular 21. The equation of the line segment AB is y = x. If A and B lie
lines in a plane is 1, then its locus is : on the same side of the line mirror 2x – y = 1, the image of
(a) square (b) circle AB has the equation
(c) straight line (d) two intersecting line (a) x + y = 2 (b) 8x + y = 9
15. The area of the parallelogram formed by the lines (c) 7x – y = 6 (d) none of these
3x - 4y + 1 = 0, 3x - 4y + 3 = 0, 4x - 3y - 1 = 0 and
22. Given the family of lines, a (3x +4y +6) + b (x +y +2) =0. The
4x - 3y - 2 = 0, is
line of the family situated at the greatest distance from the
1 2 point P (2, 3) has equation :
(a) sq units (b) sq units
7 7 (a) 4x + 3y + 8 = 0 (b) 5x + 3y + 10 = 0
(c) 15x + 8y + 30 = 0 (d) none
3 4
(c) sq units (d) sq units 23. Let P = (1, 1) and Q = (3, 2). The point R on the x-axis such
7 7
that PR + RQ is the minimum is
16. The set of values of ‘b’ for which the origin and the point
(1, 1) lie on the same side of the straight line
æ5 ö æ1 ö
a2x + aby + 1 = 0 " a Î R, b > 0 are : (a) ç , 0 ÷ (b) ç , 0 ÷
è3 ø è3 ø
(a) b Î (2, 4) (c) b Î (0, 2)
(c) b Î [0, 2] (d) bÎ (2, ¥) (c) (3, 0) (d) none of these
17. The equations of three lines, AB, CD and EF are, 24. If sum and product of the slopes of lines represented by
(b – c) x + (c – a) y + (a – b) = 0, 4x2 + 2hxy – 7y2 = 0 is equal then h is equal to :
(c – a) x + (a – b) y + (b – c) = 0 and (a) –6 (b) –2
(a – b) x + (b – c) y + (c – a) = 0. (c) –4 (d) 4
Which one of the following inferences is correct. 25. Find the angle between the lines represented by the
(a) the lines are parallel to each other equation x2 – 2pxy + y2 = 0
(b) AB and BC are perpendicular to EF (a) sec–1 (p) (b) tan–1 (p)
(c) all the lines are coincident (c) cos–1 (p) (d) none of these
(d) the lines are concurrent 26. The distance between the lines represented by the
18. Given the four lines with the equations equation,
x + 2y – 3 = 0, 3x + 4y – 7 = 0,
x 2 + 2 2 xy + 2 y 2 + 4 x + 4 2 y + 1 = 0 is :
2x + 3y – 4 = 0, 4x + 5y – 6 = 0 then :
(a) they are all concurrent
4
(b) they are the sides of a quadrilateral (a) (b) 4
3
(c) only three lines are concurrent
(d) none of the above (c) 2 (d) 2 3
19. The bisector of the acute angle between the lines 27. Area of the quadrilateral formed by the lines | x | + | y | = 2 is :
3x – 4y + 7 = 0 and 12x + 5y – 2 = 0, is :
(a) 8 (b) 6
(a) 11x + 3y – 9 = 0 (b) 21x + 77y – 101 = 0
(c) 4 (d) none
(c) 11x – 3y + 9 = 0 (d) none of these
28. Find the condition that the pair of straight lines joining
20. The line x + 3y – 2 = 0 bisects the angle between a pair of
the origin to the intersections of the line y = mx + c and the
straight lines of which one has equation x – 7y + 5 =0. The
circle x2 + y2 = a2 may be at right angles.
equation of the other line is :
(a) 3x + 3y – 1 = 0 (b) x – 3y + 2 = 0 (a) 2a2 = c2 (1 + m2) (b) 2a2 = c2 (1 – m2)
(c) 5x + 5y – 3 = 0 (d) none (c) 2c2 = a2 (1 + m2) (d) 2c2 = a2 (1 – m2)

STRAIGHT LINES 156
29. The point (4, 1) undergoes the following three 34. The equations of the sides of a square whose each side is
transformations successively. of length 4 units and centre is (1, 1). Given that one pair of
(I) Reflection about the line y = x sides is parallel to 3x – 4y = 0.
(II) Transformation through a distance 2 unit along the (a) 3x – 4y + 11 = 0, 3x – 4y – 9 = 0, 4x + 3y + 3 = 0,
positive direction of x-axis. 4x + 3y – 17 = 0
p (b) 3x – 4y – 15 = 0, 3x – 4y + 5 = 0, 4x + 3y + 3 = 0,
(III) Rotation through an angle about the origin in the 4x + 3y – 17 = 0
4
counter clockwise direction. (c) 3x – 4y + 11 = 0, 3x – 4y – 9 = 0, 4x + 3y + 2 = 0,
Then, the final position of the point is given by the 4x + 3y – 18 = 0
coordinates. (d) none
æ 1 7 ö 35. The point (a2, a + 1) is a point in the angle between the

(a) ç , ÷ (b) - 2, 7 2 lines 3x – y + 1 = 0 and x + 2y – 5 = 0 containing the origin
è 2 2ø
if :
æ 1 7 ö (a) a > 1 or a < –3 (b) a Î (–3, 0) È (1/3, 1)
(c) ç - , ÷ (d) 2, 7 2
è 2 2ø (c) a Î (0, 1) (d) none of these
30. If A º (3, 4) and B is a variable point on the lines |x| = 6. If 36. The equation of the bisector of the angle between two
lines 3x – 4y + 12 = 0 and 12x – 5y + 7 = 0 which contains
AB £ 4 then the number of positions of B with integral
the points (–1, 4) is :
coordinates is
(a) 21x + 27y – 121 = 0
(a) 5 (b) 6
(c) 10 (d) 12 (b) 21x – 27y + 121 = 0
31. The graph of the function cos x cos (x + 2) – cos2 (x + 1) is (c) 21x + 27y + 191 = 0
(a) a straight line passing through (0, –sin21) with slope 2 -3x + 4 y - 12 12x - 5 y + 7
(d) =
(b) a straight line passing through (0, 0) 5 13
(c) a parabola with vertex (1, –sin2 1)
37. The base BC of a DABC is bisected at the point (p, q) and
æp 2 ö
the equation to the side AB and AC are px + qy = 1 and
(d) a straight line passing through the point ç , - sin 1÷
è2 ø qx + py = 1. The equation of the median through A is :
and parallel to the x-axis. (a) (p – 2q)x + (q – 2p)y + 1 = 0
32. The vertices of DOBC are respectively (0, 0), (–3, –1) and (b) (p + q) (x + y) – 2 = 0
(–1, –3). The equation of line parallel to BC and at a distance (c) (2pq – 1) (px + qy – 1) = (p2 + q2 – 1) (qx + py –1)
1/2 from O which intersects OB and OC is :
(d) none
(a) 2 x + 2 y + 2 = 0 (b) 2 x - 2 y + 2 = 0 38. The co-ordinates of a point P on the line 2x – y + 5 = 0 such
that |PA – PB| is maximum where A is (4, –2) and B is (2, –4)
(c) 2 x + 2 y - 2 = 0 (d) none of these
will be :
33. The acute angle between two straight lines passing (a) (11, 27) (b) (–11, –17)
through the point M(–6, –8) and the points in which the
(c) (–11, 17) (d) (0, 5)
line segment 2x + y + 10 = 0 enclosed between the
co-ordinate axes is divided in the ratio 1 : 2 : 2 in the direction 39. A light beam emanating from the point A(3, 10) reflects
from the point of its intersection with the x–axis to the from the straight line 2x + y – 6 = 0 and then passes through
point of Intersection with the y –axis is : the point B(4, 3). The equation of the reflected beam is :
(a) p/3 (b) p/4 (a) 3x – y + 1 = 0 (b) x + 3y – 13 = 0
(c) p/6 (d) p/12 (c) 3x + y – 15 = 0 (d) x – 3y + 5 = 0
STRAIGHT LINES 157
40. Let PQR be a right angled isosceles triangle, right angled 46. ABC is an equilateral triangle such that the vertices B and C
at P (2, 1). If the equation of the line QR is 2x + y = 3, then lie on two parallel lines at a distance 6. If A lies between the
the equation representing the pair of lines PQ and PR is parallel lines at a distance 4 from one of them, then the
length of a side of the equilateral triangle is
(a) 3x2 – 3y2 + 8xy + 20x + 10y + 25 = 0
(b) 3x2 – 3y2 + 8xy – 20x – 10y + 25 = 0 88
(a) 8 (b)
(c) 3x2 – 3y2 + 8xy + 10x + 15y + 20 = 0 3
(d) 3x2 – 3y2 – 8xy – 10x – 15y – 20 = 0

4 7
41. The difference of the slopes of the lines, (c) (d) none of these
3
x2 (sec2 q – sin2q) – 2xy tan q + y2 sin2 q = 0 is
(a) –2 (b) 1/2
(c) 2 (d) 1 47. Given two straight lines x – y – 7 = 0 and x – y + 3 = 0.
42. If pairs of straight lines, x 2 – 2pxy – y 2 = 0 and Equation of a line which divides the distance between
x2 – 2q xy – y2 = 0 be such that each pair bisects the angles them in the ratio 3 : 2 can be and || to them.
between the other pair then : (a) x – y – 1 = 0 (b) x – y – 3 = 0
(a) pq = – 1/2 (b) pq = – 2 (c) y = x (d) x – y + 1 = 0

(c) pq = – 1 (d) p/q = – 1 48. If the equation, 2x + k xy – 3y2 – x – 4y – 1 = 0 represents
2
a pair of lines then the value of k can be :

43. If q is the angle between the lines represented by
x2 – 3xy + ly2 + 3x – 5y + 2 = 0, where l is a real number, (a) 1 (b) 5
then cosec2 q equals : (c) –1 (d) –5
(a) 9 (b) 3
49. A is a point on either of two lines y + 3 | x |= 2 at a
(c) 10 (d) 100
4
distance of units from their point of intersection. The
n -1
2r 3
44. If a1, a2, a3, b1, b2, b3 are the values of n for which åx
r =0 co-ordinates of the foot of perpendicular from A on the
bisector of the angle between them are
n -1
r
is divisible by åx , then the triangle having vertices æ 2 ö
r =0 (a) çç - , 2 ÷÷ (b) (0, 0)
è 3 ø
(a1, b 1), (a2, b 2) and (a3, b 3) cannot be.
(a) an isosceles triangle æ 2 ö
(c) çç , 2 ÷÷ (d) (0, 4)
(b) a right angled isosceles triangle è 3 ø
(c) a right angled triangle
50. All the points lying on or inside the triangle formed by the
(d) an equilateral triangle points (1, 3), (5, 6) and (–1, 2) satisfy
45. A right angle triangle ABC having ‘C’ a right angle has (a) 3x + 2y ³ 0 (b) 2x + y + 1 ³ 0
AC = a and BC = b units. The points A and B slide along (c) 2x + 3y –12 ³ 0 (d) –2x + 11 ³ 0
the cartesian axes (A on x – axis and B on y – axis). Then 51. Equation of a straight line passing through the point
the locus of ‘C’ is : (4, 5) and equally inclined to the lines, 3x = 4y + 7 and
(a) by ± ax = 0 (b) ay ± bx = 0 5y = 12x + 6 is
(c) x2 + y2 = 0 (d) xy = ab (a) 9x – 7y = 1 (b) 9x + 7y = 71

(c) 7x + 9y = 73 (d) 7x – 9y + 17 = 0
STRAIGHT LINES 158
56. Assertion : The diagonals of parallelogram formed by

52. Let u º ax + by + a 3 b = 0, v º bx - ay + b3 a = 0, a,b Î R
the lines
be two straight lines. The equation of the bisectors of the
ax + by + c = 0, a´x + bý + c = 0,
angle formed by k1u – k2v = 0 and k1u + k2v = 0 for non zero
real k1 and k2 are : ax + by + c´ = 0, a´x + bý + c´ = 0
(a) u = 0 (b) k2u + k1v = 0 will be perpendicular if aa´ + bb´ = 0
(c) k2u – k1v = 0 (d) v = 0 Reason : The diagonals of rhombus are always
perpendicular.
x y x y
53. If + = 1 is a line through the intersection of + = 1 (a) A (b) B
c d a b
(c) C (d) D
x y
and + = 1 and the lengths of the perpendiculars 57. Assertion : The four straight lines given by
b a
12x2 + 7xy – 12y2 = 0 and 12x2 +7xy –12y2 –x +7y –1 =0 are
drawn from the origin to these lines are equal in lengths
the sides of a square.
then :
Reason : The lines represented by general equation of
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 second degree ax2 + 2 hxy + by2 + 2 gx + 2 f y + c = 0 are
(a) 2 + 2 = 2 + 2 (b) 2 - 2 = 2 - 2
a b c d a b c d perpendicular if a + b = 0.
(a) A (b) B
1 1 1 1
(c) + = + (d) none (c) C (d) D
a b c d
Match the Following
Assertion & Reason
to a correct matching. For each question, choose the
a correct explanation for ASSERTION.
option corresponding to the correct matching.
58. Column II contains value of k according to condition
given in Column I
54. Assertion : If (a 1x + b 1y + c1) + (a2x + b 2y + c2) Column–I Column–II
+ (a3x + b3y + c3) = 0, then lines
I. Origin and (k, 3) lie in the same (P) (–4, 3)
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0, a2x + b2y + c2 = 0, a3x + b3y + c3 = 0
angle formed by lines
cannot be parallel.
x – 2y + 3 = 0 and 2x + y + 5 = 0
Reason : If sum of three straight lines equations is
identically zero then they are either concurrent or parallel. II. Origin and (k, 3) lie in opposite (Q) (–¥, –4)
(a) A (b) B angles formed by lines
(c) C (d) D x – 2y + 3 = 0 and 2x + y + 5 = 0
55. Assertion : Each point on the line y – x + 12 = 0 is III. Origin and (k, 3) lie in adjacent (R) (3, ¥)
equidistant from the lines 4y + 3x – 12 = 0, angles formed by lines
3y + 4x – 24 =0.
x – 2y + 3 = 0 and 2x + y + 5 = 0
Reason : The locus of a point which is equidistant from
two given lines is the angular bisector of the two lines. Which of the following option is incorrect
(a) A (b) B (a) I ® R (b) I ® Q
(c) C (d) D (c) II ® Q (d) III ® P

STRAIGHT LINES 159
59. A line cuts x–axis at A and y–axis at B such that AB = l. Using the following passage, solve Q.63 to Q.65
Column II contain equation of locus of point given in
Column I Passage – 2
Column - I Column - II Let A (0, b), B (–2, 0) and C (1, 1) be the vertices of a
2 2 2
I. Circumcentre of triangle ABC (P) x + y =l /9 triangle then
2 2 2
II. Orthocentre of triangle ABC (Q) x + y = l /4 63. If I1 is the interval of values of b for which A is obtuse and
2 2
III. Incentre of the triangle ABC (R) x + y = 0 I2 be the interval of values of b for which A is largest angle
of DABC, then
IV. Centroid of the triangle ABC (S) y = x
(a) I1 = I2 (b) I1 is a subset of I2
Which of the following is incorrect
(c) I2 is a subset of I1 (d) None of these
(a) I ® Q (b) II ® R
64. Angle A of the triangle ABC will be obtuse if b lies in
(c) III ® R (d) IV ® P
æ 5ö
Using the following passage, solve Q.60 to Q.62 (a) (–1, 2) (b) ç 2, ÷
è 2ø
Passage – 1
æ 2ö æ2 ö
Let OX and OY be two fixed lines inclined at a constant (c) ç - 1, ÷ È ç , 2 ÷ (d) None of these
è 3ø è3 ø
angle a. A variable line cuts OX at P and OY at Q. From P
and Q perpendiculars PM and QN are drawn to OY and 65. All the values of b for which angle A of the triangle ABC is
OX respectively. largest lie in interval.
60. Let the axes be chosen as OX and OY. If OP = a, OQ = b,
then equation of PQ must be æ 2ö æ2 ö
(a) (–2, 1) (b) ç - 2, ÷ È ç , 1÷
è 3ø è3 ø
x y
(a) + =1
a cos a b sin a 2ö æ2
æ ö
(c) ç - 2, ÷ È ç , 6 ÷ (d) None of these
è 3 ø è 3 ø
x y
(b) + =1
a sin a b cos a
Text
x y 66. Let S be a square of unit area. Consider any quadrilateral

(c) + =1
a b which has one vertex on each side of S. If a, b, c and d
(d) None of these denote the length of the sides of the quandrilateral, prove
that 2 < a2 + b2 + c2 + d2 < 4.
61. The equation of MN must be
67. The co-ordinates of A, B, C are (6, 3), (–3, 5), (4, –2)
x y respectively. For any point P (x, y) find the ratio of the
(a) + =1
a cos a b sin a areas of the triangles DPBC and DABC
68. The vertices of a triangle are
x y
(b) + =1 [at1t2, a(t1 + t2)], [at2t3, a(t2 + t3)], [at3t1, a(t3 + t1)].
b cos a a cos a
Find the orthocentre of the triangle.
x y 69. One of the diameter of the circle circumscribing the
(c) + =1
a sin a b sin a rectangle ABCD is 4y = x + 7. If A and B are the points
(d) None of these (–3, 4) and (5, 4) respectively, then find the area of rectangle.
62. If PQ passes through a fixed point (h, k) then MN passes 70. The equation of the perpendicular bisectors of the sides
through a fixed point AB and AC of a triangle ABC are x – y + 5 = 0 and
(a) (k cos a, h sin a) (b) (k cos a, h cos a) x + 2y = 0, respectively. If the point A is (1, –2), find the
equation of the line BC.
(c) (k sin a, h cos a) (d) None of these.
STRAIGHT LINES 160
71. Find the equation of the line passing through the point 77. The orthocentre of the triangle formed by the lines
(2, 3) and making intercept of length 3 unit between the x + y = 1, 2x + 3y = 6 and 4x – y + 4 = 0 lies in quadrant
lines y + 2x = 2 and y + 2x = 5. number .....
72. For 0 £ q < 2p, if the point (2 cos q, 2 sin q) lies in the angle 78. The vertices of a triangle are A (–1, –7), B (5, 1) and
between the lines y = | x–2 | in which origin lies, then q lies C (1, 4). The equation of the bisector of the angle ÐABC
in the interval. is ....
73. Find the equation of the line which bisects the obtuse 79. Let the algebraic sum of the perpendicular distance from
angle between the lines x – 2y + 4 =0 and 4x – 3y + 2 =0. the points (2, 0), (0, 2) and (1, 1) to a variable straight line
74. Two sides of a rhombus lying in the first quadrant are be zero; then the line passes through a fixed point whose
given by 3x – 4y = 0 and 12x – 5y = 0. The length of the coordinates are ...
longer diagonal is 12. Find the equations of other two True/False
sides
75. The base of a triangle passes through a fixed point (1, 1)
x1 y1 1 a1 b1 1
and its sides are bisected at right angle by the lines
y2 – 8xy – 9x2 = 0. Find the locus its vertex x y2 1 = a 2 b2 1 ,
80. If 2 then the two triangles with
x3 y3 1 a 3 b3 1
Fill in the blanks
76. The set of all real numbers a such that a2 + 2a, 2a + 3 and vertices (x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3) and (a1, b 1), (a2, b 2),
a2 + 3a + 8 are the sides of a triangle is...... (a3, b3) must be congruent.
STRAIGHT LINES 161

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] p
6. Let 0 < a < be a fixed angle. If P = (cos q, sin q) and
2
1. Let PS be the median of the triangle with vertices
P (2, 2), Q (6, –1) and R (7, 3). The equation of the line Q = {cos (a - q), sin (a - q)}, then Q is obtained from P by
passing through (1, –1) and parallel to PS is : (2000) (2002)
(a) 2x – 9y – 7 = 0 (b) 2x – 9y – 11 = 0 (a) clockwise rotation around origin through an angle a
(c) 2x + 9y – 11 = 0 (d) 2x + 9y + 7 = 0 (b) anticlockwise rotation around origin through an angles a

(c) reflection in the line through origin with slope tan a
2. The incentre of the triangle with vertices (1, 3 ) , (0, 0)
(d) reflection in the line through origin with slope
and (2, 0) is : (2000)
a
tan
æ 3ö æ2 1 ö 2
(a) çç1, ÷
÷ (b) çç , ÷÷
è 2 ø è3 3ø 7. A straight line through the origin O meets the parallel lines
4x + 2y = 9 and 2x + y + 6 = 0 at points P and Q respectively.
Then the point O divides the segment PQ in the ratio :
æ2 3ö æ 1 ö
(c) ç , ÷ (d) çç1, ÷÷ (2003)
ç3 2 ÷ è 3ø
è ø
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 3 : 4
3. The number of integral values of m, for which the (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 3
x-coordinate of the point of intersection of the lines
8. Area of triangle formed by the lines x + y = 3 and angle
3x + 4y = 9 & y = mx + 1 is also an integer, is : (2001)
bisectors of the pair of straight lines x2 – y2 + 2y = 1 is
(a) 2 (b) 0
(2004)
(c) 4 (d) 1
(a) 2 sq. unit (b) 4 sq. unit
4. Area of the parallelogram formed by the lines
(c) 6 sq. unit (d) 8 sq. unit
y = mx, y = mx + 1, y = nx and y = nx + 1 equals :
9. Let O (0, 0), P (3, 4), Q (6, 0) be the vertices of a triangle
(2001) OPQ. The point R inside the triangle OPQ is such that the
triangles OPR, PQR, OQR are of equal area. The
m+n 2
(a) (b) coordinates of R are : (2007)
(m - n ) 2 m+n
æ4 ö æ 2ö
(a) ç , 3 ÷ (b) ç 3, ÷
1 1 è3 ø è 3ø
(c) (d)
m+n m-n
æ 4ö æ4 2ö
(c) ç 3, ÷ (d) ç , ÷
5. Let P = (–1, 0), Q = (0, 0) and R = (3, 3 3 ) be three points. è 3ø è3 3ø
Then, the equations of the bisector of the angle PQR is :
10. The locus of the orthocentre of the triangle formed by the
(2002)
lines (1 + p) x – py + p (1 + p) = 0,
3 (1 + q) x – qy + q (1 + q) = 0 and y = 0 where p ¹ q, is
(a) x+y=0 (b) x + 3 y = 0
2 (2009)
(a) a hyperbola (b) a parabola
3
(c) 3x + y = 0 (d) x + y=0 (c) an ellipse (d) a straight line
2
STRAIGHT LINES 162
11. A straight line L through the point (3, –2) is inclined at an Match the Following
angle 60° to the line 3x + y =1. If L also intersects the The question has two columns. Four options are given
x-axis, then the equation of L is (2011) representing matching of elements from Column-I and
(a) y + 3 x + 2 - 3 3 = 0 (b) y - 3 x + 2 + 3 3 = 0 to a correct matching. For question, choose the option
(c) 3 y - x +3 + 2 3 =0 (d) 3 y + x -3 + 2 3 =0 16. Consider the lines given by
12. For a > b > c > 0, the distance between (1, 1) and the point L1 : x + 3y – 5 = 0
of intersection of the lines ax + by + c = 0 and L2 : 3x – ky – 1 = 0
bx + ay + c = 0 is less than 2 2. Then, (2013) L3 : 5x + 2y – 12 = 0
Column II consist of value of k for conditions given in
(a) a + b – c > 0 (b) a – b + c < 0
Column I
(c) a – b + c > 0 (d) a + b – c < 0
Column I Column II
Numerical Value Type Questions I. L1, L2, L3 are concurrent if (p) k = –9
13. A straight line L with negative slopes passes through the 6

II. One of L1, L2, L3 is parallel (q) k = -
point (8, 2) and cuts the positive coordinate axes at points 5
P and Q. Find the absolute minimum value of OP + OQ, as to at least one of the other
L varies, where O is the origin. (2002)
two, if
14. For a point P in the plane, let d1 (P) and d2 (P) be the
distances of the point P from the lines x – y = 0 and 5
III. L1, L2, L3 form a triangle, if (r) k =
6
x + y = 0 respectively. The area of the region R consisting
of all points P lying in the first quadrant of the plane and IV. L1, L2, L3 do not form a triangle, if (s) k = 5
satisfying 2 < d1 (P) + d2 (P) < 4, is (2014) (2008)
Assertion & Reason Which of the following combination is incorrect?

(a) I ® s (b) II ® p,q
(A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a (c) III ® p (d) IV ® p,q,s
Using the following passage, solve Q.17 and Q.18
a correct explanation for ASSERTION. Passage
Consider the lines L 1 and L 2 defined by
L1 : x 2 + y - 1 = 0 and L2 : x 2 - y + 1 = 0
15. Line L1 : y – x = 0 and L2 : 2x + y = 0 intersect the line For a fixed constant l, let C be the locus of a point P such
L3 : y + 2 = 0 at P and Q, respectively. The bisector of the that the product of the distance of P from L1 and the
acute angle between L1 and L2 intersects L3 at R. distance of P from L2 is l2. The line y = 2x + 1 meets C at
two points R and S, where the distance between R and S
Statement I : The ratio PR : RQ equal 2 2: 5.
is 270 .
Because Let the perpendicular bisector of RS meet C at two distinct
Statement II : In any triangle, bisector of an angle divides points R’ and S’. Let D be the square of the distance
the triangle into two similar triangles. (2007) between R’ and S’. (2021)
(a) a (b) b 17. The value of l2 is _____.
(c) c (d) d 18. The value of D is _____.

STRAIGHT LINES 163
Text 20. A line is drawn passing through P (h, k) and parallel to

x–axis. If the area of triangle formed by this line and line
19. A straight line L through the origin meets the lines y = x and x + y = 2 is 4h2, then find the locus of P (h, k).
x + y = 1 and x + y = 3 at P & Q respectively. Through P and
(2005)
Q two straight lines L1 and L2 are drawn, parallel to
2x – y = 5 and 3x + y = 5 respectively. Lines L1 and L2
intersect at R. Show that the locus of R as L varies is a
straight line. (2002)
STRAIGHT LINES

Answer Key
CHAPTER -1 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAIN QUESTIONS
DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (a) 1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (d)
6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (d) 11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (d)
16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (d) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (-256) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (b) 21. (11.00) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (c)
26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (d) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (4) 31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (c)
36. (4) 37. (0) 38. (4) 39. (1.414) 40. (0) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (8.00) 40. (a)
41. (0) 42. (0.66) 43. (1) 44. (0.22) 41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (1.00) 45. (b)
45. (-3.75) 46. (0.67) 47. (1) 48. (0.67) 46. (c) 47. (a) 48. (18.00) 49. (66.00)
49. (0.8) 50. (395.92) 50. (c) 51. (c) 52. (324.00) 53. (1.00)
54. (c) 55. (a) 56. (c) 57. (d) 58. (d)
59. (2.00) 60. (1.00)

ANSWER KEY 165
CHAPTER -1 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (d) 1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (a)
6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (a,d) 15. (a,b,c)
16. (a,b) 17. (a,c) 18. (a,c) 19. (a,d) 20. (b,c) 16. (2) 17. (7) 18. (4.00) 19. (1210) 20. (b)
21. (a,d) 22. (a,c) 23. (a,c) 24. (a,b,c,d) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (b)
25. (b,c) 26. (a,b) 27. (a,b) 28. (b,c) 29. (1)
30. (4.5) 31. (9) 32. (1) 33. (-2) 34. (0)
35. (8) 36. (3) 37. (81) 38. (5) 39. (74)
40. (18) 41. (-1) 42. (99) 43. (1) 44. (-12)
45. (-2) 46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (b) 49. (a)
50. (a) 51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (b)
55. (c)
Answer Key
CHAPTER -2 COMPLEX NUMBERS

1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (b) 1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (d)
6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (a) 11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c)
16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (a) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (91) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (d) 21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (4.00)
26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (d) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b) 31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (c)
36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (d) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (48.00)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (a) 45. (b) 40. (3.00) 41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (310.00)
46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (b) 49. (b) 50. (b) 44. (10.00)45. (d) 46. (6.00) 47. (b) 48. (0.00)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (4) 54. (-2) 55. (0) 49. (a) 50. (4.00) 51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (c)
56. (0) 57. (-4) 58. (-2) 59. (3) 60. (1) 54. (c) 55. (a) 56. (d) 57. (1.00) 58. (c)
61. (3) 62. (6) 63. (1) 64. (1.5) 65. (17) 59. (1.00) 60. (5.00) 61. (6.00) 62. (c) 63. (c)
64. (13.00) 65. (6.00) 66. (98.00) 67. (b)
68. (c) 69. (d) 70. (a)

ANSWER KEY 167
CHAPTER -2 COMPLEX NUMBERS


1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (a)
6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (b) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (a)
16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (a) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (c)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (c) 20. (a,c,d) 21. (c,d) 22. (b,c,d) 23. (a,c,d) 24. (a,d)
26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (d) 25. (a,b,d) 26. (a,c,d) 27. (b,c) 28. (b,d) 29. (5)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (a,b,c) 30. (4) 31. (3.00) 32. (8.00) 33. (c) 34. (d)
35. (a,d) 36. (a,b,c) 37. (a,b,c) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (b)
38. (a,c,d)39. (a,b) 40. (a,c) 41. (b,c) 40. (c)
42. (a,b,c,d) 43. (a,b) 44. (2) 45. (12)
46. (2) 47. (1) 48. (2) 49. (1) 50. (4)
51. (1) 52. (4) 53. (1) 54. (8) 55. (a)
56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (d) 59. (d) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (b) 65. (c)
Answer Key
CHAPTER -3 SEQUENCE AND SERIES

1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (b) 1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (a)
6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b)
6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (b)
16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c) 25. (76.00)26. (660.00) 27. (a) 28. (d)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (c) 29. (c) 30. (a) 31. 3.00 32. (52.00)33. (d)
34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (c)
26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (b) 39. (c) 40. (c) 41. (28.00) 42. (303.00)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (a) 43. (d) 44. (b) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (b)
48. (b) 49. (a) 50. (4.00) 51. (c)
36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (b) 40. (d)
52. (39.00) 53. (b) 54. (b) 55. (d)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (a) 56. (a) 57. (d) 58. (b) 59. (d) 60. (b)
46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (c) 61. (d) 62. (d) 63. (5.00) 64. (a) 65. (d)
66. (c) 67. (c) 68. (1540.00) 69. (d)
51. (d) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (a)
70. (504.00) 71. (c) 72. (c) 73. (d)
56. (a) 57. (c) 58. (d) 59. (a) 60. (89)
74. (14.00) 75. (a) 76. (7.00) 77. (b) 78. (3.00)
61. (0) 62. (191) 63. (24) 64. (16) 65. (1) 79. (a) 80. (1251.00) 81. (d) 82. (b)
66. (3) 67. (8) 68. (12) 69. (3) 70. (1) 83. (a) 84. (a) 85. (d) 86. (7744.00)
87. (2021.00) 88. (a) 89. (a) 90. (a)
71. (2) 72. (3) 73. (5) 74. (9) 75. (34)
91. (d) 92. (a) 93. (d) 94. (305.00)
76. (53261) 77. (570) 78. (1) 79. (3.00) 95. (b) 96. (a) 97. (16.00) 98. (14.00) 99. (d)
80. (398.00) 100. (c) 101. (3.00) 102. (a) 103. (160.00)
104. (d) 105. (d) 106. (c) 107. (4.00)
108. (3.00) 109. (b) 110. (c) 111. (9.00) 112. (c)
113. (10.00)114. (d) 115. (a)
ANSWER KEY 169
CHAPTER -3 SEQUENCE AND SERIES


1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (b) 1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (a)
6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (a) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (a) 11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (a,d) 15. (7)
16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (a) 16. (3) 17. (0) 18. (9) 19. (8) 20. (5)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (a) 21. (4) 22. (9) 23. (6) 24. (3748)
26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (b) 25. (157.00) 26. (8.00) 27. (1.00) 28. (c)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (b) 29. (b) 30. (d) 31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (a)
36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (a) 1
34. (b) 35. G m = A1 A 2 ....A n H1 H 2 ....H n 2n
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (a) 45. (b)
46. (d) 47. (d) 48. (d) 49. (a,b,c)
50. (a,b,d)51. (50) 52. (513) 53. (544) 54. (d)
55. (e) 56. (a) 57. (a) 58. (b) 59. (d)
60. (a=6, b = -4) 62. (Harmonic progression)
1é 1 ù
64. = 1-
2 êë 1.3.5...(2n + 1) úû
Answer Key
CHAPTER -4 STRAIGHT LINES

1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c)
6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (a) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d) 11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (c)
16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (a) 21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (b, d) 24. (a) 25. (c)
26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (b) 31. (a) 32. (5.00) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (a)
36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (c) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (30.00) 39. (0.5)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (b) 40. (c) 41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (b)
46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (a) 50. (b) 45. (9.00) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (6.00)
51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (d) 49. (1250.00) 50. (b) 51. (a) 52. (a)
56. (c) 57. (d) 58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (3) 53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (b) 56. (d) 57. (b)
61. (4) 62. (4) 63. (2) 64. (7) 65. (34) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (c)
66. (2) 67. (2.4) 68. (2) 69. (2) 70. (1.5 )
71. (8) 72. (2) 73. (25) 74. (4) 75. (1)
ANSWER KEY 171
CHAPTER -4 STRAIGHT LINES

1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (a) 1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c)
6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (a)
6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b)
16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (c) 11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (18) 14. (6) 15. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (a) 16. (c) 17. (9.00) 18. (77.14) 20. y = ± 2x + 1
26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (b)
36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (d) 45. (a)
46. (c) 47. (a, b) 48. (a, d) 49. (a, b, c, d)
50. (a, b, d) 51. (a,c) 52. (a, d) 53. (a, c)
54. (c) 55. (a) 56. (d) 57. (b) 58. (b)
59. (c) 60. (c) 61. (b) 62. (b) 63. (b)
64. (c) 65. (c) 67. | x + y - 2 |

7
68. [–a, a (t1 + t2 + t3 + t1t2t3)] 69. 32 sq. unit
70. 14x + 23y – 40 = 0 71. x = 2 and 3x + 4y = 18
æ p 3p ö
72. ç , ÷
è2 2 ø
73. ( 4 + 5) x - (2 5 + 3) y + (4 5 + 2) = 0
180 468
74. 3x - 4 y = , 12 x - 5 y =
130 130
75. 4x2 + 4y2 + 9x – y = 0 76. a > 5 77. First
78. 7y = x + 2 79. (1, 1) 80. False
MASTER INDEX
VOLUME 1:
Quadratic Equations
Complex Numbers
Sequence and Series
Straight Lines
VOLUME 2:
Sets, Relations & Function
Limits and Derivatives
Trigonometry
Statistics
Mathematical Reasoning
VOLUME 3:
Circles
Conic Sections
Binomial Theorem
Permutation and Combination
Creating Impact at Scale
65 Million+
Monthly
Youtube Views
49 Million+ 40+ Countries

Monthly Where Students
Web + App Visitors Take Live Classes
25 Million+ 26 Million+
Monthly Active Hours of
Users Live Learning
25 43
Parents
Happy
Trust
Students
Vedantu
MILLION+ MILLION+
Our Achievers of 2021
JEE Advanced 2021
Prerak Kevin Abhinav Vedantu students ace

JEE ADV. AIR 35 JEE ADV. AIR 78 JEE ADV. AIR 156 JEE Advanced 2021
JEE MAIN AIR 243 JEE MAIN AIR 533 JEE MAIN AIR 512
Ankit Shrey
6% of IITs’ upcoming batch
will be from Vedantu
JEE ADV. AIR 172 JEE ADV. AIR 174

JEE MAIN AIR 252 JEE MAIN AIR 238
JEE Main 2021
903 students in
Top 10,000
Vaibhav Bajaj Hrishit B P Sunrit Roy K
AIR 35 AIR 113 AIR 139
78 869
students scored students scored
99.9+ PERCENTILE 99.9+ PERCENTILE
68 444
students in students in
Top AIR 1000 Top AIR 5000 Kushagra Ganesh C Iyer
Sharma
AIR 158 AIR 179
NEET (UG) 2021
AIR 23
Pavit
Online Long Term Course
Score 710 AIR 92

Anirudh
Online Crash Course
Score 705
Shivank
Online Crash Course
AIR 143 Score 700

1172 NEET
Qualifiers
CBSE Class 12 ISC Class 12 CBSE Class 10
Annmary
Aatman Upreti Shreya Roshan Aastha N Raj Gitanjali Rajulal Shreya Nigam Khushi Arora Anshika Singha
Santhosh
98.4% 98.4% 98.0% 99.8% 98.4% 99.8% 99.6% 99.4%
ICSE Class 10
M.D.Sriya Varshil J Patel Mohammad Y Devika Sajeev Sakshi Semwal Aloki Upadhyay Ishita Surana Saumya Gupta
99.4% 97.4% 97.2% 97.2% 97.2% 99.4% 99.2% 99.2%
#HereForRealAchievers
Regular tests &

assignments
VEDANTU
VIP
Parent-teacher
meetings

Our Students
5.2X
HIGHER
Our Students
Our Students
3.8X
6.6X
HIGHER
All India HIGHER

All India All India
37.28% 37.28% 8.25%

9.84% 9.84% 1.25%
CBSE 10 CBSE 12 JEE

SCAN CODE
to know more
about VIP
Published by
www.vedantu.com
Printed by
How to use your
Tatva Practice Book
1
Counting :
different ways then
Permutations
Exercise - 2:
2
Solve all types of
(JEE 2019)
exercise questions
pattern. (c) 25∆ (d) 125∆
Answer Key
3
For extra exam
Founder’s Message
Dear Student,
level questions.

Anand Prakash
Credits
Mathematics Team
Ankit Kumar Gupta Ziyad Tungekar Nikhil Goyal (Team Lead) Aman Bhartiya

Sarib Mohammad
Shetty.
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SETS, RELATIONS & FUNCTION
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 8
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 20
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 164
LIMITS AND DERIVATIVES
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 44
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 52
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 166

7
TRIGONOMETRY
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 79
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 88
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 168
STATISTICS
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 123
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 131
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 170
MATHEMATICAL REASONING
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 145
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 150
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 171

Chapter 05 9
SETS For example, the set A of all prime numbers less than 10 in
the set-builder form is written as
1. SET A = {x | x is a prime number less that 10}
The symbol '|' stands for the words 'such that'. Sometimes,
A set is a collection of well-defined and well distinguished we use the symbol ':' in place of the symbol '|'.
objects.
1.1 Notations
3. TYPES OF SETS
The sets are usually denoted by capital letters A, B, C, etc. 3.1 Empty Set or Null Set
and the members or elements of the set are denoted by lower-
case letters a, b, c, etc. If x is a member of the set A, we write A set which has no element is called the null set or empty
x Î A (read as 'x belongs to A') and if x is not a member of the
set. It is denoted by the symbol f or { }.
set A, we write x Ï A (read as 'x does not belong to A,). If x
and y both belong to A, we write x, y Î A. For example, each of the following is a null set :
2. REPRESENTATION OF A SET (a) The set of all real numbers whose square is –1.
(b) The set of all rational numbers whose square is 2.
Usually, sets are represented in the following two ways :
(c) The set of all those integers that are both even and odd.
(i) Roster form or Tabular form
A set consisting of atleast one element is called a
(ii) Set Builder form or Rule Method
non-empty set.
2.1 Roster Form
3.2 Singleton Set
In this form, we list all the member of the set within braces
(curly brackets) and separate these by commas. For example, A set having only one element is called singleton set.
the set A of all odd natural numbers less that 10 in the Roster
For example, {0} is a singleton set, whose only member is 0.
form is written as :
A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9} 3.3 Finite and Infinite Set
NOTES : A set which has finite number of elements is called a finite

set. Otherwise, it is called an infinite set.
(i) In roster form, every element of the set is listed only once. For example, the set of all days in a week is a finite set
(ii) The order in which the elements are listed is immaterial. whereas the set of all integers, denoted by
For example, each of the following sets denotes the same {...-2, -1, 0, 1, 2,...} or {x | x is an integer}, is an infinite set.
set {1, 2, 3}, {3, 2, 1}, {1, 3, 2} An empty set is a finite set.
2.2 Set-Builder Form 3.4 Cardinal Number
In this form, we write a variable (say x) representing any The number of elements in finite set is represented by n(A),
member of the set followed by a property satisfied by each and is known as Cardinal number of set A.
member of the set.
10
3.5 Equal Sets

5. OPERATIONS ON SETS
Two sets A and B are said to be equals, written as A = B, if
5.1 Union of Two Sets
every element of A is in B and every element of B is in A.
3.6 Equivalent Sets The union of two sets A and B, written as A È B (read as 'A
union B'), is the set consisting of all the elements which are
Two finite sets A and B are said to be equivalent, if
either in A or in B or in both. Thus,
n (A) = n (B). Clearly, equal sets are equivalent but equivalent
sets need not be equal. A È B = {x : x Î A or x Î B}
For example, the sets A = { 4, 5, 3, 2} and B = {1, 6, 8, 9} are Clearly, x Î A È B Þ x Î A or x Î B, and

equivalent but are not equal.
x Ï A È B Þ x Ï A and x Ï B.
4. SUBSET
Let A and B be two sets. If every elements of A is an element

of B, then A is called a subset of B and we write A Ì B or
B É A (read as 'A is contained in B' or 'B contains A'). B is
called superset of A.
NOTES :
(i) Every set is a subset and a superset of itself.

For example, if A = {a, b, c, d} and B = {c, d, e, f}, then
(ii) If A is not a subset of B, we write A Ë B.
A È B = {a, b, c, d, e, f}
(iii) The empty set is the subset of every set.
5.2 Intersection of Two sets
(iv) If A is a set with n(A) = m, then the number of subsets of
A are 2m and the number of proper subsets of A are The intersection of two sets A and B, written as A Ç B (read
2m -1. as ‘A’ intersection ‘B’) is the set consisting of all the common
elements of A and B. Thus,
For example, let A = {3, 4}, then the subsets of A are f ,
A Ç B = {x : x Î A and x Î B}
{3}, {4}. {3, 4}. Here, n(A) = 2 and number of subsets of
A = 22 = 4. Also, {3} Ì {3,4}and {2,3} Ë {3, 4} Clearly, x Î A Ç B Þ x Î A and x Î B, and
x Ï A Ç B Þ x Ï A or x Ï B.
4.1 Power Set
The set of all subsets of a given set A is called the power set
of A and is denoted by P(A).
For example, if A = {1, 2, 3}, then
P(A) = { f , {1}, {2}, {3}, {1,2} {1, 3}, {2, 3}, {1, 2, 3}}
Clearly, if A has n elements, then its power set P (A) contains For example, if A = {a, b, c, d) and B = {c, d, e, f}, then
exactly 2n elements. A Ç B = {c, d}.
11
5.3 Disjoint Sets For example, if A = {1,2,3,4,5} and B = {1, 3,5,7,9} then
A D B = (A – B) È (B – A) = {2,4} È {7,9} = {2,4,7,9}.
Two sets A and B are said to be disjoint, if A Ç B = f , i.e. A
and B have no element in common. 5.6 Complement of a Set
If U is a universal set and A is a subset of U, then the

complement of A is the set which contains those elements
of U, which are not contained in A and is denoted by
A'or Ac. Thus,
Ac = {x : x Î U and x Ï A}
For example, if A = {1, 3, 5} and B = {2, 4, 6}, For example, if U = {1,2,3,4 ...} and A ={2,4,6,8,...}, then,
then A Ç B = f , so A and B are disjoint sets. Ac = {1,3,5,7, ...}
5.4 Difference of Two Sets Important Results
If A and B are two sets, then their difference A - B is defined (a) Uc = f (b) f c = U
as :
A – B = {x : x Î A and x Ï B}. (c) A È Ac = U (d) A Ç Ac = f
Similarly, B – A = {x : x Î B and x Ï A }.
6. ALGEBRA OF SETS
1. For any set A , we have

(a) A È A = A (b) A Ç A = A
2. For any set A, we have
(a) A È f = A (b) A Ç f = f
(c) A È U = U (d) A Ç U = A
For example, if A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} and B = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9} then
A - B = {2, 4} and B - A = {7, 9}. 3. For any two sets A and B, we have
Important Results (a) A È B = B È A (b) A Ç B = B Ç A
4. For any three sets A, B and C, we have

(a) A– B ¹ B –A
(a) A È (B È C) = (A È B) È C
(b) The sets A - B , B - A and A Ç B are disjoint sets
(b) A Ç (B Ç C) = (A Ç B) Ç C
(c) A - B Í A and B – A Í B
5. For any three sets A, B and C, we have
(d) A – f = A and A – A = f
(a) A È (B Ç C) = (A È B) Ç (A È C)
5.5 Symmetric Difference of Two Sets
(b) A Ç (B È C) = (A Ç B) È (A Ç C)
The symmetric difference of two sets A and B , denoted by
6. If A is any set, we have (Ac)c = A.
A D B, is defined as
7. DeMorgan's Laws For any two sets A and B, we have
A D B = (A – B) È (B – A).
(a) (A È B)c = Ac Ç Bc
12
(b) (A Ç B)c = Ac È Bc RELATIONS

Important Results on Operations on Sets 1. CARTESIAN PRODUCT OF SETS
(i) A Í A È B, B Í A È B, A Ç B Í A, A Ç B Í B Definition : Given two non-empty sets P & Q. The cartesian
(ii) A – B = A Ç Bc product P × Q is the set of all ordered pairs of elements from

P & Q i.e.
(iii) (A – B) È B = A È B
P × Q = {(p, q); p Î P; q Î Q}
(iv) (A – B) Ç B = f (v) A Í B Û Bc Í Ac
2. RELATIONS
c c
(vi) A – B = B – A
2.1 Definition
(vii) (A È B) Ç (A È Bc) = A Let A & B be two non-empty sets. Then any subset ‘R’ of
A × B is a relation from A to B.
(viii) A È B = (A – B) È (B – A) È (A Ç B)
If (a, b) Î R, then we write it as a R b which is read as a is
(ix) A – (A – B) = A Ç B
related to b’ by the relation R’, ‘b’ is also called image of ‘a’
(x)A – B = B – A Û A= B under R.
2.2 Domain and Range of a Relation
(xi)A È B =A Ç B Û A= B
If R is a relation from A to B, then the set of first elements in
(xii) A Ç (B D C) = (A Ç B) D (A Ç C) R is called domain & the set of second elements in R is
called range of R. symbolically.
7. CARDINALITY
Domain of R = { x : (x, y) Î R}
If A, B and C are finite sets and U be the finite universal set, Range of R = { y : (x, y) Î R}
then
The set B is called co-domain of relation R.
1. n (A È B) = n (A) + n (B) - n (A Ç B)
Note that range Ì co-domain.
2. n (A – B) = n(A) – n(A Ç B)
3. n (A D B) = Number of elements which belong to NOTES :
exactly one of A or B
Total number of relations that can be defined from a set A to a
= n ((A – B) È (B – A))
set B is the number of possible subsets of A × B. If n(A) = p
= n (A – B) + n (B – A)
and n(B) = q, then n(A × B) = pq and total number of relations
[Q (A - B) and (B - A) are disjoint] pq
is 2 .
= n(A) – n (A Ç B) + n(B) – n(A Ç B) = n(A) + n(B)
– 2n (A Ç B) 2.3 Inverse of a Relation
4. n (A È B È C) = n(A) + n(B) + n(C) – n(A Ç B)
Let A, B be two sets and let R be a relation from a set A to
– n(B Ç C) – n(A Ç C) + n(A Ç B Ç C) –1
set B. Then the inverse of R, denoted by R , is a relation
5. Number of elements in exactly two of the sets A,B,C
from B to A and is defined by
= n(A Ç B) + n (B Ç C) + n(C Ç A) – 3n (AÇBÇC)
–1
R = {(b, a) : (a, b) Î R}
6. Number of elements in exactly one of the sets A,B,C
–1
= n(A) + n(B) + n(C) – 2n(A Ç B) – 2n (B Ç C) Clearly, (a, b) Î R Û (b, a) Î R
– 2n (A Ç C) + 3n (A Ç B Ç C) –1 –1
Also, Domain (R) = Range (R ) and Range (R) = Domain (R ).
7. n(A’ È B’) = n (A Ç B)’ = n (U) – n (A Ç B)
8. n(A’ Ç B’) = n (A È B)’ = n (U) – n (A È B)
13
3. FUNCTIONS
3.1 Definition
A relation ‘f’ from a set A to set B is said to be a function if

every element of set A has one and only one image in set B.
Relations which can not be catagorized as a function
3.2 Domain, Co-domain and Range of a Function
Domain : When we define y = f (x) with a formula and the

domain is not stated explicitly, the domain is assumed to
be the largest set of x–values for which the formula gives
As not all elements of set A are associated with some real y–values.
elements of set B.
The domain of y = f (x) is the set of all real x for which f (x)
is defined (real).
Rules for finding Domain
(i) Expression under even root (i.e. square root, fourth root etc.)
should be non–negative.
(ii) Denominator ¹ 0.
(iii) logax is defined when x > 0, a > 0 and a ¹ 1.
An element of set A is not associated with a unique (iv) If domain of y = f (x) and y = g(x) are D1 and D2 respectively,
element of set B. then the domain of f (x) ± g(x) or f (x) . g(x) is D1 Ç D2. While
f x
Notations domain of is D1 Ç D 2 – {x: g(x) = 0}.
g x
Range : The set of all f -images of elements of A is known as the

range of f & denoted by f (A).
Range = f (A) = {f (x) : x Î A};
f (A) Í B {Range Í Co-domain}.
Rules for finding Range

First of all find the domain of y = f (x)
(i) If domain Î finite number of points
Þ range Î set of corresponding f (x) values.
(ii) If domain Î R or R – {some finite points}
Put y = f(x)
14
Then express x in terms of y. From this find y for x to be

defined. (i.e., find the values of y for which x exists). NOTES :
(iii) If domain Î a finite interval, find the least and greater value
for range using monotonocity. (a) One-to-One functions are also called Injective functions.
(b) Onto functions are also called Surjective
NOTES : (c) (one-to-one) & (onto) functions are also called Bijective
Functions.
1. Question of format :
Methods to check one-one mapping
æ Q L Q ö Q ® quadratic
ç y = ; y = ; y = ÷ L ® Linear
è Q Q Lø 1. Theoretically : If f (x1) = f (x2)
Range is found out by cross-multiplying & creating a
Þ x1 = x2, then f (x) is one-one.
quadratic in ‘x’ & making D ³ 0 (as x Î R)
2. Questions to find range in which-the given expression 2. Graphically : A function is one-one, iff no line parallel
y = f(x) can be converted into x (or some function of x) = to x-axis meets the graph of function at more than one
expression in ‘y’. point.
Do this & apply method (ii).
3. By Calculus : For checking whether f (x) is One-One,
NOTES : find whether function is only increasing or only
decreasing in their domain. If yes, then function is
Two functions f & g are said to be equal iff
one-one, i.e. if f ' x ³ 0, " x Î domain or i.e.,
1. Domain of f = Domain of g
2. Co-domain of f = Co-domain of g if f ' x £ 0 , " x Î domain, then function is one-one.
3. f(x) = g(x) " x Î Domain.
Methods to check into/onto mapping

3.3 Classification of Functions
Find the range of f(x) and compare with co-domain. If range
equals co-domain then function is onto, otherwise it is into.
3.4 Some standard real functions & their graphs
3.4.1 Identity Function : The function f : R ® R defined by

y = f(x) = x " x Î R is called identity function.
15
3.4.2 Constant Function : The function f : R ® R defined by

y = f(x) = c, " x Î R where c is a constant is called 3. x - y £ x + y £ x + y üï
constant function ý triangle inequality
4. x - y £ x - y £ x + y ïþ
3.4.4 Signum Function : The function f : R ® R defined by
ì 1; x > 0
ï
f (x) = í 0; x = 0
ï -1; x < 0
î
is called signum function. It is usually denoted by
y = f(x) = sgn(x).
3.4.3 Modulus Function : The function f : R ® R defined by
ì x; x ³ 0
f (x) = í
î- x; x < 0
is called modulus function. It is denoted by

y = f(x) = | x |.
NOTES :
ìx
ï ; x¹0
Sgn(x) = í x
ï 0; x = 0
î
3.4.5 Greatest Integer Function : The function f : R ® R defined

as the greatest integer less than or equal to x. It is usually
denoted as y = f(x) = [x]
Its also known as “Absolute value function’.

Properties of Modulus Function :
The modulus function has the following properties :
1. For any real number x, we have x2 = x
x |x|
2. xy = x y, =
y |y|
16
Properties of Greatest Integer Function : 3.4.7 Logarithm Function :
If n is an integer and x is any real number between n and n + 1, f (x) = logax, a > 0, a ¹ 1
then the greatest integer function has the following properties : Domain : x Î (0, ¥)
Range : y Î R
(1) [–n] = – [n]
(2) [x + n] = [x] + n
(3) [–x] = – [x] –1
ì-1, if x Ï I
(4) [x] + [– x] = í
î 0, if x Î I
NOTES :
Fractional part of x, denoted by {x} is given by x – [x]. So,
ì x - 1; 1 £ x < 2
ï
x =x - x = í x ; 0 £ x <1
ï x + 1; - 1 £ x < 0
î
3.4.6 Exponential Function :

f (x) = ax, a > 0, a ¹ 1
Domain : x Î R
Range : f(x) Î (0, ¥)
(a) The Principal Properties of Logarithms
Let M & N are arbitrary positive numbers, a > 0, a ¹ 1,

b > 0, b ¹ 1.
(i) logb a = c Þ a = bc
(ii) loga (M . N) = loga M + loga N
(iii) loga (M/N) = loga M – loga N
(iv) loga MN = N loga M
l og c a
(v) log b a = , c > 0, c ¹ 1.
l og c b
(vi) a l og cb = bl ogca , a, b, c > 0, c ¹ 1.
NOTES :
(a) loga a = 1
(b) logb a . logc b . loga c = 1
(c) loga 1 = 0
x
(d) e x ln a = e ln a = a x
17
(b) Properties of Monotonocity of Logarithm 4.5 Quotient of two real functions
(i) If a > 1, loga x < logay Þ 0 < x <y

Let f and g be two real functions defined from X ® R where
(ii) If 0 < a < 1, loga x < loga y Þ x > y >0
X Ì R. The quotient of f by g denoted by f /g is a function
(iii) If a > 1 then logax < p Þ 0 < x < ap defined by
(iv) If a > 1 then logax > p Þ x > ap
(v) If 0 < a < 1 then logax < p Þ x > ap æf ö f x
ç ÷ x =
(vi) If 0 < a < 1 then logax > p Þ 0<x<a p
ègø g x , provided g(x) ¹ 0, x Î X.
NOTES :
5. EVEN AND ODD FUNCTIONS
If the exponent and the base are on same side of the unity,
then the logarithm is positive. Even Function : f (–x) = f (x), " x Î Domain
If the exponent and the base are on different sides of unity, The graph of an even function y = f (x) is symmetric about the
then the logarithm is negative. y–axis. i.e., (x, y) lies on the graph Û (–x, y) lies on the graph.
4. ALGEBRA OF REAL FUNCTION
4.1 Addition of two real functions
Let f : X ® R and g : X ® R by any two real functions, where

X Ì R. Then, we define (f + g): X ® R by
(f + g) (x) = f (x) + g(x), for all x Î X.
4.2 Subtraction of a real function from another
Odd Function : f (– x) = –f (x), " x Î Domain

Let f : X ® R be any two any two real functions, where X Ì R.
The graph of an odd function y = f (x) is symmetric about origin
Then, we define (f – g): X ® R by
i.e. if point (x, y) is on the graph of an odd function, then
(f – g) (x) = f (x) – g(x), for all x Î X. (–x, –y) will also lie on the graph.
4.3 Multiplication by a scalar
Let f : X ® R be a real valued function and a be a scalar. Here

by scalar, we mean a real number. Then the product a f is a
function from X to R defined by (a f) (x) = a f(x), x Î X.
4.4 Multiplication of two real functions
The product (or multiplication) of two real functions

f : X ® R and g : X ® R is a function fg : X ® R defined by
(fg) (x) = f(x) g(x), for all x Î X.
This is also called pointwise multiplication.

18
6.4 Drawing graph of y = af(x), a Î R+ from known graph of

6. GRAPHICAL TRANSFORMATION y = f(x)
6.1 Drawing graph of y = f(x) ± b, b Î R+ from known graph We know that the corresponding points (points with the
of y = f(x) same x-coordinates) have their ordinates in the ratio of 1:a
(where a > 0). Figure depicts the procedure.
It is obvious that the domain of f(x) and f(x) + b are the same.
The graph of f(x) + b can be obtained by translating the
graph of f(x) in the positive direction on y-axis and the graph
of f(x) - b can be obtained by translating the graph of f(x) in
the negative direction on y-axis.
6.5 Drawing graph of y = f(ax), a Î R+ from known graph of

y = f(x)
If 0 < a < 1, then f(x) will stretch by a times along x - axis, and
if a > 1, then f(x) will compress by a times along x - axis.
Figure depicts the procedure.
6.2 Drawing graph of y = |f(x)| from known graph of

y = f(x)
We have |f(x)| = f(x) if f(x) ³ 0 and |f(x)| = -f(x) if f(x) < 0 which
means that the graph of f(x) and |f(x)| would concide if
f(x) ³ 0 and the sections, where f(x) < 0, get inverted in the
upwards direction. Figure depicts the procedure.
7. PERIODIC FUNCTION
Definition :
A function f (x) is said to be periodic function, if there exists a

positive real number T, such that f x + T = f x , " x Î
6.3 Drawing graph of y = f(x ± a), a Î R+ from known graph domain of f(x). Then, f (x) is a perio dic function where least
of y = f(x) positive value of T is called fundamental period.
The graph of f(x - a) can be obtained by translating the Graphically, if the graph repeats at fixed interval, then function is
graph of f(x) in the positive direction on x-axis and the graph said to be periodic and its period is the width of that interval.
of f(x + a) can be obtained by translating the graph of f(x) in Some standard results on periodic functions
the negative direction on x-axis. The procedure is depicted
in figure. Functions Periods
n n n n
(i) sin x, cos x, sec x, cosec x p ; if n is even.
2p ; (if n is odd or fraction)
(ii) tann x, cotn x p ; n is even or odd.
(iii) |sin x|, |cos x|, |tan x| p
|cot x|, |sec x|, |cosec x|
19
(iv) x – [x], [.] represents 1

NOTES :
greatest integer function
(v) Algebraic functions period does not exist
a c e LCM of  a, c, e 
e.g., x , x2, x3 + 5, ....etc. (a) LCM of  , ,  
 b d f  HCF of  b, d, f 
Properties of Periodic Function
(b) LCM of rational and rational always exists.
(i) If f (x) is periodic with period T, then LCM of irrational and irrational sometime exists.
(a) c . f (x) is periodic with period T. But LCM of rational and irrational never exists.
(b) f (x ± c) is periodic with period T. e.g., LCM of (2 , 1, 6 ) is not possible as
(c) f (x) ± c is periodic with period T. 2 , 6  irrational and 1  rational.
where c is any constant.
(ii) If f (x) is periodic with period T, then
k f (cx + d) has period T/|c|,
i.e. Period is only affected by coefficient of x
where k, c, d are constants.
(iii) If f1(x), f2(x) are periodic functions with periods T1, T2
respectively, then h(x) = a f1(x) + b f2(x) has period as,
LCM of {T1, T2}
SCAN CODE
SETS, RELATIONS & FUNCTION 20
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Write the set of all positive integers whose cube is odd. State which of the following sets are finite and which are
Sol. The elements of the required set are not even. infinite
[Q Cube of an even integer is also an even integer] (i) A = {x : x Î N and x2 – 3x + 2 = 0}
Moreover, the cube of a positive odd integer is a positive (ii) B = {x : x Î N and x2 = 9}
odd integer. (iii) C = {x : x Î N and x is even}
Þ The elements of the required set are all positive odd integers. (iv) D = {x : x Î N and 2x – 3 = 0}.
Hence, the required set, in the set builder form, is : Sol. (i) A = {1, 2}.
2k + 1 : k ³ 0, k Î Z . [Q x2 – 3x + 2 = 0 Þ (x – 1) (x – 2) = 0 Þ x = 1, 2]
Hence A is finite.
Example – 2 (ii) B = {3}.
[Q x2 = 9 Þ x = + 3. But 3 Î N]
ì1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ü
Write the set í , , , , , , ý in the set Hence B is finite.
î2 3 4 5 6 7 8þ
(iii) C = {2, 4, 6, ......}
builder form.
Hence C is infinite.
Sol. In each element of the given set the denominator is one
more than the numerator. é 3 ù
(iv) D = f. êQ 2x - 3 = 0 Þ x = Ï N ú
Also the numerators are from 1 to 7. ë 2 û
Hence the set builder form of the given set is : Hence D is finite.
x : x = n / n + 1, n Î N and 1 £ n £ 7 . Example – 6
Example – 3 Which of the following are empty (null) sets ?

(i) Set of odd natural numbers divisible by 2
Write the set {x : x is a positive integer and x2 < 30} in the
roster form. (ii) {x : 3 < x < 4, x Î N}
Sol. The squares of positive integers whose squares are less (iii) {x : x2 = 25 and x is an odd integer}
than 30 are : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. (iv) [x : x2 – 2 = 0 and x is rational]
Hence the given set, in roster form, is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}. (v) {x : x is common point of any two parallel lines}.
Example – 4 Sol. (i) Since there is no odd natural number, which is divisible
by 2.
Write the set {0, 1, 4, 9, 16, .......} in set builder form. \ it is an empty set.
Sol. The elements of the given set are squares of integers : (ii) Since there is no natural number between 3 and 4.
0, ± 1, ± 2, ± 3, ± 4, ....... \ it is an empty set.
Hence the given set, in set builder form, is {x2 : xÎZ}. (iii) Now x2 = 25 Þ x = + 5, both are odd.
\ The set {– 5, 5} is non-empty.
(iv) Since there is no rational number whose square is 2, Sol. (i) AC = Set of those elements of U, which are not in
\ the given set is an empty set. A = {5, 6, 7, 8, 9}.
(v) Since any two parallel lines have no common point, (ii) BC = Set of those elements of U, which are not in
B = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9}.
\ the given set is an empty set.
(iii) (AC)C = Set of those elements of U, which are not in
Example – 7 A’ = {1, 2, 3, 4} = A.
Find the pairs of equal sets from the following sets, if any, (iv) A È B = {1, 2, 3, 4} È {2, 4, 6, 8} = {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8}.
giving reasons : C
\ AÈB = Set of those elements of U, which are not in
A = {0}, B = {x : x > 15 and x < 5},
C = {x : x – 5 = 0}, D = {x : x2 = 25}, A È B = {5, 7, 9}.
E = {x : x is a positive integral root of the equation Example – 10

x2 – 2x – 15 = 0}.
Sol. Here we have, If U = {x : x is a letter in English alphabet},
A = {x : x is a vowel in English alphabet}.
A = {0}
Find AC and (AC)C.
B= f
Sol. (i) Since A = {x : x is a letter in English alphabet},
[Q There is no number, which is greater than 15 and less
than 5] \ AC is the set of those elements of U, which are not vowels
C = {5} [Q x – 5 = 0 Þ x = 5] = {x : x is a consonant in English alphabet}.
D = {– 5, 5} [Q x2 = 25 Þ x = ± 5] (ii) (AC)C is the set of those elements of U, which are not
consonants = {x : x is a vowel in English alphabet} = A.
and E = {5}.
Hence (AC)C = A.
[Q x2 – 2x – 15 = 0 Þ (x – 5) (x + 3) = 0 Þ x = 5, – 3. Out of
these two, Example – 11
5 is positive integral]
Let A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, B = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7}, C = {6, 7, 8, 9} and
Clearly C = E. D = {7, 8, 9, 10}. Find :
Example – 8 (a) (i) A È B (ii) B È D
Are the following pairs of sets equal ? Give reasons. (iii) A È B È C (iv) B È C È D
(i) A = {1, 2}, B = {x : x is a solution of x2 + 3x + 2 = 0} (b) (i) A Ç B (ii) B Ç D (iii) A Ç B Ç C.
(ii) A = {x : x is a letter in the word FOLLOW}, Sol. (a) (i) A È B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} È {3, 4, 5, 6, 7}
B = {y : y is a letter in the word WOLF}. = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}.
Sol. (i) A = {1, 2}, B = {–2, –1} (ii) B È D = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7} È {7, 8, 9, 10}
[Q x + 3x + 2 = 0 Þ (x + 2) (x + 1) = 0 Þ x = –2, —1]
2
= {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}.
Clearly A ¹ B. (iii) A È B È C = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} È {3, 4, 5, 6, 7} È {6, 7, 8, 9}.
(ii) A = {F, O, L, L, O, W} = {F, O, L, W} = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7} È {6, 7, 8, 9} = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}.
B = {W, O, L, F} = {F, O, L, W}.
(iv) B È C È D = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7} È {6, 7, 8, 9} È {7, 8, 9, 10}.
Clearly A = B.
= {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} È {7, 8, 9, 10} = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}.
Example – 9
(b) (i) A Ç B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} Ç {3, 4, 5, 6, 7} = {3, 4, 5}.
Let U = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}, A = {1, 2, 3, 4}, (ii) B Ç D = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7} Ç {7, 8, 9, 10} = {7}.
B = {2, 4, 6, 8}. Find :
(iii) A Ç B Ç C = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} Ç {3, 4, 5, 6, 7} Ç {6, 7, 8, 9}
(i) AC (ii) BC (iii) (AC)C (iv) (A È B)C = {3, 4, 5} Ç {6, 7, 8, 9} = f.
If A1 = {2, 3, 4, 5}, A2 = {3, 4, 5, 6}, A3 = {4, 5, 6, 7}, find Prove the following :
È Ai and Ç Ai, where i = {1, 2, 3}. A Ì B Û Bc Ì Ac
Sol. (i) È A i = A 1 È A 2 È A 3 = {2, 3, 4, 5} È {3, 4, 5, 6} È Sol. Let x Î Bc, where x is arbitrary.
{4, 5, 6, 7} Now x Î Bc
= {2, 3, 4, 5} È {3, 4, 5, 6, 7} = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}. Þ xÏB
(ii) Ç A i = A 1 Ç A 2 Ç A 3 = {2, 3, 4, 5} Ç {3, 4, 5, 6} Ç Þ x Ï A[ Q A Ì B]
{4, 5, 6, 7} Þ x Î Ac
= {2, 3, 4, 5} Ç {4, 5, 6} = {4, 5}. \ Bc Ì Ac ... (1)

Conversely : Let x Î A, where x is arbitrary.
Example – 13
Now x Î A
Let A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}, B = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}. Find Þ x Ï Ac
(A – B) È (B – A).
Þ x Ï Bc [Q Bc Ì Ac]
Sol. We have, A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} and B = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}.
Þ xÎB
\ A – B = {1, 2} and B – A = {7, 8}
\ AÌB
\ (A – B) È (B – A) = {1, 2} È {7, 8} = {1, 2, 7, 8}.
Combining (1) and (2), A Ì B Û Bc Ì Ac.
Example – 14
Example – 16
Prove that :
Prove the following :
A Ç (B – C) = (A Ç B) – (A Ç C)
A – B = A – (A Ç B)
Sol. Let x be an arbitrary element of A Ç (B – C).
where U is the universal set.
Then x Î A Ç (B – C)
Sol. Let x Î (A – B), where x is arbitrary.
Þ x Î A and x Î (B – C)
Þ x Î A and (x Î B and x Ï C) Now x Î (A – B)
Þ (x Î A and x Î B) and (x Î A and x Ï C) Û x Î A and x Ï B

Þ x Î (A Ç B) and x Ï (A Ç C) Û (x Î A and x Î A) and x Ï B
Þ x Î {(A Ç B) – (A Ç C)} [Note this step]
\ A Ç (B – C) Í (A Ç B) – (A Ç C) ... (1) Û x Î A and (x Î A and x Ï B)
Let y be an arbitrary element of (A Ç B) – (A Ç C). [Associative Law]
Then y Î (A Ç B) – (A Ç C)
Û x Î A and x Ï (A Ç B)
Þ y Î (A Ç B) and y Ï (A Ç C)
Û x Î A – (A Ç B)
Þ (y Î A and y Î B) and (y Î A and y Ï C)
Hence A – B Ì A – (A Ç B).
Þ y Î A and (y Î B and y Ï C)
Now Let y Î A – (A Ç B)
Þ y Î A and y Î (B – C)
Þ y Î A and y Ï (A Ç B)
Þ y Î A Ç (B – C)
\ (A Ç B) – (A Ç C) Í A Ç (B – C) ... (2) Þ y Î A and yÏ B
Combining (1) and (2). Þ y Î A – B.
A Ç (B – C) = (A Ç B) – (A Ç C). So, A – B = A – (A Ç B).

Example – 17 A È C = {1, 2, 3} È {7, 8, 9}
If A, B and C are three sets such that A Ç B = A Ç C and = {1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9} ...(2)

A È B = A È C, then
and B Ç C = {4, 5, 6} Ç {7, 8, 9} = f ...(3)
(a) A = C (b) B = C
(c) A Ç B = f (d) A = B Now A È B Ç C = 1, 2, 3 È f = {1, 2, 3} ...(4)
Ans. (b)
Sol. Let x Î C and A È B Ç A È C = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} Ç {1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9}
Suppose x Î A Þ x Î A Ç C = {1, 2, 3} ...(5)
Þ x Î A Ç B (Q A Ç C = A Ç B )
From (4) and (5), A È B Ç C = A È B Ç A È C , which
Thus x Î B
verifies the result.
Again suppose x Ï A Þ x Î C È A
Example – 20
Þ xÎBÈ AÞ xÎB
Let U = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}, A = {2, 4, 6, 8} and
Thus in both cases x Î C Þ x Î B
B = {2, 3, 5, 7}. Verify that
Hence C Í B ..( i )
C C
(i) A È B = A C Ç BC (ii) A Ç B = A C È BC .
Similarly we can show that B Í C ...(ii )
Combining (i) and (ii) we get B = C. Sol. We have, A = {2, 4, 6, 8} and B = {2, 3, 5, 7}.
Example – 18 (i) A È B = {2, 4, 6, 8} È {2, 3, 5, 7}
If A and B are any two sets, prove using Venn Diagrams \ = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}
C
(i) A – B = A Ç BC (ii) (A – B) È B = A È B. \ AÈB = {1, 9} ...(1)
Sol.
Also AC = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9}
and BC = {1, 4, 6, 8, 9}
(i)
\ A C Ç BC = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9} Ç {1, 4, 6, 8, 9}
= {1, 9} ...(2)
C
From (1) and (2), A È B = A C Ç BC , which verifies the
(ii)
result.
(ii) A Ç B = {2, 4, 6, 8} Ç {2, 3, 5, 7} = {2}
C
Example – 19 \ AÇB = {1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} ...(3)
If A = {1, 2, 3}, B = {4, 5, 6} and C = {7, 8, 9}, verify that

and A C È BC = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9} È {1, 4, 6, 8, 9}
A È BÇC = A ÈB Ç A ÈC .
= {1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} ...(4)
Sol. We have, A = {1, 2, 3}, B = {4, 5, 6} and C = {7, 8, 9}. C
From (3) and (4), A Ç B = A C È BC , which verifies the
\ A È B = {1, 2, 3} È {4, 5, 6} = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} ...(1)
result.
Example – 21 n(T) = 25; n(C) = 20; n (M) = 15

n(T Ç C) = 10; n(M Ç C) = 8
In a class of 200 students who appeared in a certain
examination. 35 students failed in MHTCET, 40 in AIEEE, Number of students in hostel
40 in IIT, 20 failed in MHTCET and AIEEE, 17 in AIEEE = n (T È C È M)
and IIT, 15 in MHTCET and IIT and 5 failed in all three \ n(T È C È M) = 15 + 10 + 2 + 8 + 7 = 42
examinations. Find how many students
Example – 23
(i) Did not fail in any examination.
(ii) Failed in AIEEE or IIT. If A = {1, 2}, find A × A × A
Sol. A × A × A = {(x, y, z), x Î A, y Î A, z Î A}
First find A×A than find A×A×A
so, A × A × A = {(1, 1, 1), (1, 1, 2 ), (1, 2, 1), (2, 1, 1),
Sol. (2, 2, 2), (2, 2, 1), (2, 1, 2), (1, 2, 2)}
Example – 24
Following figure shows a relation between sets P and Q.

Write this relation in (i) set builder form, (ii) roster form
n(M) = 35, n(A) = 40, n(I) = 40
n(M Ç A) = 20, n(A Ç I) = 17,
n(I Ç M) = 15, n(M Ç A Ç I) = 5
n(X) = 200
n(M È A È I) = n(M) + n(A) + n (I) –
n(M Ç A) –n (A Ç I) – n (M Ç I) + n (M Ç A Ç I)
= 35 + 40 + 40 – 20 – 17 – 15 + 5 = 68
Sol. It is clear, that relation R is “y is the square of x”.
(i) Number of students passed in all three examination 2
(i) In set builder form, R = {(x, y) : y = x , x Î P, y Î Q}
= 200 – 68 = 132
(ii) In roster form,
(ii) Number of students failed in IIT or AIEEE
R = {(1, 1), (–1, 1), (2, 4), (–2, 4) (-4, 16)}
=n (I È A) = n(I) + n(A) – n (I Ç A)
= 40 + 40 – 17 = 63 Example – 25
Example – 22 Let R be the relation on Z defined by R = {(a, b);

a, b, Î Z, a – b is an integer}. Find domain and
In a hostel, 25 students take tea, 20 students take coffee, range of R.
15 students take milk, 10 students take both tea and coffee,
Sol. As for any two integers a & b, a – b is an integer hence
8 students take both milk and coffee. None of the them
domain and range is all integers.
take tea and milk both and everyone takes atleast one
beverage, find the number of students in the hostel. Example – 26
Determine domain and range of :-

Sol.
ìæ 2+ x ö ü
R = íç x + 4, ÷ : 4 £ x £ 6, x Î Ný
îè 2-x ø þ
Let the sets, T, C and M are the students who drink tea, ì æ 7ö ü
coffee and milk respectively. This problem can be solved by Sol. R = í 8, -3 , ç 9, - ÷ , 10, -2 ý
î è 3ø þ
Venn diagram.
By taking x = 4, 5,6
so, domain = {8, 9, 10} Example – 29
ì 7 ü Find the set of values of 'x' for which the given conditions
range = í-3, - , - 2 ý
î 3 þ are true :
(a) – (x – 1) (x – 3) (x + 5) < 0
Example – 27
x -1 x-2
(b) £0
Let A = {1, 2}. List all the relations on A. x -3
Sol. Given A = {1, 2}
Ans. (a) –5, 1 È 3, ¥ (b) – ¥, 1 È 2, 3
A × A = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1), (2, 2)}
Since a relation R from set A to set A is a subset of A × A Sol. (a) - ( x - 1)( x - 3)( x + 5) < 0
\ All the relations on A are : Þ ( x - 1)( x - 3)( x + 5) > 0
f, {(1, 1)}, {(1, 2)}, {(2, 1)}, {(2, 2)}, {(1, 1), (1, 2)},
{(1, 1), (2, 1)}, {(1, 1), (2, 2)}, {(1, 2), (2, 1)}, {(1, 2),
(2, 2)}, {(2, 1), (2, 2)}, {(1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1)}, {(1, 1),
(1, 2), (2, 2)}, {(1, 1), (2, 1), (2, 2)}, {(1, 2), (2, 1), Þ x Î (-5,1) È (3, ¥ )
(2, 2)}, {(1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1), (2, 2)}.
( x - 1)( x - 2)
Since n(A × A) = 4, the number of all relations on the set (b) £0
( x - 3)
4
A = 2 i.e., 16.
n
(As number of subsets of a set with n elements is 2 )
Example – 28
x Î -¥,1 È 2,3
The solution set of x2 + 2 < 3x < 2x2 – 5 is
Example – 30
(a) f (b) [1, 2]
(c) (– ¥, – 1) È [5/2, ¥) (d) none
x+2 1
The number of integral solutions of > is
Ans. (a) x2 + 1 2
Sol. x 2 + 2 £ 3 x £ 2 x2 - 5 (a) 4 (b) 5

x 2 + 2 £ 3 x and 3 x £ 2 x 2 - 5 Ans. (c)
x+2 1
x 2 - 3x + 2 £ 0 and 2 x 2 - 3 x - 5 ³ 0 Sol. >
x2 + 1 2
( x - 1)( x - 2) £ 0 and (2 x - 5)( x + 1) ³ 0

2 x + 4 > x2 + 1 Q x2 + 1 > 0
é5 ö x2 - 2x - 3 < 0
Þ x Î [1, 2] and x Î -¥, -1 È ê , ¥ ÷
ë2 ø Þ ( x - 3)( x + 1) < 0
Þ x Îf Þ x Î (-1,3)
Number of integer values = 3
Example – 31 f(2) = 2(2) – 1 = 3 f(5) = 3(5) – 10 = 5

f(3) = 2(3) – 1 = 5
Find the domain of definition of the following
So, range is {2, 3, 5}
x –1 x + 2 (iii) f (2) = 3, f(4) = 2, f(3) = 5, f(6) is not defined as 6 is not
function : f x = in domain.
x –3 x – 4
Example – 34
x –1 x + 2
Sol. For f (x) to be defined ³ 0 and x ¹ 3, 4 Let A = {1, 2}. List all the relations on A.
x –3 x – 4
Sol. Given A = {1, 2}
By wavy – curve method the domain of definition of f (x) is
A × A = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1), (2, 2)}
the set
Since a relation R from set A to set A is a subset of A × A
x Î – ¥ , – 2 È 1, 3 È 4, ¥ . \ All the relations on A are :
f, {(1, 1)}, {(1, 2)}, {(2, 1)}, {(2, 2)}, {(1, 1), (1, 2)},
{(1, 1), (2, 1)}, {(1, 1), (2, 2)}, {(1, 2), (2, 1)}, {(1, 2),
(2, 2)}, {(2, 1), (2, 2)}, {(1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1)}, {(1, 1),
(1, 2), (2, 2)}, {(1, 1), (2, 1), (2, 2)}, {(1, 2), (2, 1),
Example – 32
(2, 2)}, {(1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1), (2, 2)}.
Since n(A × A) = 4, the number of all relations on the set
Find domain for f (x) = cos sin x . 4
A = 2 i.e., 16.
n
(As number of subsets of a set with n elements is 2 )
Sol. f (x) = cos sin x is defined, if
Example – 35
cos (sin x) ³ 0
As, we know Find the domain and range of the following functions
–1 £ sin x £ 1 for all x

ìïæ x 2 - 1 ö üï
cos q ³ 0 (i) íç x, ÷ : x Î R, x ¹ 1ý
îïè x -1 ø ïþ
(Here, q = sin x lies in the 1st and 4th quadrants)
i.e. cos (sin x) ³ 0,for all x
i.e. x Î R. ìæ 1 ö ü
Thus, domain f (x) Î R (ii) íç x, 2 ÷ : x Î R, x ¹ ± 1ý
îè 1 - x ø þ
Example – 33
2
ïìæ x - 1 ö üï
A function f is defined on the set {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} as follows : Sol. (i) Let f x = íç x, ÷ : x Î R, x ¹ 1ý
îïè x -1 ø ïþ
ì 1 + x if 1 £ x < 2 Clearly, f is not defined when x = 1

ï
f x = í 2x - 1 if 2 £ x < 4 \ f is defined for all real values of x except x = 1
ï3x - 10 if 4 £ x < 6
î \ Domain = R – {1}
(i) Find the domain of the function. x2 -1
Let y= = x + 1 as x ¹ 1
(ii) Find the range of the function. x -1
(iii) Find the values of f(2), f(3), f(4), f(6). \ x=y–1
Sol. (i) Domain : {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} Clearly y ¹ 2 as x ¹ 1
(ii) Range : \ Range = R – {2}.
f(1) = 1 + 1 = 2 f(4) = 3(4) – 10 = 2
ìæ 1 ö ü 2y-1
(ii) Let f x = íç x, 2 ÷ : x Î R, x = ± 1ý Þ -1£ £1 (since, –1 £ sin 3x £ 1)
îè 1 - x ø þ y
1 2 2y - 1
Clearly, f x = 2
is not defined when 1 – x = 0 -1 £ £1
1- x y
i.e., when x = ± 1
2y - 1 2y - 1
\ Domain = R – {1, –1} +1 ³ 0 Ç -1 £ 0
y y
1
Further, y = Since x ¹ ±1
1- x2 3y - 1 y -1
³0Ç £0
y y
1 æ 1ö y -1
Þ 1- x2 = Þ x = ± ç1- ÷ = ± 1
y è yø y Þ y³ Ç y £1
3
\ x is defined when y Î (–¥, 0) È [1, ¥).
Þ y Î (–¥, 0) È [1, ¥) é1 ù
Þ Range : y Î ê , 1ú ¬
\ Range = (–¥, 0) È [1, ¥).
ë3 û
Alternate Method :
Example – 36
1
Find the range of the following function : y=
2 - sin 3x
f x = ln x 2 + 4x + 5 we know, –1 £ sin 3x £ 1
Þ 1 ³ –sin 3x ³ – 1
2
Sol. Here f (x) = 1n x 2 + 4x + 5 = 1n x+2 +1 Þ 1 £ 2 – sin 3x £ 3
i.e. x2 + 4x + 5 takes all values in [1, ¥) 1 æ 1 ö 1
Þ ³ ³
Þ f (x) will take all values in [0, ¥). 1 çè 2 - sin3x ÷ø 3
Hence range of f (x) is [0, ¥).
é1 ù
Example – 37 Þ Range y Î ê , 1ú
ë3 û
1 Inequality changes upon reciprocating as all expressions

Find the range of the function y = across inequality are (positive).
2 - sin 3x
Sol. Clearly, as Denominator (2 – sin 3x) ¹ 0 Example – 38
Þ Domain : x Î R
Let f, g : R ® R be defined respectively by f(x) = x + 1, g(x)
1 = 2x – 3. Find f + g, f – g and f /g.
We have, y=
2 - sin 3x Sol. Let f(x) = x + 1, g(x) = 2x – 3
Note : (sin 3x) can be seperated & written as a function of y \ f + g = f(x) + g(x) = (x + 1) + (2x – 3)
= 3x – 2
1
Þ 2 – sin 3x = y f – g = f (x) – g(x) = (x + 1) – (2x – 3)
= x + 1 – 2x + 3 = –x + 4
2y - 1 f f x x +1 3
Þ sin 3x = = = ;x¹
y g g x 2x - 3 2
for x to be real
Example – 39 The common solution is x = –1

Hence, solution of above equation is x = – 1
Check whether the function :
Example – 42
f (x) = 2x3 + 3x2 + 6x + 5 is
one-to-one or many-to-one
x +3 + x
Sol. f (x) = 2x3 + 3x2 + 6x + 5 Solve >1
x+2
f ’ (x) = 6(x2 + x + 1) > 0 " x Î R
as (a > 0 & D < 0) for x2 + x + 1 x +3 + x
Sol. –1> 0
Þ f (x) is increasing function on its entire domain x+2
Þ one-to-one function.
x +3 + x – x – 2
Example – 40 Þ >0
x+2
Let A = {x : –1 £ x £ 1} = B for a mapping f : A ® B. For the
following functions from A to B, find whether it is surjective x +3 – 2
Þ >0 ...(i)
or bijective. x+2
f (x) = |x| Now two cases arises :
Sol. f (x) = |x| Case I : When x + 3 ³ 0 ...(ii)
Graphically we can see that for x Î [–1, 1]
x+3–2
y = |x| Î [0, 1] Þ >0
x+2
Since, Range ([0, 1]) Ì co-domain (B = [–1, 1])
x +1
Þ >0
x+2
Þ x Î –¥ , – 2 È –1, ¥ using number line rule as shown

in figure.
But x ³ – 3 {from (ii)}
Þ x Î –3, – 2 È –1, ¥ ...(a)
Case II : When x + 3 < 0 ...(iii)

– x + 3 –2
Þ >0
Þ into function x+2
Þ f : [–1, 1] ® [–1, 1], f (x) = |x|
– x+5
is many-to-one & into Þ >0
x+2
Example – 41
x +5
Solve (x + 1)2 + (x2 + 3x + 2)2 = 0 Þ <0
x +2
Sol. Here, (x + 1)2 + (x2 + 3x + 2)2 = 0 if and only if each term is zero
simultaneously, Þ x Î –5, – 2 using number line rule as shown in figure.
2
(x + 1) = 0 and (x + 3x + 2)= 0
i.e., x = –1 and x = –1, –2
But x<–3 {from (iii)}

x x2
\ f (x) + g(x) = +x=
\ x Î –5, – 3 ...(b) x -1 x -1
Thus from (a) and (b), we have; Using, | f (x)| + |g(x)| = |f (x) + g(x)|
i.e. f (x) . g(x) ³ 0
x Î –3, – 2 È –1, ¥ È –5, – 3
x x2
Þ .x ³ 0 Þ ³0
Þ x Î –5, – 2 È –1, ¥ x -1 x -1
Example – 43
The value of x if | x + 3 | > | 2 x – 1 | is
æ 2 ö æ 2 ö Þ x Î {0} È (1, ¥)
(a) ç - , 4 ÷ (b) ç - , ¥ ÷
è 3 ø è 3 ø
Example – 46
(c) (0, 1) (d) None of these
Sol. Squaring both sides, we get If y =3[x] +1 =2[x – 3] +5, then find the value of
2 2 [x + y], where [.] represents greatest integer function.
|x + 3| > |2x – 1|
Sol. We are given that 3[x] + 1 = 2([x] – 3) + 5
or {(x + 3) – (2x – 1)} {(x + 3) + (2x – 1)} > 0
Þ [x] = –2
Þ {(–x + 4) (3x + 2)} > 0
Þ y = 3(–2) + 1 = –5
Hence [x + y] = [x] + y = – 2 – 5 = – 7
Example – 47
æ 2 ö
Þ x Î ç - , 4÷
è 3 ø Solve the equation |2x – 1| = 3[x] + 2{x} for x.
Hence, (a) is the correct answer. where [.] represents greatest integer function and {}
represents fraction part function.
Example – 44
1
Sol. Case I : For x < , |2x – 1| = 1 – 2x
Solve for x 2
|x| + |x + 4| = 4 Þ 1 – 2x = 3[x] + 2{x}.
Sol. |x| + |x + 4| = 4 Þ 1 – 2x = 3(x – {x}) + 2{x} .
As we know, |x| + |y| = |x – y|, iff xy £ 0 Þ {x} = 5x –1.
x(x + 4) £ 0 Now 0 £ {x} < 1
Using number line rule, Þ 0 £ 5x – 1 < 1.
1 2
Þ £x< Þ [x] = 0
5 5
Þ x Î [–4, 0]
Þ x = {x} Þ x = 5x – 1
Example – 45
1
Þ x= , which is a solution.
x x2 4
Solve x - 1 + x = x - 1
1
Case II : For x ³ , |2x – 1| = 2x – 1
2
x
Sol. Let f x = and g(x) = x Þ 2x – 1 = 3[x] + 2{x}.
x -1
Þ 2x – 1 = 3(x – {x}) + 2{x}.
{x} = x + 1 Example – 50
Now 0 £ {x} < 1
Find the domain of the function;
Þ 0 £ x + 1 < 1.Þ –1 £ x < 0.
1 1
. f x = + x+2
which is not possible since x ³ log10 1 – x
2
1
Hence x = is the only solution. 1
4 Sol. f x = + x+2
log10 1 – x
Example – 48
{as we know; loga x is defined when x and a > 0 and a ¹ 1
For a real number x, [x] denotes the integral part of x. The also loga 1 = 0}
value of
Thus, log10 (1 – x) exists when, 1 – x > 0 ...(i)
é1ù é1 1 ù é1 2 ù é 1 99 ù
êë 2 úû + êë 2 + 100 úû + êë 2 + 100 úû + .... + êë 2 + 100 úû is 1
also exists when, 1 – x > 0
log10 1 – x
(a) 49 (b) 50
(c) 48 (d) 51 and 1–x¹1 ...(ii)
Ans. (b) Þ x<1 and x ¹ 0 ...(iii)
é1 1 ù é 1 49 ù also we have x + 2 exists when x + 2 ³ 0

ê 2 + 100 ú + ........ ê 2 + 100 ú +
Sol. ë14444 û 4244444 ë 3û
each has value= 0 or x ³ –2 ....(iv)
é 1 50 ù é 1 99 ù 1
Thus, f x = + x + 2 exists when (iii) and (iv)
ê 2 + 100 ú + ........ ê 2 + 100 ú log10 1 – x
ë14444 û 4244444 ë 3û
each has value=1
both holds true.
= 50 Þ –2 £ x < 1 and x ¹ 0
Example – 49
Þ x Î –2, 0 È 0 , 1
Find the domain of definition of the following
function : f x = log 1 2x – 3
2
Sol. For f(x) to be defined log1/2 (2x – 3) ³ 0

Þ 2x – 3 £ 1
Þ x£2 ....(1)
Also 2x – 3 > 0
3
Þ x> . ....(2)
2
Combining (1) and (2) we get the required values of x.
3
Hence the domain of definition of f(x) is the set æç , 2ùú
è2 û

Types of sets & Subset 8. b g
If A and B are any two sets, then A È A Ç B is equal to
1. The set of intelligent students in a class is (a) Bc (b) Ac
(a) a null set (c) B (d) A
(b) a singleton set 9. If A = {1, 2, 3, 4}, B = {2, 3, 5, 6} and C = {3, 4, 6, 7}, then
(c) a finite set (a) A - (B Ç C) = {1, 3, 4} (b) A - (B Ç C) = {1, 2, 4}
(d) not a well defined collection (c) A - (B È C) = {2, 3} (d) A - (B È C)= {1, 2}
2. Which of the following is the empty set? Classification of function
2
(a) {x : x is a real number and x - 1 = 0}
10. Let A = [–1, 1] and f : A ® A be defined as f (x) = x |x| for all
b) {x : x is a real number and x2 + 1 = 0} x Î A, then f (x) is
(c) {x : x is a real number and x2 - 9 = 0} (a) many-one into function
(d) {x : x is a real number and x2 = x +2} (b) one-one into function
3. Let A = {2, 3, 4} and X = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}, then which of the (c) many-one onto function
following statements is correct (d) one-one onto function
(a) {0} Î Ac w.r.t. X (b) f Î Ac w.r.t. X 11. The function f : R ® R defined by
(c) {0} Ì Ac w.r.t.X (d) 0 Ì Ac w.r.t. X. f (x) = (x – 1) (x – 2) (x – 3) is

(a) one-one but not onto
Operation on sets
(b) onto but not one-one
4. If A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17}, (c) both one-one and onto
B = {2, 4, .......,18}and N is the universal set, then (d) neither one-one nor onto
A c È ((A È B) Ç B c ) is
x -1
(a) A (b) N 12. Let f : R ® R be defined by f (x) = then f is:
x +1
(c) B (d) None of these
5. Let A = {x : x is a multiple of 3} and B = {x : x is a multiple (a) both one - one and onto
of 5}. Then A Ç B is given by (b) one - one but not onto
(a) {3, 6, 9...} (b) {5, 10, 15, 20, ...} (c) onto but not one - one
(c) {15, 30, 45, ...} (d) None of these (d) neither one - one nor onto.
6. If Y È {1, 2} = {1, 2, 3, 5, 9}, then 13. A function f from the set of natural numbers to integers
defined by
(a) The smallest set of Y is {3, 5, 9}
(b) The smallest set of Y is {2, 3, 5, 9} ì n -1
ïï 2 , when n is odd
(c) The largest set of Y is {1, 2, 3, 5} f n =í is
ï - n , when n is even
(d) The largest set of Y is {2, 3, 5, 9} ïî 2
7. Given the sets A = {1, 2, 3}, B = {3, 4}, C = {4, 5, 6}, then
b
A È BÇ C g is
(a) onto but not one-one
(b) one-one and onto both
(a) {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} (b) {1, 2, 4, 5} (c) neither one-one nor onto
(c) {1, 2, 3, 4} (d) {3} (d) one-one but not onto
Domain of a function
1
23. Solution of x + < 4 is
x
1 2 1
14. Find the domain of f (x)= +x +
x -5 x+7
(a) 2 - 3, 2 + 3 È -2 - 3, - 2 + 3
(a) x Î [–7, 5] (b) x Î (5, ¥)
(c) x Î (–¥, 7) (d) none of these (b) R - 2 - 3, 2 + 3
15. Find the domain y = 1 - x + x - 5

(c) R - -2 - 3, - 2 + 3
(a) x Î f (b) y Î (–¥, 1]
(d) none of these
(c) x Î (–¥, 1] È [5, ¥) (d) none of these
16. The domain of the function Greatest integer functions
f(x) = x - 3 - 2 x - 4 - x - 3 + 2 x - 4 is 24. The domain of the function
(a) [4, ¥) (b) (-¥, 4] 1

f x =
(c) (4, ¥) (d) (–¥, 4) 2
x - x -6
1
17. If f (x) = , then domain of f (x) is where [ ] denotes greatest integer function
| x | -x
(a) R – [–2, 4) (b) R – {–3, 2}
(a) (–¥, 0) (b) (–¥, 2) (c) R (d) R – {2, 3}
(c) (–¥, ¥) (d) None of the above 2
25. If [x] = [x + 2], where [x] = the greatest integer less than or equal
Modulus functions to x, then x must be such that
18. |3x + 7| < 5, then x belongs to (a) x = 2, –1 (b) x Î 2, 3

(a) (–4, –3) (b) (–4, –2/3)
(c) (–5, 5) (d) (–5/3, 5/3) (c) x Î -1, 0 (d) none of these
19. Solution of |3x – 2| > 1 is 26. The domain of the function f (x) = loge (x – [x]), where [.]
(a) [1/3, 1] (b) (1/3, 1) denotes the greatest integer function, is
(a) R (b) R–Z
(c) {1/3, 1} (d) -¥, 13 ùû È 1, ¥ (c) (0, + ¥) (d) None of these
20. If –5 < x < 4, then : Logarithmic functions
(a) 0 £ | x | < 4 (b) 4 < |x| < 5
27. Let f (x) = l og x 2 25 and g(x) = logx 5 then f (x) = g(x)
(c) 0 £ | x | < 5 (d) none of these
holds for x belonging to
21. |2x – 3| < |x + 5|, then x belongs to
(a) R (b) (0, 1) È (1, +¥)
(a) (–3, 5) (b) (5, 9)
(c) f (d) None of these
(c) (–2/3, 8) (d) (–8, 2/3)
28. The domain of the function f (x) = log2 (log3 (log4 x)) is
x2 + 6 (a) (–¥, 4) (b) (4, ¥)
22. ³1
5x
(c) (0, 4) (d) (1, ¥)
29. The value of x, log½ x > log1/3 x is
(a) -¥, - 3
(a) (0, 1] (b) (0, 1)
(b) -¥, - 3 È 3, ¥ (c) [0, 1) (d) none
(c) R 30. Indicate the correct alternative : The number log27 is

(a) an integer (b) a rational number
(d) -¥, - 3 È -2, 0 È 0, 2 È 3, ¥
(c) an irrational number (d) a prime number
Range of a function
x -7
40. Solution of > 2 is
x +3
2x + 1
31. Find the Range y =
x -5 (a) -3, ¥ (b) -¥, - 13
(a) R – {2} (b) x ¹ 5 (c) (–13, –3) (d) none of these
(c) R – {5} (d) none of these 41. The set of values of x which satisfy the inequations
x x+2
5x + 2 < 3x + 8 and < 4 is
32. Range of the function f x = is x -1
1+ x2
(a) (–¥, ¥) (b) [–1, 1] (a) -¥,1 (b) (2, 3)
é 1 1ù (c) -¥, 3 (d) -¥, 1 È 2, 3

(c) ê - , ú (d) éë - 2, 2 ùû
ë 2 2û 42. If x2 – 1 < 0 and x2 – x – 2 > 0, then x lies in the interval set
(a) (1, –1) (b) (–1, 1)
2 1
33. The range of the function f x = x + 2 (c) (1, 2) (d) {–1}
x +1
(a) [1, ¥) (b) [2, ¥) x 2 - 3x + 4
43. The solution set of > 1, x Î R is
x +1
é3 ö
(c) ê , ¥ ÷ (d) None of these (a) 3, ¥ (b) -1, 1 È 3, ¥
ë2 ø
Wavy Curve Method (c) -1, 1 È 3, ¥ (d) none
34. The set of values of x satisfying the inequalities 1 1

44. If < , then :
(x – 1) (x – 2) < 0 and (3x – 7) (2x – 3) > 0 is a b
(a) (1, 2) (b) (2, 7/3) (a) |a| > |b| (b) a < b
(c) (1, 7/3) (d) (1, 3/2) (c) a > b (d) none of these
35. If x2 + 6x – 27 > 0 and x2 – 3x – 4 < 0, then 45. If –2 < x < 3, then :
(a) x > 3 (b) x < 3
(a) 4 < x2 < 9 (b) 0 £ | x | < 5
(c) 3 < x < 4 (d) x = 7/2
36. Find the set of values of 'x' for which the given condition (c) 0 £ x 2 < 9 (d) None of these
is true (x – 1) (x – 3) (x + 5) > 0
46. x > 2 - x2
(a) (–5, 1) È (3, ¥) (b) (–1, 5)
(c) [–5, 1] È [3, ¥) (d) none of these (a) x Î (1, ¥) (b) x Î (– ¥, –1)È(1, ¥)
37. The value of x for which 12 x – 6 < 0 and 12 – 3 x < 0
(c) x Î 1, 2 ùû (d) x Î éë 2, ¥
(a) f (b) R
(c) R – {0} (d) none of these Misc examples-sets-functions
x -3 x -1 x - 2
38. The value of x for which -x< - and 47. A function whose graph is symmetrical about the y-axis is
4 2 3 given by
2 – x > 2x – 8
2
(a) [–1, 10/3] (b) (–1, 10/3) (a) f (x ) = l og e x + x + 1
(c) R (d) none of these
39. If c < d, x2 + (c + d) x + cd < 0, then x belongs to. (b) f (x + y) = f(x) + f (y) for all x, y Î R
(a) (–d, –c] (b) (–d, –c) (c) f (x) = cos x + sin x
(c) R (d) f (d) None of these
48. The graph of the function y = f (x) is symmetrical about the 55. In a city 20% of the population travels by car, 50% travels
line x = 2, then by bus and 10% travels by both car and bus. Then,
(a) f (x) = f (– x) (b) f (2 + x) = f (2 – x) percentage of persons travelling by car or bus is
(c) f (x + 2) = f (x – 2) (d) f (x) = – f (– x) 56. X and Y are two sets such that n (X) = 17, n(Y) = 23,
n( X È Y) = 38 then n ( X Ç Y) is
49. If A = {1, 2, 3}, B = {a, b}, then A × B is given by
57. If S and T are two sets such that S has 21 elements, T has 32
(a) {(1, a), (2, b), (3, b)}
elements, and S Ç T has 11 elements, then number of
(b) {(1, b), (2, a)}
elements S È T has
(c) {(1, a), (1, b), (2, a), (2, b), (3, a), (3, b)}
58. In a committee 50 people speak French, 20 speak Spanish
(d) {(1, a), (2, a), (2, b), (3, b)} and 10 speak both Spanish and French. The number of
æ 3 ö
persons speaking at least one of these two languages is
ç1 – x ÷
50. Solve for x : 3
x2 – 2 æ 1 öè 2 ø
59. In a group of 1000 people, there are 750 people who can
<ç ÷
è3ø speak Hindi and 400 who can speak English .Then number
of persons who can speak Hindi only is
(a) – 2, –1 (b) – 2, 2 60. In a statistical investigation of 1,003 families of Calcutta, it
was found that 63families had neither a radio nor a T.V, 794
(c) – 2, – 2 (d) None of these families had a radio and 187 had a T.V. The number of families
in that group having both a radio and a T.V is
51. The largest interval among the following for which 61. If A has 3 elements and B has 6 elements, then the minimum
x12 – x9 + x4 – x + 1 > 0 is number of elements in the set A È B is
(a) – 4 < x < 0 (b) 0 < x < 1
(c) – 100 < x < 100 (d) –¥ < x < ¥ x -1
62. If the value for which ³ 2 is [–k, 0), then the value
2 x
52. If f (x) = x – 3x + 1 and f (2a) = 2f (a), then a is equal to
of k is
1 1
(a) (b) - 3- x
2 2 63. If the domain of the function f x = log10 is (a, b]
x
1 1 then a + 2b equals
(c) or - (d) none of these
2 2 64. The number of real solutions of
Numerical Value Type Questions x 2 - 4x + 3 = x 2 - 9 = 4x 2 - 14x + 6 is
53. If A = {x : x = 4n + 1, 2 £ n £ 5}, nÎN then number of subsets 65. The number of real solutions of the equation ex = x is
of A is
54. A relation on the set A = {x : |x| < 3, x Î Z}, where Z is the set
of integers is defined by R = {(x, y) : y = |x|, x ¹ + 1}. Then
the number of elements in the power set of R is:

5. Let A, B and C be sets such that f ¹ A Ç B Í C . Then
1. Let S = {x Î R : x ³ 0 and 2 x -3 + x
which of the following statements is not true ?
(12-04-2019/Shift-2)
x - 6 + 6 = 0} Then S : (2018)
(a) B Ç C ¹ f
(a) Contain exactly four element
(b) If A - B Í C , then A Í C
(b) is an empty set.
(c) contain exactly one element (c) C È A Ç C È B = C
(d) contains exactly two elements. (d) If A - C Í B , then A Í B

x
2. Let f(x) = a (a > 0) be written as f(x) = f1(x) + f2(x), when f1(x)
6. Let A = { x Î R : x is not a positive integer}. Define a
is an even function and f2(x) is an odd function. Then
f1(x + y) + f2(x – y) equals : (8-04-2019/Shift-2) 2x
function f: A ® R as f x = , then f is:
x -1
(a) 2f1(x)f1(y) (b) 2f1(x + y)f1(x – y)
(9-01-2019/Shift-2)
(c) 2f1(x)f2(y) (d) 2f1(x + y)f2(x – y)
(a) not injective
3. The domain of the definition of the function
(b) neither injective nor surjective
1 (c) surjective but not injective
f x = + log10 x 3 - x is:
4 - x2 (d) injective but not surjective
7. In a class of 140 students numbered 1 to 140, all even
(9-04-2019/Shift-2)
numbered students opted Mathematics course, those
(a) -1, 0 È 1, 2 È 3, ¥ whose number is divisible by 3 opted Physics course and
those whose number is divisible by 5 opted Chemistry
course. Then the number of students who did not opt for
(b) -2, -1 È -1, 0 È 2, ¥
any of the three courses is: (10-01-2019/Shift-1)
8. Let N be the set of natural numbers and two functions f
(c) -1, 0 È 1, 2 È 2, ¥
and g be defined as f , g : N ® N such that
(d) 1, 2 È 2, ¥
ì n +1
ïï 2 if n is odd
4. Two newspapers A and B are published in city. It is known f n =í
that 25% of the city population reads A and 20% reads B ï n if n is even
ïî 2
while 8% reads both A and B. Further, 30% of those who
read A but not B look into advertisements and 40% of
n
those who read B but not A also look into advertisements, and g n = n - -1 . Then fog is:
while 50% of those who read both A and B look into (10-01-2019/Shift-2)
advertisements. Then the percentage of the population (a) onto but not one-one
who look into advertisements is: (9-04-2019/Shift-2) (b) one-one but not onto
(a) 13.9 (b) 12.8 (c) both one-one and onto
(c) 13 (d) 13.5 (d) neither one-one nor onto
14. A survey shows that 63% of the people in a city read

x
9. Let f : R ® R be defined by f x = ,xÎ R . newspaper A whereas 76% read newspaper B. If x % of
1 + x2
the people read both the newspapers, then a possible
Then the range of f is : (11-01-2019/Shift-1)
value of x can be : (4-09-2020/Shift-1)
é 1 1ù (a) 37 (b) 29
(a) ê- , ú (b) R - -1,1
êë 2 2 úû
(c) 65 (d) 55
15. A survey shows that 73% of the persons working in an

é 1 1ù
(c) R - ê- , ú (d) -1,1 - 0 office like coffee, whereas 65% like tea. If x denotes the
ëê 2 2 ûú percentage of them, who like both coffee and tea, then x
10. Let S = {1, 2, 3, ... , 100}. The number of non-empty subsets cannot be: (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
A of S such that the product of elements in A is even is : (a) 63 (b) 54
(12-01-2019/Shift-1)
(c) 38 (d) 36
50 50
(a) 2100 - 1 (b) 2 2 - 1 16. Set A has m elements and set B has n elements. If the total
number of subsets of A is 112 more than the total number
(c) 250 - 1 (d) 250 + 1 of subsets of B, then the value of m.n is _____.
11. Let Z be the set of integers. (6-09-2020/Shift-1)
x + 2 x2 -5 x + 6 17. Let X = {n Î N :1 £ n £ 50} .If A = {n Î X: n is a multiple

If A = x Î Z :2 = 1 and
of 2} and B = {nÎX: n is a multiple of 7}, then the number
of elements in the smallest subset of X containing both
B = x Î Z : - 3 < 2 x - 1 < 9 then the number of subsets
A and B is _______. (7-01-2020/Shift-2)
of the set A x B, is (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 215 (b) 218 x[ x]
18. Let f : (1,3) ® R be a function defined by f ( x) = ,
x2 + 1
(c) 212 (d) 210
where [x] denotes the greatest integerd £ x Then the
2 2
12. If R = {(x, y) : x, y Î Z, x + 3y £ 8} is a relation on the
range of f is: (8-01-2020/Shift-2)
set of integers Z, then the domain of R–1 is :
(2-9-2020/Shift-1) æ 2 3ù æ 3 4 ö æ 2 4ù
(a) ç , ú È ç , ÷ (b) ç , ú
è 5 5û è 4 5 ø è 5 5û
(a) {-1, 0,1} (b) {-2, -1,1, 2}
(c) {0,1} (d) {-2, -1, 0,1, 2} æ3 4ö æ 2 1 ö æ 3 4ù

(c) ç , ÷ (d) ç , ÷ È ç , ú
è5 5ø è 5 2 ø è 5 5û
13. Let [t] denote the greatest integer £ t. Then the equation in
x, [x]2 + 2 [x+2] – 7 = 0 has : (4-09-2020/Shift-1) 19. If A = {x Î R :| x |< 2} and B = {x Î R :| x - 2 |³ 3} then :
(a) exactly four integral solutions
(9-1-2020/Shift-2)
(b) infinitely many solutions
(a) A - B = [-1, 2] (b) B - A = R - (-2, 5)
(c) no integral solution
(d) exactly two solution (c) A È B = R - (2,5) (d) A Ç B = (-2, -1)
20. Let A = n Î N:n is a 3 - digit number 23. Let A = n Î N | n 2 £ n + 10, 000 , B = 3k + 1| k Î N

B = 9k + 2 : k Î N and and C = 2k | k Î N , then the sum of all the elements of
C = 9k + l : k Î N for some l 0 < l < 9
the set A Ç B - C is equal to ______.
If the sum of all the elements of the set A Ç B È C is
(27-07-2021/Shift-2)
274 × 400, then l is equal to ______
24. Out of all the patients in a hospital 89% are found to be
(24-02-2021/Shift-1)
suffering from heart ailment and 98% are suffering from
21. The number of elements in the set
lungs infection. If K% of them are suffering from both
x Î R : x - 3 x + 4 = 6 is equal to ailments, then K cannot belong to the set:
(16-03-2021/Shift-1) (26-08-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 1 (b) 3 (a) 80, 83, 86, 89 (b) 79, 81, 83, 85
(c) 2 (d) 4
(c) 84, 87, 90, 93 (d) 84, 86, 88, 90
22. In a school, there are three types of games to be played.
Some of the students play two types of games, but none 25. If A = x Î R : x – 2 > 1 , B = x Î R : x2 – 3 > 1 ,
play all the three games. Which Venn diagrams can justify
the above statement ?
C = x Î R : x – 4 ³ 2 and Z is the set of all integers,
c
then the number of subsets of the set A Ç B Ç C Ç Z
is _______. (27-08-2021/Shift-1)
(17-03-2021/Shift-1)
(a) P and R (b) None of these
(c) Q and R (d) P and Q

5. The domain of the function f (x) = x - 1 - x 2 is
1. The solution set of log2 |4 – 5x| > 2 is
é 1 ù é 1 ù
(a) ê -1, - È ,1
(a) 8 5 , ¥ (b) 4 5 , 8 5 ë 2 úû êë 2 úû
(b) [–1, 1]
(c) -¥, 0 È 8 , ¥ (d) none
5 æ 1ù é 1 ö
(c) ç -¥ , - ú È ê , ¥÷
è 2 û ë 2 ø
2. The graph of a real-valued function f (x) is the following.
The function is
é 1 ù
(d) ê , 1ú
ë 2 û
6. The function f : R ® R defined by f (x) = 6x + 6|x| is

(a) one-one and onto (b) many-one and onto
(c) one-one and into (d) many-one and into
7. If |x – 1| + |x| + |x + 1| > 6 ; then x lies in
(a) -¥, 2 (b) -¥, - 2 È 2, ¥

(a) f (x) = x – |x| (b) f (x) = x + |x| (c) R (d) f
(c) f (x) = 2x (d) None of these 8. Solution of |1/x – 2| < 4 is
3. Solution of the inequality x > 1 - x is given by (a) -¥, - 1 2 (b) 1 6 , ¥
(a) -¥, -1 - 5 / 2 (c) - 1 2 , 1 6 (d) -¥, - 1 2 È 1 6 , ¥
9. Solution of 2x + 2|x| > 2 2 is

(b) 5 - 1 / 2, ¥
(a) -¥, log 2 2 +1
(c) -¥, -1 - 5 / 2 È 5 - 1 / 2, ¥
(b) 0, ¥
(d) 5 - 1 / 2, 1ù æ1 ö
û (c) ç , log 2 2 -1 ÷
è2 ø
1 x 2 - 2x + 4 9.32x + 6.3x + 4
4. If for x Î R, £ 2 £ 3, then (d) -¥, log 2 2 - 1 ù È ½, ¥
3 x + 2x + 4 9.32x - 6.3x + 4 û
lies b/w 10. If f (x) = cos [p]x + cos [px], where [y] is the greatest integer
function of y then f (p/2) is equal to
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1/3 and 3
(a) cos 3 (b) 0
(c) 0 and 4 (d) none of these
(c) cos 4 (d) none of these
18. If graph of y = f (x) is

11. The domain of the function f (x ) = x 2 –[x ]2 , where
[x] = the greatest integer less than or equal to x is

(a) R (b) [0, +¥)
(c) (–¥, 0] (d) None of these
12. Let f (x) = [x] = the greatest integer less than or equal to x
and g(x) = x – [x]. Then for any two real numbers x and y.
(a) f (x + y) = f (x) + f (y) Then f (x) can be
(b) g(x + y) = g(x) + g(y) (a) y = 2 ex (b) y = 4 ex
1
(c) f (x + y) = f (x) + f (y + g(x)) x+ 1 x
(c) y = e 2
(d) y = e
(d) none of these 4
19. The domain of definition of the function y(x) is given by
x y
13. The domain of f (x) = l og (x) is the equation 2 + 2 = 2 is
x 2 -1
(a) 0 < x £ 1 (b) 0 £ x £ 1
(a) ( 2, + ¥) (b) (0, ¥) (c) -¥ < x £ 0 (d) -¥ < x < 1
(c) (1, +¥) (d) None of these 1 1

20. Solution set of the inequality : > is
14. The domain of the real-valued function f (x) = loge |loge x | is 2 x - 1 1 - 2 x -1
(a) (1, +¥) (b) (0, +¥)

(a) 1, ¥ (b) 0, log 2 4 3
(c) (e, +¥) (d) None of these
15. If x = loga (bc), y = logb (ca) and z = logc (ab) then which of (c) -1, ¥ (d) 0, log 2 4 3 È 1, ¥
the following is equal to 1? 2 2 2
21. If a + b + c = 1, then ab + bc + ca lies in the interval
–1 –1 –1
(a) x + y + z (b) (1+ x) + (1+ y) + (1+ z)
é 1 ù é 1ù
(c) xyz (d) none of these (a) ê - , 1ú (b) ê 0, ú
ë 2 û ë 2û
2 f (n) +1 (c) [0, 1] (d) [1, 2]
16. If f (n + 1) = , n = 1, 2, ... and f (1) = 2, then
2 22. Let f : {x, y, z} ® {a, b, c} be a one-one function and only
f (101) equals one of the conditions (i) f (x) ¹ b, (ii) f (y), = b
(iii) f (z) ¹ a is true then the function f is given by the set
(a) 52 (b) 49
(a) {(x, a), (y, b), (z, c)} (b) {(x, a), (y, c), (z, b)}
(c) 48 (d) 51 (c) {(x, b), (y, a), (z, c)} (d) {(x, c), (y, b), (z, a)}
23. The equation | |x – 1| + a | = 4 can have real solutions for x
1 if ‘a’ belongs to the interval
17. The domain of function f (x) = , where {x}
x 2 - { x }2 (a) (–¥, 4] (b) (–¥, –4]
(c) (4, + ¥) (d) [–4, 4]
denotes fraction part of x.
24. If x 4 f ( x) - 1 - sin 2 px = | f ( x) | -2f ( x), then f(-2) equals:
é1 ù
(a) R – [0, 1) (b) R - ê ,1ú
ë2 û 1 1
(a) (b)
17 11
1 1
(c) (-¥, ] È (1, ¥) (d) none of these (c) (d) 0
2 19
31. If f is an even function defined on the interval (–5, 5) then

é x ù é x ù é x ù 31
25. If 0 < x < 1000 and ê ú + ê ú + ê ú = x , where [x] is
ë 2 û ë 3 û ë 5 û 30 æ x +1 ö
a value of x satisfying the equation f (x) = f ç ÷ is
the greatest integer less than or equal to x, the number of è x+2 ø
possible values of x is
(a) 34 (b) 32 –1 + 5 –3 + 5
(a) (b)
(c) 33 (d) none of these 2 2
26. The domain of the function y = log10 log10 log10 ... log10x is
–1 – 5 –3 – 5
M ....... n times ....... M (c) (d)
2 2
(a) [10n, +¥) (b) (10n–1, +¥)
(c) [10n–2, +¥) (d) None of these Numerical Value Type Questions
27. If [.] denotes the greatest integer function then the domain
æ 1ö
of the real-valued function log x +1 2 x 2 - x - 2 is 32. If f ç x + ÷ = x3 + x–3 then f (5) must be equal to
è xø
é3 ö é3 ö
(a) ê , + ¥ ÷ (b) ê , 2 ÷ È (2, + ¥) 33. The range of the function x – 6 + 12 – x is an interval
ë 2 ø ë2 ø
æ1 ö of length 2 3 – k then k must be

(c) ç , 2 ÷ È (2, + ¥) (d) None of these
è2 ø 34. The least period of the function
Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option] p

cos (cos x) + sin (cos x ) + sin 4x is k
2
28. If logk x. log5 k = logx 5, k ¹ 1, k > 0, then x is equal to
then value of k must be
1
(a) k (b)
5 Assertion & Reason
1 correct explanation for ASSERTION.
29. If < log0.1 x < 2 then
2
1 a correct explanation for ASSERTION.
(a) the maximum value of x is
10 (C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false.
1 1
(b) x lies between and
100 10 ax + b
35. Assertion : The function , (ad – bc ¹ 0) cannot
cx + d
1 1
(c) x does not lie between and
100 10
a
attain the value .
1 c
(d) the minimum value of x is
100 Reason : The domain of the function
30. Which of the following functions is not injective ? b – dy
g(y) = is all the reals except a/c.
(a) f (x) = |x + 1|, x Î [–1, 0] cy – a
(b) f (x) = x + 1/x, x Î (0, ¥)
(a) A (b) B
(c) f (x) = x2 + 4x – 5
(c) C (d) D
(d) f (x) = e–x, x Î [0, ¥)
36. Assertion : The domain of a function y = f (x) will be all 39. Column–I Column–II
reals if for every real x there exist real y. (A) f (x + y) = f (x) + f (y) (P) log3 x
Reason : The range of a function y = f (x) will be all (B) f (xy) = f (x) + f (y) (Q) tan–1 x
reals if for every real y there exists a real x (C) f (x + y) = f (x) . f (y) (R) 3x
such that f (x) = y.
(a) A (b) B æx+yö
(D) f (x) + f (y) = f ç ÷ (S) 3x
è 1 – xy ø
(c) C (d) D
37. Assertion : Let A and B be two sets each with a finite The Correct Matching is :
number of elements. Assume that there is an (a) (A–P); (B–R); (C–S); (D–Q)
injective mapping from A to B and that there (b) (A–R); (B–P); (C–S); (D–Q)
is an injective mapping from B to A. Then (c) (A–Q); (B–S); (C–P); (D–R)
there is a bijective mapping from A to B.
(d) (A–R); (B–S); (C–Q); (D–P)
Reason : An onto function is not necessarily one-one.
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D Passage
Match the Following A rational function is defined as quotient of two

polynomials, p(x) and q(x). The domain of the rational
Each question has two columns. Four options are given function must be all reals except the roots of the equation
representing matching of elements from Column-I and q(x) = 0. The range of rational function can be found by
Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds finding minimum and maximum values of the function. In
to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option case p(x) and q(x) have a common factor x – b. Then after
corresponding to the correct matching. cancelling the common factor, the rational function must
assume a value at x = b which should be deleted from the
38. Column–I Column–II found range since b is not there in the domain of the
(A) odd function (P) x – [x] rational function.
(B) even function (Q) log x + 1 + x 2 3x + 1

40. The range of the rational function f (x) = must be
2x + 1
1+ x 1 1
(C) neither even nor odd (R) x log (a) R – ìí– üý (b) R – ìí – üý
1– x î 2þ î 3þ
ì3ü
2x / 2 (c) R – í ý (d) R
(S) î2þ
1+ 2x / 2
The Correct Matching is : 2x + 1

41. The range of the rational function f (x) = 2
2x + 5x + 2
(a) (A–R); (B–Q); (C–P,S)
(b) (A–P,S); (B–R); (C–R) must be
(c) (A–Q); (B–P,S); (C–R) (a) R – {0} (b) R – {–2}
(d) (A–Q); (B–R); (C–P,S) ì 2ü

(c) R – {0, –2} (d) R – í0, ý
î 3þ
Text
2x 2 + 5x + 2
42. The range of the rational function f (x) =
2x + 1 43. Find all real numbers x which satisfy the equation,
must be
2 log2 log2 x + log1/2 log2 2 2 x = 1.
(a) R – {0} (b) R – {–2}
44. Find the values of x satisfying the equation
ì 2ü ì3ü
(c) R – í0, – 2, ý (d) R – í ý A 7 2
|x – 1| = (x – 1) where A = log3x – 2 logx 9.
î 3þ î2þ
45. Find all real numbers x which satisfy the equation,
2 2 –1
log3/4 log8 (x + 7) + log1/2 log1/4 (x + 7) = –2.

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] Match the Following
1. Number of solutions of log4 (x – 1) = log2 (x – 3) is The question has two columns. Four options are given
(2001) representing matching of elements from Column-I and
(a) 3 (b) 1 Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds
(c) 2 (d) 0 to a correct matching. For question, choose the option
x
2. If f : [0, ¥) ® [0, ¥) and f (x) = , then f is (2003) Match the conditions/expressions in Column I with
1+ x
statement in Column II.
(a) one-one and onto
(b) one-one but not onto x 2 - 6x + 5
5. Let f (x) =
x 2 - 5x + 6
(c) onto but not one-one
(d) neither one-one nor onto Column I Column II
(A) If –1 < x < 1, then f (x) (P) 0 < f (x) < 1
2
3. Range of the function f (x) = x + x + 2 ; x Î R is satisfies
x2 + x +1
(B) If 1 < x < 2, then f (x) (Q) f (x) < 0
(2003)
satisfies
(a) (1, ¥) (b) (1, 11/7)
(C) If 3 < x < 5, then f(x) (R) f (x) > 0
(c) (1, 7/3] (d) (1, 7/5)
satisfies
4. The function f : [0, 3] ® [1, 29], defined by
(D) If x > 5, then f(x) (S) f (x) < 1
f (x) = 2x3 – 15x2 + 36x + 1, is (2012)
satisfies (2007)
(a) one-one and onto
The Correct Matching is
(b) onto but not one-one
(a) (A–P; B–Q; C–Q; D–P)
(c) one-one but not onto
(b) (A–Q; B–P; C–Q; D–P)
(d) neither one-one nor onto
(c) (A–P; B–P; C–Q; D–Q)
(d) (A–Q; B–Q; C–P; D–P)

Chapter 06 45
1. INTRODUCTION Þ lim f x = l
x®a
Calculus is the mathematics of motion and change, while Limits From Graph
algebra, geometry, and trigonometry are more static in nature.
th
The development of calculus in the 17 century by Newton,
Leibnitz and others grew out of attempts by these and earlier
mathematicians to answer certain fundamental questions
about dynamic real-world situations. These investigations
1.
led to two fundamental procedures- differentiation and
integration; which can be formulated in terms of a concept
called- limit.
LHL = l, RHL = l
In a very real sense, the concept of limit is the threshold to
modern mathematics. You are about to cross that threshold,
Þ lim f x = l
and beyond lies the fascinating world of calculus. x®a
2. LIMIT OF A FUNCTION
The notation :
lim f x = L
x ®c 2.
is read “the limit of f (x) as x approaches c is L” and means
that the functional values f (x) can be made arbitrarily close
to a unique number L by choosing x sufficiently close to c LHL = l, RHL = l
(but not equal to c).
Þ lim f x = l
x®a
2.1 One-Sided Limits
2.1.1 Right-hand Limit (RHL) : We write
lim f x = lim f a + h = l1 if we can make the
x ®a+ h®0+
number f (x) as close to l1 as we please by choosing

x sufficiently close to a on a small interval (a, b)
immediately to the right of a. 3.
2.1.2 Left-hand limit (LHL) : We write
lim f x = lim f a - h = l2 if we can make the
x ® a- +
h®0
number f (x) as close to l2 as we please by choosing LHL = l1, RHL = l2

x sufficiently close to a on a small interval (c, a)
immediately to the left of a. Q LHL ¹ RHL
2.1.3 Limit of a function f (x) is said to exist as x ® a
(x approaches a) when ;
Þ lim f x does not exist
lim- f x = lim+ f x = l (finite quantity) x ®a
x ®a x®a
46
æ ö
(a) lim log f x = log ç lim f x ÷ = log l ; (provided l > 0)
x ®a è x ® a ø
lim f x
(b) lim e f x
= ex ® a = el .
4. x ®a
1
7. If lim f x = + ¥ or – ¥, then lim = 0.
x ®a x ®a f x
LHL = l1
RHL = Not defined (approaches ¥) 4. EVALUATION OF ALGEBRAIC LIMITS
So lim f x does not exist. Let f (x) be an algebraic function and ‘a’ be a real number.
x ®a
Then lim f (x) is known as an algebraic limit.
x ®a
3. ALGEBRA OF LIMITS 3 5
E.g. lim x -1 , lim 1 + x - 1 - x , lim x - 32 etc.
x ®1 x -1 x ®0 x x ®2 x - 2
Let f and g be two real functions with domain D. We define
four new functions f ± g, f g, f /g on domain D by setting are algebraic limits.
( f ± g) (x) = f (x) ± g (x), ( f g) (x) = f (x) × g (x)
4.1 Direct substitution method
( f /g)(x) = f (x)/g(x), if g(x) ¹ 0 for any x Î D.
Following are some results concerning the limits of these If by direct substitution of the point in the given expression
we get a finite number, then the number obtained is the limit
functions.
of the given expression.
Let both lim f x and lim g x exist and equal l and m If upon substituting the point in the given expression, we
x®a x ®a
get the following forms. :
respectively, then
0 ¥
, , ¥ – ¥, 0 × ¥, ¥°, 0°, 1¥
1. lim f ± g x = lim f x ± lim g x = l ± m 0 ¥
x ®a x ®a x ®a
(Indeterminate Forms)
2. lim f g x = lim f x ´ lim g x = lm
x ®a x ®a x ®a Then we can’t find the value of limit by direct substitution.
Following methods are followed to find the limit of the
æfö lim f x l function.
3. lim ç ÷ x = x ®a = , provided m ¹ 0.
x ®a è g ø lim g x m
x ®a 4.2 Factorisation method
4. lim k f x = k . lim f x , where k is constant. f x

x ®a x ®a Consider lim . If by putting x = a the rational function
x ®a g x
g x
5. lim f x = l m ; ( provided lim f x > 0 ) f x 0 ¥
x ®a x ®a takes the form etc, then (x–a) is a factor of
,
g x 0 ¥
æ ö
6. lim fog x = f ç lim g x ÷ = f m ; provided f (x) both f (x) & g(x). In such a case we factorise the numerator
x ®a è x ®a ø and denominator, and then cancel out the common factor
is continuous at g (x) = m. (x–a). After cancelling out the common factor (x–a), we again
In particular put x = a in the given expression and see whether we get a
meaningful number or not. This process is repeated till we
get a meaningful number.
47
4.3 Rationalisation method

5. STANDARD LIMITS
This is particularly used when either numerator or
denominator, or both involve expressions consisting of 5.1 Trigonometric Limits
square roots (radical signs)
NOTE : Sometimes, it is easier to convert limit to a new To evaluate trigonometric limits the following results are
variable h that tends to 0. For this, we can use substitution very useful.
x = a + h or x = a – h.
sin x
1. lim =1
4.4 Method of evaluating algebraic limits when x ® ¥ x ®0 x
To evaluate this type of limits we follow the following tan x

2. lim =1
procedure. x®0 x
Step–1 : Write down the given expression in the form of a (in 1 & 2, x is measured in radians)
f x sin -1 x
rational function, i.e., , if it is not so. lim =1
g x 3.
x®0 x
Step–2 : If k is the highest power of x in numerator and
tan -1 x
denominator both, then divide each term in numerator 4. lim =1
and denominator by xk.
x ®0 x
1 sin xº p
Step–3 : Use the result lim = 0 , where n > 0. 5. lim =
x ®¥ xn x ®0 x 180
Important Results : 6. lim cos x = 1

x ®0
If m, n are positive integers and a0, b0 ¹ 0 are non-zero sin x - a

7. lim =1
x ®a x-a
a 0 x m + a1x m -1 + ....+ a m -1 x + a m
numbers, then lim
x ®¥ b0 x n + b1x n -1 + ....+ b n -1 x + b n tan x - a
8. lim =1
x ®a x -a
ì a0
ïb , if m=n 5.2 Exponential & Logarithmic Limits
ïï 0
= í 0, if m<n To evaluate the exponential and logarithmic limits we use
ï ¥, if m > n , a 0 ´ b0 > 0 the following results.
ï
ïî - ¥ , if m > n , a 0 ´ b0 < 0
ax -1
1. lim = loge a
x ®0 x
NOTES : e x -1
2. lim =1
x ®0 x
(1) Sometimes such questions can be solved using
log 1 + x
1 3. lim =1
substitution x = . x ®0 x
t
(2) Questions with variable tending to -¥ can be solved using æ xn - a n ö n –1
substitution x = –t. 4. lim çç ÷÷ = n .a
x ®a
è x -a ø
48
6. EXPANSIONS TO EVALUATE LIMITS lim éë f x ùû

g x
= lim éë1+ f x -1 ùû
g x lim f x -1 g x
= ex®a
x ®a x ®a
7.1 Particular Cases

n n n –1 2 n n –1 n – 2 3
1. 1+ x =1+nx + x + x +....
2! 3! 1/ x
1. lim 1+ x =e
x ®0
(|x| < 1) x
æ 1ö
2. lim ç1+ ÷ = e
x ®¥ è xø
x2 x3
2. e x = 1+ x + + +...
2! 3! lim 1+lx
1/ x
= el
3.
x ®0
x2 2 æ lö
x
3. a x = 1 + x log e a + loge a + .... ( a > 0) 4. lim ç 1+ ÷ = el
2! x ®¥ è xø
x2 x3 x4 8. L-HOSPITAL’S RULE
4. log 1 + x = x - + - + ... (– 1 < x £ 1)
2 3 4
If f (x) and g(x) be two functions of x such that
x 3 x5 1. lim f x = lim g x = 0
5. sin x = x - + - .... x ®a x ®a
3! 5!
2. both are continuous at x = a,
2 4
x x 3. both are differentiable at x = a,
6. cos x = 1– + –....
2! 4!
4. f ¢(x) and g¢(x) are continuous at the point x = a, then
f x f' x
x3 2 5 lim = lim , provided that g (a) ¹ 0.
7. tan x = x + + x + .... x ®a g x x ®a g' x
3 15
The above rule is also applicable if lim f x ®¥ and

1 x3 1 3 x5 1 3 5 x7 x ®a
8. sin –1x = x+ . + . . + . . +...
2 3 2 4 5 2 4 6 7
lim g x ® ¥ .
x®a
1 1
9. tan –1x = x – x 3 + x 5 –...
3 5 f' x
Generalisation : If lim assumes the indeterminate
x ®a g' x
7. 1¥ FORM
form (0/0) or (¥/¥)and f ¢(x), g¢(x) satisfy all the conditions
To evaluate the exponential limits of the form 1 we use the ¥ embodied in L-Hospitals rule, we can repeat the application
following results.
f' x
of this rule on to get
1. If lim f x = 0 and lim g x ®¥, then g' x
x®a x ®a
g x lim f x ´ g x
lim éë1 + f x ùû = e x®a , f x f¢ x f ¢¢ x
x ®a lim = lim = lim = ... .
x ®a g x x ®a g ¢ x x ®a g ¢¢ x
2. If lim f (x) = 1 and lim g(x) ® ¥, then
x ®a x ®a
49
Sometimes it may be necessary to repeat this process a In words : If a function can be squeezed/sandwiched between
number of times till our goal of evaluating the limit is two functions whose limits at a particular point c have the
achieved. same value L, then that function must also have limit
0 0 L at x = c.
9. 0 × ¥, 0 AND ¥ FORMS
9.1 0 × ¥ form DERIVATIVES
If lim f x = 0 and lim g x ® ¥ , then
x ®a x ®a
11. DEFINITION
0 ¥
lim f x ´ g x can be converted to or form by
x ®a 0 ¥ The rate of change of one quantity with respect to some
writing limit as another quantity has a great importance. For example, the
rate of change of displacement of a particle with respect to
f x g x time is called its velocity and the rate of change of velocity
lim or lim
x ®a 1 x ® a 1 is called its acceleration.
g x f x
The rate of change of a quantity ‘y’ with respect to another
It can now be solved using L-Hopital’s rule. quantity ‘x’ is called the derivative or differential coefficient
9.2 0° and ¥° form of y with respect to x.
0 ¥ Derivative at a Point
we convert these to or form using log.
0 ¥
The derivative of a function at a point x = a is defined by
If lim f ( x) = 0 or ¥ and lim g ( x ) = 0, then
x ®a x ®a f a+h - f a
f ' a = lim (provided the limit exists and
g x
h®0 h
l = lim f x Þ log l = lim g x .log f x
x®a x®a is finite)
g x The above definition of derivative is also called derivative
Þ log l = lim by first principle.
x® a 1
log f x
(1) Geometrical meaning of derivatives at a point : Consider
g x
the curve y = f(x). Let f(x) be differentiable at x = c. Let
lim
x ® a 1 log f x P(c,f(c)) be a point on the curve and Q(x, f(x)) be a
Þl=e neighbouring point on the curve. Then,
10. SQUEEZE RULE/SANDWICH RULE f x -f c

Slope of the chord PQ = . Taking limit as
x -c
If g (x) < f (x) < h (x) on an open interval containing ‘c’, and
Q ® P , i.e., we get
if :
f x -f c
lim g x = lim h x = L , then lim f x = L lim Slope of the chord PQ = lim ..(i)
x ®c x ®c x ®c Q®P x ®c x-c
As Q ® P , chord PQ becomes tangent at P..

Therefore from (i), we have
f x -f c æ df x ö
slope of the tangent at P = lim x -c
=ç ÷
x ®c
è dx ø x = c
50
NOTES :
d 1
(iv) ln x =
Thus, the derivatives of a function at point x = c is the slope of dx x
the tangetn to curve , y = f(x) at point (c, f(c)).
d 1
(v) log a x = log a e
(2) Physical interpretation at a point : Let a particle moves dx x
in a straight line OX starting from O towards X. Clearly, the
position of the particle at any instant would depend upon d
(vi) sin x = cos x
the time elapsed. In other words, the distance of the particle dx
from O will be some function f of time t.
d
Let at any time t = t0, the particle be at P and after a further (vii) cos x = - sin x
dx
time h, it is at Q so that OP = f t0 and OQ = f t0 + h .
d
hence, the average speed of the particle during the journey (viii) (tan x) = sec2 x
dx
PQ f t 0 + h - f t0
from P to Q is , i.e., . Taking its limit d
h h (ix) sec x = sec x . tan x
dx
as h ® 0 , we get its instantaneous speed to be
d
(x) cosec x = - cosec x . cot x
f t0 + h - f t 0 dx
lim , which is simply f ’(t0) . Thus, if f(t)
h®0 h
d
gives the distance of a moving particle at time t, then the (xi) cot x = - cosec 2 x
dx
derivative of f at t = t0 represents the instantaneous speed
of the particle at the point P, i.e., at time t = t0.
d
(xii) constant = 0
Important Tips dx
dy d
is y in which
d 13. THEOREMS ON DERIVATIVES
* is simply a symbol of operation
dx dx dx
If u and v are derivable functions of x, then,
and ‘d’ divided by dx.
d du dv
(i) Term by term differentiation : u±v = ±
12. DERIVATIVE OF STANDARD FUNCTION dx dx dx
d n d du
(i) x = n . x n -1 (ii) Multiplication by a constant K u = K , where K is
dx dx dx
any constant
d x
(ii) e = ex d dv du
dx (iii) “Product Rule” u.v = u + v
dx dx dx
d x
(iii) a = a x . ln a a > 0 In general,
dx
51
If u1, u2, u3, u4, ..., un are the functions of x, then

æ du ö æ dv ö
vç ÷ - u ç ÷
d d æuö è dx ø è dx ø where v ¹ 0
u1 . u 2 . u 3 . u 4 .... . u n (iv) “Quotient Rule” ç ÷=
dx dx è v ø v2
(b) Chain Rule : If y = f (u), u = g(w), w = h (x)

æ du ö æ du ö
= ç 1 ÷ u 2 u 3 u 4 ... u n + ç 2 ÷ u1 u 3 u 4 ... u n
è dx ø è dx ø dy dy du dw
then = . .
dx du dw dx
æ du ö æ du ö
+ ç 3 ÷ u1 u 2 u 4 ... u n + ç 4 ÷ u1 u 2 u 3 u 5 ... u n
è dx ø è dx ø dy
or = f ' u . g ' w . h' x
dx
æ du ö
+ ... + ç n ÷ u1 u 2 u 3 ... u n -1
è dx ø
LIMITS AND DERIVATIVES 52
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example – 1
(3x – 9) (3x – 3)
Þ L = – lim
x ®2 3x / 2 – 3 3x + 9 + 3.3x / 2
x 3 - 6x 2 +11x - 6
Evaluate lim .
x ®2 x 2 - 6x + 8
(3x/2 +3) (3x – 3)
Þ L = lim –
Sol. When x = 2, the expression x ®2 3x + 3.3x / 2 + 9
x 3 - 6x 2 +11x - 6 0
is of the form . – 6.6 – 36 – 4
x 2 - 6x + 8 0 Þ L= = = .
9 + 3 .3 + 9 27 3
x 3 - 6x 2 +11x - 6 æ 0 ö Example – 3
Now, lim 2 ç form ÷
x ®2 x - 6x + 8 è0 ø
a + 2x - 3x
x -1 x - 2 x - 3 æ 0 ö Evaluate lim .
= lim ç form ÷ x ®a 3a + x - 2 x
x ®2 x -2 x -4 è0 ø
a + 2x - 3x
x -1 x - 3 2 -1 2 - 3 1 Sol. When x = a, assumes the indeterminate
= lim = = . 3a + x - 2 x
x ®2 x-4 2-4 2
0
Example – 2 form .
0
Evaluate the following limits :
a + 2x - 3x
Now, lim
3x + 33 – x – 12 x ®a 3a + x - 2 x
lim 3 – x .
x®2 3 – 3x / 2
x 3–x
a + 2x - 3x a + 2x + 3x 3a + x + 2 x
Sol. L = lim 3 + 3 – 12 = lim
x ®a
x ®2 33 – x – 3x / 2 3a + x - 2 x 3a + x + 2 x a + 2x + 3x
27 a-x 3a + x + 2 x
3x + – 12
Þ L = lim 3x = lim
x ®a
x®2 27 3 a-x a + 2x + 3x
– 3x / 2
3x
3a + x + 2 x 4 a 2
32x – 12.3 x + 27 = lim = =
Þ L = lim x ®a
3 a + 2x + 3x 3 2 3a 3 3.
x®2 æ 3x ö
– çç 3 2 – 33 ÷÷
è ø
ì 1 2 n ü
æ ö l im í + + ... ý is equal to :
x -3 n ®¥ î1 - n 2 1- n2 1 - n2 þ
The value of lim ç log a ÷ is
x ®3 ç x + 6 - 3 ÷ø
è
1
(a) 0 (b) –
2
(a) loga6 (b) loga3
(c) loga2 (d) None of these 1

2
Ans. (a)
Ans. (b)
x -3 ì 1 2 n ü
Sol. lim log a Sol. = lim í + + ....... + ý
2 2
x ®3 x+6 -3 n®¥ î1 - n 1- n 1 - n2 þ
ì1 + 2 + 3 + .... + n ü
= lim í ý
x-3 x+6 +3 n®¥ î 1 - n2 þ
= lim log a
x ®3 x + 6 -3 x+6 +3
æ 1ö
n 2 ç1 + ÷
n n +1 è n ø = -1
= lim = lim
n ®¥ 2 1 - n2 n®¥ æ 1 ö 2 .
2 n 2 ç 2 - 1÷
x-3 x+6 +3 èn ø
= lim log a
x ®3 x -3
Example – 7

= log a 6
x a
e –e .
Example – 5 lim
x®a x–a
Evaluate the following limit :

æ a x –1 ö
ç using lim = l og a ÷
è x ®0 x ø
12 + 2 2 + 32 + ..... + n 2
lim .
n ®¥ n3
a x– a
e x
–e a e e –1
(x ® ¥ type problem) Sol. lim = lim
x ®a x –a x®a x –a
12 + 2 2 + .....+ n 2 n n +1 2n +1 e x– a
–1 x– a
Sol. lim = lim =e a
lim lim
n ®¥ n 3 n ®¥ 6n 3 x ®a x– a x ® a x –a
x –a
1 æ 1 öæ 1ö 1 1 =e a
1 lim e a
= lim ç1 + ÷ç 2 + ÷ = 1+ 0 2 + 0 = . x ®a =
6 n ®¥ è n øè n ø 6 3 x–a x+ a 2 a
Example – 8
tan 3t t é æ pö ù
Þ L = – 3 lim ´ lim ´ lim ê3 tan 2 ç t + ÷ – 1ú
t ®0 3t t ® 0 sin t t ®0
ë è 3ø û
Þ L = –3 × 1 × 1 × 8 = – 24.
sin cos x cos x
lim
p sin x – cosec x . Example – 10
x®
2
æ sin x ö é æ x öù
ç using lim = 1÷
ê1 - tan ç 2 ÷ ú (1 - sin x)
è x ® 0 x ø è øû
lim ë is
p é
x®
2 1 + tan
æ x öù 3
sin cos x cos x ê ç ÷ ú (p - 2x)
ë è 2 øû
Sol. xlim
®
p sin x – cosec x
2
1
sin cos x sin x cos x (a) (b) 0
= lim 8
x®
p sin 2 x - 1
2
1
(c) (d) ¥
32
sin cos x s in x
= lim Ans. (c)
x®
p - co s x
2
é xù
sin cos x sin x ê1 - tan 2 ú 1 - sin x
Þ lim
x®
p cos x
lim
x®
p -1 Sol. lim ë û
2 2 x®
p æ x ö 3
2 ç
1 + tan ÷ p - 2 x
è 2ø
= –1.
Example – 9
æp x ö
tan ç - ÷ 1 - sin x
= lim è 4 2ø
tan 3 x – 3tan x p 3
Solve : lim . x® p - 2x
x ®p / 3 æ pö 2
cos ç x + ÷
è 6ø
p
Put x = +h
3
tan x – 3 tan x p 2
Sol. Let L = lim and x – = t
x ®p / 3 æ pö 3
cos ç x + ÷ æp p hö
è 6ø tan ç - - ÷ 1 - cos h
= lim è 4 4 2ø
h ®0 3
æ pö æ pö p - p - 2h
tan 3 ç t + ÷ – 3 tan ç t + ÷
è 3 ø è 3ø
Þ L = lim
t ®0 æ p ö
cos ç t + ÷ æ hö h
è 2ø tan ç - ÷ . 2sin 2
è 2 ø 2
= lim
3 tan A - tan 3 A
h®0 -8h3
using tan 3 A =
1 - 3 tan 2 A
2
h æ hö
é tanç sin ÷
æ pö ù 1 2 . lim 2 ´1
tan 3t + p ê3 tan 2 ç t + ÷ – 1ú = . lim ç ÷
ë è 3ø û 4 h ®0 h ´ 2 h ®0 ç h ÷ 4
Þ L = lim ç ÷
t ®0 – sin t 2 è 2 ø
+ tan 3t é æ pö ù 1 1 1 1
Þ L = lim .lim 3tan 2 ç t + ÷ – 1ú = ´ ´ =
t ®0 – sin t t ® 0 êë è 3ø û 4 2 4 32
px æ p ö æ p ö
lim (1 - x) tan = ... Limit n cos ç ÷ sin ç ÷ has the value equal to
x ®1 2 n ®¥ è 4n ø è 4n ø
px (a) p/3 (b) p/4

Sol. lim 1 - x tan
x ®1 2 (c) p/6 (d) none
Ans. (b)
æp p xö
= lim 1 - x cot ç - ÷
x®1 è2 2 ø 1
Sol. Let n = Þ as n ® ¥, x ® 0
x
p
1- x 1 px px 1 px px
1- x 2 2 2 lim sin cos = lim ´ 2sin cos
= lim = lim ´ = x ®0 x 4 4 x ®0 2 x 4 4
x®1 ép ù x®1 ép ù p p
tan ê 1 - x ú tan ê 1 - x úû
ë 2 û ë2
px
sin
= lim 2 ´p = p
x ®0 px 4 4
Example – 12 2
Example – 14
éæ 4 æ1ö 2 öù
ê ç x sin ç ÷ + x ÷ ú
è x ø
lim ê è ø ú = ... .
ex - e-x - 2 x
x ®-¥ ê (1+ | x |3 ) ú lim is equal to
ê ú x ®0 x - sin x
ë û
(a) 1 (b) –1
é 4 1 (c) 2 (d) 0
2ù
ê x sin x + x ú Ans. (c)
lim ê ú
Sol. x ®-¥ ê 3
1+ x ú
ë û e x - e-x - 2 x
Sol. lim
x ®0 x - sin x
é 4 1 2ù
ê x sin x + x ú æ x 2 x3 ö æ x2 x3 ö
= lim ê ú ç1 + x + + + ... ÷ - ç 1 - x + - + ... ÷ - 2 x
x ®-¥ ê 1 - x3 ú ç 2! 3! ÷ ç 2! 3! ÷
ë û = lim è ø è ø
x ®0 æ 3 5 ö
x x
x-çx- + + ... ÷
ç 3! 5! ÷
è ø
æ 1 1 ö
x 4 ç sin + 2 ÷
è x x ø
= lim
x ®-¥ æ1 ö æ 1 x2 ö
x 3 ç - 1÷ 2 x3 ç + + ... ÷ 2
èx ø ç 3! 5! ÷
lim è ø = 3! = 2
x ®0 æ 1 x 2 ö 1
x3 ç - + ... ÷ 3!
1 1 ç 3! 5! ÷
x sin - sin è ø
= lim x = lim x = -1
x ®-¥ -1 x ®-¥ 1 .
x
Example – 15
æ x2 x4 ö æ x2 x4 ö
ç1 - + .... ÷ - ç1 - + .... ÷
sin 2 x + a sin x ç 2 4.2! ÷ø çè 2! 4! ÷ø
If xlim be finite, then the value of a and = lim è
®0 x3 x ®0 æ x3 ö
the limit are given by x3 ç x - + .... ÷
ç 3! ÷
è ø
(a) –2, 1 (b) –2, –1
(c) 2, 1 (d) 2, –1
æ 1 1ö æ 1 1ö
Ans. (b) x4 ç - ÷ + x6 ç - + ÷ + ...
è 4.2! 4! ø è 8.3! 6! ø
= lim
sin 2 x + a sin x x ®0 4
lim x
Sol.
x ®0 x3
1 1 1
= - =
2sin x cos x + a sin x 8 24 12
= lim
x ®0 x3
Example – 17
sin x 2 cos x + a a + 2 cos x
= lim = lim
x ®0 x x 2 x ®0 x2 sin 3x 2
Evaluate : lim using LH rule.
x ® 0 l n cos 2x 2 – x
æ x2 x4 ö
a + 2 ç1 - + ....... ÷ 0
ç 2! 4! ÷
= lim è ø ( type of indeterminate form)
2 0
x ®¥ x
sin 3x 2 0
Sol. Let lim [ form]
æ 2 2 x2 ö x ®0 l n cos 2x – x2 0
a + 2 + x2 ç - + .... ÷
ç 2! 4! ÷
= lim è ø
2
Apply LH rule to get :
x ®0 x
–6 x cos3x 2 cos 2x 2 – x
for limit to be finite L = lim
x ®0 4x –1 sin 2x 2 – x
a + 2 = 0 Þ a = –2
So, value of limit = –1
cos3x 2 cos 2x 2 – x lim x
Example – 16 = – 6 lim x ® 0 sin 2x 2 – x
x ®0 4x – 1
2/2
e- x - cos x The limit of first factor is computed directly, the limit of the
Limit 3
= second one, which represents an indeterminate form of the
x ®0 x sin x
0/0 is found with the aid of the L’Hospital’s rule. Again
(a) 1/4 (b) 1/6 consider.
(c) 1/12 (d) 1/8
cos3x 2 cos 2x 2 – x lim
x
Ans. (c) L = – 6 lim .
x ®0 4x –1
x ®0 sin 2x 2 – x
x2
-
e 2 - cos x 1.1 1
lim Þ L = – 6. lim
Sol. x ®0 3 –1 x ® 0 4x –1 cos 2x 2 – x
x sin x
1
Þ L = –6. = –6
– 1. -1
Example – 18 2
a+h sin a + h - a 2 sin a æ 0 ö
Sol. lim ç 0 form ÷
h® 0 h è ø
tan x - 2 x 2 + (k - 2) x - 2 k
If lim = 5, then k is equal Apply L’H Rule
x ®2 x 2 - 4x + 4
to: 2
2 a + h sin a + h + a + h cos a + h
(a) 0 (b) 1 lim
h ®0 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
= 2a sin a + a2cos a
Ans. (d)
Example – 21
2
tan x - 2 x + k - 2 x - 2k
Sol. lim =5 log (1 + 2h) - 2 log (1 + h)
x®2 x2 - 4x + 4 lim = ... .
h ®0 h2
tan x - 2 x 2 + k - 2 x - 2k log 1 + 2h - 2 log 1 + h

Þ lim =5 lim 0 form
Sol. 2 0
x ®2 x-2 x-2 h®0 h
Apply L’H rule

2x + k - 2
Þ lim =5 (L’ H Rule)
x®2 1 2 2
-
= lim 1 + 2 h 1 + h = lim 2 1 + h - 1 - 2 h
Þ4 +k–2 =5 Þk=3 h ®0 2h h ®0 2h 1 + h 1 + 2h
Example – 19
-2h
If function f (x) is differentiable at x = a, then = lim
h ®0 2 h 1 + h 1 + 2h
x 2 f (a) - a 2 f (x)
lim = -1
x ®a x -a
Example – 22
(a) 2a f (a) + a2 f’ (a) (b) –a2 f’ (a)
(c) af (a) – a2 f’ (a) (d) 2af (a) – a2 f’ (a) px
tan
Ans. (d) æ aö 2a
Evaluate : lim ç 2 – ÷
x ®a è xø
x2 f ( a) - a 2 f ( x)
Sol. lim [1¥ type of indeterminate form]
x®a x-a
æ aö px ö
2 xf ( a ) - a 2 f '( x ) Sol. Since, lim ç 2 – ÷ = 1 and lim æç ÷ = ¥.
lim (L’H Rule)
x ®a è xø x ® a è 2a ø
x® a 1
px
= 2a f(a) – a2 f’(a) æ aö
tan
2a
Þ lim ç 2 – ÷ of the form (1¥)
Example – 20 x ®a è xø
px
2 tan
a + h sin a + h - a 2 sin a æ aö 2a
The value of lim is Hence, lim ç 2 – ÷
h ®0 h x ®a è xø
(a) 2a sin a + a2cos a (b) 2a sin a – a2 cos a

æ a ö px
lim ç 2 – – 1÷ ´ tan .
(c) 2a cos a + a2sin a (d) None of these = ex ®a
è x ø 2a
Ans. (a)
Example – 24
æ x –a ö æ px ö
lim ç ÷ ´ tan ç ÷.
x ®a è x ø è 2a ø
=e
æ 1 1 ö
Evaluate : lim ç – ÷ using LH rule.
x ®1 l n x x –1 ø
è
h æ p ph ö
lim ´ tan ç + ÷
=e h ®0 a + h è 2 2a ø (putting, x – a = h)
[ ¥ – ¥ type of indeterminate form]
æ 1 1 ö
h æ ph ö æ æp ö ö Sol. Let L = lim ç – ÷ [¥ – ¥ form]
– lim ´ cot ç x ®1 l n x x –1 ø
h ®0 a + h
÷
è 2a ø ç tan ç + q ÷ = – cot q ÷ è
=e è è2 ø ø
Let us reduce it to an indeterminate form of the type 0/0.
– lim
ph / 2a
´ lim
2a x –1– l n x
h ® 0 tan ph / 2a h ®0 a + h p L = lim [0/0 form]
=e x ®1 x –1 l n x
\ e–2/p. Apply LH rule to get,
Example – 23 1–1/x
L = lim .
x ®1 l n x +1 –1 / x
x
æ x 2 + 5x + 3 ö x –1
lim ç 2 ÷ is equal to Þ L = lim .
x ®¥
è x +x+2 ø x ®1 x l n x + x –1
Apply LH rule again,

(a) e4 (b) e2
(c) e3 (d) e Þ 1 1
L = lim. =
x ®1 ln x +1 +1 2
Ans. (a)
Example – 25
x
æ x2 + 5x + 3 ö Evaluate the left hand and right hand limits of the function
Sol. lim ç ÷ 1¥ form
x ®¥ ç x 2 + x + 2 ÷
è ø
ì x 2 – 6x + 9
ïï , x ¹3
f x =í x –3
æ x2 +5x+3 ö ï
ç -1 ÷ . x
lim ç 2 ÷ ïî 0 , x =3
x + x+2
= e x® ¥è ø
at x = 3 and hence comment on the existence of limit at

x = 3.
æ 4 x +1 ö
lim çç 2 ÷÷ . x Sol. The given function can be written as
= e x® ¥è x + x+ 2 ø
ì x –3
ï , x ¹3
f x = í x –3
æ 1ö ï 0 , x =3
x2 ç 4+ ÷ î
è xø
2 æ 1 2 ö
lim x çç1+ + 2 ÷÷
x x ø \ L.H.L. = lim f (x)
= e ®¥ è
x
x ® 3–
= lim f (3 – h)
= e4 h ®0
Put x = 0 – h
3–h –3
= lim
h ®0 3 – h – 3
tan 0 - h tan1
lim =
h®0 0-h 1
–h h
= lim = lim = –1 RHL :
h ®0 –h h®0 –h
Put x = 0 + h
& R.H.L. = lim+ f (x)

x ®3 tan 0 + h tan 0
lim = = indeterminate
h ®0 0+h 0
= lim f (3 + h)
h ®0
Þ Limit does not exist.
3+ h – 3 Example – 27
= lim
h ®0 3+ h – 3
Evaluate the left hand and right hand limits of the function
defined by
h h
= lim = lim = 1
h®0 h h ®0 h
ïì1 + x 2 , if 0 £ x £ 1
f (x) = í at x = 1.
ïî 2 - x, if x > 1
Hence left hand limit and right hand limit of f (x) at x = 3 are
–1 and 1 respectively.
As left Hand Limit ¹ Right Hand Limit Also, show that lim
x ®1
f(x) does not exist.
i.e. lim f (x) does not exist. Sol. We have,

x ®3
(LHL of f(x) at x = 1)
Example – 26
= lim f (x) = lim f (1 - h)
x ®1- h ®0
ì tan x ü
ï , x ¹ 0ï = lim 1 + (1 - h) 2 = lim 2 - 2h + h 2 = 2.
If f (x) = í x ý where h ®0 h ®0
ï 0, x = 0 ïþ
î
and,
(RHL of f(x) at x = 1)
[x] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to x,
lim f (x) = lim f (1 + h)
then lim f x equals x ®1+ h ®0
x ®0
(a) 1 (b) –1 = lim 2 - (1 + h) = lim 1 - h = 1

h ®0 h ®0
(c) 0 (d) Does not exist
Ans. (d) Clearly, lim f (x) ¹ lim f (x).

x ®1- x ®1+
Sol. LHL :
So, lim f(x) does not exist.

x ®1
Example – 28 lim f (0 - h) = lim f (0 + h) and lim f (1 - h) = lim f (1 + h)

Û
h ®0 h ®0 h ®0 h ®0
ì x- | x | Û lim m(-h) 2 + n = lim n (h) + m and

ï , x¹0
If f (x) = í x show that xlim
®0
f(x) does not h ®0 h ®0
ïî 2 , x =0
lim n(1 - h) + m = lim n(1 + h)3 + m
h ®0 h ®0
exist.
Sol. We have, Û n = m and n + m = n + m
(LHL of f(x) at x = 0) Û m=n
Hence, lim f (x) and lim f(x) both exist for n = m.

= xlim
®0 -
f (x) x ®0 x ®1
Example – 30
-h - | - h |
= lim f (0 - h) = lim
h ®0 h ®0 (-h)
ì| x | +1 , x < 0
-h - h -2h ï
= lim = lim = lim 2 = 2 If f (x) = í 0 , x = 0 . For what value (s) of a does
h ®0 - h h ®0 - h h ®0 ï| x | -1 , x > 0
î
(RHL of f(x) at x = 0)
lim f(x) exist ?
= lim f (x) x ®a
x ®0+
Sol. We have,
h- | h |
= lim f (0 + h) = lim ì| x | +1 , x < 0
h ®0 h ®0 h
ï
f (x) = í 0 , x =0
h -h 0 ï| x | -1 , x > 0
= lim = lim = lim 0 = 0 î
h ®0 h h ®0 h h ®0
Clearly, lim- f (x) ¹ lim+ f (x) ì-x + 1 , x < 0

x ®0 x ®0
Þ ï
f (x) = í 0 , x=0
ï x -1 , x > 0
So, lim f(x) does not exist. î
x ®0
Example – 29 é ì x, x ³ 0 ù
êQ | x | = í ú
ë î- x, x < 0 û
ìmx 2 + n, x < 0
ï
If f (x) = í nx + m,0 £ x £ 1 Clearly, xlim
®a
f (x) exists for all a ¹ 0.
ï 3
înx + m, x > 1
So, let us see whether xlim
®0
f (x) exist or not.
We have,
For what values of integers m, n does the limits xlim
®0
f(x)
lim f (x) = lim f (0 - h) = lim - (- h) + 1 = 1
x ®0- x ®0 h ®0
and lim
x ®1
f (x) exist.
lim f (x) = lim f (0 + h) = lim h - 1 = -1
Sol. It is given that x ®0+ x ®0 h ®0
lim f (x) and lim f (x) both exist \ lim f (x) ¹ lim f (x)
x ®0 x ®1 x ®0 - x ®0+
So, lim f(x) does not exist. Hence, lim f(x) exists for all a ¹ 0.
Û lim f (x) = lim f (x) and lim f (x) = lim f (x) x ®0 x ®a
x ®0- x ®0 + x ®1- x ®1+
Example – 31 Similarly, when x approaches to 0 from the right i.e. x is

1
positive and very close to 0, then the values of are very
ìa + bx , x < 1 x
ï large and positive.
Suppose f (x) = í 4 , x =1
ï b - ax , x > 1
î 1 1
1
\ lim ®¥ Thus we have, lim- ¹ lim
x ®0+ x x ®0 x x ®0 + x
and if lim
x ®1
f (x) = f (1). What are possible values of a and b ?
1
Sol. We have, Hence, lim does not exist.
x®0 x
lim f (x) = f (1)
x ®1
1
(ii) The graph of f (x) = is shown in Fig.. We observe that
lim f (x) = lim f (x) = f (1) |x|
Û
x ®1- x ®1+
as x approaches to 0 from LHS i.e. x is negative and close to
Û lim f (x) = f (1) and lim f (x) = f (1) 0, then | x | is close to zero and is positive. Consequently,
x ®1- x ®1+
1
is large and positive.
Û lim f (1 - h) = 4 and lim f (1 + h) = 4 |x|
h ®0 h ®0
lim {a + b(1 - h)} = 4 and lim {b - a(1 + h)} = 4 1

Û h ®0 h ®0 \ lim ®¥
x ®0 - |x|
Û a + b = 4 and b – a = 4
Also, if x approaches to 0 from RHS i.e. x is positive and
Û a = 0, b = 4
close to 0, then | x | is close to zero and is positive.
Example – 32
1
Consequently, is large and positive.
Discuss the existence of each of the following limits : |x|
1 1
(i) lim (ii) xlim
x®0 x ®0 |x|
1
Sol.(i) The graph of f(x) = is as shown in Fig. We observe that
x
as x approaches to 0 from the LHS i.e. x is negative and very
1
close to zero, then the values of are negative and very
x
large in magnitude.
1
\ lim ®-¥
x ®0 - x
1
\ lim ®¥
x ®0 + |x|
Thus, we have
1 1
lim = lim
x ®0 - | x | x ®0 | x |
+
Hence, L.H.L = R.H.L ¹ finite value (limit does not exist)

Find the derivative of sin x at x = 0.

ax 2 + bx + c
Sol. Let f (x) = sin x. Then, Differentiate with respect to x.
x
f 0+h -f 0 sinh - sin 0 sin h
f ' 0 = lim = lim = lim =1
h®0 h h ®0 h h ®0 h d ì ax 2 + bx + c ü
Sol. í ý
dx î x þ
Example – 34
Differentiate x with respect to x from first principle d ì ax 2 bx c ü

= í + + ý
dx î x x xþ
Sol. Let f (x) = x. Then, f (x + h) = x + h
d
d f x + h - f (x) = ax 3/ 2 + bx1/ 2 + cx -1/ 2
\ f (x) = lim dx
dx h ®0 h
d d d
= ax 3/ 2 + bx1/ 2 + cx -1/ 2
x+h - x dx dx dx
= lim
h ®0 h
d 3/ 2 d 1/ 2 d -1/ 2
=a x +b x +c x
x+h - x x+h + x dx dx dx
= lim
h ®0
h x+h + x æ3 ö æ1 ö æ 1 ö
= a ç x1/2 ÷ + b ç x -1/ 2 ÷ + c ç - x -3/ 2 ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø è 2 ø
h
= lim 3a 1/ 2 b -1/ 2 c -3/ 2
h ®0
h x+h + x = x + x - x
2 2 2
1 1 1
= lim = =
h ®0 x+h + x x+ x 2 x
d 1
\ x =
dx 2 x

Concept of LHL & RHL
x - 1 2x - 3
6. lim is equal to
1. lim {[x] + |x|}, where [.] denotes the greatest integer
x ®-1
x ®1 2x 2 + x - 3
function,
1 -1
(a) is 0 (b) is 1 (a) (b)
10 10
(c) does not exist (d) none of these
1 2- x -3
e x -1 7. The value of lim is
2. lim = x ®7 x 2 - 49
x ®0 1
ex +1 (a) 2/9 (b) -2/49
(c) 1/56 (d) -1/56
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) -1 (d) Does not exist
x -a - b-a
8. lim
x ®b x 2 - b2
ì sin x
ï , x ¹0
3. If f x = í x , where [.] denotes the greatest
ï 0 , x =0 1 1
î (a) (b)
4b a - b 4b b - a
integer function, then xlim

®0
f x is equal to
1 1
(c) (d)
(a) 1 (b) 0 4a a - b b b-a
(c) -1 (d) Does not exist
Evaluating algebraic limits 1+ 2 + x - 3

9. lim
x ®2 x -2
x2 -1 + x -1
4. lim 1 1
x ®1+ x 2 -1 (a) (b)
8 3 3
1
(a) (b) 2 +1 (c) 8 3 (d) 3
2
1 (2 + x) 40 (4 + x)5
(c) 1 (d) 1 + 10. lim
2 x ®¥ (2 - x)45
x2 - 3 (a) –1 (b) 1
5. lim
x® 3 x 2 + 3 3x - 12 (c) 16 (d) 32
1 2 n + 2 ! + n +1 !
(a) (b) 11. Limit , nÎN=
5 5 n ®¥ n +3 !
3 3 (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) (d)
5 5 (c) 2 (d) –1
5n +1 + 3n - 22n é
12. Limit = æp ö æp öù
n ®¥ 5n + 2n + 32n +3 2 ê 3 sin ç + h ÷ - cos ç + h ÷ ú
è6 ø è6 øû
19. lim ë
h ®0 3h 3 cosh - sinh
(a) 5 (b) 3
(c) 1 (d) zero
(a) -2/3 (b) -3/4
x - sin x
13. lim (c) -2 3 (d) 4/3
x ®¥ x + cos 2 x
(a) 0 (b) ¥ 4 q tan q - sin q

20. lim 2 is
q® 0 1 - cos 2 q
1 1 1
log 5 ( + + + ...to n terms)
14. lim (0.2) 4 8 16
is equal to 1
n ®¥ (a) (b) 1/2
2
(a) 2 (b) 4
(c) 1 (d) 2
(c) 8 (d) 0
cos ecx - cot x
15. lim 3x + 9x 2 - x 21. lim is equal to
x ®-¥ x ®0 x
1 1 -1
(a) (b) (a) (b) 1
3 6 2
1 1 1
(c) - (d) - (c) (d) 1
6 3 2
16. lim x - 3 + 3 - x - x , where [.] denotes the greatest 1 - cos x

x ®3 22. lim is equal to
x ®0 x (2 x - 1)
integer function, is equal to
(a) 4 (b) –4
1 1
(c) 0 (d) Does not exist (a) log 2 e (b) log e 2
2 2
17. Limit 1- x + x -1 + 1 - x = where [x] denotes greatest (c) 1 (d) none of these
x ®1
integer function æxö æxö æxö æ x ö

23. The value of nlim cos ç ÷ cos ç ÷ cos ç ÷ ...cos ç n ÷ is
(a) 0 (b) 1 ®¥ è2ø è4ø è8ø è2 ø
(c) – 1 (d) does not exist
sinx
Trigonometric limits (a) 1 (b)
x
æ px ö x
18. lim (1 - x) tan ç ÷ (c) (d) None of these
x ®1 è 2 ø sin x
p cos sin x - cosx

(a) (b) p + 2 24. The value of Limit is equal to
2 x ®0 x4
2 (a) 1/5 (b) 1/6

p (c) 1/4 (d) 1/2
25. lim (sec q - tan q) =

p
2x - 1
q® lim 1
2 32. x ®0 =
1+ x 2 -1
(a) 0 (b) 1
(a) log2 (b) log4
(c) –1 (d) 2
(c) log 2 (d) None of these
æ p ö æ p ö
26. lim x.cos ç ÷ sin ç ÷
x ®¥
è 4x ø è 4x ø æ x -3 ö
33. The value of lim ç l og a ÷ is
x ®3 ç x + 6 - 3 ÷ø
è
p p
(a) (b) (a) loga6 (b) loga3
4 3
(c) loga2 (d) None of these
(c) p (d) 0
sin e x - 2 - 1
2
27. lim (1 + cos px) cot px 34. Limit =
x ®1 x ®2 l n x -1
1 (a) 0 (b) – 1
(a) –1 (b)
2 (c) 2 (d) 1
(c) 1 (d) none of these One power infinity
Logarithmic and exponential limits 1/ x

ì æp öü
35. lim í tan ç - x ÷ ý is equal to
x ®0
î è4 øþ
x
3 -1
28. lim is equal to (a) 1 (b) e
x ®0 x +1 -1
(c) e2 (d) e–2
(a) loge 9 (b) loge 3
1/ x 2
(c) 0 (d) 1 æ 1 + 5x 2 ö
36. lim ç ÷ is equal to
x ® 0 1 + 3x 2
è ø
41/ n - 1
29. lim is equal to
n ®¥ 31/ n - 1 (a) e (b) e1/2
(c) e–2 (d) none of these
(a) log4 3 (b) 1
x +2
(c) log3 4 (d) none of these æ x -1 ö
37. lim ç ÷ is equal to
x ®¥ x + 1
è ø
3x - 2x
30. lim is equal to (a) e (b) e–1
x ® 0 4 x - 3x
(c) e–2 (d) none of these
(a) 1 (b) –1
5/ x
38. Limit 1 + tan 2 x =
(c) 0 (d) none of these x ®0 +
5 2
x 2 - ax + b
(a) e (b) e
e -1
31. If a, b are the roots of x2 – ax + b = 0, then xlim (c) e (d) none
®a x -a
cot x
is 39. The xlim
®0
cos x is
(a) b – a (b) a – b
(a) - 1 (b) 0
(c) 2a (d) 2b (c) 1 (d) None of these
2x
æ a b ö 3- f x
40. If xlim ç1 + + 2 ÷ = e 2 , then the values of a and b are 46. If f (9) = 9 and f ' (9) = 1, then lim is equal to
®¥
è x x ø x ®9 3- x
(a) 0 (b) 1
(a) a Î R, b Î R (b) a = 1, b Î R
(c) –1 (d) None of these
(c) a Î R, b = 2 (d) a = 1, b = 2
sin x
L-Hopital rule 47. Limit x =
x ®0
xf (2) - 2f (x) (a) 0 (b) 1

41. Let f (2) = 4 and f’ (2) = 4. Then, lim is given
x ®2 x-2 (c) –1 (d) none
by Numerical Value Type Questions

(a) 2 (b) –2
(c) –4 (d) 3 x3 - 8
48. lim is equal to
x ®2 x2 - 4
log (3 + x) - log (3 - x)
42. If lim = k, the value of k is
x ®0 x
1 - x -2/3
49. lim is equal to
(a) 0 (b) –1/3 x ®1 1 - x -1/3
(c) 2/3 (d) –2/3
-2 x2 + 1 -1
e x + log 1 + x - 1 - x 50. lim is equal to
43. The value of lim 2
is equal to x ®0
x2 + 9 - 3
x ®0 x
(a) 0 (b) -3
x + 1 3x + 4
(c) -1 (d) infinity 51. The value of xlim
®¥ x2 x - 8 is equal to
ì x3 ü
ïï sin x - x + ïï æ 1 2 n ö
lim í 6 52. l im ç + + ...+ ÷ is equal to
5 ý= n ® ¥ 1- n
è
2
1- n 2
1- n 2 ø
44. x ®0
ï x ï
ïî ïþ
1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n
53. The value of lim is equal
(a) 1/120 (b) -1/120 n ®¥ n 2 + 100
(c) 1/20 (d) None of these
1 1 1 1
54. lim + 2 + 3 + ... + n equals
x cos x - log 1 + x n ®¥ 2 2 2 2
45. The value of lim is
x ®0 x2
(a) 1/2 (b) 0 e tan x - e x

55. Limit is equal to
x ®0 tan x - x
1/sin x
59. The limiting value of (cos x) as x ® 0 is
2sin 2 3x
56. lim =
x ®0 x2 d æ sec x + tan x ö n cos x
60. If ç ÷= 2
, then value of n is
dx è sec x - tan x ø 1 - sin x
æ1ö
x 2 sin ç ÷
lim èxø
57. is equal to ____
x ®0 sin x
lim
58. p (tan x) log sin x =
x®
2

1 - cos 2x 3 + cos x (1 - cos 2x)2
lim 6. lim is : (2016/Online Set–2)
1. is equal to: (2015) x ®0 2x tan x - x tan 2x
x ®0 x tan 4x
1
1 (a) – 2 (b) -
(a) 2 (b) 2
2
1
(c) 4 (d) 3 (c) (d) 2
2
2
e x - cos x cot x - cos x
2. lim is equal to : (2015/Online Set–1) lim
x ®0 sin 2 x 7. x®
p
p - 2x
3 equals : (2017)
2
(a) 2 (b) 3
1 1
(a) (b)
24 16
5 3
(c) (d)
4 2
1 1
(c) (d)
8 4
x tan 2x - 2x tan x
3. lim 2 is (2015/Online Set–2)
x ®0 1 - cos 2x 3x - 3
8. lim is equal to : (2017/Online Set–1)
x ®3 2x - 4 - 2
(a) 2 (b) -2
1
(c) 1/2 (d) -1/2 (a) (b)
3 2
1
4. Let p = lim (1 + tan 2 x) 2x then log p is equal to : 3 1
x ®0 + (c) (d)
2 2 2
(2016)
9. For each t Î R, let [t] be the greatest integer less than or
equal to t. Then
1
(a) 1 (b)
2 æé1 ù é2ù é15 ù ö
lim x ç ê ú + ê ú + ..... + ê ú ÷ (2018)
x ® 0+ è ë x û ë x û ë x ûø
1
(c) (d) 2 (a) does not exist (in R) (b) is equal to 0.
4
(c) is equal to 15. (d) is equal to 120.
2x
æ a 4 ö
5. If xlim ç1 + - 2 ÷ = e3 , then ‘a’ is equal to: 1
®¥
è x x ø 27 + x 3 -3
10. lim 2
equals : (2018/Online Set–3)
x ®0
9 - 27 + x 3
3 1 1
(a) 2 (b) (a) (b) -
2 3 3
1 1
2 1 (c) - (d)
(c) (d) 6 6
3 4
sin 2 x
11. lim equals : (8-04-2019/Shift-1) 1+ 1+ y4 - 2
x ®0
2 - 1 + cos x 17. lim (9-01-2019/Shift-1)
y ®0 y4
(a) 4 2 (b) 2
1
(c) 2 2 (d) 4 (a) exists and equals
4 2
12. Let f : R ® R be a differentiable function satisfying
1
1 (b) exists and equals
æ 1+ f 3 + x - f 3 ö x 2 2 2 +1
f ¢ 3 + f ¢ 2 = 0. Then lim ç ÷ is
x ®0 ç 1 + f 2 - x - f 2 ÷
è ø
1
equal to : (8-04-2019/Shift-2) (c) exists and equals
2 2
(a) 1 (b) e–1
(c) e (d) e2 (d) does not exist
18. For each xÎR, let [x] be greatest integer less than or equal
x4 -1 x3 - k 3
13. If lim
x ®1 x - 1
= lim 2
x ®k x - k 2
, then k is:
x x + | x | sin x
to x. Then lim is equal to:
(10-04-2019/Shift-1)
x ®0 x
8 3 (9-01-2019/Shift-2)
(a) (b)
3 8 (a) – sin 1 (b) 1
(c) sin 1 (d) 0
3 4
(c) (d) 19. For each t Î R, let [t] be the greatest integer less than or
2 3
equal to t. Then,
x 2 - ax + b
14. If lim = 5 then a + b is equal to:
æp ö
x ®1 x -1 1 - x + sin 1 - x sin ç 1 - x ÷
lim è2 ø
(10-04-2019) x ®1+ 1- x 1- x
(a) -4 (b) 5
(c) -7 (d) 1 (10-1-2019/Shift-1)
(a) equals 1 (b) equals 0
x + 2 sin x
15. lim is _____. (c) equals –1 (d) does not exist
x ®0
x 2 + 2 sin x + 1 - sin 2 x - x + 1
20. Let [x] denote the greatest integer less than or equal to x.
(12-04-2019/Shift-2)
2
(a) 6 (b) 2 tan p sin 2 x + x - sin x x
Then lim
(c) 3 (d) 1 x ®0 x2
16. Let f x = 5 - x - 2 and , g x = x - 1 , x Î R . If (11-01-2019/Shift-1)
f ( x) attains maximum value at a and g ( x) attains (a) does not exist (b) equals p
(c) equals p + 1 (d) equals 0
x - 1 x 2 - 5x + 6
minimum value at b , then lim is
x ®ab x2 - 6 x + 8 x cot 4 x
lim
equal to ______. (12-04-2019/Shift-2) 21. x ®0 sin 2 x cot 2 2 x is equal to (11-01-2019/Shift-2)
1 -3
(a) (b) (a) 0 (b) 2
2 2
(c) 4 (d) 1
-1 3
(c) (d)
2 2
1 1
cot 3 x - tan x (a + 2 x ) 3 - (3 x) 3
lim lim (a ¹ 0) is equal to :
22. x®
p æ p ö is (12-01-2019/Shift-1) 28. x®a 1 1
4 cos ç x + ÷
4ø (3a + x ) - (4 x)
3 3
è
(3-09-2020/Shift-2)
(a) 4 (b) 4 2
4 4
æ 2 ö3 æ 2 ö3
(c) 8 2 (d) 8 (a) ççç ÷÷÷ (b) ççç ÷÷÷
è9ø è 3ø
p - 2sin -1 x 1 1
23. lim is equal to (12-01-2019/Shift-2) æ 2 ö æ 2 ö3 æ 2 ö æ 2 ö3
x ®1-
1- x (c) çç ÷÷÷ çç ÷÷÷ (d) çç ÷÷÷ çç ÷÷÷
çè 3 ø çè 9 ø çè 9 ø çè 3 ø
1 2 29. Let f :(0, ¥) ® (0, ¥) be a differentiable function such

(a) (b)
2p p
t 2 f 2 ( x ) - x 2 f 2 (t )
that f(1) = e and lim = 0 . If f(x) = 1,
t®x t-x
p then x is equal to: (4-9-2020/Shift-2)
(c) (d) p
2
(a) e (b) 2e
1 1
x + x 2 + x3 + .... + x n - n (c) (d)
24. If lim = 820, (n Î N) then the e 2e
x ®1 x -1
30. If a is positive root of the equation, p(x) = x2-x-2=0, then
value of n is equal to : (2-09-2020/Shift-1)
1 - cos(p(x))
1/ x
lim is equal to: (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
æ æp öö x ®a + x +a-4
25. lim ç tan ç + x ÷ ÷ is equal to : (2-09-2020/Shift-2)
x ®0
è è4 øø
1 3
(a) (b)
(a) e (b) e 2
2 2
(c) 2 (d) 1
3 1
26. Let [t] denote the greatest integer £ t. If for some (c) (d)
2 2
1- x + | x |
l Î R - {0, 1} lim = L, then L is equal to :
x ®0 l - x + [ x] æ æ 1+ x 2 + x 4 -1ö / x ö
ç ç ÷
ø - 1÷
(3-09-2020/Shift-1) x ç eè ÷
ç ÷
(a) 0 (b) 2 lim è ø
31. 2 4
(5-09-2020/Shift-2)
x ®0 1 + x + x -1
1
(c) (d) 1
2 (a) is equal to (b) is equal to 1
e
(c) is equal to 0 (d) does notexist
ìï 1 æ x2 x2 x2 x 2 ö üï
27. If lim í 8 ç1 - cos - cos + cos cos ÷ ý = 2- k ,
x ®0
îï x è 2 4 2 4 ø þï
3x + 33- x - 12
32. lim -x
is equal to (7-01-2020/Shift-1)
x®2
1- x
then the value of k is ………. (3-09-2020/Shift-1) 3 2
-3
1 ì æp ö æp öü
æ 3x 2 + 2 ö x 2 ïï 3 sin ç 6 + h ÷ - cos ç 6 + h ÷ ïï
33. lim ç ÷ is equal to: (8-01-2020/Shift-1) è ø è ø
38. The value of lim 2 í ý is :
x ®0 çè 7x 2 + 2 ÷ø h ®0
3h( 3 cos h - sin h)
ï ï
îï þï
1 (26-02-2021/Shift-1)
(a) e (b) 2
e
2 2
(a) (b)
3 3
1 2
(c) (d) e
e 4 3
(c) (d)
3 4
x
ò t sin 10t dt 39. Let f x be a differentiable function at x = a, such that
0
34. lim is equal to (8-01-2020/Shift-2)
x ®0 x
xf a - af x
f ¢ a = 2, f a = 4. Then lim equals:
x ®a x-a
1
(a) 0 (b) (26-02-2021/Shift-2)
10
(a) 4 - 2a (b) 2a + 4
1 1 (c) 2a - 4 (d) a + 4
(c) - (d) -
10 5
ae x - b cos x + ce- x
40. If lim = 2 , then a + b + c is equal to
x ®0 x sin x
ìn æ 1 öü
35. lim tan íå tan -1 ç 2 ÷ý
is equal to ______. ______. (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
n ®¥
î r =1 è 1 + r + r øþ
cos -1 ( x - [ x]2 ) × sin -1 ( x - [ x]2 )
(24-02-2021/Shift-1) 41. The value of xlim ,
® 0+ x - x3
æ 1 1ö
n where x denotes the greatest integer £ x is :
ç 1 + 2 + .... + n ÷
lim ç1 + ÷ is equal to: (17-03-2021/Shift-1)
36. n ®¥ n2
çç ÷÷
è ø p
(a) (b) 0
4
(25-02-2021/Shift-1)
p
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) (d) p
2
1 1 tan (p cos 2 q)
(c) (d) 42. The value of the limit lim is equal to :
e 2 q® 0 sin (2p sin 2 q)
(17-03-2021/Shift-2)
ax - e 4 x - 1
37. If lim exists and is equal to b, then the value 1 1
x ®0
ax e 4x - 1 (a) - (b) -
2 4
of a - 2b is : (25-02-2021/Shift-2) 1
(c) (d) 0
4
43. The value of lim

[r] + [2r] + ...... + [nr]
, where r is a non- axe x - b log e 1 + x + gx 2 e - x
47. If lim = 10, a, b, g Î R,
n® ¥ n2 x ®0 x sin 2 x
zero real number and r denotes the greatest integer less
then the value of a + b + g is ______?
than or equal to r, is equal to : (17-03-2021/Shift-2)
(20-07-2021/Shift-2)
r
(a) r (b) æ x ö
2 48. The value of lim ç 8 ÷ is equal to:
x ®0 8
è 1 - sin x - 1 + sin x ø
(c) 0 (d) 2r
(27-07-2021/Shift-2)
-1 -1
sin x - tan x (a) –1 (b) –4
44. If lim is equal to L, then the value of
x® 0 3x 3 (c) 0 (d) 4
6L + 1 is : (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
49. Let f : R ® R be a function such that f 2 = 4 and
1 x 2f 2 - 4f x
(a) (b) 6 f ' 2 = 1. Then, the value of lim is equal
6 x ®2 x-2
to: (27-07-2021/Shift-1)
1
(c) 2 (d) (a) 4 (b) 8
2
(c) 16 (d) 12
45. Let f : R ® R satisfy the equation f x + y = f x .f y
50. If a, b are the distinct roots of x 2 + bx + c = 0, then
all x, y Î R and f (x) ¹ 0 for any x Î . If the function f is
2 x 2 + bx + c
1 e – 1 – 2 x 2 + bx + c
differentiable at x = 0 and f ¢ (0) = 3, then hlim (f (h) - 1) lim 2 is equal to:
x ®b
®0 h x –b
is equal _______. (18-03-2021/Shift-2)
(27-08-2021/Shift-1)
æ x+2 ö
ç 2 ÷ 2
46. If the value of lim 2 - cos x cos 2x è x ø
is equal to ea , (a) b 2 + 4c (b) 2 b – 4c
x® 0
then a is equal to____. (20-07-2021/Shift-1) (c) b 2 – 4c

2
(d) 2 b + 4c
Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. If a, b are the roots of the quadratic equation
2
ax + bx + c = 0 then,
x 3 + 27 ln x - 2 1- cos ax 2 + bx + c
1. Limit = Limit =
x ®3 x2 -9 x ®a x -a
2
(a) – 8 (b) 8 1 2
(a) 0 (b) a -b
2
(c) 9 (d) – 9
a2 2 a2 2
x 3 (c) a -b (d) - a -b
2. If Lim = 1, a > 0, then a + 2b is equal to 2 2
x ® 0 a + x bx – sin x
é æp ö æp öù
2 ê 3 sin ç + h ÷ - cos ç + h ÷ú
(a) 36 (b) 37 è6 ø è6 øû is equal to
8. lim ë
h ®0
(c) 38 (d) 40 3 h 3 cos h - sin h
x
æ x -3 ö (a) 4/3 (b) – 4/3
3. For x Î R, xlim ç
®¥ x + 2
÷ is equal to
è ø (c) 2/3 (d) 3/4
(a) e (b) e–1 cos 2 - cos 2 x

9. Limit =
x ® -1 x2 - x
(c) e–5 (d) e5
(a) 2 cos 2 (b) – 2 cos 2
1 ïì 9 ïü (c) 2 sin 2 (d) – 2 sin 2
4. If f (n + 1) = íf n + ý , n Î N and f (n) > 0 for all
2 îï f n þï
æ é100 x ù é 99sin x ù ö
10. The value of xlim çê
® 0 ç sin x
ú+ê ú ÷÷ , where [.]
èë û ë x ûø
n Î N then nlim
®¥
f (n) is equal to
represents greatest integral function is
(a) 3 (b) – 3 (a) 199 (b) 198
(c) 1/2 (d) None of these (c) 0 (d) None of these
3
1 æ 1 2
n -1
ö 4x - 1
5. lim ç 1 + e n + e n + ... + e n
÷ is equal to 11. Limit =
n ®¥ n ç ÷ x ®0 æ x ö æ x2 ö
è ø sin ç ÷ ln ç1 + ÷
èpø è 3 ø
(a) e (b) –e 3
(a) 9 p (log 4) (b) 3 p (log 4)
(c) e – 1 (d) 1 – e 3 2
(c) 12 p (log 4) (d) 27 p (log 4)
sin a+3h – 3sin a+2h +3sin a+h – sina

6. lim is sin e x - 2 - 1
3
h ®0 h 12. Limit =
x ®2 ln x -1
(a) sin a (b) –sin a
(a) 0 (b) – 1
(c) cos a (d) –cos a (c) 2 (d) 1
1/sin x
13. The limiting value of (cos x) as x ® 0 is
æ p a -x ö
(a) 1 (b) e 20. The value of lim a 2 - x2 cot ç is
x ®a - ç 2 a + x ÷÷
è ø
(c) 0 (d) none
14. The value of
2a 2a
(a) (b) -
2x 2x 2 cos 2 x p p
l im é11 / cos + 21 / cos + ...+ n1 / cos x ù is
pê ûú
x® ë
2
4a
(c) (d) - 4a
(a) 0 (b) n p p
n n +1
(c) ¥ (d) cos sin x - cosx
2 21. The value of Limit is equal to
x ®0 x4
x 2 - 9x + 20 (a) 1/5 (b) 1/6

15. Limit where [x] is the greatest integer not
x ®5 x- x
(c) 1/4 (d) 1/2
greater than x 22. The values of a, b and c such that
(a) is equal to 1 (b) 0
(c) 4 (d) none aex - b cos x + ce- x
lim = 2 are
x ®0 x sin x
16. Limit sin -1 sec x
x ®0
(a) a = 1, b = –2, c = 1 (b) a = 1, b = 2, c = –1
(a) is equal to p/2 (b) is equal to 1
(c) a = 1, b = 2, c = 1 (d) a = –1, b = 2, c = 1
(c) is equal to zero (d) none of these
cos 2x sin x 4 – x 4 cos x 4 + x 20

17. Lim x x – 1 , where [.] denotes greatest integer 23. lim is equal to
x ®0 x ®0 4
x 4 e 2x –1– 2x 4
function, is equal to
(a) 1 (b) 0
(a) 0 (b) –1/6
(c) e (d) Does not exists
(c) 1/6 (d) does not exist
18. If [x] denotes the greatest integer £ x, then
24. If f (a) = 2, f ' (a) = 1, g (a) = –1, g' (a) = 2, then
1
Limit 4 éë13 x ùû + éë 23 x ùû + ... + éë n 3 x ùû equals
n ®¥ n
g x f a -g a f x
lim is equal to
(a) x/2 (b) x/3 x ®a x -a
(c) x/6 (d) x/4
(a) 3 (b) 5
æ æ æ ay ö ö æ æ by ö ö ö (c) –3 (d) 0
ç exp ç xln ç1+ ÷ ÷ - exp ç xln ç1+ ÷ ÷ ÷
è è x øø è è x øø ÷
19. Limit ç Limit = sin x
y ®0 ç x ®¥ y ÷ sin x – sin x
ç ÷ 25. lim equals
è ø p1 – sin x + ln sin x
x®
2
(a) a + b (b) a – b
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) b – a (d) – (a + b)
(c) 3 (d) 4
Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option] Assertion & Reason
26. The value of a for which (A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a
4 (B) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is not
ex –1
lim = 8, is a correct explanation for ASSERTION.
x ®0 æ x2 ö ì x2 ü (C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false.
sin ç 2 ÷ l og e í1 + ý
èa ø î 2þ (D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true.
(a) –2 (b) –1 33. Assertion : If a and b are positive and [x] denotes
(c) 1 (d) 2 greatest integer < x, then
x ébù b
x 1+ a cos x – b sin x lim =
27. If lim = 1, then x ® 0+ a êë x úû a
x ®0 x3
5 x
–3 Reason : lim = 0 where {x} denotes fractional
(a) b = (b) a = x ®¥ x
2 2
part of x.
–1 –5 (a) A (b) B
(c) b = (d) a =
2 2
(c) C (d) D
1/x 2
28. If xlim
®0
(cos x + a sin bx) = e , then the values of a and b Match the Following
are Each question has two columns. Four options are given
(a) a = 1, b = 2 (b) a = 2, b = 1/2 representing matching of elements from Column-I and
1 to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option
(c) a = 2 2 , b = (d) a = 4, b = 2
2 corresponding to the correct matching.
l/ x
34. Column–I Column–II
æ a x + b x + cx ö
29. If lim ç ÷ , (a, b, c, l > 0) is equal to p p p
x ®0
è 3 ø (A) Lim x cos .sin = (P)
x ®¥ 8x 8x 8
(a) 1, if l = 1 (b) abc, if l = 1
2/3
(c) abc, if l = 3 (d) (abc) , if l = 2 tan éë – p2 ùû x 2 – éë – p2 ùû x 2
(B) Lim = (Q) 2
x ®0 sin 2 x
30. The limit of sequence 2 , 2 2 , 2 2 2 ....... is
(a) a rational number (b) 2 2x – sin x + cos x 8

(C) Lim = (R)
x ®¥ x +cos 2 x + sin 2 x p
(c) is an irrational number (d) 2 2
31. If x is a real number in [0, 1] then the value of 1
æ xn –1 ö x –1 n –1
lim lim [1 + cos 2m (n!px)] is given by, where [x] Lim
(D) x ®1 çç n x – 1 ÷÷ = (S) e 2
m ®¥ n ®¥
è ø
represents greatest integer < x.
(T) 0
(a) 2 if x is rational (b) 1 for all x
The correct matching is
(c) 1 if x is irrational (d) 2 for all x
(a) (A–P; B – T; C – Q; D –S)
(b) (A–T; B – P; C – Q; D –S)
(c) (A–P; B – Q; C – T; D –S)
sin x – tan x
32. The value of Lim
x ® 0 tan –1 x – sin –1 x
is (d) (A–S; B – T; C – Q; D –P)
Using the following passage, solve Q.35 to Q.37 Using the following passage, solve Q.38 to Q.40
AP is a diameter of a unit circle with centre at O. Let AC be n

an arc of this circle, which subtends angle q radian at centre æ x ö
Consider two functions f (x) = l im ç cos ÷ and
O. A tangent line is drawn to the circle at the point A and a n ®¥ è nø
segement AB on this tangent is laid off whose length is
equal to that of the arc AC. A straight line BC is drawn to g(x) = –x4b where b = xl®¥
im x 2 + x + 1 – x 2 +1 Then.
intersect the extension of the diameter AP at Q. CD is the
perpendicular that fall from the point C upon the diameter 38. f (x) is
AP.
– x2
35. The area of the trapezoid ABCD is (a) e–x2 (b) e 2
1 – cos q q x2
(a) (b) (q + sin q) sin2
q – sin q 2 (c) ex2 (d) e 2
39. g(x) is
q2
(c) 2 cos (q – sin q) (d) q(q + sin q) (a) –x2 (b) x2
2
(c) x4 (d) –x4
36. The length AQ equal to
40. Number of solutions of f (x) + g (x) = 0 is
q 1 – cos q q 1 – cos q (a) 2 (b) 4
(a) (b)
q – sin q q + sin q (c) 0 (d) 1
q 1 + cos q q 1 + cos q
(c) (d)
q – sin q q + sin q
37. The value of the Lim AQ is

q® 0+
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 6. Let a (a) and b (a) be the roots of the equation
1. Let f : R ® R be such that f (1) = 3 and f ¢ (1) = 6, then 3

1 + a -1 x2 + 1+ a -1 x + 6
1 + a - 1 = 0,
1/ x
æ f 1+ x ö
lim ç ÷÷ equals : (2002) where a > –1. Then, lim+ a (a) and alim b (a) are (2012)
x ®0 ç ® 0+
è f 1 ø a ®0
5 1
1 (a) - and 1 (b) - and - 1
(a) 1 (b) e2 2 2
(c) e2 (d) e3 7 9
(c) - and 2 (d) - and 3
2 2
{(a - n) nx - tan x} sin nx
2. If lim = 0, where n is non zero
x ®0 x2
(1 - cos 2x) (3 + cos x)
7. lim is equal to (2013)
real number, then a is equal to (2003) x ®0 x tan 4x
n +1
(a) 0 (b) 1 1
n (a) - (b)
4 2
1 (c) 1 (d) 2
(c) n (d) n +
n
3. The value of l im ((sin x)1/x + (1/x)sin x), where x > 0 is
x ®0
x2
a - a2 - x2 -
(2006) 8. Let L = lim 4 , a > 0 . If L is finite, then
x ®0 x4
(a) 0 (b) –1
(c) 1 (d) 2 (2009)
(a) a = 2 (b) a = 1
1
2 x 2
4. If lim [1 + x log (1 + b )] = 2b sin q, b > 0 and
x ®0 1
1
(c) L = (d) L =
q Î (–p, p], then the value of q is (2011) 64 32
p p 1 - x(1+ | 1 - x |) æ 1 ö
(a) ± (b) ± 9. Let f (x) = cos ç ÷ for x ¹ 1. then
4 3 |1 - x | è1- x ø
(2017)
p p
(c) ± (d) ± (a) lim f (x) = 0
6 2
x ®1+
æ x2 + x +1 ö (b) lim f (x) = 0

5. If lim ç - ax - b ÷ = 4, then (2012) x ®1-
x ®¥
è x +1 ø
(c) lim f (x) does not exist
(a) a = 1, b = 4 (b) a = 1, b = –4 x ®1+
(c) a = 2, b = –3 (d) a = 2, b = 3 (d) lim f (x) does not exist

x ®1-
10. Let f : R ® R be a function we say that f has

x 2 sin(bx)
13. Let a, b Î R be such that lim =1. Then 6(a + b)
x ®0
ax - sin x
f (h) - f (0)
PROPERTY 1: if lim
h ®0
exist and is finite and equals (2016)
h
14. Let e denote the base of the natural logarithm. The value
f (h) - f (0) of the real number a for which the right hand limit
PROPERTY 2: if lim exist and is finite.
h ®0 h2 1
(1 - x) x - e-1
Then which of the following options is/are correct? lim is equal to a nonzero real number, is
x ® 0+ xa
(2019)
2/3
……… . (2020)
(a) f(x) = x has PROPERTY 1
15. The value of the limit
(b) f(x) = sin x has PROPERTY 2
(c) f(x) = |x| has PROPERTY 1 4 2(sin 3 x + sin x)
lim
(d) f(x) = x|x| has PROPERTY 2 x®
p æ 3x 5x ö æ 3x ö
2 ç 2 sin 2 x sin + cos ÷ - ç 2 + 2 cos 2 x + cos ÷
è 2 2 ø è 2 ø
is____ (2020)
11. The largest value of the non-negative integer a for which
1- x
ìï -ax + sin x - 1 + a üï1- x 1
lim í ý = is (2014)
x ®1 ï x + sin x - 1 - 1 ï 4
î þ
12. Let m and n be two positive integers greater than 1. If

æ ecos an - e ö e
lim ç ÷ = - æç ö÷ m
a® 0 ç am ÷ è 2 ø then the value of n is (2015)
è ø

TRIGONOMETRY
Chapter 07 80
TRIGONOMETRY
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS & IDENTITIES Trigonometric Ratios of Standard Angles
1. THE MEANING OF TRIGONOMETRY T–Ratio Angle (q)

Tri Gon Metron ¯ 0° 30° 45° 60° 90°
¯ ¯ ¯
3 sides Measure
Hence, this particular branch in Mathematics was 1 1 3
sin 0 1
developed in ancient past to measure 3 sides, 3 angles and 2 2 2
6 elements of a triangle. In today’s time–trigonometric
functions are used in entirely different shapes. The 2 basic 3 1 1
cos 1 0
functions are sine and cosine of an angle in a right–angled 2 2 2
triangle and there are 4 other derived functions.
1
tan 0 1 3 N.D.
3
1
cot N.D. 3 1 0
3
2
sec 1 2 2 N.D.
3
sin q cos q tan q cot q sec q cosec q
2
P B P B H H cosec N.D. 2 2 1
3
H H B P B P
2. BASIC TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES The sign of the trigonometric ratios in different quadrants
are as under :
(a) sin2q + cos2q = 1 : –1£ sinq £ 1; –1£ cosq £ 1 " q Î R
ì p ü
(b) sec2q – tan2q = 1 : | secq | ³ 1 " q Î R - í 2n + 1 , n Î Z ý
î 2 þ
(c) cosec2q – cot2q = 1 : | cosecq | ³ 1 " q Î R - np , n Î Z

TRIGONOMETRY
81
3. TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ALLIED ANGLES

æ 3p ö æ 3p ö
sin ç - q ÷ = - cos q cos ç - q ÷ = - sin q
è 2 ø è 2 ø
Using trigonometric ratio of allied angles, we could find
the trigonometric ratios of angles of any magnitude.
tan p + q = tan q cot p + q = cot q
sin (–q) = – sin q cos (–q) = cos q

æ 3p ö æ 3p ö
tan ç - q ÷ = cot q cot ç - q ÷ = tan q
æp ö æp ö è 2 ø è 2 ø
sin ç - q ÷ = cos q cos ç - q ÷ = sin q
è 2 ø è 2 ø
sec p + q = - sec q cosec p + q = - cosec q

tan (–q) = – tan q cot (–q) = –cot q
æ 3p ö æ 3p ö
æp ö æp ö sec ç - q ÷ = - cosec q cos ec ç - q ÷ = - sec q
tan ç - q ÷ = cot q cot ç - q ÷ = tan q è 2 ø è 2 ø
è2 ø è2 ø
cosec (–q) = – cosec q sec (–q) = sec q

æ 3p ö æ 3p ö
sin ç + q ÷ = - cos q cos ç + q ÷ = sin q
è 2 ø è 2 ø
æp ö æp ö
sec ç - q ÷ = cos ecq cos ec ç - q ÷ = sec q
è 2 ø è 2 ø
sin 2p - q = - sin q cos 2p - q = cos q
æp ö æp ö
sin ç + q ÷ = cos q cos ç + q ÷ = - sin q æ 3p ö æ 3p ö
è2 ø è2 ø tan ç + q ÷ = - cot q cot ç + q ÷ = - tan q
è 2 ø è 2 ø
sin p - q = sin q cos p - q = - cos q

tan 2p - q = - tan q cot 2p - q = - cot q
æp ö æp ö
tan ç + q ÷ = - cot q cot ç + q ÷ = - tan q æ 3p ö æ 3p ö
è 2 ø è 2 ø sec ç + q ÷ = cos ec q cos ec ç + q ÷ = - sec q
è 2 ø è 2 ø
tan p - q = - tan q cot p - q = - cot q

sec 2p - q = sec q cosec 2p - q = - cosec q
æp ö æp ö sin 2p + q = sin q cos 2p + q = cos q

sec ç + q ÷ = - cos ecq cos ec ç + q ÷ = sec q
è2 ø è2 ø
tan 2p + q = tan q cot 2p + q = cot q

sec p - q = - sec q cosec p - q = cos ec q
sec 2p + q = sec q cosec 2p + q = cosec q

sin p + q = - sin q cos p + q = - cos q
TRIGONOMETRY
82
4. TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS OF SUM OR q q

2cos2 = 1 + cos q, 2 sin2 = 1 – cos q
DIFFERENCE OF TWO ANGLES 2 2
(a) sin (A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B q

2 tan A 2 tan
(c) tan 2A = ; tan q = 2
(b) sin (A – B) = sin A cos B – cos A sin B 1 - tan 2 A 2 q
1 - tan
2
(c) cos (A + B) = cos A cos B – sin A sin B
2 tan A 1 - tan 2 A
(d) cos (A – B) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B (d) sin 2A = 2 ; cos 2A =
1 - tan A 1 + tan 2 A
(e) sin 3A = 3 sin A – 4 sin3 A

tan A + tan B
(e) tan (A + B) =
1 - tan A tan B (f) cos 3 A = 4 cos3 A – 3 cos A
3 tan A - tan 3 A
(g) tan 3A =
1 - 3tan 2 A
tan A - tan B
(f) tan (A - B) =
1 + tan A tan B
6. TRANSFORMATION OF PRODUCTS INTO
SUM OR DIFFERENCE OF SINES & COSINES
cot A cot B - 1
(g) cot (A + B) =
cot B + cot A (a) 2 sin A cos B = sin (A + B) + sin (A – B)
(b) 2 cos A sin B = sin (A + B) – sin (A – B)

cot A cot B + 1
(f) cot (A - B) =
cot B - cot A
(c) 2 cos A cos B = cos (A + B) + cos (A – B)
(h) sin2 A – sin2 B = cos2B – cos2A = sin (A + B) . sin (A – B) (d) 2 sin A sin B = cos (A – B) – cos (A + B)
(i) cos2 A – sin2 B = cos2B – sin2A = cos (A + B) . cos (A – B) 7. FACTORISATION OF THE SUM OR OF TWO
DIFFERENCE SINES OR COSINES
(j) tan (A + B + C) = tanA + tanB + tanC - tanAtanBtanC
1- tanAtanB - tanBtanC - tanCtanA C+D C-D
(a) sin C + sin D = 2 sin cos
2 2
5. MULTIPLE ANGLES AND HALF ANGLES

C+D C-D
(b) sin C – sin D = 2 cos sin
2 2
q q
(a) sin 2A = 2 sin A cos A ; sin q = 2 sin cos
2 2
C+D C-D
(c) cos C + cos D = 2 cos cos
2 2 2
(b) cos 2A = cos A – sin A = 2 cos A – 1 = 1 – 2 sin A ;2 2 2
TRIGONOMETRY
83
C+D C-D 10. RANGE OF TRIGONOMETRIC EXPRESSION

(d) cos C – cos D = – 2 sin sin
2 2
E = a sin q + b cos q
8. IMPORTANT TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS æ bö
E = a 2 + b 2 sin(q + a), ç where tan a = ÷
è aø
(a) sin n p = 0 ; cos n p = (–1)n ; tan np = 0 where n Î Z
æ aö
p 3 -1 5p E = a 2 + b 2 cos(q - b), ç where tan b = ÷
(b) sin 15º or sin = = cos 75º or cos ; è bø
12 2 2 12
Hence for any real value of q, - a 2 + b 2 £ E £ a 2 + b 2
p 3 +1 5p
cos 15º or cos = = sin 75º or sin ;
12 2 2 12 11. SINE AND COSINE SERIES
3 -1 (a) sin a + sin (a + b) + sin (a + 2b) + ..... + sin (a + n - 1 b )

tan 15º = = 2 - 3 = cot 75º ;
3 +1
nb
sin
3 +1 = 2 sin (a + n - 1 b)
tan 75º = = 2 + 3 = cot 15º b 2
3 -1 sin
2
p 5 -1
(c) sin or sin 18º = & (b) cos a + cos ( a + b) + cos (a + 2b) + ...... + cos (a + n - 1 b )
10 4
nb
p 5 +1 sin
cos 36º or cos = = 2 cos (a + n - 1 b)
5 4 b 2
sin
2
9. CONDITIONAL IDENTITIES
sin 2n q
If A + B + C = p then : (c) cos q . cos 2q . cos 4q ........... cos 2n–1q =
2n sin q
(i) sin 2A + sin2 B + sin 2C = 4 sin A sin B sin C
(ii) sin A + sin B + sin C = 4 cos

A B C 12. GRAPHS OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
cos cos
2 2 2
(a) y = sin x,
(iii) cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C = –1 – 4cosA cosB cosC
x Î R ; y Î [–1, 1]
A B C
(iv) cos A + cos B + cos C = 1 + 4sin sin sin
2 2 2
(v) tan A + tan B + tan C = tanA tanB tanC
A B B C C A
(vi) tan tan + tan tan + tan tan = 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B C
(vii) cot + cot + cot = cot .cot .cot
2 2 2 2 2 2
(viii) cot A cot B + cot B cot C + cot C cot A = 1

TRIGONOMETRY
84
(b) y = cos x,
x Î R ; y Î [–1, 1]
(f) y = sec x,
ì p ü
x Î R - í 2n + 1 ; n Î Z ý ; y Î (–¥, –1] È [1, ¥)
(c) y = tan x, î 2 þ
ì p ü
x Î R - í 2n + 1 ; n Î Z ý ; y Î R
î 2 þ
(d) y = cot x,
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
x Î R – {np; n Î z}; y Î R
13. TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
The equations involving trigonometric functions of

unknown angles are known as Trigonometric equations.
e.g., cos q = 0, cos2q – 4 cos q = 1.
A solution of a trigonometric equation is the value of the
unknown angle that satisfies the equation.
1 p p 3p 9p 11p
e.g., sin q = Þ q = or q = , , , ,...
2 4 4 4 4 4
Thus, the trigonometric equation may have infinite number

(e) y = cosec x,
x Î R – {np; n Î Z}; y Î (–¥, –1] È [1, ¥) of solutions and can be classified as :
TRIGONOMETRY
85
(i) Principal solution: that lie in [0, 2p) SOLUTION OF TRIANGLE

(ii) General solution
a b c
1. Sine Rule : = = .
14. GENERAL SOLUTION sin A sin B sin C
Since, trigonometric functions are periodic, a solution is 2. Cosine Rule :

generalised by means of periodicity of the trigonometrical
functions. The solution consisting of all possible solutions b2 + c2 - a 2
(i) cos A =
of a trigonometric equation is called its general solution. 2bc
14.1 Results
c 2 + a 2 - b2
(ii) cos B =
1. sin q = 0 Û q = n p 2ca
p a 2 + b 2 - c2
2. cos q = 0 Û q = (2n + 1) (iii) cos C =
2 2ab
3. tan q = 0 Û q = n p
3. Projection Formula :
é p pù
4. sin q = sin a Û q = n p + ( – 1)n a, where a Î ê- , ú (i) a = b cos C + c cos B
ë 2 2û
(ii) b = c cos A + a cos C
5. cos q = cos a Û q = 2np ± a, where a Î [0, p].
(iii) c = a cos B + b cos A
æ p pö 4. Napier’s Analogy - tangent rule :
6. tan q = tan a Û q = n p + a, where a Î ç - , ÷
è 2 2ø
7. sin2q = sin2 a Û q = n p ± a. B-C b-c A

(i) tan = cot
2 b+c 2
8. cos2 q = cos2 a Û q = n p ± a.
9. tan2 q = tan2 a Û q = n p ± a.
C-A c-a B
(ii) tan = cot
p 2 c+a 2
10. sin q = 1 Û q = (4n +1) .
2
A-B a -b C
11. cos q = 1 Û q = 2n p. (iii) tan = cot
2 a+b 2
12. cos q = – 1 Û q = (2n + 1) p.
5. Trigonometric Functions of Half Angles :
13. sin q = sin a and cos q = cos a Û q = 2n p + a.
NOTES : A (s - b)(s - c) B (s - c)(s - a)

(i) sin = ;sin =
2 bc 2 ca
1. Every where in this chapter ‘n’ is taken as an integer, if
not stated otherwise.
C (s - a)(s - b)
2. The general solution should be given unless the solution sin =
2 ab
is required in a specified interval or range.
3. a is taken as the principal value of the angle. A s(s - a) B s ( s - b)
(i.e., Numerically least angle is called the principal value). (ii) cos = ;cos = ;
2 bc 2 ca
TRIGONOMETRY
86
C s(s - c) A B C
cos = (iii) r = 4R sin sin sin
2 ab 2 2 2
A (s - b)(s - c) D 10. Radius of the Ex-Circles :

(iii) tan = = where
2 s(s - a) s(s - a)
D D D
(i) r1 = : r2 = : r3 =
a+b+c s-a s-b s-c
s= is semi peremetre of triangle.
2
6. m-n Rule : A B C
(ii) r1 = s tan ; r2 = s tan ; r3 = s tan
2 2 2
If BD : DC = m : n, then
(m + n) cot q = m cot a - n cot b A B C

(iii) r1 = 4R sin .cos .cos
2 2 2
= n cot B - m cot C
11. Length of Angle Bisectors, Medians & Altitudes :
(i) Length of an angle bisector from the angle A
A
2bc cos
ba = 2;
b+c
7. Area of Triangle (D) :
1 1 1
D= ab sin C = bcsin A = ca sin B
2 2 2
= s(s - a)(s - b)(s - c)
8. Radius of Circumcircle :
a b c abc (ii) Length of the median from the angle A

R= = = =
2 sin A 2sin B 2sin C 4D
1
9. Radius of The Incircle : = ma = 2b 2 + 2c 2 - a 2 &
2
D (iii) Length of altitude from the angle A

(i) r =
s
2D
Aa =
A B C a
(ii) r = (s - a) tan = (s - b) tan = (s - c) tan
2 2 2
TRIGONOMETRY
87
12. The distance of the special points from vertices and sides 13. Pedal Triangle :
of triangle :
The triangle formed by joining the feet of the altitudes is
(i) circumcentre (O) : OA = R and Oa = R cos A called the Pedal Triangle.
(ii) Incentre (I) : IA = r cosec(A/2) and Ia = r (i) Its angles are   2A,   2B and   2C.
(iii) Excentre (I1) : I1A = r1 cosec(A/2) (ii) The sides are a cos A = R sin 2A, a cos B = R sin 2B,
(iv) Orthocentre : HA = 2R cos A and Ha = 2R cos B cos C a cos C = R sin 2C
(iii) Circum radii of the triangle PBC, PCA, PAB and ABC
1
(v) Centroid (G) : GA = 2b 2  2c 2  a 2 and are equal.
3
G a  2 / 3a
SCAN CODE
Trigonometry
TRIGONOMETRY 88
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example – 1
1
= 1 - 2 sin 2 x cos 2 x
4
tan A cot A
The expression + can be written as
1 - cot A 1 - tan A 1 1 2
= - sin x cos 2 x
4 2
(a) sin A cos A + 1 (b) sec A cosec A + 1
(c) tan A + cot A (d) sec A + cosec A 1
f 6 ( x) = sin 6 x + cos6 x
Ans. (b) 6
tan A cot A 1
Sol. + = 1 - 3sin 2 x cos 2 x
1 - cot A 1 - tan A 6
sin 2 A cos 2 A 1 1
= + f 4 ( x) - f6 ( x) = -
cosA(sinA-cosA) sinA(cosA-sinA) 4 6
sin 3 A-cos3 A 1
= =
(sinA-cosA)cosAsinA 12
Example – 3
(sin A - cos A) sin 2 A + sinAcosA + cos 2 A
= If sec a and cosec a are the roots of
(sin A - cos A) sin A cos A
x2 – px + q = 0, then show p2 = q (q + 2).
1+sinAcosA Sol. Since, sec a and cosec a are roots of x2 – px + q = 0
= = 1 + sec AcosecA
sinAcosA \ sec a + cosec a = p and sec a. cosec a = q
Example – 2 1
\ sin a + cos a = p sin a . cos a and sin a . cos a =
q
1
Let f k (x) = (sin kx + cos kx) where x Î R and p
k \ sin a + cos a = .
q
k ³ 1. Then f4(x) – f6(x) equals :
Squaring both sides, we get
1 1
(a) (b)
12 6 p2
sin2 a + cos2 a + 2 sin a. cos a =
q2
1 1
(c) (d)
3 4
p2
1 + 2 sin a. cos a =
Ans. (a) q2
1
Sol. f k ( x) = sin k x + cosk x 2 p2
K or 1+ = Þ p2 = q (q + 2).
q q2
1
f4 x = sin 4 x + cos 4 x
4
TRIGONOMETRY 89
Let A and B denote the statements

p
If 2 cos q + sin q = 1æç q ¹ ö÷ then 7 cos q + sin q is A : cos a + cos b + cos g = 0
è 2ø
equal to B : sin a + sin b + sin g = 0
3
1 If cos (b – g) + cos (g – a) + cos (a – b) = - , then
(a) (b) 2 2
2
(a) A is true and B is false (b) A is false and B is true
11 46
(c) (d) (c) both A and B are true (d) both A and B are false
2 5
Ans. (c)
Ans. (b)
Sol. cos(β - γ) + cos(γ-α) + cos(α - β) = -3 / 2
Sol. 2 cos q + sin q = 1
Þ (cos β cos γ + sin β sin γ) + (cos γ cos α + sin γsinα)
Þ 2 cos q = 1 - sin q
+(cos α cos β + sin α sin β) = -3 / 2
2 2
Þ 4cos q = 1 + sin q - 2sin q Þ 2(cos β cos γ + cos γ cos α + cos α cos β)
Þ 4 - 4sin 2 q = 1 + sin 2 q - 2sin q +2(sin β sin γ + sin γ sin α + sin α sin β) + 3 = 0
Þ 5sin 2 q - 2sin q - 3 = 0 Þ cos 2 α + cos 2 β + cos 2 γ + 2(cos α cos β + cos β
Þ 5sin 2 q - 5sin q + 3sin q - 3 = 0 cos γ + cos γ cos α)} + sin 2 α + sin 2β + sin 2 γ + 2
Þ 5sin q + 3 sin q - 1 = 0 (sin α sin β + sin β sin γ + sin γ sin α)} = 0
Þ (cos α + cosβ + cos γ) 2 + (sin α + sin β + sin γ) 2 = 0

p
Qq ¹ Þ sin q ¹ 1 Which yields simultaneously
2
cos α + cos β + cos γ = 0 and sin α + sin β + sin γ = 0
3 4 4
Þ sin q = - Þ cos q = - or Example – 6
5 5 5
If a, b and g are in A.P., show that
4
If cos θ = – then sin a - sin g
5 cot b = .
cos g - cos a
28 18 46 Sol. Since, a, b and g are in A.P.

7 cos q + 6 sin q = - - =-
5 5 5 2b = a + g
4 æa+gö
Þ cot b = cot ç ÷
If cos q = then è 2 ø
5
æa+gö
28 18 cos ç ÷
7 cos q + 6sin q = + - =2 è 2 ø
5 5 Þ cot b =
æa+gö
sin ç ÷
è 2 ø
TRIGONOMETRY 90
Example – 9
æa-gö
Multiplying and dividing by 2 sin ç ÷ , we get
è 2 ø Prove that :
3
æa+gö æa-gö cos3 A + cos3 (120° + A) + cos3 (240° + A) = cos 3A
2 cos ç ÷ .sin ç ÷ 4
cot b = è 2 ø è 2 ø = sin a - sin g
æa+gö æ a - g ö cos g - cos a Sol. We know that
2 sin ç ÷ sin ç ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø
1
cos 3A = 4 cos3 A – 3 cos A Þ cos3 A = (cos 3A + 3 cosA)
4
sin a - sin g
Þ cot b = .
cos g - cos a 1 1
\ LHS = {cos 3A + 3 cos A} + {cos (360° + 3A) +
4 4
Example – 7
1
cos2 A (3 – 4 cos2 A)2 + sin2 A (3 – 4 sin2 A)2 = 3 cos (120° + A)} + {cos (720 + 3A) + 3 cos (240° + A)}
4
(a) cos 4A (b) sin 4A
1 1
(c) 1 (d) None of these Þ LHS = {cos 3A + 3 cos A} +
4 4
Ans. (c)
2 2
1
Sol. cos 2 A 3 - 4 cos 2 A + sin 2 A 3 - 4sin 2 A {cos 3A + 3 cos (120° + A)} + {cos 3A + 3 cos (240° + A)}
4
2 2 3 3
= 4 cos 3 A - 3cos A + 3sin A - 4 sin 3 A Þ LHS = cos 3A + {cos A + cos (120° + A) +
4 4
cos (240° + A)}
= cos 2 3 A + sin 2 3 A
=1 3 3
Þ LHS = cos 3A + {cos A + 2 cos (180° + A) cos 60°}
4 4
Example – 8
3 3ì 1ü 3
Prove that : Þ LHS= cos3A + ícos A - 2 cosA ´ ý = cos3A=RHS
4 4î 2þ 4
tan A + tan (60° + A) – tan (60° – A) = 3 tan 3A
Sol. We have, Example – 10
LHS = tan A + tan (60° + A) – tan (60° – A) Prove that : sin 3A sin3 A + cos 3A cos3 A = cos3 2A
Sol. We have,
3 + tan A 3 - tan A
Þ LHS = tan A + -
1 - 3 tan A 1 + 3 tan A cos3A + 3cos A
cos 3 A =
4
8tan A \ LHS = sin 3A sin3 A + cos 3A cos3 A
Þ LHS = tan A +
1 - 3 tan 2 A
ì 3sin A - sin3A ü ì cos3A + 3cos A ü
Þ LHS = sin 3A í ý + cos3A í ý
î 4 þ î 4 þ
9 tan A - 3tan 3 A
Þ LHS =
1 - 3tan 2 A 1
Þ LHS = {3 (cos A cos 3A + sin A sin 3A) + (cos2 3A–sin2 3A)}
4
æ 3 tan A - tan 3 A ö 1
Þ LHS = 3 ç ÷ = 3 tan 3A = RHS
2
è 1 - 3 tan A ø Þ LHS = {3 cos (3A – A) + cos 2 (3A)}
4
1
Þ LHS = {3 cos 2A + cos 3 (2A)}
4
TRIGONOMETRY 91
1 Þ 3sin 2 θ - 3sin 2 a = sin 2 θ

Þ LHS = {3 cos 2A + (4 cos3 2A – 3 cos 2A)}
4
Þ 3 - 3sin 2 a × cosec 2 θ = 1
= cos3 2A = RHS
Þ 3sin 2 a × cosec 2 θ = 2
Example – 11
Prove that 3
Þ sin a × cosecθ = ±
2
tan A + 2 tan 2A + 4 tan 4A + 8 cot 8A = cot A.
Example – 13
æ 1 - tan 2 4A ö
Sol. L.H.S. = tan A + 2 tan 2A + 4 tan 4A + 8 ç ÷
è 2 tan 4A ø Let a, b be such that p < a – b < 3p.
21 27
æ 4 tan 2 4A + 4 - 4 tan 2 4A ö If sin a + sin b = - and cos a + cos b = - , then the
65 65
= tan A + 2 tan 2A + ç tan 4A
÷
è ø
a -b
value of cos is
= tan A + 2 tan 2A + 4 cot 4A 2
æ 1 - tan 2 2A ö 6 3
= tan A + 2 tan 2A + 4 ç 2 tan 2A ÷ (a) (b)
è ø 65 130
é 2 tan 2 2A + 2 - 2 tan 2 2A ù 3 -6
= tan A + ê ú (c) - (d)
ë tan 2A û 130 65
= tan A + 2 cot 2A Ans. (c)
æ 1 - tan 2 A ö tan 2 A + 1 - tan 2 A 21

Sol. sin α + sin β =
= tan A + 2 ç 2 tan A ÷ = 65
è ø tan A
= cot A = R.H.S. 27
and cos α + cos β = -
Note: Students are adviced to learn above result as formulae. 65
i.e., tan A + 2 cot 2A = cot A
by squaring and adding we get
Example – 12
(21) 2 + (27) 2
If cot (q – a), 3 cot q, cot (q + a) are in A.P., and q is not an 2(1 + cos α cos β + sin α sin β) =
(65) 2
p
integral multiple of , then sin q cosec a is equal to :
2
1170
2[1 + cos(α - β)] =
(65) 2
3
(a) ± 2 (b) ±
2
(α - β) 1170 130 ´ 9 9
cos 2 = = =
2 2 4 ´ 65 ´ 65 (130) ´ (130) 130
(c) ± (d) none of these
3
α–β 3
Ans. (b) \ cos =–
2 130
Sol. cot(θ - a ),3cot θ, cot(θ + a ) ® A.P
æ α-β ö
sin 2θ As π < α - β < 3π then cos ç ÷ = negative
Þ 6.cot θ = cot(θ - a ) + cot(θ + a ) = è 2 ø
sin 2 θ - sin 2 a
TRIGONOMETRY 92
Example – 14 2
Þ 16 sin2 27° = 5+ 5 - 3- 5
Prove that : tan 6° tan 42° tan 66° tan 78° = 1
Sol. We have,
Þ 4sin 27°= 5 + 5 - 3 - 5
sin 6° sin 42° sin 66° sin 78°
LHS = Example – 16
cos6° cos 42° cos66° cos 78°
(2sin 66° sin 6°)(2sin 78° sin 42°) The equation a sin x + b cos x = c where | c | > a 2 + b 2 has
Þ LHS =
(2cos66° cos 6°) (2cos 78° cos 42°)
(a) a unique solution
(b) infinite number of solutions
(cos 60° - cos 72°)(cos 36° - cos120°)
Þ LHS = (c) no solution
(cos60° + cos 72°)(cos36° + cos120°)
(cos 60° - sin18°)(cos36° + sin 30°) Ans. (c)
Þ LHS =
(cos 60° + sin18°)(cos36° - sin 30°)
Sol. We know
æ1 - a 2 + b2 £ a sin x + b cos x £ a 2 + b2
5 - 1 öæ 5 + 1 1 ö
çç - ÷ç + ÷÷
2 4 ÷ç øè 4 2ø
Þ LHS = è But | c |> a 2 + b 2
æ1 5 - 1 öæ 5 + 1 1 ö
çç + ÷ç - ÷÷ Þ there is no solution for
è 2 4 ÷ç øè 4 2ø
a sin x + b cos x = c
(3 - 5) (3 + 5) 9 - 5 Example – 17
= = = 1 = RHS
( 5 + 1) ( 5 - 1) 5 - 1
If y = sin2 q + cosec2 q, q ¹ 0, then
Example – 15 (a) y = 0 (b) y £ 2
(c) y ³ – 2 (d) y ³ 2
Prove that : 4 sin 27° = (5 + 5) - (3 - 5) Ans. (d)
Sol. We have, Sol. Q y = sin2θ + cosec2θ

16 sin2 27° = 8 (1 – cos 54°)
Þ y = (sin θ – cosecθ)2 + 2
Þ 16 sin2 27° = 8 (1 – sin 36°)
Þ y³2
æ 10 - 2 5 ö
2
Þ 16 sin 27° = 8 ç1 - ÷ Example – 18
ç 4 ÷
è ø
If A = sin2 x + cos4 x, then for all real x
Þ 16sin 2 27° = 2 4 - 10 - 2 5
13
(a) £ A £1 (b) 1 £ A £ 2
16
Þ 16sin 2 27° = 8 - 2 10 - 2 5
3 13 3
(c) £A£ (d) £ A £1
4 16 4
Þ 16 sin2 27° = (5 + 5) + (3 - 5 ) - 2 (5 + 5) (3 - 5)
Ans. (d)
Þ 16 sin2 27° =
Sol. A = sin 2 x + cos 4 x
2 2
5+ 5 + 3- 5 - 2 (5 + 5) (3 - 5)
We have cos 4 x £ cos 2 x
TRIGONOMETRY 93
Þ – (cos 12° . cos 24° . cos 48°. cos 96°) .

sin 2 x = sin 2 x
(cos 36° . cos 72°)
Adding sin 2 x + cos 4 x £ sin 2 x + cos 2 x
sin (2 4.12°) sin (22.36°)
Q A £ 1. Þ - .
24.sin (12°) 2 2.sin (36°)
Again A = t + (1 - t ) 2 = t 2 - t + 1 , where t = sin2x
sin(2 n A)
& so 0 < t < 1 using, cos A cos 2 A ...... cos 2n – 1 A =
2n sin A
minimum is 3 4
sin (192°) sin (144°)
Þ - .
3 16.sin (12°) 4.sin (36°)
Thus £ A £1
4
sin (180° + 12°) . sin (180° - 36°)
Example – 19 Þ -
64 . sin12°. sin 36°
tan 3x 1 sin12°.sin 36°

Prove that never lies between and 3. 1
tan x 3 Þ = .
64 sin 12°.sin 36° 64
tan 3x Example – 21
Sol. Let y = . Then,
tan x
If A + B + C = p, then prove the following
3tan x - tan 3 x (i) sin2A + sin 2B + sin 2C = 4 sin A . sin B . sin C
y=
tan x(1 - 3tan 2 x) (ii) sin2 A + sin2 B + sin2 C = 2 + 2 cos A . cos B. cos C
cos A - cos B + cos C + 1 æAö æCö

3 – tan 2 x (iii) = cot ç ÷ cot ç ÷
Þ y= cos A + cos B + cos C - 1 è2ø è2ø
1 – 3tan 2 x
Sol. (i) L.H.S.
Þ (3y – 1) tan2 x = y – 3
= sin 2A + sin 2B + sin 2C
y -3
Þ tan2 x = æ 2A + 2B ö æ 2A - 2B ö
3y - 1 = 2sin ç ÷ cos ç ÷ + 2 sinC cos C
è 2 ø è 2 ø
Now,
= 2 sin (A + B) . cos (A – B) + 2 sinC [–cos (A + B)]
tan2 x ³ 0 for all x
= 2 sin C . cos (A – B) – 2sinC . cos (A + B)
y-3
\ ³0 = 2 sin C [cos (A – B) – cos (A + B)]
3y - 1
= 2 sin C × 2 sin A sin B
1 = 4 sin A sin B sin C.
Þ y < or, y ³ 3 (Using wavy curve method)
3 = R.H.S.
Þ y does not lie between 1/3 and 3. (ii) L.H.S.
= sin2 A + sin2 B + sin2 C
Example – 20
2 1 - cos 2B 1 - cos 2C
Evaluate : = sin A + +
2 2
cos 12° cos 24° cos 36°. cos 48°. cos 72°. cos 84°.
Sol. cos 12° cos 24° cos 36° cos 48°. cos 72°. cos 84°. 1
= [2 + 2 sin2 A – (cos 2B + cos 2C)]
2
Þ cos 12° cos 24° cos 48° . cos (180°–96°).
cos 36° . cos 72°
TRIGONOMETRY 94
1 æ 2B + 2C ö æAö æCö
= [2 + 2 sin2 A – 2 cos ç ÷ = cot ç ÷ .cot ç ÷
2 è 2 ø è2ø è2ø
= R.H.S.
æ 2B - 2C ö
cos ç ÷]
è 2 ø Example – 22
= 1 + sin2 A – cos (B + C) . cos (B – C) 2 cos x cos 2x = cos x.

= 2 – cos2 A + cosA . cos (B – C) Sol. The given equation is equivalent to the equation cos x
= 2 + cos A [–cos A + cos (B – C)] (2 cos 2x – 1) = 0.
= 2 + cos A [cos (B + C) + cos (B – C)] This equation is equivalent to the collection of equations.
= 2 + cos A × 2 cos B . cos C
= 2 + 2 cos A . cos B . cos C
é p
(iii) L.H.S. écos x = 0, ê x = 2 + p n, n Î Z,
ê Þ ê
êcos 2x = 1 , ê 2x = ± p + 2pk, i.e. x = ± p + pk, k Î Z.
cos A - cos B + cos C + 1 ë 2
= êë 3 6
cos A + cos B + cos C - 1
(cos A + cos C) + (1 - cos B) p p

= Answer : + pn, ± + pk (n, k Î Z)
(cos A + cos C) - (1 - cos B) 2 6
Example – 23
æ A+Cö æ A-Cö 2æBö
2cos ç ÷ cos ç ÷ + 2sin ç ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø è2ø The number of value of x in the interval [0, 3p] satisfying
=
æ A + C ö æ A - C ö 2æBö the equation 2 sin2 x + 5 sin x – 3 = 0 is
2cos ç ÷ cos ç ÷ - 2sin ç ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø è2ø (a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 1 (d) 2
æ A+Cö æ A-Cö 2æA+Cö Ans. (a)
2cos ç ÷ .cos ç ÷ + 2 cos ç ÷
= è 2 ø è 2 ø è 2 ø
æA+Cö æA-Cö 2æA+Cö
Sol. 2 sin 2 x + 5sin x - 3 = 0 Þ (2sinx – 1)(sinx + 3) = 0
2cos ç ÷ .cos ç ÷ - 2cos ç ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø è 2 ø
1
Þ sin x = ,sin x ¹ -3
2
æ A + Cöé æ A -C ö æ A + C öù
2cos ç ÷ êcos ç ÷ + cos ç ÷ú 1
è 2 øë è 2 ø è 2 øû there sin x = we know that each trigonometric
= 2
æ A +Cöé æ A -C ö æ A + C öù
2cos ç ÷ êcos ç ÷ - cos ç ÷ú
è 2 øë è 2 ø è 2 øû function assumes same value twice in 0 £ x £ 360
in our problem 00 £ x £ 5400 , So number of value

æ A-Cö æA+Cö
cos ç ÷ + cos ç ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø are 4 like 30 0 ,1500 ,3900 ,510 0
=
æ A-Cö æA+Cö
cos ç ÷ - cos ç ÷ Example – 24
è 2 ø è 2 ø
3 cos2 x – 10 cos x + 3 = 0.
æAö æCö Sol. Assume cos x = y. The given equation assumes the form
2cos ç ÷ .cos ç ÷
2
è ø è2ø 3y2 – 10y + 3 = 0.
=
æAö æCö
2sin ç ÷ .sin ç ÷ 1
è2ø è2ø Solving it, we find that y1 = , y = 3.
3 2
TRIGONOMETRY 95
The value y2 = 3 does not satisfy the condition since |cos x | £ 1. Þ 2sin 3θ = 2 cos 2θ + 1
1 1 Þ 2 3sin θ - 4 sin 3 θ = 2 1 - 2sin 2 θ + 1
Consequently, cos x = , x = ± cos–1 + 2pn, n Î Z
3 3
Þ 8sin 3 θ - 4sin 2 θ - 6 sin θ + 3 = 0
æ1ö
Answer : ± cos–1 ç ÷ + 2pn (n Î Z).
è3ø Þ (2sin θ - 1) 4 sin 2 θ - 3 = 0
Equations of the form
1 2 3
a 0 sin n x + a 1 sin n–1 x cos x + a 2 sin n–2 x cos 2 x Þ sin θ = or sin θ =
2 4
+ .... + an–1 sin x cosn–1 x + an cosn x = 0,
where a0, a1, ..., a n are real numbers, are said to be p p p
homogeneous with respect to sin x and cos x. Þ θ = np + (-1)n × 2
or sin θ = sin
2
Þ θ = np ±
6 3 3
Example – 25
All solutions of the equation, 2 sinq + tanq = 0 are obtained Example – 27

by taking all integral values of m and n in :
3 1
2p 2p cos x + sin x = 1
(a) 2np + (b) np & 2mp ± 2 2
3 3
p p p p æ pö
(c) np & mp ± (d) np & 2mp ± Sol. cos cos x + sin sin x = 1, cos ç x – ÷ = 1,
3 3 6 6 è 6ø
Ans. (b) p p
x– = 2 pn (n Î Z), x = + 2pn (n Î Z).
Sol. 2 sin θ + tan θ = 0 6 6
sin θ p
Þ 2sin θ + =0 Answer : + 2 pn (n Î Z).
cos θ 6
1 Example – 28
Þ sin θ = 0 or cos θ = -
2 cos 3x + sin 2x – sin 4 x = 0
2p Sol. cos 3x + (sin 2x – sin 4 x) = 0
Þ θ = np or θ = 2mp ±
3 Transforming the expression in brackets by formula
a –b a +b
Example – 26 sin a – sin b = 2 sin cos
2 2
sin 3q 1 we obtain
= if
2cos 2 q+ 1 2 cos 3 x + (–2 sin x cos 3 x) = 0,
cos 3x (1 – 2 sin x) = 0.
p p
(a) q = np + (b) q = 2n p - The last equation is equivalent to the collection of
6 6
equation
p
(c) q = np + (-1) n p (d) q = np - 1
6 6 cos 3x = 0, sin x = ;
2
Ans. (c)
p p p
sin 3θ 1 consequently, x = + n, x = (–1)k + pk (n, k Î Z)
Sol. = 6 3 6
2 cos 2θ + 1 2
TRIGONOMETRY 96
of solutions of (a) and, therefore, in the answer we write

p k
The set of solution x = (–1) + pk (k Î Z) belongs only roots equation (a).
6
p pn p pn
+ Answer : + (n Î Z).
entirely to the set of solution x = (n Î Z). 6 3
6 3
Therefore, this set alone remains as a set of solutions. Example – 31
p p
Answer : + n (n Î Z). x
6 3 cos x – 2 sin2 = 0.
2
Example – 29
Sol. cos x – (1– cos x) = 0 Þ 2 cos x –1 = 0
sin 5 x cos 3x = sin 6 x cos 2x. 1 p
Þ cos x = Þx=± + 2pn (nÎZ)
1 2 3
Sol. We apply formula sin a cos b = (sin (a-b) + sin
2
p
(a + b)) to both sides of the equation : Answer : ± + 2 pn (n Î Z).
3
1 1
(sin 8 x + sin 2x) = (sin 8 x + sin 4x), Example – 32
2 2
sin 2x – sin 4x = 0 x x
2 sin cos2 x – 2 sin sin2 x = cos2 x – sin2 x.
2 2
a –b a +b
Using formula sin a – sin b = 2 sin cos ,
2 2 Sol. On the left-hand side of the equation we put the factor
we obtain –2 sin x cos 3x = 0. x
2 sin before the parentheses :
2
é x = p n, n Î Z, x
é sin x = 0, Þ ê 2 sin (cos2 x – sin2 x) = cos2 x – sin2 x.
2
Þê ê3x = p + pk, x = p + p k, k Î Z.
ëcos3x = 0, ë 2 6 3 Replacing the expression cos2 x – sin2 x by cos 2x according
to formula (2), we get
p p
Answer : + k (n, k Î Z). x
6 3 2 sin cos 2x = cos 2x,
2
Example – 30
x
or 2 sin cos 2x – cos 2x = 0
sin2 x + sin2 2x = 1 2
1– cos 2x 1– cos 4x x
Sol. + =1 Þ cos 2x + cos 4 x = 0 æ ö
2 2 Þ cos 2x ç 2 sin – 1 ÷ = 0
è 2 ø
Þ 2 cos 3 x cos x = 0.
The last equation is equivalent to the collection of two é p p
equations. é cos 2x = 0, ê x = 4 + 2 n, n Î Z,
Þ ê Þ ê
êsin x = 1 , ê x = –1 k p + 2pk, k Î Z.
p p p ë 2 2 êë
(a) cos 3 x = 0, 3 x = + pn, x = + n, n Î Z 3
2 6 3
p p p p
(b) cos x = 0, x = + pk, k Î Z Answer : + n, (–1)k + 2pk (n, k Î Z).
2 4 2 3
The set of solutions of equation (b) is a subset of the set (a) Equations of the form P (sin x ± cos x, sin x cos x) = 0,
where P (y, z) is a polynomial, can be solved by the change.
TRIGONOMETRY 97
cos x ± sin x = t Þ 1 ± 2 sin x cos x = t2. Example – 35

Let us consider an example.
sin x + cos x = 1 + sin x cos x.
Example – 33 Sol. We introduce the designation sin x + cos x = t.
If the equation tan q + tan 2q + tan q tan 2q =1, then q is Then (sin x + cos x)2 = t2, 1 + 2 sin x cos x = t2,
equal to
t 2 –1
sin x cos x = .
np p np p 2
(a) – (b) +
3 6 3 12
In the new designations the initial equation looks like
np p
(c) + (d) None of these t 2 –1
3 2 t=1+ or t2 – 2t + 1 = 0, (t –1)2 = 0, t = 1,
2
Ans. (b)
i.e.,
Sol. tan θ + tan 2θ + tan θ tan 2θ = 1
æ 1 1 ö
Þ tan θ + tan 2θ = 1 - tan θ × tan 2θ sin x + cos x = 1, 2ç sin x + cos x ÷ = 1,
è 2 2 ø
tan θ + tan 2θ p p 1
Þ =1 cos cos x + sin sin x = ,
1 - tan θ × tan 2θ 4 4 2
p æ pö 2
Þ tan 3θ = 1 Þ 3θ = np + ,nÎZ cos ç x – ÷ =
4 è 4ø 2
np p p p
Þθ= + ×nÎZ x – = ± + 2 pn, n ÎZ,
3 12 4 4
Example – 34 p p
x = ± + 2 pn, n Î Z.
4 4
The value of cos y cos (p/2 –x) – cos (p/2 –y)
cos x + sin y cos (p/2 –x) + cos x sin (p/2 –y) is zero if p
Answer : + 2 pn, 2 pn (n Î Z).
(a) x = 0 (b) y = 0 2
(c) x = y + p/4 (d) y = x – 3p/4 (b) Equations of the form a sin x + b cos x + d = 0, where a, b,
Ans. (d) and d are real numbers, and a, b ¹ 0, can be solved by the
change.
æp ö æp ö æp ö
Sol. cos y × cos ç - x ÷ - cos ç - y ÷ × cos x + sin y cos ç - x ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø è 2 ø x x
1– tan 2 2 tan
cos x = 2 , sin x = 2 ,
æp ö 1+ tan 2 x
1 + tan 2 x
+ cos x sin ç - y ÷ = 0
è2 ø 2 2
Þ (sin x × cos y - cos x × sin y) x ¹ p + 2pn (n Î Z)

+ (sin x × sin y + cos x × cos y) = 0 Example – 36
Þ sin( x - y ) + cos( x - y) = 0
6 sin2 x – sin x cos x – cos2 x = 3.
p Sol. 6 sin2 x – sin x cos x – cos2 x –3 (sin2 x + cos2 x) = 0.
Þ tan( x - y ) = -1 Þ x - y = np -
4 Removing the brackets and collecting like terms, we get
3p 3 sin2 x – sin x cos x – 4 cos2 x = 0.
Þ y = x- (for n = 1)
4
TRIGONOMETRY 98
p
Since the values x = + pn are not roots of the equation Sol. æ pp ö æ qp ö
2 tan ç ÷ = cot ç ÷
è 4 ø è 4 ø
and cos x ¹ 0,
we divide both sides of the equation by cos2 x
æ pp ö æ p qp ö
3 tan2 x – tan x –4 = 0, Þ tan ç ÷ = tan ç - ÷
è 4 ø è2 4 ø
p
whence tan x = –1, x = – + pn, nÎZ
4 pp p qp
Þ = np + -
4 2 4
4 4
and tan x = , x = tan–1 + pk, kÎZ
3 3
p p
Þ ( p + q) = (2 n + 1)
p 4 4 2
Answer : - + pn, tan–1 + pk (n, k Î Z)
4 3
Þ ( p + q ) = 2(2n + 1), n Î Z
Example – 37
3 cos x + 4 sin x = 5. Example – 39
x x
1– tan 2 2 tan æ x ö æ x ö
Sol. 3 2 +4 2 = 5, ç cos – 2 sin x ÷ sin x + ç1 + sin – 2 cos x ÷ ´ cos x = 0.
è 4 ø è 4 ø
2 x 2 x
1+ tan 1 + tan
2 2
x x
Sol. cos sin x –2 sin2 x + cos x + sin cos x –2 cos2 x = 0.
x x x 4 4
3 – 3 tan2 + 8 tan = 5 + 5 tan2 ,
2 2 2
x 5x
x æ x ö
2 sin æç x + ö÷ + cos x – 2 (sin2 x + cos2 x) = 0, sin + cos x = 2.
x 4ø 4
4 tan2 – 4 tan + 1 = 0, ç 2 tan –1 ÷ =0 è
2 2 è 2 ø
x 1 1 5x
tan = , x = 2 tan–1 + 2pn, n Î Z Since the functions sin and cos x have the greatest
2 2 2 4
1 5x
Answer : 2 tan–1 + 2pn, (n Î Z). value equal to 1, their sum is equal to 2 if sin =1 and
2 4
(c) Many equations can be solved by introducing a new cos x = 1 simultaneously, i.e.
variable.
f (x) = j (x) ì 5x ì 5x p
ï sin = 1, ï = + 2pn,
Þí 4 Þí 4 2
Example – 38 ïîcos x =1, ïx = 2pk n, k Î Z ;
î
tan (pp / 4) = cot(qp/4) if
(a) p + q = 0 2p 8p 1+ 4n
2pk = + n, k =
(b) p + q = 2n + 1 5 5 5
(c) p + q = 2n
Since k Î Z, it follows that n = 1 + 5m (m Î Z), and then
(d) p + q = 2 (2n + 1) where n is any integer x = 2 p + 8pm, m Î Z
Ans. (d)
Answer : 2 p + 8pm, m Î Z
TRIGONOMETRY 99
Example – 40
1 – cos x = sin x, x Î [p, 3p]
ì1– cos ³ 0,
Sol. í
î sin x ³ 0.
Under the condition that both sides of the equation are
nonnegative, we square them:
1 – cos x = sin2 x, 1 – cos x = 1 – cos2 x,
cos2 x – cos x = 0, cos x (cos x –1) = 0.
p
(1) cos x = 0, x = + pn, n Î Z,
2
(2) cos x = 1, x = 2pk, k Î Z. But since sin x ³ 0
5p
and x Î [p, 3p], we leave x = 2p, .
2
Answer : 2p, 5p .
2
TRIGONOMETRY 100

Trigonometric functions 7. Which of the following is correct –
(a) sin 1º > sin 1 (b) sin 1º < sin 1
2sin a 1 + sin a - cos a
1. If = l then is equal to
1 + sin a + cos a 1 + sin a p
(c) sin 1º = sin 1 (d) sin1º = sin1
180
1
(a) (b) l
l 8. Which of the following is correct ?
(c) 1 – l (d) 1 + l (a) cos 1 > cos 2 (b) cos 1 < cos 2
2. If sin q and cos q are the roots of the equation (c) cos 1 = cos 2 (d) none of these
ax2 – bx + c = 0, then a, b and c satisfy the relation :
Compound angles formulae
(a) a2 + b2 + 2 ac = 0 (b) a2 – b2 – 2 ac = 0
(c) a2 + c2 – 2 ab = 0 (d) a2 – b2 + 2 ac = 0
17 5
3. If 3 sin q – 5 cos q = a, then 5 sin q + 3 cos q is equal to 9. If sec A = and cosec B = ; if A, B lies in first quadrant
8 4
(a) 1 – a (b) 1 - a 2 then sec (A + B) is equal to
(c) 34 - a 2 (d) 34 - a 2 or - 34 - a 2 85 85
(a) (b) -
36 36
4. Let 0 £ q £ p and x = X cos q + Y sin q,
2 85 85
(c) - (d)
2 2
y = X sin q – Y cos q such that x + 4xy + y = aX + bY , 2 2 84 84
where a, b are constants. Then
10. The two legs of a right triangle are
p
(a) a = –1, b = 3 (b) q =
6 æ 3p ö æ 3p ö
sinq + sin ç - q ÷ and cosq – cos ç - q ÷ . The
è 2 ø è 2 ø
p
(c) a = 4, b = –2 (d) q = length of its hypotenuse is
3
(a) 1 (b) 2
5. If tan q = – 4/3, then sinq is
(c) 2 (d) some function of q
-4 4 -4 4
(a) but not (b) or
5 5 5 5 11. The sines of two angles of a triangle are equal to
4 -4 5 99
(c) but not (d) none of these & . The cosine of the third angle can be :
5 5 13 101
(Assume that sum of all angles in a triangle are

1 - sin A sin A 1
6. If + = , for all permissible supplementary)
1 + sin A cos A cos A
values of A, then A may belongs to 245 255
(a) First Quadrant (a) (b)
1313 1313
(b) Second Quadrant
735 765
(c) Third Quadrant (c) (d)
1313 1313
(d) Fourth Quadrant or First quadrant
TRIGONOMETRY 101
12. If tanx. tany = a and x + y = p/6, then tanx and tany satisfy Multiple angle formulae
the equation
1 - tan 2 15°
18. The value of is
(a) x 2 - 3 1 - a x + a = 0 1 + tan 2 15°
(b) 3x 2 - 1 - a x + a 3 = 0 3
(a) (b) 1
2
(c) x 2 + 3 1 + a x - a = 0 1
(c) (d) 3
2
(d) 3x 2 + 1 + a x - a 3 = 0 19. Which of the following when simplified does not reduce
to unity ?
p
13. If a + b = and b + g = a, then tan a equals 1 - 2 sin 2 a
2 (a)
æp ö æp ö
2 cot ç + a ÷ cos 2 ç - a ÷
(a) tan b + 2 tan g (b) 2tan b + tan g è4 ø è4 ø
(c) tan b + tan g (d) none of these sin p - a

(b) + cos p - a
14. tan 5x tan 3x tan 2x = ..... a
sin a - cos a tan
2
(a) tan 5x – tan 3x – tan 2x
2
1 1 - tan 2 a
sin 5x - sin 3x - sin 2x (c) -
(b)
cos5x - cos3x - cos 2x 4 sin 2 a cos 2 a 4 tan 2 a
(c) 0 1 + sin 2a
(d) 2
2 sin a + cos a
(d) None of these
3p
m 1 20. If p < 2q < , then 2 + 2 + 2 cos 4q is equal to
15. If tana = , tan b = , then a + b is equal to 2
m +1 2m + 1
(a) –2cosq (b) –2sinq
(a) p/4 (b) p/3 (c) 2cosq (d) 2sinq
m m +1 a b
(c) tan
-1
(d) tan -1 21. If tan and tan are the roots of the equation
2m + 1 2m + 1 2 2
8x2 – 26x + 15 = 0 then cos (a + b) is equal to
16. If A + C = B, then tan A tan B tan C is
627 627
(a) tan A tan B + tan C (a) - (b)
725 725
(b) tan B – tan C – tan A (c) –1 (d) none of these
(c) tan A + tan C – tan B 22. For all real values of q, cot q – 2 cot 2q is equal to
(a) tan 2q (b) tan q
(d) –(tan A tan B + tan C)
(c) –cot 3q (d) none of these
17. If tana, tanb are the roots of the equation
23. If cos 20° – sin 20° = p then cos 40° is equal to
x2 + px + q = 0 (p ¹ 0), then
(a) sin (a +b) = –p (b) tan (a +b) = p/ (q – 1) (a) - p 2 - p 2 (b) p 2 - p 2
(c) cos (a +b) = 1 – q (d) none of these (c) p + 2 - p

2
(d) none of these
TRIGONOMETRY 102
1 1 30. Maximum value of sin x + cos x is

24. If x + = 2 cos q, then x3 + 3 =
x x (a) 1 (b) 2
(a) cos 3q (b) 2 cos 3q 1
(c) 2 (d)
1 1 2
(c) cos 3q (d) cos 3q
2 3
31. Minimum value of sin6q + cos6 q is
p 3p 5p 7p (a) 0 (b) 1
25. cos cos cos cos is equal to
8 8 8 8
1 1
(c) (d)
1- 2 2 4
(a) 1/2 (b)
2 2 32. If A = 2 sin2 q – cos 2q, then A lies in the interval
(a) [–1, 3] (b) [1, 2]
1+ 2
(c) 1/8 (d) (c) [–2, 4] (d) none of these
2 2
26. The value of sin 78° – sin 66° – sin 42° + sin 6° is Trigonometric equations
1 1 33. If 4 sin2 q = 1, then the values of q are

(a) (b) -
2 2
p p
(c) –1 (d) none of these (a) 2n p ± ,n Î Z (b) np ± ,n Î Z
3 3
27. The value of
p p
p 3p 5p 7p 9p 11p 13p (c) np ± ,n Î Z (d) 2np ± , n Î Z
sin .sin .sin .sin .sin .sin .sin 6 6
14 14 14 14 14 14 14
is equal to æqö
34. The general solution of tan ç ÷ = 0 is
1 è2ø
(a) 1 (b)
16
(a) 2np; n Î I (b) np; n Î I
1 p
(c) (d) none of these (c) (2n + 1) ; nÎI (d) None of these
64 2
28. The value of
35. A solution of the equation cos2 q + sin q + 1 = 0, lies in the
cos 12° . cos 24° . cos 36° . cos 48° . cos 72° . cos 84° is interval
1 1 (a) (–p/4, p/4) (b) (p/4, 3p/4)

(a) (b)
64 32 (c) (3p/4, 5p/4) (d) (5p/4, 7p/4)
2
1 36. In 2 cos q + 3sin q = 0, then the general value of q is–
1
(c) (d)
16 128 p p
(a) np + (-1)n ;nÎI (b) 2n p ± ;nÎI
Max-min values of trigonometric expression 6 6
29. If x Î R and x ¹ 0, then which of the following is not p

(c) np + (-1)n+1 ;nÎI (d) None of these
possible ? 6
1 1 37. The number of values of a in [0, 2p] for which

(a) 2sin q = x + (b) 2cos q = x +
x x 2 sin3 a - 7 sin2 a + 7 sin a = 2, is:
1 1 (a) 6 (b) 4
(c) 2sin q = x - (d) sin q = x +
x x (c) 3 (d) 1
TRIGONOMETRY 103
44. A triangular park is enclosed on two sides by a fence and

38. A value of q satisfying cos q + 3 sin q = 2 is
on the third side by a straight river bank. The two sides
5p 4p having fence are of same length x. The maximum area
(a) (b) enclosed by the park is
3 3
x3 1 2
2p p (a) (b) x
(c) (d) 8 2
3 3
39. The number of solutions of cosq + 3 sin q = 5, 0 £ q £ 5p, 3 2

(c) px2 (d) x
2
is
(a) 4 (b) 0 45. The sum of the radii of inscribed and circumscribed circles
for an n sided regular polygon of side a, is
æ pö a æ p ö
40. General solution of equation 3 cos q + sin q = 2 is (a) a cot ç ÷ (b) cot ç ÷
ènø 2 è 2n ø
p p
(a) np ± + ;nÎI æ p ö a æ p ö
4 6 (c) a cot ç ÷ (d) cot ç ÷
è 2n ø 4 è 2n ø
p p 46. For a regular polygon, let r and R be the radii of the inscribed
(b) 2np ± + ;nÎI
4 6 and the circumscribed circles. A false statement among the
following is
p p
(c) 2np ± – ;nÎI
4 6 r 1
(a) there is a regular polygon with =
R 2
(d) None of these
41. The possible values of q Î (0, p) such that r 1
(b) there is a regular polygon with =
sin (q) + sin (4q) + sin (7q) = 0 are R 2
2p p 4p p 3p 8p p 5p p 2 p 3p 8p r 2
(a) , , , , , (b) , , , , , (c) there is a regular polygon with =
9 4 9 2 4 9 4 12 2 3 4 9 R 3
2p p p 2p 3p 35p 2p p p 2p 3p 8p r 3
(c) , , , , , (d) , , , , , (d) there is a regular polygon with =
9 4 2 3 4 36 9 4 2 3 4 9 R 2
tan 3x - tan 2x 47. ABCD is a trapezium such that AB and CD are parallel and
42. The set of values of x for which = 1 is BC ^ CD. If ÐADB = q, BC = p and CD = q, then AB is
1 + tan 3x tan 2x
equal to
(a) f
(p 2 + q 2 ) sin q p 2 + q 2 cos q
(b) {p / 4} (a) (b)
p cos q + q sin q p cos q + q sin q
(c) {np + p / 4 | n = 1, 2, 3.....}
(d) {2np + p / 4 | n = 1, 2, 3.....} p2 + q 2 (p 2 + q 2 ) sin q
(c) (d)
Solution of triangles p 2 cos q + q 2 sin q (p cos q + q sin q) 2
æ A -B+ C ö
A 5 C 2 48. In a triangle ABC, 2ca sin ç ÷ is equal to
43. In a DABC, tan = , tan = , then è 2 ø
2 6 2 5
(a) a2 + b2 – c2 (b) c2 + a2 – b2
(a) a, c, b are in AP (b) a, b, c are in AP
(c) b2 – c2 – a2 (d) c2 – a2 – b2
(c) b, a c are in AP (d) a, b, c are in GP
TRIGONOMETRY 104
49. The sides of triangle are sin a, cos a and 1 + sin a cos a 3
55. The upper æç ö÷ th portion of a vertical pole subtends an
è4ø
p
for some 0 < a < . Then the greatest angle of the triangle
2
æ3ö
is angle tan -1 ç ÷ at a point in the horizontal plane through
è5ø
(a) 120° (b) 90°
its foot and at a distance 40m from the foot. A possible
(c) 60° (d) 150° height of the vertical pole is
50. If in a triangle ABC (a) 20 m (b) 40 m
(c) 60 m (d) 80 m
æCö æ A ö 3b
a cos 2 ç ÷ + ccos 2 ç ÷ = ,
è2ø è2ø 2 56. A tower stands at the centre of a circular park. A and B are
two points on the boundary of the park such that AB (=a)
then the sides a, b and c subtends an angle of 60° at the foot of the tower and the
(a) are in AP (b) are in GP angle of elevation of the top of the tower from A or B is 30°.
(c) are in HP (d) satisfy a + b = c The height of the tower is
51. In a trangle ABC, if cotA cotB cotC > 0, then the triangle is
2a
(a) (b) 2a 3
(a) acute angled (b) right angled 3
(c) obtuse angled (d) does not exist
a
p æPö æQö (c) (d) 3
52. In a triangle PQR, if ÐR = . If tan ç ÷ and tan ç ÷ are 3
2 è2ø è2ø
57. AB is a vertical pole with B at the ground level and A at the
the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0, a ¹ 0 then
top. A man finds that the angle of elevation of the point A
(a) b = a + c (b) b = c from a certain point C on the ground is 60°. He moves away
(c) c = a + b (d) a = b + c from the pole along the line BC to a point D such that
53. In a D PQR, if 3 sin P + 4 cos Q = 6 and CD = 7 m. From D the angle of elevation of the point A is
4 sin Q + 3 cos P=1, then the angle R is equal to 45°. Then the height of the pole is
5p p 7 3æ 1 ö 7 3æ 1 ö
(a) (b)
6
(a) ç ÷m (b) ç ÷m
6 2 è 3 +1 ø 2 è 3 -1 ø
p 3p
(c) (d) 7 3 7 3
4 4 (c) ( 3 + 1) m (d) ( 3 - 1) m
2 2
Heights and distances 58. A bird is sitting on the top of a vertical pole 20 m high and
its elevation from a point O on the ground is 45°. It flies off
54. A person standing on the bank of river observes that the
horizontally straight away from the point O. After one
angle of elevation of the top of a tree on the opposite bank
second, the elevation of the bird from O is reduced to 30°.
of the river is 60° and when he retires 40 meters away from
Then the speed (in m/s) of the bird is :
the tree the angle of elevation becomes 30°. The breadth of
the river is (a) 20 ( 3 – 1) (b) 40 ( 2 – 1)
(a) 40 m (b) 30 m
(c) 20 m (d) 60 m (c) 40 ( 3 – 2) (d) 20 2
TRIGONOMETRY 105
Numerical Value Type Questions 64. The value of cos 1º cos 2º cos 3º .... cos 179º is
65. cos 24º + cos 5º + cos 175º + cos 204º + cos 300º =
59. If the perimeter of a sector of a circle, of area
25 p sq. cms. is 20 cms then area of a sector in sq cm is p 3p
66. The value of tan tan is
8 8
3p
60. Number of sides of regular polygon of interior angle
4 p 3 4
67. If 0 £ b £ a £ , cos (a + b) = and cos (a - b) =
is 4 5 5
sec q + tan q then sin 2a is equal to

61. If 5 sin q = 3, then is equal to
sec q - tan q p
68. If A – B = , then (1 + tan A) (1 – tan B) =
62. 2
If sinx + sin x = 1, then the value of 4
cos 12x + 3cos10x + 3cos8x + cos6x – 1 is equal to 69. If cos 2x + 2 cos x = 1 then sin2x (2–cos2x) is equal to
70. Minimum value of 5 sin2q + 4 cos2 q is
é æ 3p ö ù
63. If f (x) = 3 êsin 4 ç - x ÷ + sin 4 3p + x ú - 2 71. Minimum value of sec2 q + cosec2 q is
ë è 2 ø û
72. The maximum value of 12 sin q – 9 sin2q is
é 6æp ö 6 ù
êsin ç 2 + x ÷ + sin 5p - x ú then, for all permissible 73. The numerical value of 8 sin
p 5p
.sin .sin
7p
is equal to
ë è ø û 18 18 18
values of x, f (x) is equal to
74. If (2 n + 1) q = p, then 2n cos q cos 2 q cos 2 2 q ...
cos 2n–1 q=
75. If sinq1 + sinq2 + sin q3 = 3, then cosq1 + cosq2 + cos q3 =
TRIGONOMETRY 106

1. If the angles of elevation of the top of a tower from three 7. If 5(tan2 x – cos2 x) = 2cos 2x + 9, then the value of cos 4x
collinear points A, B and C on a line leading to the foot of is (2017)
the tower, are 300, 450 and 600 respectively, then the ratio,
AB : BC, is: (2015) 3 1
(a) - (b)
5 3
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 2 : 3
2 7
(c) 3 :1 (d) 3: 2 (c) (d) -
9 9
a 8. Let a vertical tower AB have its end A on the level ground.
2. In a ΔABC, = 2 + 3 and ÐC = 60º . Then the ordered
b Let C be the mid-point of AB and P be a point on the
pair (ÐA, ÐB) is equal to : (2015/Online Set–1) ground such that AP = 2AB. If ÐBPC = b, then tan b is
equal to: (2017)
(a) (45º, 75º) (b) (75º, 45º)
(c) (105º, 15º) (d) (15º, 105º) 6 1
(a) (b)
7 4
3 1
3. If cos a + cos b = and sin a + sin b = and q is
2 2 2 4
(c) (d)
the arithmetic mean of a and b , then sin 2 q + cos 2 q is 9 9
equal to: (2015/Online Set–2) 9. If sum of all the solutions of the equation
3 7 æ æp ö æp ö 1ö
(a) (b) 8cos x. ç cos ç + x ÷ .cos ç - x ÷ - ÷ = 1 in 0, p is kp,
5 5 è è6 ø è6 ø 2ø
then k is equal to : (2018)
4 8
(c) (d)
5 5 20 2
(a) (b)
9 3
4. If 0 £ x < 2π, then the number of real values of x,
which satisfy the equation 13 8
(c) (d)
cosx + cos2x + cos3x + cos4x = 0, is : (2016) 9 9
(a) 5 (b) 7 10. If tanA and tanB are the roots of the quadratic equation,
(c) 9 (d) 3 3x2 - 10x - 25 = 0, then the value of 3 sin2(A + B) –10sin(A +
5. The number of x Î [0, 2p] for which B).cos(A + B) –25 cos2(A +B) is :
2 sin 4 x + 18 cos 4 x – 2 cos 4 x + 18sin 2 x = 1 is :
(a) -10 (b) 10
(2016/Online Set–1) (c) -25 (d) 25
(a) 2 (b) 4 11. An aeroplane flying at a constant speed, parallel to the
(c) 6 (d) 8 horizontal ground, 3 km above it, is observed at an
0
π elevation of 60 from a point on the ground. If, after five
6. If A > 0, B > 0 and A + B = , then the minimum value of seconds, its elevation from the same point, is 300, then the
6
speed (in km/hr) of the aeroplane, is :
tanA + tanB is : (2016/Online Set–2)
(a) 3– 2 (b) 2 – 3
(a) 1500 (b) 1440
2 (c) 750 (d) 720

(c) 4 – 2 3 (d)
3
TRIGONOMETRY 107
12. The number of solutions of sin 3x = cos 2x, in the interval 18. Two poles standing on a horizontal ground are of heights
æp ö 5m and 10m respectively. The line joining their tops makes
ç , p ÷ is : (2018/Online Set–2) an angle of 15° with the ground. Then the distance (in m)
è2 ø
between the poles, is: (9-04-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
(a) 5 2 + 3 (b) 5 3 +1
13. A tower T1 of height 60m is located exactly opposite to a
tower T2 of height 80m on a straight road. From the top of
T1, if the angle of depression of the foot of T2 is twice the 5
(c) 2+ 3 (d) 10 3 -1
angle of elevation of the top of T2, then the width (in m) of 2
the road between the feet of the towers T 1 and T2 is :
(2018/Online Set–2) 19. The value of sin10° sin 30° sin 50° sin 70° is:
(a) 10 2 (b) 10 3 (9-04-2019/Shift-2)
(c) 20 3 (d) 20 2 1 1
(a) (b)
16 32
14. If an angle A of a DABC satisfies
5 cos A + 3 = 0, then the roots of the quadratic equation,
9x2 + 27x + 20 = 0 are : (2018/Online Set–3) 1 1
(c) (d)
18 36
(a) sec A, cot A (b) sin A, sec A
(c) sec A, tan A (d) tan A, cos A 20. ABC is a triangular park with AB= AC= 100 metres. A
15. A man on the top of a vertical tower observes a car moving vertical tower is situated at the mid-point of BC. If the
at a uniform speed towards the tower on a horizontal road. angles of elevation of the top of the tower at A and B
If it takes 18 minute for the angle of depression of the car
to change from 300 to 450; then after this, the time taken (in are cot -1 3 2 and cosec -1 2 2 respectively, then the
minute) by the car to reach the foot of the tower, is :
(2018/Online Set–3) height of the tower (in metres) is :
(10-04-2019/Shift-1)
(a) 9 1 + 3 (b) 18 1 + 3
21. The angles A, B and C of a triangle ABC are in A.P. and
9 a : b = 1: 3 . If c = 4 cm, then the area (in sq. cm) of this
(c) 18 3 –1 (d) 3 –1
2
triangle is: (10-4-2019/Shift-2)
16. If the lengths of the sides of a triangle are in A.P. and the
greatest angle is double the smallest, then a ratio of lengths 2
of the sides of this triangle is: (8-04-2019/Shift-2) (a) (b) 4 3
3
(a) 5 : 9 : 13 (b) 6 : 5 : 4
(c) 3 : 4 : 5 (d) 5 : 6 : 7 4
(c) 2 3 (d)
17.
2
Let S = q Î -2p , 2p : 2cos q + 3sin q = 0 . Then the 3
sum of the elements of S is: (9-04-2019/Shift-1) 22. The number of solutions of the equation
13p 5p
(a) (b) é 5p 5p ù
6 3 1 + sin 4 x = cos 2 3x, x Î ê- , is
ë 2 2 úû
(c) 2p (d) p
(12-04-2019/Shift-1)
TRIGONOMETRY 108
23. The angle of elevation of the top of a vertical tower

p p p p
standing on a horizontal plane is observed to be 45° from 28. The value of cos 2
× cos 3
× ... × cos 10
× sin
a point A on the plane. Let B be the point 30 m vertically 2 2 2 210
above the point A. If the angle of elevation of the top of (10-01-2019/Shift-2)
the tower from B be 30°, then the distance (in m) of the
foot of the tower from the point A is: 1 1
(a) (b)
(12-04-2019/Shift-2) 512 1024
(a) 15 3 + 3 (b) 15 5 - 3 1 1
(c) (d)
256 2
(c) 15 3 - 3 (d) 15 1 + 3 29. With the usual notation, in DABC, if
°
24. Let S be the set of all a Î R such that the equation, ÐA + ÐB = 120 , a = 3 + 1 and b = 3 - 1 then the ratio
cos 2 x + a sin x = 2a - 7 has a solution. Then S is equal ÐA : ÐB, is: (10-01-2019/Shift-2)

to : (12-04-2019/Shift-2) (a) 7 : 1 (b) 5 : 3
(a) R (b) [1, 4] (c) 9 : 7 (d) 3 : 1
(c) [3, 7] (d) [2, 6]
1
30. Let f k x = sin k x + cos k x for k = l, 2,3, ... Then for
æp pö k
25. For any q Î ç , ÷ the expression
è4 2ø
all x Î R, the value of f 4 x - f6 x is equal to
4 2 6
3(sinq – cosq) + 6(sinq + cosq) + 4sin q equals: (11-01-2019/Shift-1)
(9-01-2019/Shift-1)
1 1
2 2 2 (a) (b)
(a) 13 - 4cos q + 6sin q cos q 12 4
(b) 13 - 4cos 6q -1 5
(c) (d)
12 12
(c) 13 - 4cos2 q + 6 cos4 q
b+c c+a a+b
4 2 4
(d) 13 - 4cos q + 2 sin q cos q 31. Given = = for a DABC with usual
11 12 13
p cos A cos B cos C

26. If 0 £ x < , then the number of values of x for which sin notation. If = = , then the ordered
2 a b g
x – sin 2x + sin 3x = 0, is (9-01-2019/Shift-2)
triad (α,β,γ) has a value: (11-01-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 3 (b) 1
(c) 4 (d) 2 (a) (7 , 19 ,25) (b) (3 , 4 ,5)
(c) (5 , 12 ,13) (d) (19 , 7 ,25)
æ pö
27. The sum of all values of q Î ç 0, ÷ satisfying
è 2ø æ pö
32. The maximum value of 3cos q + 5sin ç q - ÷ for any real
è 6ø
3
sin 2 2q + cos 4 2q = is: (10-1-2019/Shift-1) value of q is : (12-01-2019/Shift-1)
4
5p 79
(a) p (b) (a) 19 (b)
4 2
p 3p (c) 34 (d) 31
(c) (d)
2 8
TRIGONOMETRY 109
33. If the angle of elevation of a cloud from a point P which is 38. The angle of elevation of the top of a hill from a point on
25 m above a lake be 30° and the angle of depression of the horizontal plane passing through the foot of the hill is
reflection of the cloud in the lake from P be 60°, then the found to be 45°. After walking a distance of 80 meters
towards the top, up a slope inclined at an angle of 30° to
height of the cloud (in meters) from the surface of the lake
the horizontal plane, the angle of elevation of the top of
is: (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
the hill becomes 75°. Then the height of the hill (in meters)
(a) 60 (b) 50 is ____. (6-09-2020/Shift-1)
(c) 45 (d) 42 39. The angle of elevation of the summit of a mountain from
a point on the ground is 45º. After climbing up one km
34. If the equation cos 4 q + sin 4 q + l = 0 has real solutions towards the summit at an inclination of 30º from the
for q , then l lies in the interval : (2-09-2020/Shift-2) ground, the angle of elevation of the summit is found to
be 60º. Then the height (in km) of the summit from the
ground is : (6-09-2020/Shift-2)
æ 1 1ù é 1ù
(a) ç - , - ú (b) ê -1, - ú
è 2 4û ë 2û 1 3 +1
(a) (b)
3 +1 3 -1
é 3 5ù æ 5 ö
(c) ê - , - ú (d) ç - , -1÷
ë 2 4û è 4 ø 3 -1 1
(c) (d)
3 +1 3 -1
35. Two vertical poles AB = 15m and CD = 10m are standing
apart on a horizontal ground with points A and C on the
2 sin a 1 1 - cos 2 b 1 æ pö
ground. If P is the point of intersection of BC and AD, 40. If = and = , a , b Î ç 0, ÷
1 + cos 2a 7 2 10 è 2ø
then the height of P (in m) above the line AC is :
(4-9-2020/Shift-1) then tan(a + 2 b ) is equal to (8-01-2020/Shift-2)
(a) 5 (b) 20/3
p 3p p 3p
(c) 10/3 (d) 6 41. The value of cos 3 cos + sin 3 sin is
8 8 8 8
36. The angle of elevation of a cloud C from a point P, 200 m (9-01-2020/Shift-1)
above a still lake is 30º. If the angle of depression of the
image of C in the lake from the point P is 60º,then PC 1 1
(a) (b)
(in m)is equal to: (4-09-2020/Shift-2) 4 2 2
(a) 200 3 (b) 400 3 1 1

(c) (d)
(c) 400 (d) 100 2 2
42. The number of distinct solutions of the
2æ pö 2æpö
37. If L = sin ç ÷ - sin ç ÷ and equation log 1 sin x = 2 - log 1 cos x in the interval [0,2p],
è 16 ø è8ø
2 2
is ______________. (9-01-2020/Shift-1)
æpö æpö
M = cos 2 ç ÷ - sin 2 ç ÷ then: (5-09-2020/Shift-2)
è 16 ø è8ø -1 æ 3 ö
43. If in a triangle ABC, AB = 5 units, ÐB = cos ç ÷ and
è 5ø
1 1 p 1 1 p radius of circumcircle of DABC is 5 units, then the area
(a) M = + cos (b) M = + cos
2 2 2 8 4 2 4 8 (in sq. units) of DABC is : (20-07-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 6 + 8 3 (b) 8 + 2 2
1 1 p 1
1 p
(c) L = - + cos (d) L = - cos
2 2 2 8 4 2 4 8 (c) 4 + 2 3 (d) 10 + 6 2
TRIGONOMETRY 110
44. Let in a right-angled triangle, the smallest angle be q . If a p

triangle formed by taking reciprocal of its sides is also a 49. The value of cot is: (25-07-2021/Shift-2)
24
right angled triangle, then sin q is equal to ?
(a) 2 - 3 -2+ 6 (b) 3 2 - 3 - 6
(20-07-2021/Shift-2)
(c) 2 - 3+2- 6 (d) 2 + 3 + 2+ 6
5 +1 5 -1 50. If n is the number of solutions of the equation
(a) (b)
4 2
æ æp ö æp ö ö
2 cos x ç 4sin ç + x ÷ sin ç - x ÷ - 1÷ = 1, x Î 0, p and
2 -1 5 -1 è è4 ø è4 ø ø
(c) (d)
2 4 S is the sum of all these solutions, then the order pair
45. A spherical gas balloon of radius 16 meter subtends an n,S is ? (01-09-2021/Shift-2)
angle 60° at the eye of the observe A while the angle of
elevation of its center from the eye of A is 75° . Then the æ 13p ö æ 8p ö
(a) ç 3, ÷ (b) ç 2, ÷
height (in meter) of the top most point of the balloon from è 9 ø è 9 ø
the level of the observer’s eye is ?
æ 5p ö æ 2p ö
(25-07-2021/Shift-1) (c) ç 3, ÷ (d) ç 2, ÷
è 3 ø è 3 ø
(a) 8 2 + 2+ 3 (b) 8 6 + 2 +2 51. The value of
æ p ö æ 2 p ö æ 3p ö æ 5p ö æ 6p ö æ 7 p ö
2sin ç ÷ sin ç ÷ sin ç ÷ sin ç ÷ sin ç ÷ sin ç ÷
(c) 8 2 + 2 3 + 2 (d) 8 6 - 2 +2 è8ø è 8 ø è 8 ø è 8 ø è 8 ø è 8 ø
is: (26-08-2021/Shift-2)
46. The sum of all values of x in 0, 2p , for which
1 1
sin x + sin 2x + sin 3x + sin 4x = 0, is equal to ? (a) (b)
8 8 2
(25-07-2021/Shift-1)
1 1
(a) 11p (b) 12p (c) (d)
4 2 4
(c) 8p (d) 9p 52. A 10 inches long pencil AB with mid point C and a small
eraser P are placed on the horizontal top of the table such
1
47. If sin q + cos q = , then that PC = 5 inches and ÐPCB = tan -1 2 .
2
The acute angle through which the pencil must be rotated
16 sin 2q + cos 4q + sin 6q is equal to :
about C so that the perpendicular distance between eraser
(27-07-2021/Shift-2) and pencil becomes exactly 1 inch is:
(a) 27 (b) –27 (26-08-2021/Shift-2)
(c) –23 (d) 23
48. Let a = max 82sin 3x.44 cos 3x and b = min 82sin 3x. 4 4 cos 3x
xÎR xÎR
If 8x 2 + bx + c = 0 is a quadratic equation whose roots

1 1
are a 5 and b 5 , then the value of c - b is equal to:
-1 æ 4 ö -1 æ 3 ö
(27-07-2021/Shift-2) (a) tan ç ÷ (b) tan ç ÷
è3ø è4ø
(a) 43 (b) 42
-1 æ 1 ö
(c) 50 (d) 47 (c) tan ç ÷ (d) tan -1 1
è2ø
TRIGONOMETRY 111
57. A vertical pole fixed to the horizontal ground is divided in

sin A sin  A – C 
53. Let  , where A, B, C are angles of a the ratio 3 : 7 by a mark on it with lower part shorter than
sin B sin  C – B 
the upper part. If the two parts subtend equal angles at a
triangle ABC . If the lengths of the sides opposite to point on the ground 18m away from the base of the pole,
then the height of the pole (in meters) is?
these angles are a, b, c respectively, then:
(31-08-2021/Shift-1)
(27-08-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 12 15 (b) 8 10
2 2 2 2
(a) c 2 , a 2 , b 2 in A.P.. (b) b – a  a  c
(c) 6 10 (d) 12 10
(c) b 2 , c 2 , a 2 are in A.P.. (d) a 2 , b 2 , c 2 are in A.P..
58. cosec18 is a root of the equation :
54. The sum of solutions of the equation
(31-08-2021/Shift-1)
cos x      
 tan 2x , x    ,    ,   is: (a) x 2  2x  4  0 (b) x 2  2x  4  0
1  sin x  2 2  4 4
(c) 4x 2  2x  1  0 (d) x 2  2x  4  0
(26-08-2021/Shift-1)
59. In ABC, the lengths of sides AC and AB are 12 cm and 5
11 7 cm, respectively. If the area of ABC is 30 cm2 and R and
(a)  (b) 
30 30 r are respectively the radii of circumcircle and incircle of
ABC, then the value of 2R + r (in cm) is equal to ____.
  (16-03-2021/Shift-2)
(c)  (d)
15 10
 
55. Two poles, AB of length a metres and CD of length 60. If for x   0,  , log10 sin x  log10 cos x  1 and
 2
 a  b  ,  b  a  metres are erected at the same horizontal
1
level with bases at B and D. If BD  x and log10  sin x  cos x    log10 n  1 , n  0 , then the
2
1
tan ACB  , then: (27-08-2021/Shift-2) value of n is equal to (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
2
(a) 20 (b) 9
2
(a) x  2  a  2b  x  a  a  b   0 (c) 6 (d) 12
(b) x 2  2ax  b  a  b   0 (2n  1) 

61. Let tan , tan  and tan  ; , ,   , nN
2
(c) x 2  2  a  2b  x  b  a  b   0
be the slopes of three line segments OA, OB and OC,
respectively, where O is origin. If circumcentre of ABC
(d) x 2  2ax  a  a  b   0
coincides with origin and its orthocentre lies on y-axis,
56. Let S be the sum of all solutions (in radians) of the
2
 cos 3  cos 3  cos 3 
equation sin 4   cos 4   sin  cos   0 in  0, 4 . The then the value of   is equal
 cos  cos  cos  
8S to .................. . (17-03-2021/Shift-2)
is equal to ____. (27-08-2021/Shift-2)

TRIGONOMETRY 112
uuur uuur uuur 67. The angle of elevation of a jet plane from a point A on the
62. In a triangle ABC, if BC = 8, CA = 7, AB = 10, then
ground is 60°. After a flight of 20 seconds at the speed of
uuur uuur
the projection of the vector AB on AC is equal to : 432 km/hour, the angle of elevation changes to 30°. If the
(18-03-2021/Shift-2) jet plane is flying at a constant height, then its height is :
(24-02-2021/Shift-2)
127 85
(a) (b)
20 14 (a) 2400 3 m (b) 1800 3 m
25 115 (c) 1200 3 m (d) 3600 3 m

(c) (d)
4 16
cos 2 x + cos4 x + cos6 x +........¥ loge 2
4 4 68. If e satisfies the equation
63. If 15sin a + 10 cos a = 6, for some aÎ R, then the
value of 27 sec6 a + 8cosec6 a is equal to t 2 - 9t + 8 = 0, then the value of
(18-03-2021/Shift-2) 2sin xæ pö
ç 0 < x < ÷ is (24-02-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 400 (b) 250 sin x + 3 cos x è 2ø
(c) 350 (d) 500

1
64. A pole stands vertically inside a triangular park ABC. Let (a) (b) 3
2
the angle of elevation of the top of the pole from each
p 3
corner of the part be . If the radius of the circumcircle (c) 2 3 (d)
3 2
of DABC is 2, then the height of the pole is equal to:
69. Two vertical poles are 150 m apart and the height of one is
(18-03-2021/Shift-2)
three times that of the other. If from the middle point of
1 2 3 the line joining their feet, an observer finds the angles of
(a) (b)
3 3 elevation of their tops to be complementary, then the
height of the shorter pole (in meters) is
(c) 2 3 (d) 3
(24-02-2021/Shift-1)
65. Let the centroid of an equilateral triangle ABC be at the
origin. Let one of the sides of the equilateral triangle be (a) 25 (b) 25 3
along the straight line x + y = 3. If R and r be the radius
(c) 30 (d) 20 3
of circumcircle and incircle respectively of DABC, then
R + r is equal to : (18-03-2021/Shift-2) 3
70. If 0 < x, y < p and cos x + cos y - cos x + y = , then
2
(a) 3 2 (b) 2 2
sin x + cos y is equal to : (25-02-2021/Shift-2)
9
(c) (d) 7 2
2 1+ 3 1- 3
(a) (b)
66. The number of solutions of the equation 2 2
1
| cot x | = cot x + in the interval [0, 2p] is 3 1
sin x (c) (d)
2 2
.................... . (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
TRIGONOMETRY 113
71. All possible values of    0, 2 for which 73. The number of integral values of ‘k’ for which the equation
3sinx + 4cosx = k + 1 has a solution, k  R is _____.
sin 2  tan 2  0 lie in: (25-02-2021/Shift-1)
(26-02-2021/Shift-1)
    3 
(a)  0,    , 
 2  2  74. If 3  cos 2 x    
3  1 cos x  1 , the number of
     3   3 11   
(b)  0,    ,    ,  solutions of the given equation when x   0,  is
 4 2 4   2 6   2
_____ . (26-02-2021/Shift-1)
     3   7 
(c)  0,    ,    , 
 2 2 4   6  75. The number of solutions of sin 7 x  cos 7  1, x   0, 4
is equal to: (22-07-2021/Shift-2)
     3   5   3 7 
(d)  0,    ,    ,    ,  (a) 5 (b) 9
 4 2 4   4   2 4 
(c) 11 (d) 7
72. A man is observing, from the top of a tower, a boat speeding
towards the tower from a certain point A, with uniform
speed. At that point, angle of depression of the boat with
the man’s eye is 30° (Ignore man’s height). After sailing
for 20 seconds, towards the base of the tower (which is at
the level of water), the boat has reached a point B, where
the angle of depression is 45°. Then the time taken (in
seconds) by the boat from B to reach the base of the
tower is: (25-02-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 10  
3 1 (b) 10  3 1
(c) 10 (d) 10 3
TRIGONOMETRY 114

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. The equation k cos x –3 sin x = k + 1 is solvable only if k
belongs to the interval
x-y (a) [k, + ¥] (b) [–4, 4]
1. If sin x + cos y = a and cos x + sin y = b, then tan is
2
(c) (–¥ , 4] (d) None of these
equal to
8. sin q (sin q + sin 3q) is
(a) a + b (b) a – b
(a) ³ 0 for all q (b) ³ 0 only when q ³ 0
a+b a-b
(c) (d) (c) £ 0 for all q (d) £ 0 only when q £ 0
a-b a+b
9. The least value of cos q – (6 sin q . cos q) + 3 sin2q + 2 is
2
q
2. If 6 cos 2q + 2 cos2 æç ö÷ + 2 sin2 q = 0, – p < q < p, then (a) 4 + 10 (b) 4 - 10
è 2ø
(c) 0 (d) 4
q=
(a) p/6 (b) p /3, cos–1 (3/5) p 5p 7p
10. If a = sin sin sin , and x is the solution of the
–1
(c) cos (3/5) –1
(d) p /3, p – cos (3/5) 18 18 18
equation y = 2 [x] + 2 and y = 3 [x – 2], where [x] denotes the
3 A 5A
3. If cos A = then the value of sin sin is integral part of x, then a is equal to
4 2 2
(a) 1/32 (b) 11/8 1
(a) [ x ] (b)
(c) –89/8 (d) 11/16 [x]
4 5 (c) 2 [ x ] (d) [ x ]2
4. Let cos (a + b) = and let sin (a – b) = , where 0 £ a,
5 13
é 5p 5p ù
11. If x Î ê – , ú , the greatest positive solution of
p ë 2 2û
b£ . Then tan 2a is equal to
4
1 + sin4 x = cos2 3x is
25 56 (a) p (b) 2p
(a) (b)
16 33 (c) 5p/2 (d) none of these
12. The number of real solutions of
19 20
(c) (d) sin ex . cos ex = 2x–2 + 2–x–2 is
12 7
(a) zero (b) one
5. If sina, sin b and cosa are in G.P. then roots of the equation
x2 + 2x cot b + 1 = 0 are always (c) two (d) infinite
(a) equal (b) real 13. The value of q satisfying
(c) imaginary (d) greater than 1 3 cos2 q – 2 3 sin q cos q – 3 sin2 q = 0 are (nÎI)
6. Which of the following statements are possible with
a, b, m and n being non-zero real numbers : 2p p p p
(a) np – , np+ (b) np – , np +
(a) 4 sin2q = 5 3 6 3 6
(b) (a2 + b2) cos q = 2ab
p p
(c) (m2 + n2) cosecq = m2 – n2 (c) 2np – , np (d) 2np+ , np
3 3
(d) none of these
TRIGONOMETRY 115
14. If r > 0, –p £ q £ p and r, q satisfy r sin q = 3 and 21. If 4 sin2x – 8 sin x + 3 £ 0, 0 £ x £ 2p, then the solution set for
r = 4 (1 + sin q), then the number of possible solutions of x is
the pair (r, q) is
(a) 2 (b) 4 é pù é 5p ù
(a) ê 0, ú (b) ê 0, ú
(c) 0 (d) inifinite ë 6û ë 6û
é pù
15. If x Î ê0, ú , the number of solutions of the equation, é 5p ù é p 5p ù
ë 2û (c) ê , 2pú (d) ê , ú
ë6 û ë6 6 û
sin 7x + sin 4x + sin x = 0 is :
(a) 3 (b) 5 p
22. If a + b = and b + g = a , then tan a equals :
(c) 6 (d) None 2
16. General solution of the equation, cot 3q – cot q = 0 is (nÎI)
(a) 2 (tan b + tan g) (b) tan b + tan g
p p (c) tan b + 2 tan g (d) 2 tan b + tan g
(a) q = (2n - 1) (b) q = (2n - 1)
2 4
23. The number of integral values of k for which the equation
p 7 cos x + 5 sin x = 2k + 1 has a solution, is :
(c) q = (2n - 1) (d) none
3 (a) 4 (b) 8
17. If m and n (> m) are positive integers, the number of (c) 10 (d) 12
solutions of the equation n |sin x| = m | cos x| in [0, 2p] is
(a) m (b) n 1 1
24. Given both q and f are acute angles sin q = , cos f = ,
(c) mn (d) none of these 2 3
18. If 2 sin x + 1 ³ 0 and x Î [0, 2p], then the solution set for x is then the value of q + f belongs to
é 7p ù é 7p ù é11p ù æ p pù æ p 2p ö
(a) ê0, ú (b) ê0, ú È ê , 2p ú (a) ç , ú (b) ç , ÷
ë 6û ë 6 û ë 6 û è 3 6û è2 3 ø
é11p ù æ 2p 5p ù æ 5p ù
(c) ê , 2p ú (d) None of these
ë 6 û (c) ç , ú (d) ç , p ú
è 3 6û è 6 û
19. If cos x – sin x ³ 1 and 0 £ x £ 2p then the solution set for x
is 25. The number of ordered pairs (a, b), where a, b Î (–p, p)
1
é p ù é 7p ù é 3p 7p ù satisfying cos (a – b) =1 and cos a + b = is : (e > 1)
(a) ê0, ú È ê , 2p ú (b) ê , ú È {0} e
ë 4 û ë 4 û ë2 4û
(a) 0 (b) 1
é 3p ù
(c) ê , 2pú È {0} (d) none of these (c) 2 (d) 4
ë 2 û
26. If k1 = tan 27q – tan q and
20. If |tan x| £ 1 and x Î [–p, p] then the solution set for x is
sin q sin 3q sin 9q
k2 = + + , then
(a) é -p, - 3p ù È é - p , p ù é 3p ù
È ,p cos3q cos9q cos 27q
ê 4 úû êë 4 4 úû êë 4 úû
ë
(a) k1 = 2k2 (b) k1 = k2 + 4
p p ù é 3p ù
(b) é - , È ,p (c) k1 = k2 (d) none of these
ê 4 4 úû êë 4 úû
ë
27. If sinq = 3sin (q + 2a), then the value of tan (q + a) + 2 tana
p pù is
(c) é - ,
ê 4 4 úû (a) 3 (b) 2
ë
(d) none of these (c) 1 (d) 0.
TRIGONOMETRY 116

2 cos b - 1 a b
28. If cosa = , (0 < a < p,0 < b < p), then tan cot
2 - cos b 2 2 36. If sin q + sin f = a and cos q + cos f = b, then
is equal to
æq-fö 1
(a) cos ç ÷=± (a 2 + b2 )
(a) 1 (b) 2 è 2 ø 2

æ q-fö 1
(b) cos ç ÷=± (a 2 - b 2 )
29. 2
2 sin b + 4 cos (a + b) sin a sin b + cos 2 (a + b) = è 2 ø 2
(a) sin 2a (b) cos 2 b
(c) cos 2a (d) sin 2b æq-fö æ 4 - a 2 - b2 ö
(c) tan ç ÷=± ç 2 2 ÷
è 2 ø è a +b ø
1 é 3 æ 2p ö æ 4p öù
30. ê sin a + sin 3 ç + a ÷ + sin 3 ç + a ÷ ú is equal to
sin 3a ë è 3 ø è 3 øû a 2 + b2 - 2
(d) cos (q - f) =
2
4 3
(a) (b) If sin x + 7 cos x = 5 then cos (x – f) = 1/
3 4 37. 2 if
3 (a) f= cos –1 7 / 50 (b) f= sin –1 1/ 50

(c) - (d) none of these
4
(c) f= cos –1 1/ 7 (d) f= sin –1 5/ 7
2 2 2
31. If in a triangle ABC, sin A + sin B + sin C = 2, then the
triangle is always 38. Which of following functions have the maximum value
unity?
(a) isosceles triangle (b) right angled
(a) sin2x – cos2x
(c) acute angled (d) obtuse angled
32. If in D ABC if A > B, tan A + tan B + tan C = 6 and 6æ 1 1 ö
(b) sin x + cos x ÷
tan A tan B = 2, then sin2 A : sin2 B : sin2 C is 5 çè 2 3 ø
(a) 8 : 9 : 5 (b) 8 : 5 : 9
(c) cos6 x+ sin6 x
(c) 5 : 9 : 8 (d) 5 : 8 : 5
(d) cos2x + sin4x
33. The number of solution in [0, p/2] of the equation
39. cos 4x cos 8x – cos 5x cos 9x = 0 if
cos 3x tan 5x = sin 7x is
(a) cos 12x = cos 14x (b) sin 13x = 0
(a) 5 (b) 7
(c) sin x = 0 (d) cos x = 0
40. sin x – cos2 x – 1 assumes the least value for the set of
34. If sin4x + cos4y + 2 = 4 sin x cos y, and 0 £ x, y £ p/2 then
values of x given by :
sin x + cos y is equal to :
(a) x = np + (–1)n + 1 (p/6)
(a) 2 (b) 0
(b) x = np + (–1)n (p/6)
(c) x = np + (–1)n (p/3)
35. In a triangle ABC, angle A is greater than angle B. If the
(d) x = np – (–1)n (p/6) where n Î Z
measures of angles A and B satisfy the equation
3 sin x –4 sin3 x –k = 0, 0 < k < 1, then the measure of angle 41. 4 sin4x + cos4x = 1 if
C is :
-1 2
(a) p/3 (b) p/2 (a) x = np (b) np ± sin
5
(c) 2p/3 (d) 5p/6
(c) x = np/2 (d) none
TRIGONOMETRY 117
42. cos 15 x = sin 5x if (n Î I) q

48. Let f n q = tan (1 + sec q) (1 + sec 2q)
2
p p p p
(a) x = - + n (b) x = + n (1 + sec 4q)............ (1 + sec 2n q), then
20 5 40 10
æpö æ pö
(a) f 2 ç ÷ = 1 (b) f3 ç ÷ = 1
3p p 3p p è 16 ø è 32 ø
(c) x = + n (d) x = - + n
20 5 40 10
æ pö æ p ö
43. sin2x + 2 sin x cos x – 3cos2x = 0 if (c) f 4 ç ÷ = 1 (d) f 5 ç ÷ =1
è 64 ø è 128 ø
(a) tan x = 3 (b) tan x = –1 49. In a triangle ABC
–1
(c) x = np + p / 4 (d) x = np + tan (–3)
3 3
(a) sin A sin B sin C £
44. 2
5 sin x + 2
3 sin x cos x + 6cos x = 5 if (n Î I) 8
(a) tan x = –1/ 3 (b) sin x = 0 9

(b) sin2 A + sin2 B + sin2 C £
4
(c) x = np + p / 2 (d) x = np + p / 6
(c) sin A sin B sin C is always positive
45. The positive values of x satisfy the equation (d) sin2 A + sin2 B = 1 + cos C
2 x + |cos 3 x | + ......¥
= 43 will be (where |cos x| < 1) 50. sin x + sin 2x + sin 3x = cos x + cos 2x + cos 3x if
81 + |cos x|+ cos
(a) cos x = – 1/2 (b) sin 2x = cos 2x
p 2p (c) x = np / 2 + p / 8 (d) x = 2n p ± 2p / 3 (n Î I)
(a) (b)
3 3 Assertion & Reason
p (A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is

(c) (d) None of these a correct explanation for ASSERTION.
4
(B) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is
not a correct explanation for ASSERTION.
1
46. The equation |cot x| = cot x + , (n Î Z) (C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false
sin x
(D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true
2p (E) If both ASSERTION and REASON are false.
(a) has a general solution (3n + 1)
3 51. Assertion : The numbers sin 18° and – sin 54° are the roots
of same quadratic equation with integer co-efficients.
2p Reason : If x = 18°, then 5x = 90°, if y = – 54°, then
(b) has a general solution (3n – 1) 5y = –270°
3
(a) A (b) B
(c) is not defined if x = np (c) C (d) D
(d) cannot have a solution if cot x is positive (e) E
52. Assertion : The function f (x) = min {sin x, cos x} takes the
2
æ sin q ö tan q 4 20p 43p
47. If ç ÷ = = 3, then value twice when x varies from to .
è sin f ø tan f 5 3 6
Reason : The periods of sin x and cos x are equal to 2p.
(a) tan f = 1/ 3 (b) tan f = – 1/ 3 (a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
(c) tan q = 3 (d) tan q = – 3
(e) E
TRIGONOMETRY 118
Match the Following Using the following passage, solve Q.55 to Q.57
Passage – 1
m m+1 n
representing matching of elements from Column-I and Given cos 2 q cos 2 q .............. cos 2 q
sin 2 n +1 q m
to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option = n - m +1
, where 2 q ¹ kp, n, m, k Î I
2 sin 2 m q
Solve the following :
53. Column - I Column - II
55. sin 9p . sin
11p sin 13p
=
2 1° 1° 14 14 14
(A) cos 52 - sin 2 22 (P) 1
2 2 1 1
(a) (b) -
64 64
2 3p 4p 3- 3
(B) cos + cos 2 (Q)
5 5 4 2 1 1
(c) (d) -
8 8
3
(C) sin 24° + cos 6° (R) p p p p
4 56. cos 23 cos 24 cos25 ........ cos 210 =
10 10 10 10
2 2 15 + 3 1 1
(D) sin 50 + cos 130° (S) (a) (b)
4 128 256
The Correct Matching is
1 p 5 -1 3p
(a) A – Q; B– R; C–S; D–P (c) sin (d) sin
512 10 512 10
(b) A – R; B– Q; C–S; D–P
p
(c) A – P; B– R; C–S; D–Q 57. cos cos 2p cos 3p .... cos 11p =
11 11 11 11
(d) A – S; B– P; C–Q; D–R
54. Match the following for the trigonometric equation 1 1
(a) - (b)
32 512
1 1
x+ - x - = cos px, (n is an integer) :
4 4 1 1
(c) (d) -
1024 2048
Column - I Column - II
æ 1ö ì1 ü ì 1 ü
(A) Over ç -¥, - ÷ (P) í ý È í2n ± , n > 0ý
è 4ø î3þ î 3 þ Passage – 2
é 1 1ù ì 2ü ì 2 ü If P n = sinnq + cosnq where n Î W (whole number)

(B) Over ê - , ú (Q) í- ý U í2n ± , n < 0 ý and q Î R (real number)
ë 4 4û î 3þ î 3 þ
58. If P1 = m, then the value of 4 (1 – P6) is
æ1 ö (a) 3 (m – 1)2 (b) 3 (m2 – 1)2
(C) Over ç , ¥ ÷ (R)No solution
è4 ø (c) 3 (m + 1)2 (d) 3 (m2 + 1)2
The Correct Matching is 59. The value of 2P6 – 3P4 + 10 is

(a) 0 (b) 6
(a) A–Q; B–R; C–P
(c) 9 (d) 15
(b) A–R; B–Q; C–P
60. If Pn – 2 – Pn = sin2 q cos2 q Pl , then the value of l is
(c) A–P; B–R; C–Q
(a) n – 1 (b) n – 2
(d) A–P; B–Q; C–R
(c) n – 3 (d) n – 4
TRIGONOMETRY 119

ì pü
7. Let S = íx Î -p,p :x ¹ 0, ± ý. The sum of all distinct
î 2þ
1. The set of value of q satisfying the inequation
2 sin2 q – 5 sin q +2 > 0, where 0 < q < 2p, is: (2006) solution of the equation 3 sec x + cosec x + 2 (tan x – cot
x) = 0 in the set S is equal to (2016)
æ p ö æ 5p ö é p ù é 5p ù
(a) ç 0, ÷ È ç ,2p ÷ (b) ê0, ú È ê ,2pú 7p 2p
è 6ø è 6 ø ë 6û ë 6 û
(a) - (b) -
9 9
é p ù é 2p ù
(c) ê0, ú È ê ,2p ú (d) none of these 5p
ë 3û ë 3 û (c) 0 (d)
9
p
2. Let qÎ æç 0, ö÷ and t 1 = (tan q) tan q , t 2 = (tan q) cot q , 13
è 4ø 1
8. The value of å k =1 æ p k - 1 p ö æ p kp ö
is equal to
t3 = (cot q) tan q
and t4 = (cot q) cot q
, then (2006) sin ç + sin ç + ÷
è4 6 ÷ø è 4 6 ø
(a) t1 > t2 > t3 > t4 (b) t4 > t3 > t1 > t2
(2016)
(c) t3 > t1 > t2 > t4 (d) t2 > t3 > t1 > t4
3. The number of solutions of the pair of equations (a) 3 - 3 (b) 2 3 - 3
2sin2 q – cos 2q =0 & 2cos2q – 3sin q =0 in the interval
[0, 2p] is (2007) (c) 2 3 -1 (d) 2 2 + 3
(a) zero (b) one
(c) two (d) four Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option]
4. Let P = {q : sin q – cos q = 2 cos q} and

9. If
sin 4 x cos 4 x 1 then (2009)
+ = ,
Q = {q : sin q + cos q = 2 sin q} be two sets. Then 2 3 5
(2011)
2 sin 8 x cos8 x 1
(a) P Ì Q and Q – P ¹ f (b) Q Ë P (a) tan 2 x = (b) + =
3 8 27 125
(c) P Ë Q (d) P = Q
5. In a triangle the sum of two sides is x and the product of
1 sin 8 x cos8 x 2
the same two sides is y. If x2 – c2 = y, where c is the third (c) tan 2 x = (d) + =
3 8 27 125
side of the triangle, then the ratio of the in-radius to the
circum-radius of the triangle is (2014)
10. For 0 < q < p , the solution(s) of
3y 3y 2
(a) 2x(x + c) (b) 2c(x + c)
6
æ (m - 1) p ö æ mp ö
3y 3y
å cos ec çè q + 4
÷ cos ec ç q +
ø è
÷ = 4 2 is/are
4 ø
m =1
(c) 4x(x + c) (d) 4c(x + c)
(2009)
6. For x Î (0, π) , then eqation sin x + 2 sin 2x – sin 3x = 3 has
p p
(2014) (a) (b)
4 6
(a) infinitely many solutions (b) three solutions
(c) one solution (d) no solution p 5p
(c) (d)
12 12
TRIGONOMETRY 120
11. Let q, f Î [0, 2p] be such that 2 cos q (1 – sin f) = sin2q 14. Let a and b be non zero real numbers such that 2(cos b –
cos a) + cos a cos b = 1. Then which of the following is/
æ q qö
ç tan + cot ÷ cos f - 1, tan (2p – q) > 0 and are true? (2017)
è 2 2ø
æaö æbö
3 (a) tan ç ÷ + 3 tan ç ÷ = 0
-1 < sin q < - . Then, f cannot satisfy (2012) 2
è ø è2ø
2
p p 4p æaö æbö
(a) 0 < f < (b) <f< (b) 3 tan ç ÷ - tan ç ÷ = 0
2 3 2
è ø è2ø
2
4p 3p 3p æaö æbö
(c) <f< (d) < f < 2p (c) tan ç ÷ - 3 tan ç ÷ = 0
3 2 2 2
è ø è2ø
1
12. In a DPQR, P is the largest angle and cos P = . Further in æaö æbö
3 (d) 3 tan ç ÷ + tan ç ÷ = 0
2
è ø è2ø
circle of the triangle touches the sides PQ, QR and RP at N,
L and M respectively, such that the lengths of PN, QL and 15. In a non-right-angled triangle DPQR , Let p, q, r denote
RM are consecutive even integers. Then, possible length(s)
the lengths of the sides opposite to the angles at P, Q, R
of the side(s) of the triangle is (are) (2013)
respectively. The median from R meets the side PQ at S,
(a) 16 (b) 18 the perpendicular from P meets the side QR at E, and RS
(c) 24 (d) 22
and PE intersect at O. If p = 3 , q = 1, and the radius of
13. In a triangle XYZ, let x, y, z be the lengths of sides opposite
the circumcircle of the DPQR equals 1, then which of the
to the angles X, Y, Z, respectively, and 2s = x + y + z. If
following options is/are correct ? (2019)
s- x s- y s-z
= = and area of incircle of the triangle XYZ
4 3 2
7
(a) length of RS =
8p 2
is , then (2016)
3
3
(a) area of the triangle XYZ is 6 6 (b) Area of DSOE =
12
35
(b) the radius of circumcircle of the triangle XYZ is 6
6 3
(c) Radius of incircle of DPQR = (2 - 3)
2
X Y Z 4
(c) sin sin sin =
2 2 2 35
1
(d) Length of OE =
6
2 æ X + Yö 3
(d) sin çè ÷=
2 ø 5
TRIGONOMETRY 121
16. For non-negative integer n, let

q+r sin Qsin R
(c) <2
p sin P
n
æ k +1 ö æk+2 ö
å sin çè n + 2 p ÷ø sin çè n + 2 p ÷ø
k =0
f ( n) = n
2 æ k +1 ö p
å sin
k =0
ç
èn+2 ø
p÷
(d) If p < q and p < r, the cos Q > and cos R >
p
r q
Assuming cos–1 x takes values in [0,p] which of the Numerical Value Type Questions
following options is/are correct? (2019)
19. The number of all possible values of q, where 0 < q < p, for
3 which the system of equations
(a) f (4) =
2
(y + z) cos 3q = (xyz) sin 3q
(b) If a = tan (cos–1f (6)), then a2 + 2a – 1 =0

2 cos 3q 2sin 3q
(c) sin (7 cos–1 f(5)) = 0 x sin 3q = +
y z
1
(d) nlim f n = and (xyz) sin 3q = (y + 2z) cos 3q + y sin 3q have a solution
®¥ 2
(x0, y0, z0) with y0z0 ¹ 0, is ..... (2010)
17. Let x, y and z be positive numbers. Suppose x, y and z are
20. The number of distinct solution of the equation
lengths of the sides of a triangle opposite to its angles X,
X Z 2y 5
Y and Z, respectively. If tan + tan = , cos2 2x + cos4 x + sin4 x + cos6 x + sin6 x = 2 in the interval
2 2 x+ y+z 4
[0, 2p] is (2015)

then which of the following statements is/are TRUE ?
21. Let f : [0, 2] ® R be the function defined by
(2020)
(a) 2Y = X + Z (b) Y = X + Z
æ pö æ pö
f ( x) = (3 - sin (2p x )) sin ç p x - ÷ - sin ç 3p x + ÷
è 4ø è 4ø
X x
(c) tan = (d) x 2 + z 2 - y 2 = xz
2 y+z
If a , b Î [0, 2] are such that
18. Consider a triangle PQR having side of lengths p, q and r

{x Î [0, 2] : f ( x) ³ 0} = [a , b ], then the value of b - a
opposite to the angles P, Q and R respectively. Then which
of the following statements is (are) TRUE ? (2021) is ……. . (2020)
22. In a triangle ABC, let AB = 23 , and BC = 3 and CA = 4.

p2
(a) cos P ³ 1 -
2qr
cot A + cot C
Then the value of is ____. (2021)
cot B
æ q-r ö æ p-r ö
(b) cos R ³ ç ÷ cos P + ç ÷ cos Q
è p + q ø è p+qø
TRIGONOMETRY 122
Match the Following 24. Let f(x) = sin(pcosx) and g(x) = cos(2p sinx) be two
functions defined for x > 0. Define the following sets
Each question has two columns. Four options are given whose elements are written in increasing order
representing matching of elements from Column-I and X = {x : f(x) = 0}, Y = {x : f ¢(x) = 0}
Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds Z = {x : g(x) = 0}, W = {x : g¢(x) = 0}
to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option List-I contains sets X, Y, Z and W List-II contains some
corresponding to the correct matching. information regarding these set. (2019)
List - I List - II
23. Let f(x) = sin(pcosx) and g(x) = cos(2p sinx) be two
functions defined for x > 0. Define the following sets ì p 3p ü
whose elements are written in increasing order (I) X (P) Ê í , , 4p , 7p ý
î2 2 þ
X = {x : f(x) = 0}, Y = {x : f ¢(x) = 0}
(II) Y (Q) an arithmetic progression
Z = {x : g(x) = 0}, W = {x : g¢(x) = 0}
(III) Z (R) NOT an arithmetic
List-I contains sets X, Y, Z and W List-II contains some progression
information regarding these set. (2019)
List - I List - II ì p 7p 13p ü
(IV) W (S) Ê í , , ý
î6 6 6 þ
ìp 3p ü
(I) X (P) Ê í , , 4p , 7p ý
î2 2 þ ì p 2p ü
(T) Ê í , ,pý
(II) Y (Q) an arithmetic progression î3 3 þ
(III) Z (R) NOT an arithmetic
ì p 3p ü
progression (U) Ê í , ý
î6 4 þ
ìp 7p 13p ü Which is the following is only CORRECT combination?
(IV) W (S) Ê í , , ý
î6 6 6 þ
(a) I – (Q), (U) (b) I – (P), (R)
ìp 2p ü (c) II – (Q), (T) (d) II – (R), (S)

(T) Ê í , ,pý
î3 3 þ Text
25. In any triangle prove that
ìp 3p ü
(U) Ê í , ý A B C A B C
î6 4 þ cot + cot + cot = cot cot cot (2000)
2 2 2 2 2 2
Which of the following is the only correct combination?
(a) IV – (Q), (T) (b) III – (R), (U)
(c) III – (P), (Q), (U) (d) IV – (P), (R), (S)
TRIGONOMETRY

STATISTICS
Chapter 08 124
STATISTICS
1. MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY n
f x + f x + .... + f n x n
å fi x i
An average or a central value of a statistical series is the x= 1 1 2 2 = i =1
n
f1 + f 2 + ...fn
value of the variable which describes the characteristics of å fi
i =1
the entire distribution.
The following are the five measures of central tendency.
Sf i x i - A
(1) Arithmetic Mean (ii) Short cut method : Arithmetic mean x = A +
Sf i
(2) Geometric Mean
Where A = assumed mean, fi = frequency and
(3) Harmonic Mean
xi – A = deviation of each item from the assumed mean.
(4) Median
(3) Properties of arithmetic mean
(5) Mode
(i) Algebraic sum of the deviations of a set of values from
1.1 Arithmetic Mean their arthmetic mean is zero. If xi/fi, i = 1, 2, ..., n is the
frequency distribution, then
Arithmetic mean is the most important among the
mathematical mean. n
å fi x i - x = 0, x being the mean of the distribution.
According to Horace Secrist, i =1
“The arithmetic mean is the amount secured by dividing the (ii) The sum of the squares of the deviations of a set of
sum of values of the items in series by their number”. values is minimum when taken about mean.
(1) Simple arithmetic mean in individual series (Ungrouped
(iii) Mean of the composite series : If x i (i = 1,2,...,k) are the
data)
means of k-component series of sizes ni, (i = 1, 2, ..., k)
(i) Direct method : If the series in this case be x1,x2,x3,...., xn,
respectively, then the mean x i of the composite series
then the arithmetic mean x is given by
obtained on combining the component series is given by
Sum of the series x + x 2 + x 3 + ... + x n 1 n
x= ,i.e., x = 1 = å xi
Number of terms n n i =1 n
n1 x1 + n 2 x 2 + .... + n k x k ån x
i =1
i i
Sdi the formula x = = n

(ii) Short cut method : Arithmetic mean x = A + , n1 + n 2 + ... + n k
n ån
i =1
i
Where, A = assumed mean, di = deviation from assumed

mean = xi - A, where xi is the individual item, Sdi = sum of 1.2 Meometric Mean
deviations and n= number of items.
(2) Simple arithmetic mean in continuous series (Grouped (1) Ungrouped Data :
data) If x1, x2, x3, ...xn are n values of a variate x, none of them being
(i) Direct method : If the terms of the given series be x1, x2, zero, then geometic mean (G.M.) is given by
....xn and the corresponding frequencies be f1, f2, f3...fn, then G.M. = (x1 x2 x3 ....xn)1/n
the arithmetic mean x is given by,, 1
Þ log (G.M.) = log x1 + log x 2 + ... + log x n .
n
STATISTICS
125
(2) Grouped Data : G.M. of n values x1, x2, ..., xn of a variate x If n is even, Median
occuring with frequency f1, f2,..., fn is given by G.M.
th th
1 1é ænö æn ö ù
= x1f1 .x f22 ....x fnn N , where N = f1 + f2 + ... + fn. = ê value of ç ÷ item + value of ç + 1 ÷ item ú
2 ëê è2ø è2 ø úû
NOTES : (ii) Discrete series : In this case, we first find the cumulative
frequencies of the variables arranged in ascending or
If G1 and G2 are geometric means of two series containing n1 descending order and the median is given by
and n2 positive values respectively and G is geometric mean
th
1 æ N +1 ö
of their combined series, then G = G
n
1
´G
n
2 n +n
1 2 If N is odd, Median = value of ç ÷ item.
1 2 è 2 ø
If N is even, Median
1.3 Harmonic Mean
th th
(1) Ungrouped Data : 1é æNö æN ö ù
= ê value of ç ÷ item + value of ç + 1÷ item ú
2 ëê è2ø è2 ø úû
The harmonic mean of n items x1,x2,...., xn is defined as
n n where N is the cumulative frequency.

H.M. = = n
1 1 1 1
+
x1 x 2
+ ...... +
xn å x
i =1 i
(iii) For grouped or continuous distributions : In this case,
following formula can be used
(2) Grouped Data :
If the frequency distribution is f1, f2, f3,......,fn respectively, æN ö
ç - C÷
2
(a) For series in ascending order: Median = l + è ø í
f1 + f 2 + f3 + ..... + f n N f
then H.M. = = n
æ f1 f 2 fn ö fi
ç + + ....... + ÷ å
i =1 x i Where l = Lower limit of the median class
è x1 x 2 xn ø
f = Frequency of the median class
Note : A.M. gives more weightage to larger values whereas
G.M. given more weightage to smaller values. N = The sum of the all frequencies
i = The width of the median class
1.4 Median
C = The cumulative frequency of the class precending to
Median is defined as the value of an item or observation median class.
above or below which lies on an equal number of observation (b) For series in descending order
i.e., the median is the central value of the set of observations
provided all the observations are arranged in the ascending æN ö
ç - C÷
or descending order. è 2 ø í
Median = u - , where u = upper limit of the
f
(1) Calculation of median
(i) Individual series : If the data is raw, arrange in ascending median class.
or descending order. Let n be the number of observations. As median divides a distribution into two equal parts,
similarly the quartiles, quantiles, deciles and percentiles
th
æ n +1 ö divide the distribution respectively into 4, 5, 10 and 100
If n is odd, Median = value of ç ÷ item.
è 2 ø equal part. The j th quartile is given by
STATISTICS
126
1.5 Mode
æ N ö
ç j 4 -C÷ The mode or modal value of a distribution is that value of
Qj = l + ç ÷ i; j = 1, 2,3.Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is
çç f ÷÷ the variable for which the frequency is maximum. For
è ø continuous series, mode is calculated as, Mode
the median and Q3 is called the upper quartile. é f1 - f 0 ù

Mode = l1 + ê úí
(2) Lower quartile ë 2f1 - f 0 - f 2 û
Where, l = The lower limit of the modal class.

th
æ n +1 ö f1 = The frequency of the modal class
(i) Discrete series : Q1 = size of ç ÷ item
è 4 ø
f0 = The frequency of the class preceding the modal class
f2 = The frequency of the class succeeding the modal class
æN ö i = The size of the modal class.
ç - C÷
è 4 ø í
(ii) Continous series : Q1 = l +
f
2. RELATION BETWEEN MEAN, MEDIAN
(3) Upper quartile
AND MODE
th
é3 n +1 ù Symmetric distribution : A distribution is a symmetric
(i) Discrete series : Q3 = size of ê ú item distribution if the values of mean, mode and median coincide.
ë 4 û
In a symmetric distribution, frequencies are symmetrically
distributed on both sides of the centre point of the frequency
3N
-C
(ii) Continuous series : Q3 = l + 4 í
f
(4) Decile divides total frequencies N into ten equal parts
N´ j
-C
D j = l + 10 ´ i [j =1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
f
N
-C
If j = 5, then D5 = l + 2 ´ i . Hence D5 is also known as
f
median. A distribution which is not symmetric is called skewed

(5) Percentile divides total frequencies N into hundred equal distribution. In a moderately asymmetric distribution, the
parts interval between the mean and the median is approximately
one-third of the interval between the mean and the mode i.e.
we have the following empirical relation between them
N´k
-C Mean – Mode = 3(Mean – Median)
Pk = l + 100 í
f Þ Mode = 3 Median – 2 Mean. It is known as Empirical
relation.
where k = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ..., 99.
STATISTICS
127
NOTES : 3. MEASURES OF DISPERSION
Some points about arithmetic mean : The degree to which numerical data tend to spread about an
average value is called the dispersion of the data. The four
* Of all types of averages, the arithmetic mean is the most measures of the dispersion are
commonly used average. (1) Range (2) Mean deviation
* It is based upon all observations. (3) Standard deviation (4) Square deviation
3.1 Range
* If the number of observations is very large, it is more
accurate and more reliable basis for comparison. It is the difference between the values of extreme items in a
series. Range = xmax – xmin
Some points about geometric mean :
x max - x min
* It is based on all items of the series The coefficient of range (scatter) =
x max + x min
* It is most suitable for constructing index number, average
Range is not a measure of central tendency. Range is widely
ratios, precentages etc. used in statistical series relating quality control in
production.
* G.M. cannot be calculated if the size of any of the item is
(i) Inter–quartile range : We know that quartiles are the
zero or negative.
magnitudes of the items which divide the distribution into
Some points about H.M. : four equal parts. The inter-quartile range is found by taking
the difference between third and first quartiles and is given
* It is based on all items of the series. by the formula.
* This is useful in problems related with rates, ratios, time Inter–quartile range = Q3 – Q1
etc. Where, Q1 = First quartile or lower quartile and Q3 = Third

quartile or upper quartile.
* A.M. ³ G.M. ³ H.M. and also (G.M.)2 = (A.M.) (H.M.) (ii) Percentile range : This is measured by the following
formula.
Some points about median :
Percentile range = P90 – P10
* It is an appropriate average in dealing with qualitative
Where, P90 = 90th percentile and P10 = 10th percentile
data, like intelligence, wealth etc.
Percentile range is considered better than range as well as
* The sum of the deviations of the items from median, inter-quartile range.
ignoring algebraic signs, is less than the sum from any (iii) Quartile deviation or semi inter–quartile range : It is
one-half of the difference between the third quartile and
other point.
Q3 - Q1
first quartile i.e., Q.D. = and coefficient of quartile
Some points about mode : 2
* It is not based on all items of the series. Q3 - Q1
deviation = .
Q3 + Q1
* As compared to other averages mode is affected to a
large extent by fluctuations of sampling. Where, Q3 is the third or upper quartile and Q1 is the lowest
or first quartile.
* It is not suitable in a case where the relative importance
of items have to be considered.
STATISTICS
128
3.2 Mean deviation 2

Sf i x i - x
s=
The arithmetic average of the deviation (all taking positive) N
from the mean, median or mode is known as mean deviation.
where, x = Arithmetic mean of series
(i) Mean deviation for ungerouped data (or individual series)
xi = Mid value of the class
S x-M fi = Frequency of the corresponding xi
Mean deviation =
n N = Sf = The total frequency
Where |x – M| means the modulus of the deviation of the Short cut method :
variate from the mean (mean, median or mode). M and n is
the number of terms. 2
2
Sfd 2 æ Sfd ö Sd 2 æ Sd ö
(ii) Mean deviation for continuous series : Here, first of all (i) s = -ç ÷ (ii) s = -ç ÷
N è N ø N è Nø
we find the mean from which deviation is to be taken. Then
we find the deviation dM = |x – M| of each variate from the
mean M so obtained. where, d = x – A = Deviation from the assumed mean A
Next, we multiply these deviations by the corrsponding f = Frequency of the item

frequencies and find the product f. dM and then the sum N = Sf = Sum of frequencies
SfdM of these products.
Lastly, we use the formula, 3.4 Square deviation
Sf x - M SfdM (i) Root mean square deviation

Mean deviation = = , where n = Sf
n n
1 n
3.3 Standard deviation S= å fi (xi - A)2
N i =1
Standard deviation (or S.D.) is the square root of the
where A is any arbitrary number and S is called mean square
arithmetic mean of the square of deviations of various values
from their arithmetic mean and is generally denoted by s deviation.
(read as sigma). (ii) Relation between S.D. and root mean square deviation :
(i) Coefficient of standard deivation : To compare the If s be the standard deivation and S be the root mean square
dispersion of two frequency distributions the relative deviation.
measure of standard deviation is computed which is known
Then S2 = s2 + d2.
as coefficient of standard deviation and is given by
Obviously, S2 will be least when d = 0 i.e. x = A
s
Coefficient of S.D. = , where x is the A.M. Hence, mean square deviation and consequently root mean
x
square deviation is least, if the deviations are taken from the
(ii) Standard deviation for individual series
mean.
2
å x-x 4. VARIANCE
s=
N
where, x = The arithmetic mean of series The square of standard deviation is called the variance.
N = The total frequency. (1) For Ungrouped Data :
(iii) Standard deviation for continuous series
2
s 2
=
å x i –x
x
n
STATISTICS
129
(4) Properties of Standard Deviation (S.D.) and Variance :

2
2 å x i2 å x i2 æ å x i ö
s =
x - x2 = -ç ÷ 1. The S.D. (and variance) is independent of change of
n n è n ø origin i.e. If we add or subtract a constant number k
to each observation of the data set, the resultant
2
S.D. (and variance) remains same.
2Sd 2 æ Sd ö
s = i - ç i ÷ , where d i =x i –A
d 2. The S.D. (and variance) depends upon the change
n è n ø
of scale.
(2) Grouped Data : (a) If we multiply/divide each observation by k, the
resultant S.D. gets multiplied/divided by |k|.
2
Sf i x i - x (b) If we multiply/divide each observation by k, the
s2x = resultant variance gets multiplied by k2.
N
i.e. S.D. (ax + b) = |a| S.D. (x)
2
and Var (ax + b) = a2 . var (x)
Sf i x i2 2 Sf i x i2 æ Sf x i ö
s2x = - x = -ç i ÷
N N è N ø NOTES :
Sf i d 2i
æ Sf d i ö
2 * Range is widely used in satistical series relating to quality
2
s =
d -ç i ÷ control in production.
N è N ø
* Standard deviation £ Range i.e., variance £ (Range)2.
* Empirical relation between measures of dispersion :
é Sf u i2 æ Sf u i ö 2 ù d
2 2
s u = h ê i - ç i ÷ ú where u i = i 4
ê N è N ø úû h Mean deviation = (standard deviation)
ë 5
(3) Coefficient of variance : 2

Semi interquartile range = (Standard deviation)
3
s
Coefficient of variance = coefficient of S.D. ´ 100 = ´100 .
x 5
Semi interquartile range = (mean deviation)
6
Variance of the combined series : If n1; n2 are the sizes,
* For a symmetrical distribution, the following
x1 ; x 2 , the means and s1 ; s2 , the standard deviations of relationships hold good.
two series, then
X ±s covers 68.72% items
1 X ±2s covers 95.45% items

s2 = é n1 s12 + d12 + n 2 s 22 + d 22 ù
n1 + n 2 ë û
X ±3s covers 99.74% items
n1 x1 + n 2 x 2
Where, d1 = x1 - x, d 2 = x 2 - x, x = n 2 -1
n1 + n 2 * S.D. of first n natural number is .
12
* Range is not the measure of central tendency.

STATISTICS
130
(ii) Positively skewed distribution : When g 1 > 0, the

5. SKEWNESS
distribution is said to be positively skewed. In this case
“Skewness” Measures the lack of symmetry. It is denoted Mean > Median > Mode
(iii) Negatively skewed distribution : When g1 < 0, the
3
S xi - m distribution is said to be negatively skewed. In this case
by g1 and is measured by g1 =
ìï 3 üï Mean < Median < Mode.
íS x i - m2 2 ý
îï þï (2) Measures of skewness
Absolute measures of skewness : Various measures of
The distribution is skewed if, skewness are
(i) Mean ¹ Median ¹ Mode (a) Sk = M – Md
(ii) Quartiles are not equidistant from the median and (b) Sk = M – MO
(iii) The frequency curve is stretched more to one side than (c) Sk = Q3 + Q1 – 2Md
to the other. Where, Md = median , MO = mode, M = mean
(1) Distribution : There are three types of distributions.
(i) Normal distribution : When g1 = 0, the distribution is
said to be normal. In this case Mean = Median = Mode
STATISTICS 131
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example – 1
1
(a) 48 (b) 82 (c) 50 (d) 80
If the mean of the distribution is 2.6, then the value of y is 2
Variate x : 1 2 3 4 5 Ans. (c)

Frequency f of x : 4 5 y 1 2 Sol. Sum of 100 items = 49 × 100 = 4900
(a) 24 (b) 13 (c) 8 (d) 3 Sum of items added = 60 + 70 + 80 = 210
Ans. (c) Sum of items replaced = 40 + 20 + 50 = 110
New sum = 4900 + 210 – 110 = 5000
n
å fi x i 5000
Sol. We know that, Mean = i =1 \ Correct mean= = 50
n 100
å fi
i =1
Example – 4
1´ 4 + 2 ´ 5 + 3 ´ y + 4 ´ 1 + 5 ´ 2
i.e. 2.6 = The harmonic mean of 4, 8, 16 is
4 + 5 + y +1+ 2
(a) 6.4 (b) 6.7 (c) 6.85 (d)7.8
or 31.2 + 2.6y = 28 + 3y or 0.4y = 3.2 Þ y = 8
Ans. (c)
Example – 2 3 48
Sol. H.M. of 4, 8, 16 = = = 6.85
1 1 1 7
In a class of 100 students, there are 70 boys whose average + +
4 8 16
marks in a subject are 75. If the average marks of the
complete class are 72, then what are the average marks of Example – 5
the girls.
(a) 73 (b) 65 (c) 68 (d) 74 If the mean of the set of number x1,x2, x3, ...,xn is x , then the
Ans. (b) mean of the numbers xi + 2i, 1 £ i £ n is
Sol. Let the average marks of the girls students be x, then
(a) x + 2n (b) x + n + 1
70 ´ 75 + 30 ´ x
72 = (Number of girls = 100 –70 = 30) (c) x + 2 (d) x + n
100
Ans. (b)
7200–5250
i.e., =x n
30 å xi n
Sol. We know that x = i =1
i.e., å x i = nx
\ x = 65. n i =1
n n n
Example – 3 å x i + 2i å xi + 2 å i nx + 2 1 + 2 + ...n
\ i =1
= i =1 i =1
=
Mean of 100 items is 49. It was discovered that three items n n n
which should have been 60, 70, 80 were wrongly read as
40, 20, 50 respectively. The correct mean is n n +1
nx + 2
= 2 = x + n +1
n
STATISTICS 132
The average of n numbers x1, x2, x3, ... xn is M. If xn is The following data gives the distribution of height of
replaced by x’, then new average is students
nM - x n + x ' Height (in cm) 160 150 152 161 156 154 155
(a) M – xn + x’ (b) Number of students 12 8 4 4 3 3 7
n
The median of the distribution is
n -1 M + x ' M - x n + x' (a) 154 (b) 155 (c) 160 (d) 161
(c) (d)
n n
Ans. (b)
Ans. (b) Sol. Arranging the data in ascending order of magnitude, we
obtain
x1 + x 2 + x3 ...x n
Sol. M =
n
Height (in cm) 150 152 154 155 156 160 161
Number of students 8 4 3 7 3 12 4
i.e., n M = x1 + x2 + x3 +...xn-1 + xn Cumulative 8 12 15 22 25 37 41
frequency
n M – xn = x1 +x2 +x3 +...xn-1
Here, total number of items is 41, i.e., an odd number.

nM-x n +x' x1 +x 2 +x 3 +....+x n-1 +x'
=
n n 41 + 1
Hence, the median is th i.e. 21st item
2
nM - x n + x '
\ New average = From cumulative frequency table, we find that median i.e.,
n
21st item is 155.
Example – 7 (All items from 16 to 22nd are equal to = 155)
Example – 9
Let x1 , x 2 , ........ x n be n observations such that
Compute the median from the following table
å xi2 = 400 and å x i = 80. Then a possible value of n
among the following is
(a) 18 (b) 15 Marks obtained No. of students
(c) 12 (d) 9 0-10 2
10-20 18
Ans. (a) 20-30 30
30-40 45
Sol. We know that,
40-50 35
Root mean square of numbers ³ A.M. of the number 50-60 20
60-70 6
70-80 3
400 80
Þ ³
n n
(a) 36.55 (b) 35.55

20 80
Þ ³ (c) 40.05 (d) None of these
n n
Ans. (a)
Þ n ³ 4 or n ³ 16
So, only possible option is ‘18’.

STATISTICS 133
x1 + x 2 + ...... + x n + 5n + x n +1 + ...... + x 2n - 3n
Marks obtained No. of Cumulative New Mean =
students Frequency 2n
0-10 2 2
10-20 18 20
x1 + x 2 + ...... + x n + x n +1 + x 2n 2n
Sol. 20-30 30 50 = +
30-40 45 95 2n 2n
40-50 35 130
50-60 20 150 = Original mean + 1
60-70 6 156
70-80 3 159 Example – 11
In a frequency distribution, the mean and median are 21

N = S f = 159, which is odd. and 22 respectively, then its mode is approximately
1 1 (a) 20.5 (b) 22.0

Median number = N+1 = 159+1 =80, which is in the
2 2 (c) 24.0 (d) 25.5
class 30-40 (see the row of cumulative frequency 95, which Ans. (c)
contains 80). Sol. Given that
Hence median class is 30-40. mean = 21 and median = 22
\ We have l = Lower limit of median class = 30 Using the Emperical Relation,
f = Frequency of median class = 45 Mode = 3 median – 2 mean
C = Total of all frequency preceding median class = 50 = 3(22) – 2(21)
i = Width of class interval of median class = 10 = 66 – 42 = 24
\ Required median
Example – 12
N 159 If the median and the range of four numbers

-C - 50
295
=l+ 2 ´ i = 30 + 2 ´10 = 30 + = 36.55 [x, y, 2x + y, x – y], where 0 < y < x < 2y, are 10 and 28
f 45 45
respectively, then the mean of the numbers is
Example – 10 (a) 18 (b) 10

(c) 5 (d) 14
In a set of 2n distinct observations, each of the
Ans. (d)
observations below the median is increased by 5 and each
of the remaining observations is decreased by 3. Then the Sol. Since 0 < y < x < 2y
mean of the new set of observations:
x x
(a) increases by 1 (b) decreases by 1 \ y> Þx - y <
2 2
(c) decreases by 2 (d) increases by 2
\ x – y < y < x < 2x + y
Ans. (a)
y+x
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + ...... + x n + x n +1 + ...... + x 2n Hence median = = 10
Sol. Mean = 2
2n
Þ x + y = 20 ...(i)
x n + x n +1 And range = (2x + y) – (x – y) = x + 2y
Median =
2
but range = 28
STATISTICS 134
\ x + 2y = 28 ...(ii)
1
From equation (i) and (ii) 50 = 2 a ´ (0.5 + 1.5 + .... + 24.5)
50
x = 12 and y = 8
25
(x - y) + y + x + (2x + y) Þ 2500 = 2 a ´ ´ 25
\ Mean = 2
4
\ |a| = 4
4x + y Example – 15
=
4
If m is the mean of distribution (yi, fi), then Sfi(yi - m) =
4(12) + 8 56 (a) M.D. (b) S.D. (c) 0 (d) Relative frequency
Þ Mean = = = 14
4 4
Ans. (c)
Example – 13 Sol. We have Sf i(y i - m) = Sfiyi – mSfi = mSfi – mSf i = 0
é Sfi yi ù
A batsman scores runs in 10 innings: 38, 70, 48, 34, 42, 55, ê\m = ú
ë Sfi û mple – 16
63, 46, 54, 44, then the mean deviation is
(a) 8.6 (b) 6.4 (c) 10.6 (d) 9.6 Example – 16
Ans. (a)
Sol. Arranging the given data in ascending order, we have Let X and M.D. be the mean and the mean deviation
34, 38, 42, 44, 46, 48, 54, 55, 63, 70 about X of n observations x i , i = 1, 2,......., n. If each of
the observations is increased by 5, then the new mean
46 + 48 and the mean deviation about the new mean, respectively,
Here, median M = = 47
2 are :
(\ n = 10, median is the mean of 5th and 6th items) (a) X, M.D. (b) X + 5, M.D.
\ Mean deviation =
(c) X, M.D. + 5 (d) X + 5, M.D. + 5
S xi - M S x i - 47 13 + 9 + 5 + 3 + 1 + 1 + 7 + 8 + 16 + 23
= = = 8.6 Ans. (b)
n 10 10
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + ......x n
Example – 14 Sol. X=
n
If the mean deviation about the median of the numbers a,
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + ...... + x n + 5n
2a, ..........., 50a is 50, then |a| equals New Mean =
n
(a) 4 (b) 5
x1 + x 2 + ...... + x n 5n
(c) 2 (d) 3 +
n n
Ans. (a) New Mean = Original Mean + 5
Sol. Median is the mean of 25th and 26th observation.
x1 - x + (x 2 - x) + ...... + (x n - x)
M.D =
25a + 26a n
M = = 25.5 a
2 New M.D. about new mean =
x1 + 5 - (x + 5) + x 2 + 5 - (x + 5) + ...... + x n + 5 - x + 5
å xi - M
M.D. = n
N
= M.D.
STATISTICS 135
The variance of first 50 even natural numbers is What is the standard deviation of the following series
(a) 833 (b) 437 Measurements 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40
Frequency 1 3 4 2
437 833
(c) (d) (a) 81 (b) 7.6 (c) 9 (d) 2.26
4 4
Ans. (c)
Ans. (a)
Sol.
æ å x i2 ö 2
s2 = ç - x yi - A
Sol. ç n ÷÷ Class Frequency y 1 mi = , A = 25 f u fi ui2
è ø 10 i i
0 – 10 1 5 –2 –2 4
2 + 4 + 6 + ...... + 100
x= = 51
50 10 – 20 3 15 –1 –3 3
20 – 30 4 25 0 0 0
22 + 42 + 62 + ...... + 1002
2
Now, s = - (51)2
50 30 – 40 2 35 1 2 2
10 –3 9
22 [12 + 22 + 32 + ...... + 502 ]
= - (51)2
50 2ù
é Sf u 2 æ Sf u ö
2 2
s = h ê i i -ç i i ÷÷ ú
ê Sf i ç Sf ú
4 ´ (50)(51) (101) ë è i ø û
= - (51) 2
50 ´ 6
3434 – 2601 = 833 é 9 æ -3 ö 2 ù

= 102 ê - ç ÷ ú = 90 - 9 = 81 Þ s = 9
Example – 18 ëê10 è 10 ø ûú
In a series of 2n observations, half of them equals a and Example – 20

remaining half equals –a. If the standard deviation of the
observations is 2, then |a| equals Consider the following statements :
(1) Mode can be computed from histogram
2 1
(a) (b) 2 (c) 2 (d) (2) Median is not independent of change of scale
n n
(3) Variance is independent of change of origin and scale.
Ans. (c)
Which of these is/are correct ?
Sol. a, a, ...., n times -a, –a, –a, ---- n times
(a) only (1) and (2) (b) only (2)
2 2
n a -0 + n -a - 0 (c) only (1) (d) (1), (2) and (3)
i.e. mean = 0 and S.D.=
2n Ans. (a)
Sol. It is true that mode can be computed from histogram and
2
na + na 2 median is not independent of change of scale.
2= = a 2 . Hence |a| = 2.
2n But, variance is independent of change of origin and not
of scale.
STATISTICS 136
Example – 21
æ a2 ö
(c) çç 2 ÷÷ s (d) None of these
All the students of a class performed poorly in èc ø
Mathematics. The teacher decided to give grace marks of
10 to each of the students. Which of the following statistical Ans. (b)
measures will not change even after the grace marks were
ax + b a b
given ? Sol. Let y = i.e., y = x + i.e. y = Ax + B, where
c c c
(a) median (b) mode
(c) variance (d) mean a b
A= ,B =
c c
Ans. (c)
Sol. As we know, \ y = Ax + B
2
Variance (ax + b) = a Variance (x) 2 2
If we add a constant number 10 to each of the observations, \y-y = A x-x Þ y-y = A2 x - x
then variance will not change. 2 2
ÞS y-y = A 2S x - x Þ n.s2y = A2 .nsx2 Þ s2y = A2sx2
Example – 22
a
S.D. of data is 6. When each observation is increased by Þ s y = A sx Þ s y = sx
c
1, the S.D. of new data is
(a) 5 (b) 7 (c) 6 (d) 8 a
Thus, new S.D. = s.
Ans. (c) c
Sol. S.D. and variance of data is not changed, when each Example – 25
observation is increased (OR decreased) by the same
constant.
Let x1 , x 2 , ......., x n be n observations, and let x be their
Example – 23
arithmetic mean and s2 be their variance.
Suppose a population A has 100 observations 101, 102,
Statement 1 : Variance of 2x1 , 2x 2 , ........., 2 x n is 4s 2 .
......., 200, and another population B has 100 observations
151, 152, ....., 250. If VA and VB represent the variances of Statement 2 : Arithmetic mean of 2x1 , 2x 2 , ......, 2x n is 4x.
the two populations, respectively, then VA / VB is (a) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is true; Statement 2 is
(a) 1 (b) 9/4 not a correct explanation for Statement 1.
(b) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is false
(c) 4/9 (d) 2/3 (c) Statement 1 is false, Statement 2 is true.
Ans. (a) (d) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is true; Statement 2 is
Sol. Since, variance is independent of change of origin. a correct explanation for Statement 1
Therefore, variance of observations 101, 102, ......, 200 is Ans. (b)
same as variance of 151, 152, ......, 250 Sol. We know,
Þ VA = VB variance (ax + b) = (a2) . var (x)
VA So, for statement-I
Þ =1
VB a = 2, b = 0
Example – 24 Var. (2xi) = 4(s) 2
Statement-I is true.
ax + b And A.M of 2x1, 2x2, ......, 2xn
The S.D. of a variate x is s . The S.D. of the variate
c
where a, b, c are constants, is 2(x1 + x 2 + ...... + x n )
= = 2 (x)
n
æaö a
Statement-II is false.
(a) ç ÷ s (b) s
ècø c
STATISTICS 137

Measure of central tendency 7. Statement–I: The average marks of boys in a class is 52
and that of girls is 42. The average marks of boys and
1. The mean of a set of observations is x . If each
girls combined is 50. The percentage of boys in the class
observation is divided by a,a ¹ 0 and then is increased
is 80%.
by 10, then the mean of the new set is
Statement–II: Mean marks scored by the students of a
x x + 10
(a) (b) class is 53. The mean marks of the girls is 55 and the mean
a a
marks of the boys is 50. The percentage of girls in the
class is 64%.
x + 10a
(c) (d) a x + 10
a (a) Only statement I is true (b) Only statement II is true
2. If the arithmetic mean of the numbers x1, x2, x3,...........,xn is (c) Both statements are true(d) Both statements are false
x , then the arithmetic mean of numbers ax1 + b, ax2 + b, 8. The median of a set of 9 distinct observations is 20.5. If
ax3 + b, ......, axn + b, where a, b are two constants would be each of the largest 4 observations of the set is increased
(a) x (b) nax + nb by 2, then the median of the new set is
(c) ax (d) ax + b (a) increased by 2
3. Mean of 100 observations was found to be 45. It was later (b) decreased by 2
found that two observations 19 and 31 were incorrectly (c) two times the original median
recorded as 91 and 13. The correct mean is
(d) remains the same as that of original set
(a) 44.0 (b) 44.46
(c) 45.00 (d) 45.54 9. When tested, the lives (in hours) of 5 bulbs were noted
4. The A.M. of n observations is M. If the sum of n–4 as follows :

observations is a, then the mean of remaining 4 1357, 1090, 1666, 1494, 1623
observations is
The mean deviation (in hours) from their mean is
nM - a nM + a
(a) (b) (a) 178 (b) 179
4 2
(c) 220 (d) 356
nM - A
(c) (d) nM + a 10. Mean deviation about the median for the data 3, 9, 5, 3,
2
12, 10, 18, 4, 7, 19, 21 is
5. The average weight of students in a class of 35 students
is 40 kg. If the weight of the teacher be included, the (a) 4.27 (b) 5.24
1 (c) 5.27 (d) 4.24
average rises by kg; the weight of the teacher is
2
11. Consider any set of observations x1, x2, x3,....,x101; such
(a) 40.5 kg (b) 50 kg that x1 < x2 < x3 < ... <x101; then the mean deviation of this
(c) 41 kg (d) 58 kg set of observations about a point k is minimum, when k
6. The mean age of a combined group of men and women is equals
25 yrs. If the mean age of the group of men is 26 and that
of the group of women is 21, then the ratio of men and (a) x1 (b) x51
women in the group is
x1 + x 2 + .... + x101
(a) 1 : 4 (b) 4 : 1 (c) (d) x50
101
(c) 3 : 1 (d) 1 : 3
STATISTICS 138
Measure of dispersion 19. The mean of the numbers a, b, 8, 5, 10 is 6 and the variance
is 6.80. Then which one of the following gives possible
12. The number which indicates variability of data or values of a and b ?
observations, is called
(a) a = 3, b = 4 (b) a = 0, b = 7
(a) measure of central tendency
(c) a = 5, b = 2 (d) a = 1, b = 6
(b) mean
20. For two data sets, each of size 5, the variances are given to
(c) median be 4 and 5 and the corresponding means are given to be 2
(d) measure of dispersion and 4, respectively. The variance of the combined data set
13. If v is the variance and s is the standard deviation, then is
(a) v2 = s (b) v = s 2 5 11
(a) (b)
2 2
1 1
(c) v = (d) v = 13
s s2 (c) 6 (d)
2
14. The standard deviation of the data 6, 5, 9, 13, 12, 8, 10 is
21. Let x1, x2 ......, xn be n observations. Let wi = lx i + k for
52 52 i = 1, 2,.........,n, where l and k are constants. If the mean of
(a) (b)
7 7 xi’s is 48 and their standard deviation is 12, the mean of
(c) (d) 6 wi ’s is 55 and standard deviation of wi ’s is 15. The values

6
of l and k should be
15. The mean of 100 observations is 50 and their standard
deviation is 5. The sum of squares of all observations is (a) l = 1.25, k = -5 (b) l = –1.25, k = 5
(a) 50000 (b) 250000 (c) l = 2.5, k = -5 (d) l = 2.5, k = 5
(c) 252500 (d) 255000 22. If each observation of a raw data whose variance is s2 ,
16. Mean of 5 observations is 7. If four of these observations is increased by l , then the variance of the new set is
are 6, 7, 8, 10 and one is missing, then the variance of all
the five observations is (a) s 2 (b) l 2 s2
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) l + s 2 (d) l 2 + s2

(c) 8 (d) 2
23. If each observation of a raw data whose variance is s2 ,
17. The variance of the first n natural numbers is
is multiplied by l , then the variance of the new set is
n2 -1 n2 -1
(a) (b) (a) s 2 (b) l 2 s2
12 6
(c) l + s 2 (d) l 2 + s2
2 2
n +1 n +1
(c) (d) 24. Let a, b, c, d and e be the observations with mean m and
6 12 standard deviation s. The standard deviation of the
18. Statement–I: The mean and variance for first n natural observations a + k, b + k, c + k, d + k and e + k is
(a) s (b) |k|s
n +1 n2 +1
numbers are and , respectively.. (c) s + k (d) s/|k|
2 12
25. Let x1, x2, x3, x4 and x5 be the observations with mean m and
Statement–II: The mean and variance for first 10 positive
standard deviation s. Then, standard deviation of the
multiples of 3 are 16.5 and 74.25, respectively.
observations kx1, kx2, kx3, kx4 and kx5 is
(a) Only statement I is true
(a) k + s (b) s/|k|
(b) Only statement II is true
(c) |k|s (d) s
(c) Both statements are true
(d) Both statements are false
STATISTICS 139
26. The variance of 20 observations is 5. If each observation Numerical Value Type Questions
is multiplied by 2, then the new variance of the resulting
observations is 30. The number of observations in a group is 40. If the average
3 2 of first 10 is 4.5 and average of remaining 30 is 3.5, then
(a) 2 ´ 5 (b) 2 ´ 5
the average of the whole group is
(c) 2 ´ 5 (d) 24 ´ 5
31. The mean deviation of the data 3, 10, 10, 4, 7, 10, 5 from
27. The mean of five observations is 4 and their variance is the mean is
5.2. If three observations are 1, 2, and 6, the other two are
32. Following are the marks obtained by 9 students in a
(a) 2 and 9 (b) 3 and 8 Mathematics test.
(c) 4 and 7 (d) 5 and 6 50, 69, 20, 33, 53, 39, 40, 65, 59
28. In an experiment with 15 observations on x, the following The mean deviation from the median is
results were available.
33. The variance of the data 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 is
2
å x = 2830, å x = 170 34. The mean and standard deviation of some data (in
seconds) for the time taken to complete a test, calculated
One observation that was 20 was found to be wrong and
with the following results :
was replaced by the correct value 30. Then the corrected
variance is Number of observations = 25,
(a) 188.66 (b) 177.33 Mean = 18.2,
(c) 8.33 (d) 78.00 Standard deviation = 3.25
29. The mean and standard deviation of a group of 100 Further, another set of 15 observations x1, x2......,x15 (also
observations were found to be 20 and 3 respectively. Later 15
on, it was found that three observations were incorrect, in seconds) is now available and we have åx
i =1
i = 279
which were recorded as 21, 21 and 18, then the mean and
standard deviation, if the incorrect observations are 15
2
omitted, are and å x i = 5524. The standard deviation of all 40
i =1
(a) 21, 3.02 (b) 20, 3.02
observations is
(c) 21, 3.03 (d) 20, 3.03
35. Consider the first 10 positive integers. If we multiply each
number by (-1) and then add 1 to each number, the
variance of the numbers so obtained is
STATISTICS 140

1. The mean of the data set comprising of 16 observations is 9 9
2
16. If one of the observations valued 16 is deleted and 7. If å (x i - 5) = 9 and å (x i - 5) = 45, then the
i =1 i =1
three new observations valued 3, 4 and 5 are added to the
standard deviation of the 9 items x1 , x 2 , ........, x 9 is :
data, then the mean of the resultant data is :
(2018)
(2015) (a) 9 (b) 4
(a) 16.0 (b) 15.8 (c) 2 (d) 3
(c) 14.0 (d) 16.8 8. The mean of a set of 30 observations is 75. If each
observation is multiplied by a non-zero number l and then
2. If the standard deviation of the numbers 2, 3, a and 11 is each of them is decreased by 25, their mean remains the
3.5, then which of the following is true ? (2016) same. Then l is equal to : (2018/Online Set 1)
(a) 3a 2 - 23a + 44 = 0 (b) 3a 2 - 26a + 55 = 0 1 2

(a) (b)
3 3
2
(c) 3a 2 - 32a + 84 = 0 (d) 3a - 34a + 91 = 0
4 10
3. If the mean deviation of the numbers 1, 1 + d, ......., 1 + 100d (c) (d)
3 3
from their mean is 255, then a value of d is
9. If the mean of the data : 7, 8, 9, 7, 8, 7, l, 8 is 8, then the
(2016/Online Set 1) variance of this data is : (2018/Online Set 2)
(a) 10.1 (b) 5.05 7
(a) (b) 1
(c) 20.2 (d) 10 8
4. The mean of 5 observations is 5 and their variance is 124. 9

If three of the observations are 1, 2 and 6; then the mean (c) (d) 2
8
deviation from the mean of the data is 10. The mean and the standard deviation (s.d.) of five
(2016/Online Set 2) observations are 9 and 0, respectively. If one of the
observations is changed such that the mean of the new
(a) 2.8 (b) 2.6 set of five observations becomes 10, then their s.d. is:
(c) 8.4 (d) 2.4 (2018/Online Set 3)
5. The mean age of 25 teachers in a school is 40 years. A (a) 0 (b) 1
teacher retires at the age of 60 years and a new teacher is (c) 2 (d) 4
appointed in his place. If now the mean age of the teachers 11. The mean and variance of seven observations are 8 and
in this school is 39 years, then the age (in years) of the 16, respectively. If 5 of the observations are 2, 4, 10, 12,
14, then the product of the remaining two observations is
newly appointed teacher is (2017/Online Set 1)
(8-04-2019/Shift-1)
(a) 25 (b) 35
12. A student scores the following marks in five tests: 45, 54,
(c) 30 (d) 40 41, 57, 43. His score is not known for the sixth test. If the
mean score is 48 in the six tests, then the standard
6. The sum of 100 observations and the sum of their squares
deviation of the marks in six tests is :
are 400 and 2474, respectively. Later on, three observations
(8-04-2019/Shift-2)
3, 4 and 5, were found to be incorrect. If the incorrect
observations are omitted, then the variance of the 10 100
(a) (b)
remaining observations is (2017/Online Set 2) 3 3
(a) 8.00 (b) 8.25 10 100

(c) (d)
(c) 9.00 (d) 8.50 3 3
STATISTICS 141
13. If the standard deviation of the numbers -1, 0,1, k is 5 , 19. A data consists of n observations:
where k > 0, then k is equal to: (9-04-2019/Shift-1) n

2
n
2
x1 , x 2 , ¼, x n , If å x i + 1 = 9n and å x i - 1 = 5n
i =1 i =1
10
(a) 2 6 (b) 2
3 then the standard deviation of this data is:
(9-01-2019/Shift-2)
5
(c) 4 (d) 6
3 (a) 2 (b) 5
14. The mean and the median of the following ten numbers in (c) 5 (d) 7
increasing order 10, 22, 26, 29, 34, x, 42, 67, 70, y are 42 and
20. The mean of five observations is 5 and their variance is
y
35 respectively, then is equal to: 9.20. If three of the given five observations are 1, 3 and 8,
x
then ratio of other two observations is:
(9-04-2019/Shift-2) (10-1-2019/Shift-1)
9 7 (a) 10 : 3 (b) 4 : 9
(a) (b)
4 2 (c) 5 : 8 (d) 6 : 7
8 7 21. If mean and standard deviation of 5 observations

(c) (d)
3 3 x1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 , x 5 are 10 and 3, respectively, then the
15. If for some xÎR, the frequency distribution of the marks variance of 6 observations x1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 , x 5 and –50 is
obtained by 20 students in a test is :
(10-04-2019/Shift-1)
(a) 509.5 (b) 586.5
Marks 2 3 5 7
(c) 582.5 (d) 507.5
Frequency (x+1)2 2x – 5 x2 – 3x x
22. The outcome of each of 30 items was observed; 10 items
then the mean of the marks is :
(a) 3.2 (b) 3.0 1 1
gave an outcome - d each, 10 items gave outcome
2 2
(c) 2.5 (d) 2.8
16. If both the mean and the standard deviation of 50 1
each and the remaining 10 items gave outcome + d . If
observations x1 , x 2 ,...x 50 are equal to 16, then the mean 2
2 2 2
of x1 - 4 , x 2 - 4 ,.... x 50 - 4 is: 4
the variance of this outcome data is then |d| equals
3
(10-04-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 400 (b) 380 k , then k is equal to: (11-01-2019/Shift-1)
(c) 525 (d) 480 23. If the sum of the deviations of 50 observations from 30 is
17. If the data x1 , x 2 ,..., x10 is such that the mean of first four 50, then the mean of these observations is :
of these is 11, the mean of the remaining six is 16 and the (12-01-2019/Shift-1)
sum of squares of all of these is 2,000 ; then the standard 24. The mean and the variance of five observations are 4 and
deviation of this data is: (12-04-2019/Shift-1) 5.20, respectively. If three of the observations are 3, 4 and
18. 5 students of a class have an average height 150 cm and 4; then the absolute value of the difference of the other
variance 18 cm2 . A new student, whose height is 156 cm, two observations, is : (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
joined them. The variance (in cm2) of the height of these
(a) 7 (b) 5
six students is: (9-01-2019/Shift-1)
(c) 1 (d) 3
STATISTICS 142
25. Let X = {x Î N :1 £ x £ 17} and 31. The mean and variance of 7 observations are 8 and 16,
respectively. If five observations are 2,4,10,12,14, then
Y = {ax + b : x Î X and a, b Î R, a > 0}. If mean and the absolute difference of the remaining two observations
variance of elements of Y are 17 and 216 respectively is: (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
then a + b is equal to : (2-9-2020/Shift-1) (a) 1 (b) 4
(a) – 27 (b) 7 (c) 3 (d) 2
(c) – 7 (d) 9 32. If the mean and the standard deviation of the data 3,5,7,a,b
26. If the variance of the terms in an increasing A.P., are 5 and 2 respectively, then a and b are the roots of the
b1 , b 2 , b 3 , ......., b11 is 90, then the common difference of equation: (5-09-2020/Shift-2)
this A.P. is ………. . (2-09-2020/Shift-2) (a) x 2 - 20x + 18 = 0 (b) x 2 - 10x + 19 = 0

27. For the frequency distribution :
(c) 2x 2 - 20x + 19 = 0 (d) x 2 - 10x + 18 = 0
Variate (x) : x1 x2 x3 ..... x15
Frequency (f) : f1 f2 f3...... f15 n n
2
33. If å x i - a = n and å x i - a = na, n, a > 1 then
15 i =1 i =1
where 0 < x1 < x 2 < x 3 < ..... < x15 £ 10 and åf i = 0,
i =1 the standard deviation of n observations x1 , x 2 ,..., x n is :
the standard deviation cannot be : (3-09-2020/Shift-1) (6-09-2020/Shift-1)

(a) 1 (b) 4
(a) n a - 1 (b) na - 1
(c) 6 (d) 2
(c) a - 1 (d) a -1
28. Let x i (1 £ i £ 10) be ten observations of a random
34. Consider the data on x taking the values 0, 2, 4, 8, ....., 2n
10 10
variable X. If å (x i - p) = 3 and å (x i - p) 2 = 9 where n n n n
with frequencies respectively. C0 , C1 , C2 ,............ Cn ,
i =1 i =1
0 ¹ p Î R, then the standard deviation of these 728

If the mean of this data is , then n is equal to _____.
observations is : (3-09-2020/Shift-2) 2n
(6-09-2020/Shift-2)
7 9
(a) (b) 35. If variance of first n natural numbers is 10 and variance of
10 10
first m even natural number is 16, m + n is equal to
3 4 (7-01-2020/Shift-1)
(c) (d)
5 5 36. If the mean and variance of eight numbers 3,7,9,12,13,20,
x and y be 10 and 25 respectively then xy is equal to
29. The mean and variance of 8 observations are 10 and 13.5,
________. (7-01-2020/Shift-2)
respectively. If 6 of these observations are 5, 7, 10, 12, 14,
15, then the absolute difference of the remaining two 37. The mean and standard deviation (s.d.) of 10 observations
observations is : (4-09-2020/Shift-1) are 20 and 2 respectively. Each of these 10 observations
(a) 3 (b) 9 is multiplied by p and then reduced by q, where p ¹ 0 and
(c) 7 (d) 5 q ¹ 0 . if the new mean and standard deviation become

30. If the variance of the following frequency distribution : half of their original values, then q is equal to:
Class: 10–20 20–30 30–40 (8-01-2020/Shift-1)
Frequency: 2 X 2 (a) –20 (b) –5
is 50, then x is equal to ............. (4-09-2020/Shift-2) (c) 10 (d) –10
STATISTICS 143
38. The mean and variance of 20 observations are found to 43. Let the mean and variance of the frequency distribution
be 10 and 4, respectively. On rechecking, it was found
that an observation 9 was incorrect and the correct
observation was 11. Then the correct variance is:
(8-01-2020/Shift-2) be 6 and 6.8 respectively. If is changed from 8 to 7, then
the mean for the new data will be: (27-07-2021/Shift-2)
(a) 4.01 (b) 3.99
(c) 3.98 (d) 4.02 16
(a) (b) 4
3
39. Let the observations x i 1 £ i £ 10 satisfy the
17
10 10 2 (c) (d) 5
equations å i =1 x i - 5 = 10 and å i =1
xi - 5 = 40. If 3
m and l are the mean and the variance of 44. Consider the following frequency distribution :
observations x1 - 3 , x 2 - 3 .... x10 - 3 , then the
ordered pair (m, l) is equal to: (9-01-2020/Shift-1)
(a) (6,3) (b) (3,6) 309 2

If mean = and median = 14, then value a - b is
(c) (3,3) (d) (6,6) 22
equal to ________. (22-07-2021/Shift-2)
40. The mean of 6 distinct observations is 6.5 and their
45. The first of the two samples in a group has 100 items with
variance is 10.25. If 4 out of 6 observations are 2, 4, 5 and
mean 15 and standard deviation 3. If the whole group has
7, then the remaining two observations are:
250 items with mean 15.6 and standard deviation 13.44,
(20-07-2021/Shift-1)
then the standard deviation of the second sample is:
(a) 10, 11 (b) 8, 13
(25-07-2021/Shift-2)
(c) 1, 20 (d) 3, 18
(a) 5 (b) 8
41. Consider the following frequency distribution:
(c) 4 (d) 6
46. If the mean and variance of six observations 7, 10, 11, 15, a,
20
b are 10 and , respectively, then the value of a - b is
3
equal to ? (20-07-2021/Shift-2)
If the sum of all frequencies is 584 and median is 45, a - b
(a) 7 (b) 11
is equal to ___________ ? (25-07-2021/Shift-1)
(c) 9 (d) 1
42. If the mean and variance of the following data:
47. Let X be a random variable with distribution
37
6, 10, 7, 13, a, 12, b, 12 are 9 and respectively, then
4
2
a -b is equal to: (27-07-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 12 (b) 24 If the mean of X is 2.3 and variance of X is s 2 , then

(c) 16 (d) 32
100s 2 is equal to: (01-09-2021/Shift-2)
STATISTICS 144
48. Let the mean and variance of four numbers 3, 7, x and 53. Consider the statistics of two sets of observations as
y x > y be 5 and 10 respectively. Then the mean of four follows :
numbers 3 + 2x, 7 + 2y, x + y and x - y is ________.

(26-08-2021/Shift-2)
49. Let n be an odd natural number such that the variance of
1, 2, 3, 4, ..., n is 14, then n is equal to ______.
If the variance of the combined set of these two
(27-08-2021/Shift-1)
17
50. The mean and standard deviation of 20 observations were observations is , then the value of n is equal to ____.
9
calculated as 10 and 2.5 respectively. It was found that by
mistake one data value was taken as 25 instead of 35. If a (16-03-2021/Shift-2)
and b are the mean and standard deviation respectively 54. Consider three observations a, b and c such that b = a + c.
the standard deviation of a + 2, b + 2, c + 2 is d, then which
for correct data, then a, b is: (26-08-2021/Shift-1) of the following is true? (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 11, 25 (b) 11, 26 2 2 2 2

(a) b = 3 a + c - 9d
(c) 10.5, 26 (d) 10.5, 25
(b) b 2 = a 2 + c 2 + 3d 2
51. An online exam is attempted by 50 candidates out of which
20 are boys. The average marks obtained by boys is 12 2 2 2 2
(c) b = 3 a + c + 9d
with a variance 2. The variance of marks obtained by 30
girls is also 2. The average marks of all 50 candidates is 15.
2 2 2 2
If m is the average marks of girls and s 2 is the variance of (d) b = 3 a + c + d
2
marks of 50 candidates, then m + s is equal 55. Consider a set of 3n numbers having variance 4. In this
to__________. (27-08-2021/Shift-2) set, the mean of first 2n numbers is 6 and the mean of the
remaining n numbers is 3. A new set is constructed by
52. The mean and variance of 7 observations are 8 and 16
respectively. If two observations are 6 and 8, then the adding 1 into each of first 2n numbers, and subtracting 1
variance of the remaining 5 observations is: from each of the remaining n numbers. If the variance of
the new set is k, then 9k is equal to .................. .
(31-08-2021/Shift-2)
(17-03-2021/Shift-2)
92 134
(a) (b)
5 5
536 112
(c) (d)
25 5
STATISTICS

Chapter 09 146
1. STATEMENT (Proposition) 3. NEGATION OF A STATEMENT

In reasoning, we communicate our ideas or thoughts with The denial of a statement p is called its negation and is
the help of sentences in particular language. “A sentence written as ~p and read as ‘not p’. Negation of any statement
is called a mathematically acceptable statement or p is formed by writing “It is not the case that .....”
proposition if it is either true or false but not both.” A or “It is false that.....
statement is assumed to be either true or false. A true
or inserting the word “not” in p.
statement is known as a valid statement and a false
statement is known as an invalid statement.
p ~p
T F
2. TRUTH TABLE F T
Truth table is that which gives truth values of statements. Truth Table
It has a number of rows and columns. Note that for n
statements, there are 2n rows,
(i) Truth table for single statement p: 4. COMPOUND STATEMENTS
1
Number of rows = 2 = 2
If a statement is combination of two or more statements,
then it is said to be a compound statement. Each statement
which form a compound statement is known as its sub-
statement or component statement.
(ii) Truth table for two statements p and q :

5. BASIC CONNECTIVES
p q
T T In the compound statement, two or more statements are
T F connected by words like ‘and’, ‘or’, ‘if.... then’, ‘only if’,
F T ‘if and only if’, ‘there exists’, ‘for all’ etc. These are called
F F connectives. When we use these compound statements,
it is necessary to understand the role of these words.
(iii) Truth table for three statements p, q and r. 6. THE WORD “ AND” (CONJUCTION)
3
Any two statements can be connected by the word “and”
p q r to form a compound statement. The compound statement
T T T with word “and” is true if all its component statements are
T T F true. The compound statement with word “and” is false if
T F T any or all of its component statements are false. The
T F F
compound statement “p and q” is denoted by
F T T
F T F “ p Ù q ”.
F F T
F F F
147
p q pÙq p ® q, p is called the antecedent (or the hypothesis) and

T T T q the consequent (or the conclusion)
T F F If p then q reveals the following facts :
F T F (i) p is a sufficient condition for q
F F F
(ii) q is necessary condition for p
Truth Table
(iii) ‘If p then q’ has same meaning as that of ‘p only if q’
7. THE WORD “OR” (DISJUNCTION) (iv) p ® q has same meaning as that of ~q ® ~p
Any two statements can be connected by the word “OR” p q p®q q®p
to form a compound statement. The compound statement T T T T
with word “or” is true if any or all of its component T F F T
statements are true. The compound statement with word F T T F
“or” is false if all its component statements are false. The F F T T
compound statement “p or q” is denoted by “ p Ú q ”: Truth Table
p q pÚq Examples:
T T T (i) If x = 4, then x2 = 16
T F T
F T T (ii) If ABCD is a parallelogram, then AB = CD
F F F (iii) If Mumbai is in England, then 2 + 2 = 5
(iv) If Shikha works hard, then it will rain today.
Truth Table
8. TYPES OF “OR” 10. CONTRAPOSITIVE, CONTRADICTION AND

CONVERSE OF A CONDITIONAL STATEMENT
(i) Exclusive OR : If in statement p Ú q i.e., p or q, happening
of any one of p, q excludes the happening of the other Let p and q are two statements such that p Þ q, then
then it is exclusive or. Here, both p and q cannot occur (i) (Contrapositive of p Þ q) is (~q Þ ~p)
together. For example, in statement “I will go to delhi either (ii) Contradiction of p Þ q) is (q Þ ~p)
by bus or by train”, the use of ‘or’ is exclusive.
(iii) (Converse of p Þ q) is (q Þ p)
(ii) Inclusive OR : If in statement p or q, both p and q can
also occur together then it is inclusive or. The statement
NOTES :
‘In senior secondary exam you can take optional subject
as physical education or computers’ is an example of use A statement and its contrapositive convey the same meaning.
of inclusive OR.
Implication 11. BICONDITIONAL CONNECTIVE “IF AND ONLY IF”
There are three types of implications which are “if... then”, If p and q are any two statements, then the compound
“Only if” and “if and only if” statement in the form of “p if and only if q” is called a
biconditional statement and is written in symbolic form as
9. CONDITIONAL CONNECTIVE ‘IF... THEN’ p « q or p Û q.
Statement p « q reveals the following facts:
If p and q are any two statements, then the compound
statement in the form “if p then q” is called a conditional (i) p if and only if q
statement. The statement “If p then q” is denoted by (ii) q if and only if p
p ® q or p Þ q (to be read as p implies q).In the implication (iii) p is necessary and sufficient condition for q
148
(iv) q is necessary and sufficient condition for p

14. ALGEBRA OF STATEMENTS
p q p«q q«p If p, q,r are any three statements and t is a tautology; c is
T T T T a contradiction, then
T F F T
F T F F (1) Commutative Law :
F F T T (i) p Ú q º q Ú p (ii) p Ù q º q Ù p
Truth Table (2) Associative Law :
(i) p Ú ( q Ú r) º (p Ú q) Ú r
For Example :
(ii) p Ù (q Ù r) º (p Ù q) Ù r
The following statements are biconditional statements :
(3) Distributive Law :
(i) A number is divisible by 3 if and only if the sum of the
digits forming the number is divisible by 3. (i) p Ù (q Ú r) º ( p Ù q) Ú (p Ù r)
(ii) One is less then seven if and only if two is less then (ii) p Ú (q Ù r) º (p Ú q) Ù (p Ú r)
eight. (iii) p Ù (q Ù r) º ( p Ù q) Ù (p Ù r)
(iii) A triangle is equilateral if and only if it is equiangular. (iv) p Ú (q Ú r) º (p Ú q) Ú (p Ú r)
(4) Identity Law :
12. TAUTOLOGY AND FALLACY/CONTRADICTION (i) p Ú t º t (ii) p Ù t º p
(a) Tautology : This is a statement which is true for all (iii) p Ú c º p (iv) p Ù c º c
truth values of its components. It is denoted by t. consider (5) Complement Law :
truth table of p Ú ~p (i) p Ú (~p) º t (ii) p Ù (~p) º c
p ~p p Ú ~p (iii) ~t º c (iv) ~c º t
T F T (v) ~(~p) º p
F T T
(6) Idempotent Law :
(i) p Ú p º p (ii) p Ù p º p
We observe that last column is always true. Hence,
pÚ ~ p is a tautology.. (7) De Morgan’s Law:
(i) ~ (p Ú q) º (~p) Ù (~q)
(b) Fallacy (contradiction) : This is a statement which is
false for all truth values of its components. It is denoted (ii) ~ (p Ù q) º (~p) Ú (~q)
by f or c. Consider truth table of p Ù ~p (8) Involution laws (or Double negation laws):
p ~p p Ù ~p ~ ~p ºp
T F F
F T F (9) Contrapositive Laws : p ® q º ~q ® ~p
We observe that last column is always false. Hence 15. NEGATION OF COMPOUND STATEMENTS
p Ù ~p is a fallacy (contradiction).
If p and q are two statements, then
13. LOGICALLY EQUIVALENT STATEMENTS (i) Negation of conjuction : ~ (p Ù q) º ~ p Ú ~q

(ii) Negation of disjunction : ~ (p Ú q) º ~p Ù ~q
If truth values of statements p and q are same, then they (iii) Negation of conditional : ~(p ® q) º p Ù ~q
are logically equivalent and written as p º q.
(iv) Negation of biconditional : ~(p « q) º (p Ù ~q) Ú
(q Ù ~p) or p « ~q
149
We know that p « q º ( p ® q) Ù (q® p) (c) Contradiction Method:

\ ~(p « q) º ~[(p ® q) Ù (q ® p)] To prove that a statement p is true, we assume that p is not
true, then we arrive at some result which contradicts our
º ~(p ® q) Ú ~ (q ® p) º (p Ù ~q) Ú (q Ù ~q)
assumption. Therefore, we conclude that p is true.
Summary :
(d) Counter example Method :
(i) ~ (p Ù q) º (~p) Ú (~q)
To show that a statement is false, we give an example
(ii) ~ (p Ú q) º (~p) Ù (~q) where the statement is not valid. Note that this method is
(iii) ~(p ® q)º ~(~p Ú q) º p Ù (~q) used to disprove the statement. Giving examples in favour
(iv) ~(p Û q)º (p Ù ~q) Ú (q Ù ~p) or p Û ~q of a statement cannot prove that the given statement is
valid.
16. DUALITY
18. VALIDITY OF AN ARGUMENT
Two compound statements S1 and S2 are said to be duals
of each other if one can be obtained from the other by An argument is an assertion that a given set of statements
replacing Ù by Ú and Ú by Ù . s1, s2, .... sn implies other statement ‘s’. In other words, an
argument is an assertion that the statement ‘s’ follows
If a compound statement contains the special variable t
from statements s1,s2,...sn which are called hypothesis. The
(tautology) and c (contradiction), then to obtain its dual,
statement ‘s’ is called the conclusion.
we replace t by c and c by t in addition to replacing Ù by
We denote the argument containing hypotheses s1,s2,...sn
Ú and Ú by Ù .
and conclusion ‘s’ by
s1,s2,...sn ; s or
17. VALIDITY OF A STATEMENT
s1,s2,...sn /-s or
There are four methods to prove validity of a statement s1 Ù s2 Ù ... Ù sn ® s or
(a) Direct method : The symbol “/-” is read as turnstile
(i) To prove that “p and q” is true, show that both p and q An argument is said to be a valid argument if the
are true. conclusion ‘s’ is true whenever all the hypotheses s1,s2,...sn
(ii) To prove “p or q”, show that any one of p or q is true are true or equivalentry argument is valid when it is a
(iii) To prove p ® q, assume that p is true and show that q tautology, otherwise the argument is called an invalid
must be true. argument.
(iv) To prove p « q, show that if p is true then q is true. Method of testing the validity of argument :
Also show that if q is true, then p is true. Step I - Construct the truth table for conditional statement
(b) Contrapositive Method: s1 Ù s2 Ù s3 Ù ... Ù sn ® s.
To prove p ® q, assume that q is false and prove that p Step II - Check the last column of truth table. If the last
must be false. column contains T only, then the given argument is valid
otherwise it is an invalid argument.
MATHEMATICAL REASONING 150
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Which of the following is a logical statement ? Find the truth value of the statement “2 divides 4 and
(a) Open the door 3 + 7 = 8”
(b) What an intelligent student Sol. 2 divides 4 is true and 3 + 7 = 8 is false. So, given statement
is false.
(c) Are you going to Delhi
(d) All prime numbers are odd numbers Example – 6
Ans. (d) Write component statements of the statement “All living

Sol. Options A, B and C are basic statements, But option D is things have two legs and two eyes”.
a logical statement. Sol. Component statements are :
Example – 2 All living things have two legs
All living things have two eyes
Which of the following is not a statement?
(a) Smoking is injurious to health Example – 7
(b) 2 + 2 = 4
The negation of the statement “If I become a teacher, then
(c) 2 is the only even prime number I will open a school”, is
(d) Come here
(a) Neither I will become a teacher nor I will open a school.
Ans. (d)
(b) I will not become a teacher or I will open a school.
Sol. Option ‘D’ is an imperative sentence.
(c) I will become a teacher and I will not open a school.
Hence, not a statement.
(d) Either I will not become a teacher or I will not open a
Example – 3 school.
Ans. (c)
Write negation of the following statement:
“All cats scratch” Sol. Negation of p ® q º : ((: p) Ú q)
Sol. Some cats do not scratch º p Ù ( : q)

OR
So, correct option is ‘C’
There exists a cat which does not scratch
Example – 8
OR
At least one cat does not scratch. Write the negation of the following compound
statements:
Example – 4
(i) All the students completed their homework and the
Write negation of statement ‘2 + 2 = 7’ teacher is present.
Sol. 2+2¹7 (ii) Square of an integer is positive or negative
(iii) If my car is not in workshop, then I can go college.
(iv) ABC is an equilateral triangle if and only if it is
equiangular.
Sol. (i) The component statements of the given statement are :
p : all the students completed their homework Þ 2x = 2y

q : The teacher is present.
Þ 2x + a = 2y + a for some a Î Z
The given statement is p and q, so its negation is
~p or ~q = Some of the students did not complete their So, the statement is true.
home work or the teacher is not present.
Example – 11
(ii) The component statements of the given statement are:
p : Square of an integer is positive. Write the contrapositive of the following statement: “If
Mohan is poet, then he is poor”
q : Square of an integer is negative.
Sol. Consider the following statements :
The given statement is p or q, so its negation is ~p and ~q
= There exists an integer whose square is neither positive p : Mohan is a poet
nor negative. q : Mohan is poor
(iii) Consider the following statements : Clearly, the given statement in symbolic form is p ® q.
p : My car is not in workshop Therefore, its contrapositive is given by ~q ® ~p.
q : I can go to college Now, ~p : Mohan is not a poet.
The given statement in symbolic form is p ® q ~q : Mohan is not poor
Now, ~ (p ® q) º p Ù (~q) \ ~q ® ~p: If Mohan is not poor, then he is not a poet.
Þ ~(p ® q) : My car is not in workshop and I cannot go to Hence, the contrapositive of the given statement is “If
college. Mohan is not poor, then he is not a poet”.
(iv) Consider the following statements: Example – 12

p : ABC is an equilateral triangle.
Write the converse and the contrapositive of the
q : It is equiangular statement “If x is a prime number, then x is odd”.
Clearly, the given statement in symbolic form is p « q. Sol. Given statement is : “If x is a prime number then x is odd”.
Now, ~ (p « q) º (p Ù ~q) Ú (~p Ù q) Let p : x is prime number and q : x is odd
Þ ~(p ® q) : Either ABC is an equilateral triangle and it is \ Given statement is p ® q
not equiangular or ABC is not an equilateral triangle and it
The converse of p ® q is q ® p i.e., “If x is odd, then x is
is equiangular.
a prime number”
Example – 9 The contrapositive of p ® q is ~q ® ~p i.e., “If x is not
odd, then x is not a prime number”
Let p and q stand for the statement ‘Bhopal is in M.P.’
and ‘3 + 4 = 7’ respectively. Describe the conditional Example – 13
statement ~p ®~q
Write the contradiction of “If it rains, then I stay at
Sol. ~p ® ~q: If Bhopal is not in M.P., then 3 + 4 ¹ 7
home”.
Example – 10 Sol. If I stay at home, then, it does not rain.
The statement p : For any real numbers x, y, if x = y, then Example – 14

2x + a = 2y + a, when aÎZ
Find the truth values of ~ p Ú q
(a) is true
(b) is false
p q ~p ~p Ú q
(c) its contrapositive is not true T T F T
Sol. T F F F
(d) None of the above F T T T
Ans. (a) F F T T
Sol. For any real numbers x and y,

given x = y
Example – 15 (d) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true,

Statement–2 is a correct explanation for Statement–1.
Find the truth values of the compound statement
(p Ú ~r) Ù (q Ú ~r) Ans. (a)
Sol. Sol. p q pÞq (p Ù : q) (p Þ q)
Ù(: p Ù q) Û (: q Û : p)
p q r ~r p Ú ~r q Ú ~r (p Ú ~r) Ù
(q Ú ~r) T T T F T
T T T F T T T
T T F T T T T T F F F T
T F T F T F F F T T F T
F T T F F T F
T F F T T T T F F T F T
F T F T T T T Both statments are true, but they are independent of each
F F T F F F F other.
F F F T T T T
Example – 19
Example – 16 The proposition ~ (p Ú ~q) Ú ~ (p Ú q) is logically

equivalent to :
Find the truth value of (p « ~q) « (q ® p) (a) p (b) q
Sol. (c) ~p (d) ~ q
p q ~q p « ~q q ® p (p « ~q) « (q ® p) Ans. (c)
T T F F T F Sol.
T F T T T T p q ~p ~q ~ (p Ú ~ q) ~ (p Ú q) ~ (p Ú ~ q)
F T F T F F Ú ~ (p Ú q)
F F T F T F T T F F F F F
T F F T F F F
Example – 17 F T T F T F T
F F T T F T T
Show that p ® (p Ú q) is a tautology
So, correct option is c.
Sol.
Example – 20
p q pÚq p ® pÚq
T T T T Show that the following argument is not valid : “If it
T F T T rains, crops will be good. It did not rain. Therefore the
F T T T crops were not good”.
F F F T Sol. p : it rains
q : crops will be good
Example – 18
S1: p ® q, S2 : ~p, S : ~q
Consider :
Statement–1 : (p Ù ~q) Ù (~ p Ù q) is a fallacy.. p q S1 S2 S
Statement–2 : (p ® q) « (~ q ® ~ p) is a tautology. T T T F F
T F F F T
(a) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true, F T T T F
Statement–2 is not a correct explanation for Statement–1. F F T T T
(b) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is false.
Not valid
(c) Statement–1 is false, Statement–2 is true.
The statement p ® (q ® p) is equivalent to

Which of the following is logically equivalent to p Ù q ?
(a) p ® (p « q) (b) p ® (p ® q)
(a) p ® ~ q (b) ~ p Ù ~ q
(c) p ® (p Ú q) (d) p ® (p Ù q)
(c) ~ p ® ~ q (d) ~ ~ pÙ ~ q Ans. (c)
Ans. (c) Sol. p ® (q ® p) º : p Ú (q ® p)
Sol. p ® ~ q º ~ pÚ ~ q º ~ p Ù q º : p Ú (: q Ú p)
Qp ® q º ~ p Ú q º : p Ú p Ú (: q)
º T (a tautology)
\~ p ® ~ q º p Ù q
p ® (p Ú q) º : p Ú (p Ú q)
Example – 22
º T (a tautology)
Find the negation of statement p Ù ~q
Sol. Negation of (p Ù ~q) º ~(p Ù ~q) Example – 25
º ~ p Ú ~~q º ~p Ú q
~ p Ú q Ú ~ p Ù q is equivalent to
Example – 23
(a) p (b) ~p
By using laws of algebra of statements, show that (c) q (d) ~q
(p Ú q) Ù ~p º ~ p Ù q
Ans. (b)
Sol. (p Ú q) Ù ~p º (~p) Ù (p Ú q)
º (~p Ù p) Ú (~p Ù q) Sol. ~ p Ú q Ú ~ p Ù q º ~ pÙ ~ q Ú ~ p Ù q
º f Ú (~p Ù q)
º ~ pÙ ~ qÚq
º ~p Ù q
º ~ pÙt
º~p

Basic terms involved 6. The component statements of the statement “The sky is
blue or the grass is green” are
1. Which of the following is a statement?
(a) p: The sky is blue, q : The sky is not blue
(a) x is a real number (b) Switch off the fan
(b) p : The sky is blue, q : The grass is green
(c) 6 is a natural number (d) Let me go
(c) Both (a) and (b)
2. Which of the following is/are not a statement?
(I) Earth is a planet.
7. For the compound statement:
(II) Plants are living objects.
‘All prime numbers are either even or odd’. Which of the
(III) -3 is a rational number.. following is true?
2
(IV) x – 5x + 6 < 0, when x ÎR. (a) Both component statements are false
(a) I and II (b) II and IV (b) Exactly one of the component statements is true
(c) III and I (d) None of these (c) Atleast one of the component statements is true
3. Consider the statement p : “New Delhi is a city”. Which of
(d) Both the component statements are true.
the following is not negation of p?
8. The negation of the statement “Ramesh is cruel or he is
(a) New Delhi is not a city
strict” is
(b) It is false that New Delhi is a city
(a) Ramesh is neither cruel nor strict
(c) It is not the case that New Delhi is not a city (b) Ramesh is cruel or he is not strict
(d) None of these (c) Ramesh is not cruel or he is strict
4. The negation of the statement ‘ 2 is not a complex (d) Ramesh is not cruel and he is strict
number’ is 9. The negation of the statement

p : “for every positive real number x, the number x–1 is
(a) 2 is a rational number
also positive” is
(b) 2 is an irrational number (a) “there exists atleast one positive real number x for which
(x –1) is not positive”
(c) 2 is a real number
(b) “for every positive real number x, the number (x + 1) is
(d) 2 is a complex number also positive”
5. Let S be a non-empty subset of R. Consider the following (c) Both (a) and (b)
statement : (d) Neither (a) nor (b)
p : There is a rational number x Î S such that x > 0. 10. Negation of the statement S : “There exists a number x
Which of the following statement(s) is the negation of the such that 0 < x < 1” is ...P... Here, P refers to
statement p? (a) there does not exist a number x such that 0 < x < 2
(a) There is a rational number x ÎS such that x £ 0 (b)there does not exist a number x such that 0 < x < 1
(b) There is no rational number x ÎS such that x £ 0 (c) Both (a) and (b)
(c) Every rational number x ÎS satisfies x £ 0 (d) None of the above
(d) x ÎS and x £ 0 Þ x is not rational.
11. The component statement of the compound statement “If 16. The statement “If x2 is not even, then x is not even” is
you are born in some country, then you are a citizen of converse of the statement
that country” are (a) If x2 is odd, then x is even
p : You are born in some country (b) If x is not even, then x2 is not even
q : You are a citizen of that country (c) If x is even, then x2 is even
Then, the correct option is (d) If x is odd, then x2 is even
(a) If p is true, then q must be true 17. The contrapositive of (p Ù q) ® r is
(b) If p is true, then q is not true
(a) ~r ® (p Ú q) (b) r ® (p Ú q)
(c) Both p and q are false (c) ~r ® (~p Ú ~q) (d) p ® (q Ú r)
(d) None of the above 18. The contrapositive of “If two triangles are identical, then
12. The statement ‘x is an even number implies that x is these are similar” is ...X...Here, X refers to
divisible by 4’ means the same as (a) If two triangles are not similar, then these are not
(a) x is divisible by 4 is necessary condition for x to be an identical
even number (b) If two triangles are not identical, then these are not
(b) x is an even number is a necessary condition for x to similar
divisible by 4 (c) Both (a) and (b)
(c) x is divisible by 4 is a sufficient condition for x to be an (d) None of the above
even number
19. If x = 5 and y = – 2, then x – 2y = 9. The contrapositive of
(d) x is divisible by 4 implies that x is not always an even this statement is
number
(a) If x –2y = 9, then x = 5 and y = – 2
13. The negation of the statement “If a quadrilateral is a (b) If x–2y ¹ 9, then x ¹ 5 and y ¹ – 2
square, then it is a rhombus”.
(c) If x–2y ¹ 9, then x ¹ 5 and y ¹ – 2
(a) If a quadrilateral is not a square then it is a rhombus (d) If x–2y ¹ 9, then either x ¹ 5 or y ¹ – 2
(b) If a quadrilateral is a square then it is not a rhombus
Truth table and logical equivalence
(c) a quadrilateral is a square and it is not a rhombus
(d) a quadrilateral is not a square and it is a rhombus 20. If p is true and q is false, then which of the following
statement is not true?
14. Consider the statement
(a) p Ù ~ q (b) p ® q
p : “It is necessary to have a password to log on to the
server”. (c) p ® ~ q (d) q ® p
Then, “If-then” form of this statement is 21. Let p : “100 is a multiple of 4 and 5”
(a) If you log on to sever, then you have a password Statement I : p is true
(b) If you log on to server, then you do not have a password Statement II: Both the component statements of p are
(c) Both (a) and (b) true.
(d) None of the above Choose the correct option
15. The converse of the statement (a) Statement I is true. Statement II is true; Statement II is
a correct explanation for Statement I.
“If x > y, then x + a > y + a” is
(b) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is
(a) if x < y, then x + a < y + a
not a correct explanantion for Statement I
(b) If x + a > y + a, then x > y
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(c) If x < y, then x + a > y + a
(d) If x > y, then x + a < y + a (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true.
22. Let q: “60 is a multiple of 3 or 5”. 27. For two statements p and q, the logical statement
Statement I : q is true p Þ q Ù q Þ~ p is equivalent to
Statement II : Both the component statements of q are
(a) p (b) q
true.
(c) ~p (d) ~q
Choose the correct option
(a) Statement I is true. Statement II is true; Statement II is 28. Negation of the statement p ® (q Ù r) is
a correct explanation for Statement I. (a) ~ p ® ~ (q Ù r) (b) ~p Ú (q Ù r)
(b) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is (c) (q Ù r) ® p (d) p Ù (~q Ú ~r)
not a correct explanantion for Statement I 29. Which of the following is logically equivalent
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false to ~ (p « q)
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true. (a) (~p) « q (b) (~p) « (~q)
(c) p ® (~q) (d) p ® q
23. Let p : 25 is multiple of 5.
q : 25 is multiple of 8 30. The negation of pÚ ~ q Ù q is
Statement I : The compound statement “p and q” is false.
(a) ~ p Ú q Ù ~ q (b) pÙ ~ q Ú q
Statement II: The compound statement “p or q” is false
Chose the correct option
(c) ~ p Ù q Ú ~ q (d) pÙ ~ q Ú ~ q
(a) Only statement I is true
(b) Only statement II is true 31. If p and q are two statements, then pÚ ~ p Þ ~ q is
(c) Both statements are true equivalent to
(d) Both statements are false (a) p Ù q (b) p
24. Statement–1 : ~ (p « ~q) is equivalent to p « q.
(c) p Ù ~ q (d) ~ p Ù q
Statement–2 : ~ (p « ~q) is a tautology.
32. Which of the following is always true?
(a) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true;
Statement–2 is not a corrrect explanation for (a) ~ pÚ ~ q º p Ù q
Statement–1
(b) p ® q º ~ q ®~ p
(b) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is false
(c) Statement–1 is false, Statement–2 is true
(c) ~ p ®~ q º pÙ ~ q
(d) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true;
Statement–2 is correct explanation for Statement–1 (d) ~ p « q º p ® q ® q ® p
25. Let p, q, r denote arbitrary statements. Then the logically
equivalent of the statement p Þ (q Ú r) is : 33. The negation of the compound statement p Ú q Ù r is
(a) p Ú q Þ r (b) p Þ q Ú (p Þ r) (a) ~ pÚ ~ q Ù ~ r (b) ~ p Ù ~ q Ú ~ r
(c) p Þ ~ q Ù (p Þ r) (d) p Þ q Ù (p Þ ~ r) (c) ~ p Ú q Þ r (d) p Ù q
26. The statement ~ p Û q Ù p is equivalent to 34. The negation of ~ p Ù q Ú pÙ ~ q is
(a) p Ù q (b) q Û p
(a) pÚ ~ q Ú ~ p Ú q (b) pÚ ~ q Ù ~ p Ú q
(c) pÙ ~ q (d) ~ p Ù q
(c) pÙ ~ q Ù ~ p Ú q (d) pÙ ~ q Ù pÚ ~ q
35. Let p : Maths is interesting and q : Maths is easy, then

38. pÙ ~ q Ù ~ p Ù q is
p Þ ~ p Ú q is equivalent to
(a) a tautology
(a) If Maths is easy, then it is interesting (b) a contradiction
(b) Either Maths is interesting or it easy (c) both a tautology and a contradiction
(c) If Maths is interesting, then it is easy (d) neither a tautology nor a contradiction
(d) Maths is neither interesting nor easy 39. Let Å and Ä are two mathematical operators. If
36. The converse of p Þ (q Þ r) is p Å (p Ä q) is not a tautology, then Å and Ä can be
(a) q Ù ~ r Ú p (b) ~ q Ú r Ú p (a) Ú and Þ respectively
(c) q Ù ~ r Ù ~ p (d) q Ù ~ r Ù p (b) Þ and Ú respectively
37. The contrapositive of p ® ~ q ®~ r is (c) Þ and Ù respectively

(d) None of these
(a) ~ q Ù r ®~ p (b) q ® r ®~ p
40. If the compound statement p ® ~ p Ú q is false, then
(c) qÚ ~ r ®~ p (d) None of these the truth value of p and q are respectively
(a) T, T (b) T, F
(c) F, T (d) F, F

1. Consider the following statements : 6. The following statement (p®q) ® [~ p ® q) ® q] is
(Online Set–2 2015) (2017)
P : Suman is brilliant. (a) equivalent to ~p ® q (b) equivalent to p ® ~q
Q : Suman is rich.
(c) a fallacy (d) a tautology
R : Suman is honest.
The negation of the statement, 7. The proposition ~ p Ú pÙ ~ q is equivalent to
“Suman is brilliant and dishonest if and only if Suman is (Online Set–1 2017)
rich” can be equivalently expressed as :
(a) p Ù ~ q (b) pÚ ~ q
(a) ~ Q « ~ P Ù R (b) ~ Q « ~ P Ú R
(c) p ® ~ q (d) q ® p
(c) ~ Q « ~ P Ú ~ R (d) ~ Q « P Ù ~ R
2. The contrapositive of the statement “If it is raining, then I 8. Contrapositive of the statement ‘If two numbers are not
will not come”, is : (Online Set–1 2015) equal, then their squares are not equal’ is
(a) If I will come, then it is not raining. (Online Set–2 2017)
(b) If I will not come, then it is raining. (a) If the squares of two numbers are not equal, then the
(c) If I will not come, then it is not raining. numbers are equal.
(d) If I will come, then it is raining. (b) If the squares of two numbers are equal, then the
3. The Boolean expression pÙ ~ q Ú q Ú ~ p Ù q is numbers are not equal.
equivalent to (2016) (c) If the squares of two numbers are equal, then the
(a) pÚ ~ q (b) ~ p Ù q numbers are equal.
(c) p Ù q (d) p Ú q (d) If the squares of two numbers are not equal, then the
4. Consider the following two statements : numbers are not equal.
(Online Set–1 2016)
9. If (pÙ ~ q ) Ù (p Ù r ) ®~ p Ú q is false, then the truth
P : If 7 is an odd number, then 7 is divisible by 2.
Q : If 7 is a prime number, then 7 is an odd number. values of p, q and r are, respectively:
If V1 is the truth value of the contrapositive of P and V2 is (2018/Online Set–1)

the truth value of contrapositive of Q, then the ordered
(a) F, T, F (b) T, F, T
pair (V1, V2) equals
(a) (F, F) (b) (F, T) (c) T, T, T (d) F, F, F
(c) (T, F) (d) (T, T) 10. If p ® (~ p Ú ~ q) is false, then the truth values of p and q
5. The contrapositive of the following statement, “If the side
are respectively : (2018/Online Set–3)
of a square doubles, then its area increases four times”, is
(Online Set–2 2016) (a) F, F (b) T, F
(a) If the area of a square increases four times, then its (c) F, T (d) T, T
side is not doubled.
(b) If the area of a square increases four times, then its 11. The Boolean expression : p Ú q Ú : p Ù q is
side is doubled. equivalent to : (2018)
(c) If the area of a square does not increase four times,
then its side is not doubled. (a) : q (b) : p
(d) If the side of a square is not doubled, then its area (c) p (d) q
does not increase four times.
12. Consider the following two statements :
18. The Boolean expression : p Þ : q is equivalent to
Statement p :
______. (12-04-2019/Shift-2)
The value of sin 1200 can be derived by taking q = 2400 in
(a) p Ù q (b) q Þ : p
the equation
(c) p Ú q (d) : p Þ q
q
2sin = 1+ sin q – 1– sin q .
2
19. The logical statement éë : : p Ú q Ú p Ù r ùû Ù : q Ù r
Statement q :
is equivalent to: (9-01-2019/Shift-2)
The angles A, B, C and D of any quadrilateral ABCD
satisfy the equation (a) (~ p Ù ~ q) Ù r (b) -p Ú r
æ1 ö æ1 ö (c) (p Ù r)Ù ~ q (d) (pÙ ~ q) Ú r

cos ç A + C ÷ + cos ç B + D ÷=0
è2 ø è2 ø
20. Consider the following three statements:
Then the truth values of p and q are respectively :
p : 5 is a prime number
q : 7 is a factor of 192
(a) F, T (b) T, F
r : L.C.M. of 5 and 7 is 35
(c) T, T (d) F, F
Then the truth value of which one of the following
13. For any two statements p and q, the negation of the
statements is true? (10-01-2019/Shift-2)
expression p Ú : p Ù q is : (9-04-2019/Shift-1)
(a) (~ p) Ú (q Ù r) (b) (p Ù q) Ú (~ r)
(a) ~ p Ù ~ q (b) p Ù q
(c) (~ p) Ù (~ q Ù r) (d) p Ú (~ q Ù r)
(c) p « q (d) ~ pÚ ~ q
21. If q is false and p Ù q « r is true, then which one of the
14. If p Þ q Ú r is false, then the truth values of p, q, r are following statements is a tautology?
respectively: (9-04-2019/Shift-2) (11-01-2019/Shift-1)
(a) F, T, T (b) T, F, F
(a) p Ú r ® p Ù r (b) p Ù r ® p Ú r
(c) T, T, F (d) F, F, F
15. Which one of the following Boolean expressions is a
(c) p Ù r (d) p Ú r
tautology? (10-04-2019)
22. The Boolean expression
(a) (p Ù q) Ú (pÙ ~ q) (b) (p Ú q) Ú (pÚ ~ q)
(c) (p Ú q) Ù (pÚ ~ q) (d) (p Ú q) Ù (~ pÚ ~ q) p Ù q Ú pÚ : q Ù : p Ù : q is equivalent to :
(12-01-2019/Shift-1)
16. The negation of the Boolean expression : s Ú : r Ù s is
equivalent to: (10-4-2019/Shift-2) (a) p Ù q (b) p Ù ( -q)
(a) : s Ù : r (b) r
(c) (~ p) Ù (~ q) (d) p Ú ( -q)
(c) s Ú r (d) s Ù r
17. If the truth value of the statement p ® ( ~ q Ú r) is false 23. The expression ~ ~ p ® q is logically equivalent to:
(F), then the truth values of the statements p, q, r are (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
respectively. (12-04-2019/Shift-1)
(a) ~ p Ù ~ q (b) p Ù ~ q
(a) T, T, F (b) T, F, F
(c) T, F, T (d) F, T, T (c) ~ p Ù q (d) p Ù q
24. The contrapositive of the statement “If you are born in 29. The proposition p ® : (p Ù ~ q) is equivalent to :
India, then you are a citizen of India”, is :
(3-09-2020/Shift-1)
(8-04-2019/Shift-1)
(a) (- p) Ú ( : q) (b) (: p) Ù q
(a) If you are not a citizen of India, then you are not born
in India. (c) q (d) (: p) Ú q
(b) If you are a citizen of India, then you are born in India 30. Let p, q, r be three statements such that the truth value of
(c) If you are born in India, then you are not a citizen of (p Ù q) ® (: q Ú r) is F. Then the truth values of p, q, r
India
are respectively : (3-09-2020/Shift-2)
(d) If you are not born in India, then you are not a citizen
(a) F, T, F (b) T, F, T
of India.
(c) T, T, F (d) T, T, T
25. Which one of the following statements is not a tautology?
31. Given the following two statements :
(8-04-2019/Shift-2)
S1 : (q Ú p) ® (p «~ q) is a tautology
(a) p Ú q ® p Ú : q (b) p Ù q Þ : p Ú q
S2 :~ q Ù ( ~ p « q) is a fallacy. Then :
(c) p ® p Ú q (d) p Ù q ® p
(4-09-2020/Shift-1)
26. Contrapositive of the statement “If two numbers are not (a) only (S1) is correct
equal, then their squares are not equal.” is :
(b) both (S1) and (S2) are correct.
(11-01-2019/Shift-2) (c) only (S2) is correct
(a) If the squares of two numbers are not equal, then the (d) both (S1) and (S2) are not correct.
numbers are equal.
32. Contrapositive of the statement :
(b) If the squares of two numbers are equal, then the
‘If a function f is differentiable at a, then it is also
numbers are not equal.
continuous at a’, is: (4-09-2020/Shift-2)
(c) If the squares of two numbers are equal, then the
(a) If a function f is not continuous at a, then it is not
numbers are equal.
differentiable at a.
(d) If the squares of two numbers are not equal, then the
(b) If a function f is continuous at a, then it is differentiable
numbers are not equal.
at a.
27. The contrapositive of the statement “If I reach the station
(c) If a function f is continuous at a, then it is not
in time, then I will catch the train” is : differentiable at a.
(2-9-2020/Shift-1) (d) If a function f is not continuous at a, then it is
(a) If I will catch the train, then I reach the station in time. differentiable at a.
(b) If I do not reach the station in time, then I will catch 33. The negation of the Boolean expression x «: y is
the train. equivalent to: (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
(c) If I do not reach the station in time, then I will not (a) (x Ù y) Ù (: x Ú : y) (b) (x Ù y) Ú (: x Ù : y)
catch the train.
(c) (x Ù : y) Ú (: x Ù y) (d) (: x Ù y) Ú (: x Ù : y)
(d) If I will not catch the train, then I do not reach the
station in time. 34. The statement (p ® (q ® p)) ® (p ® (p Ú q)) is:
28. Which of the following is a tautology ?
(5-09-2020/Shift-2)
(2-09-2020/Shift-2)
(a) equivalent to (p Ú q) Ù ( : p)
(a) (p ® q) Ù (q ® p) (b) (~ p) Ù (p Ú q) ® q
(b) equivalent to (p Ù q) Ú ( : p)
(c) (q ® p)Ú ~ (p ® q) (d) (~ q) Ú (p Ù q) ® q (c) a contradiction
(d) a tautology
35. The negation of the Boolean expression p Ú ~ p Ù q is 42. If p ® (p Ù ~ q) is false. Then the truth values of p and q
equivalent to: (6-09-2020/Shift-1) are respectively (9-1-2020/Shift-2)
(a) pÙ ~ q (b) ~ pÚ ~ q (a) F, T (b) T, F

(c) F, F (d) T, T
(c) ~ p Ú q (d) ~ p Ù ~ q
36. Consider the statement : “For an integer n, if n3 – 1 is 43. The Boolean expression p Ù : q Þ qÚ : p is
even, then n is odd.” The contrapositive statement of equivalent to: (20-07-2021/Shift-1)
this statement is : (6-09-2020/Shift-2)
(a) For an integer n, if n is even, then n3– 1 is even (a) : q Þ p (b) p Þ q
(b) For an integer n, if n is odd, then n3 – 1 is even (c) p Þ : q (d) q Þ p

3
(c) For an integer n, if n – 1 is not even, then n is not odd. 44. Consider the following three statements:
(d) For an integer n, if n is even, then n3 – 1 is odd (A) If 3 + 3 = 7 then 4 + 3 = 8 .
37. The logical statement (p Þ q ) Ù (q Þ~ p) is equivalent (B) If 5 + 3 = 8 then earth is flat.
to (7-01-2020/Shift-1)
(C) If both (A) and (B) are true then 5 + 6 = 17 .
(a) ~ p (b) p
Then, which of the following statements is correct?
(c) q (d) ~ q
(20-07-2021/Shift-2)
38. Let A,B,C and D be four non-empty sets. The
(a) (A) and (C) are true while (B) is false
Contrapositive statement of “If A Í B and B Í D, then
(b) (A) is true while (B) and (C) are false
A Í C’’ is : (7-01-2020/Shift-2)
(c) (A) is false, but (B) and (C) are true
(a) If A Í C, then B Ì A or D Ì B
(d) (A) and (B) are false while (C) is true
(b) If A Í C, then A Í B and B Í D
45. The Boolean expression p Þ q Ù q Þ: p is
(c) If A Í C, then A Í B and B Í D
equivalent to ? (25-07-2021/Shift-1)
(d) If A Í C, then A Í B or B Í D
(a) q (b) : q
39. Which of the following is a tautology?
(c) p (d) : p
(8-01-2020/Shift-1)
(a) P Ù (P ® Q) ® Q (b) P Ù P Ú Q 46. The compound statement P Ú Q Ù ~ P Þ Q is

equivalent to: (27-07-2021/Shift-1)
(c) Q ® P Ù P ® Q (d) P Ú P Ù Q
(a) P Ú Q (b) ~ P Þ Q Û PÙ ~ Q
40. Which of the following statements is a tautology?
(c) P Ù ~ Q (d) ~ P Þ Q
(8-01-2020/Shift-2)
47. Which of the following is the negation of the statement
(a) ~ (p Ù ~ q) ® (p Ú q) (b) (~ pÚ ~ q) ® (p Ù q)
“for all M > 0 , there exists x Î S such that x ³ M ¢¢ ?
(c) p Ú (~ q) ® (p Ù q) (d) ~ (pÚ ~ q) ® (p Ú q) (27-07-2021/Shift-2)
41. Negation of the statement: “ 5 is an integer or 5 is (a) there exists M > 0, such that for all x ³ M for all
irrational” is: (9-01-2020/Shift-1) x ÎS
(a) 5 is irrational or 5 is an integer (b) there exists M > 0, there exists for x Î S such that
x³M
(b) 5 is not an integer or 5 is not irrational
(c) there exists M > 0 , such that x < M for all x Î S
(c) 5 is an integer and 5 is irrational
(d) there exists M > 0, there exists x Î S such that
(d) 5 is not an integer and 5 is not irrational x<M
48. Which of the following Boolean expressions is not a

52. The statement p Ù p ® q Ù q ® r ® r is :
tautology? (22-07-2021/Shift-2)
(27-08-2021/Shift-1)
(a) : p Þ q Ú : q Þ p
(a) equivalent to q ® ~ r (b) equivalent to p ® ~ r
(b) p Þ q Ú : q Þ p (c) a fallacy (d) a tautology

53. If the truth value of the Boolean expression
(c) p Þ q Ú q Þ: p pÚq Ù q ® r Ù : r ® p Ù q is false, then the
truth values of the statements p, q, r respectively can
(d) p Þ : q Ú : q Þ p
be: (26-08-2021/Shift-1)
49. Consider the statement “The match will be played only if (a) FFT (b) FTF
the weather is good and ground is not wet”. Select the
(c) TFT (d) TFF
correct negation from the following:
54. The Boolean expression pÙq Þ r Ùq Ùp is
(25-07-2021/Shift-2)
(a) The match will not be played and weather is not good equivalent to: (27-08-2021/Shift-2)
and ground is wet. (a) p Ù q Þ r Ù p (b) q Ù r Þ p Ù q
(b) If the match will not be played, then either weather is
not good or ground is wet. (c) p Ù q Þ r Ù q (d) p Ù q Þ r Ú q
(c) The match will not be played or weather is good and 55. Let *, Î Ù, Ú be such that the Boolean expression
ground is not wet.
(d) The match will be played and weather is not good or p* : q Þ p q is a tautology. Then :
ground is wet.
(31-08-2021/Shift-1)
50. Which of the following is equivalent to the Boolean
(a) * = Ú, =Ù (b) * = Ù, =Ú
expression p Ù : q (01-09-2021/Shift-2)
(c) * = Ù, =Ù (d) * = Ú, =Ú
(a) : p ®: q (b) : p ®: q
56. Negation of the statement p Ú r Þ q Ú r is:
(c) : q ® p (d) : p ® q
(31-08-2021/Shift-2)
51. Consider the two statements:
(a) p Ù q Ù r (b) : p Ù q Ù r
S1 : p ® q Ú : q ® p is a tautology (c) p Ù : q Ù : r (d) : p Ù q Ù : r
57. Which of the following Boolean expressions is a
S2 : p Ù : q Ù : p Ú q is a fallacy.. tautology? (16-03-2021/Shift-2)
(26-08-2021/Shift-2) (a) p Ù q Ú p Ú q (b) p Ù q ® p ® q
(a) only S1 is true (c) p Ù q Ù p ® q (d) p Ù q Ú p ® q
(b) only S2 is true 58. If the Boolean expression (p Ù q) ›” (p Ä q) is a

tautology, then ›” and Ä are respectively given by :
(c) both S1 and S2 are true (17-03-2021/Shift-2)
(a) Ù , ® (b) Ù , Ú
(d) both S1 and S2 are false
(c) ®, ® (d) Ú, ®
62. TFor the statements p and q, consider the following

59. If the Boolean expression p ® q « q * : p is a
compound statements :
tautology, then the Boolean expression p * : q is
(a) : q Ù p ® q ® : p
equivalent to : (17-03-2021/Shift-1)
(b) pÚq Ù : p ® q
(a) p ®: q (b) p ® q
Then which of the following statements is correct ?
(c) q ® p (d) : q ® p (24-02-2021/Shift-2)
60. If P and Q are two statements, then which of the following (a) (a) and (b) both are tautologies.
compound statement is a tautology ?
(b) (b) is a tautologies but not (a).
(18-03-2021/Shift-2)
(c) (a) is a tautology but not (b).
(a) ((P Þ Q) Ù : Q) Þ P
(d) (a) and (b) both are not tautologies.
(b) ((P Þ Q) Ù : Q) Þ : P 63. The statement among the following that is a tautology is
(c) ((P Þ Q) Ù : Q) Þ (P Ù Q) (24-02-2021/Shift-2)
(d) ((P Þ Q) Ù : Q) Þ Q (a) B ® éë A Ù A ® B ùû (b) A Ú A Ù B
61. The negation of the statement : p Ù p Ú q (c) éë A Ù A ® B ùû ® B (d) A Ù A Ú B
(24-02-2021/Shift-2) 64. The contrapositive of the statement “ If you will work,

(a) : p Ù : q (b) : p Ú q you will earn money” is: (25-02-2021/Shift-2)
(c) : p Ù q (d) p Ú : q (a) To earn money, you need to work

(b) If you will not earn money, you will not work
(c) You will earn money, if you will not work
(d) If you will earn money, you will work
65. The statement A ® B ® A is equivalent to:
(25-02-2021/Shift-2)
(a) A ® A Ú B (b) A ® A Ù B
(c) A ® A « B (d) A ® A ® B

Answer Key
CHAPTER -5 SETS, RELATIONS & FUNCTION

1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c) 1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d)
6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (d) 6. (d) 7. (38) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (a) 11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (d)
16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c) 16. (28) 17. (29) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (5)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (d) 21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (832) 24. (b) 25. (256)
26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (c)
36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (c)
46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (c) 50. (d)
51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (16) 54. (16) 55. (60)
56. (2) 57. (42) 58. (60) 59. (600) 60. (41)
61. (6) 62. (1) 63. (3) 64. (1) 65. (0)
ANSWER KEY 165
CHAPTER -5 SETS, RELATIONS & FUNCTION

1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d) 1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a)
6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b)
16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (c)
26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b,c) 29. (a,b,d) 30. (b,c)
31. (a,b,c,d) 32. (110) 33. (6) 34. (4)
35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (d) 39. (b)
40. (c) 41. (d) 42. (d) 43. (x=8)
44. (x = 2 or 81) 45. (x = 3 or –3)

Answer Key
CHAPTER -6 LIMITS AND DERIVATIVES

1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (b) 1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (a) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (b)
16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (b) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (a) 21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (40) 25. (b)
26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (d) 26. (b) 27. (8) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (d)
31. (b) 32. (36) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (1)
36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (b)
36. (a) 37. (5) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (4)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (a)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (3)
46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (3) 49. (2) 50. (3)
46. (3) 47. (3) 48. (b) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (0) 52. (–0.5) 53. (0.5) 54. (1) 55. (1)
56. (18) 57. (0) 58. (0) 59. (1) 60. (2)
ANSWER KEY 167
CHAPTER -6 LIMITS AND DERIVATIVES


1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (c) 1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b)
6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (b) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (a,c) 9. (b,c) 10. (a,c)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d) 11. (0) 12. (2) 13. (7) 14. (1) 15. (8)
16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (b)
26. (a,d) 27. (a,d) 28. (a,c) 29. (c,d) 30. (a,b)
31. (a,c) 32. (1) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (b)
36. (a) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (a)
Answer Key
CHAPTER -7 TRIGONOMETRY

1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (b) 1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (d)
6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (a) 11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (a)
16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (d) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (20)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (c) 21. (c) 22. (5) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (b)
26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (c) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (d) 31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (d)
36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (b) 40. (b) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. 80 39. (d) 40. (1)
41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (b) 41. (b) 42. (8) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (b)
46. (c) 47. (a) 48. (b) 49. (a) 50. (a) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (b) 49. (d) 50. (a)
51. (a) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (b) 51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (c) 54. (a) 55. (b)
56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (25) 60. (8) 56. (56) 57. (d) 58. (a) 59. (15) 60. (d)
61. (4) 62. (0) 63. (1) 64. (0) 65. (0.5) 61. (144) 62. (b) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (c)
66. (1) 67. (1) 68. (2) 69. (1) 70. (4) 66. (1) 67. (c) 68. (a) 69. (b) 70. (a)
71. (4) 72. (4) 73. (1) 74. (1) 75. (0) 71. (d) 72. (b) 73. (11) 74. (1) 75. (a)
ANSWER KEY 169
CHAPTER -7 TRIGONOMETRY

1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b) 1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (a,b) 10. (c,d)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (b) 11. (a,c,d) 12. (b,d) 13. (a,c,d) 14. (a,c) 15. (a,c,d)
16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (a) 16. (a,b,c) 17. (b,c) 18. (a,b) 19. (3) 20. (8)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (d) 21. (1) 22. (2) 23. (d) 24. (c)
26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (c)
36. (a,c,d) 37. (a,b) 38. (a,b,c,d)
39. (a,b,c) 40. (a,d) 41. (a,b) 42. (a,b,c,d)
43. (c,d) 44. (a,c) 45. (a,b) 46. (a,c,d)
47. (a,b,c,d) 48. (a,b,c,d)
49. (a,b,c)50. (a,b,c,d) 51. (b) 52. (d)
53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (c) 56. (b) 57. (c)
58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (d)

Answer Key
CHAPTER -8 STATISTICS

1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (d) 1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 11. (48) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (d)
16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b) 16. (a) 17. (2) 18. (20) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (c) 21. (d) 22. (2) 23. (31) 24. (a) 25. (c)
26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (3.75) 26. (3) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (4)
31. (2.57) 32. (12.67) 33. (8) 34. (3.87) 35. (8.25) 31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (6) 35. (18)
36. (54) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (164) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (4) 45. (c)
46. (d) 47. (781) 48. (12) 49. (13) 50. (c)
51. (25) 52. (c) 53. (5) 54. (a) 55. (68)
Answer Key
CHAPTER -9 MATHEMATICAL REASONING

1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (c)
6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (b)
16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (b) 21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (a)
26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (c) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (c) 31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (d)
36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (b) 36. (d) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (d) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (d)
46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (d) 50. (d)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (d) 54. (a) 55. (b)
56. (c) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (d) 62. (a) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (a)
MASTER INDEX
VOLUME 1:
Quadratic Equations
Complex Numbers
Sequence and Series
Straight Lines
VOLUME 2:
Trigonometry
Statistics
VOLUME 3:
Circles
Conic Sections
Binomial Theorem
65 Million+
Monthly
Youtube Views

Users Live Learning
25 43
Parents
Happy
Trust
Students
Vedantu
MILLION+ MILLION+
JEE Advanced 2021

Ankit Shrey

JEE Main 2021
903 students in
Top 10,000
78 869
68 444
Sharma
AIR 158 AIR 179
NEET (UG) 2021
AIR 23
Pavit
Score 710 AIR 92

Anirudh
Online Crash Course
Score 705
Shivank
Online Crash Course
AIR 143 Score 700

1172 NEET
Qualifiers
Annmary
Santhosh
98.4% 98.4% 98.0% 99.8% 98.4% 99.8% 99.6% 99.4%
ICSE Class 10
99.4% 97.4% 97.2% 97.2% 97.2% 99.4% 99.2% 99.2%
Vedantu’s
Vedantu’s Tatva
Vedantu’s Tatva Practice
TatvaPractice
Practice Book| Biology
Book Book- Vol.
| Physics - Vol.
2 !
Mathematics
Genetics
Evolution
and
Volume 3 Class 11 JEE
Class 11 JEE
SCAN
SCAN CODE
CODE
to
to know
know how
how to
to
use this Book
use this Book
Regular tests &

assignments
VEDANTU
VIP
Parent-teacher
meetings

Our Students
5.2X
HIGHER
Our Students
Our Students
3.8X
6.6X
HIGHER
All India HIGHER

All India All India
37.28% 37.28% 8.25%

9.84% 9.84% 1.25%
CBSE 10 CBSE 12 JEE

SCAN CODE
to know more
about VIP
Vedantu’s
Vedantu’s Tatva
Vedantu’s Tatva Practice
TatvaPractice
Practice Book| Biology
Book Book- Vol.
| Physics - Vol.
2 !
Mathematics
Genetics
Evolution
and
Volume 3 Class 11 JEE
Class 11 JEE
SCAN CODE
to know how to
use this Book
Published by
www.vedantu.com
Printed by
How to use your
Tatva Practice Book
1
Counting :
different ways then
Permutations
Exercise - 2:
2
Solve all types of
(JEE 2019)
exercise questions
pattern. (c) 25∆ (d) 125∆
Answer Key
3
For extra exam
Founder’s Message
Dear Student,
level questions.

Anand Prakash
Credits
Mathematics Team
Amit Singh Ziyad Tungekar Nikhil Goyal (Team Lead) Aman Bhartiya
Ankit Kumar Gupta

Sarib Mohammad
Shetty.
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CIRCLES
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 8
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 14
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 180
CONIC SECTIONS
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 56
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 68
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 182

7
BINOMIAL THEOREM
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 118
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 122
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 184
PERMUTATION AND COMBINATION
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 150
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 156
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 186

CIRCLES
Chapter 10 9
CIRCLES
A circle is a locus of a point whose distance from a fixed point

2. INTERCEPTS MADE BY A CIRCLE ON THE AXES
(called centre) is always constant (called radius).
The intercepts made by the circle x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
1. STANDARD EQUATION OF CIRCLE
on the co-ordinate axes are 2 g 2 - c and 2 f 2 - c
(a) The circle with centre as origin & radius 'r' has the equation;
x² + y² = r². respectively.
(b) The circle with centre (h, k) & radius 'r' has the equation; If :
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
g² – c > 0 Þ circle cuts the x axis at two distinct points.
(c) The general equation of a circle is
g² – c = 0 Þ circle touches the x–axis
x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 with centre as (–g, –f) and
g² – c < 0 Þ circle lies completely above or below the
2 2
radius = g + f - c . If : x–axis.
g2 + f 2 – c > 0 Þ real circle.

g2 + f 2 – c = 0 Þ point circle 3. PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS OF A CIRCLE
g2 + f 2 – c < 0 Þ imaginary circle, with real
The parametric equations of (x – h)² + (y – k)² = r² are :
centre, that is (–g, –f)
x = h + r cos q ; y = k + r sin q ; – p < q < p
NOTES : where (h, k) is the centre, r is the radius & q is a parameter.
Every second degree equation in x & y, in which coefficient of

x² is equal to coefficient of y² & the coefficient of xy is zero,
4. POSITION OF A POINT WITH RESPECT
always represents a circle. TO A CIRCLE
(d) The equation of circle with (x1, y1) & (x2, y2) as extremities of The point (x1,y1) is inside, on or outside the
its diameter is :
circle S º x1² + y1² + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.
(x – x1) (x – x2) + (y – y1) (y – y2) = 0.
Note that this will be the circle of least radius passing through
(x1, y1) & (x2, y2).
(e) Equation of circle passing through origin is
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy = 0
according as S1 º x1² + y1² + 2gx1 + 2fy1 + c <, = or > 0.
(f) Equation of circle touching x-axis is
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + g2 = 0
NOTES :
(g) Equation of circle touching y-axis is
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + f2 = 0 The greatest & the least distance of a point A from a circle with
(h) Equation of circle touching both axes is centre C & radius r is AC + r & AC – r respectively.
x2 + y2 ± 2ax ± 2ay + a2 = 0
CIRCLES
10
(c) Parametric form :

5. LINE AND A CIRCLE
The equation of a tangent to circle x² + y² = a² at
Let L = 0 be a line & S = 0 be a circle. If r is the radius of the (a cos a, a sin a) is : x cosa + y sina = a.
circle & p is the length of the perpendicular from the centre
on the line, then: NOTES :
(i) p>r Û the line does not meet the circle, i.e,
passes outside the circle. The point of intersection of the tangents at the points P(a) &
Q(b) is :
(ii) p=r Û the line touches the circle.
(It is tangent to the circle) æ a +b a +b ö
(iii) p < r Û the line is a secant of the circle. ç a cos 2 a sin
2 ÷
ç , ÷
a - b a - b
(iv) p = 0 Þ the line is a diameter of the circle. çç cos cos ÷÷
è 2 2 ø
Also, if y = mx + c is line and x² + y² = a² is circle then.
(i) c² < a² (1 + m²) Û the line is a secant of the circle.
(ii) c² = a²(1 + m²) Û the line touches the circle.
7. PAIR OF TANGENTS FROM A POINT
(It is tangent to the circle) The combined equation of a pair of tangents drawn from the
(iii) c² > a²(1 + m²) Û the line does not meet the point A (x1, y1) to the circle x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is :
circle i.e. passes out side the circle. SS1 = T²
Where S º x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + c ;
6. TANGENT S1 = x12 + y12 + 2gx1 + 2fy1 + c
(a) Slope form : T º xx1 + yy1 + g(x + x1) + f(y + y1) + c
y = mx + c is always a tangent to the circle x² + y² = a²

if c² = a² (1 + m²).
8. LENGTH OF A TANGENT AND POWER OF A POINT
2 The length of a tangent from an external point (x1, y1) to the

Hence, equation of tangent is y = mx ± a 1 + m and the
circle :
æ a 2m a 2 ö S º x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is given by
point of contact is çç - c , c ÷÷, where c = ± a 1 + m .
2
è ø
L = x12 + y12 + 2gx1 + 2fy1 + c = S1
(b) Point form :
Square of length of the tangent from the point P is also
(i) The equation of the tangent to the circle x² + y² = a² called the power of point w.r.t. a circle. Power of a point w.r.t
at its point (x1, y1) is, x x1 + y y1 = a². a circle remains constant.
(ii) The equation of the tangent to the circle Power of a point P is positive, negative or zero according
x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 at its point (x1, y1) is : as the point 'P' is outside, inside or on the circle respectively.
xx1 + yy1 + g (x + x1) + f(y + y1) + c = 0.
9. DIRECTOR CIRCLE
NOTES :
The locus of the point of intersection of two perpendicular
In general, the equation of tangent to any second degree tangents is called the director circle of the given circle. The
curve at point (x1, y1) on it can be obtained by replacing director circle of a circle is the concentric circle having
x + x1 radius equal to 2 times the original circle.

x 2 by xx1 , y 2 by yy1 , x by ,
2 Equation of circle concentric with x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is
y + y1 x y + xy1 x 2 + y 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + k = 0
y by , xy by 1 and c remains as c.
2 2
CIRCLES
11
10. CHORD OF CONTACT 12. EQUATION OF THE CHORD JOINING TWO

POINTS OF CIRCLE
If two tangents PT1 & PT2 are drawn from the point
P (x1, y1) to the circle S º x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, then the The equation of chord PQ of the circle x² + y² = a²
equation of the chord of contact T1T2 is : joining two points P(a) and P(b) on it is given by.
xx1 + yy1 + g(x + x1) + f(y + y1) + c = 0., i.e., T = 0
α+β α+β α -β
xcos + ysin = acos
2 2 2
13. NORMAL
If a line is normal /orthogonal to a circle then it must pass

through the centre of the circle. Using this fact equation of
Here R = radius, L = Length of tangent. normal to x2 + y2 = a2 at (x1, y1) is
(a) Chord of contact exists only if the point 'P' is not inside.
x y
=
2LR x1 y1
(b) Length of chord of contact T1T2 =
R 2 + L2 Also,
Equation of normal to the circle x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + c
(c) Area of the triangle formed by the pair of the tangents
= 0 at (x1, y1) is ;
RL3
& its chord of contact = 2 y1 + f
R + L2 y - y1 = x - x1
x1 + g
(d) Tangent of the angle between the pair of tangents from
æ 2 RL ö
(x1, y1) = ç 2 ÷ 14. COMMON TANGENTS TO TWO CIRCLES
è L - R2 ø
(e) Equation of the circle circumscribing the triangle CASE NUMBEROF CONDITION
PT1 T2 is : (x – x1) (x + g) + (y – y1) (y + f) = 0. TANGENTS
(i) 4 common tangents r1 + r2 < C1C2.
11. EQUATION OF THE CHORD WITH A GIVEN
MIDDLE POINT
The equation of the chord of the circle

(ii) 3 common tangents r1 + r2 = C1C2.
S º x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 in terms of its mid point
M(x 1 , y 1 ) is xx1 + yy1 + g(x + x1) + f(y + y1) + c
= x12 + y1 2 + 2gx 1 + 2fy1 + c which is designated by (iii) 2 common tangents | r1 – r2 |< C1C2 < r1 + r2
T = S 1.
NOTES :
(iv) 1 common tangent |r1 – r2| = C1C2.
(i) The shortest chord of a circle passing through a point 'M'
inside the circle is one chord whose middle point is M.
(ii) The chord passing through a point 'M' inside the circle (v) No common tangent. C1C2 < | r1 – r2|
and which is at a maximum distance from the centre is a
chord with middle point M. (Here C1C2 is distance between centres of two circles.)
CIRCLES
12
NOTES : 17. RADICAL AXIS AND RADICAL CENTRE

(i) The direct common tangents meet at a point which The radical axis of two circles is the locus of points whose
divides the line joining centre of circles externally in the powers w.r.t. the two circles are equal. The equation of radical
ratio of their radii. axis of the two circles S1 = 0 & S2 = 0 is given by :
Transverse common tangents meet at a point which S1 – S2 = 0
divides the line joining centre of circles internally in the i.e. 2(g1 – g2)x + 2(f1 – f2)y + (c1 – c2) = 0
ratio of their radii.
The common point of intersection of the radical axes of
(ii) Length of an external (or direct) common tangent & three circles taken two at a time is called the radical centre
internal (or transverse) common tangent to the two of three circles. Note that the length of tangents from radical
centre to the three circles are equal.
circles are given by : L ext . = d 2 - (r1 - r2 ) 2 and
NOTES :
2 2
L int . = d - ( r1 + r2 ) , where d = distance between the
(a) If two circles intersect, then the radical axis is the common
centres of the two circles and r1, r2 are the radii of the two
chord of the two circles.
circles. Note that length of internal common tangent is
always less than the length of the external or direct (b) If two circles touch each other then the radical axis is the
common tangent of the two circles at the common point
common tangent.
of contact.
15. ANGLE OF INTERSECTION OF TWO CIRCLES (c) Radical axis is always perpendicular to the line joining the
centres of the two circles.
Angle between two circle is the angle between their tangents (d) Radical axis will pass through the mid point of the line
at their point of intersection which is given by: joining the centres of the two circles only if the two circles
have equal radii.
d 2 – r12 + r22
cos q = , where d is distance between (e) Radical axis bisects a common tangent between the two
2r1r2
circles.
centres of two circles. (f) A system of circles, every two of which have the same
radical axis, is called a coaxial system.
16. ORTHOGONALITY OF TWO CIRCLES (g) Pairs of circles which do not have radical axis are
concentric.
Two circles S1 = 0 & S2 = 0 are said to be orthogonal or said
to intersect orthogonally if the tangents at their point of (h) The centre of a variable circle orthogonal to two fixed
intersection include a right angle. The condition for two circles lies on the radical axis of two circles.
circles to be orthogonal is : (i) The centre of a circle which is orthogonal to three given
circles is the radical centre provided the radical centre lies
2g1g2 + 2 f1f2 = c1 + c2. or r12 + r22 = d 2
outside all the three circles.
CIRCLES
13
18. FAMILY OF CIRCLES NOTES :
(a) The equation of the family of circles passing  Family of circles circumscribing a triangle whose sides
through the points of intersection of two circles are given by L1 = 0; L2 = 0 and L3 = 0 is given by ;
S1 = 0 and S2 = 0 is : S1 + K S2 = 0 L1L2 +  L2L3 +  L3L1 = 0 provided co-efficient of xy = 0
(K  –1, provided the co-efficient of x2 & y2 in and co-efficient of x² = co-efficient of y².
S1 & S2 are same)  Equation of circle circumscribing a quadrilateral
(b) The equation of the family of circles passing through whose side in order are represented by the lines
the point of intersection of a circle S = 0 & a line L1 = 0, L2 = 0, L3 = 0 & L4 = 0 are  L1L3 + L2L4 = 0 where
L = 0 is given by S + KL = 0. value of and  can be found out by using condition
that co-efficient of x2 = co-efficient of y2 and co-efficient
(c) The equation of a family of circles passing through
of xy = 0.
two given points (x1, y1) & (x2, y2) can be written in
the form :
x y 1
(x – x1) (x – x2) + (y – y1) (y – y2) + K x 1 y 1 1  0 where
x2 y2 1
K is a parameter.
(d) The equation of a family of circles touching a
fixed line y – y1 = m(x – x 1) at the fixed point
(x1, y1) is
(x – x1)2 + (y – y1)2 + K[y – y1 – m (x – x1)] = 0 where

K is a parameter.
SCAN CODE
Circles
CIRCLES 14
SOLVED EXAMPLES
The lines 2x – 3y = 5 and 3x – 4y = 7 are diameters of a circle The equation of a circle with origin as a centre and passing
having area as 154 sq. units. Then the equation of the through equilateral triangle whose median is of length 3a
circle is is
(a) x2 + y2 + 2x – 2y = 47 (a) x2 + y2 = 9a2 (b) x2 + y2 = 16a2
(b) x2 + y2 – 2x + 2y = 47 (c) x2 + y2 = 4a2 (d) x2 + y2 = a2
(c) x2 + y2 – 2x + 2y = 62 Ans. (c)
(d) x2 + y2 + 2x – 2y = 62 Sol. Given median of the equilateral triangle is 3a.
Ans. (b) In LMD, ( LM ) 2  ( LD )2  ( MD ) 2
Sol. Centre of the circle is the point of intersection of both
lines, i.e., (1, –1)  LM 
2
( LM ) 2  9a 2   
Again  R 2  154, R 2  49  R  7  2 
 Required equation of circle be 3

 ( LM ) 2  9a 2  ( LM )2  12a 2
2 2
( x  1)  ( y  1)  49 4
 x 2  y 2  2 x  2 y  47 Again in triangle OMD, (OM )2  (OD ) 2  ( MD ) 2
2
 LM 
Example – 2 R 2  (3a  R ) 2   
 2 
The point diametrically opposite to the point P(1, 0) on the
circle x2 + y2 + 2x + 4y – 3 = 0 is  R 2  9a 2  R 2  6aR  3a 2
(a) (3, 4) (b) (3, –4)
(c) (–3, 4) (d) (–3, –4)
Ans. (d)
Sol. The center C of the circle is seen to be (-1,-2). As C is the
mid point of P and P’ the coordinate of P’ is given by
P'  (3, 4)
Remark : If P be ( ,  ) and C (h, k ) then
P '  (2h   , 2k   )
 6aR  12a 2
R  2a
So, equation of circle be
( x  0) 2  ( y  0) 2  R 2  (2a ) 2
 x 2  y 2  4a 2
CIRCLES 15
Example – 4 4h + 8k = 44
- 7k = –28 k = 4
If the lines 2x + 3y + 1 = 0 and 3x – y – 4 = 0 lie along
diameters of a circle of circumference 10, then the equation Substituting k = 4 in equation (iii) we get
of the circle is 4h + 4 = 16
(a) x2 + y2 + 2x + 2y – 23 = 0 or 4h = 12
(b) x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y – 23 = 0 or h=3
(c) x2 + y2 – 2x + 2y – 23 = 0 Substituting the value of h = 3, k = 4 in equation
(d) x2 + y2 + 2x – 2y – 23 = 0 (i) we get
Ans. (c) (4 – 3)2 + (1 – 4)2 = r2
Sol. As per given condition center of the circle is the point of or 1 + 9 = r2
intersection of the 2 x  3 y  1  0 and 3x  y  4  0 or 10 = r2
 center is (1, -1) Hence, the required equation of the circle is
Also circumference of the circle is given (x – 3)2 + (y – 4)2 = 10
or x2 – 6x + 9 + y2 – 8y + 16 = 10
2 r  10 ,  r  5
or x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y + 15 = 0
 Required equation of cicle is
( x  1)2  ( y  1)2  52 Example – 6
Or x 2  y 2  2 x  2 y  23  0 Find the equation of the circle with radius 5 whose centre

lies on x-axis and passes through the point (2, 3).
Example – 5 Sol. Let the equation of the circle be (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
Since the circle passes through, (2, 3) and its radius is 5
Find the equation of the circle passing through the points
(2 – h)2 + (3 – k)2 = 25
(4, 1) and (6, 5) and whose centre is on the line
4x + y=16 or 4 – 4h + h2 + 9 – 6k + k2 = 25
Sol. Let the equations of the circle be (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2 or – 12 –4h + h2 – 6k + k2 = 0 ... (i)
Since the circle passes through (4, 1) and (6, 5), we have Also since the centre lies on the x-axis, we have
2 2 2
(4 – h) + (1 – k) = r ... (i) k=0 ... (ii)
2 2 2
and (6 – h) + (5 – k) = r ... (ii) Putting k = 0 in equation (i) we have
Also, since the centre lies on the line 4x + y = 16, we have – 12 – 4h + h2 = 0
4h + k = 16 ... (iii) or h2 – 4h – 12 = 0
Simplifying the equation (i), we get or h2 – 6h + 2h – 12 = 0
16 – 8h + h2 + 1 – 2k + k2 = r2 or h (h – 6) + 2(h – 6) = 0
or 17 – 8h + h2 – 2k + k2 = r2 or (h – 6) (h + 2) = 0
from equation (ii), we get or h = 6 or h = –2
36 – 12h + h2 + 25 – 10k + k2 = r2 Hence, the required equations of the circle are
or 61 – 12h + h2 – 10k + k2 = r2 (a) For h = 6
Now, (x – 6)2 + (y – 0)2 = (5)2
17 – 61 – 8h + 12h –2k + 10k = 0 or x2 – 12x + 36 + y2 = 25
(eliminating square terms) or x2 + y2 – 12x + 11 = 0
or –44 + 4h + 8k = 0 (b) For h = –2
or 4h + 8k = 44 ... (iv) (x – (–2))2 + (y – 0)2 = (5)2
Solving equations (iii) and (iv) we get or (x + 2)2 + y2 = 25
4h + k = 16 or x2 + 4x + 4 + y2 = 25
or x2 + y2 + 4x – 21 = 0
CIRCLES 16
Find the equation of a circle with centre (2, 2) which passes Find the equation of the circle passing through (1, 0) and
through the point (4, 5) (0, 1) and having the smallest possible radius.
Sol. Since the centre is (2, 2) Sol. Let the equation of the required circle be
We have (x – 2)2 + (y – 2)2 = r2 x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ... (i)
This circle passes through the point (4, 5) This passes through A (1, 0) and B (0, 1).
(4 – 2)2 + (5 – 2)2 = r2 \ 1 + 2g + c = 0 and 1 + 2 f + c = 0
2
or 4+9=r
æ c +1 ö æ c +1 ö
or r2 = 13 Þ g = -ç ÷ and f = - ç ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø
The required equation of the circle is
(x – 2)2 + (y – 2)2 = 13 Let r be the radius of circle (i). Then,
or x2 – 4x + 4 + y2 – 4y + 4 = 13 r = g2 + f 2 - c
or x2 + y2 – 4x – 4y – 5 = 0
2 2
Example – 8 æ c +1 ö æ c +1ö
Þ r= ç ÷ +ç ÷ -c
è 2 ø è 2 ø
A circle has radius equal to 3 units and its centre lies on
the line y = x – 1. Find the equation of the circle if it passes
æ c2 + 1 ö
through (7, 3). Þ r= ç ÷
è 2 ø
Sol. Let the centre of the circle be (a, b). It lies on the line
y=x–1
1 2
Þ b = a – 1. Hence the centre is (a, a – 1). Þ r2 = (c + 1)
2
Þ Then equation of the circle is (x – a)2 + (y – a + 1)2 = 9.
Clearly, r is minimum when c = 0 and the minimum value of r
It passes through (7, 3)
Þ (7 – a)2 + (4 – a)2 = 9 1
is .
2
Þ a2 – 11a + 28 = 0
Þ (a – 4) (a – 7) = 0 Þ a = 4, 7. For c = 0, we have
Hence the required equations are

1 1
g=- and f = -
x2 + y2 – 8x – 6y + 16 = 0 and 2 2
x2 + y2 – 14x – 12y + 76 = 0.
Substituting the values of g, f and c in (i), we get
x2 + y2 – x – y = 0 as the equation of the required circle.

CIRCLES 17
Example – 10
æ1 ö
Therefore, the given circle has centre at ç ,0 ÷ and has
In each of the following questions, find the centre and è4 ø
radius of the circles
1
(i) (x + 5)2 + (y – 3)2 = 36 radius .
4
(ii) x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y – 45 = 0
(iii) x2 + y2 – 8x + 10y – 12 = 0 Example – 11
2 2
(iv) 2x + 2y – x = 0
Find the centre and radius of the circle
Sol. (x + 5) + (y – 3)2 = 36
2
(x cos a + y sin a – a)2 + (x sin a – y cos a – b)2 = k2,

or (x – (–5))2 + (y – 3)2 = 62
h = –5, k = 3 and r = 6 if a varies, the locus of its centre is again a circle. Also,
find its centre and radius.
Therefore, the given circle has centre at (–5, 3) and radius 6.
(ii) The given equation is Sol. The given equation is
x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y – 45 = 0 (x cos a + y sin a – a)2 + (x sin a – y cos a – b)2 = k2

or (x2 – 4x) + (y2 – 8y) = 45 Þ x2 (cos2 a + sin2 a) + y2 (sin2 a + cos2 a) – 2 (a cos a + b sin a)
(x2 – 4x + 4) + (y2 – 8y + 16) = 4 + 16 + 45 x –2 (a sin a – b cos a) y + a2 + b2 – k2 = 0
or (x–2)2 + (y–4)2 = 65 Þ x2 + y2 – 2x (a cos a + b sin a) – 2y (a sin a – b cos a) + a2 +
Therefore, the given circle has centre at (2, 4) and radius b2 – k2 = 0
65 The coordinates of the centre of this circle are
(iii) The given equation is (a cos a + b sin a, a sin a – b cos a)

x2 + y2 – 8x + 10y – 12 = 0
and, Radius = (a cos a + bsin a)2 + (a sin a - bcos a)2 - (a 2 + b2 - k 2 )
2 2
or (x – 8x) + (y + 10) = 12
or (x2–8x + 16) + (y2 + 10y + 25) = 12 + 16 + 25 Þ Radius = a 2 (cos 2 a + sin 2 a ) + b 2 (sin 2 a + cos 2 a) - (a 2 + b 2 - k 2 )
or (x – 4)2 + (y + 5)2 = 53
Therefore, the given circle has centre at (4, –5) and radius Þ Radius = a 2 + b 2 - a 2 - b2 + k 2 = k
53 . Let (p, q) be the coordinates of the centre of the given circle.

(iv) The given equation is Then,
2x2 + 2y2 – x = 0 p = a cos a + b sin a and q = a sin a – b cos a
x To find the locus of (p, q) we have to eliminate a.

or x 2 + y2 - =0
2 Squaring and adding these two, we get
p2 + q2 = (a cos a + b sin a)2 + (a sin a – b cos a)2

æ 2 xö 2
or çx - ÷+ y = 0 Þ p2 + q2 = a2 (cos2 a + sin2 a) + b2 (sin2 a + cos2 a)
è 2ø
Þ p 2 + q 2 = a2 + b 2
æ 2 x 1ö 2 1
or çx - + ÷+ y =
è 2 16 ø 16 Hence, the locus of (p, q) is x2 + y2 = a2 + b2
2 This is a circle having centre at (0, 0) and radius equal to a 2 + b2 .

æ 1ö 2 1
or çx - ÷ + y =
è 4 ø 16
CIRCLES 18
Find the equation of the circle that passes through the

x y
points (1, 0), (–1, 0) and (0, 1). The straight line + = 1 cuts the coordinate axes at
a b
Sol. Let the required circle be x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ... (i) A and B. Find the equation of the circle passing through
It passes through (1, 0), (–1, 0) and (0, 1). O (0, 0), A and B
Therefore, on substituting the coordinates of three points x y
successively in equation (i), we get Sol. The straight line + = 1 cuts the coordinate axes at A (a,
a b
1 + 2g + c = 0 ... (ii), 0) and B (0, b).
1 – 2g + c = 0 ... (iii), Let x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 be the circle passing through
1 + 2f + c = 0 ... (iv) O, A and B. Then, ... (i)
Subtracting (iii) from (ii), we get 0+0+c=0 ... (ii)
4g = 0 Þ g = 0 a2 + 2ga + c = 0 ... (iii)
2
Putting g = 0 in (ii), we obtain c = –1 b + 2fb + c = 0 ... (iv)
Now putting c = –1 in (iv), we get f = 0 Solving (ii), (iii) and (iv), we obtain
Substituting the values of g, f and c in (i), we obtain the a b

g = - ,f = - and c = 0
equation of the required circle as x2 + y2 = 1 2 2
Substituting these values in (i), we obtain the equation of
Example – 13 the required circle as
Find the equation of the circle which passes through the x2 + y2 – ax – by = 0
points (5, –8), (2, –9) and (2, 1). Find also the coordinates
of its centre and radius. Example – 15
Sol. Let the required circle be Show that the points (9, 1), (7, 9) (–2, 12) and (6, 10) are
2 2
x + y + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ... (i) concyclic.
It passes through (5, –8), (2, –9) and (2, 1). Therefore, Sol. Let the equation of the circle passing through (9, 1), (7, 9)
\ 89 + 10g – 16f + c = 0 ... (ii) and (–2, 12) be
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ... (i)
85 + 4g – 18f + c = 0 ... (iii)
Then, 82 + 18g + 2f + c = 0 ... (ii)
5 + 4g + 2f + c = 0 ... (iv)
130 + 14g + 18f + c = 0 ... (iii)
Subtracting (iii) from (ii), we obtain
148 – 4g + 24f + c = 0 ... (iv)
4 + 6g + 2f = 0 Þ 2 + 3g + f = 0... (v)
Subtracting (ii) from (iii), we get
Subtracting (iv) from (iii), we get
48 – 4g + 16 f = 0 Þ 12 – g + 4f = 0 ... (v)
80 – 20f = 0 Þ f = 4
Subtracting (iii) from (iv), we get
Putting f = 4 in (v), we get g = –2
18 – 18g + 6f = 0 Þ 3 – 3g + f = 0 ... (vi)
Putting f = 4, g = –2 in (iv), we get
Solving (v) and (vi) as simultaneous linear equations in g and f,
5 – 8 + 8 + c = 0 Þ c = –5 we get
Substituting the values of g, f, c in (i), we obtain the equation f = –3, g = 0
of the required circle as
Putting f = –3, g = 0 in (ii), we get
x2 + y2 –4x + 8y – 5 = 0
82 + 0 –6 + c = 0 Þ c = – 76
The coordinates of the centre are (–g, –f) i.e., (2, –4) Substituting the values of g, f, c in (i), we get
and Radius = g 2 + f 2 - c = 4 + 16 + 5 = 5 x2 + y2 – 6y – 76 = 0
Clearly, point (6, 10) satisfies this equation. Hence, the given
points are concyclic.
CIRCLES 19
Example – 16 Sol. Equation of circle ( x  h) 2  ( y  k ) 2  k 2
Find the equation of the circle circumscribing the triangle It is passing through (-1, 1)
formed by the lines x + y = 6, 2x + y = 4 and x + 2y = 5.
( 1  h) 2  (1  k ) 2  k 2  h 2  2h  2k  2  0, D  0
Sol. Let the equations of sides AB, BC and CA of  ABC are
respectively
1
2k  1  0  k  .
x+y=6 ... (i) 2
2x + y = 4 ... (ii)
and x + 2y = 5 ... (iii) Example – 18
Solving (i) and (iii), (i) and (ii); (ii) and (iii) we get the
A circle of radius 2 lies in the first quadrant and touches
coordinates of A, B and C.
both the axes of co-ordinates. Find the equation of the
The coordinates A, B and C are (7, –1), (–2, 8) and (1, 2) circle with centre at (6, 5) and touching the above circle
respectively. externally.
Let the equation of the circumcircle of ABC be Sol. Given, AC = 2 units
2 2
x + y + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ... (iv) and A  (2, 2), B  (6, 5)
It passes through A (7, –1), B (–2, 8) and C (1, 2). Therefore,
Y
50 + 14g – 2f + c = 0 ... (v)
68 – 4g + 16f + c = 0 ... (vi)
5 + 2g + 4f + c = 0 ... (vii)
Subtracting (v) from (vi), we get
18 – 18g + 18f = 0 1 – g + f = 0 ... (viii) B (6, 5)
Subtracting (v) from (vii), we get – 45 – 12g + 6f = 0 ... (ix) r
Solving (viii) and (ix), we get g = –17/2, f = –19/2. C
2
Putting the values of g and f in (v), we get c = 50.
Substituting the values of g, f and c in (iv), the equation of the A
required circumcircle is (2, 2)
X’ X
x2 + y2 – 17x – 19y + 50 = 0 O
Example – 17
Y’
Consider a family of circles which are passing through the
point (–1, 1) and are tangent to x–axis. If (h, k) are the then AB  (2  6) 2  (2  5) 2  16  9  5
coordinate of the centre of the circles, then the set of
Since AC + CB = AB
values of k is given by the interval
 2 + CB = 5
1 1 1
(a)   k  (b) k   CB = 3
2 2 2
Hence equation of required circle with centre at (6, 5) and radius 3 is
1 1 (x – 6)2 + (y – 5)2 = 32
(c) 0  k  (d) k 
2 2 or x2 + y2 – 12x – 10y + 52 = 0
Ans. (d)
CIRCLES 20
A variable circle passes through the fixed point A(p, q) If the point (1, 4) lies inside the circle x2 +y2-6x -10y + p = 0
and touches x–axis. The locus of the other end of the and the circle does not touch or intersect the coordinate
diameter through A is axes, then the set of all possible values of p is the interval:
(a) (y – p)2 = 4qx (b) (x – q)2 = 4py (a) (0, 25) (b) (25, 39)
(c) (x – p)2 = 4qy (d) (y – q)2 = 4px (c) (9, 25) (d) (25, 29)
Ans. (c) Ans. (d)
Sol. Let the other end of diameter be B (). Equation of circle Sol. (1, 4) lies inside circle
with AB as diameter is given by  1  16  6  40  P  0
( x  p)( x   )  ( y  q)( y   )  0  P  29  (1)

Now it does not touch or intersect co-ordinate axes
 x 2  y 2  x ( p   )  y ( q   )  p  q   0 ...(I) At x = 0
Now (I) touches x–axis on so put y = 0 in (I) y 2  10y  p  0

Hence, D < 0
 x 2  x( p   )  p  q   0 and D  0 100  4p  0
Or
 ( p   ) 2  4  p  q 
p  25
Hence
p  (25, 29)
Example – 22
A (p, q)
Find the shortest and largest distance from the point
x-axis (2, –7) to the circle x2 + y2 – 14x – 10y – 151 = 0
Sol. Let S  x2 + y2 – 14x – 10y – 151 = 0
 ( p   ) 2  4q   S1 = (2)2 + (–7)2 – 14 (2) – 10 (–7) – 151
= – 56 < 0
Now  x,   y
 ( p  x ) 2  4q ( y ) which is required locus of one end

point of the diameter.
Example – 20
The equation of the circle passing through the point

(1, 0) and (0, 1) and having the smallest radius is
(a) x2 + y2 + x + y – 2 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y + 1 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – x – y = 0 (d) x2 + y2 + 2x + 2y – 7 = 0  P (2, –7) lies inside the circle
Ans. (c)
 radius of the circle r  ( 7) 2  ( 5) 2  151  15
Sol. Radius will be minimum when (1, 0) and (0,1) are end point
 Centre of circle C  (7, 5)
of diameter
 equation of circle is  CP  (7  2) 2  (5  7) 2  13
 Shortest distance = PA = r – CP = 15 – 13 = 2
( x  1)( x  0)  ( y  0)( y  1)  0
and Largest distance = PB = r + CP = 15 + 13 = 28
2 2
 x  y x y  0
CIRCLES 21
Example – 23 Let OM be the perpendicular from O on the line

4x – 3y – 10 = 0
Find the equation of the circle which touches the axis of y
at a distance of 4 units from the origin and cuts the intercept 4  1  3  ( 2)  10
of 6 units from the axis of x. then OM  0
4 2  ( 3) 2
Sol.  CM = NO = 4
In PCM, (PC)2 = (3)2 + (4)2 Hence line 4x – 3y – 10 = 0 passes through the centre of the
 PC = 5 circle.
hence intercepted length = diameter of the circle
= 2 × 5 = 10
Example – 25
No tangent can be drawn from the point (5/2, 1) to the

circumcircle of the triangle with vertices
1, 3 , 1,  3 , 3,  3

radius of circle = 5
 NC = 5 Ans. True
centre of circle is (5, 4) Sol. The circle passes through

 Equation of circle, if centre in I quadrant
(x – 5)2 + (y – 4)2 = 25    
A 1, 3 , B 1,  3 and C 3,  3  
If centre in II, III and IV quadrant, then equations are
Here line AB is parallel to y-axis and BC is
(x + 5)2 + (y – 4)2 = 25,
Parallel to x-axis  ABC  90
(x + 5)2 + (y + 4)2 = 25
and (x – 5)2 + (y + 4)2 = 25  AC is diameter of circle
Hence, there are 4 circles which satisfy the given conditions.
 equation of circle is
They are
(x ± 5)2 + (y ± 4)2 = 25

( x  1)( x  3)  y  3  y  3   0
or x2 + y2 ± 10x ± 8y + 16 = 0
Example – 24  x2  y2  4x  0
Find the length of the intercept on the straight line

5 
4x – 3y – 10 = 0 by the circle x2 + y2 – 2x + 4y – 20 = 0. the position of point  ,1
2 
Sol. Centre and radius of the circle x2 + y2 – 2x + 4y – 20 = 0 are
(1, –2) and 1  4  20  5 respectively.. with respect to circle is
25
S1   1  10  0
4
 Point lies inside the circle

 No tangent can be drawn.
 given statement is true.
CIRCLES 22
Find the equations of the tangents to the circle x2 + y2 =9, Find the length of tangents drawn from the point (3, –4) to
which the circle 2x2 + 2y2 – 7x – 9y – 13 = 0.
(i) are parallel to the line 3x + 4y – 5 = 0 Sol. The equation of the given circle is
(ii) are perpendicular to the line 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 2x2 + 2y2 – 7x – 9y – 13 = 0

Re-writing the given equation of the circle in standard form
(iii) make an angle of 60° with the x-axis
7 9 13
3 i.e., x 2  y2  x  y   0
Sol. (i) Slope of 3x + 4y – 5 = 0 is  2 2 2
4
7 9 13
3
Let S  x 2  y2  x  y 
Let m   2 2 2
4
7 9 13
and equation of circle is x2 + y2 = 9  S1  (3) 2  (4) 2   3   (4) 
2 2 2
 Equations of tangents are
21 13
 25   18 
  3 2
 2 2
3
y x3 1     
4   4  = 43 – 17 = 26
 
 Length of tangent  S1  26
 4y = –3x ± 15
or 3x + 4y ± 15 = 0
Example – 28
2
(ii) slope of 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 is  If the length of tangent from (f, g) to the circle x2 + y2 = 6 be
3
twice the length of the tangent from (f, g) to circle
x2 + y2 + 3x + 3y = 0 then will f2 + g2 + 4f + 4g + 2 = 0 ?
3
 Slope of perpendicular to 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 is  m (say)
2 Sol. According to the question
and given circle is x2 + y2 = 9

(g 2  f 2  6)  2 (f 2  g 2  3f  3g)
 Equations of tangents perpendicular to 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 is
On squaring, g2 + f2 – 6 = 4f2 + 4g2 + 12f + 12g
2
3 3 or 3f2 + 3g2 +12f + 12g + 6 = 0
y x  3 1  
2 2 or f2 + g2 + 4f + 4g + 2 = 0
which is true, yes.
 2y  3x  3 13
Example – 29
or 3x  2y  3 13  0
(iii) Since tangent make an angle 60° with the x-axis Find the power of point (2, 4) with respect to the circle
x2 + y2 – 6x + 4y – 8 = 0
 m  tan 60  3
Sol. The power of the point (2, 4) with respect to the circle
and given circle x2 + y2 = 9
x2 + y2 – 6x + 4y – 8 = 0 is ( S1 )2 or S1
 Equation of tangents are y  3x  3 1  ( 3) 2 where S = x2 + y2 – 6x + 4y – 8
 S1 = (2)2 + (4)2 – 6 × 2 + 4 × 4 – 8
or 3x  y  6  0 = 4 + 16 – 12 + 16 – 8 = 16
CIRCLES 23
The angle between a pair of tangents drawn from a point P Find the equations of the tangents to the circle
x2 + y2 = 16 drawn from the point (1, 4).
to the circle x2 +y2 +4x –6y +9 sin2 a + 13 cos2 a = 0 is 2a.
The equation of the locus of the point P is : Sol. Given circle is
x2 + y2 = 16 ... (1)
(a) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y + 4 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y – 9 = 0
Any tangent of (1) in terms of slope is
(c) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y – 4 = 0 (d) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y + 9 = 0
Ans. (d) y  mx  4 (1  m 2 ) ... (2)
Sol. Centre of the circle which passes through (1, 4)
x 2  y 2  4 x  6 y  9 sin 2 a  13cos 2 a  0 is then 4  m  4 (1  m 2 )

C(-2, 3) and its radius is  (4–m)2 = 16 (1 + m2)
( 2) 2  (3) 2  9sin 2 a  13cos 2 a 8

 15m2 + 8m = 0 m = 0, –
15
 13  13cos 2 a  9sin 2 a From (2), equations of tangents drawn from (1, 4) are
 13sin 2 a  9sin 2 a  4sin 2 a  2sin a 8 64

y = 4 and y   x  4 1
15 225
or 8x + 15y = 68 respectively.
Example – 32
Find the equations of the tangents from the point A(3, 2)

to the circle x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 8 = 0.
Sol. Combined equation of the pair of tangents drawn from

A(3, 2) to the given circle x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 8 = 0 can be
written in the usual notation.
T2 = SS1 namely

Let P(h,k) be any point and APC  a, PAC 
2  [3x + 2y + 2(x + 3) + 3 (y + 2) + 8]2 = [x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 8]
That is, triangle APC is a right angled triangle [9 + 4 + 12 + 12 + 8]
 (5x + 5y + 20)2 = 45 (x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 8)

AC 2sin a
 sin a  
PC (h  2) 2  (k  3) 2  5 (x + y + 4)2 = 9 (x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 8)
 5 (x2 + y2 + 2xy + 8x + 8y + 16) = 9 (x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y +8)

2 2
 ( h  2)  ( k  3)  4
 4x2 + 4y2 – 10xy – 4x + 14y – 8 = 0
 h2  4  4h  k 2  9  6k  4 or 2x2 + 2y2 – 5xy – 2x + 7y – 4 = 0
 h2  k 2  4h  6k  9  0 or (2x – y – 4) (x – 2y + 1) = 0
Thus, required equation of lous is Hence the required tangents to the circle from A (3, 2) are
x2  y2  4x  6 y  9  0 2x – y – 4 = 0 and x – 2y + 1 = 0
CIRCLES 24
Example – 33 | 0 + 0 - b2 |
 =c
(a 2 cos 2 θ + a 2 sin 2 θ)
Find the co–ordinates of the point from which tangents are
 b2 = ac  a, b, c are in G.P.
drawn to the circle x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y + 3 = 0 such that the mid
point of its chord of contact is (1, 1). Example – 35
Sol. Let the required point be P(x1, y1). Find the condition that chord of contact of any external
point (h, k) to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 should subtend right
The equation of the chord of contact of P with respect to
angle at the centre of the circle.
the given circle is
Sol. Equation of chord of contact AB is
xx1 + yy1 – 3(x + x1) – 2(y + y1) + 3 = 0. ...(1) hx + ky = a2 ...(i)
Now we will find equation of pair of lines OA and OB by
Then equation of the chord with mid–point (1, 1) is
homogenising x2 + y2 = a2 with equation of chord of contact
x + y – 3(x + 1) – 2(y + 1) + 3 = 1 + 1 – 6 – 4 + 3 AB.
From (i) hx + ky = a2 . 1
 2x + y = 3.
hx  ky
Equating the ratios of the coefficients of x, y and the constant  1 ...(ii)
a2
terms and solving for x1, y1 we get x1 = – 1, y1 = 0 To homogenise circle x2 + y2 = a2 with equation of chord
of contact AB, we can write circle as x2 + y2 = a2 . 12 and
Example – 34 replace value of (1) from (ii).
2
 hx  ky 
The chord of contact of tangents drawn from a point  x2 + y2 = a2  2 
 a 
on the circle x2 + y2 = a2 to the circle x2 + y2 = b2
 a2 (x2 + y2) = (hx + ky)2
touches the circle x2 + y2 = c2. Show that a, b, c are in G.P.
 x2 (a2 – h2) – 2hkxy + y2 (a2 – k2) = 0
Sol. Let P (a cos , a sin ) be a point on the circle x2 + y2 = a2.
The equation represents pair of straight lines.
Then equation of chord of contact of tangents drawn from
It is given that AB substends angle /2 at O. It implies
P (a cos , a sin ) to the circle x2 + y2 = b2 is

AOB 
2
 angle between pair of lines OA and OB is /2.
Angle between pair of lines is 90° if
coefficient of x2 + coefficient of y2 = 0
 a2 – h2 + a2 – k2 = 0
 h2 + k2 = 2a2
ax cos  + ay sin  = b2 ...(i)

This touches the circle x2 + y2 = c2 ...(ii)
 Length of perpendicular from (0, 0) to (i) = radius of (ii)
CIRCLES 25
Through a fixed point (h, k), secants are drawn to the A circle touches the x–axis and also touches the circle
circle x2 + y2 = r2. Show that the locus of mid point of the with centre at (0, 3) and radius 2. The locus of the centre of
portions of secants intercepted by the circle is the circle is
x2 + y2 = hx + ky. (a) a circle (b) an ellipse
Sol. Let P (x1, y1) be the middle point of any chord AB, which (c) a parabola (d) a hyperbola
passes through the point C (h, k). Ans. (c)
Sol. Let C1 (h, k) be the center of the circle.
Circle touches the x- axis then its radius r1  k .
Also circle touches the circle with centre C 2 (0,3) and

radius r2  2.
 C1C2  r1  r2
2 2
  h  0   k  3  k  2
Squaring
Equation of chord AB is T = S1
h 2  10k  5  0
 xx1 + yy1 – r2 = x12 + y12 – r2
2 2
 Locus is x 2  10y  5  0 , which is parabola.
or x  y  xx1  yy1
1 1
But since AB passes through C (h, k) then Example – 40
x12  y12  hx1  ky1 The two circles x2 + y2 = ax and x2 + y2 = c2 (c > 0) touch
each other if
 Locus of P (x1, y1) is x2 + y2 = hx + ky
(a) |a| = c (b) a = 2c
(c) |a| = 2c (d) 2|a| = c
Example – 37
Ans. (a)
Find the equation of the chord of x2 + y2 – 6x + 10y –9 =0 Sol. The centers and radii of the circles
which is bisected at (–2, 4).
2
 a 2 a2 2 2 2
Sol. The equation of the required chord is  x    y  , x  y  c are
 2 4
–2x + 4y –3 (x – 2) + 5 (y + 4) – 9 = 4 + 16 + 12 + 40 – 9
 –5x + 9y – 46 = 0 a  a
C1  ,0  , C2  0, 0 , r1  , r2  c
or 5x – 9y + 46 = 0 2  2
Two circles touch each other if C1C2  r1  r2

Example – 38
If two tangents are drawn from a point on the circle a a

  c
x2 + y2 = 50 to the circle x2 + y2 = 25 then find the angle 2 2
between the tangents.
a a
Sol.  x2 + y2 = 50 is the director circle of x2 + y2 = 25   c
2 2
Hence angle between tangents = 90°
 a  c.
CIRCLES 26
Prove that the circles x 2 + y 2 + 2ax + c 2 = 0 and Show that the common tangents to the circles
1 1 1 x2 + y2 – 6x = 0 and x2 + y2 + 2x = 0 form are equilateral
x2 + y2 + 2by + c2 = 0 touch each other, if 2
 2 2 triangle.
a b c
Sol. For the circle x2 + y2 – 6x = 0
Sol. Given circles are
centre C1  (3, 0) and r1 = 3
x2 + y2 + 2ax + c2 = 0 ... (1)
And for the circle x2 + y2 + 2x = 0
and x2 + y2 + 2by + c2 = 0 ... (2)
centre C2 (–1, 0) and r2 = 1
Let C 1 and C 2 be the centres of circles (1) and (2)
respectively and r1 and r2 be their radii, then
C1 = (–a, 0), C2 = (0, –b), r1  a 2  c 2 , r2  b 2  c 2
Here we do not find the two circles touch each other

internally or externally.
For touch, C1 C2  r1  r2
or (a 2  b 2 )  ( a 2  c 2 )  (b 2  c 2 )
Now C1C2 = [3  ( 1)]2  0  4 and r1 + r2 = 4

On squaring a2 + b2 = a2 – c2 + b2 – c2 ± 2 2 2 2
(a  c ) (b  c ) 2
 C1 C2 = r1 + r2
or c 2   a 2 b 2  c 2 (a 2  b 2 )  c 4 Hence the two circles touch each other externally,
therefore, there will be three common tangents.
Again squaring, c4 = a2b2 – c2 (a2 + b2) + c4
Equation of the common tangent at the point of contact is
or c2 (a2 + b2) = a2b2 S1 – S2 = 0
1 1 1  (x2 + y2 – 6x) – (x2 + y2 + 2x) = 0
or 2
 2  2
a b c  – 8x = 0
 x=0
Example – 42 Let the point of intersection of direct common tangent be
Q (h, k). Then Q divides C1 C2 externally in the ratio of 1 : 3.
Examine if the two circles x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y = 0 and
x2 + y2 – 8y – 4 = 0 touch each other externally or internally. 1.3  3. 1
 h = –3 and k = 0
Sol. Given circles are 1 3
x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y = 0 ... (1)  Q  (–3, 0)
2 2
and x + y – 8y – 4 = 0 ... (2) Let the equation of direct common tangent be :
Let centres and radii of circles (1) and (2) are represented by y – 0 = m (x + 3) or mx – y + 3m = 0 ...(i)
C1, r1 and C2, r2 respectively.
Apply condition of tangency with second circle to get :
 C1  (1, 2), r1  1  4  5 |  m  0  3m |
 =1  4m2 = m2 + 1
and C2  (0, 4), r2  0  16  4  2 5 m2 1
1
Now C1 C 2  (1  0) 2  (2  4) 2  3m2 = 1  m=±
3
C1C2  5  r2  r1 From(i), direct common tangents are :
Hence the two circles touch each other internally.
CIRCLES 27
tangents intersects C1C2 at D and C respectively then

x x
y= + 3 and y = - - 3 point D will divide C2 C1 in the ratio 3 : 1 (externally). And
3 3
the point C divide C2 C1 in the ratio 3 : 1 (internally)
Hence all common tangents are
æ 3 1 -1 - 3 3 3 -1 1 ö
Þ Co–ordinates of D are ç , ÷
x=0 ...(ii) è 3 -1 3 -1 ø
x or (3, 4)
y= + 3 ...(iii)
3
æ 3 1 +1 - 3 3 3 +1 1 ö
and co–ordinates of C are ç , ÷
x è 3 +1 3 +1 ø
and y=- - 3 ....(iv)
3 or (0, 5/2)
Let P, Q, R be the point of intersection of these lines. Step 2 : (Equation of transverse common tangent)
On solving, we get : Equation of line through C º (0, 5/2) is y – 5/2 = mx
or mx – y + 5/2 = 0 ...(i)
P º (0, 3 ) ; Q º (–3, 0) and R º (0, – 3 )
Step (i) Apply the usual condition of tangency using first
Now PQ = QR = RP = 2 3 circle to get :
Hence DPQR is an equilateral triangle. Thus common m ×1 - 3 + 5 / 2

\ = ±1
tangents form an equilateral triangle. m2 + 1
Example – 44 1
Þ m2 + – m = m2 + 1
4
Find equation of all the common tangents to the circles
x2 + y2 – 2x – 6y + 9 = 0 and x2 + y2 + 6x – 2y + 1 = 0 3
Þ 0. m2 – m – = 0.
Sol. For the circle x2 + y2 – 2x– 6y + 9 = 0 4
centre C1 º (1, 3) and r1 = 1 Þ m = ¥ and m = – 3/4

and for the circle x2 + y2 + 6x – 2y + 1 = 0 Step (ii) Hence equations of transverse tangents are
centre C2 º (–3, 1) and r2 = 3 x = 0 and 3x + 4y – 10 = 0.
Step 3 : (Equation of direct common tangent)
Equation of any line through (3, 4) is y – 4 = m (x – 3)
Þ m x – y + 4 – 3m = 0
Step (iii) Apply the usual condition of tangency using
first circle to get :
m - 3 + 4 - 3m
=±1
m2 + 1
Now C1 C2 = 16 + 4 = 2 5 and r1 + r2 = 4
Þ (– 2m + 1)2 = m2 + 1
Þ C1 C2 > r1 + r2 Þ 3m2 – 4m = 0
Hence the circles do not intersect to each other. \ m = 0, m = 4/3
So there will be four common tangents between them. Step (iv) Equations of Direct common tangents are
Applying the working rule, we get : y = 4 and 4x – 3y = 0.
Step 1 : The direct common tangents and transverse common
CIRCLES 28
NOTES : then –g = 2
\ g = –2 ... (3)
When two circles S1 and S2 are of same radii then From (2), 1 – 2f + c = 0 ... (4)
(i) For Indirect tangents the approach is same as given 2 2
and given circle is x + y + 5x + 7y – 4 = 0 ... (5)
above.
Given the circles (1) and (5) cut each other orthogonally,
(ii) For Direct tangent we can use following approach.
5 7
\ 2g ´ + 2f ´ = c - 4
2 2
or 5g + 7f = c – 4
– 10 + 7f = c – 4 (from (3))
or –6 + 7f – c = 0 ... (6)
Let the slope of direct common tangent be m from figure Solving (4) and (6), we get
we have slope of C1C2 = m then equation of direct
f = 1 and c = 1
common tangent be y = mx + c, where ‘c’ is the unknown
variable parameter. Apply condition tangency to find the Substituting the values of g, f, c in (1), we get
value of c. x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y + 1 = 0
Show that the circles x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y + 8 = 0 and Find the equation of the circle passing through the point
x2 + y2 – 10x – 6y + 14 = 0 touch at (3, –1). of intersection of the circles x2 + y2 – 6x + 2y + 4 = 0,
Sol. Equation of tangent at (3, –1) of the circle x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y – 6 = 0 and with its centre on the line
x2 + y2 –4x + 6y + 8 = 0 is y= x
3x + (–1) y – 2 (x + 3) + 3 (y – 1) + 8 = 0 Sol. Equation of any circle through the point of intersection of

or x + 2y –1 = 0 ... (1) given circles is
and equation of tangent at (3, –1) of the circle (x2 + y2 – 6x + 2y + 4) + l (x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y – 6) = 0

x2 + y2 – 10x – 6y + 14 = 0 is
Þ x2 (1 + l) + y2 (1 + l) – 2x (3 – l) + 2y (1 – 2l) + (4–6l)=0
3 . x + (–1) . y – 5 (x + 3) – 3 (y – 1) + 14 = 0
or –2x – 4y + 2 = 0 2x(3 - l) 2y(1 - 2l) (4 - 6l)
or x 2 + y2 - + + = 0 ... (1)
or x + 2y – 1 = 0 ... (2) (1 + l) (1 + l ) (1 + l)
which is the same as (1).
Hence the given circles touch at (3, –1). ì 3 - l 2l - 1 ü
Its centre í , ý lies on the line y = x
î1 + l 1 + l þ
Example – 46
2l - 1 3 - l
then =
Find the equation of the circle which cuts the circle 1+ l 1+ l
x2 + y2 + 5x + 7y – 4 = 0 orthogonally, has its centre on the
line x = 2 and passes through the point (4, –1). Þ l ¹ –1
Sol. Let the required circle be \ 2l – 1 = 3 – l
2 2
x + y + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ... (1) or 3l = 4
Since (4, –1) lie on (1) then
\ l = 4/3
17 + 8g – 2f + c = 0 ... (2)
Centre of (1) is (–g, –f) \ Substituting the value of l = 4/3 in (1), we get the required
equation as
Since centre lie on x = 2
7x2 + 7y2 – 10x – 10y – 12 = 0
CIRCLES 29
Find the equation of the circle through points of A tangent is drawn to eac h of t he circles
intersection of the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 4 = 0 and the line x2 + y2 = a2 ; x2 + y2 = b2. Show that if the two tangents are
x + 2y =4 which touches the line x + 2y = 0. perpendicular to each other, the locus of their point of
intersection is a circle concentric with the given circles.
Sol. Equation of any circle through points of intersection of the
Sol. Let P º (x1, y1) be the point of intersection of the tangents
given circle and the line is
PA and PB where A, B are points of contact with the two
(x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 4) + l (x + 2y – 4) = 0 circles respectively.
or x2 + y2 + (l – 2)x + (2l – 4) y + 4 (1 – l) = 0 ... (1) As PA perpendicular to PB. the corresponding radii OA

and OB are also perpendicular.
It will touch the line x + 2y = 0 if solution of equation (1) and
x = –2y be unique. Let ÐAOX = q
Þ ÐBOX = q + 90°
Þ (–2y)2 + y2 + (l – 2) (–2y) + (2l – 4) y + 4 (1 – l) = 0
Using the parametric form of the circles we can take :
or 5y2 + 4 (1 – l) = 0
A º (a cosq, a sin q)
Hence the roots of the equation must be equal. B º [b cos (q + 90°), b sin (q + 90°)]
Then 0 – 4.5.4 (1 – l) = 0 or 1 – l = 0 or l = 1 B º (–b sin q, b cos q)

The equation of PA is : x (a cos q) + y (a sin q) = a2
From (1), the required circle is x2 + y2 – x – 2y = 0
Þ x cosq + y sinq = a
Example – 49 The equation of PB is : x (–b sin q) + y (b cos q) = b2
Þ y cosq – x sinq = b
Find the equation of the circle described on the common chord
of the circles x2 + y2 – 4x – 5 = 0 and x2 + y2 + 8y + 7 = 0 as Þ P º (x1 , y1) lies on PA and PB both.
diameter. Þ x1 cosq + y1 sin q = a
Sol. Equation of the common chord is S1 – S2 = 0 and y1 cos q – x1 sin q = b

As q is changing quantity (different for different positions
Þ x + 2y + 3 = 0.
of P), we will eliminate.
Equation of the circle through the two circles is S1 + lS2 = 0
Squaring and adding, we get : x12 + y12 = a2 + b2
4 8ly 7l - 5
Þ x2 + y2 – x+ + = 0. Þ the locus of P is x2 + y2 = a2 + b2 which is concentric with
1+ l 1+ l 1+ l
the given circles.
æ 2 4l ö
Its centre ç ,- ÷ lies on x + 2y + 3 = 0
è1+ l 1+ l ø
2 8l
Þ - + 3 = 0 Þ 2 – 8l + 3 + 3l = 0 Þ l = 1.
1+ l 1+ l
Hence the required circle is x2 + y2 – 2x + 4y + 1 = 0.

CIRCLES 30

The general form of the equation of a circle 7. Centre of the circle x2 + y2 – 2x + 4y + 1 = 0 is –
(a) (–1, 2) (b) (1, –2)
1. The equation ax2 + by2 + 2hxy + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 represents
(c) (1, 2) (d) (–1, –2)
a circle only if
8. The equation of a circle which passes through the three
(a) a = b, h = 0
points (3, 0), (1, –6), (4, –1) is-
(b) a = b ¹ 0, h = 0
(a) 2x2 + 2y2 + 5x – 11y + 3 = 0
(c) a = b ¹ 0, h = 0, g2 + f2 – c > 0
(b) x2 + y2 – 5x + 11y – 3 = 0
(d) a = b ¹ 0, h = 0, g2 + f2 – ac > 0
(c) x2 + y2 + 5x – 11y + 3 = 0
2. Equation of the circle which passes through the centre of
the circle x2 + y2 + 8x + 10y – 7 = 0 and is concentric with the (d) 2x2 + 2y2 – 5x + 11y – 3 = 0
circle 2x2 + 2y2– 8x – 12y – 9 = 0 is 9. The equation of the circle which touches the axis of y at
2 2
(a) x + y – 4x – 8y – 97 = 0 the origin and passes through (3, 4) is-
(b) x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 87 = 0 (a) 4 (x2 + y2) – 25x = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – 2x – 8y – 95 = 0 (b) 3 (x2 + y2) – 25x = 0
(d) None of these (c) 2 (x2 + y2) – 3x = 0
3. Equation of a circle concentric with the circle (d) 4 (x2 + y2) – 25x + 10 = 0
2x2 + 2y2 – 6x + 8y + 1 = 0 and of double its area is 10. The length of the diameter of the circle which touches the
2 2
(a) 2x + 2y – 12x + 16y + 1 = 0 x-axis at the point (1, 0) and passes through the point (2, 3)
is
(b) 4x2 + 4y2 – 3x + 16y + 2 = 0
(c) 4x2 + 4y2 – 12x + 16y – 21 = 0 10 3
(a) (b)
(d) None of these 3 5
4. The equation of a circle which passes through the
point (1, –2) and (4, –3) and whose centre lies on the 6 5
(c) (d)
line 3x + 4 y = 7 is 5 3
(a) 15 (x2 + y2) – 94 x + 18 y – 55 = 0 11. The equation of the circle touches y axis and having centre
(b) 15 (x2 + y2) – 94 x + 18 y + 55 = 0 (–2, –3) is
(c) 15 (x2 + y2) + 94 x – 18 y + 55 = 0 (a) x2 + y2 – 4x – 9y – 4 = 0
(d) none of these (b) x2 + y2 + 4x + 9y + 4 = 0
5. Two vertices of an equilateral triangle are (–1, 0) and (c) x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 9 = 0
(1, 0), and its third vertex lies above the x-axis. Then the (d) x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 9 = 0
equation of the circumcircle of the triangle is :
Diametric form of a circle
(a) x2 + y2 = 1
(b) 3 (x2 + y2) + 2y – 3 = 0 12. The abscissae and ordinates of the points A and B are the
roots of the equations x 2 + 2ax + b = 0 and
(c) 3 (x2 + y2) – 2y – 3 = 0 x2 + 2cx + d = 0 respectively, then the equation of circle with
(d) none of these AB as diameter is
6. Equation of the circle of radius 5 whose centre lies on (a) x2 + y2 + 2ax + 2cy + b + d = 0
y-axis in first quadrant and passes through (3, 2) is
(b) x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2cy – b – d = 0
(a) x2 + y2 – 12y + 11 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 6y – 1 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2cy + b + d = 0
2 2
(c) x + y – 8y + 3 = 0 (d) None of these (d) x2 + y2 + 2ax + 2cy – b – d = 0
CIRCLES 31
13. A point A(2, 1) is outside the circle
æ l l ö
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 & AP, AQ are tangents to the 19. If the point ç - 5 + , -3 + ÷ is an interior point of
è 2 2ø
circle. The equation of the circle circumscribing the triangle
the larger segement of the circles x2 + y2 = 16 cut off by the
APQ is :
line x + y = 2, then
(a) (x + g) (x – 2) + (y + f) (y – 1) = 0
(a) l Î -¥,5 2
(b) (x + g) (x – 2) – (y + f) (y – 1) = 0
(c) (x – g) (x + 2) + (y – f) (y + 1) = 0 (b) l Î 4 2 - 14, 5 2
(d) none of these
14. The intercept on the line y = x by the circle x2 + y2 – 2x = 0 is (c) l Î 4 2 - 14, 4 2 + 14
AB. Equation of the circle on AB as a diameter is (d) none of these

(a) x2 + y2 + x + y = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – x + y = 0 20. The point (sin q, cos q), q being any real number, lie inside
(c) x2 + y2 – x – y = 0 (d) x2 + y2 + x – y = 0 the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y + l = 0, if
Intercept made by a circle (a) l <1 + 2 2 (b) l > 2 2 -1
15. A circle touches x axis at +3 distance and cuts an intercept (c) l < –1– 2 2 (d) l >1+ 2 2
of 8 in +ve direction of y axis. Its equation is– 21. The co-ordinate of the point on the circle
(a) x2 + y2 + 6x + 10y – 9 = 0 x2 + y2 – 12x – 4y + 30 = 0, which is farthest from the origin
are:
(b) x2 + y2 – 6x – 10y – 9 = 0
(a) (9, 3) (b) (8, 5)
(c) x2 + y2 – 6x – 10y + 9 = 0
(c) (12, 4) (d) none of these
(d) x2 + y2 + 6x + 10y + 9 = 0
Condition of tangency in circle
16. The equation to a circle passing through the origin and
cutting of intercepts each equal to 5 of the axes is- 22. The equation of circle with centre (1, 2) and tangent
x + y – 5 = 0 is
(a) x2 + y2 + 5x – 5y = 0
(a) x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y + 6 = 0
(b) x2 + y2 – 5x + 5y = 0
(b) x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 3 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – 5x – 5y = 0 (c) x2 + y2 – 2x + 4y + 8 = 0
(d) x2 + y2 + 5x + 5y = 0 (d) x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 8 = 0
17. The circle x2 + y2 – 3x – 4y + 2 = 0 cuts x-axis at 23. The equation of the incircle of the triangle formed by the
axes and the line 4x + 3y = 6 is
(a) (2, 0), (–3, 0) (b) (3, 0), (4, 0)
(a) x2 + y2 – 6x – 6y + 9 = 0
(c) (1, 0), (–1, 0) (d) (1, 0), (2, 0)
(b) 4(x2 + y2 – x – y) + 1 = 0
Position of a point wrt circle (c) 4(x2 + y2 + x + y) + 1 = 0
(d) none of these
18. The range of values of q Î [0, 2p] for which
24. The line 3x – 2y = k meets the circle x2 + y2 = 4r2 at only one
(1 + cos q, sin q) is on interior points of the circle
point, if k2 is
x2 + y2 = 1, is
(a) 20r2 (b) 52r2
(a) (p/6, 5p/6) (b) (2p/3, 5p/3)
52 2 20 2
(c) (p/6, 7p/6) (d) (2p/3, 4p/3) (c) r (d) r
9 9
CIRCLES 32
Equation of tangents in circle 32. The centre of the circle passing through (0, 0) and (1, 0)
and touching the circle x2 + y2 = 9 is
25. The angle between the tangents to the circle x2 + y2 = 25 at
(3, 4) and (4, –3) is : æ1 1ö æ1 ö
(a) ç , ÷ (b) ç ,- 2 ÷
p è2 2ø è 2 ø
p
(a) (b)
2 3
æ3 1ö æ1 3ö
(c) ç , ÷ (d) ç , ÷
p p è2 2ø è2 2ø
(c) (d)
4 6
Family of circle
26. The equation of the tangents to the circle x2 + y2 = 4, which
are parallel to x + 2y + 3 = 0, are 33. The circle passing through (1, –2) and touching the axis of
x at (3, 0) also passes through the point
(a) x – 2y = 2 (b) x + 2y = ± 2 3
(a) (–5, 2) (b) (2, –5)
(c) x + 2y = ± 2 5 (d) x - 2y = ± 2 5 (c) (5, –2) (d) (–2, 5)
27. The equations of the tangents to the circle 34. The equation of the circle passing through (1, –3) & the
x2 + y2 – 6x + 4y – 12 = 0 which are parallel to the line points common to the two circle,
4x + 3y + 5 = 0, are 2 2 2 2
x + y – 6x + 8y – 16 = 0, x + y + 4x – 2y – 8 = 0 is.
(a) 4x + 3y + 11 = 0 and 4x + 3y + 8 = 0 (a) x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y + 24 = 0
(b) 4x + 3y – 9 = 0 and 4x + 3y + 7 = 0 (b) 2x2 + 2y2 + 3x + y – 20 = 0
(c) 4x + 3y + 19 = 0 and 4x + 3y – 31 = 0 (c) 3x2 + 3y2 – 5x + 7y – 19 = 20
(d) 4x + 3y – 10 = 0 and 4x + 3y + 12 = 0 (d) none of these
28. If the equation of the tangent to the circle
35. The circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 3ky – 2 = 0 passes through the fixed
x2 + y2 – 2x + 6y – 6 = 0 parallel to 3x – 4y + 7 = 0 is
point :
3x – 4y + k = 0, then the values of k are
(a) 5, – 35 (b) –5, 35 (a) 1+ 3 ,0 (b) - 1+ 3 ,0
(c) 7, –32 (d) –7, 32
29. The equation of a tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = 25 passing (c) - 3 - 1,1 (d) 1 - 3,1
through (–2, 11) is 36. If y = 2x is a chord of the circle x2 + y2 = 10x, then the
(a) 4x + 3y = 25 (b) 7x – 24y = 320 equation of the circle whose diameter is this chord is
(c) 3x + 4y = 38 (d) 24x + 7y + 125 = 0 (a) x2 + y2 + 2x + 4y = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y = 0
Common tangents (c) x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y = 0 (d) None of these
37. If the line y =x +3 meets the circle x2 + y2 = a2 at A and B,
30. The set of all real values of l for which exactly two common
then the equation of the circle having AB as a diameter will be-
tangents can be drawn to the circles
(a) x2 + y2 + 3x – 3y – a2 + 9 = 0
x2 + y2 - 4x - 4y + 6 = 0 and x2 + y2 - 10x - 10y + l = 0 is the
(b) x2 + y2 + 3x + 3y – a2 + 9 = 0
interval:
(a) (12, 32) (b) (18, 42) (c) x2 + y2 – 3x + 3y – a2 + 9 = 0
(c) (12, 24) (d) (18, 48) (d) None of these
31. For the two circles x2 + y2 = 16 and x2 + y2 - 2y = 0, there is/ 38. The equation of the circle described on the chord
are: 3x + y + 5 = 0 of the circle x2 + y2 = 16 as diameter is
(a) one pair of common tangents (a) x2 + y2 + 3x + y - 11 = 0
(b) two pairs of common tangents (b) x2 + y2 + 3x + y +1 = 0
(c) three common tangents (c) x2 + y2 + 3x + y - 2 = 0
(d) no nommon tangent (d) x2 + y2 + 3x + y - 22 = 0
CIRCLES 33
Chords of a circle Position of two circles with respect to each other
39. If the chord y = mx + 1 of the circle x2 + y2 = 1 subtends an 45. The circles x2 + y2 + 2x – 2y + 1 = 0 and
angle of measure 45° at the major segment of the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y + 1 = 0 touch each other
then value of m is
(a) externally at (0,1) (b) internally at (0,1)
(a) 2 ± 2 (b) - 2 ± 2 (c) externally at (1,0) (d) internally at (1,0)
(c) - 1± 2 (d) ±1 46. If the two circles (x – 1)2 + (y – 3)2 = r2 and

x2 + y2 – 8x + 2y + 8 = 0 intersect in two distinct points,
40. Let C be the circle with centre (0, 0) and radius 3 units. The
then
equation of the locus of the mid points of chord of the
circle C that subtend an angle of 2p/3 at its centre is (a) r < 2 (b) r = 2
(c) r > 2 (d) 2 < r < 8
3
(a) x2 + y2 = (b) x2 + y2 = 1 47. Let C be the circle with centre at (1, 1) and radius = 1. If T
2
is the circle centred at (0, y), passing through origin and
27 9 touching the circle C externally, then the radius of T is
(c) x2 + y2 = (d) x2 + y2 = equal to :
4 4
41. If two distinct chords, drawn from the point (p, q) on the 1 3
circle x2 + y2 = px + qy (where pq ¹ 0) are bisected by the (a) (b)
4 2
x-axis, then :
(a) p2 = q2 (b) p2 = 8q2 3 1
(c) (d)
(c) p2 < 8q2 (d) p2 > 8q2 2 2
Pair of tangents in circle 48. The centre of a circle passing through the points (0, 0),
(1, 0) and touching the circle x2 + y2 = 9 is :
42. The equation of tangent drawn from the origin to the circle (a) (3/2, 1/2) (b) (1/2, 3/2)
x2 +y2 –2rx –2hy + h2 =0 is-
(a) y = 0 (b) x – y =0 æ1 ö
(c) (1/2, 1/2) (d) ç ± 2 ÷
(c) (h2 – r2) x – 2rhy =0 (d) None of these è 2 ø
43. The angle between the tangents from (a, b) to the circle 49. The circles x2 + y2 + 6x + 6y = 0 and x2 + y2 – 12x – 12y =0
x2 + y2 = a2 is – (a) touch each other internally
(b) touch each other externally
æ a ö
-1 ç
æ a ö
(a) tan ÷ (b) 2 tan-1 ç ÷ (c) intersect in two points
ç S ÷ ç S ÷
è 1 ø è 1ø
(d) cut orthogonally
50. The two circles x2 + y2 – 2x + 6y + 6 = 0 and
æ S1 ö
-1 ç
(c) 2 tan ÷ (d) None of these x2 + y2 –5x + 6y + 15 = 0
ç a ÷
è ø (a) intersect (b) are concentric
Where S1 = a2 + b2 – a2 (c) touch internally (d) touch externally
44. If from any point P on the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 51. Which of the following statements is true regarding the
tangents are drawn to the circle following two circles ?
x2 +y2 +2gx +2fy + csin2 a + (g2 + f 2) cos2 a = 0, x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y = 0 and x2 + y2 – 8x – 6y + 20 = 0
(a is acute) then the angle between the tangents is : (a) These circles do not touch each other
(a) a (b) 2 a (b) These circles touch each other internally
a (c) These circles touch each other externally
2 (d) None of these
CIRCLES 34
52. The locus of the centre of a circle, which touches externally Numerical Value Type Questions
the circle x2 +y2 –6x –6y +14 =0 and also touches the
y-axis is given by the equation : 57. The radius of the circle passing through the points
(1, 2), (5, 2) & (5, –2) is :
(a) x2 – 6x – 10y + 14 = 0 (b) x2 – 10x – 6y + 14 = 0
58. The greatest distance of the point P (10, 7) from the circle
(c) y2 – 6x – 10y + 14 = 0 (d) y2 – 10x – 6y + 14 = 0
x2 + y2 – 4x –2y – 20 = 0 is-
Misc examples-circles 59. The length of intercept on y-axis, by a circle whose diameter
is the line joining the points (–4, 3) & (12, –1) is-
53. The centre of the circle passing through the point (0,1)
and touching the curve y = x2 at (2, 4) is : 60. The circle x2 + y2 + 4x – 7y + 12 = 0 cuts an intercept on y-
axis which is equal to
æ 16 27 ö æ 16 53 ö 61. The length of the chord of the circle (x – 3)2 + (y – 5)2 = 80
(a) ç - , ÷ (b) ç - , ÷
è 5 10 ø è 7 10 ø cut off by the line 3x – 4y – 9 = 0 is
62. The value of |c| for which the line y = 2x + c is a tangent to
æ 16 53 ö the circle x2 + y2 = 16, is
(c) ç - , ÷ (d) none of these
è 5 10 ø 63. The square of the length of the tangent from (3, –4) to the
54. For the circle x2 + y2 +4x –7y +12 =0 the following statement circle x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y + 3 = 0 is
is true- 64. Let A be the centre of the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y – 20 = 0,
(a) the length of tangent from (1, 2) is 7 and B (1,7) and D (4, –2) are points on the circle then, if
tangents be drawn at B and D, which meet at C, then area
(b) Intercept on y-axis is 2
of quadrilateral ABCD is-
(c) intercept on x-axis is 2– 2 65. The area of the triangle formed by the tangents from the
(d) None of these point (4, 3) to the circle x² + y² = 9 and the line joining their
point of contact is :
55. The line joining (5, 0) to (10 cosq, 10 sinq) is divided
internally in the ratio 2 : 3 at P. If q varies then the locus of 66. The angle between the two tangents from the origin to the
P is : circle (x – 7)² + (y + 1)² = 25 equals :
(a) a pair of straight lines (b) a circle 67. The number of common tangents that can be drawn to two
circles x2 + y2 = 6x and x2 + y2 + 6x + 2y + 1 = 0 is
(c) a straight line (d) none of these
68. The number of common tangents to the circles
56. The centres of a set of circles, each of radius 3, lie on the
circle x2 + y2 = 25. The locus of any point in the set is x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 1 = 0 and x2 + y2 – 12x – 16y + 91 = 0 is
(a) 4 £ x2 + y2 £ 64 (b) x2 + y2 £ 25 69. The value of l, for which the circle
(c) x2 + y2 ³ 25 (d) 3 £ x2 + y2 £ 9 x2 + y2 + 2lx + 6y + 1 = 0 inersects the circle

x2 + y2 + 4x + 2y = 0 orthogonally, is
70. The value of k for which the circles x2 + y2 + 5x + 3y + 7 = 0
and x2 + y2 – 8x + 6y + k = 0 intersects orthogonally.
CIRCLES 35

1. The number of common tangents to the circles 8. A line drawn through the point P (4, 7) cuts the circle
x2 + y2 –4x – 6y –12 = 0 and x2 + y2 + 6x + 18y + 26 = 0, is: x2 + y2 = 9 at the points A and B. Then PA.PB is equal to :
(2015) (2017/Online Set–1)
(a) 3 (b) 4
(a) 53 (b) 56
(c) 1 (d) 2
(c) 74 (d) 65
2. Let the tangents drawn to the circle, x2 + y2 = 16 from the
9. If a point P has co-ordinates (0, –2) and Q is any point on the
point P(0, h) meet the x-axis at points A and B. If the area
circle, x2 + y2 – 5x – y + 5 = 0, then the maximum value of
of DAPB is minimum, then h is equal to :
(PQ)2 is : (2017/Online Set–1)
(a) 4 2 (b) 4 3 25 + 6
(a) (b) 14 + 5 3
2
(c) 3 2 (d) 3 3
3. If a circle passing through the point (-1, 0) touches 47 + 10 6
(c) (d) 8 + 5 3
y-axis at (0, 2) then the length of the chord of the circle 2
along the x-axis is : (2015/Online Set–2)
10. If two parallel chords of a circle, having diameter 4 units,
3 lie on the opposite sides of the centre and subtend angles
(a) (b) 3
2 æ1ö
cos -1 ç ÷ and sec–1(7) at the centre respectively, then
è7ø
5
(c) (d) 5 the distance between these chords, is :
2
4. If one of the diameters of the circle, given by the equation, (2017/Online Set–1)
x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 12 = 0 is a chord of a circle S, whose centre
4 8
is at (–3, 2), then the radius of S is : (2016) (a) (b)
7 7
(a) 5 3 (b) 5
8 16
(c) 10 (d) 5 2 (c) (d)
7 7
5. A circle passes through (–2, 4) and touches the y-axis at
11. Let the orthocentre and centroid of a triangle be
(0, 2). Which one of the following equations can represent
a diameter of this circle ? (2016/Online Set–1) A (–3,5) and B (3, 3) respectively. If C is the circumcentre
of this triangle, then the radius of the circle having line
(a) 4x + 5y – 6 = 0 (b) 2x – 3y + 10 = 0
segment AC as diameter, is : (2018)
(c) 3x + 4y – 3 = 0 (d) 5x + 2y + 4 = 0
6. Equation of the tangent to the circle, at the point (1, –1), 3 5
(a) (b) 10
whose centre is the point of intersection of the straight lines 2
x – y = 1 and 2x + y = 3 is : (2016/Online Set–2)
(a) 4x + y – 3 = 0 (b) x + 4y + 3 = 0 5
(c) 2 10 (d) 3
(c) 3x – y – 4 = 0 (d) x – 3y – 4 = 0 2
7. The radius of a circle, having minimum area, which touches 12. A circle passes through the points (2, 3) and (4, 5). If its
the curve y = 4 – x2 and the lines, y = |x| is: (2017) centre lies on the line, y – 4 x + 3 = 0, then its radius is
equal to : (2018/Online Set–1)
(a) 2 2 +1 (b) 2 2 -1
(a) 2 (b) 5
(c) 4 2 -1 (d) 4 2 +1
(c) (d) 1
2
CIRCLES 36
13. The tangent to the circle C1 : x2 + y2 – 2x – 1 = 0 at the point 19. A rectangle is inscribed in a circle with a diameter lying
(2, 1) cuts off a chord of length 4 from a circle C2, whose along the line 3 y = x + 7 . If the two adjacent vertices of
centre is (3, -2). The radius of C2 is :
the rectangle are (–8,5) and (6,5) then the area of the
rectangle (in sq. units) is: (9-4-2019/Shift -2)
(a) 2 (b) 2 (a) 84 (b) 98
(c) 3 (d) (c) 72 (d) 56

6
14. If a circle C, whose radius is 3, touches externally the 20. If the circles x 2 + y2 + 5Kx + 2y + K = 0 and
circle, x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y – 4 = 0 at the point (2, 2), then the
length of the intercept cut by this circle C, on the x-axis is 2 x 2 + y 2 + 2Kx + 3y - l = 0, ( K Î R), intersect at the
points P and Q, then the line 4 x + 5 y - K = 0 passes
(a) 2 5 (b) 3 2 through P and Q, for: (10-4-2019/Shift -1)
(c) 5 (d) 2 3 (a) infinitely many values of K
15. The sum of the squares of the lengths of the chords (b) no value of K.
intercepted on the circle, x2 +y2= 16, by the lines, (c) exactly two values of K
x + y = n, n ÎN, where N is the set of all natural numbers, (d) exactly one value of K
is : (8-4-2019/Shift -1)
21. The line x = y touches a circle at the point 1,1 . If the
16. The tangent and the normal lines at the point to circle also passes through the point (1, –3), then its radius
the circle x2 + y2 = 4 and the x-axis form a triangle. The area is: (10-4-2019/Shift -1)
of this triangle (in square units) is :
(a) 3 (b) 2 2
(8-4-2019/Shift -2)
(c) 2 (d) 3 2
(a) (b) 22. The locus of the centres of the circles, which touch the
circle, x 2 + y 2 = 1 externally, also touch the y - axis
(c) (d) and lie in the first quadrant, is: (10-4-2019/Shift -2)
(a) (b)
17. If a tangent to the circle intersects the
coordinate axes at distinct points P and Q, then the locus (c) (d)
of the mid-point of PQ is: (9-4-2019/Shift -1)
23. If the angle of intersection at a point where the two circles
(a) with radii 5 cm and 12 cm intersect is 90°, then the length
(in cm) of their common chord is :
(b) (12-4-2019/Shift -1)
(c) 13 120
(a) (b)
3 13
(d)
60 13
18.
2 2
The common tangent to the circles x + y = 4 and (c) (d)
13 2
x 2 + y 2 + 6 x + 8 y - 24 = 0 also passes through the point: 24. A circle touching the X- axis at (3, 0) and making an
(9-4-2019/Shift -2) intercept of length 8 on the Y- axis passes through the
(a) (4, –2) (b) (–6, 4) point: (12-4-2019/Shift -2)
(c) (6, –2) (d) (–4, 6) (a) (3, 10) (b) (3, 5)
(c) (2, 3) (d) (1, 5)
CIRCLES 37
25. Three circles of radii a, b, c (a < b < c) touch each other 31. Two circles with equal radii are intersecting at the points
externally. If they have x- axis as a common tangent, then: (0, 1) and (0, –1). The tangent at the point (0, 1) to one of
(9-1-2019/Shift -1) the circles passes through the centre of the other circle.
Then the distance between the centres of these circles is:
1 1 1 1 1 1 (11-1-2019/Shift -1)
(a) = + (b) = +
a b c b a c
32. A circle cuts a chord of length 4a on the x-axis and passes
through a point on the y-axis, distant 2b from the origin.
(c) a, b, c are in A.P (d) a , b , c are in A.P.
Then the locus of the centre of this circle, is :
26. If the circles x 2 + y 2 - 16 x - 20 y + 164 = r 2 and (11-1-2019/Shift -1)
(a) A hyperbola (b) An ellipse
( x - 4) 2 + ( y - 7) 2 = 36 intersect at two distinct points,
(c) A straight line (d) A parabola
then: (9-1-2019/Shift -1)
33. Let C1 and C2 be the centres of the circles x2 + y -2x - 2y –
(a) r > 11 (b) 0 < r < 1 2 = 0 and x2 + y2- 6x - 6y + 14 = 0 respectively. If P and Q are
(c) r = 11 (d) 1 < r < 11 the points of intersection of these circles then, area (in
27. If a circle C passing through the point (4, 0) touches the sq. units) of the quadrilateral PC1QC2is : ______
circle x 2 + y 2 + 4 x - 6 y = 12 externally at the point (12-1-2019/Shift -1)

(a) 8 (b) 6
1, -1 . then the radius of C is: (10-1-2019/Shift -1)
(c) 9 (d) 4
28. If the area of an equilateral triangle inscribed in the circle,
34. If a circle of radius R passes through the origin O and
is then c is intersects the coordinate axes at A and B, then the locus
equal to: (10-1-2019/Shift -2) of the foot of perpendicular from O on AB is :
(a) 13 (b) 20 (12-1-2019/Shift -2)
(c) –25 (d) 25
(a)
29. A square is inscribed in the circle
x 2 + y 2 - 6 x + 8 y - 103 = 0 with its sides parallel to the (b)

coordinate axes. Then the distance of the vertex of this
square which is nearest to the origin is : (c)
(11-1-2019/Shift -1)
(a) 6 (b) 137 (d)
(c) (d) 13 35. The number of integral values of k for which the line,
41
30. The straight line x + 2y = 1 meets the coordinate axes at A 3x + 4y = k intersects the circle, x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 4 y + 4 = 0
and B. A circle is drawn through A, B and the origin. Then at two distinct points is …….. (2-9-2020/Shift -1)
the sum of perpendicular distances from A and B on the
tangent to the circle at the origin is :
(11-1-2019/Shift -1)
5
(a) (b) 2 5
2
5
(c) (d) 4 5
4
CIRCLES 38
36. The diameter of the circle , whose centre lies on the line 42. If a line, y = mx + c is a tangent to the circle,
x + y = 2 in the first quadrant and which touches both the
( x - 3) 2 + y 2 = 1 and it is perpendicular to a line L1, where
lines x = 3 and y = 2, is …….. (2-9-2020/Shift -1)
2 2
37. The circle passing through the intersection of the circles, L1 is the tangent to the circle, x + y = 1 at the point
x2 + y2 – 6x = 0 and x2 + y2 – 4y = 0, having its centre on the
æ 1 1 ö
line, 2x – 3y + 12 = 0, also passes through the point: ç , ÷ ; then: (8-1-2020/Shift -2)
è 2 2ø
(4-9-2020/Shift -2)
(a) c 2 + 7c + 6 = 0 (b) c 2 - 6c + 7 = 0
(a) (–1, 3) (b) (1, –3)
(c) (–3, 6) (d) (–3, 1) (c) c 2 - 7c + 6 = 0 (d) c 2 + 6c + 7 = 0
38. Let PQ be a diameter of the circle x2 + y2 = 9. If a and b are 43. A circle touches the y- axis at the point (0,4) and passes
the lengths of the perpendiculars from P and Q on the through the point (2,0). Which of the following lines is
straight line, x + y = 2 respectively, then the maximum not a tangent to the circle? (9-1-2020/Shift -1)
value of ab is _____ (4-9-2020/Shift -2) (a) 4x – 3y + 17 = 0 (b) 3x + 4y – 6 = 0
39. If the length of the chord of the circle, x2 + y2 = r2 (r > 0) (c) 4x + 3y – 8 = 0 (d) 3x – 4y – 24 = 0
along the line, y – 2x = 3 is r, then r2 is equal to: 44. If the curves x 2 - 6 x + y 2 + 8 = 0 and
(5-9-2020/Shift -2)
x 2 - 8 y + y 2 + 16 - k = 0, k > 0 touch each other at a
24 point, then the largest value of k is _________.
(a) 12 (b)
5 (9-1-2020/Shift -2)
45. Let r1 and r2 be the radii of the largest and smallest circles,
9 12
(c) (d)
5 5 respectively, which pass through the point -4,1 and
having their centres on the circumference of the circle
40. The centre of the circle passing through the point (0, 1)
and touching the parabola y = x2 at the point (2, 4) is: r1
x 2 + y 2 + 2x + 4y - 4 = 0. If = a + b 2, then a + b is
(6-9-2020/Shift -2) r2
equal to ? (20-07-2021/Shift-2)
æ 3 16 ö æ 6 53 ö
(a) ç , ÷ (b) ç , ÷ (a) 3 (b) 11
è 10 5 ø è 5 10 ø
(c) 5 (d) 7
46. Let P and Q be two distinct points on a circle which has
æ -16 53 ö æ -53 16 ö
(c) ç , ÷ (d) ç , ÷ center at C 2, 3 and which passes through origin O, If
è 5 10 ø è 10 5 ø
OC is perpendicular to both the line segments CP and CQ,
41. Let the tangents drawn from the origin to the circle,
then the set P, Q is equal to: (27-07-2021/Shift-1)
2 2
x + y - 8x - 4 y + 16 = 0 touch it at the points A and B.
(a) -1, 5 , 5,1
The (AB)2 is equal to : (7-1-2020/Shift -2)
32 64 (b) 2 + 2 2,3 - 5 , 2 - 2 2,3 + 5

(a) (b)
5 5
(c) 2 + 2 2,3 + 5 , 2 - 2 2,3 - 5
52 56
(c) (d)
5 5 (d) 4, 0 , 0, 6
CIRCLES 39
47. Let 51. A circle C touches the line x = 2y at the point (2, 1) and
A = { x, y Î R ´ R | 2x 2 + 2y 2 - 2x - 2y = 1}, intersects the circle C1 : x 2 + y 2 + 2y - 5 = 0 at two point
B = { x, y Î R ´ R | 4x 2 + 4y 2 - 16y + 7 = 0} and P and Q such that PQ is a diameter of C1. Then the diameter
of C is: (26-08-2021/Shift-2)
2 2 2
C = { x, y Î R ´ R | x + y - 4x - 2y + 5 £ r }. 3
(a) 285 (b) 4 15
Then the minimum value of r such that A È B Í C is (c) 15 (d) 7 5

52. Let the equation x 2 + y 2 + px + 1 – p y + 5 = 0 represent
3 + 10
(a) (b) 1 + 5
2 circles of varying radius r Î 0, 5 . Then the number of
2 + 10 3+ 2 5 elements in the set S = { q : q = p 2 and q is an integer} is

(c) (d)
2 2 _______. (27-08-2021/Shift-1)
53. The locus of a point, which moves such that the sum of
48. Two tangents are drawn from the point P -1,1 to the
squares of its distances from the points 0, 0 , 1, 0 ,
circle x 2 + y 2 - 2x - 6y + 6 = 0 . If these tangents touch
the circle at points A and B, and if D is a point on the circle 0, 1 , 1, 1 is 18 units, is a circle of diameter d. Then
such that length of the segments AB and AD are equal,
d 2 is equal to _____. (26-08-2021/Shift-1)
then the area of the triangle ABD is eqaul to:
(27-07-2021/Shift-1) 54. Two circles each of radius 5 units touch each other at the
point (1,2). If the equation of their common tangent is
(a) 2 (b) 3 2 + 2 4x + 3y = 10, and C1 a, b and C2 g, d ,C1 ¹ C2 are
(c) 4 (d) 3 2 -1 their centres, then a + b g + d is equal to.________.
49. Consider a circle C which touches the y-axis at (0, 6) and (27-08-2021/Shift-2)
cuts off an intercept 6 5 on the x-axis. Then the radius of 55. If the variable line 3x + 4y = a lies between the two circles
the circle C is equal to: (27-07-2021/Shift-2)
2 2 2 2
x -1 + y -1 = 1 and x - 9 + y -1 = 4,
(a) 82 (b) 9
without intercepting a chord on either circle, then the sum
(c) 8 (d) 53 of all the integral values of a is __________ ?
50. Let the circle 36x 2 + 36y 2 - 108x + 120y + C = 0 be such (31-08-2021/Shift-1)
that it neither intersects nor touches the co-ordinate axes. 56. Let the lengths of intercepts on x-axis and y-axis made by
If the point of intersection of the lines, x - 2y = 4 and the circle x 2 + y 2 + ax + 2ay + c = 0, (a < 0) be 2 2 and
2x - y = 5 lies inside the circle S, then :
2 5, respectively. Then the shortest distance from origin
(22-07-2021/Shift-2) to a tangent to this circle which is perpendicular to the line
x + 2y = 0, is equal to : (16-03-2021/Shift-2)
25 13
(a) 100 < C < 156 (b) <C<
9 3 (a) 7 (b) 6
(c) 81 < C < 156 (d) 100 < C < 165 (c) 11 (d) 10
CIRCLES 40
57. Let ABCD be a square of side of unit length. Let a circle 62. Choose the incorrect statement about the two circles whose
C1 centered at A with unit radius is drawn. Another circle equations are given below :
C 2 which touches C1 and the lines AD and AB are tangent

x 2 + y 2 - 10 x - 10 y + 41 = 0 and
to it, is also drawn. Let a tangent line from the point C to
the circle C 2 meet the side AB at E. If the length of EB is x 2 + y 2 - 16 x - 10 y + 80 = 0 (17-03-2021/Shift-1)
a + 3b , where a, b are integers, then a + b is equal to (a) Both circles pass through the centre of each other.
_______. (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
(b) Both circles’ centres lie inside region of one another.
2 2
58. Let the tangent to the circle x + y = 25 at the point R (c) Circles have two intersection points.
(3, 4) meet x-axis and y-axis at points P and Q, respectively. (d) Distance between two centres is the average of radii of
If r is the radius of the circle passing through the origin O both the circles.
and having centre at the incentre of the triangle OPQ, then
63. The minimum distance between any two point P1 and P2
r 2 is equal to : (17-03-2021/Shift-2) while considering point P1 on one circle and point P2 on
625 585 the other circle for the given circles’ equations
(a) (b)
72 66
x 2 + y2 - 10x - 10y + 41 = 0
529 125
(c) (d)
64 72 x 2 + y2 - 24x - 10y + 160 = 0 is ………….. .
59. Two tangents are drawn from a point P to the circle (17-03-2021/Shift-1)
2 2
x + y - 2x - 4y + 4 = 0, such that the angle between
64. Let S1 : x 2 + y2 = 9 and S2 : (x - 2) 2 + y2 = 1. Then the
æ 12 ö æ 12 ö
these tangents is tan -1 ç ÷ , where tan -1 ç ÷ Î (0, p). locus of centre of a variable circle S which touches S1
è 5ø è 5ø
internally and S2 externally always passes through the
If the centre of the circle is denoted by C and these
tangents touch the circle at points A and B, then the ratio points : (18-03-2021/Shift-2)
of the areas of DPAB and DCAB is:
æ1 5ö
(17-03-2021/Shift-2) (a) çç 2 , ± 2 ÷÷ (b) (0, ± 3)
è ø
(a) 11 : 4 (b) 3 : 1
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 9 : 4
æ 3ö
60. The line 2x - y + 1 = 0 is a tangent to the circle at the point (c) ç 2, ± ÷ (d) (1, ± 2)
è 2ø
(2, 5) and the centre of the circle lies on x - 2y = 4. Then,
the radius of the circle is : (17-03-2021/Shift-1) 65. Choose the correct statement about two circles whose
equations are given below :
(a) 3 5 (b) 5 3
x 2 + y 2 - 10x - 10y + 41 = 0
(c) 5 4 (d) 4 5
61. Let B be the centre of the circle x 2 + y 2 - 2x + 4y + 1 = 0. x 2 + y2 - 22x - 10y + 137 = 0 (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
Let the tangents at two points P and Q on the circle (a) circles have same centre
æ area DAPQ ö (b) circles have no meeting point
intersect at the point A(3, 1). Then 8 × ç ÷ is
è area DBPQ ø (c) circles have only one meeting point
equal to ___ (31-08-2021/Shift-2) (d) circles have two meeting points
CIRCLES 41
66. For the four circles M, N, O and P, following four equations 68. If the area of the triangle formed by the positive x-axis, the
2 2
are given : normal and the tangent to the circle (x – 2) + (y – 3) = 25
at the point (5, 7) is A, then 24A is equal to
2 2
Circle M : x  y  1
(24-02-2021/Shift-2)
2 2 69. If one of the diameters of the circle
Circle N : x  y  2x  0
x 2  y 2  2x  6y  6  0 is a chord of another circle ‘C’.
2 2
Circle O : x  y  2x  2y  1  0 whose center is at (2, 1), then its radius is_______.
(24-02-2021/Shift-1)
Circle P : x 2  y 2  2y  0
If the centre of circle M is joined with centre of the circle 70. Let A 1, 4  and B 1,  5  be two points. Let P be a point
N, further centre of circle N is joined with centre of the
circle O, centre of circle O is joined with the centre of circle on the circle  x  12   y  12  1 such that
P and lastly, centre of circle P is joined with centre of circle
M, then these lines form the sides of a :  PA 2   PB2 have maximum value, then the points, P,,
(18-03-2021/Shift-1) A and B lie on: (26-02-2021/Shift-2)

(a) Rhombus (b) Rectangle (a) an ellipse (b) a hyperbola
(c) Parallelogram (d) Square (c) a straight line (d) a parabola
67. Let a point P be such that its distance from the point (5, 0)
is thrice the distance of P from the point (-5, 0). If the locus
2
of the point P is a circle of radius r, then 4r is equal to
_____. (24-02-2021/Shift-2)
CIRCLES 42

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 8. The equation of the circle passing through (1, 1) and
the points of intersection of x2 + y2 + 13 x – 3y = 0 and
1. A circle and a square have the same perimeter. Then 2x2 + 2y2 + 4x – 7y – 25 = 0 is :
(a) their areas are equal (a) 4x2 + 4y2 – 30x – 10 y = 25
(b) the area of the circle is large (b) 4x2 + 4y2 + 30x – 13 y – 25 = 0
(c) the area of the square is larger (c) 4x2 + 4y2 – 17x – 10 y + 25 = 0
(d) the area of the circle is p times the area of the square (d) none of these
2. The abscissa of two points A and B are the roots of the 9. If the circle x 2 + y 2 + 2x + 2ky + 6 = 0 and
equation x2 + 2ax – b2 = 0 and their ordinates are the roots x2 + y2 + 2ky + k = 0 intersect orthogonally, then k is :
of the equation y2 + 2 py – q2 = 0. The radius of the circle
(a) 2 or –3/2 (b) –2 or –3/2
with AB as a diameter will be-
(c) 2 or 3/2 (d) –2 or 3/2
(a) 2 2 2 2
(b) 2 2
a +b + p +q b +q 10. A rhombus is inscribed in the region common to the two
circles x2 + y2 – 4x – 12 = 0 and x2 + y2 + 4x – 12 = 0 with two
of its vertices on the line joining the centres of the circles.
(c) a 2 + b2 - p2 - q2 (d) a 2 + p2
The area of the rhombus is :
3. The circle described on the line joining the points (0, 1),
(a, b) as diameter cuts the x-axis in points whose abscissae (a) 8 3 sq. units (b) 4 3 sq. units
are roots of the equation :
(c) 16 3 sq. units (d) none of these
(a) x2 + ax + b = 0 (b) x2 – ax + b = 0
(c) x2 + ax – b = 0 (d) x2 – ax – b = 0 11. AB is a diameter of a circle and C is any point on the
circumference of the circle. Then :
4. If the squares of the lengths of the tangents from a point P
to the circles x2 + y2 = a2, x2 + y2 = b2 and x2 + y2 = c2 are in (a) the area of D ABC is maximum when it is isosceles
A.P., then (b) the area of D ABC is minimum when it is isosceles
(a) a, b, c are in GP (b) a, b, c are in AP (c) the perimeter of D ABC is minimum when it is isosceles
2 2 2 2 2 2
(c) a , b , c are in AP (d) a , b , c are in GP (d) none of these
5. The length of the tangent drawn from any point on the 12. Let x and y be the real numbers satisfying the equation
circle x² + y² + 2gx + 2fy + p = 0 to the circle x² – 4x +y² +3 =0. If the maximum and minimum values of
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + q = 0 is : x² + y² are M & m respectively, then the numerical value of
M – m is :
(a) q-p (b) p-q
(a) 221 (b) 8
(c) q+p (d) none of these
13. From the point A(0, 3) on the circle x² + 4x + (y – 3)² = 0, a
6. The number of common tangents to the circles x2 +y2= 4 chord AB is drawn & extended to a point M such that
and x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y = 24 is : AM = 2AB. The equation of the locus of M is :
(a) 0 (b) 1 (a) x² + 8x + y² = 0 (b) x² + 8x + (y – 3)² = 0
(c) 3 (d) 4 (c) (x – 3)² + 8x + y² = 0 (d) x² + 8x + 8y² = 0
7. Two circles x2 + y2 =
6 and x2 + y2 –
6x + 8 = 0 are given. 14. The circle x² + y² – 6x – 10y + c = 0 does not intersect or
Then the equation of the circle through their points of touch either axis & the point (1, 4) is inside the circle. Then
intersection and the point (1, 1) is : the range of possible values of c is given by :
(a) x2 + y2 – 6x + 4 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 3x + 1 = 0 (a) c > 9 (b) c > 25
(c) x2 + y2 – 4y + 2 = 0 (d) none of these (c) c > 29 (d) 25 < c < 29
CIRCLES 43
15. Two thin rods AB & CD of lengths 2a & 2b move along OX 21. If the radius of the circumcircle of the triangle TPQ, where
& OY respectively, when 'O' is the origin. The equation of PQ is chord of contact corresponding to point T with
respect to circle x2 + y2 – 2x + 4y – 11 = 0, is 6 units, then
the locus of the centre of the circle passing through the
minimum distance of T from the director circle of the given
extremities of the two rods is :
circle is :
(a) x2 + y2 = a2 + b2 (b) x2 – y2 = a2 – b2 (a) 6 (b) 12
(c) x2 + y2 = a2 – b2 (d) x2 – y2 = a2 + b2
(c) 6 2 (d) 12 - 4 2
16. If a chord of the circle x2 + y2 = 8 makes equal intercepts of
22. From a point R(5, 8) two tangents RP and RQ are drawn to
length a on the coordinate axes, then-
a given circle S = 0 whose radius is 5. If circumcentre of the
triangle PQR is (2, 3), then the equation of circle
(a) |a| < 8 (b) |a| < 4 2
S = 0 is
(c) |a| < 4 (d) |a| > 4 (a) x2 + y2 + 2x + 4y – 20 = 0
17. The equation of a circle which touches x-axis and the line (b) x2 + y2 + x + 2y – 10 = 0
4x –3y +4 =0, its centre lying in the third quadrant and lies (c) x2 + y2 – x – 2y – 20 = 0
on the line x –y –1 =0, is- (d) x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0
(a) 9 (x2 +y2) + 6x + 24y + 1 =0 23. If tangent at (1, 2) to the circle c1 : x2 + y2 = 5 intersects the
(b) 9 (x2 +y2) – 6x – 24y + 1 =0 circle c 2 : x 2 + y 2 = 9 at A and B and tangents at
A and B to the second circle meet at point C, then the
(c) 9 (x2 +y2) – 6x + 2y + 1 =0 co-ordinates of C are :
(d) None of these
æ 9 18 ö
18. The value of 'c' for which the set, (a) (4, 5) (b) ç , ÷
è 15 5 ø
{(x, y) | x²+y² +2x < 1} Ç {(x, y)| x–y + c > 0} contains only
one point in common is : æ 9 18 ö
(c) (4, – 5) (d) ç , ÷
(a) (–¥, –1) È [3, ¥) (b) {–1, 3} è5 5 ø
(c) {–3} (d) {–1} 24. If the tangents are drawn from any point on the line
x + y = 3 to the circle x2 + y2 = 9, then the chord of contact
19. A line meets the co-ordinate axes in A & B. A circle is
passes through the point
circumscribed about the triangle OAB. If d1 and d2 are the
(a) (3, 5) (b) (3, 3)
distances of the tangent to the circle at the origin O from
the points A and B respectively, the diameter of the circle (c) (5, 3) (d) none of these
is: 25. If the straight line ax + by = 2, b ¹ 0, touches the circle
x2 + y2 – 2x = 3 and is normal to the circle x2 + y2 – 4y = 6, then
2d1 + d 2 d1 + 2d 2 the values of a and b can be
(a) (b)
2 2 (a) a = 1, b = 2 (b) a = 1, b = –1
(c) a = –4/3, b = 1 (d) None of these
d1d 2 26. The equation of the circle whose radius is 3 and which
(c) d1 + d2 (d) d + d
1 2 touches the circle x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0 internally at the
point (–1, –1) is-
20. If C1 : x2 + y2 = (3 + 2 2 )2 be a circle and PA and PB are pair 2 2
æ 4ö æ 7ö 2
of tangents on C1 where P is any point on the director (a) ç x - ÷ + ç y + ÷ = 3
è 5ø è 5ø
circle of C1, then the radius of smallest circle which touch
C1 externally and also the two tangents PA and PB is 2 2
æ 4ö æ 7ö 2
(b) ç x - ÷ + ç y - ÷ = 3
(a) 2 2 –3 (b) 2 2 –1 è 5ø è 5ø
(c) (x–8)2 + (y–1)2 = 32

(c) 2 2 +1 (d) 1
(d) None of these
CIRCLES 44
27. If the two circles, x2 + y2 + 2g1x + 2f1y = 0 and 34. If a circle passes through the point (a, b) & cuts the circle
x2 + y2 = K2 orthogonally, then the equation of the locus of
x2 + y2 + 2g2x + 2f2y = 0 touch each other then
its centre is :
(a) f1g1 = f2g2 (b) f1 f 2 (a) 2ax + 2by – (a2 + b2 + K2) = 0
=
g1 g 2 (b) 2ax + 2by – (a2 – b2 + K2) = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – 3ax – 4by + (a2 + b2 – K2) = 0
(c) f1f2 = g1g2 (d) none of these
(d) x2 + y2 – 2ax – 3by + (a2 – b2 – K2) = 0
28. If r1 and r2 be the radius of smallest and largest circle which
35. The circumference of the circle x2 + y2 – 2x + 8y – q = 0 is
passes through (5, 6) and touches the circle
bisected by the circle x2 + y2 + 4x + 12y + p = 0, then
(x – 2)2 + y2 = 4, then r1r2 is p + q is equal to :
4 41 (a) 25 (b) 100

(a) (b)
41 4 (c) 10 (d) 48
36. The distance from the centre of the circle x² + y² = 2x to the
5 41 straight line passing through the points of intersection of
(c) (d) the two circle ;
41 6
x² + y² + 5x – 8y + 1 = 0, x² + y² – 3x + 7y – 25 = 0 is
29. The centre of the smallest circle touching the circles
(a) 1 (b) 2
x2 + y2 – 2y – 3 = 0 and x2 + y2 – 8x – 18y + 93 = 0 is :
(a) (3, 2) (b) (4, 4)
37. The value of 'a' for which the common chord of the circles
(c) (2, 7) (d) (2, 5) C1 : x2 + y2 = 8 and C2 : (x – a)2 + y2 = 8 subtends a right angle
30. The angle of intersection of the two circles at the origin are :
x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y = 0 and x2 + y2 = 4, is– (a) ± 2 (b) ± 2
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) ± 4 (d) none of these
(c) 90° (d) 45° 38. The length of the common chord of the circles
31. A circle touches a straight line lx + my + n = 0 & cuts the (x – a)2 + y2 = c2 and x2 + (y – b)2 = c2 is-
circle x2 + y2 = 9 orthogonally. The locus of centres of such
(a) c2 + a 2 + b2 (b) 4c 2 + a 2 + b 2
circle is :
(a) (lx + my + n)2 = (l 2 + m2) (x2 + y2 – 9) (c) 4c 2 - a 2 - b 2 (d) c2 - a 2 - b2
2 2 2 2 2
(b) (lx + my – n) = (l + m ) (x + y – 9)
39. A variable circle having fixed radius ‘a’ passes through origin
(c) (lx + my + n)2 = (l 2 + m2) (x2 + y2 + 9) and meets the coordinate axes in point A and B. Locus of
(d) none of these centroid of triangle OAB, ‘O’ being the origin, is
32. Minimum radius of circle which is orthogonal with both (a) 9(x2 + y2) = 4a2 (b) 9(x2 + y2) = a2
(c) 9(x2 + y2) = 2a2 (d) 9(x2 + y2) = 8a2
the circle x2 + y2 –12x + 35 =0 and x2 + y2 + 4x +3 =0 is
40. The triangle PQR is inscribed in the circle x2 + y2 = 25. If Q
(a) 4 (b) 3
and R have coordinates (3, 4) and (–4, 3) respectively,
(c) 15 (d) 1 then ÐQPR is equal to :
(a) p/2 (b) p/3
33. If a circle passes through the point (1, 2) and cuts the circle
(c) p/4 (d) p/6
x2 + y2 = 4 orthogonally, then the locus of its centre is-
41. Let AB be a chord of the circle x2 + y2 = r2 subtending a
(a) x2 + y2 – 2x – 6y – 7 = 0
right angle at the centre. Then the locus of the centroid of
(b) x2 + y2 – 3x – 8y + 1 = 0 the triangle PAB as P moves on the circle is :
(c) 2x + 4y – 9 = 0 (a) a parabola (b) a circle
(d) 2x + 4y – 1 = 0 (c) an ellipse (d) a pair of straight lines.
CIRCLES 45
42. The equation of the circle which is touched by y = x, has its Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option]
centre on the positive x-axis & cuts off a chord of length 2
47. If the area of the quadrilateral formed by the tangents from
units along the line 3 y – x = 0 is- the origin to the circle x2 + y2 + 6x – 10y + C = 0 and the radii
corresponding to the points of contact is 15, then a value
(a) x2 + y2 – 4x + 2 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 8x + 8 = 0 of C is
(c) x2 + y2 – 4x + 1 = 0 (d) x2 + y2 – 4y + 2 = 0 (a) 9 (b) 4
2 2
43. Equation of chord of the circle x + y – 3x – 4y – 4 = 0 (c) 5 (d) 25
which passes through the origin such that origin divides 48. Coordinates of the centre of a circle, whose radius is 2 unit
it in the ratio 4 : 1, is and which touches the line pair x2 – y2 – 2x + 1 = 0, are
(a) x = 0 (b) 24x + 7y = 0
(a) (4, 0) (b) 1+ 2 2 ,0
(c) 7x + 24y = 0 (d) 7x – 24y = 0
44. If the circle C1 : x2 + y2 = 16 intersects another circle C2 of (c) (4, 1) (d) 1, 2 2
radius 5 in such a manner that the common chord is of
49. Let x, y be real variable satisfying the
maximum length and has a slope equal to 3/4, then the co-
x2 + y2 + 8x – 10y – 40 = 0. Let a = max
ordinates of the centre of C2 are :
( x + 22 ) + ( y - 3) 2 and b = min ( x + 22 ) + ( y - 3) 2 ,
æ 9 12 ö æ 9 12 ö
(a) ç ± ,± ÷ (b) ç ± ,m ÷
è 5 5ø è 5 5ø then
(a) a + b = 18 (b) a + b = 4 2
æ 12 9 ö æ 12 9 ö
(c) ç ± ,± ÷ (d) ç ± ,m ÷
è 5 5ø è 5 5ø
(c) a – b = 4 2 (d) a . b = 73
45. On the line segment joining (1, 0) and (3, 0) an equilateral 50. The equation of the chords of length 5 and passing through
triangle is drawn having its vertex in the fourth quadrant, the point (3, 4) on the circle 4x2 + 4y2 – 24x – 7y = 0 are
then radical centre of the circle described on its sides as (a) 4x + 3y = 0 (b) 4x – 3y = 0
diameter is (c) 4x + 3y – 24 = 0 (d) 4x + 3y – 12 = 0
æ 1 ö æ 7 ö÷
(a) çç 3,- ÷÷ (b) 3,- 3 51. A circle passes through the point ç 3, and touches
è 3ø ç 2 ÷ø
è
the line pair x2 – y2 – 2x + 1 = 0. The co-ordinates of the
æ 1 ö centre of the circle are :
(c) çç 2,- ÷÷ (d) 2,- 3
è 3ø (a) (4, 0) (b) (5, 0)
(c) (6, 0) (d) (0, 4)
46. Let PQ and RS be tangents at the extremities of the diameter
PR of a circle of radius r. If PS and RQ intersect at a point 52. Point M moved on the circle (x – 4)2 + (y – 8)2 = 20. Then it
X on the circumference of the circle, then 2r equals. broke away from it and moving along a tangent to the
circle, cuts the x–axis at the point (–2, 0). The
PQ + RS co–ordinates of a point on the circle at which the moving
(a) PQ.RS (b) point broke away is
2
æ 3 46 ö æ 2 44 ö
2PQ × RS 2
PQ + RS 2 (a) ç - , ÷ (b) ç - , ÷
(c) (d) è 5 5 ø è 5 5 ø
PQ + RS 2
(c) (6, 4) (d) (3, 5)
CIRCLES 46
53. Consider the circle x2 + y2 – 10x – 6y + 30 = 0. Let O be the 56. A straight line through the vertex P of a triangle PQR,
intersects the side QR at the point S and the circum-circle
centre of the circle and tangent at A(7, 3) and B(5, 1) meet
of the triangle PQR at the point T. If S is not the circumcentre
at C. Let S = 0 represents family of circles passing through
of the triangle, then
A and B, then
1 1 2
(a) area of quadrilateral OACB = 4 (a)  
PS ST QS  SR
(b) the radical axis for the family of circles S=0 is x+y=10
(c) the smallest possible circle of the family S = 0 is 1 1 2

(b)  
2 2
x + y – 12x – 4y + 38 = 0 PS ST QS  SR
(d) the coordinates of point C are (7, 1)

1 1 4
54. Two circles passing through A(1, 2) and B(2, 1) touch the (c)  
PS ST QR
lines 4x + 8y – 7 = 0 at C and D such that ACED is
parallelogram, then 1 1 4
(d)  
PS ST QR
(a) mid point of AE must lie on CD.
(b) mid point of AE must lie on AC. Numerical Value Type Questions
57. The circle x2 + y2 – 4x – 4y + 4 = 0 is inscribed in a triangle

 13 
(c) E must be the point  ,  4  which has two of its sides along the coordinate axes. The
 2 
locus of the circumcentre of the triangle is
x + y – xy + k (x2 + y2)1/2 = 0, then the value of k must be
15 9
(d) E must be the point  ,   58. If the minimum radius of the circle which contains the
 2 2
three circles x2 + y2 – 4y – 5 = 0, x2 + y2 + 12x + 4y + 31 = 0
55. If the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y + 1 = 0 is inscribed in a triangle  5 

and x2 + y2 + 6x + 12y + 36 = 0 is  3   , then the
whose two sides are axes and one side has negative slope  36 
cutting intercepts a and b on x and y axis, then value of  must be
59. The line Ax + By + C = 0 cuts the circle
1 1 1 1 x2 + y2 + ax + by + c = 0 in P and Q. The lines
(a)  1   2  2
a b a b
A’x + B’y + C’ = 0 cuts the circle x2 + y2 + a’x + b’y + c’=0 in
R and S. If P, Q, R, S are concyclic, then the value of
1 1
(b)   1 is negative
a b a  a b  b c  c 
A B C is
A B C
1 1
(c)  1
a b
60. Circle with radii 3, 4 and 5 touch each other externally. If P
is the point of intersection of tangent to these circles at
their point of contact. And the distance of P from point of
1 1 1 1
(d)  1   2  2 contact is d. Then [d] is (where [ ] is greatest integer
a b a b
function).
CIRCLES 47
Assertion & Reason 65. Assertion : Let S1 : x2 + y2 – 10x – 12y – 39 = 0

S2 : x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 1 = 0
(A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a S3 : 2x2 + 2y2 – 20x – 24y + 78 = 0
The radical centre of these circles taken pairwise is (–2, –3)
(B) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is not Reason : Point of intersection of three radical axis of three
a correct explanation for ASSERTION. circles taken in pairs is known as radical centre
(C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false. (a) A (b) B
(D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true. (c) C (d) D

Match the Following
61. Assertion : for two non–intersecting circles, direct
common tangents subtends a right angle at either of point Each question has two columns. Four options are given
of intersection of circles with line segment joining the representing matching of elements from Column-I and
centres of circles. Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds
Reason : If distance between the centres is more than sum corresponding to the correct matching.
of radii, then circles are non–intersecting
66. Match the items of Column I with those of Column II.
(a) A (b) B
Column I Column II
(c) C (d) D (A) Eq uations of the circle 2 2
(P) x + y – 9x –9y + 36 = 0
62. Assertion : Number of common tangents of circumscribing the rectangle
whose sides are x – 3y – 4 = 0,
x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y – 95 =0 and x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y + 16 =0 is zero.
3x + y – 22 = 0, x – 3y – 14 = 0
Reason : If C1 C2 < |r1 – r2|, then there will be no common
and 3x + y – 62 = 0 is
tangent. (where C1, C2 are the centre and r1, r2 are radii of
circles) (B) Two vertices of an equilateral (Q) 3 (x 2  y2 )  2y  3  0
(a) A (b) B triangle are (–1, 0) and (1, 0)
(c) C (d) D and its third vertex lies above

the x-axis. The equation of its
63. Assertion : The equations of the straight lines joining
circumcircle is
origin to the points of intersection of
(C) The equation of a circle (R) x2 + y2 – 9 = 0
x2 + y2 – 4x – 2y = 4 and x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y – 4 = 0 is
with origin at centre and
(y – x)2 = 0
passing through the vertices
Reason : y + x = 0 is a common chord of of an equilateral triangle
2 2 2 2
x + y – 4x – 2y = 4 and x + y – 2x – 4y – 4 = 0 whose median is of length
(a) A (b) B 6 units is
(c) C (d) D (D) The vertices of a triangle (S) x2 + y2 – 27x – 3y + 142 = 0

are (6, 0), (0, 6) and (7, 7).
64. Assertion : Two orthogonal circles intersect to generate a
The equation of the incircle
common chord which subtends complimentary angles at
their circumferences. of the triangle is
(T) x2 + y2 – 16 = 0
Reason : Two orthogonal circles intersect to generate a
common chord which subtends supplementary angles at
(a) (A–S; B–Q; C–T; D–P)
their centres
(b) (A–Q; B–S; C–T; D–P)
(a) A (b) B
(c) (A–S; B–Q; C–P; D–T)
(c) C (d) D
(d) (A–T; B–Q; C–S; D–P)
CIRCLES 48
67. Column–I Column–II (C) Number of distinct chords of the (R) 32

(A) If ax + by – 5 = 0 is the equation (P) 6
circle 2x ( x - 2 ) + y(2y – 1) = 0;
of the chord of the circle
chords are passing through the
(x – 3)2 + (y – 4)2 = 4, which passes
through (2, 3) and at the greatest æ 1ö
point ç 2 , ÷ and are bisected
distance from the centre of the è 2ø
circle, then |a + b| is equal to on x–axis is
(B) Let O be the origin and P be a (Q) 3 (D) one of the diameters of the circle (S) 36
variable point on the circle circumscribing the rectangle
x2 + y2 + 2x + 2y = 0. If the ABCD is 4y = x + 7. If A and B are
locus of mid–point of OP is the points (–3, 4) and (5, 4) resp-
2 2
x + y + 2gx + 2fy = 0, then the ectively, then the area of the re-
value of (g + f) is equal to ctangle is.
(C) The x–coordinates of the centre (R) 2 The correct matching is :
of the smallest circle which cuts (a) (A – R; B – P; C – S; D –Q)
the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y – 4 = 0 (b) (A – Q; B – S; C – P; D –R)
and x2 + y2 – 10x + 12y + 52 = 0 (c) (A – P; B – S; C – Q; D –R)
orthogonally, is (d) (A – S; B – Q; C – P; D –R)
(D) If q be the angle between two (S) 1
tangents which are drawn to the
Passage – 1
circle x2 + y2 – 6 3 x – 6y + 27
P is a variable point on the line L = 0. Tangents are drawn to
= 0 from the origin, then 2 3 the circle x2 + y2 = 4 from P to touch it at Q and R. The
parallelogram PQSR is completed
tan q equals to
69. If L º 2x + y – 6 = 0, then the locus of circumcentre of DPQR
is
(a) (A – R; B – S; C – Q; D – P)
(a) 2x – y = 4 (b) 2x + y = 3
(b) (A – S; B – R; C – Q; D – P)
(c) x – 2y = 4 (d) x + 2y = 3
(c) (A – R; B – S; C – P; D – Q)
70. If P º (6, 8), then the area of DQRS is
(d) (A – P; B – S; C – Q; D – R)
68. Column–I Column–II 6 3/ 2 24 3 / 2
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units
(A) The length of the common chord (P) 1 25 25
of two circles of radii 3 and 4 units
48 6 192 6
which intersect orthogonally is (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
25 25
k/5, then k equals to
71. If P º (3, 4), then coordinate of S is
(B) The circumference of the circle (Q) 24
x 2 + y2 + 4x + 12y + p = 0 is æ 46 63 ö æ 51 68 ö
(a) ç - ,- ÷ (b) ç - ,- ÷
2 2
bisected by the circle x + y – 2x è 25 25 ø è 25 25 ø
+ 8y – q = 0,
æ 46 68 ö æ 68 51 ö
then p + q is equal to : (c) ç - ,- ÷ (d) ç - ,- ÷
è 25 25 ø è 25 25 ø
CIRCLES 49
Using the following passage, solve Q.72 to Q.74 74. The equation of the radical axis of the system of coaxial
circles x2 + y2 + 2ax + 2by + c+ 2l(ax – by + 1) = 0 is
Passage – 2
(a) ax – by + 1 = 0 (b) bx + ay – 1 = 0
A system of circles is said to be coaxial when every pair of the (c) 2(ax + by) + 1 = 0 (d) 2(bx – ay) + 1 = 0
circles has the same radical axis. It follows from this definition
Text
that :
1. The centres of all circles of a coaxial system lie on one 75. A circle passes through three points A, B and C with the
straight line, which is perpendicular to the common radical line segment AC as its diameter. A line passing through A
axis. intersects the chord BC at a point D inside the circle. If
2. Circles passing through two fixed points form a coaxial angles DAB and CAB are a and b respectively and the
system for which the line joining the fixed points is the distance between the point A and the mid point of the line
common radical axis. segment DC is d, prove that the area of the circle is
3. The equation to a coaxial system, of which two members pd 2 cos 2 a

are S1 = 0 and S2 = 0, is S1 + lS2 = 0, l is parameter. If we 2 2
cos a + cos b + 2 cos a cos b cos (b - a)
choose the line of centres as x–axis and the common radical
axis as y–axis, then the simplest form of equation of coaxial 76. C1 and C2 are two concentric circles, the radius of C2 being
circles is x2 + y2 + 2gx + c = 0 ...(1) twice that of C1. From a point P on C2, tangents PA and PB
where c is fixed and g is arbitrary. are drawn to C1. Prove that the centroid of the triangle
PAB lies on C1.
If g = ± c , then the radius g 2 - c vanishes and the circles 77. Show that the line 3x – 4y = 1 touches the circle
x2 + y2 – 2x + 4y + 1 = 0. Find the co-ordinates of the point
become point circles. The points (± c , 0) are called the limiting of contact.
points of the system of coaxial circles given by (1). 78. Let T1, T2 and be two tangents drawn from (–2, 0) onto the
72. The equation of the circle which belongs to the coaxial circle C : x2 + y2 = 1. Determine the circles touching C and
system of circles for which the limiting points are having T1, T2 as their pair of tangents. Further, find the
(1, –1), (2, 0) and which passes through the origin is equations of all possible common tangents to these circles
(a) x2 + y2 – 4x = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 4x = 0 when taken two at a time.
(c) x2 + y2 – 4y = 0 (d) x2 + y2 + 4y = 0 79. Consider a curve ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 1 and a point P not on
the curve. A line drawn from the point P intersect the curve
73. If origin be a limiting point of a coaxial system one of
at points Q and R. If the product PQ . PR is independent of
whose member is x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2by + c = 0, then the other
the slope of the line, then show that the curve is a circle.
limiting point is
80. Let C be any circle with centre (0, 2) . Prove that at the
æ ca cb ö æ ca cb ö
(a) çç 2 2
,- 2 ÷
÷ (b) çç 2 , 2 ÷
÷ most two rational points can be there on C.
è a + b a + b2 ø è a + b 2
a + b2 ø
(A rational point is a point both of whose coordinates are
rational numbers.)
æ ab ca ö æ cb ca ö
(c) çç 2 2
, 2 2
÷
÷ (d) çç - 2 2
, 2 ÷
2 ÷
è a +b a +b ø è a +b a +b ø
CIRCLES 50

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. Tangents drawn from the point P (1, 8) to the circle
x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y – 11 = 0 touch the circle at the points A and
1. If the tangent at the point P on the circle x2+y2+6x+6y = 2
meets the straight line 5x – 2y + 6 = 0 at a point Q on the B. The equation of the circumcircle of the triangle PAB is
y-axis, then the length of PQ is : (2002) (2009)
(a) 4 (b) 2 5 (a) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y + 19 = 0
(b) x2 + y2 – 4x – 10y + 19 = 0
(c) 5 (d) 3 5
(c) x2 + y2 – 2x + 6y – 29 = 0
2. The centre of circle inscribed in square formed by the lines
x2 – 8x + 12 = 0 and y2 – 14y + 45 = 0, is : (2003) (d) x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y + 19 = 0
(a) (4, 7) (b) (7, 4) 8. The locus of the mid-point of the chord of contact of
(c) (9, 4) (d) (4, 9) tangents drawn from points lying on the straight line
3. If one of the diameters of the circle x2 + y2 – 2x –6y +6 =0 is 4x – 5y = 20 to the circle x2 + y2 = 9 is (2012)
a chord to the circle with centre (2, 1), then the radius of
(a) 20 (x2 + y2) – 36x + 45 y = 0
the circle is : (2004)
(b) 20 (x2 + y2) + 36x – 45 y = 0
(a) 3 (b) 2
(c) 36 (x2 + y2) – 20x + 45 y = 0
(c) 3 (d) 2
4. The locus of the centre of circle which touches (y –1)2 +x2 = 1 (d) 36 (x2 + y2) + 20x – 45 y = 0
externally and also touches x axis is : (2005) 9. A line y = mx + 1 intersect the circle (x – 3)2 + (y + 2)2 = 25
(a) x2 = 4 y  (0, y), y < 0 at points P and Q. If the midpoint of the line segment PQ
(b) x2 = y
3
(c) y = 4x2 has x-coordinate  then which one of the following
5
(d) y2 = 4 x  (0, y), y  R
5. Let ABCD be a quadrilateral with area 18, with side AB options is correct. (2019)
parallel to the side CD and AB = 2CD . Let AD be (a) 6  m  8 (b) 2  m  4
perpendicular to AB and CD. If a circle is drawn inside the
quadrilateral ABCD touching all the sides, then its radius (c) 4  m  6 (d) 3  m  1
is : (2007)
10. Consider a triangle  whose two sides lie on the x-axis
(a) 3 (b) 2
and the line x + y + 1 = 0. If the orthocentre of  is (1, 1),
3
(c) (d) 1 then the equation of the circle passing through the vertices
2
of the triangle  is (2021)
6. Consider the two curves
2 2
C1 : y2 = 4x (a) x  y  3x  y  0
C2 : x2 + y2 – 6x + 1 = 0, then (2008)
2 2
(a) C1 and C2 touch each other only at one point (b) x  y  x  3y  0
(b) C1 and C2 touch each other exactly at two points
2 2
(c) C1 and C2 intersect (but do not touch) at exactly two (c) x  y  2y  1  0
points
2 2
(d) C1 and C2 neither intersect nor touch each other (d) x  y  x  y  0
CIRCLES 51
Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option] Numerical Value Type Questions
11. Circle(s) touching x-axis at a distance 3 from the origin and 15. The centres of two circles C1 and C2 each of unit radius
are at a distance of 6 unit from each other. Let P be the mid
having an intercept of length 2 7 on y-axis is (are) point of the line segment joining the centres of C1 and C2
and C be a circle touching circles C1 and C2 externally. If a
(2013)
common tangents to C1 and C passing through P is also a
(a) x2 + y2 – 6x + 8y + 9 = 0 common tangent to C2 and C, then the radius of the circle
C is ...... (2009)
(b) x2 + y2 – 6x + 7y + 9 = 0
16. For how many values of P, the circle
(c) x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y + 9 = 0
x2 + y2 + 2x + 4y – P = 0 and the coordinate axes have
(d) x2 + y2 – 6x – 7y + 9 = 0 exactly three common points ? (2017)
12. A circle S passes through the point (0, 1) and is orthogonal 17. Let the point B be the reflection of the point A(2,3) with
2 2 2 2
to the circles (x – 1) + y = 16 and x + y = 1. Then respect to the line 8x – 6y – 23 = 0. Let G A and G B be
(2014) circles of radii 2 and 1 with centres A and B respectively.
(a) radius of S is 8 Let T be a common tangent to the circles G A and G B
such that both the circles are on the same side of T. If C is
(b) radius of S is 7
the point of intersection of T and the line passing through
(c) centre of S is (–7, 1) A and B, then the length of the line segment AC is…..
(d) centre of S is (–8, 1) (2019)
13. The circle C1 : x2 + y2 = 3, with centre at O, intersects the 18. Let O be the centre of the circle x2 + y 2 = r 2 , where
2
parabola x = 2y at the point P in the first quadrant. Let the
tangent to the circle C1 at P touches other two circles C2 Suppose PQ is a chord of this circle and the
and C3 at R2 and R3, respectively. Suppose C2 and C3 have
equation of the line passing through P and Q is
equal radii 2 3 and centres Q2 and Q3, respectively. If Q2
2 x + 4 y = 5. If the centre of the circumcircle of the triangle
and Q3 lie on the y-axis, then. (2016)
OPQ lies on the line x + 2 y = 4, then the value of r is
(a) Q2Q3 = 12 _____. (2020)
(b) R2R3 = 4 6 Assertion & Reason
(c) area of the triangle OR2R3 is 6 2 (A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a
(d) area of the triangle PQ2Q3 is 4 2
14. Let RS be the diameter of the circle x2 + y2 = 1, where S is a correct explanation for ASSERTION.
the point (1, 0). Let P be a variable point (other than R and (C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false.
S) on the circle and tangents to the circle at S and P meet (D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true.
at the point Q. The normal to the circle at P intersects a
19. Assertion : Tangents are drawn from the point (17, 7) to
line drawn through Q parallel to RS at point E. Then the
the circle x 2 + y2 = 169. The tangents are mutually
locus of E passes through the point(s) (2016) perpendicular.
Reason : The locus of the points from which mutually
æ1 1 ö æ 1 1ö
(a) çè , ÷ (b) çè , ÷ø perpendicular tangents can be drawn to the given circle is
3 3ø 4 2
x2 + y2 = 338. (2007)
(a) A (b) B
æ1 1 ö æ1 1ö
(c) çè 3 , - ÷ (d) çè 4 , - 2 ÷ø (c) C (d) D
3ø
CIRCLES 52
20. Consider 22. Let the circle C1: x2 + y2 = 9 and C2: (x – 3)2 + (y – 4)2 = 16
L1 : 2x + 3y + p – 3 = 0 intersect at the points X and Y. Suppose that another
L2 : 2x + 3y + p + 3 = 0 circle C3: (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2 satisfies the following
where p is a real number and conditions.
C : x2 + y2 – 6x + 10y + 30 = 0 (i) centre of C 3 is collinear with the centres of C 1& C 2,
Assertion : If line L1 is a chord of circle C, then line L2 is (ii) C1& C2 both lie inside C3 and
not always a diameter of circle C. and
(iii) C3 touches C1 at M and C2 at N
Reason : If line L1 is a diameter of circle C, then line L2
Let the line through X and Y intersect C3 at Z and W and
is not a chord of circle C. (2008)
let a common tangent of C1& C3 be a tangent to the
(a) A (b) B
parabola x2 = 8ay
(c) C (d) D
There are some expressions given in the list-I, whose
Match the Following values are given in list-II below :
Each question has two columns. Four options are given List–I List–II
representing matching of elements from Column-I and (I) 2h + k (P) 6
to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option length of ZW
(II) (Q) 6
corresponding to the correct matching. length of XY
21. Match the conditions/expressions in Column I with

statement in Column II. (2007) Area of DMZN 5
(III) Area of DZMW (R)
Column I Column II 4
(A) Two intersecting circles (P) have a common tangent
(B) Two mutually external (Q) have a common normal 21

(IV) a (S)
5
circles.
(C) Two circles, one strictly (R) do not have a common

(T) 2 6
inside the other tangent
(D) Two branches of a (S) do not have a common 10

(U)
hyperbola normal 3

Which of the following is the only correct combination?
(a) (A-P,Q; B-P,Q; C-Q,R; D-Q,R)
(2019)
(b) (A-Q,R; B-P,Q; C-P,Q; D-Q,R)
(a) (II) - (T) (b) (I) - (S)
(c) (A-P,Q; B-Q,R; C-Q,R; D-P,Q)
(c) (II) - (Q) (d) (I) - (U)
(d) (A-Q,R; B-Q,R; C-P,Q; D-P,Q)
CIRCLES 53
23. Let the circle C1: x2 + y2 = 9 and C2: (x – 3)2 + (y – 4)2 = 16 25. A circle touches the line L and the circle C1 externally such
intersect at the points X and Y. Suppose that another circle that both the circles are on the same side of the line, then
C3: (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2 satisfies the following conditions. the locus of centre of the circle is (2006)
(i) centre of C3 is collinear with the centres of C1& C2, (a) ellipse (b) hyperbola
(ii) C1& C2 both lie inside C3 and (c) parabola (d) parts of straight line
(iii) C3 touches C1 at M and C2 at N 26. A line M through A is drawn parallel to BD. Point S moves
Let the line through X and Y intersect C3 at Z and W and such that its distances from the line BD and the vertex A
let a common tangent of C1& C3 be a tangent to the are equal. If locus of S cuts M at T2 and T3 and AC at T1,
parabola x2 = 8ay then area of DT1 T2 T3 is (2006)
There are some expressions given in the list-I, whose
values are given in list-II below : 1 2
(a) sq unit (b) sq unit
List–I List–II 2 3
(I) 2h + k (P) 6 (c) 1 sq unit (d) 2 sq unit
length of ZW
(II) (Q) 6 Using the following passage, solve Q.27 to Q.29
length of XY
Passage – 2
Area of DMZN 5
(III) Area of DZMW (R)
4 A circle C of radius 1 is inscribed in an equilateral triangle
PQR. The points of contact of C with the sides PQ, QR, RP
21 are D, E, F respectively. The line PQ is given by the equation
(IV) a (S)
5
æ3 3 3ö
(T) 2 6 3 x + y – 6 = 0 and the point D is çç 2 , 2 ÷÷. Further, it is
è ø
10
(U) given that the origin and the centre of C are on the same side
3
of the line PQ.
Which of the following is the only incorrect combination? 27. The equation of circle C is (2008)
(2019)
(a) (IV) - (S) (b) (I) - (P) (a) ( x - 2 3 ) 2 + ( y - 1) 2 = 1
(c) (III) - (R) (d) (IV) - (U)

2
2 æ 1ö
(b) ( x - 2 3 ) + ç y + ÷ = 1
Using the following passage, solve Q.24 to Q.26 è 2ø
Passage – 1
(c) ( x - 3 ) 2 + ( y + 1) 2 = 1
Let ABCD be a square of side length 2 unit. C2 is the circle
through vertices A, B, C, D and C1 is the circle touching all the (d) ( x - 3 ) 2 + ( y - 1) 2 = 1
sides of square ABCD. L is the line through A.
28. Points E and F are given by (2008)
24. If P is a point of C 1 and Q is a point on C 2, then
PA2 + PB 2 + PC 2 + PD 2 æ 3 3ö æ 3 1ö
QA2 + QB 2 + QC 2 + QD 2
is equal to (2006) (a) çç , ÷, ( 3 ,0)
÷ (b) çç , ÷, ( 3 ,0)
÷
è 2 2ø è 2 2ø
(a) 0.75 (b) 1.25
(c) 1 (d) 0.5 æ 3 3ö æ 3 1ö æ3 3ö æ 3 1ö
(c) çç , ÷, ç , ÷
÷ ç 2 2÷ (d) çç , ÷, ç , ÷
÷ ç 2 2÷
è 2 2 øè ø è 2 2 øè ø
CIRCLES 54
29. Equations of the sides QR, RP are (2008) 33. Let P be a point on the circle S with both coordinates
being positive. Let the tangent to S at P intersect the
2 2
(a) y = x + 1, y = - x -1 coordinate axes at the points M and N. Then, the mid-
3 3
point of the line segment MN must lie on the curve
1
(b) y = x, y = 0 2 2 4
3
(a) (x + y)2 = 3xy (b) x 3 + y 3 = 2 3
3 3 (c) x2 + y2 = 2xy (d) x2 + y2 = x2y2

(c) y = x + 1, y = - x -1
2 2
(d) y = 3 x, y = 0
Passage – 5
Let M = x, y Î R ´ R : x 2 + y 2 £ r 2 ,
Passage – 3
A tangent PT is drawn to the circle x2 + y2 = 4 at the point Where r > 0. Consider the geometric progression
P 3,1 . A straight line L, perpendicular to PT is a tangent to 1

an = n -1
, n = 1, 2, 3...... Let S = 0 and, for n ³ 1, let S
2 0 n
the circle (x – 3)2 + y2 = 1.
30. A common tangent of the two circles is (2012) denote the sum of the first n terms of this progression. For
(a) x = 4 (b) y = 2
n ³ 1, let Cn denote the circle with center Sn -1 , 0 and
(c) x + 3 y = 4 (d) x + 2 2 y = 6
radius an, Dn denote the circle with center Sn -1 , Sn -1
31. A possible equation of L is (2012)
and radius an. (2021)
(a) x - 3 y =1 (b) x + 3 y =1
1025
(c) x - 3 y =- 1 (d) x + 3 y = 5 34. Consider M with = r = . Let k be the number of all
513
those circle Cn that are inside M. Let l be the maximum
Passage – 4 possible number of circles among these k circles such that
no two circle intersect. Then
Let S be the circle in the xy-plane defined by the equation
x2 + y2 = 4. (2018) (a) k + 2l = 22 (b) 2k + l = 26
32. Let E1 E2 and F1F2 be the chords of S passing through the (c) 2k + 3l = 34 (d) 3k + 2l = 40
point P0 (1, 1) and parallel to the x-axis and the y-axis,
respectively. Let G1 G2 be the chord of S passing through
2199 - 1 2
P0 and having slope -1. Let the tangents to S at E1 and E2 35. Consider M with r = . Let k be the number
meet at E3, the tangents to S at F1 and F2 meet at F3, and 2198
the tangents to S at G1 and G2 meet at G3. Then, the points
of all those circle Dn that are inside M is
E3, F3, and G3 lie on the curve
(a) x + y = 4 (b) (x - 4)2 + (y - 4)2 = 16 (a) 198 (b) 199
(c) (x - 4)(y - 4) = 4 (d) xy = 4 (c) 200 (d) 201

CIRCLES 55
Using the following passage, solve Q.36 and Q.37 Text
Passage – 6 38. Let 2x2 + y2 – 3xy = 0 be the equation of a pair of tangents

drawn from the origin O to a circle of radius 3 with centre
in the first quadrant. If A is one of the points of contact,
Consider the region R = x, y Î R ´ R : x ³ 0 and
find the length of OA. (2001)
y 2 £ 4 - x . Let F be the family of all circles that are 39. Let C1 and C2 be two circles with C2 lying inside C1. A
circle C lying inside C1 touches C1 internally and C2
contained in R and have centers on the x-axis. Let C be the externally. Identify the locus of the centre of C. (2001)
circle that has largest radius among the circles in F. Let
40. Find the equation of circle touching the line
(a,b) be a point where the circle C meets the curve
2x + 3y + 1 = 0 at the point (1, –1) and is orthogonal to the
y2 = 4 – x. (2021)
circle which has the line segment having end points
36. The radius of the circle C is ------. (0, –1) and (–2, 3) as the diameter. (2004)
37. The value of a is ..... .
CIRCLES

CONIC SECTIONS
Chapter 11 57
CONIC SECTIONS
(i) Section of a right circular cone by a plane passing

1. CONIC SECTIONS
through its vertex is a pair of straight lines passing
A conic section, or conic is the locus of a point which through the vertex as shown in fig. 2
moves in a plane so that its distance from a fixed point is in
a constant ratio to its perpendicular distance from a fixed
straight line.
• The fixed point is called the Focus.
• The fixed straight line is called the Directrix.
• The constant ratio is called the Eccentricity denoted
by e.
• The line passing through the focus & perpendicular to
the directrix is called the Axis.
• A point of intersection of a conic with its axis is called
a Vertex.
(ii) Section of a right circular cone by a plane parallel

to its base is a circle as shown in the fig. 3.
2. SECTION OF RIGHT CIRCULAR CONE BY

DIFFERENT PLANES
A right circular cone is as shown in the fig. 1
(iii) Section of a right circular cone by a plane parallel

to a generator of the cone is a parabola as shown
in the fig. 4.
CONIC SECTIONS
58
(iv) Section of a right circular cone by a plane neither PARABOLA

parallel to any generator of the cone nor
perpendicular or parallel to the axis of the cone is 5. DEFINITION AND TERMINOLOGY
an ellipse or hyperbola as shown in the fig. 5 & 6. A parabola is the locus of a point, whose distance from a
fixed point (focus) is equal to perpendicular distance from
a fixed straight line (directrix).
PS = PM
3. GENERAL EQUATION OF A CONIC :

FOCAL DIRECTRIX PROPERTY
Four standard forms of the parabola are
The general equation of a conic with focus (p, q) & directrix y² = 4ax ; y² = –4ax ; x² = 4ay ; x² = –4ay
lx + my + n = 0 is obtained using the relation PS2 = e2PM2 For parabola y² = 4ax :
This gives (l² + m²)[(x – p)² + (y – q)²] = e²(lx + my + n)² (i) Vertex is (0, 0) (ii) Focus is (a, 0)
 ax² + 2hxy + by² + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 (iii) Axis is y = 0 (iv) Directrix is x + a = 0
Focal Distance : The distance of a point on the parabola
4. DISTINGUISHING VARIOUS CONICS from the focus.
Focal Chord : A chord of the parabola, which passes
The nature of the conic section depends upon the position through the focus.
of the focus S w.r.t. the directrix & also upon the value of Double Ordinate : A chord of the parabola perpendicular
the eccentricity e. Two different cases arise. to the axis of the symmetry.
Latus Rectum : A double ordinate passing through the
Case (I) When The Focus Lies On The Directrix.
focus or a focal chord perpendicular to the axis of parabola
In the case  abc + 2fgh – af 2 – bg2 – ch2 = 0 & the general is called the Latus Rectum (L.R.).
equation of a conic represents a pair of straight lines if : For y² = 4ax.  Length of the latus rectum = 4a
 ends of the latus rectum are
e > 1  h2 > ab, the lines will be real and distinct intersecting
L(a, 2a) & L' (a, –2a).
at S.
NOTES :
e = 1  h2 = ab, the lines will coincident.
(i) Perpendicular distance from focus on directrix = half the
e < 1  h2 < ab, the lines will be imaginary.
latus rectum
Case (II) When The Focus Does Not Lie On Directrix. (ii) Vertex is middle point of the focus & the point of
intersection of directrix & axis.
a parabola : e = 1,   0, h² = ab
(iii) Two parabolas are said to be equal if they have the same
an ellipse : 0 < e < 1;  0, h² < ab latus rectum.
a hyperbola : e > 1;  0, h² > ab (iv) If vertex of parabola y2 = 4ax is shifted to (h, k) without
rotation, then equation of new parabola is
rectangular hyperbola : e > 1 ;  0, h² > ab; a + b = 0
(y – k)2= 4a(x – h)
SCAN CODE
Conic Sections
CONIC SECTIONS
59
6. PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 9. TANGENTS TO THE PARABOLA y² = 4ax

The simplest & the best form of representing the (i) y y1 = 2a (x + x1) at the point (x1, y1) ;(T = O, Point form)
co-ordinates of a point on the parabola is (at2, 2at) i.e. the
equations x = at2 & y = 2at together represents the parabola a æ a 2a ö
(ii) y = mx + (m ¹ 0) at ç 2 , ÷ (Slope from)
y2 = 4ax, t being the parameter. m èm mø
(iii) t y = x + at2 at point (at2, 2at).(Parametric form)

7. POSITION OF A POINT RELATIVE TO A PARABOLA
The point (x1 y1) lies outside, on or inside the parabola NOTES :
y2 = 4ax according as the expression y12 – 4ax1 is positive,
zero or negative. Point of intersection of the tangents at the point t1 & t2 is
[at1 t2, a(t1 + t2)].
8. LINE & A PARABOLA
The line y = mx + c meets the parabola y² = 4ax in : 10. NORMALS TO THE PARABOLA y2 = 4ax
• two real points if a > mc
–y1
• two coincident points if a = mc (i) y – y1= (x – x1) at (x1, y1)
2a
• two imaginary points if a < mc
Þ condition of tangency is, c = a/m. (ii) y = mx – 2am – am3 at point (am2, – 2am)
Length of the chord intercepted by the parabola on the (iii) y + tx = 2at + at3 at point (at2, 2at).
line y = mx + c is :
NOTES :
æ 4 ö 2
ç 2 ÷ a(1 + m )(a - mc) (i) If the normals to the parabola y² = 4ax at the point t1
èm ø
meets the parabola again at the point t 2 then
The equation of a chord joining t1 & t2 is
2x – (t1 + t2)y + 2 at1t2 = 0. æ 2ö
t2 = – çç t1 + ÷÷
è t1 ø
NOTES :
(ii) If the normals to the parabola y2 = 4ax at the points t1 &
(i) If t1 and t2 are the ends of a focal chord of the parabola t2 intersect again on the parabola at the point 't3' then
y2 = 4ax then t1t2 = –1.
t1t2 = 2 ; t3 = –(t1 + t2) and the line joining t1 & t2 passes
Hence the co-ordinates at the extremities of a focal chord through a fixed point (–2a, 0).
æ a 2a ö
can be taken as : (at2, 2at) & ç 2 ,- ÷ 11. PAIR OF TANGENTS
èt t ø
(ii) Lenght of focal chord with (at2, 2at) as one of its end The equation to the pair of tangents which can be drawn
2 from any point (x1, y1) to the parabola y2 = 4ax is given by:
æ 1ö
point is a ç t + ÷ SS1 = T2 where :
è tø
S º y2 – 4ax ; S1 = y12 – 4ax1 ; T º y y1 – 2a(x + x1).
(iii) Length of the focal chord making an angle a with the
x-axis is 4 a cosec2a.
CONIC SECTIONS
60
12. DIRECTOR CIRCLE (iv) Any tangent to a parabola & the perpendicular on it from
the focus meet on the tangent at the vertex.
Locus of the point of intersection of the perpendicular (v) Semi latus rectum of the parabola y2 = 4ax, is the harmonic
tangents to a curve is called the director circle. For parabola
mean between segments of any focal chord of the parabola.
y2 = 4ax it's equation is
x + a = 0 which is parabola's own directrix. (vi) The area of the triangle formed by three points on a parabola
is twice the area of the triangle formed by the tangents at
13. CHORD OF CONTACT these points.
(vii) If normal are drawn from a point P(h, k) to the parabola
Equation to the chord of contact of tangents drawn from a
y2 = 4ax then
point P(x1, y1) is yy1 = 2a (x + x1) ; (i.e., T = 0)
k = mh – 2am – am3
NOTES : am3 + m(2a – h) + k = 0.
The area of the triangle formed by the tangents from the point m1 + m2 + m3 = 0;
(x1, y1) & the chord of contact is Where m1, m2 & m3 are the slopes of the three concurrent
(y12 – 4ax1)3/2 / 2a. normals.
* algebraic sum of the slopes of the three concurrent
14. CHORD WITH A GIVEN MIDDLE POINT normals is zero.
* algebraic sum of the ordinates of the three conormal
Equation of the chord of the parabola y2 = 4ax whose
middle point is : (x1 y1) is : points on the parabola is zero
2a * Centroid of the triangle formed by three co-normal

y – y1 = y (x – x1) º T = S1. points lies on the x-axis.
1
* Condition for three real and distinct normals to be
15. IMPORTANT RESULTS drawn from a point P(h, k) is
(i) If the tangent & normal at any point ‘P’ of the parabola 4
h > 2a & k 2 < ( h - 2a ) 3
intersect the axis at T & G then ST = SG = SP where ‘S’ is 27 a
the focus. In other words the tangent and the normal at a
(viii) Length of subnormal is constant for all points on the
point P on the parabola are the bisectors of the angle
parabola & is equal to the semi latus rectum.
between the focal radius SP & the perpendicular from P on
the directrix. From this we conclude that all rays emanating ELLIPSE
from S will become parallel to the axis of the parabola after
reflection. Ellipse is a conic with 0 < e < 1.
(ii) The portion of a tangent to a parabola cut off between the
directrix & the curve subtends a right angle at the focus. 16. STANDARD EQUATION AND DEFINITIONS
(iii) The tangents at the extremities of a focal chord intersect at
Standard equation of an ellipse referred to its principal
right angles on the directrix, and hence a circle on any
axes along the co-ordinate axes is
focal chord as diameter touches the directrix. Also a circle
on any focal radii of a point P (at2, 2at) as diameter touches
x2 y2
the tangent at the vertex and intercepts a chord of length + = 1 where a>b & b2 = a2 (1 – e2).
a2 b2
a 1 + t 2 on a normal at the point P..
CONIC SECTIONS
61
NOTES :
x 2 y2
(i) If the equation of the ellipse is given as + =1
a 2 b2
and nothing is mentioned then the rule is to assume
that a > b.
(ii) If b > a is given, then the y-axis will become major axis
and x-axis will become the minor axis and all other points
and lines will change accordingly.
(iii) If centre of standard ellipse is shifted to (h, k) without
b2
Eccentricity : e = 1 - 2 , (0 < e < 1) x–h
2
y–k
2
a rotation, then new ellipse is + =1
a2 b2
Foci : S º (a e, 0) & S' º (–a e, 0)
a a 17. AUXILIARY CIRCLE/ECCENTRIC ANGLE

Equations of Directrices : x = &x =-
e e
A circle described on major axis as diameter is called the
Major Axis : The line segment A'A in which the foci S'
& S lie is of length 2a & is called the major axis auxiliary circle. Let Q be a point on the auxiliary circle
(a > b) of the ellipse. Point of intersection of major axis x2 + y2 = a2 such that QP produced is perpendicular to
with directrix is called the foot of the directrix (Z). the x-axis then P & Q are called as the Corresponding
Points on the ellipse and the auxiliary circle respectively.
Minor Axis : The y-axis intersects the ellipse in the
points B' º (0, –b) and B º (0, b). The line segment 'q' is called the Eccentric Angle of the point P on the
B'B of length 2b (b < a) is called the minor axis of the ellipse. ellipse (–p < q £ p).
Principal Axis : The major and minor axis together are

called principal axis of the ellipse.
Vertices : A' º (–a, 0) & A º (a, 0).
Focal Chord : A chord which passes through a focus is
called a focal chord.
Double Ordinate : A chord perpendicular to the major
axis is called a double ordinate.
Latus Rectum : The focal chord perpendicular to the
major axis is called the latus rectum.
Length of latus rectum (LL’) :
NOTES :
2b 2 (minor axis)2
= = 2a(1 – e2)
a major axis l(PN ) b Semi major axis
(i) = =
l(QN) a Semi major axis
= 2e (distance from focus to the corresponding directrix).
Centre : (ii) If from each point of a circle perpendiculars are
The point which bisects every chord of the conic drawn drawn upon a fixed diameter then the locus of the
through it is called the centre of the conic. C º (0, 0) points dividing these perpendiculars internally in a
given ratio is an ellipse of which the given circle
x2 y2
the origin is the centre of the ellipse + =1 is the auxiliary circle.
a 2 b2
CONIC SECTIONS
62
18. PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION xx1 yy 1

(b) Point form: + = 1 is tangent to the ellipse
2
a b2
The equation x = a cos  & y = b sin  together represent
at (x1,y1). (Using T = 0)
x 2 y2
the ellipse  1 xcosθ ysinθ
a 2 b2 (c) Parametric form: + = 1 is tangent
a b
Where  is a parameter. Note that if
to the ellipse at the point (a cos , b sin ).
P()  (a cos , b sin ) is on the ellipse then;
Q ()  (a cos , a sin ) is on the auxiliary circle.
NOTES :
19. POSITION OF A POINT W.R.T. AN ELLIPSE
(i) There are two tangents to the ellipse having the same
The point P (x1, y1) lies outside, inside or on the ellipse
m, i.e. there are two tangents parallel to any given
according as ; direction. These tangents touches the ellipse at
x12 y12 extremities of a diameter.
2
 2 –1>0 (outside)
a b (ii) Point of intersection of the tangents at the point  &
x12 y12  is :
2
 2 –1<0 (inside)
a b
x12 y12
 –1=0 (on)     
a2 b2  cos sin 
a 2 ,b 2 
20. LINE AND AN ELLIPSE  cos    cos    
 
 2 2 
x 2 y2
The line y = mx + c meets the ellipse   1 in two
a 2 b2
points real, coincident or imaginary according as c² is (iii) The eccentric angles of point of contact of two parallel
<, = or > a2m2 + b2. tangents differ by .
x 2 y2
Hence y = mx + c is tangent to the ellipse  1
a 2 b2
if c2 = a2m2 + b2.
22. NORMALS
The equation to the chord of the ellipse joining two points
(i) Equation of the normal at (x1, y1) is
with eccentric angles  and  is given by
x α +β y α +β α -β a2 x b2 y
cos + sin = cos - = a2 – b2 = a2e2.
. x1 y1
a 2 b 2 2
21. TANGENTS (ii) Equation of the normal at the point (acos , bsin ) is;
ax sec – by cosec = (a2 – b2).
(a) Slope form: y = mx ± a 2m 2 + b 2 is tangent to (iii) Equation of a normal in terms of its slope 'm' is
the ellipse for all values of m. (a 2 - b 2 )m

y = mx -
a2 + b 2m2
SCAN CODE
Conic Sections
CONIC SECTIONS
63
(i) PF. PG = b2
23. DIRECTOR CIRCLE
(ii) PF. Pg = a2
Locus of the point of intersection of the tangents which
(iii) PG. Pg = SP. S'P
meet at right angles is called the Director Circle. The
equation to this locus is x2 + y2 = a2 + b2 i.e. a circle (iv) CG. CT = CS2
whose centre is the centre of the ellipse & whose radius (v) locus of the mid point of Gg is another
is the length of the line joining the ends of the major & ellipse having the same eccentricity as
minor axis. that of the original ellipse.
[Where S and S' are the foci of the ellipse and T
NOTES : is the point where tangent at P meet the major
axis]
Pair of tangents, Chord of contact, Chord with a given Middle
* The circle on any focal distance as diameter
point are to be interpreted as they are in Parabola/Circle.
touches the auxiliary circle. Perpendiculars from
the centre upon all chords which join the ends
24. IMPORTANT RESULTS of any perpendicular diameters of the ellipse are
of constant length.
x 2 y2 * If the tangent at the point P of a standard ellipse
Referring to the ellipse  1
a 2 b2 meets the axis in T and t and CY is the
(a) If P be any point on the ellipse with S & S' as perpendicular on it from the centre then :
to foci then l(SP) + l(S'P) = 2a. (i) T t. PY = a2 – b2 and
(b) The tangent & normal at a point P on the ellipse (ii) least value of T t is a + b.
bisect the external and internal angles between
the focal distances of P. This refers to the well HYPERBOLA
known reflection property of the ellipse which
The Hyperbola is a conic whose eccentricity is greater
states that rays from one focus are reflected
through other focus & vice-versa. Hence we than unity (e > 1).(S)
can deduce that the straight lines joining each
focus to the foot of the perpendicular from the 25. STANDARD EQUATION & DEFINITION (S)
other focus upon the tangent at any point P meet
on the normal PG and bisects it where G is the
point where normal at P meets the major axis.
(c) The product of the length's of the perpendicular
segments from the foci on any tangent to the
ellipse is b² and the feet of these perpendiculars
lie on its auxiliary circle and the tangents at these
feet to the auxiliary circle meet on the ordinate
of P and that the locus of their point of
intersection is a similar ellipse as that of the
original one.
(d) The portion of the tangent to an ellipse between
the point of contact & the directrix subtends a x2 y 2
Standard equation of the hyperbola is - =1,
right angle at the corresponding focus. a2 b2
(e) If the normal at any point P on the ellipse with where b2 = a2 (e2 – 1).
centre C meet the major and minor axes in G & 2
g respectively & if CF be perpendicular upon b2  C.A 
Eccentricity (e) : e2 = 1 + 2
= 1+ 
this normal then : a  T.A 
SCAN CODE
Conic Sections
CONIC SECTIONS
64
(C.A ® Conjugate Axis;

26. RECTANGULAR OR EQUILATERAL HYPERBOLA
T.A ® Transverse Axis)
Foci : S º (ae, 0) & S' º (–ae, 0). The particular kind of hyperbola in which the lengths of
the transverse and conjugate axis are equal is called an
a a Equilateral Hyperbola. Note that the eccentricity of the
Equations of Directrix : x = &x =-
e e
rectangular hyperbola is 2.
Transverse Axis : The line segment A'A of length 2a in
which the foci S' & S both lie is called the transverse axis
27. CONJUGATE HYPERBOLA
of the hyperbola.
Conjugate Axis : The line segment B'B between the Two hyperbolas such that transverse & conjugate axes
two points B' º (0, –b) & B º (0, b) is called as the of one hyperbola are respectively the conjugate & the
conjugate axis of the hyperbola. transverse axes of the other are called Conjuagate
Principal Axes : The transverse & conjugate axis Hyperbolas of each other.
together are called Principal Axes of the hyperbola.
x2 y2 x2 y2
Vertices : A º (a, 0) & A' º (–a, 0) e.g. – =1 & – + = 1 are conjugate
a2 b2 a2 b2
Focal Chord : A chord which passes through a focus is
hyperbolas of each other.
called a focal chord.
Double Ordinate : A chord perpendicular to the transverse
NOTES :
axis is called a double ordinate.
Latus Rectum (l) L : The focal chord perpendicular to (a) If e 1 and e2 are the eccentricities of the hyperbola
the transverse axis is called the latus rectum. and its conjugate then e1–2 + e2–2 = 1.
(b) The foci of a hyperbola and its conjugate are concyclic
2b 2 (C.A.)2 and form the vertices of a square.
l= = = 2a (e2 – 1)
a T.A.
(c) Two hyperbolas are said to be similiar if they have the
same eccentricity.
NOTES : (d) Two similiar hyperbolas are said to be equal if they
have same latus rectum.
(i) l (L.R.) = 2 e (distance from focus to corresponding
directrix). (e) If a hyperbola is equilateral then the conjugate
hyperbola is also equilateral.
(ii) Centre : The point which bisects every chord of the
conic drawn through it is called the centre of the conic.
C º (0, 0) the origin is the centere of the hyperbola 28. AUXILIARY CIRCLE
2 2
x y
- =1 A circle drawn with centre C & T.A. as a diameter is
a 2 b2 called the Auxiliary Circle of the hyperbola. Equation of
(iii) Since the fundamental equation to the hyperbola only the auxiliary circle is x2 + y2 = a2.
differs from that to the ellipse in having –b2 instead Note from the figure that P & Q are called the
of b2 it will be found that many propositions for the "Corresponding Points" on the hyperbola and the
hyperbola are derived from those for the ellipse by auxiliary circle.
simply changing the sign of b2.
In the hyperbola any ordinate of the curve does not meet
(iv) If centre of standard hyperbola is shifted to (h, k) the circle on AA' as diameter in real points. There is
without rotation, then hyperbola equation is therefore no real eccentric angle as in the case of the
2 2 ellipse.
x–h y–k
– =1
a2 b2
CONIC SECTIONS
65
32. TANGENTS
(i) Slope Form : y = mx + a 2 m 2 - b 2 can be taken
x 2 y2
as the tangent to the hyperbola  1
a 2 b2
(ii) Point Form : Equation of tangent to the
x 2 y2
hyperbola   1 at the point (x1 y1) is
a 2 b2
xx1 yy 1
- = 1 (Using T = 0)
29. PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION a2 b 2
(iii) Parametric Form : Equation of the tangent to the
The equation x = a sec  & y = b tan  together represents
x 2 y2
hyperbola   1 at the point (a sec , b tan )
a 2 b2
x 2 y2
the hyperbola   1 where  is a parameter..
a 2 b2 xsecθ ytanθ
- = 1.
a b
Note that if P()  (a sec, b tan ) is on the hyperbola
then ; NOTES :
Q ()  (a cos, a sin) is on the auxiliary circle.
(i) Point of intersection of the tangents at 1 & 2 is :
30. POSITION OF A POINT 'P' W.R.T. A HYPERBOLA 1   2

cos
xa 2 , y  b tan 1   2 
1   2  2 
x12 y12 cos
The quantity S1   –1 is positive, zero or 2
a 2 b2
(ii) If |1 + 2| = , then tangents at these points
negative according as the point (x1, y1) lies inside, on or
(1 & 2) are parallel.
outside the curve.
(iii) There are two parallel tangents having the same slope
m. These tangents touches the hyperbola at the
31. LINE AND A HYPERBOLA extremities of a diameter.
The straight line y = mx + c is a secant, a tangent or

33. NORMALS
x 2 y2
passes outside the hyperbola 2  2  1 according as (i) The equation of the normal to the hyperbola
a b
: c2 > or = or < a2m2 – b2, respectively. x 2 y2
  1 at the point P (x 1 , y1) on it is
a 2 b2
The equation to the chord of the hyperbola joining two
a2 x b2 y
points with eccentric angles  and  is given by + = a2 + b2 = a2e2
x1 y1
x α –β y α+β α+β (ii) The equation of the normal at the point
cos – sin = cos .
a 2 b 2 2 P (a sec , b tan ) on the hyperbola
SCAN CODE
Conic Sections
CONIC SECTIONS
66
x 2 y2 ax by
35. RECTANGULAR HYPERBOLA (xy = c2)
- 2 = 1 is + = a2 + b2 = a2e2.
2 secθ tanθ
a b
(iii) Equation of a normal in terms of its slope 'm' is It is referred to its asymptotes as axes of co-ordinates.
(a 2 + b2 )m Vertices : (c, c) and (–c, –c) ;
y = mx ± .
a2 - b 2m 2
NOTES :
Equation to the chord of contact, chord with a given middle

point, pair of tangents from an external point is to be
interpreted as in parabola/circle.
34. DIRECTOR CIRCLE Foci : ( 2c, 2c) & (- 2c, - 2c),
The locus of the intersection point of tangents which are Directrices : x + y = ± 2c

at right angles is known as the Director Circle of the
Latus Rectum (l) : l = 2 2 c = T.A. = C.A.
hyperbola. The equation to the director circle is :
Parametric equation x = ct, y = c/t, t Î R – {0}
x2 + y2 = a2 – b2.
Equation of a chord joining the points P(t1) & Q(t2) is
If b2 < a2 this circle is real. x + t1t2y = c(t1 + t2).
If b2 = a2 (rectangular hyperbola) the radius of the circle
x y
is zero and it reduces to a point circle at the origin. In Equation of the tangent at P (x1 y1) is x + y = 2 and
1 1
this case the centre is the only point from which the
tangents at right angles can be drawn to the curve. x
at P(t) is + ty = 2c.
t
If b2 > a2, the radius of the circle is imaginary, so that
Equation of the normal at P(t) is xt3 – yt = c(t4 – 1).
there is no such circle & so no pair of tangents at right
Chord with a given middle point as (h, k) is kx + hy = 2hk.
angle can be drawn to the curve.
36. IMPORTANT RESULTS

NOTES :
(i) The difference of of focal distances of any point
A simple method to find the co-ordinates of the centre of P on hyperbola constant, i.e, |PS – PS’| = 2a
the hyperbola expressed as a general equation of degree 2
should be remembered as : (ii) Locus of the feet of the perpendicular drawn from
Let f(x y) = 0 represents a hyperbola. x2 y2
focus of the hyperbola - = 1 upon any
a 2 b2
¶f ¶f
Find & . Then the point of intersection of tangent is its auxiliary circle i.e.
¶x ¶y x2 + y2 = a2 & the product of the feet of these
perpendiculars is b2.
¶f ¶f (iii) The portion of the tangent between the point of
=0& = 0 gives the centre of the hyperbola.
¶x ¶y contact & the directrix subtends a right angle at
the corresponding focus.
CONIC SECTIONS
67
(iv) The tangent & normal at any point of a

hyperbola bisect the angle between the focal x2 y2
hyperbola + =1
radii. This spell the reflection property of the a2 - k2 k 2 - b2
hyperbola as "An incoming light ray" aimed (a > k > b > 0) are confocal and therefore
towards one focus is reflected from the outer orthogonal.
surface of the hyperbola towards the other focus.
(v) The foci of the hyperbola and the points P and
It follows that if an ellipse and a hyperbola have
Q in which any tangent meets the tangents at
the same foci, they cut at right angles at any of
the vertices are concyclic with PQ as diameter of
their common point.
the circle.
(vi) A rectangular hyperbola circumscribing a triangle
also passes through the orthocentre of this
æ cö
triangle. If çç ct i , ÷÷ i = 1, 2, 3 be the angular
è t i ø
points P, Q, R then orthocentre is
æ -c ö
çç ,-ct1 t 2 t 3 ÷÷.
t t
è 12 3t ø
(vii) If a circle and the rectangular hyperbola xy = c2

meet in the four points, t1, t2, t3 and t4, then
(a) t1 t2 t3 t4 = 1
(b) The centre of the circle through the points t1,
x2
y2 t2, and t3 is :
Note that the ellipse + = 1 & the
a 2 b2
ìï c æ 1 ö cæ 1 1 1 öüï
í çç t1 + t 2 + t 3 + ÷÷, çç + + + t1 + t 2 + t 3 ÷÷ý
ïî 2 è t 1 t 2 t 3 ø 2 è t1 t 2 t 3 øïþ
CONIC SECTIONS 68
SOLVED EXAMPLES
PARABOLA Example - 2
Example - 1 Find the equation of the parabola with its vertex at (3, 2)
and its focus at (5, 2).
Find the equation of the parabola with latus rectum joining
the points (3, 6) and (3, –2) Sol. Let Vertex A (3, 2) and focus is S (5, 2)
-2 - 6
Sol. Slope of (3, 6) and (3, –2) is = ¥ since latus rectum 2-2
3-3 Slope of AS = = 0 (which is parallel to x-axis)
5-3
is perpendicular to axis. Hence axis parallel to x-axis. The
equation of the two possible parabolas will be of the form
2
(y – k) = ± 4a (x – h) ... (1)
Hence axis of parabola parallel to x-axis.
Since latus rectum = (3 - 3) 2 + (6 + 2) 2 = 8 The equation is of the form

2
\ 4a = 8 (y – k) = 4a (x – h)
2
a=2 or (y – 2) = 4a (x – 3)
2
\ From (1), (y – k) = ± 8 (x – h)
as (h, k) is the vertex (3, 2)
Since (3, 6) and (3, –2) lie on the parabola, then
2 a = distance between the focus and the vertex
(6 – k) = ± 8 (3 – h) ... (2)
2
and (–2 – k) = ± 8 (3 – h) ... (3)
= (5 - 3) 2 + (2 - 2) 2
Solving (2) and (3) we get
k=2 =2
From (2) + 16 = 8 (3 – h), Hence the required equation is
\ h=3±2 2
(y – 2) = 8 (x – 3)
\ h = 5, 1
2
or y – 8x – 4y + 28 = 0
Hence values of (h, k) are (5, 2) and (1, 2). The required
parabolas are
2 2
(y – 2) = –8 (x – 5) and (y – 2) = 8 (x – 1)
CONIC SECTIONS 69
Example - 3 Sol. (t2, 2t) -one end of focal chord
Let L1 be the length of the common chord of the curves  1 2 

 2 ,  other end  t1t2  1
x2 + y2 = 9 and y2 = 8x, and L2 be the length of the latus t t 
rectum of y2 = 8x, then: Length of focal chord
(a) L1 > L2 (b) L1 = L2
2 2
 2 1  1
L1 = t  2   4t  
(c) L1 < L2 (d)  3  t   t
L2
2
Ans. (c) 1  1
=t t    4
Sol. For intersection of x2 + y2 = 9 and y2 = 8x t  t
x2 + 8x = 9  (x + 9)(x - 1) = 0 x = - 9 or x = 1
2
x = –9 not possible  1
=t  
Hence, x = 1  t
Now y2 = 8 y = ± 2 2 Example - 6
 
The two points are 1, 2 2 and 1, 2 2   A chord is drawn through the focus of the parabola y2=6x
such that its distance from the vertex of this parabola is
L1 = 2  2 2  4 2
5
, then its slope can be :
L2 = 4a = 8 2
Hence, L2>L1
5 3
(a) (b)
Example - 4 2 2
2 2
For the parabola y2 = 8x point (2, 5) is (c) (d)
5 3
(a) inside the parabola
(b) Focus Ans. (a)
(c) outside the parabola Sol. Let the slope of chord be ‘m’ equation of chord through
(d) On the parabola 3  3
focus ( ,0) is y - 0 = m x 
Ans. (c) 2  2
Sol. For y2 = 8x
3m
25 - 8 (2) > 0 mx - y - =0
2
(2, 5) lies outside parabola
5
distance from (0,0 ) is
Example - 5 2
00 3 m
If (t2, 2t) is one end of a focal chord of the parabola, 5 2
y2 = 4x then the length of the focal chord will be : =
2 m2  1
2
 1  1  2 1  5 3m
(a)  t   (b)  t    t  2   =
 t  t  t  2 2 m2  1
5 (m2 + 1) = 9m2
 1  2 1  5 = 4m2
(c)  t    t  2  (d) none of these
 t  t  5
m =
Ans. (a) 2
CONIC SECTIONS 70
Example - 7 x = X + (–b) and y=Y+0

 x+b=X and y=Y ...(ii)
If the line x + y – 1 = 0 touches the parabola y2 = kx, then the
value of k is from (i), Y2 = 4aX ...(iii)
(a) 4 (b) –4 x y X b Y
and the line   1 reduces to  1
(c) 2 (d) –2  m  m
Ans. (b)
 Xb
 Y = m 1  
a   
Sol. c=
m
 m  b
k  Y =    X + m 1   ...(iv)
   
  k = -4
1 4
1 The line (iv) will touch the parabola (iii), if
 b a
m 1     a
Example - 8     m 
  c  m 
   
Show that line x cos  + y sin  = p touches the parabola
y2 = 4ax if p cos  + a sin2  = 0 and that the point of
m2  b 
contact is (a tan2 , – 2a tan ).  1    a
  
Sol. The given line is
 m2 (l + b) + al 2 = 0
x cos  + y sin  = p
Alternative Method :
 y = – x cot  + p cosec 
Then given line and parabola are
Comparing this line with y = mx + c
 m = – cot  and c = p cosec  x y
 1 ...(i)
since the given line touches the parabola  m
and y2 = 4a (x + b) ...(ii)
a
 c  cm = a respectively.
m
Substituting the value of x from (i),
 (p cosec ) (– cot ) = a
 a sin2  + p cos  = 0  y
i.e., x = l 1   in (ii)
 m
 a 2a 
and point of contact is  2 ,  i.e.
m m    y 
then y2 = 4a 1    b
  m 
 a 2a 
 2
,   (a tan2 , – 2a tan ). 4a
 cot  cot    y2 + y – 4a(l + b) = 0 ...(iii)
m
Example - 9 Since the line (i), touches the parabola (ii) then the roots
of equation (iii) are equal
x y 2
Prove that the line   1 touches the parabola  4a 
 m    – 4.1 {–4a (l + b)} = 0
 m 
y2 = 4a (x + b) if m2 (l + b) + al2 = 0.
Sol. The given parabola is
a 2
y2 = 4a (x + b) ...(i)  + (l + b) = 0
m2
Vertex of this parabola is (–b, 0).
 al2 + m2 (l + b) = 0
Now shifting (0, 0) at (–b, 0) then
 m2 (l + b) + al2 = 0.
CONIC SECTIONS 71
If y1, y2 are the ordinates of two points P and Q on the Two tangents are drawn from a point (-2, -1) to the curve,
parabola and y3 is the ordinate of the point of intersection y2 = 4x. If  is the angle between them, then | tan  | is
of tangents at P and Q, then equal to :
(a) y1, y2, y3 are in A.P. (b) y1, y3, y2 are in A.P.
1 1
(c) y1, y2, y3 are in G.P. (d) y1, y3, y2 are in G.P. (a) (b)
3 3
Ans. (b)
(c) 3 (d) 3
Sol. Let y1= 2at1, y2 = 2at2.then y3 = a ( t1 + t2)
Ans. (d)
2y3 = 2at1 + 2at2 = y1 + y2
Sol. Let the equation of tangent to the parabola y = 4x be
y1, y3 ,y2 AP
1
y=mx+
Example - 11 m
this tangent passes through (–2,–1)
(a) Find the equation of the tangents drawn to
y2 + 12x = 0 from the point (3, 8). 1
- 1 = - 2m +
(b) Find the equation of tangents to the parabola m
y2 = 4x + 5 which is parallel to the line y = 2x + 7. 2m2 - m - 1 = 0
Sol. (a) y2 + 12x = 0  y2 = – 12x. Let m1 and m2 be the root of this equation where
 a = – 3. m1 and m2 are slopes of two tangents drawn from (-2,-1) to
the curve y2=4x.
3  a
Let tangent be y = mx –
m
.  y  mx  m  1 1
  Now, m1 + m2 = and m1 m2 =
2 2
3 Given ‘’ is the angle between these tangents,

Since tangent passes through (3, 8), 8 = 3m –
m
m 2  m1  m1  m2 2  4m1m2
 3m2 – 8m – 3 = 0  (m – 3) (3m + 1) = 0 tan = 1  m m

1 2 1  m1m 2
1
 m = 3, m = –  Tangent are y = 3x – 1
3
2
 1  1
x   4 
2 2
and y=– + 9. tan 
3  1
1 
2
(b) Any line || to given is y = 2x + .
If it is tangent to the parabola then it will meet it in two
coincident points.
1
Eliminating x, we get : y2 – 5 = 2 (y – )  2
4 3
 y2 – 2y + 2 – 5 = 0. Roots are equal. = 1 =  2 =3
2
2
 b2 – 4ac = 0  4 – 4(2 – 5) = 0
 3  y  2x  3
Now tan   3  3
CONIC SECTIONS 72
Example - 13
a 1/ 3
Þ y=– x – a2/3 b1/3
Find the equation of common tangent to the circle b1/ 3
x2 + y2 = 8 and parabola y2 = 16x.
Þ a1/3 x + b1/3 y + a2/3 b2/3 = 0
Sol. Let ty = x + at2 (where a = 4) be a tangent to parabola which
also touches circle. Example - 15
Þ ty = x + 4t2 and x2 + y2 = 8
Show that the locus of a point, such that two of the three
have only one common solution.
normals drawn from it to the parabola y2 = 4ax are
Þ (ty – 4t2)2 + y2 = 8 perpendicular is y2 = a (x – 3a).
has equal roots as a quadratic in y. Sol. Let P º (x1, y1) be the point from where normals AP, BP, CP
Þ (1 + t2) y2 – 8t3y + 16t4 – 8 = 0 has equal roots. are drawn to y2 = 4ax.
Let y = mx – 2am – am3 be one of these normals.
Þ 64t6 = 64t6 + 64t4 – 32 – 32t2 éëb 2 = 4ac ùû
P lies on it Þ y1 = mx1 – 2am – am3.
Þ t2 + 1 – 2t4 = 0
Slopes m1, m2, m3 of AP, BP, CP are roots of the cubic
Þ t2 = 1, – 1/2
y1 = mx1 – 2am – am2.
Þ t=±1
Þ am3 + (2a – x1) m + y1 = 0 Þ m1 + m2 + m3 = 0
Þ the common tangents are
2a - x1
y = x + 4 and y = – x – 4. Þ m1m2 + m2m3 + m3m1 =
a
Example - 14
Find the equation of the common tangents to the parabola

y2 = 4ax and x2 = 4by.
Sol. The equation of any tangent in terms of slope (m) to the
parabola y2 = 4ax is
a
y = mx + ...(i)
m y1
Þ m1m2m3 = –
a
If this line is also tangent to the parabola x2 = 4ay then (i)
meets x2 = 4by in two coincident points. As two of the three normals are perpendicular, we take m1m2
Substituting the value of y from (i) in x2 = 4by we get = – 1. (i.e. we assume AP perpendicular BP)
To get the locus, we have to eliminate m1, m2, m3,
æ a ö 4ab
x2 = 4b ç mx + ÷ Þ x2 – 4bmx – =0 2a - x1
è m ø m m1m2 + m2m3 + m3m1 =
a
The roots of this quadratic are equal provided “B2 = 4AC”
2a - x1
æ - 4ab ö Þ –1 + m3 (–m3) =
i.e., (–4bm)2 = 4.1. ç ÷ a
è m ø
2
Þ 16b2m3 + 16ab = 0, m ¹ 0 æ + y1 ö 2a - x 1
Þ –1– ç ÷ =
Þ m3 = – a/b \ m = – a1/3/b1/3 è a ø a
Substituting the value of m in (i) the required equation is [using m1m2m3 = – y1/a and m1m2 = – 1]
a1/ 3 ab1/ 3 Þ a + y1 = – 2a2 + ax1

2 2
y=- x -
b1/ 3 a1/ 3 Þ y12 = a (x1 – 3a)
Þ y2 = a (x – 3a) is the required locus.
CONIC SECTIONS 73
Show that the locus of the middle points of normal chords

Find the locus of the mid points of the chords of the
of the parabola y2 = 4ax is
parabola y2 = 4ax which subtend a right angle at the vertex
y4 – 2a (x – 2a) y2 + 8a4 = 0.
of the parabola.
Sol. Let P (h, k) be mid point of a chord QR of the parabola y2

= 4ax, then equation of chord QR is
Sol.
T = S1
Þ yk – 2a (x + h) = k2 – 4ah
Þ yk – 2ax = k2 – 2ah ...(i)

Equation of the normal chord at any point (at2, 2at) of the
parabola y2 = 4ax is
y + tx = 2at + at3 ...(i)
But if M (x1, y1) be its middle point, its equation must be
also
T = S1
yy1 – 2a (x + x1) = y12 - 4ax1
Þ yy1 – 2ax = y12 – 2ax1 ...(ii)
As Equations (i) and (ii) are identical. Comparing them
If A is the vertex of the parabola. For combined equation of
1 t 2at + at 3
AQ and AR, Making homogenous of y2 = 4ax with the help = = 2
y1 - 2a y1 - 2ax1
of (i)
\ y2 = 4 ax . 1 From first two relations t = –

2a
...(iii)
y1
æ yk - 2ax ö From last two relations

\ y2 = 4ax ç 2 ÷
è k - 2ah ø
t 2at + at 3
= 2
Þ y2 (k2 – 2ah) – 4akxy + 8a2x2 = 0 - 2a y1 - 2ax 1
Since ÐQAR = 90°.

y12 - 2ax1
Þ = 2a + at2
\ Co–efficient of x2 + Co–efficient of y2 = 0 - 2a
Þ k2 – 2ah + 8a2 = 0 2
y12 - 2ax1 æ - 2a ö
çç ÷÷ [from equation (iii)]
Hence the locus is P (h, k) is y2 – 2ax + 8a2 = 0. Þ = 2a + a
- 2a è y1 ø
y12 - 2ax 1 2ay12 + 4a 3

Þ =
- 2a y12
Þ y 4 - 2a x - 2a y 2 + 8a 4 = 0
CONIC SECTIONS 74
Example - 18
ELLIPSE
Find the locus of the point of intersection of the tangents
Example - 19
to the parabola y2 = 4ax which include an angle of 45°.
Find the equation of an ellipse whose focus is (–1, 1),
1
eccentricity is and the directrix is x – y + 3 = 0
2
Sol. Let P (x, y) be any point on the ellipse whose focus is

S (–1, 1) and the directrix is x – y + 3 = 0. Draw PM
Sol.
perpendicular from P (x, y) on the directrix x – y + 3 = 0.
Then by definition
P  (at12, 2 at1) and Q  (at22, 2at2). T  (x1, y1)
 x1 = a t1t2 ...(i) and y1 = a (t1 + t2) ... (ii)
m1  m 2
As PTQ = 45°, tan 45° =
1  m1m 2
1 1

t1 t 2 t t  1 1
=  2 1  As m1  and m2  
1 1  t1t 2  t1 t2 
1
t1 t 2
SP = ePM
 (t2 – t1)2 = (1 +t1 t2)2 
2 2
(SP) = e (PM)
2
 (t2 + t1)2 – 4 t1t2 = (1 + t1t2)2 ...(iii)

2
Replace values of t1 + t2 and t1 t2 from (i) and (ii) in (iii) to get 1  x  y  3
 (x  1) 2  (y  1)2   
4 2 
2
y12 x1  x 1  2 2 2 2
2
4  1    8 (x + y + 2x – 2y + 2)= x + y + 9 – 2xy + 6x – 6y
a a  a 
2 2
 7x + 7y + 2xy + 10x – 10y + 7 = 0
 Required locus  y2 – 4ax = (x + a)2 which is the required equation of the ellipse.
CONIC SECTIONS 75
Example - 20
x2 y2
Sol. Let + =1 (a > b)
If the angle between the straight lines joining foci and the a2 b2
x2 y2
end of minor axis of the ellipse + = 1 is 90°, find its Given 2b = 8 ...(i)
a2 b2
eccentricity. and 2ae = 6 ...(ii)
x2 y2 b 4
Sol. The equation of the ellipse is + =1. By (i) and (ii) we have =
a2 b2 ae 3
The ends of minor axis are B (0, b) and B’ (0, –b). If the
eccentricity of the ellipse is e, then the foci are S (ae, 0) b2 16 2
Þ 2
= e
and S’ (–ae, 0). a 9
16 2
Þ 1– e2 = e (\ b2 = a2 (1–e2) as a > b)
9
3
Þe=
5
Example - 22
A focus of an ellipse is at the origin. The directrix is the

line x = 4 and the eccentricity is 1/2. Then the length of the
b-0 b
\ Slope of BS is m1 = =- semi–major axis is
0 - ae ae
(a) 5/3 (b) 8/3
b-0 b
and Slope of BS’ is m2 = = (c) 2/3 (d) 4/3
0 + ae ae
Ans. (b)
\ The angle between BS and BS’ is 90°,
Sol. Obviously the major axis is along the x-axis
b b
\ m1m2 = – 1 Þ - ´ = -1 The distance between the focus and the corresponding
ae ae
Þ b 2 = a 2 e2 a
directrix = - ae =4
Þ a2 (1 – e2) = a2e2 Þ 1– e2 = e2 e
1
Þ 2e2 = 1 \e = . a æ a ö
2 Þ - ae =4 ç notethat > ae ÷
e è e ø
Example - 21
æ1 ö æ 1ö
In an ellipse, the distance between its focii is 6 and minor Þ a ç - e ÷ =4Þ a ç 2 - ÷ =4
èe ø è 2ø
axis is 8. Then its eccentricity is
(a) 3/5 (b) 1/2
3 8
Þ a. = 4 \a =
(c) 4/5 (d) 1/ 5 2 3
Ans. (a)
CONIC SECTIONS 76
Example - 23 i.e., (0, –6)
Find the lengths and equations of the focal radii drawn \ Equation of SP is
2 2
from the point (4 3, 5) on the ellipse 25x + 16y = 1600 6-5
y-5 = (x - 4 3)
Sol. The equation of the ellipse is 0-4 3
2 2
25x + 16y = 1600
-4 3y + 20 3 = x - 4 3
x 2 y2
or + =1
64 100 or x + 4 3 y - 24 3 = 0
and equation of S’ P is
-6 - 5
\ y -5 = (x - 4 3)
0-4 3
Þ -4 3y + 20 3 = -11x + 44 3
or 11x - 4 3y - 24 3 = 0
Example - 24
If P = (x, y), F1 = (3, 0), F2 = (–3, 0)

Here b > a
and 16x2 + 25y2 = 400, then PF1 + PF2 equals
2 2
a = 64, b = 100
(a) 8 (b) 6
2 2 2
a = b (1 – e )
(c) 10 (d) 12
2
\ 64 = 100 (1 – e )
Ans. (c)
Þ e = 3/5
Sol. Given, 16x2+25y2 = 400 [given]
Let P(x1 , y1 ) º (4 3,5)
x 2 y2
Þ + =1
be a point on the ellipse then SP and S’P are the focal radii 25 16
\ SP = b – ey1 and S’P = b + ey1
Here, a2 = 25, b2 = 16
3 3 But b2 = a2 (1–e2)
\ SP = 10 - ´ 5 and S¢P = 10 + ´ 5
5 5
16
Þ SP = 7 and S’P = 13 Þ16 = 25 (1–e2) Þ = 1–e2
25
Also S is (0, be)
16 9 3
æ 3ö Þ e2 = 1– = Þe=
i.e., 25 25 5
ç 0,10 ´ ÷ i.e., (0,6)
è 5 ø
Now, foci of the ellipse are (± ae,0) = (± 3, 0)
and S’ is (0, –be)
Now, PF1 + PF2 = Major axis = 2a
æ 3ö = 2 × 5 = 10
i.e., ç 0, - 10 ´ ÷
è 5ø
CONIC SECTIONS 77
The eccentric angles of the extremities of latus rectum of

x2 y2
x 2 y2 The line x = at2 meets the ellipse + = 1 in the real
the ellipse + = 1 is a2 b2
a 2 b2
points if -
-1 æ ± ae ö æ ± be ö
(a) tan ç ÷ (b) tan -1 ç ÷ (a) | t | < 2 (b) | t | £ 1
è b ø è b ø
(c) | t | > 1 (d) None of these
-1 æ ± b ö -1 æ ± a ö
(c) tan ç ÷ (d) tan ç ÷ Ans. (b)
è ae ø è be ø
Sol. Solving these 2 equations simultaneously
Ans. (c)
b2t4 + y2 – b2 = 0 Þ y2 = b2 –b2 t4
Sol. Latus rectum is perpendicular to the major axis and passes
through the focus. For real ‘y’: b2 – b2 t4 ³ 0
X - co - ordinate of latus rectum = ae Þ t4 £1 Þ t2 £1 Þ | t | £ 1
x2 y2
Equation of ellipse: + =1 Example - 27
a 2 b2
Putting the value x = ae we get: For what value of l does the line y = x + l touches the
2
ellipse 9x2 + 16y2 = 144.
2
ae y
+ =1 Sol. Equation of ellipse is 9x2 + 16y2 = 144
a2 b2
y2 x2 y2
Þ e2 + =1 Þ + =1
b2 16 9
y2
Þ = 1 - e2 x2 y2
b2 Comparing this with + =1
a2 b2
y2 b2 b2
Þ = Þ y = ± then we get a 2 = 16 and b 2 = 9 and comparing the line
b2 a2 a
y = x + l with y = mx + c
æ b2 ö æ b2 ö \ m = 1 and c = l
Extremities are ç ae, ÷ and ç ae, - ÷
è a ø è a ø
If the line y = x + l touches the ellipse
9x2 + 16y2 = 144, then

b2
b sin q = ± , a cos q = ae
a c2 = a2m2 + b2
Dividing, Þ l2 = 16 × 12 + 9
b Þ l2 = 25
tan q = ±
ae \ l=±5
CONIC SECTIONS 78
x2 y2 x2 y2
A tangent to an ellipse + = 1 touches it at a point P If the normal at a point P(q) to the ellipse + =1
a2 b2 14 5
intersect it again at Q (2q). Show that cos q = – 2/3.
in the first quadrant and meets the axes in A and B
respectively. If P divides AB is 3 : 1, find the equation of Sol. The equation of normal at P(q) is :
tangent. ax by
- = a2 – b2
Sol. Let the coordinates of the point P º (a cosq, b sinq) cos q sin q
Þ the equation of the tangent at P is : As Q º (a cos 2q, b sin 2q) lies on it, we can have :
x cos q y sin q a b
+ =1 ...(i) (a cos 2q) – (b sin 2q) = a2 – b2
a b cos q sin q
Þ The coordinates of the points A and B are : (2 cos 2 q - 1)

Þ a2 – 2b2 cosq = a2 – b2
cos q
æ a ö æ b ö
Aº ç ,0 ÷ and B º ç 0, ÷ Put a2 = 14, b2 = 5 in the above equation to get :
è cos q ø è sin q ø
14(2 cos2q – 1) – 10 cos2q = 9 cosq
Þ 18cos2q– 9cosq – 14 = 0
Þ (6 cos q – 7) (3 cos q + 2) = 0
Þ cosq = 7/6 (reject) or cosq = – 2/3
Hence cosq = – 2/3.
Example - 30
Prove that in general four normals can be drawn to an

ellipse from any point and the sum of the eccentric angles
of the feet of these normal is equal to an odd multiple of
two right angles.
ax by
Sol. Equation of Normal = - = a2 – b2
cos q sin q
ah bk
As it passes through (h, k) º - = a2 – b2
By section formula, the coordinates of P are cos q sin q
æ a 3b ö 1- t2 2t q
ç , ÷ º (a cos q, b sin q) Replace cosq = , sinq = 2
, where t = tan
2
è 4 cos q 4 sin q ø 1+ t 1+ t 2
Þ bk t4 + 2 (ah + a2 – b2) t3 + 2 (ah – a2 + b2) t – bk = 0
a 3b
Þ = a cos q and = b sin q æq ö
4 cos q 4 sin q It roots are tan ç r ÷ , r = 1, 2, 3, 4
è2ø
1 3
Þ cos q = ± and sin q = ± æ q1 q 2 q 3 q 4 ö S1 - S3 p
2 2 tan ç + + + ÷=
1 - S + S = ¥ = tan
è 2 2 2 2 ø 2 4 2
Þ q = 60°
For equation of tangent, replace the value of q in (i) æ bk ö
ç as S 2 = 0, S 4 = - = -1÷
è bk ø
x 3y
Þ The equation of tangent is : + = 2. q1 + q 2 + q 3 + q 4 p
a b \ = np +
2 2
Þ q1 + q2 + q3 + q4 = (2n+ 1)p
CONIC SECTIONS 79
Product of the perpendiculars from the foci upon any A stair-case of length l rests against a vertical wall and a
floor of a room. Let P be a point on the stair-case, nearer to
x 2 y2 its end on the wall, that divides its length in the ratio 1 : 2.
tangent to the ellipse + = 1 is
a 2 b2 If the stair-case begins to slide on the floor, then the locus
of P is:
(a) b (b) a
1
(a) an ellipse of eccentricity
(c) a2 (d) b2 2
Ans. (d)
3
(b) an ellipse of eccentricity
Sol. We can assume an arbitrary tangent to this ellipse to be 2
l
y = mx + a 2 m2 + b 2 ... (1) (c) a circle of radius
2
The perpendicular distances of the two foci, F 1(ae, 0) and

3
F2(–ae, 0) from the line given by (1) are (d) a circle of radius l
2
Ans. (b)
mae + a 2 m2 + b 2 Sol. Let b be the height and a be the length intercepted by the
d1 =
1 + m2 staircase. By section formula, we can write the coordinates
of P as:
æ a 2b ö
-mae + a 2 m2 + b 2 ç , ÷
d2 = è3 3 ø
1 + m2
Now, the length of the staircase is constant
We thus have, Hence, a2 + b2 = l2

Let P be (x,y)
a 2 m 2 + b2 - a 2 m2 e 2 2
d1d 2 = æ 3y ö é 3y ù
1 + m2 Hence, (3x)2+ ç ÷ = l2 êQ a = 3x and b = 2 ú
è 2 ø ë û
a 2 m2 1 - e2 + b 2 x2 y2
Þ + =1
= 2 l2 4l 2
1+ m 9 9
This represents the equation of an ellipse,

2 2 2
m b +b
= 1
1 + m2 1–e2 =
4
= b2
3
Hence, e =
2
CONIC SECTIONS 80
Show that the locus of the foot of the perpendicular drawn Find the locus of a point from which the two tangents to
the ellipse are inclined at an angle a.
x2 y2 Sol. Equation of tangent of slope m is
from the centre of the ellipse + = 1 on any tangent
a2 b2
y = mx + a 2m 2 + b2 ...(i)
is (x2 + y2)2 = a2 x2 + b2 y2.
Sol.
Point P º (x1, y1) lies on (i)
Þ y1 = mx1 + a 2m 2 + b2
Let the tangent be y = mx + a 2m 2 + b2 . Þ m2 ( x12 - a 2 ) – 2x1y1 m + ( y12 - b 2 ) = 0
Draw CM perpendicular to tangent and let M º (x1, y1). Let roots be m1 and m2
M lies on tangent, 2 x 1 y1
Þ m1 + m2 =
x 12 - a 2
Þ y1 = mx1 + a 2m2 + b2 ...(i)
Slope (CM) = – 1/m y12 - b 2

and m1 m2 =
x12 - a 2
y1 1 x1
Þ =- Þ m=– y ...(ii)
x1 m 1 m1 - m 2
tan a =
1 + m1m 2
Replace the value of m from (ii) into (i) and take square to
get : Þ tan2 a (1 + m1 m2)2 = (m1 + m2)2 –4 m1 m2 ...(ii)
Using (ii),
(x12 + y12 ) 2 = a 2 x12 + b2 y12
2
æ y 2 - b2 ö 4x12 y12 y12 - b 2
Hence the required locus is : tan2 a çç1 + 12 ÷÷ = 2 – 4
2
( x1 - a 2 ) 2 x12 - a 2
(x2 + y2)2 = a2 x2 + b2 y2. è x1 - a ø
Þ Locus is tan2 a (x2 + y2 – a2 – b2)2 = 4 [x2b2 + a2y2 – a2b2]

CONIC SECTIONS 81
A tangent to the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 4 meets the ellipse Obtain the equation of a hyperbola with co-ordinate axes
x2 + 2y2 = 6 at P and Q. Prove that the tangents at P and Q
of the ellipse x2 + 2y2 = 6 are at right angles. as principal axes given that the distances of one of its
Sol. Chord of contact of vertices from the focii are 9 and 1 units.
Sol. Let equation of hyperbola is

x 2 y2 hx ky
  1 is  1 ...(i)
6 3 6 3
x 2 y2
Equation of any tangent to  1 ... (1)
a 2 b2
x 2 y2 x
  1 is cos  + y sin  = 1. ...(ii) If vertices are A (a, 0) and A’ (–a, 0) and foci are S (ae, 0)
4 1 2
and S’ (–ae, 0)
Compare (i) and (ii), eliminate  and get locus of (h, k)
i.e. x2 + y2 = 9 (i.e. a2 + b2) Given l (S’A) = 9 and l (SA) = 1
i.e. director circle of 2nd ellipse.  a + ae = 9 and ae – a = 1
HYPERBOLA or a (1 + e) = 9 and a (e – 1) = 1
Example - 36 a(1  e) 9
 
a(e  1) 1
Find the eccentricity of the hyperbola whose latus rectum
is half of its transverse axis.
Sol. Let the equation of hyperbola be 5
 1  e  9e  9  e 
4
x 2 y2
 1
a 2 b2  a (1 + e) = 9
2b 2
Then transverse axis = 2a and latus-rectum =  5
a  a 1    9
 4
2b 2 1
According to question  (2a)
a 2  a=4
2 2
 2b = a
2 2 2
 2a (e – 1) = a  25 
b 2  a 2 (e 2  1)  16   1

2
2e – 2 = 1  16 
3 2
 e2   b =9
2
From (1) equation of hyperbola is
3
 e
2 x 2 y2
 1
16 9
3
Hence the required eccentricity is .
2
CONIC SECTIONS 82
Example - 38 Foci : The co–ordinates of foci are (0, ± be)

\ X = 0, Y = ± be
Show that the equation 7y2 – 9x2 + 54x – 28y – 116 = 0
represents a hyperbola. Find the co–ordinates of the 4
centre, length of transverse and conjugate axes, Þ x – 3 = 0, y – 2 = ± 3 × .
3
eccentricity, latus rectum, co–ordinates of foci and
vertices, equations of the directrices of the hyperbola.
Þ 3, 6 and 3, –2
Sol. We have 7y2 – 9x2 + 54x – 28y – 116 = 0
Vertices : The co–ordinates of vertices are (0, ± b).
Þ 7 (y2 – 4y) – 9 (x2 – 6x) – 116 = 0
Þ X = 0, Y = ± b
Þ 7 (y2 – 4y + 4) – 9 (x2 – 6x + 9) = 116 + 28 – 81
Þ x – 3 = 0, y – 2 = ± 3
Þ 7 (y – 2)2 – 9 (x – 3)2 = 63
Þ (3, 2 ± 3)
2 2
( y - 2) ( x - 3) Þ vertices are (3, 5) and (3, –1)
Þ - =1
9 7 Equation of directrices :
The equation of directrices are
Y2 X2
Þ - = 1 [where X = x – 3 and Y = y – 2]
9 7 3
Y=±
4/3
This equation represents conjugate hyperbola. Comparing
it with
9
Þ y–2=
4
Y2 X2 2 2
2
- 2
= 1 we get b = 9 and a = 7
b a
9
Þ y = 2±
4
\ b = 3 and a = 7.
Centre : X = 0, Y = 0. 1 17
Þ y =– ,y =
i.e., x – 3 = 0, y – 2 = 0 \ Centre is (3, 2) 4 4
Length of transverse axis :

Example - 39
Length of transverse axis = 2b = 6.
Length of conjugate axis : If 5x2 + ly2 = 20 represents a rectangular hyperbola, then l=
(a) 5 (b) – 5
Length of conjugate axis = 2a = 2 7 .
(c) 4 (d) –4
Eccentricity : The eccentricity e is given by
Ans. (b)
a2 7 4 Sol. For a rectangular hyperbola, equation is of the type

e = 1+ 2
= 1+ =
b 9 3 x2 – y2 = a2
So, 5x2 + ly2 = 20
Length of latus rectum :
l y2
2a 2 Þ x2 + =4
The length of latus rectum = . 5
b
2(7) 14 l
= . Þ = -1
= 5
3 3
Þl=–5
CONIC SECTIONS 83
Example - 40
For what value of c does the line y = 2x + c touches the

hyperbola 16x2 – 9y2 = 144 ?
Sol. Equation of hyperbola is
x 2 y2
16x2 – 9y2 = 144 Þ - =1
9 16
x2 y2
comparing this with - = 1 , we get a2 = 9, b2 = 16.
a2 b2
and comparing this line y = 2x + c with y = mx + c.
\ m = 2 and c
If the line y = 2x + c touches the hyperbola
16x2 – 9y2 = 144 then c2 = a2m2 – b2
Þ c2 = 9 (2)2 – 16 = 36 – 16 = 20
\ c = ± 2 5.
CONIC SECTIONS 84

Identifying the conic 9. The length of the latus-rectum of the parabola
x = ay2 + by + c is
1. The name of the conic represented by the equation
x2 + y2 – 2xy + 20x + 10 = 0 is a a
(a) (b)
(a) a hyperbola (b) an ellipse 4 3
(c) a parabola (d) circle
1 1
2. The name of the curve described parametrically by the (c) (d)
a 4a
equations x = t2 + t + 1, y = t2 – t + 1 is
(a) a circle (b) an ellipse 10. Vertex, focus, latus rectum, length of the latus rectum and
(c) a hyperbola (d) a parabola equation of directrix of the parabola y2 = 4x + 4y are
3. The equation lx2 + 4xy + y2 + lx + 3y + 2 = 0 represents a (a) (1, 2), (0, 2), y = 0, 4, x = –2
parabola, if l is (b) (–1, 2), (0, 2), x = 0, 4, x = –2
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) (–1, 2), (1, 2), x = 0, 4, x = 2

(d) (–1, 2), (0, 2), y = 0, 2, y = –2
(c) 4 (d) 5
11. If the vertex = (2, 0) and the extremities of the latus rectum
Standard parabola & their equations
are (3, 2) and (3, –2), then the equation of the parabola is
4. The equation of the parabola whose focus is (–1, 1) and (a) y2 = 2x – 4 (b) x2 = 2y – 8
directrix is 4x + 3y – 24 = 0 is (c) y2 = 4x – 8 (d) none of these
2 2
(a) 9x + 16y – 24xy + 242x + 94y – 526 = 0 12. If focus of a parabola is (2, 0) and one extremity of latus
2 2
(b) 16x + 9y – 24xy + 242x + 94y – 526 = 0 rectum is (2, 2), then its equation is
(c) 2x2 – 23y2 + 7xy + 32x + 17y + 40 = 0 (a) y2 = 4 (3 – x) (b) y2 = 4x – 4
(d) none of these (c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of these
5. The equation of the directrix of the parabola y2 = 12 x is – 13. Equation of parabola which has its axis along x-axis and
(a) x + 3= 0 (b) y + 3 = 0 which passes through the points (3, 2) and (–2, –1) is
(c) x – 3 = 0 (d) y – 3 = 0 (a) 5y2 = 3x + 11 (b) y2 = 3x – 1
6. The equation of the latus rectum of the parabola (c) y2 = x + 3 (d) none of these
2
x = –12y is–
14. The equation of the parabola whose axis is parallel to
(a) y = 3 (b) x = 3 y-axis and which passes through the points (0, 4), (1, 9)
(c) y = –3 (d) x = –3
and (–2, 6) is given by
7. The coordinates of an end-point of the latus-rectum of the
(a) 2y2 + 3y – x + 4 = 0 (b) 3x2 + 2x + y – 4 = 0
parabola (y–1)2 = 4(x+1) are
(c) 2x2 + 3x – y + 4 = 0 (d) none of the above
(a) (0, –3) (b) (0, –1)
(c) (0, 1) (d) (1, 3) 15. The equation of the parabola having its axis parallel to
x-axis and which passes through the points (1, 2), (–1,3)
8. Coordinates of the focus of the parabola
and (–2, 1) is
x2 – 4x – 8y – 4 = 0 are
(a) 5y2 + 2x – 21y + 20 = 0 (b) 5y2 – 2x – 21y + 20 = 0
(a) (0, 2) (b) (2, 1)
(c) 5x2 – 2x – 21y – 20 = 0 (d) none of the above
(c) (1, 2) (d) (–2, –1)
CONIC SECTIONS 85
16. The locus of the vertex of the family of parabolas 23. The equation of the tangent to the parabola y2 = 4ax at
point (a/t2, 2a/t) is
a 3x 2 a 2 x (a) ty = xt2 + a (b) ty = x + at2
y= + – 2a is
3 2
(c) y = tx + at2 (d) y = tx + (a/t2)
24. The equations of common tangents to y2 = 4ax and
105 3
(a) xy = (b) xy = (x + a)2 + y2 = a2 are
64 4
æ x ö æ a ö
35 64 (a) y = ç +a÷ (b) y = ± ç 3x + ÷
(c) xy = (d) xy = è 3 ø è 3ø
16 105
17. Let P be the point (1, 0) and Q a point on the locus æ x ö

(c) y = ± ç + 3 a÷ (d) none of these
y2 = 8x. The locus of mid point of PQ is è 3 ø
(a) x2 – 4y + 2 = 0 (b) x2 + 4y + 2 = 0
25. Two common tangents to the circle x2 + y2 = 2a2 and
(c) y2 + 4x + 2 = 0 (d) y2 – 4x + 2 = 0 parabola y2 = 8ax are
Parametric form of a parabola (a) x = ± (y + 2a) (b) y = ± (x + 2a)
(c) x = ± (y + a) (d) y = ± (x + a)
18. The parametric equation of the curve (y – 2)2 = 12 (x – 4)
26. The slope of the line touching both the parabolas y2 = 4x
are–
and x2 = –32y is :
(a) 6t, 3t2 (b) 2 + 3t, 4 + t2
(c) 4 + 3t2, 2 + 6t (d) None of these 2 1
(a) (b)
3 2
19. The parametric equation of a parabola is x = t2 + 1,
y = 2t + 1. The Cartesian equation of its directrix is
3 1
(a) x = 0 (b) x + 1 = 0 (c) (d)
2 8
(c) y = 0 (d) none of these
Standard ellipse & their equations
20. Any point on the parabola whose focus is (0, 1) and the
directrix is x + 2 = 0 is given by 27. The equation to the ellipse, whose focus is the point
(a) (t2 + 1, 2t–1) (b) (t2 + 1, 2t + 1) (–1, 1), whose directrix is the straight line x – y + 3 = 0, and
(c) (t2, 2t) (d) (t2 – 1, 2t + 1) 1
whose eccentricity is is
2
Various forms of tangents in parabola
(a) 7x2 + 2xy + 7y2 + 10x – 10y + 7 = 0
21. The focus of the parabola is (1, 1) and the tangent at the (b) x2 + 2xy + 10x – 10y + 3 = 0
vertex has the equation x + y = 1. Then which of the (c) 3x2 + xy + 10x – 10y + 3 = 0
following is incorrect (d) None of these
(a) equation of the parabola is (x – y)2 = 2 (x + y – 1)
x2 y2
(b) equation of the parabola is (x – y)2 = 4 (x + y – 1) 28. The equation + = 1 represents an ellipse, if
10 - a 4 - a
æ1 1ö (a) a < 4 (b) a > 4
(c) the co-ordinates of the vertex are ç , ÷
è2 2ø (c) 4 < a < 10 (d) a > 10
29. A line of fixed length a + b moves so that its ends are
(d) length of the latus rectum is 2 2 always on two fixed perpendicular straight lines; then
22. The tangent to the parabola y2 = 16x, which is perpendicular the locus of a point, which divides this line into
to a line y – 3x – 1 = 0 is portions of length a and b, is a/an
(a) 3y + x + 36 = 0 (b) 3y – x – 36 = 0 (a) ellipse (b) parabola
(c) x + y – 36 = 0 (d) x – y + 36 = 0 (c) straight line (d) none of these
CONIC SECTIONS 86
30. The equation of the latus rectum of the ellipse 38. If P is a moving point in the xy–plane in such a way that
9x2 + 4y2 –18x – 8y – 23 = 0 are perimeter of triangle PQR is 16
(a) y = ± 5 (b) y = - 5 {where Q º (3, 5 ), R º (7, 3 5 )} then maximum area

of triangle PQR is
(c) y = 1 ± 5 (d) x = -1 ± 5 (a) 6 sq. unit (b) 12 sq. unit
31. An ellipse has its centre at (1, –1) and semi major axis equal (c) 18 sq. unit (d) 9 sq. unit
to 8. If this ellipse passes through the point (1, 3), its
Parametric form of a ellipse
eccentricity is equal to
(a) 1/ 2 (b) 1/2 39. The curve represented by x = 2 (cos t + sin t),
y = 5 (cos t – sin t) is
(c) 3/2 (d) none of these (a) a circle (b) a parabola
32. The equation of the ellipse which passes through origin (c) an ellipse (d) a hyperbola
and has its foci at the points (1, 0) and (3, 0) is -
x 2 y2
(a) 3x2 + 4y2 = x (b) 3x2 + y2 = 12x 40. Parametric equation of the ellipse + = 1 is
16 9
(c) x2 + 4y2 = 12x (d) 3x2 + 4y2 = 12x
(a) x = 4 cos q, y = 3 sin q
33. If the latus rectum of an ellipse is half of its minor axis, its
eccentricity is (b) x = 3 cos q, y = 3 sin q
(a) 3/4 (b) 1/4 (c) x = 4 cos q, y = 4 sin q

(d) x = 3 cos q, y = 4 sin q
(c) 1/2 (d) 3/2
41. The parametric representation of a point on the ellipse
34. The length of the latus rectum of an ellipse is one third of
the major axis, its eccentricity would be 1
whose foci are (–1,0) and (7, 0) and eccentricity is
2
(a) 2/3 (b) (2 / 3)
(a) (3 + 8cos q, 4 3 sin q) (b) (8cos q, 4 3 sin q)
(c) 1/ 3 (d) 1/ 2
(c) (3 + 4 3 cos q, 8sin q) (d) none of these
35. Equation of the ellipse whose foci are (4, 0) and (–4, 0) and
e = 1/3 is
Position of line wrt ellipse
(a) x2 /9 + y2/8 = 16 (b) x2/8 + y2/9 = 16
(c) x2/9 + y2/8 = 32 (d) none of these x2 y 2
42. The ellipse + = 1 and the straight line y = mx + c
36. The eccentricity of an ellipse, with its centre at the origin, a2 b2
is 1/2. If one of the directrices is x = 4, then the equation of
intersect in real points only, if
the ellipse is
(a) a 2m2 < c 2 – b 2 (b) a2m2 > c 2 + b 2
(a) 4x2 + 3y2 = 12 (b) 3x2 + 4y2 = 12
(c) a 2m2 ³ c2 – b 2 (d) c ³ b
(c) x2 + y2 = 1 (d) 4x2 + 3y2 = 1
37. Equation of ellipse whose minor axis is equal to the distance x 2 y2
43. The line y = 2t2 intersects the ellipse + = 1 in real
between the foci and whose latus rectum is 10, is given by 9 4
(take origin as centre and major axis along x-axis) points, if
2 2 2 2
(a) 2x + y = 100 (b) x + 2y = 100 (a) | t | £ 1 (b) | t | < 2
2 2
(c) 2x + y = 50 (d) none of these (c) | t | > 1 (d) | t | ³ 1
CONIC SECTIONS 87
44. The number of values of c such that the straight line 49. A circle of radius r is concentric with an ellipse
x2
y = 4x + c touches the curve + y 2 = 1 is x 2 y2
4 + = 1. If common tangent is inclined to the
a 2 b2
(a) 0 (b) 1
2
(c) 2 (d) infinite major axis at an angle of q , then tan q equals-
Various forms of tangents in ellipse

r 2 - b2 r 2 - b2
(a) (b)
45. The equation of the tangents to the ellipse 4x2 + 3y2 = 5 a 2 - b2 a2 - r2
which are parallel to the line y = 3x + 7 are
r 2 - b2 r2 - a2
155 155 (c) (d)
(a) y = 3x ± (b) y = 3x ± r2 - a2 b2 - r 2
3 12
50. The locus of the foot of perpendicular drawn from the
95 centre of the ellipse x2 + 3y2 = 6 on any tangent to it is :
(c) y = 3x ± (d) none of these
12
(a) (x2 + y2)2 = 6x2 – 2y2 (b) (x2 – y2)2 = 6x2 + 2y2
x 2 y2 (c) (x2 – y2)2 = 6x2 – 2y2 (d) (x2 + y2)2 = 6x2 + 2y2
46. Equation of tangents to the ellipse + = 1, which are
9 4
Hyperbola & its standard equation
perpendicular to the line 3x + 4y = 7, are
51. Find the equation of the hyperbola whose directrix is
(a) 4x - 3y = ± 6 5 (b) 4x - 3y = ± 12
2x + y = 1, focus (1, 2) and eccentricity 3 .
(c) 4x - 3y = ± 2 (d) 4x – 3y = ± 1
(a) 7x2 – 2y2 + 12xy – 2x + 14y – 22 = 0
x2 y2 (b) 7x2 – 2y2 + 2xy – 2x + 14y – 22 = 0

47. The points on the ellipse + = 1 , such that the
a 2 b2 (c) 7x2 – 2y2 + xy – 14x + 2y – 22 = 0
tangent at that point makes equal angles with
(d) none of the above
coordinate axes is
52. If latus rectum of the hyperbola is half of its transverse
é a2 b2 ù axis, then its eccentricity is
(a) ê ± , ± ú
ë a2 + b2 a 2 + b2 û
(a) 3/2 (b) 3/2
é b2 a2 ù
(b) ê ± 2 2
,± ú (c) (3/ 2) (d) none of these
ë a +b a 2 + b2 û
x2 y2
é 1 1 ù 53. If hyperbola - = 1 passes through the focus of
(c) ê ± 2 ,± ú b2 a 2
ë a + b2 a 2 + b2 û
(d) None of these x 2 y2

ellipse + = 1 then eccentricity of hyperbola is -
48. The minimum area of a triangle formed by any tangent to a 2 b2
x 2 y2
the ellipse + = 1 and the co-ordinate axes is: 2
16 81 (a) 2 (b)
3
(a) 12 (b) 18
(c) 26 (d) 36 (c) 3 (d) None of these.
CONIC SECTIONS 88
54. The equation 16x2 – 3y2 – 32x + 12y – 44 = 0 represents 60. The eccentricity of the conjugate hyperbola of the
a hyperbola hyperbola x2 – 3y2 = 1 is
(a) the length of whose transverse axis is 4 3 2

(a) 2 (b)
3
(b) the length of whose conjugate axis is 4
(c) whose centre is (–1, 2) 4
(c) 4 (d)
3
19
(d) whose eccentricity is Various forms of tangents in hyperbola
3
55. The locus of the point of intersection of the lines 61. The equations of the tangents to the hyperbola
x 2 – 4y 2 = 36 which are perpendicular to the line
3 x - y - 4 3k = 0 and 3kx + ky - 4 3 = 0 for x – y + 4 = 0 are
different values of k is-
(a) y = -x ± 3 3 (b) y = –x ± 2
(a) Ellipse (b) Parabola
(c) Circle (d) Hyperbola (c) y = -x ± 5 (d) none of these
62. The tangent at an extremity (in the first quadrant) of latus

x 2 y2
56. The two conics bx2 = y and 2 - 2 = 1 intersect iff - x 2 y2
a b rectum of the hyperbola - = 1, meets x-axis and y-
4 5
1 1 1 axis at A and B respectively. Then (OA)2–(OB)2, where O
(a) - £a£ (b) a < - is the origin, equals :
2 2 2
20 16
1 (a) - (b)
9 9
(c) a > (d) a < b
2
4
57. The foci of a hyperbola coincide with the foci of the ellipse (c) 4 (d) -
3
x2/25 + y2/9 = 1. If eccentricity of the hyperbola is 2, then its
equation is : 63. Equation of a common tangents to the curves y2 = 8x
and xy = -1 is
(a) x2 – 3y2 – 12 = 0 (b) 3x2 – y2 – 12 = 0
(a) 3y = 9x + 2 (b) y = 2x + 1
(c) x2 – y2 – 4 = 0 (d) none of these
(c) 2y = x + 8 (d) y = x + 2
Conjugate hyperbolas
58. One of the focus of the hyperbola
64. If the parabola y2 = 4ax passes through the point (–3, 2),
2 2
3(y – 1) – 4 ( x – 2) = 12 is
k
and the length of its latus rectum is . Then the value of
(a) (0, 7) (b) (2, 1 + 7) 3
k is
(c) (0, 1 - 7) (d) (0, - 7)
65. A double ordinate of the parabola y2 = 8px is of length 16p. If
59. The eccentricity of the conic represented by the angle subtended by it at the vertex of the parabola is
x2 – y2 – 4x + 4y + 16 = 0 is p
, then the value of k is
k
(a) 1 (b) 2
66. Given the two ends of the latus rectum, the maximum
(c) 2 (d) 1/2 number of parabolas that can be drawn, is
CONIC SECTIONS 89
67. The point on y2 = 4ax nearest to the focus has its abscissa 75. The number of real tangents that can be drawn to the
equal to ellipse 3x 2 + 5y2 = 32 passing through (3, 5) is
68. If the latus rectum of a parabola whose focal chord is PSQ 76. If the angle between pair of tangents drawn to the ellipse
k æ k ö
such that SP = 3 and SQ = 2 is given by . Then the value 3x2 + 2y2 = 5 from the point (1, 2) is tan -1 ç ÷ . Then k
5 è 5ø
of k is equals
2 æ 1ö x2 y2
69. If y = 2x –3 is a tangent to the parabola y = 4a ç x - ÷ , + = 1 and the hyperbola
è 3ø 77. If the foci of the elipse
25 b 2
k
and a is equal to - , then the value of k is x2 y2 1
3 - = coincide, then the value of b 2 is
144 81 25
70. If P (t2, 2t) t Î [0, 2] is an arbitrary point on parabola
78. If the eccentricity of the hyperbola whose conjugate axis
y2 = 4x. Q is foot of perpendicular from focus S on the
tangent at P, then maximum area of DPQS is 2
is equal to half the distance between the foci, is . Then
k
71. The angle between the tangents drawn to the parabola
y2 = 12x from the point (–3, 2) in degrees is the value of k is
72. The angle between the tangents drawn from the point 79. If e 1 and e 2 are the eccentricities of a hyperbola
(1, 4) to the parabola y2 = 4x in degree is 3x2 – 3y2 = 25 and its conjugate, then e12 + e22 equals
73. If the centre of the ellipse 8x2 + 6y2 – 16x + 12y + 13 = 0 is
80. If e and e1 are the eccentricities of the hyperbolas xy = c2
(a, b), then 2a + b equals
and x2 – y2 = a2, then (e + e1)2 is equal to
x2 y2
74. S and T are the foci of the ellipse + = 1 and B is
a 2 b2
an end of the minor axis. If STB is an equilateral triangle,
1
and the eccentricity of the ellipse is . Then the value
k
of k is
CONIC SECTIONS 90

1. Let O be the vertex and Q be any point on the parabola, 6. The eccentricity of the hyperbola whose length of the latus
x2 = 8y. If the point P divides the line segment OQ rectum is equal to 8 and the length of its conjugate axis is
internally in the ratio 1 : 3, then the locus of P is: (2015)
equal to half of the distance between its foci, is :
(a) y2 = 2x (b) x2 = 2y
(2016)
(c) x2 = y (d) y2 = x
2. The area (in sq. units) of the quadrilateral formed by the 4 2
tangents at the end points of the latus rectum to the ellipse (a) (b)
3 3
2 2
x y
+ = 1, is: (2015)
9 5 4
(c) 3 (d)
3
27
(a) (b) 27
2 7. Let a and b respectively be the semi-transverse and
semi-conjugate axes of a hyperbola whose eccentricity
27
(c) (d) 18 satisfies the equation 9e2 –18e + 5 = 0. If S(5, 0) is a focus
4
and 5x = 9 is the corresponding directrix of this hyperbola,
3. If the tangent to the conic, y – 6 = x2 at (2, 10) touches the then a2 – b 2 is equal to : (2016/Online Set–1)
circle, x2 + y2 +8x –2y= k (for some fixed k) at a point (a, b);
then (a, b) is : (2015/Online Set–1) (a) 7 (b) –7
(c) 5 (d) –5
æ 7 6ö æ 6 10 ö
(a) ç - , ÷ (b) ç - , ÷ 8. A hyperbola whose transverse axis is along the major axis of
è 17 17 ø è 17 17 ø
x2 y2
æ 4 1ö æ 8 2ö the conic, + = 4 and has vertices at the foci of this
(c) ç - , ÷ (d) ç - , ÷ 3 4
è 17 17 ø è 17 17 ø
3
4. Let PQ be a double ordinate of the parabola, y 2 = - 4x , conic. If the eccentricity of the hyperbola is , then which
2
where P lies in the second quadrant, if R divides PQ in the
ratio 2 : 1 then the locus of R is: (2015/Online Set–2) of the following points does NOT lie on it?
(a) 3y 2 = - 2x (b) 3y 2 = 2x
(a) (0, 2) (b) ( 5, 2 2)
(c) 9y 2 = 4x (d) 9y 2 = - 4x
5. Let P be the point on the parabola, y2 = 8x which is at a (c) ( 10, 2 3) (d) (5, 2 3)
minimum distance from the centre C of the circle,
2 9. The eccentricity of an ellipse whose centre is at the origin
x2 + y + 6 = 1 . Then the equation of the circle, passing
through C and having its centre at P is : (2016) 1
is . If one of its directrices is x = –4, then the equation
2
(a) x 2 + y 2 - x + 4 y - 12 = 0
x æ 3ö
(b) x 2 + y 2 - + 2 y - 24 = 0 of the normal to it at ç1, ÷ is: (2017)
4 è 2ø
(c) x 2 + y 2 - 4 x + 9 y + 18 = 0 (a) 2y – x = 2 (b) 4x – 2y = 1
(d) x 2 + y 2 - 4 x + 8 y + 12 = 0 (c) 4x + 2y = 7 (d) x + 2y = 4

CONIC SECTIONS 91
15. If y = mx + c is the normal at a point on the parabola

10. A hyperbola passes through the point P( 2, 3) and
y2 = 8x whose focal distance is 8 units, then |c| is equal to:
has foci at (±2, 0). Then the tangent to this hyperbola at P
also passes through the point: (2017) (2017/Online Set–2)
(a) 2 3 (b) 8 3
(a) 3 2, 2 3 (b) 2 2,3 3
(c) 10 3 (d) 16 3
(c) 3, 2 (d) - 2, - 3
16. If the tangent at (1, 7) to the curve x 2 = y - 6 touches
11. The locus of the point of intersection of the straight lines,
the circle x 2 + y 2 + 16x + 12y + c = 0 then the value of c
tx – 2y – 3t = 0
is : (2018)
x – 2ty + 3 = 0 (t Î R) , is : (2017/Online Set–1) (a) 95 (b) 195
(c) 185 (d) 85
2
(a) an ellipse with eccentricity 17. Tangents are drawn to the hyperbola 4x 2 - y 2 = 36 at
5
the points P and Q. If these tangents intersect at the point
(b) an ellipse with the length of major axis 6
T (0, 3) then the area (in sq. units) of DPTQ is : (2018)
(c) a hyperbola with eccentricity 5
(a) 36 5 (b) 45 5
(d) a hyperbola with the length of conjugate axis 3
(c) 54 3 (d) 60 3
12. If the common tangents to the parabola x2 = 4y and the
circle, x2 + y2 = 4 intersect at the point P, then the distance 18. Tangent and normal are drawn at P (16, 16) on the parabola
of P from the origin, is : (2017/Online Set–1) y2 = 16x, which intersect the axis of the parabola at A and
B, respectively. If C is the centre of the circle through the
(a) 2 +1 (b) 2 3 + 2 2 points P, A and B and ÐCPB = q, then a value of tan q is:
(2018)
(c) 2 2 +1 (d) 3 + 2 2
4 1
(a) (b)
13. Consider an ellipse, whose centre is at the origin and its 3 2
3 (c) 2 (d) 3
major axis is along the x-axis. If its eccentricity is and
5 19. Two parabolas with a common vertex and with axes along
the distance between its foci is 6, then the area (in sq. x-axis and y-axis, respectively, intersect each other in the
units) of the quadrilateral inscribed in the ellipse, with the first quadrant. If the length of the latus rectum of each
vertices as the vertices of the ellipse, is : parabola is 3, then the equation of the common tangent
to the two parabolas is : (2018/Online Set–1)
(a) 4( x + y)+ 3 = 0 (b) 3( x + y)+ 4 = 0
(a) 8 (b) 32
(c) 8(2 x + y)+ 3 = 0 (d) x + 2 y + 3 = 0
(c) 80 (d) 40
20. If the tangents drawn to the hyperbola 4y2= x2 + 1 intersect
14. The eccentricity of an ellipse having centre at the origin, the co-ordinate axes at the distinct points A and B, then
axes along the co-ordinate axes and passing through the the locus of the mid point of AB is :
points (4, –1) and (–2, 2) is : (2017/Online Set–2)
1 2 (a) x2 - 4 y2 + 16 x2y2 = 0
(a) (b)
2 5 (b) x2 - 4y2 - 16 x2y2 = 0
(c) 4x2 - y2 + 16 x2y2 = 0
3 3 (d) 4x2 - y2 - 16 x2y2 = 0
(c) (d)
2 4
CONIC SECTIONS 92
21. If b is one of the angle between the normals to the ellipse, 26. If the length of the latus rectum of an ellipse is 4 units and
the distance between a focus and its nearest vertex on
x2 + 3y2 = 9 at the points 3cos q , 3 sinq and 3
the major axis is units, then its eccentricity is :
2
æ pö 2 cot b (2018/Online Set–3)
-3 sinq , 3 cos q ;q Î ç 0, ÷ ; then is equal to:
è 2ø sin 2q
1 1
(2018/Online Set–1) (a) (b)
2 3
2 1 2 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3 9
27. If the eccentricity of the standard hyperbola passing
3 through the point (4, 6) is 2, then the equation of the
(c) 2 (d)
4 tangent to the hyperbola at (4, 6) is :
22. Tangents drawn from the point (-8, 0) to the parabola y2 = (8-04-2019/Shift-2)
8x touch the parabola at P and Q. If F is the focus of the (a) x – 2y + 8 = 0 (b) 2x – 3y + 10 = 0
parabola, then the area of the triangle PFQ (in sq. units) is (c) 2x – y – 2 = 0 (d) 3x – 2y = 0
28. In an ellipse, with centre at the origin, if the difference of
(a) 24 (b) 32 the lengths of major axis and minor axis is 10 and one of
(c) 48 (d) 64
the foci is at 0,5 3 , then the length of its latus rectum
2 2
23. A normal to the hyperbola, 4x -9y = 36 meets the co-
is: (8-04-2019/Shift-2)
ordinate axes x and y at A and B, respectively. If the
parallelogram OABP (O being the origin) is formed, then (a) 10 (b) 5
the locus of P is : (2018/Online Set–2) (c) 8 (d) 6
(a) 4x2 + 9y2 = 121 (b) 9x2 + 4y2 = 169 29. The tangent to the parabola y2 = 4x at the point where it
intersects the circle x2 + y2 = 5 in the first quadrant, passes
(c) 4x2 - 9y2 = 121 (d) 9x2 - 4y2 = 169
through the point : (8-04-2019/Shift-2)
24. The locus of the point of intersection of the lines,
æ 1 4ö æ1 3ö
2 x - y + 4 2 k = 0 and 2 kx + ky - 4 2 = 0 (k is any (a) ç - , ÷ (b) ç , ÷
è 3 3ø è4 4ø
non-zero real parameter), is : (2018/Online Set–3)
æ3 7ö æ 1 1ö
1 (c) ç , ÷ (d) ç - , ÷
(a) an ellipse whose eccentricity is . è4 4ø è 4 2ø
3
30. If one end of a focal chord of the parabola,
(b) an ellipse with length of its major axis 8 2 y 2 = 16 x is at 1, 4 , then the length of this focal chord is:
(c) a hyperbola whose eccentricity is 3 (9-04-2019/Shift-1)

(a) 25 (b) 22
(d) a hyperbola with length of its transverse axis 8 2
(c) 24 (d) 20
2
25. Let P be a point on the parabola, x = 4y. If the distance of
P from the centre of the circle, x2+y2+6x+8=0 is minimum, 31. If the line y = mx + 7 3 is normal to the hyperbola
then the equation of the tangent to the parabola at P, is : x2 y 2 2
- = 1 then a value of m is , then k is
(2018/Online Set–3) 24 18 k
(a) x + 4y - 2 = 0 (b) x - y + 3 = 0 (9-04-2019/Shift-1)
(c) x + y + 1 = 0 (d) x + 2y = 0
CONIC SECTIONS 93
32. The area (in sq. units) of the smaller of the two circles that 37. The tangent and normal to the ellipse 3 x 2 + 5 y 2 = 32 at
touch the parabola, y 2 = 4 x at the point (1, 2) and the x-
the point P 2, 2 meet the x-axis at Q and R, respec-
axis is: (9-04-2019/Shift-2)
tively. Then the area (in sq. units) of the triangle PQR is:
(a) 8p 2 - 2 (b) 4p 2 - 2 (10-4-2019/Shift-2)
34 14
(a) (b)
(c) 4p 3 + 2 (d) 8p 3 - 2 2 15 3
33. If the tangent to the parabola y 2 = x at a point 16 68

(c) (d)
3 15
a, b , b > 0 is also a tangent to the
38. If the line ax + y = c. touches both the curves
ellipse, x 2 + 2 y 2 = 1, then a is equal to: 2
x 2 + y 2 = 1 and y = 4 2 x, then c is equal to
(9-04-2019/Shift-2) (10-4-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 2 - 1 (b) 2 2 - 1
1
(a) 2 (b)
(c) 2 2 + 1 (d) 2 +1 2
34. If a directrix of a hyperbola centred at the origin and 1

(c) (d) 2
2
passing through the point 4, - 2 3 is 5 x = 4 5 and its
39. Let P be the point of intersection of the common tangents
eccentricity is e, then: (10-04-2019/Shift-1) to the parabola y2 = 12x and hyperbola 8x2 – y2 = 8. If S and
S’ denote the foci of the hyperbola where S lies on the
(a) 4e4 - 24e2 + 27 = 0
positive x-axis then P divides SS2 in a ratio:
(b) 4e4 - 12e2 - 27 = 0 (12-04-2019/Shift-1)
40. An ellipse, with foci at (0, 2) and (0, - 2) and minor axis of
(c) 4e 4 - 24e 2 + 35 = 0 length 4, passes through which of the following points?
(12-04-2019/Shift-2)
(d) 4e 4 + 8e 2 - 35 = 0
(a) 2, 2 (b) 2, 2
x2 y 2
35. If the line x – 2y = 12 is tangent to the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 at
a b
(c) 2, 2 2 (d) 1, 2 2
æ -9 ö 41. The equation of a common tangent to the curves, y2 = 16x
the point ç 3, ÷ then the length of the latus rectum of
è 2 ø and xy = -4, is______. (12-04-2019/Shift-2)
the ellipse is: (10-04-2019/Shift-1) (a) x - y + 4 = 0 (b) x + y + 4 = 0
36. If 5 x + 9 = 0 is the directrix of the hyperbola
(c) x - 2 y + 16 = 0 (d) 2 x - y + 2 = 0
2 2
16 x - 9 y = 144 , then its corresponding focus is: 42. The tangents to the curve y = (x - 2)2 -1 at its points of
(10-4-2019/Shift-2) intersection with the line x - y = 3, intersect at the point :
(12-04-2019/Shift-2)
æ 5 ö
(a) 5, 0 (b) ç - , 0 ÷ æ5 ö æ 5 ö
è 3 ø (a) ç , 1÷ (b) ç - , - 1÷
è2 ø è 2 ø
æ5 ö
(c) ç , 0 ÷ (d) -5, 0 æ5 ö æ 5 ö
è3 ø (c) ç , - 1÷ (d) ç - , 1÷
è2 ø è 2 ø
CONIC SECTIONS 94
43. Axis of a parabola lies along x-axis. If its vertex and focus
48. The length of the chord of the parabola x 2 = 4 y having
are at distance 2 and 4 respectively from the origin, on the
positive x-axis then which of the following points does equation x - 2 y + 4 2 = 0 is: (10-01-2019/Shift-2)
not lie on it? (9-01-2019/Shift-1)
(a) 3 2 (b) 2 11
(a) 5, 2 6 (b) 8, 6
(c) 8 2 (d) 6 3
(c) 6, 4 2 (d) 4, - 4
ì y2 x2 ü
p 49. Let S = í x, y Î R 2 : - = 1ý , where r ¹ ±1
44. Let 0 < q < . If the eccentricity of the hyperbola î 1+ r 1- r þ
2
then S represents: (10-01-2019/Shift-2)
x2 y2
- = 1 is greater than 2, then the length of its
cos 2 q sin 2 q 2
(a) a hyperbola whose eccentricity is when
latus rectum lies in the interval: (9-01-2019/Shift-1) 1- r
(a) (3, ¥ ) (b) (3/2, 2] 0<r<1

(c) (2, 3] (d) (1, 3/2]
2
45. A hyperbola has its centre at the origin, passes through (b) an ellipse whose eccentricity is when r > 1
the point ( 4, 2) and has transverse axis of length 4 along r +1
the x-axis. Then the eccentricity of the hyperbola is :
(9-01-2019/Shift-2) 2
(c) a hyperbola whose eccentricity is , when
r +1
3
(a) (b) 3
2 0<r<1
2 1
(c) 2 (d) (d) an ellipse whose eccentricity is , when r > 1
3 r +1
46. Let A (4, –4) and B (9, 6) be points on the parabola,

50. If tangents are drawn to the ellipse x 2 + 2 y 2 = 2 at all
y2 = 4x. Let C be chosen on the arc AOB of the parabola,
where O is the origin, such that the area of DACB is points on the ellipse other than its four vertices then the
maximum. Then, the area (in sq. units) of DACB, is: mid points of the tangents intercepted between the
(9-01-2019/Shift-2) coordinate axes lie on the curve :
(11-01-2019/Shift-1)
1 1
(a) 31 (b) 30
4 2
1 1 x2 y 2
(a) 4 x 2 + 2 y 2 = 1 (b) + =1
3 4 2
(c) 32 (d) 31
4
1 1 x2 y 2
(c) 2 x 2 + 4 y 2 = 1
47. The equation of a tangent to the hyperbola + =1
(d)
2 4
4 x 2 - 5 y 2 = 20 parallel to the line x - y = 2 is:
(10-1-2019/Shift-1) 51. Equation of a common tangent to the parabola y 2 = 4 x

(a) x - y + 1 = 0 (b) x - y + 7 = 0 and the hyperbola xy = 2 is : (11-01-2019/Shift-1)
(c) x - y + 9 = 0 (d) x - y - 3 = 0 (a) x + y + l = 0 (b) x – 2y + 4 = 0

(c) x + 2y + 4 = 0 (d) 4x + 2y + 1 = 0
CONIC SECTIONS 95
52. If a hyperbola has length of its conjugate axis equal to 5

57. The equation of a tangent to the parabola, x 2  8 y which
and the distance between its foci is 13, then the
eccentricity of the hyperbola is : (11-01-2019/Shift-2) makes an angle with the positive direction of x-axis, is
(12-01-2019/Shift-2)
13
(a) (b) 2
12 (a) y  x tan   2cot  (b) y  x tan   2cot 
13 13 (c) x  y cot   2 tan  (d) x  y cot   2 tan 

(c) (d)
6 8
58. Let S and S’ be the foci of an ellipse and B be any one of
53. If the area of the triangle whose one vertex is at the vertex the extremities of its minor axis. If S’ BS is a right angled
of the parabola, y  4  x  a
2 2
0 and the other two triangle with right angle at B and area (S’BS) = 8 sq.
units, then the length of a latus rectum of the ellipse is
vertices are the points of intersection of the parabola and
y-axis, is 250 sq. units, then a value of’ ‘a’ is : (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
(11-01-2019/Shift-2) (a) 4 (b) 2 2
1
(a) 5 5 (b) 5(2 3 ) (c) 4 2 (d) 2
1 59. A line parallel to the straight line 2x – y  0 is tangent

(c) (10 3 ) (d) 5
54. Let the length of the latus rectum of an ellipse with its x 2 y2
to the hyperbola   1 at the point (x1 , y1 ). Then
major axis along x-axis and centre at the origin, be 8. If the 4 2
distance between the foci of this ellipse is equal to the
length of its minor axis, then which one of the following x12  5y12 is equal to : (2-9-2020/Shift-1)
points lies on it ? (11-01-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 6 (b) 10

(a) 4 2, 2 2  
(b) 4 3, 2 2  (c) 8 (d) 5
60. The area (in sq. units) of an equilateral triangle inscribed

(c) 4 3, 2 3  
(d) 4 2, 2 3  in the parabola y2 = 8x, with one of its vertices on the
vertex of this parabola, is : (2-09-2020/Shift-2)
55. If the vertices of a hyperbola be at (-2, 0) and (2, 0) and
one of its foci be at (-3, 0), then which one of the following (a) 128 3 (b) 192 3
points does not lie on this hyperbola?
(12-01-2019/Shift-1) (c) 64 3 (d) 256 3
(a) (6, 2 10) (b) (2 6,5)  

61. For some    0,  , if the eccentricity of the
 2
(c) (4, 15) (d) (6,5 2)
56. The tangent to the curve y = x2 - 5x + 5, parallel to the line hyperbola x 2  y 2 sec 2   10 is 5 times the eccentricity
2y = 4x +1, also passes through the point :
of the ellipse, x 2 sec 2   y 2  5, then the length of the
(12-01-2019/Shift-2)
latus rectum of the ellipse, is : (2-09-2020/Shift-2)
7 1 1 
(a)  ,  (b)  ,  7 
2 4 8  4 5 2 5
(a) (b)
3 3
 1  1 7
(c)   , 7 (d)  , 
 8  4 2 (c) 2 6 (d) 30
CONIC SECTIONS 96
62.
2
Let P be a point on the parabola, y = 12 x and N be the 65. Let the latusractum of the parabola y 2 = 4 x be the
foot of the perpendicular drawn from P on the axis of the common chord to the circles C1 and C2 each of them
parabola. A line is now drawn through the mid-point M of
having radius 2 5. Then, the distance between the
PN, parallel to its axis which meets the parabola at Q. If
centres of the circles C1 and C2 is :
4
the y-intercept of the line NQ is , then : (3-09-2020/Shift-2)
3
(3-09-2020/Shift-1) (a) 8 (b) 8 5
(c) 4 5 (d) 12
1
(a) PN = 4 (b) MQ =
3 66. If the tangent to the curve, y = ex at a point (c, ec) and the
normal to the parabola, y2 = 4x at the point (1, 2) intersect
1 at the same point on the x-axis, then the value of c is
(c) PN = 3 (d) MQ = ……… . (3-09-2020/Shift-2)
4
63. A hyperbola having the transverse axis of length 2 has x2 y2

67. Let P (3, 3) be a point on the hyperbola, - = 1 . If
a2 b2
the same foci as that of the ellipse 3 x 2 + 4 y 2 = 12, then
the normal to it at P intersects the x-axis at (9, 0) and e is
this hyperbola does not pass through which of the its eccentricity, then the ordered pair (a2, e2) is equal to :
following points ? (3-09-2020/Shift-1)
(4-09-2020/Shift-1)
æ 3 1 ö æ 1 ö æ9 ö
(a) çç 2 , ÷ (b) ç1, - ÷ (a) (9,3) (b) ç , 2 ÷
è 2 ÷ø è 2ø è2 ø
æ 3 ö
æ9 ö æ3 ö
æ 1 ö (c) ç ,3 ÷ (d) ç , 2 ÷
(c) ç , 0÷ (d) çç - 2 , 1 ÷÷ è2 ø è2 ø
è 2 ø è ø
x2 y2
64. Let e1 and e2 be the eccentricities of the ellipse, 68. Let + = 1(a > b) be a given ellipse, length of whose
a2 b2
x2 y2 x2 y 2 latus rectum is 10. If its eccentricity is the maximum value

+ 2 = 1 (b < 5) and the hyperbola, - =1
25 b 16 b 2 5
of the function, f(t ) = + t - t 2 then a2 + b2 is equal to
12
respectively satisfying e1e2 = 1. If a and b are the
(4-09-2020/Shift-1)
distances between the foci of the ellipse and the foci of
(a) 135 (b) 116
the hyperbola respectively, then the ordered pair (a, b )
(c) 126 (d) 145
is equal to : (3-09-2020/Shift-2)
69. Let x=4 be a directrix to an ellipse whose centre is at the
æ 24 ö
(a) (8, 12) (b) ççç , 10÷÷÷ origin and its eccentricity is
1
. If P(1,b), b> 0 is a point on
è5 ø 2
this ellipse, then the equation of the normal to it at P is:
æ 20 ö
(c) ççç , 12÷÷÷
(4-9-2020/Shift-2)
(d) (8, 10)
è3 ø (a) 8x – 2y = 5 (b) 4x – 2y = 1
(c) 7x – 4y = 1 (d) 4x – 3y = 2
CONIC SECTIONS 97
70. If the common tangent to the parabolas, y2 = 4x and 76. If the normal at an end of a latus rectum of an ellipse
x2 = 4y also touches the circle, x2 + y2 = c2, then c is equal
passes through an extremity of the minor axis, then the
to: (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
eccentricity e of the ellipse satisfies:
1 1 (6-09-2020/Shift-2)
(a) (b)
2 4
(a) e 4 + 2e2 - 1 = 0 (b) e2 + 2e - 1 = 0
1 1
(c) (d)
2 2 2 (c) e4 + e2 - 1 = 0 (d) e2 + e - 1 = 0
71. If the point P on the curve, 4x2+5y2=20 is fathest from the 77. If the distance between the foci of an ellipse is 6 and the
point Q(0,– 4), then PQ2 is equal to:
distance between its directrices is 12, then the length of
(5-09-2020/Shift-1)
its latus rectum is (7-01-2020/Shift-1)
(a)48 (b)29
(c)21 (d)36 (a) 2 3 (b) 3
72. If the co-ordinates of two points A and B are ( 7, 0) and

3
(c) (d) 3 2
(- 7, 0) respectively and P is any point on the conic, 2
9x 2 + 16y 2 = 144, then PA + PB is equal to :

78. If y = mx + 4 is a tangent to both the parabolas, y 2 = 4 x
(5-09-2020/Shift-1)
and x 2 = 2by , then b is equal to
(a) 6 (b) 16
(c) 9 (d) 8 (7-01-2020/Shift-1)
73. If the line y = mx + c is a common tangent to the hyperbola
(a) -64 (b) 128
2 2
x y (c) -128 (d) -32
- = 1 and the circle x2 + y2 = 36, then which one of
100 64
the following is true? (5-09-2020/Shift-2) x2 y2
79. If 3x + 4y = 12 2 is a tangent to the ellipse + = 1,
(a) 4c2 = 369 (b) c2 = 369 a2 9
(c) 8m + 5 = 0 (d) 5m = 4
for some a Î R then the distance between the foci of the
74. Let L1 be a tangent to the parabola y2 = 4 (x + 1) and L2 be
a tangent to the parabola y2= 8 (x + 2) such that L1 and L2 ellipse is : (7-01-2020/Shift-2)
intersect at right angles. Then L1 and L2 meet on the
straight line: (6-09-2020/Shift-1) (a) 2 5 (b) 2 7
(a) x + 2y = 0 (b) x + 2 = 0
(c) 2 2 (d) 4
(c) 2x + 1 = 0 (d) x + 3 = 0
75. Which of the following points lies on the locus of the 80. The locus of a point which divides the line segment
foot of perpendicular drawn upon any tangent to the joining the point (0, – 1) and a point on the
x2 y 2 parabola, x 2 = 4y , internally in the ratio 1 : 2, is :

ellipse, + = 1 from any of its foci?
4 2
(8-01-2020/Shift-1)
(6-09-2020/Shift-1)
(a) (-1, 3) (b) (-2, 3) (a) 9x 2 - 12y = 8 (b) 4x 2 - 3y = 2
(c) (-1, 2) (d) (1, 2) (c) x 2 - 3y = 2 (d) 9x 2 - 3y = 2

CONIC SECTIONS 98
81. Let the line y = mx and the ellipse 2x2 + y2 = 1 intersect a 86. If one end of focal chord AB of the parabola y 2 = 8x is at
point P in the first quadrant. If the normal to this ellipse at
æ1 ö
æ 1 ö A ç , -2 ÷ , then the equation of tangent to it at B is
P meets the co-ordinate axes at (0, b) and ç - ,0 ÷ , è2 ø
è 3 2 ø
(9-1-2020/Shift-2)
then b is equal to: (8-01-2020/Shift-1)
(a) x + 2 y + 8 = 0 (b) 2 x - y - 24 = 0
2 2 (c) x - 2 y + 8 = 0 (d) 2 x + y - 24 = 0
(a) (b)
3 3
87. Let y = mx + c, m > 0 be the focal chord of y 2 = -64x,
2 2 2 2
(c) (d) which is tangent to x + 10 + y 2 = 4. Then, the value of
3 3
82. If a hyperbola passes through the point P(10, 16) and it 4 2 m + c is equal to ____. (20-07-2021/Shift-1)
has vertices at (±6, 0), then the equation of the normal at
88. Let P be a variable point on the parabola y = 4x 2 + 1 .
P is: (8-01-2020/Shift-2)
Then the locus of the mid-point of the point P and the
(a) 3x + 4 y = 94 (b) x + 2 y = 42 foot of the perpendicular drawn from the point P to the
line y = x is ? (20-07-2021/Shift-2)
(c) 2 x + 5 y = 100 (d) x + 3 y = 58
2
83. Let a line y = mx(m > 0) intersect the parabola,y2 = x at a (a) 3x - y + x - 3y + 2 = 0
point P, other than the origin. Let the tangent to it at P
2
meet the x axis at the point Q. If area (DOPQ) = 4 sq. units, (b) 2 x - 3y + 3x - y + 2 = 0
then m is equal to______. (8-01-2020/Shift-2)
2
84. If e1 and e2 are the eccentricities of the ellipse (c) 2 3x - y + x - 3y + 2 = 0
x2 y2 x2 y 2 (d) 3x - y
2
+ 2 x - 3y + 2 = 0
+ = 1 and the hyperbola - = 1 respectively
18 4 9 4
89. If the point on the curve y 2 = 6x, nearest to the point
2 2
and (e1 , e2 ) is a point on the ellipse, 15 x + 3 y = k Then
k is equal to: (9-01-2020/Shift-1) æ 3ö
ç 3, ÷ is a, b , then 2 a + b is equal to ______ ?
è 2ø
(a) 14 (b) 15
(c) 17 (d) 16 (20-07-2021/Shift-2)
85. The length of minor axis (along y-axis) of an ellipse of the 90. The locus of the centroid of the triangle formed by any
point P on the hyperbola
4
standard form is . If this ellipse touches the line 16x 2 - 9y 2 + 32x + 36y - 164 = 0, and its foci is ?
3
(25-07-2021/Shift-1)
x + 6 y = 8, then its eccentricity is : (9-1-2020/Shift-2)
(a) 9x 2 - 16y 2 + 36x + 32y - 36 = 0
1 5 1 11
(a) (b) (b) 16x 2 - 9y 2 + 32x + 36y - 36 = 0
2 3 2 3
(c) 16x 2 - 6y 2 + 32x + 36y - 144 = 0

5 1 11
(c) (d)
6 3 3 (d) 9x 2 - 16y 2 + 36x + 32y - 144 = 0
CONIC SECTIONS 99
91. Let a parabola P be such that its vertex and focus lie on x 2 y2
the positive x-axis at a distance 2 and 4 units from the 95. Let E1 : + = 1,a > b. Let E 2 be another ellipse such
a 2 b2
origin, respectively. If tangents arte drawn O(0, 0) be the
parabola P which mets P at S and R, then the area (in sq. that it touches the end points of major axis of E1 and the
units of DSOR is equal to ? (25-07-2021/Shift-1) foci E 2 are the end points of minor axis of E1 . If E1 . and
E 2 have same eccentricities, then its value is :
(a) 16 2 (b) 32
(22-07-2021/Shift-2)
(c) 16 (d) 8 2 -1 + 3 -1 + 6
(a) (b)
92. A ray of light through (2,1) is reflected at a point P on the 2 2
y – axis and then passes through the point (5,3). If this
-1 + 5 -1 + 8
reflected ray is the directrix of an ellipse with eccentricity (c) (d)
2 2
1
and the distance of the nearer focus from this directrix 96. If a tangent to the ellipse x 2 + 4y 2 = 4 meets the tangents
3
at the extremities of its major axis at B and C, then the
circle with BC as diameter passes through the point
8
is , then the equation of the other directrix can be : (25-07-2021/Shift-2)
53
(a) (–1, 1) (b) (1, 1)
(27-07-2021/Shift-1) 3, 0 2, 0
(c) (d)
(a) 2x - 7y - 39 = 0 or 2x - 7y - 7 = 0
æ1 3ö
97. Consider the parabola with vertex ç , ÷ and the directrix
(b) 11x + 7y + 8 = 0 or 11x + y - 15 = 0 è2 4ø
1
(c) 2x - 7y + 29 = 0 or 2x - 7y - 7 = 0 y= . Let P be the point where the parabola meets the
2
(d) 11x - 7y - 8 = 0 or 11x + 7y + 15 = 0 1
line x = - . If the normal to parabola at P intersects the
2
93. Let E be an ellipse whose axes are parallel to the
2
parabola at the point Q, then PQ is equal to
co-ordinates axes, having its centre at (3, –4), one focus at
(4, – 4) and one vertex at (5, –4). If mx - y = 4, m > 0 is a (01-09-2021/Shift-2)
tangent to the ellipse E , then the value of 5m2 is equal to 25 75

(a) (b)
2 8
(27-07-2021/Shift-2)
15 125
(c) (d)
94. Let a line L : 2x + y = k, k > 0 be a tangent to the 2 16
98. The locus of the midpoints of the chords of the hyperbola
hyperbola x 2 - y 2 = 3. If L is also a tangent to the
x 2 - y 2 = 4, which touch the parabola y 2 = 8x is:
parabola y 2 = ax, then a is equal to : (26-08-2021/Shift-2)
(22-07-2021/Shift-2) (a) x 3 x - 2 = y 2 (b) x 2 x - 2 = y 3
(a) 24 (b) –12

(c) y 2 x - 2 = x 3 (d) y3 x - 2 = x 2
(c) –24 (d) 12
CONIC SECTIONS 100
104. If two tangents drawn from a point P to the parabola

99. The point P -2 6, 3 lies on the hyperbola
y 2 = 16 x - 3 are at right angles, then the locus of point
x 2 y2 5 P is : (27-08-2021/Shift-2)
2
- 2 = 1 having eccentricity . If the tangent and
a b 2 (a) x + 3 = 0 (b) x + 2 = 0
normal at P to the hyperbola intersect its conjugate axis at
(c) x + 4 = 0 (d) x + 1 = 0
the points Q and R respectively, then QR is equal to:
(26-08-2021/Shift-2) 105. Let A 2 sec q, tan q and B 2 sec f, tan f , where
(a) 6 3 (b) 4 3 p
q+f = , be two points on the hyperbola x 2 - 2y 2 = 2.
2
(c) 6 (d) 3 6
100. If the minimum area of the triangle formed by a tangent to If a, b is the point of the intersection of the normals to
2
x 2 y2 the hyperbola at A and B, then 2b is equal to _____.
the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 and the coordinate axis is kab ,
b 4a
(27-08-2021/Shift-2)
then k is equal to ______. (27-08-2021/Shift-1)
106. The line 12x cos q + 5y sin q = 60 is tangent to which of
101. A tangent and a normal are drawn at the point P 2, – 4 the following curves ? (31-08-2021/Shift-1)
on the parabola y 2 = 8x, which meet the directrix of the (a) 25x 2 + 12y 2 = 3600 (b) 144x 2 + 25y 2 = 3600
parabola at the points A and B respectively. If Q a, b (c) x 2 + y 2 = 169 (d) x 2 + y 2 = 60

is a point such that AQBP is a square, then 2a + b is 107. The length of the latus rectum of a parabola, whose vertex
equal to: (27-08-2021/Shift-1) and focus are on the positive x-axis at a distance R and S
(a) –16 (b) –20 > R respectively from the origin, is ?
(c) –18 (d) –12 (31-08-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 4 S + R (b) 2 S + R
x 2 y2
102. On the ellipse + = 1 let P be a point in the second
8 4
(c) 2 S - R (d) 4 S - R
quadrant such that the tangent at P to the ellipse is
108. The locus of mid-points of the line segments joining
perpendicular to the line x + 2y = 0. Let S and S¢ be the
foci of the ellipse and e be its eccentricity. If A is the area x 2 y2
(–3, –5) and the points on the ellipse + = 1 is:
2
4 9
of the triangle SPS¢ then, the value of 5 - e . A is:
(31-08-2021/Shift-2)
(26-08-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 36x 2 + 16y 2 + 90x + 56y + 145 = 0
(a) 24 (b) 6
(c) 14 (d) 12 (b) 36x 2 + 16y 2 + 108x + 80y + 145 = 0
103. If a line along a chord of the circle
(c) 36x 2 + 16y 2 + 72x + 32y + 145 = 0
4x 2 + 4y 2 + 120x + 675 = 0, passes through the point
(d) 9x 2 + 4y 2 + 18x + 8y + 145 = 0
2
(–30, 0) and is tangent to the parabola y = 30x, then
109. A tangent line L is drawn at the point (2, –4) on the parabola
the length of this chord is: (26-08-2021/Shift-1)
y 2 = 8x . If the line L is also tangent to the circle
(a) 5 (b) 3 5
x 2 + y 2 = a , then ‘ a ’ is equal to _______________.
(c) 7 (d) 5 3 (31-08-2021/Shift-2)
CONIC SECTIONS 101
110. Let C be the locus of the mirror image of a point on the 115. Consider a hyperbola H : x 2 - 2y 2 = 4. Let the tangent
parabola y2 = 4x with respect to the line y = x. Then the
equation of tangent to C at P(2,1) is : at a point P (4, 6) meet the x-axis at Q and latus rectum
(16-03-2021/Shift-2) at R (x1 , y1 ), x1 > 0. If F is a focus of H which is nearer
(a) x – y = 1 (b) 2x + y = 5 to the point P, then the area of DQFR is equal to.
(c) x + 2y = 4 (d) x + 3y = 5 (18-03-2021/Shift-2)
x 2 y2 7
111. If the points of intersections of the ellipse + =1 (a) 4 6 - 1 (b) -2
16 b 2 6
and the circle x2 + y2 = 4b, b > 4 lie on the curve y2 = 3x2,
then b is equal to (16-03-2021/Shift-2) (c) 4 6 (d) 6 -1
(a) 10 (b) 5
116. A square ABCD has all its vertices on the curve x 2 y 2 = 1.
(c) 12 (d) 6 The midpoints of its sides also lie on the same curve.
112. The locus of the midpoints of the chord of the circle Then, the square of area of ABCD is .................. .
x 2 + y 2 = 25 which is tangent to the hyperbola (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
117. For which of the following curves, the line
x 2 y2
- = 1 is (16-03-2021/Shift-1) x + 3y = 2 3 is the tangent at the point
9 16
(24-02-2021/Shift-2)
2
(a) x 2 + y 2 - 9x 2 - 16y 2 = 0
(a) 2x 2 - 18y 2 = 9 (b) x 2 + 9y 2 = 9
2
(b) x 2 + y 2 - 9x 2 + 16y 2 = 0 2 1
(c) y = x (d) x 2 + y 2 = 7
6 3
2
(c) x 2 + y 2 - 16x 2 + 9y 2 = 0
118. The locus of the mid-point of the line segment joining the
2 focus of the parabola y 2 = 4ax to a moving point of the
(d) x 2 + y 2 - 9x 2 + 144y 2 = 0
parabola, is another parabola whose directrix is
113. If the three normals drawn to the parabola y 2 = 2x pass (24-02-2021/Shift-1)
through the point a, 0 a ¹ 0 , then ‘ a ’ must be greater a

(a) x = (b) x = 0
2
than (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
1 a
(a) - (b) -1 (c) x = - (d) x = a
2 2
119. If the curve x 2 + 2y 2 = 2 intersects the line x + y = 1 at

1
(c) (d) 1 two points P and Q , then the angle subtended by the
2
line segment PQ at the origin is :
114. Let L be a tangent line to the parabola y2 = 4x - 20 at
(25-02-2021/Shift-2)
2 2
x y
(6, 2). If L is also a tangent to the ellipse + = 1, then p æ1ö p æ1ö
2 b (a) + tan -1 ç ÷ (b) + tan -1 ç ÷
2 è 3ø 2 è4ø
the value of b is equal to : (17-03-2021/Shift-2)
(a) 16 (b) 20 p æ1ö p æ1ö
(c) - tan -1 ç ÷ (d) - tan -1 ç ÷
(c) 11 (d) 14 2 è4ø 2 è3ø
CONIC SECTIONS 102
120. A hyperbola passes through the foci of the ellipse 123. The locus of the point of intersection of the lines
x 2 y2 3 kx + ky - 4 3 = 0 and 3x - y - 4 3 k = 0 is a
+ = 1 and its transverse and conjugate axes
25 16
conic, whose eccentricity is _____.
coincide with major and minor axes of the ellipse,
(25-02-2021/Shift-1)
respectively. If the product of their eccentricities is one,
then the equation of the hyperbola is: 124. Let L be a common tangent line to the curves
2 2
(25-02-2021/Shift-2) 4x 2 + 9y 2 = 36 and 2x + 2y = 31.
x 2 y2 Then the square of the slope of the line L is ________.

(a) - =1 (b) x 2 - y 2 = 9
9 16 (26-02-2021/Shift-2)
125. Let the tangent to the parabola S : y 2 = 2x at the point

x 2 y2 x 2 y2
(c) - =1 (d) - =1
9 25 9 4 P 2, 2 meet the x - axis at Q and normal at it meet the
2
parabola S at the point R. Then the area (in sq. units) of
121. A line is common tangent to the circle x - 3 + y 2 = 9
the triangle PQR is equal to: (26-02-2021/Shift-2)
and y 2 = 4x. If the two points of contact a, b and 25
(a) 25 (b)
c, d are distinct and lie in the first quadrant, then 2
2 a + c is equal to: (25-02-2021/Shift-2) 15 35

(c) (d)
2 2
122. A tangent is drawn to the parabola y 2 = 6x which is
perpendicular to the line 2x + y = 1 . Which of the
following points does NOT lie on it?
(25-02-2021/Shift-1)
(a) (0, 3) (b) (4, 5)
(c) (-6, 0) (d) (5, 4)
CONIC SECTIONS 103

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. Length of the focal chord of the parabola y2 = 4ax at a
distance p from the vertex is
1. If the line x + my + am2 = 0 touches the parabola
y2 = 4ax, then the point of contact is 2a 2 a3
(a) (b) 2
p p
æ a - 2a ö
(a) (am2, –2am) (b) ç 2 , ÷
èm m ø
4a 3 p3
(c) (–am2, –2am) (d) The line does not touch (c) 2 (d)
p a
2. A hyperbola has centre ' C ' and one focus at P 6,8 . If
8. From the focus of the parabola, y2 = 8x as centre, a circle
its two directrices are 3 x + 4 y + 10 = 0 and is described so that a common chord of the curves is
equidistant from the vertex & focus of the parabola. The
3 x + 4 y - 10 = 0 then CP =
equation of the circle is :
(a) 14 (b) 8
(a) (x – 2)2 + y2 = 9 (b) (x – 2)2 + y2 = 6
(c) 10 (d) 6
(c) (x – 2)2 + y2 = 4 (d) (x – 2)2 + y2 = 18
3. The equation
9. A circle is described whose centre is the vertex and whose
2 2 diameter is three–quarters of the latus rectum of the
x y
- = 1, |r| < 1 represents parabola y2 = 4ax. If PQ is the common chord of the circle
1- r 1+ r
and the parabola and L1 L2 is the latus rectum, then the
(a) an ellipse (b) a hyperbola area of the trapezium PL1 L2Q is
(c) a circle (d) None of these
(a) 3 2 a2 (b) 2 2 a2
4. The equation 9x2 – 16y2 – 18x + 32y – 151 = 0 represents a
hyperbola - æ 2+ 2 ö 2
(a) The length of the transverse axis is 4 (c) 4 a2 (d) çç ÷÷ a
è 2 ø
(b) Length of latus rectum is 9
10. The condition that the line, x. cosq + y. sin q =p touches
21 11 the parabola, y2 = 4a (x + a) is :
(c) Equation of directrix is x = and x = -
5 5
(a) a – p cos q = 0 (b) a + p cos q = 0
(d) None of these (c) a cos q – p = 0 (d) a cos q + p = 0
5. The length of the side of an equilateral triangle inscribed 11. If the distance of 2 points P and Q on parabola y2 = 4ax
in the parabola, y2 = 4x so that one of its angular point is from the focus are 4 and 9 respectively, then the distance
at the vertex is : of the point of intersection of tangents at P and Q from the
(a) 8 3 (b) 6 3 focus is
(a) 8 (b) 6
(c) 4 3 (d) 2 3 (c) 5 (d) 13
6. The points (s) on the parabola y2 = 4x which are closest 12. AB, AC are tangents to a parabola y2 = 4ax. p1, p2 and
to the circle : p3 are the lengths of the perpendiculars from A, B and C
x2 + y2 – 24y + 128 = 0 is/are respectively to any tangent to the curve expect at points
B and C, then p2, p1, p3 are in :
(a) (0, 0) (b) (2, 2 2 )
(a) A.P. (b) G.P.
(c) (4, 4) (d) none of these (c) H.P. (d) none of these
CONIC SECTIONS 104
13. From an external point P, pair of tangent lines are drawn 21. The normal chord at a point 't' on the parabola
to the parabola, y2 = 4x. If q1 and q2 are the inclinations y2 = 4ax subtends a right angle at the vertex. Then t² is
of these tangents with the axis of x such that, equal to :
p (a) 3 (b) 1
q1 + q 2 = , then the locus of P is :
4 (c) 4 (d) 2
(a) x – y + 1 = 0 (b) x + y – 1 = 0 22. If the normals at two points P, Q of the parabola,
(c) x – y – 1 = 0 (d) x + y + 1 = 0 y2 = 4x intersect at a third point R on the parabola, then
14. The equation of common tangent to the parabola, the product of the ordinates of P & Q is :
y2 = 2x and x2 = 16y is : (a) 4 (b) 6
Ax + By + C = 0, where A, B, C Î N, such that their sum (c) 16 (d) 8

is least then A = ____ , B = ____ , C = _____ : 23. If P, Q, R are three co-normal points on the parabola
(a) 1, 2, 2 (b) 2, 2, 1 y2 = 4ax then the centroid of the triangle PQR always
lies on :
(c) 2, 1, 2 (d) none of these
15. If the straight line x + y = 1 is a normal to the parabola (a) the x-axis
x2 = ay, then the value of a is (b) the y-axis
(a) 4/3 (b) 1/2 (c) the line y = x
(c) 3/4 (d) 1/4 (d) the directrix of the parabola
16. Which of the following lines, is a normal to the parabola
y2 = 16 x 24. Tangents are drawn to y 2 = 4 a x from a variable point P
(a) y = x – 11 cos q – 3 cos 3 q moving on x + a = 0, then the locus of foot of perpendicular

(b) y = x – 11 cos q – cos 3 q drawn from P on the chord of contact of P is
(c) y = (x – 11) cos q + cos 3 q (a) y = 0 (b) x - a 2
+ y2 = a2
(d) y = (x – 11) cos q – cos 3 q
2
17. The equation of the other normal to the parabola (c) x - a + y2 = 0 (d) y x - a = 0
y2 = 4ax which passes through the intersection of those at
(4a, –4a) & (9a, –6a) is : 25. A ray of light travels along a line y = 4 and strikes the
surface of a curve y2 = 4(x + y) then equation of the line
(a) 5x – y + 115a = 0 (b) 5x + y – 135a = 0
along reflected ray travel is
(c) 5x – y – 115a = 0 (d) 5x + y + 115 = 0
(a) x = 0 (b) x = 2
18. If two normals to a parabola y2 = 4ax intersect at right
(c) x + y = 4 (d) 2x + y = 4
angles then the chord joining their feet passes through
a fixed point whose co-ordinates are : 26. The circles on focal radii of a parabola as diameter touch
(a) (–2a, 0) (b) (a, 0) (a) the tangent at the vertex (b) the axis
(c) (2a, 0) (d) none of these (c) the directrix (d) none of these
19. If the normal to the parabola y2 = 4ax at the point 27. If M is the foot of the perpendicular from a point P of a
(at2, 2at) cuts the parabola again at (aT2, 2aT), then parabola y2 = 4ax to its directrix and SPM is an equilateral
(a) – 2 £ T £ 2 (b) T Î (–¥, –8) È (8, ¥) triangle, where S is the focus, then SP is equal to :
2
(c) T < 8 (d) T2 ³ 8 (a) a (b) 2a
20. A normal is drawn to the parabola y2 = 4ax at the point (c) 3a (d) 4a
(2a, –2 2 a) then the length of the normal chord, is 28. The locus of the middle points of the focal chords of the
parabola, y2 = 4x is :
(a) 4 2a (b) 6 2 a (a) y2 = x – 1 (b) y2 = 2(x – 1)
(c) 4 3 a (d) 6 3 a (c) y2 = 2(1 – x) (d) none of these
CONIC SECTIONS 105
29. The locus of the foot of the perpendiculars drawn from 35. If a + b = 3p then the chord joining the points a and b for
the vertex on a variable tangent to the parabola y2 = 4ax
x2 y2
is : the hyperbola - = 1 passes through
a2 b 2
(a) x (x2 + y2) + ay2 = 0 (b) y (x2 + y2) + ax2 = 0
(a) focus
(c) x (x2 – y2) + ay2 = 0 (d) none of these
(b) centre
30. The eccentricity of the conic
(c) one of the end points of the transverse axis
4(2y – x – 3) 2 – 9 (2x + y – 1) 2 = 80 is
(d) one of the end points of the conugates axis
3 13 36. The locus of the mid point of the chords of the circle
(a) (b)
13 3 x 2 + y 2 = a2, which are tangent to the hyperbola
(c) 13 (d) 3 x2 y2
- = 1 is
a2 b2
x 2 y2 (a) x2 + y2 = a2 – b2
31. The distance of a point on the ellipse + = 1 from
6 2
(b) (x2 + y2)2 = a2 – b2
the centre is 2. The eccentric angle of the point is (c) (x2 + y2)2 = a2x2 – b2y2
p (d) (x2 + y2)2 = a2 + b2

(a) ± (b) ± p
2 37. The area of a triangle formed by the lines x – y = 0, x + y = 0 and
any tangent to the hyperbola x2 – y2 = a2 is
p 3p p (a) a2 (b) 2a2
(c) , (d) ±
2 4 4
(c) 3a2 (d) 4a2
38. The equation of the common tangents to the parabola
a2
32. If tan q1 tan q2 = – , then the chord joining two point y2 = 8x and the hyperbola 3x2 – y2 = 3 is-
b2
(a) 2x ± y + 1 = 0 (b) x ± y + 1 = 0
x2 y2 (c) x ± 2y + 1 = 0 (d) x ± y + 2 = 0
q1 and q2 on the ellipse 2
+ 2
= 1 will subtend a right
a b 39. The triangle PQR of area 'A' is inscribed in the parabola
y2 = 4ax such that the P lies at the vertex of the parabola
angle at
and the base QR is a focal chord. The modulus of the
(a) Focus (b) Centre difference of the ordinates of the points Q and R is :
(c) End of the major axes (d) End of minor axes
A A
33. The equation of tangents to the ellipse 9x2 + 16y2 = 144 (a) (b)
2a a
which pass through the point (2, 3)
(a) y = 3 (b) x + y = 2 2A 4A
(c) (d)
a a
(c) x – y = 3 (d) y = 3; x + y = 5
34. An ellipse with major axis 4 and minor axis 2 touches both 40. The ends of a line segment are P (1, 3) and Q (1, 1). R is a
the coordinate axis, then locus of its centre is point on the line segment PQ such that PR : QR = 1 : l. If R
is an interior point of a parabola y2 = 4x, then
(a) x 2 - y 2 = 5 (b) x 2 .y 2 = 5
3
(a) l Î (0, 1) (b) l Î æç – , 1 ö÷
2 è 5 ø
x
(c) + y2 = 5 (d) x 2 + y 2 = 5
4
æ1 3ö
(c) l Î ç , ÷ (d) none of these
è2 5ø
CONIC SECTIONS 106
41. Through the vertex O of the parabola y2 = 4ax two chords 47. From the point (15, 12) three normals are drawn to the
OP & OQ are drawn and the circles on OP & OQ as diameter parabola y2 = 4x, then centroid of triangle formed by three
intersect in R. If q1 , q2 & f are the angles made with the co–normal points is
axis by the tangents at P & Q on the parabola & by OR
16
then cot q1 + cot q2 is equal to (a) æç , 0 ö÷ (b) (4, 0)
è3 ø
(a) –2 tan f (b) – 2 tan (p – f)
(c) 0 (d) 2 cot f
æ 26 ö
42. T is a point on the tangent to a parabola y2 = 4ax at its (c) ç , 0 ÷ (d) (6, 0)
è 3 ø
point P. TL and TN are the perpendiculars on the focal
radius SP and the directrix of the parabola respectively. 48. Normals at three points P, Q, R at the parabola y2 = 4ax
Then : meet in a point A and S be its focus, if |SP|. |SQ| . |SR| =
(a) SL = 2 (TN) (b) 3(SL) = 2 (TN) l(SA)2, then l is equal to
(c) SL = TN (d) 2 (SL) = 3 (TN) (a) a3 (b) a2
43. Two tangents to the parabola y2 = 4ax make angle a1 (c) a (d) 1
and a2 with the x-axis. The locus of their point of 49. A tangent to the parabola x2 + 4ay = 0 cuts the parabola
cot a1 x2 = 4by at A and B the locus of the mid point of AB is :
intersection if = 2 is :
cot a 2 (a) (a + 2b) x2 = 4 b2y (b) (b + 2a) x2 = 4 b2y
(c) (a + 2b) y2 = 4 b2x (d) (b + 2x) x2 = 4 a2y
(a) 2y2 = 9 ax (b) 4y2 = 9 ax
50. Tangent are drawn from the points o n the line
(c) y2 = 9 ax (d) none of these
x – y – 5 = 0 to x2 + 4y2 = 4, then all the chords of
44. If A & B are points on the parabola y2 = 4ax with vertex O
contact pass through a fixed point, whose coordinates
such that OA perpendicular to OB & having lengths
are
4/ 3 4 /3
1 r r
2
r1 & r2 respectively, then the value of 2/3 2/3
is æ4 1ö æ4 1ö
r
1 +r2 (a) ç , - ÷ (b) ç , ÷
è5 5ø è5 5ø
(a) 16a2 (b) a2
(c) 4a (d) None of these æ 4 1ö
(c) ç - , ÷ (d) None of these
è 5 5ø
45. The two parabola y2 = 4ax and y2 = 4c (x –b) cannot have a
common normal, other than the axis unless, if 51. Let P(a secq, b tanq) and Q (a sec f, b tan f), where
a –b b p x 2 y2
(a) >2 (b) a – c > 2 q+f= , be two points on the hyperbola 2 - 2 = 1 If
b 2 a b
(h, k) is the point of the intersection of the normals at P
b and Q, then k is equal to
(c) a + b > 2 (d) None of these
46. If the normals drawn from any point to the parabola a 2 + b2 æ a 2 + b2 ö

(a) (b) - çç ÷
÷
y2 = 4ax cut the line x = 2a in points whose ordinates are in a è a ø
arithmetic progression, then tangents of the angles which
the normals makes with the axis, are
a 2 + b2 æ a 2 + b2 ö
(a) in A.P. (b) in G.P. (c) (d) - çç ÷
÷
b è b ø
(c) in H.P. (d) None of these
CONIC SECTIONS 107
Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option] 58. Consider a circle with its centre lying on the focus of the
parabola, y2 = 2 px (p > 0) such that it touches the directrix
52. Let V be the vertex and L be the latus rectum of the parabola of the parabola. Then a point of intersection of the circle
x2 = 2y + 4x – 4. Then the equation of the parabola whose & the parabola is :
vertex is at V, latus rectum is L/2 and axis is perpendicular
to the axis of the given parabola. æp ö æp ö
(a) y2 = x – 2 (b) y2 = x – 4 (a) ç , p ÷ (b) ç ,-p ÷
è2 ø è2 ø
(c) y2 = 2 – x (d) y2 = 4 – x
53. If equation of tangent at P, Q and vertex A of a parabola are æ p ö æ p ö
(c) ç - , p ÷ (d) ç - ,-p ÷
3x + 4y – 7 = 0, 2x + 3y – 10 = 0 and x – y = 0 respectively, è 2 ø è 2 ø
then
(a) focus is (4, 5) x2 y2
59. If P is a point of the ellipse + = 1, whose foci are S
a 2 b2
(b) length of latus rectum is 2 2
and S’. Let ÐPSS’ = a and ÐPS’S= b, then
(c) axis is x + y – 9 = 0
(a) PS + PS’ = 2a, if a > b
9 9
(d) vertex is æç , ö÷ (b) PS + PS’ = 2b, if a < b
è2 2ø
a b 1- e
54. The locus of the mid point of the focal radii of a variable (c) tan tan =
2 2 1+ e
point moving on the parabola, y2 = 4ax is a parabola whose
(a) Latus rectum is half the latus rectum of the original
a b a2 - b2
parabola (d) tan tan = [ a - a 2 - b 2 ] when a > b
2 2 b2
(b) Vertex is (a/2, 0)
(c) Directrix is y–axis 60. If the chord through the points whose eccentric angles
(d) Focus has the co–ordinates (a, 0) x2 y2
are q & f on the ellipse, + = 1 passes through a
55. The equation, 3x2 + 4y2 – 18x + 16y + 43 = c. a 2 b2
(a) cannot represent a real pair of straight lines for any focus, then the value of tan (q/2) tan (f/2) is :
value of c
(b) represents an ellipse, if c > 0 e +1 e -1
(a) (b)
e -1 e +1
(c) represents empty set, if c < 0
(d) a point, if c = 0 1+ e 1- e
56. If (5, 12) and (24, 7) are the foci of a conic passing through (c) (d)
1- e 1+ e
the origin then the eccentricity of conic is
(a) 386 / 12 (b) 386 / 13
61. The equation to the parabola whose axis parallel to the y-
(c) 386 / 25 (d) 386 / 38
axis and which passes through the points (0, 4), (1, 9) and
(4, 5). If latus rectum of parabola is l, then the value of
x2 y2
57. If foci of - = 1 coincide with the foci of 361l must be
a2 b2
62. The distance between the focus and directrix of the conic
x2 y2
+ = 1 and eccentricity of the hyperbola is 2, then 2
25 9 3x - y = 48 x + 3y is :
(a) a2 + b2 = 16 63. The locus of a point that divides a chord of slope 2 of the
(b) there is no director circle to the hyperbola parabola y2 = 4x internally in the ratio 1 : 2 is a parabola. If
(c) centre of the director circle is (0, 0) the vertex of parabola is (l, m), then the value of 729 (l +
m)2 must be
(d) length of latus rectum of the hyperbola = 12
CONIC SECTIONS 108
2 2
71. Assertion : In a triangle ABC, if base BC is fixed and
64. Tangents are drawn to the ellipse x  y  1 at ends of perimeter of the triangle is constant, then vertex A moves
9 5 on an ellipse.
latus rectum. If the area of quadrilateral formed is  sq unit, Reason : If sum of distances of a point ‘P’ from two fixed
then the value of must be points is constant then locus of ‘P’ is a real ellipse.
65. If the product of slopes of tangents drawn from point (a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
x2
P(9, k) to ellipse  y 2  1 is equal to 2. Then the 72. Assertion : Feet of perpendiculars drawn from foci of an
9
ellipse 4x 2 + y2 = 16 on the line 2 3 x + y = 8 lie on the
value of k2 is
circle x2 + y2 = 16.
x 2 y2 Reason : If perpendicular are drawn from foci of an ellipse
66. If common tangent of x 2  y 2  r 2 and   1 forms to its any tangent then feet of these perpendiculars lie on
16 9
director circle of the ellipse.
a square then find its area.
(a) A (b) B
67. If a circle cuts a rectangular hyperbola xy = c2 in A, B, C (c) C (d) D
and D and the parameters of these four points be t1, t2, t3
and t4 respectively, then the value of 16t1t2t3t4 must be Match the Following
Assertion & Reason Each question has two columns. Four options are given
(A) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is true, REASON is a Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds
correct explanation for ASSERTION. to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option
a correct explanation for ASSERTION. 73. Column – I Column – II
(C) If ASSERTION is true, REASON is false. (A) Area of a triangle formed by the (P) 8
(D) If ASSERTION is false, REASON is true. tangents drawn from a point
(–2, 2) to the parabola y2 = 4(x + y)
68. Assertion : If straight line x = 8 meets the parabola y2 = 8x
at P & Q then PQ substends a right angle at the origin. and their corresponding chord
of contact is
Reason : Double ordinate equal to twice of latus rectum of
a parabola subtands a right angle at the vertex. (B) Length of the latus rectum of (Q) 4 3
(a) A (b) B the conic 25{(x – 2)2 + (y – 3)2} =
(c) C (d) D (3x + 4y – 6)2 is
69. Assertion : The perpendicular bisector of the line segment (C) If focal distance of a point on (R) 4
joining the point (–a, 2 at) and (a, 0) is tangent to the parabola the parabola y = x2 – 4 is 25/4
y2 = 4ax, where t  R and points are of the form
Reason : Number of parabolas with a given point as vertex
(± a , b) then value of a + b is
and length of latus rectum equal to 4, is 2.
(a) A (b) B (D) Length of side of an equilateral (S) 24/5
(c) C (d) D triangle inscribed in a parabola
y2 – 2x – 2y – 3 = 0 whose one
70. Assertion : Circumcircle of a triangle formed by the lines x
= 0, x + y + 1 = 0 & x – y + 1 = 0 also passes through the angular point is vertex of the
point (1, 0) parabola, is
Reason : Circumcircle of a triangle formed by three tangents The correct matching is :
of a parabola passes through its focus. (a) (A–R;B–S; C–P; D–Q)
(a) A (b) B (b) (A–S;B–R; C–P; D–Q)
(c) C (d) D (c) (A–Q;B–S; C–P; D–R)
(d) (A–P;B–S; C–P; D–Q)
CONIC SECTIONS 109
74. Column – I Column – II 76. The length of smallest focal chord of this curve C is :
(A) If the mid point of a chord of (P) 6 1 1
(a) (b)
2 2 12a 4a
x y
the ellipse + = 1 is
16 25 1 1
(c) (d)
(0, 3), then length of the 16a 8a
77. The curve C is symmetric about the line :
4k
chord is , then k is
5 3 3
(a) y = – (b) y =
(B) If the line y = x + l touches (Q) 8 2 2
the ellipse 9x2 + 16y2 = 144, 3 3
(c) x = – (d) x =
then the sum of values of l is 2 2
(C) If the distance between a (R) 0
focus and corresponding
directix of an ellipse be 8 Passage – 2
and the eccentricity be 1/2, If P is a variable point and F1 and F2 are two fixed points such
then length of the minor that |PF1 – PF2| = 2a. Then the locus of the point P is a
hyperbola, with points F1 and F2 as the two focii (F1F2 > 2a). If
k
axis is , then 2k is x2 y2
3 - = 1 is a hyperbola, then its conjugate hyperbola is
a 2 b2
(D) Sum of distances of a (S) 16
x2 y2
point on the ellipse - = -1. Let P(x, y) is a variable point such that
a2 b2
x2 y2
+ = 1 from the foci | ( x - 1) 2 + ( y - 2) 2 - ( x - 5)2 + ( y - 5)2 | = 3.
9 16
78. If the locus of the point P represents a hyperbola of
The correct matching is : eccentricity e, then the eccentricity e’ of the corresponding
(a) (A–Q; B–Q; C–P; D–S) conjugate hyperbola is :
(b) (A–Q; B–R; C–S; D–Q) 5 4
(c) (A–S; B–R; C–Q; D–P) (a) (b)
3 3
(d) (A–P; B–Q; C–R; D–S)
5 3
Using the following passage, solve Q.75 to Q.77 (c) (d)
4 7
Passage – 1 79. Locus of intersection of two perpendicular tangents to
the given hyperbola is
If the locus of the circumcentre of a variable triangle having
2
sides y–axis, y = 2 and lx + my = 1, where (l,m) lies on the 7 55
(a) (x – 3)2 + æç y - ö÷ =
parabola y2 = 4ax is a curve C, then è 2ø 4
75. Coordinates of the vertex of this curve C is
2
7 25
(b) (x – 3)2 + æç y - ö÷ =
3 æ 3ö
(a) æç 2a, ö÷ (b) ç -2a, - ÷ è 2 ø 4
è 2ø è 2ø
2
æ 7ö 7
æ 3ö æ 3ö (c) (x – 3)2 + ç y - ÷ =
(c) ç -2a, ÷ (d) ç -2a, - ÷ è 2ø 4
è 2ø è 2ø
(d) none of these
CONIC SECTIONS 110
83. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle inscribed in the circle

æ 7ö
80. If origin is shifted to point ç 3, ÷ and the axes are rotated x2 + y2 = a2. Suppose perpendiculars from A, B, C to the
è 2ø
through an angle q in clockwise sense so that equation of x2 y2
major axis of the ellipse + = 1, (a > b) meets the
given of given hyperbola changes to the standard form a2 b2
ellipse respectively at P, Q, R so that P, Q, R lie on the same
x2 y2
- = 1, then q is : side of the major axis as A, B, C respectively. Prove that,
a 2 b2
the normals to the ellipse drawn at the points P, Q and R
are concurrent.
æ4ö æ3ö
(a) tan–1 ç ÷ (b) tan–1 ç ÷ 84. Let C1 and C2 be, respectively, the parabola x2 = y – 1 and
è3ø è4ø
y2 = x – 1. Let P be any point on C1 and Q be any point on
C2. Let P1 and Q1 be the reflections of P and Q, respectively,
æ5ö æ 3ö
(c) tan–1 ç ÷ (d) tan–1 ç ÷ with respect to the line y = x. Prove that P1 lies on C2, Q1
è 3ø è5ø lies on C1 and PQ ³ min {PP1, QQ1}. Hence or otherwise,
determine points P0 and Q0 on the parabolas C1 and C2
Text
respectivley such the P 0Q0 £ PQ for all pairs of points
81. Through the vertex O of parabola y2 = 4x, chords OP and (P, Q) with P on C1 and Q on C2.
OQ are drawn at right angles to one another. Show that for
all positions of P, PQ cuts the axis of the parabola at a fixed x2 y2
85. Let P be a point on the ellipse + = 1, 0 < b < a. Let
point. Also find the locus of the middle point of PQ. a2 b2
82. If for an ellipse, focus is (0, 0), corresponding directrix is the line parallel to y–axis passing through P meet the circle
x2 + y2 = a2 at the point Q such that P and Q are on the
1 same side of x–axis. For two positive real numbers r and s,
x + y - 1 = 0 and eccentricity is . Then find the vertex
3 find the locus of the point R on PQ such that PR : RQ = r : s
between this focus and directrix as P varies over the ellipse.
CONIC SECTIONS 111

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 8. The focal chord to y2 = 16x is tangent to (x – 6)2 + y2 = 2,
then the possible values of the slope of this chord, are
1. If x + y = k is normal to y2 = 12x, then k is (2000)
(2003)
(a) 3 (b) 9
(a) {–1, 1} (b) {–2, 2}
(c) –9 (d) –3
2. If the line x – 1 = 0 is the directrix of the parabola (c) {–2, 1/2} (d) {2, –1/2}
y2 – kx + 8 = 0, then one of the values of k is (2000)

x2 y2
(a) 1/8 (b) 8 9. For hyperbola - = 1, which of the
cos 2 a sin 2 a
(c) 4 (d) 1/4
following remains constant with change in ‘a’ ? (2003)
3. The equation of the common tangent touching the circle
(x – 3)2 + y2 = 9 and the parabola y2 = 4x above the (a) abscissae of vertices (b) abscissae of foci
x–axis is (2001) (c) eccentricity (d) directrix
(a) 3 y = 3x + 1 (b) 3 y = – (x + 3) 10. If the line 2x + 6 y = 2 touches the hyperbola

(c) 3 y=x+3 (d) 3 y = – (3x + 1) x2 – 2y2 = 4, then the point of contact is (2004)
4. The equation of the directrix of the parabola (a) (-2, 6 ) (b) (-5, 2 6 )
y2 + 4y + 4x + 2 = 0 is (2001)
(a) x = – 1 (b) x = 1 æ1 1 ö
(c) çç , ÷÷ (d) (4,- 6 )
(c) x = – 3/2 (d) x = 3/2 è2 6 ø
5. The locus of the mid point of the line segment joining the
focus to a moving point on the parabola y2 = 4ax is another 11. Axis of a parabola is y = x and vertex and focus are at a
parabola with directrix (2002)
distance 2 and 2 2 respectively from the origin. Then
(a) x = – a (b) x = – a/2 equation of the parabola is (2006)
(c) x = 0 (d) x = a/2
(a) (x – y)2 = 8 (x + y – 2)
6. The equation of the common tangent to the curves
(b) (x + y)2 = 2 (x + y – 2)
y2 = 8x and xy = – 1 is (2002)
(a) 3y = 9x + 2 (b) y = 2x + 1 (c) (x – y)2 = 4 (x + y – 2)
(c) 2y = x + 8 (d) y = x + 2 (d) (x + y)2 = 2 (x – y + 2)
x2 x 2 y2
7. Tangent is drawn to ellipse + y2 = 1 at 12. If e1 is the eccentricity of the ellipse + = 1 and e2 is
27 16 25
the eccentricity of the hyperbola passing through the foci
( 3 3 cosq, sinq) (where q Î(0, p/2)).
of the ellipse and e1e2 = 1, then equation of the hyperbola
Then, the value of q such that the sum of intercepts on is (2006)
axes made by this tangent is minimum, is (2003)
p p x 2 y2 x 2 y2
(a) - =1 (b) - = -1
(a) (b) 9 16 16 9
3 6
p p x 2 y2
(c) (d) (c) - =1 (d) None of these
8 4 9 25
CONIC SECTIONS 112
13. A hyperbola, having the transverse axis of length 2sin ,

is confocal with the ellipse 3x2 + 4y2 = 12. Then its equation x 2 y2
18. Let P (6, 3) be a point on the hyperbola   1 . If the
is (2007) a 2 b2
(a) x2cosec2 – y2sec2 = 1 normal at the point P intersects the x-axis at (9, 0), then the
(b) x2sec2 – y2 cosec2 = 1 eccentricity of the hyperbola is (2011)
(c) x2sin2 – y2 cos2 = 1

(a) 5 (b) 3
(d) x2 cos2 – y2 sin2 = 1 2 2
14. Consider a branch of the hyperbola
(c) 2 (d) 3
x 2 – 2y2 – 2 2 x  4 2 y – 6 = 0
19. The common tangents to the circle x2 + y2 = 2 and the
with vertex at the point A. Let B be one of the end points parabola y2 = 8x touch the circle at the points P, Q and the
of its latus rectum. If C is the focus of the hyperbola nearest
parabola at the points R, S. Then the area of the
to the point A, then the area of the triangle ABC is
quadrilateral PQRS is (2014)
(2008)
(a) 3 (b) 6
2 3 (c) 9 (d) 15
(a) 1 – sq unit (b) – 1 sq unit
3 2 20. If a chord, which is not a tangent, of the parabola y2 = 16x
has the equation 2x + y = p, and midpoint (h, k), then
2 3 which of the following is(are) possible value(s) of p, h
(c) 1 + sq unit (d) + 1 sq unit
3 2 and k ? (2017)
15. The line passing through the extremity A of the major axis (a) p = 2, h = 3, k = – 4
and extremity B of the minor axis of the ellipse (b) p = 5, h = 4, k = –3
x2 + 9y2 = 9 meets its auxiliary circle at the point M. Then
the area of the triangle with vertices at A, M and the origin (c) p = –1, h = 1, k = –3
O is (2009) (d) p = –2, h = 2, k = –4
31 29 21. Let a, b and  be positive numbers. Suppose P is an end

(a) (b)
10 10 point of the latus rectum of the parabola y 2  4 x, and
21 27 x2 y2
(c) (d) suppose the ellipse   1 passes through the point
10 10 a 2 b2
16. The normal at a point P on the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 16 meets P. If the tangents to the parabola and the ellipse at the
the x–axis at Q. If M is the mid point of the line segment point P are perpendicular to each other, then the
PQ, then the locus of M intersects the latus rectum of the
eccentricity of the ellipse is (2020)
given ellipse at the points (2009)
1 1
 3 5 2  3 5 19  (a) (b)
(a)   ,  (b)   , 2 2
 2 7   2 4 

1 2
(c) (d)
 1  4 3  3 5
(c)   2 3 ,   (d)   2 3 , 
 7
 7 
17. Let (x, y) be any point on the parabola y2 = 4x. Let P be the
point that divides the line segment from (0, 0) to 22. Equation of common tangent of y = x2, y = – x2 + 4x – 4 is
(x, y) in the ratio 1 : 3. Then, the locus of P is (2011) (2006)
(a) x2 = y (b) y2 = 2x (a) y = 4 (x – 1) (b) y = 0
(c) y2 = x (d) x2 = 2y (c) y = – 4 (x – 1) (d) y = – 30x – 50
CONIC SECTIONS 113
23. Let P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y2), y1 < 0, y2 < 0, be the end points
x 2 y2
of the latus rectum of the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 4. The equation 28. Let the eccentricity of the hyperbola - = 1 be
a 2 b2
of parabola with latus rectum PQ are (2008)
reciprocal to that of the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 4. If the hyperbola
(a) x 2 + 2 3y = 3 + 3 passes through a focus of the ellipse, then (2011)
(b) x 2 - 2 3 y = 3 + 3 x 2 y2
(a) the equation of the hyperbola is - =1
3 2
(c) x 2 + 2 3y = 3 - 3
(b) a focus of the hyperbola is (2, 0)
(d) x 2 - 2 3 y = 3 - 3
5
(c) the eccentricity of the hyperbola is
24. The tangent PT and the normal PN to the parabola 3
y2 = 4ax at a point P on it meet its axis at points T and N,
(d) the equation of the hyperbola is x2 – 3y2 = 3
respectively. The locus of the centroid of the triangle PTN
is a parabola whose (2009) 29. Let P and Q be distinct points on the parabola y2 = 2x
such that a circle with PQ as diameter passes through the
æ 2a ö vertex O of the parabola. If P lies in the first quadrant and
(a) vertex is ç ,0 ÷ (b) directrix is x = 0
è 3 ø the area of the triangle DOPQ is 3 2, then which of the
following is (are) the coordinates of P ? (2015)
2a
(c) latus rectum is (d) focus is (a, 0)
3 (a) 4, 2 2 (b) 9,3 2
25. An ellipse intersects the hyperbola 2x 2 – 2y 2 = 1

æ1 1 ö
orthogonally. The eccentricity of the ellipse is reciprocal (c) ç , ÷ (d) 1, 2
è4 2ø
to that of the hyperbola. If the axes of the ellipse are along
the coordinate axes, then (2009) 30. Let E1 and E2 be two ellipses whose centres are at the
(a) Equation of ellipse is x2 + 2y2 = 2 origin. The major axes of E1 and E2 lie along the x-axis and
the y-axis, respectively. Let S be the circle x2 + (y - 1)2 = 2.
(b) The foci of ellipse are (± 1, 0)
The straight line x + y = 3 touches the curves S, E1 and E2
(c) Equation of ellipse is x2 + 2y2 = 4
2 2
(d) The foci of ellipse are (± 2 , 0) at P, Q and R respectively. Support that PQ = PR = .
3
26. Let A and B be two distinct points on the parabola If e1 and e2 are the eccentricities of E1 and E2, respectively,
y2 = 4x. If the axis of the parabola touches a circle of radius then the correct expression(s) is (are) (2015)
r having AB as its diameter, then the slope of the line
joining A and B can be (2010) 2 2 43
(a) e1 + e 2 =
40
1 1
(a) - (b)
r r 7
(b) e1e 2 =
2 10
2
(c) 2 (d) -
r r
2 2 5
(c) e1 - e 2 =
27. y2
Let L be a normal to the parabola = 4x. If L passes 8
through the point (9, 6), then L is given by (2011)
(a) y – x + 3 = 0 (b) y + 3x – 33 = 0 3
(d) e1e 2 =
(c) y + x – 15 = 0 (d) y – 2x + 12 = 0 4
CONIC SECTIONS 114
31. Consider the hyperbola H : x2 – y2 = 1 and a circle S with (c) The area of the region bounded by the ellipse between
centre N(x2, 0). Suppose that H and S touch each other at
1 p-2
a point P(x1, y1) with x1 > 1 and y1 > 0. The common tangent the lines x= and x = 1 is
to H and S at P intersects the x-axis at point M. If (l, m) is 2 4 2
the centroid of the triangle PMN, then the correct (d) The area of the region bounded by the ellipse between
expression(s) is (are) : (2015)
1 p-2
dl 1 the lines x= and x=1 is
(a) dx = 1 - 3x 2 for x1 > 1 2 16 2
1 1
34. Define the collections {E1, E2, E3…………..} of ellipses and
dm x1 {R1, R2, R3…………..} of rectangles as follows:
(b) dx = for x1 > 1
1 3 x12 -1
x2 y2
E1 : + = 1;
9 4
dl 1
(c) dx = 1 + 3x 2 for x1 > 1 R1: rectangle of largest area with sides parallel to the axes,
1 1
inscribed in E1:
dm 1
(d) = for y1 > 0 x2 y 2
dy1 3 En: ellipse + = 1 of largest area inscribed in Rn–1,
an2 bn2
32. Let P be the point on the parabola y2 = 4x which is at the
n>1
shortest distance from the center S of the circle x2 + y2 – 4x
– 16y + 64 = 0. Let Q be the point on the circle dividing the Rn: rectangle of largest area, with sides parallel to the
line segment SP internally. Then (2016) axes, inscribed in En, n >1
Then which of the following options is/are correct ?
(a) SP = 2 5
(2019)
(b) SQ : QP = 5 +1 : 2 (a) The eccentricities of E18 and E19 are NOT equal
(c) the x-intercept of the normal to the parabola at P is 6 1
(b) The length of latus rectum of E9 is
1 6
(d) the slope of the tangent to the circle at Q is
2 N
33. Consider two straight lines, each of which is tangent to (c) å (area of R ) < 24 , for each positive integer N
n -1
n
1
both the circle x 2 + y 2 = and the parabola y2 = 4x. Let
2 5
(d) The distance of a focus from the centre in E9 is
these lines intersect at the point Q. Consider the ellipse 32
whose center is at the origin O(0,0) and whose semi-major
35. Let a and b be positive real numbers such that a >1 and
axis is OQ. If the length of the minor axis of this ellipse is
b < a. Let P be a point in the first quadrant that lies on the
2, then which of the following statement(s) is (are)
x2 y2
TRUE? (2018) hyperbola - = 1. Suppose the tangent to the
a 2 b2
1 hyperbola at P passes through the point (1,0), and
(a) For the ellipse, the eccentricity is and the length
2 suppose the normal to the hyperbola at P cuts off equal
intercepts on the coordinate axes. Let D denote the area
of the latus rectum is 1
of the triangle formed by the tangent at P, the normal
1 at P and the x-axis. If e denotes the eccentricity of the
(b) For the ellipse, the eccentricity is and the length of hyperbola, then which of the following statements is/are
2
TRUE? (2020)
1
the latus rectum is (a) 1 < e < 2 (b)
2 2 <e < 2
(c) D = a 4 (d) D = b 4
CONIC SECTIONS 115
36. Let denote the parabola y2 = 8x. Let P = (–2, 4) and let Q
and Q’ be two distinct points on E such that the line PQ x 2 y2
42. Let E be the ellipse + = 1 . For any three distinct
and PQ’ are tangents to E. Let F be the focus of E. Then 16 9
which of the following statements is (are) TRUE?
(2021) points P,Q and Q’on E, let M(P, Q) be the mid-point of the
(a) The triangle PFQ is a right-angled triangle line segment joining P and Q, and M(P,Q’) be the mid-
(b) The triangle QPQ’ is a right-angled triangle point of the line segment joining P and Q’. Then the
maximum possible value of the distance between M(P, Q)
(c) The distance between P and F is 5 2
and M(P, Q’), as P, Q and Q’ vary on E, is _____. (2021)
(d) F lies on the line joining Q and Q’
Match the Following

x 2 y2
37. The line 2x + y = 1 is tangent to the hyperbola 2 - 2 = 1 . representing matching of elements from Column-I and
a b
If this line passes through the point of intersection of the
nearest directrix and the x-axis, then the eccentricity of the to a correct matching.For each question, choose the option
hyperbola is..... (2010) corresponding to the correct matching.
38. Consider the parabola y2 = 8x. Let D1 be the area of the
triangle formed by the end points of its latus–rectum and x2 y2
43. Let H : - = 1, where a > b > 0, be a hyperbola in
1 a2 b2
the point P æç , 2 ö÷ on the parabola and D2 be the area of
è2 ø
the xy-plane whose conjugate axis LM subtends an angle
the triangle formed by drawing tangents at P and at the
of 60° at one of its vertices N. Let the area of the triangle
D
end points of the latus–rectum. Then 1 is.... (2011)
D2 LMN be 4 3 . (2018)
39. If the normal of the parabola y2 = 4x drawn at the end (A) The length of the conjugate axis of H is (P) 8
points of its latus rectum are tangents to the circle
(x - 3)2 + (y + 2)2 = r2, then the value of r2 is (2015) 4
(B) The eccentricity of H is (Q)
40. 2
Let the curve C be the mirror image of the parabola y = 4x 3
with respect to the line x + y + 4 = 0. If A and B are the
points of intersection of C with the line y = -5, then the
distance between A and B is (2015) 2
(C) The distance between the foci of H is (R)
3
x 2 y2
41. Suppose that the foci of the ellipse + =1 are (f1, 0)
9 5 (D) The length of the latus rectum of H is (S) 4
and (f2, 0) where f1 > 0 and f2 < 0. Let P1 and P2 be two
parabolas with a common vertex at (0, 0) and with foci at
(f1, 0) and (2f2, 0), respectively. Let T1 be a tangent to P1 (a) (A-S, B-R, C-P, D-Q )
which passes through (2f2, 0) and T2 be a tangent to P2
which passes through (f1, 0). If m1 is the slope of T1 and m2 (b) (A-Q, B-P, C-Q, D-S )
æ 1 (c) (A-S, B-Q, C-Q, D-P )

2ö
is the slope of T2, then the value of ç m 2 + m 2 ÷ is
è 1 ø (d) (A-Q, B-S, C-Q, D-P )
(2015)
CONIC SECTIONS 116
Using the following passage, solve Q.44 and Q.45 Using the following passage, solve Q.48 to Q.50
x 2 y2 Columns 1, 2 and 3 contain conics, equations of tangents to the

The circle x2 + y2 – 8x = 0 and hyperbola - =1
9 4 conics and points of contact, respectively.
intersect at the points A and B. (2010) Column 1 Column 2 Column 3

44. Equation of a common tangent with positive slope to the
æ a 2a ö
circle as well as to the hyperbola is (I) x2 + y2 = a2 (i) my = m2x + a (P) ç , ÷
è m2 m ø
(a) 2x - 5 y - 20 = 0 (b) 2x - 5 y + 4 = 0
æ -ma a ö
(II) x2 + a2y2 = a2 (ii) y = mx + a m2 + 1 (Q) çç , ÷÷
(c) 3x – 4y + 8 = 0 (d) 4x – 3y + 4 = 0 2
è m +1 m2 + 1 ø
45. Equation of the circle with AB as its diameter is

(a) x2 + y2 – 12x + 24 = 0 (III) y2 = 4ax (iii) y = mx + a 2 m2 - 1 (R) çç
æ -a 2 m
,
1 ö
÷
2 2 ÷
è a m +1 a 2m2 + 1 ø
(b) x2 + y2 + 12x + 24 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 + 24x – 12 = 0 æ -a 2 m -1 ö
(IV) x2 –a2y2 = a2 (iv) y = mx + a 2m2 + 1 (S) ç
ç 2 2
, ÷
÷
è a m -1 a 2 m2 - 1 ø
(d) x2 + y2 –24x – 12 = 0
(2017)
Passage – 2 æ 1ö
48. The tangent to a suitable conic (Column 1) at ç 3, ÷ is
è 2ø
Let F1(x1, 0) and F2(x2, 0), for x1 < 0 and x2 > 0, be the foci
x 2 y2
found to be 3x + 2y = 4, then which of the following
of the ellipse + = 1. Suppose a parabola having
9 8
options is the only CORRECT combination ?
vertex at the origin and focus at F2 intersects the ellipse
(a) (IV) (iii) (S) (b) (II) (iii) (R)
at point M in the first quadrant and at point N in the
fourth quadrant. (2016) (c) (IV) (iv) (S) (d) (II) (iv) (R)
46. The orthocentre of the triangle F1MN is 49. If a tangent to a suitable conic (Column 1) is found to be
y = x + 8 and its point of contact is (8, 16), then which of
æ 9 ö æ2 ö the following options is the only CORRECT combination?
(a) ç - ,0 ÷ (b) ç ,0 ÷
è 10 ø è3 ø
(a) (III) (i) (P) (b) (I) (ii) (Q)
æ 9 ö æ2 ö (c) (II) (iv) (R) (d) (III) (ii) (Q)

(c) ç ,0 ÷ (d) ç , 6 ÷
è 10 ø è3 ø
50. For a = 2, if a tangent is drawn to suitable conic
47. If the tangents to the ellipse at M and N meet at R and the
normal to the parabola at M meets the x-axis at Q, then the (Column 1) at the point of contact (–1, 1), then which of
ratio of area of the triangle MQR to area of the quadrilateral the following options is the only CORRECT combination
MF1NF2 is for obtaining its equation?
(a) 3 : 4 (b) 4 : 5 (a) (II) (ii) (Q) (b) (I) (i) (P)
(c) 5 : 8 (d) 2 : 3 (c) (I) (ii) (Q) (d) (III) (i) (P)
CONIC SECTIONS 117
Text 54. Find the equation of the common tangent in 1st quadrant
51. Prove that, in an ellipse, the perpendicular from a focus x 2 y2

to the circle x2 + y2 = 16 and the ellipse + = 1. Also
upon any tangent and the line joining the centre of the 25 4
ellipse of the point of contact meet on the corresponding find the length of the intercept of the tangent between the
directrix. (2002) coordinate axes. (2005)
52. Normals are drawn from the point P with slopes m1, m2, m3 55. Tangents are drawn from any point on the hyperbola
to the parabola y2 = 4x. If locus of P with m1m2 = a is a part
of the parabola itself, then find a. (2003) x 2 y2
- = 1 to the circle x2 + y2 = 9. Find the locus of mid
53. At any point P on the parabola y2 – 2y – 4x + 5 = 0 a 9 4
tangent is drawn which meets the directrix at Q. Find the point of the chord of contact. (2005)
locus of point R, which divides QP externally in the ratio
1
: 1. (2004)
2
CONIC SECTIONS

BINOMIAL THEOREM
Chapter 12 119
BINOMIAL THEOREM
1. BINOMIAL THEOREM 3. NUMERICALLY GREATEST TERM
If a, b Î R and n Î N, then The term with greatest numerical/absolute value in the

expansion of (a + b)n can be found in following way
(a + b)n = nC0 anb0 + nC1 an–1 b1 + nC2 an–2b2 +...+ nCn a0bn
n +1
(i) Find the value of
REMARKS : a
1+
b
1. If the index of the binomial is n then the expansion
contains n + 1 terms. (ii) If it equals an integer, say m, then tm and tm+1 are
numerically greatest terms.
2. In each term, the sum of indices of a and b is always n.
(iii) If it is not an integer, then tm+1 is numerically greatest
3. Coefficients of the terms in binomial expansion
equidistant from both the ends are equal. n +1
term (where m is the integral part of ).
a
4. (a–b)n = nC0anb0 – nC1an–1 b 1 + nC2an–2b 2– ...+ (–1)n 1+
b
n
C0a0bn.
Also middle terms in binomial expansions have the greatest
binomial coefficients. (nC0, nC1, nC2 ........ nCn are called Binomial
2. GENERAL TERM AND MIDDLE TERMS IN
Coefficients).
EXPANSION OF (a + b)n
4. BINOMIAL COEFFICIENTS
tr+1 = nCr an–r br
tr+1 is called a general term for all r Î W and 0 £ r £ n. Using The coefficients nC0, nC1, nC2,..., nCn in the expansion of (a+b)n
this formula we can find any term of the expansion. are called the binomial coefficients and denoted by C0, C1,
C2, ....., Cn respectively
MIDDLE TERM (S) : Now
(1 + x)n = nC0x0 + nC1x1 + nC2x2 + ... + nCnxn ..... (i)
1. In (a + b)n if n is even then the number of terms in the
Put x = 1.
expansion is odd. Therefore there is only one middle
(1 + 1)n = nC0 + nC1 + nC2 + ... + nCn
æn+2ö
th \ 2n = nC0 + nC1 + nC2 +...+ nCn
term and it is ç ÷ term.
\ n
C0 + nC1 + nC2 +...+ nCn = 2n
è 2 ø
\ C0 + C1 + C2 +...+ Cn = 2n
n
2. In (a + b) , if n is odd then the number of terms in the \ The sum of all binomial coefficients is 2n.
expansion is even. Therefore there are two middle Put x = –1, in equation (i),
th th
(1–1)n = nC0 – nC1 + nC2 – ... + (–1)n nCn
æ n +1 ö æ n +3ö \ 0 = nC0 – nC1 + nC2 – ... + (–1)n nCn
terms and those are ç ÷ and ç ÷ terms.
è 2 ø è 2 ø n
\ C0 – nC1 + nC2 – nC3 +....+ (–1)n nCn = 0
BINOMIAL THEOREM
120
n
\ C0 + nC2 + nC4 + ... = nC1 + nC3 + nC5 +...
1
\ C0 + C2 + C4 +... = C1 + C3 + C5 +... Put x = 0, we get C = –
(n + 1)
C0, C2, C4, ... are called as even coefficients
C1, C3, C5... are called as odd coefficients Therefore
Let C0 + C2 + C4 +... = C1 + C3 + C5 +... = k (1 + x) n +1 - 1 C x 2 C x3 C x n +1 ... (2)

n
= C0 x + 1 + 2 + ......... + n
Now C0 + C1 + C2 + C3+... + Cn = 2 n +1 2 3 n +1
\ (C0 + C2 + C4 +...) + (C1 + C3 + C5...) = 2n
Put x = 1 in (2) we get
\ k + k = 2n
2k = 2n 2 n +1 - 1 C C
= C 0 + 1 + ......... + n
n +1 2 n +1
2n
\ k= Put x = – 1 in (2) we get,
2
\ k = 2n–1 1 C C
= C 0 - 1 + 2 - .............
\ C0 + C2 + C4 + ... = C1 + C3 + C5 +... = 2 n–1 n +1 2 3
\ The sum of even coefficients = The sum of odd coefficients
= 2n–1 5. BINOMIAL THEOREM FOR ANY INDEX
Properties of Binomial Coefficient
If n is any real number and |x| < 1 then
(i) C0 + C1 + C2 + ............ + Cn = 2n
n (n - 1) 2 n (n - 1) (n - 2) 3
(ii) C0 – C1 + C2 – ............ + (–1)n Cn = 0 (1 + x)n = 1 + nx + x + x + ...
2! 3!
(iii) C0 + C2 + C4 + ............ = C1 + C3 + C5 +.......... = 2n – 1.
(iv) n
Cr1 =n Cr2 Þ r1 = r2 or r1 + r2 = n Here there are infinite number of terms in the expansion,
The general term is given by
n
(v) Cr + nCr – 1 = n + 1Cr
(vi) r nCr = nn – 1Cr–1 n (n - 1) (n - 2)...(n - r + 1) x r
t r +1 = ,r ³ 0
r!
Some Important Results
(i) Differentiating (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + ........ + Cnxn, NOTES :

on both sides we have,
n(1 + x)n – 1 = C1 + 2C2x + 3C3x2 + ....... +nCnxn – 1 ....(1) (i) Expansion is valid only when – 1 < x < 1
Put x = 1 n
(ii) Cr can not be used because it is defined only for natural
Þ n2n – 1 = C1 + 2C2 + 3C3 + ........ + nCn
number, so nCr will be written as
Put x = –1
Þ 0 = C1 – 2C2 + ........ +(–1)n – 1 nCn. n (n - 1).........(n - r + 1)
Differentiating (1) again and again we will have r!
different results.
(iii) As the series never terminates, the number of terms in
(ii) Integrating (1 + x)n, we have,
the series is infinite.
(1 + x ) n +1 C x 2 C x3 C x n +1 (iv) If first term is not 1, then make it unity in the following

+ C = C 0 x + 1 + 2 + ......... + n
n +1 2 3 n +1 x
way. (a + x ) n = a n (1 + x / a ) n if <1
(where C is a constant) a
BINOMIAL THEOREM
121
NOTES : 6. MULTINOMIAL EXPANSION

In the expansion of (x1 + x2 +........ +xn)m where m, n Î N and
While expanding (a + b)n where n is a negative integer or a
x1, x2, ..........., xn are independent variables, we have
fraction, reduce the binomial to the form in which the first term
is unity and the second term is numerically less than unity. (i) Total number of terms = m + n – 1Cn – 1
Particular expansion of the binomials for negative index, (ii) Coefficient of x1r1 x 2 r2 x 3 r3 .........x n rn (where r1 + r2 +
|x|<1
m!
........... + rn = m, ri Î N È {0} is
1 r1!r2 !.......rn !
1. = (1 + x ) -1
1+ x (iii) Sum of all the coefficients is obtained by putting all
= 1 – x + x2 – x3 + x4 – x5 + ..... the variables x1 equal to 1.
1
2. = (1 - x ) -1
1- x
= 1 + x + x2 + x3 + x4 + x5 + .....
1
3. = (1 + x ) - 2
(1 + x ) 2
= 1 – 2x + 3x2 – 4x3 + .....
1
4. = (1 - x ) - 2
(1 - x ) 2
= 1 + 2x + 3x2 + 4x3 + .....

BINOMIAL THEOREM 122
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example – 1
1 1
Expand = (1) 64x12 (1) –(6) (32) x10 × + 15 (16) x8 × 2
x x
6
æ 1ö 1 1
(i) (2x2 + 3)4 (ii) ç 2 x 2 - ÷ – 20 × 8x6 × 4
3 + 15(4) x ×
è xø x x4
Sol. (i) (2x2 + 3)4 = 1 1

- 6( 2x 2 ) ´ 5
+ (1) (1) 6
= 4C0 (2x2)4 (3)0 + 4C1 (2x2)3 (3)1 + 4C2 (2x2)2 x x
(3)2 + 4C3 (2x2)1 (3)3 + 4C4 (2x2)0 (3)4
= (1) 16x8 (1) + 4 (8x6) (3) + 6 (4x4) (9) + 4 (2x2) 27 + (1) (1) 81 ì ü
ï 6 6 6 6 ï
ï C0 = C6 = 1, C1 = C5 = 6 ï
ï 6! 6 ´ 5´ 4! ï
ì 4C0 = 4C4 =1, 4C1 = 4C3 = 4ü Q í 6 C2 = = =15 ý
ï 2!4! 2 ´ 4! ï
ï ï
Q í 4 4! 4 ´ 3´ 2! ý ï6 6! 6 ´ 5 ´ 4 ´ 3! ï
ï C2 = 2 ! 2 ! = 2!´ 2 = 6 ï ï C3 = = = 20 ï
î þ î 3!3! 3´ 2 ´ 3! þ
= 16x8 + 96x6 + 216x4 + 216x2 + 81

12 1
= 64 x12 – 192x9 + 240x6 – 160x3 + 60 – +
x3 x6
6 0
æ 2 1ö 6 2 6æ 1ö
(ii) ç 2x - ÷ = C0 (2x ) ç ÷ -
è xø èxø
Example – 2
1 2 Expand (1 + x + x2)3.
6 æ1ö æ1ö
C1 (2x ) ç ÷ + 6C2 (2 x2 )4 ç ÷ -
2 5
è xø è xø Sol. Let y = x + x2. Then,
(1 + x + x2)3 = (1 + y)3 = 3C0 + 3C1 y + 3C2 y2 + 3C3 y3
æ1ö
3 = 1 + 3y + 3y2 + y3 = 1 + 3 (x + x2) + 3 (x + x2)2 + (x + x2)3
6
C3 (2 x 2 )3 ç ÷ + 6C4 (2x 2 )2
è xø = 1 + 3 (x + x2) + 3(x2 + 2x3 + x4) + {3C0x3 (x2)0 + 3C1 x3–1 (x2)1
+ 3C2x3–2 (x2)2 + 3C3 x0 (x2)3}

4 5 6
æ1ö 6 2 æ1ö 6 2 0æ1ö = 1 + 3 (x + x2) + 3(x2 + 2x3 + x4) + (x3 + 3x4 + 3x5 + x6)
ç ÷ - C5 ( 2x ) ç ÷ + C6 (2 x ) ç ÷
èxø èxø èxø = x6 + 3x5 + 6x4 + 7x3 + 6x2 + 3x + 1
Example – 3 = 100000 + 5 × 104 (.1) + 10 × (103) (.01) + 10 × 102 (.001)

+5 × 10 (.0001) + 0.00001
5 5
Prove that ( 5 + 1) - ( 5 - 1) = 352 = 100000 + 5000 + 100 + 1 + 0.005 + 0.00001 = 105101. 00501
Sol. ( 5 + 1)5 - ( 5 - 1)5 = Example – 6
5
é 5 C0 ( 5 )5 + 5 C1 ( 5 ) 4 (1) + 5C 2 ( 5 )3 (1) 2 ù Prove that S 5Cr = 31
ê ú r =1
ê + 5 C3 ( 5 ) 2 (1)3 + 5C 4 ( 5 ) (1) 4 ú
=
ê + 5 C5 ( 5 ) 0 (1)5 ú
ë û 5
Sol. S 5Cr = 5C1 + 5C2 + 5C3 + 5C4 + 5C5
r =1
é 5 C 0 ( 5 ) 5 - 5 C1 ( 5 ) 4 (1) + 5 C 2 ( 5 ) 3 (1) 2 ù 5! 5! 5! 5! 5!
ê ú = + + + +
-ê - 5 C3 ( 5 ) 2 (1) 3 + 5 C 4 ( 5 ) (1) 4 ú 1!4! 2!3! 3!2! 4!1! 5!0!
ê 5 0
- C 5 ( 5 ) (1) 5 ú
ë û
5 5.4 5.4 5
= + + + +1
1 2 2 1
= 2 éë 5 C1 52 + 5 C3 .5 + 5C5 ùû
= 5 + 10 + 10 + 5 + 1 = 31
= 2 5 ´ 25 + 10 ´ 5 + 1
Example – 7
ì 5 C0 = 5C5 = 1; 5C4 = 5; ü Find n, if nC6 : n–3C3 = 33 : 4.

ï ï
í5 5 5.4 5 ý
ï C2 = C3 = = 10; C1 = 5 ï Sol. Given, nC6 : n–3C3 = 33 : 4.
î 2.1 þ
n! 3! n - 3 - 3 ! 33
= 2[125 + 51] \ ´ =
6! n - 6 ! n -3 ! 4
= 352
n! 3! 33 n n -1 n - 2 33
Example – 4 or . = or =
n - 3 ! 6! 4 6.5.4 4
Using binomial theorem compute (99)5.
or n(n – 1) (n – 2) = 6.5.33 = 11.3.3.2.5
Sol. (99)5 = (100–1)5 = 5C0 (100)5 – 5C1 (100)4 + 5C2 (100)3
or n(n – 1) (n – 2) = 11.(3.3).(2.5) = 11.10.9 \ n = 11
– 5C3 (100)2 + 5C4 (100)1 – 5C5 (100)0
= (100)5 –5 ×(100)4 + 10 × (100)3 – 10 × (100)2 + 5 × 100 – 1 Example – 8
= 1010 – 5 × 108 + 107 – 105 + 5 × 102 – 1
If nC8 = nC6 determine n and hence nC2.
= (1010 + 107 + 5 × 102) – (5 × 108 + 105 + 1)
Sol. Given, nC8 = nC6
= 10010000500 – 500100001 = 9509900499
We know that n C x = n C y then x = y or x + y = n
Example – 5
Þn=8+6
Use the binomial theorem to find the exact value of (10.1)5. Þ n = 14
5 5
Sol. (10.1) = (10 + 0.1)
14 ´13
= 105 + 5C1 104 (.1) + 5C2 103 (.1)2 + 5C3 102 (.1)3 Now nC2 = 14C2 = 2!
= 91
+ 5C4 10 (.1)4 + 5C5 (.1)5
Example – 9
11 ! 2 7 4 4
\ t5 = ( x ) ´ 12
15 15
If C3r = Cr+3, find r. 4! 7! x
Sol. We know that if nCx = nCy, then x = y or x + y = n
15
C3r = 15Cr+3 11´ 10 ´ 9 ´ 8 ´ 7 ! 14 256
\ t5 = x ´ 12
4 ´ 3 ´ 2 ´ 7! x
3
\ Either 3r = r + 3 Þ r= ,
2 \ t5 = 330 × 256x2 Þ t5 = 84480x2
which is not possible, since r is an integer.
Example – 12
or 3r + r + 3 = 15 Þ r = 3.
Hence r = 3. n
æ 1ö
Given that the 4th term in the expansion of ç px + ÷
Example – 10 è xø
5
8 is , find n and p.
æ 3 ö 2
Find the third term in the expansion of ç 2 x 2 + ÷
è 2 xø
n
1
3 Sol. Given expansion is æç px + ö÷
Sol. Let a = 2x2, b = ,n = 8 è xø
2x
For third term, r = 2
Given, T4 = 5
tr+1 = nCr an–r br 2
2
8 2 8- 2 æ 3 ö n -3 æ1ö 5
3
= C 2 (2x ) ç ÷ \ n
C3 px
è 2x ø ç ÷ =
èxø 2
8.7.6! 2 6 9 é 8 8! ù 1 5
= (2 x ) ´ 2 ê Q C2 = ú Þ n
C3 p n - 3 x n - 3 . =
2!6! 4x ë 2!6!û x3 2
8.7 6 12 9 n! 5
= ´2 ´x ´ 2 Þ .p n - 3 x n - 6 = ...(1)
2 4x 3! n - 3 ! 2
= 63 × 64x10 = 4032x10
Since R.H.S. of (1) is independent of x,
Example – 11 therefore n – 6 = 0 \ n = 6.
6! 3 5
11 From 1 , .p =
æ 4ö 3! 3! 2
Find the fifth term in the expansion of ç x 2 - 3 ÷
è x ø
5
-4 Þ 20p3 =
2
Sol. Let, a = x , b = 3 , n = 11 2
x
3
For fifth term, r = 4 1 æ1ö 1
Þ p3 = =ç ÷ \p= .
\ n
tr+1 = Cr a . bn–r r 8 è2ø 2
4
æ-4ö 1
\ t5 = 11C4 (x2)11–4 ç 3 ÷ Hence n = 6 and p = .
èx ø 2
Example – 13 Þ 7r = n – r + 1
Þ n – 8r = –1 ............ (1)
Given positive integers r > 1, n > 2 and the coefficient of
(3r) th and (r + 2) th terms in the binomial expansion of n

Cr 7
And n
=
Cr +1 42
(1 + x)2n are equal . Then :
(a) n = 2r (b) n = 2r + 1
n! r + 1 ! n - r -1 ! 1
(c) n = 3r (d) none of these
Þ r! n - r ! . n!
=
6
Ans. (a)
Sol. In the expansion (1 + x)2n, t3r = 2nC3r–1 (x)3r–1
r +1 1
and tr+2 = 2nCr+1 (x)r+1 Þ =
n -r 6
Since, binomial coefficients of t3 r and tr+2 are equal.
Þ 6r + 6 = n – r \ n – 7r = 6 ............ (2)
\ 2nC = 2nCr+1
3r–1
Now, (2) – (1) Þ r=7
Þ 3r – 1 = r + 1 or 2n = (3r – 1) + (r + 1)
From (1), n = 55.
Þ 2r = 2 or 2n = 4r
Þ r = 1 or n = 2r Example – 15
But r > 1 If in the expansion of (1 + x)n, the coefficients of 14th, 15th

\ We take, n = 2r and 16th terms in A.P. find n.
Sol. The coefficients of 14th, 15th and 16th tems in the
Example – 14
expansion of (1 + x)n will be nC13, nC14 and nC15 respectively.
If the coefficients of three consecutive terms in the Given, nC13, nC14 and nC15 are in A.P.
expansion of (1 + a)n are in the ratio 1 : 7 : 42, find n. \ n
C14 – nC13 = nC15 – nC14
Sol. Let the three consecutive terms in the expansion of (1+a)n or 2 . nC14 = nC13 + nC15
be rth, (r + 1)th and (r + 2)th terms respectively.
n! n! n!
In the expansion of (1 + a)n, or 2. = +
14 ! n -14 ! 13 ! n -13 ! 15 ! n -15 !
coefficient of rth term = nCr–1,
coefficient of (r + 1)th term = nCr. Multiplying both sides by 15! (n – 13)!, we get
coefficient or (r + 2)th term = nCr+1

15! n -13 ! 15! n -13 ! 15! n -13 !
Given, nCr–1 : nCr : nCr+1 = 1 : 7 : 42. 2. = +
14! n -14 ! 13! n -13 ! 15! n -15 !
n
C r -1 1 or 2.15 (n – 13) = 15.14 + (n – 13) (n – 14)
\ n
=
Cr 7
or 30n – 390 = 210 + n2 – 27n + 182
or n2 – 57n + 782 = 0
n! r! n - r ! 1
Þ . = or (n – 34) (n – 23) = 0
r -1 ! n - r +1 ! n! 7
Hence n = 23 or 34.
r 1
Þ =
n - r +1 7
Example – 16
r
æ1ö
t r +1 = 9 C r (2)9-r ç ÷ x 9-3r
10
è3ø
é æxö æ 3 öù
The term independent of x in ê ç ÷ + ç 2 ÷ ú is:
êë è 3 ø è 2x ø úû To get term independent of x, must have
x9–3r = x0
(a) 1 (b) 10C1
9 – 3r = 0 Þ – 3r = –9 Þ r=3
(c) 5/12 (d) none of these
3
Ans. (d) æ1ö
\ 9
C3 (2) 9-3 ç ÷
è3ø
10 - r r
10 æ x ö æ 3 ö
Sol. Tr +1 = Cr ç ÷÷ çç ÷
ç 3 2x 2 ÷ø
è ø è 9! 1 9 ´ 8 ´ 7 ´ 6! 1
´ 26 ´ = ´ 64 ´
3!6! 27 3 ´ 2 ´ 6! 27
Equating x power to zero
28 ´ 64 1792
10 - r = =
-r = 0 9 9
2
10 – 3r = 0 1792
Constant term independent of x =
9
10
Þr =
3 -2
(ii) Let a = x, b = , n = 15
x2
Independent of ‘x’ term is not possible
tr+1 = nCr an–r . br
Example – 17
r
æ -2ö
Find the constant term (term independent of x) in the tr+1 = 15Cr (x)15–r ç 2 ÷
èx ø
expansion of
tr+1 = 15Cr (x)15–r (–2)r x–2r
9 15
æ 1 ö æ 2 ö
(i) ç 2x + 2 ÷ (ii) ç x - 2 ÷ tr+1 = 15Cr (–2)r (x)15–3r
è 3x ø è x ø
To get constant term independent of x,
1 x15–3r = x0
Sol. Let a = 2x, b = 2 , n = 9
3x 15 – 3r = 0 Þ – 3r = – 15 Þ r=5
tr+1 = nCr an–r . br 15!

15
\ C5 (-2)5 = (-32)
5!10!
r
æ 1 ö
t r +1 = 9 C r (2x )9- r ç 2 ÷
è 3x ø
15 ´ 14 ´ 13 ´ 12 ´11 ´ 10!
= ´ -32
5 ´ 4 ´ 3 ´ 2 ´10!
r
æ1ö
t r+1 = 9 Cr (2)9-r ç ÷ x -2r .x 9-r = – 77×39×32 = – 96096
è 3ø
Constant term independent of x = – 96096
Example – 18
5
11 4 11-5 æ -1 ö
t 6 = C5 ( x ) ç 3÷
Find the middle term (s) in the expansion of èx ø
12 11
æ 1 ö
(i) æç x + y ö÷ (ii) ç x 4 - 3 ÷ 11! 24 æ - 1 ö
çy x÷ è x ø t6 = x ç 15 ÷
è ø 5! 6! èx ø
x y 11´ 10 ´ 9 ´ 8 ´ 7 ´ 6!
Sol. (i) Let a = , b = , n = 12 t6 = (- x 9 )
y x 5 ´ 4 ´ 3 ´ 2 ´ 1´ 6!
n is even.
= -462 x9
æ n + 2 ö æ 12 + 2 ö 14 For t7, r = 6
\ ç ÷=ç ÷= =7
è 2 ø è 2 ø 2
6
11 4 11- 6 æ -1ö
7th term is middle term, t 7 = C6 ( x ) ç 3÷
èx ø
tr+1 = nCr an–r . br
For 7th term, r = 6 11! 20 1
t7 = x ´ 18
6!5! x
12 - 6 6
æ xö æ yö
t7 = 12C6 ç ÷ ç ÷
è yø èxø 11´10 ´ 9 ´ 8 ´ 7 ´ 6! 2
t7 = x
6!´ 5 ´ 4 ´ 3 ´ 2
6 6
12! æ x ö æ y ö t7 = 11 × 3 × 2 × 7 = 462x2
t7 = ´ç ÷ ´ ç ÷
6!6 ! è y ø è x ø
Example – 19
12 ´11 ´10 ´ 9 ´ 8 ´ 7 ´ 6 !
t7 =
6 ´ 5 ´ 4 ´ 3´ 2 ´ 6 ! 1
n
The middle term in expansion of æç x 2 + 2 + 2 ö÷ is :
è x ø
t7 = 77 × 12 = 924
\ Middle term = 924
n! 2n!
(a) (b)
-1 [(n / 2)!]2 [(n / 2)!]2
(ii) Let a = x4, b = , n = 11
x3
1.3.5........(2n + 1) n (2n)!
(c) 2 (d)
æ n + 1 ö æ 11 + 1 ö n! (n!) 2
n is odd. ç ÷=ç ÷ = 6,
è 2 ø è 2 ø
Ans. (d)
æ n + 3 ö æ 11 + 3 ö Sol. Middle term in expansion of

ç ÷=ç ÷=7
è 2 ø è 2 ø
n 2n
æ 2 1 ö æ 1ö
6th and 7th term are middle term, çx + 2 + 2÷ = çx + ÷
è x ø è xø
tr+1 = nCran–r . br
So, (n + 1)th term
For t6, r = 5
2n (2n)!
Þ Cn =
n!n!
Example – 20 = coefficient of x9 in (1 + x)45

= 45C9 [Since in the expansion of (1 + x)n,
7
æ 1ö coefficient of xr = nCr]
Find the middle terms(s) in the expansion of ç x 2 + ÷
è xø
45!
=
9!36!
1
Sol. Let a = x2, b = ,n=7
x
n is odd. Example – 22
æ n +1 ö æ 7 +1 ö æ n +3ö æ 7+3ö 47
5
52 - j
ç ÷=ç ÷ = 4 and ç ÷=ç ÷=5 Find the value of the expression C4 + S C3 .
è 2 ø è 2 ø è 2 ø è 2 ø j =1
4th and 5th terms are middle terms, 5

47 52 - j
Sol. Given expression = C4 + S C3 .
for t4, r = 3 j =1
tr+1 = nCran–r . br = 47C4 + (51C3 + 50C3 + 49C3 + 48C3 + 47C3)
3 = 47C4 + (47C3 + 48C3 + 49C3 + 50C3 + 51C3)

7 2 7 -3 æ1ö
t 4 = C3 ( x ) ç ÷ = (47C4 + 47C3) + (48C3 + 49C3 + 50C3 + 51C3)
èxø
= 48C4 +48C3 + 49C3 + 50C3 + 51C3 [Q nCr + nCr-1 = n+1Cr]
7! 1 = (48C4 + 48C3) + (49C3 + 50C3 + 51C3)
t4 = ´ (x 2 )4 ´ 3
4!3! x = (49C4 + 49C3) + (50C3 + 51C3)
= (50C4 + 50C3) + 51C3 = 51C4 + 51C3 = 52C4.
7 ´ 6 ´ 5 ´ 4! 8 1
t4 = ´x ´ 3
4!´ 3 ´ 2 x
Example – 23
t4 = 35x5 The sum of coefficient in (1 + x – 3x2)2134 is

For t5, r = 4 (a) –1 (b) 1
4 (c) 0 (d) 22134
7 2 7 -4 æ1ö
t5 = C4 x ç ÷
è xø Ans. (b)
Sol. Sum of co-efficients can be obtained by substituting x = 1
7! 1 \ Sum of co-efficients = (1 + 1 – 3)2134 = (–1)2134 = 1
t5 = ´ x6 ´ 4
4!3! x
Example – 24
7 ´ 6 ´ 5 ´ 4! 2
t5 = ´ x = 35x 2 The sum of the coefficients in the expansion of
4!´ 3 ´ 2
(6a – 5b)n, where n is a positive integer, is
(a) 1 (b) –1
Example – 21
n
(c) 2 (d) 2n–1
Find the coefficient of x9 in (1 + 3x + 3x2 + x3)15.
Ans. (a)
Sol. (1 + 3x + 3x2 + x3)15 = [(1 + x)3]15 = (1 + x)45
Sol. Sum of coefficients we get when a = b = 1
\ Coefficient of x9 in (1 + 3x + 3x2 + x3)15
Þ (6 – 5)n = 1
Example – 25 + (2n + n2n–1 . 2 . 7 – 2n . 7n – 2n)

= 142 (nC2 . 2n–2 + nC3 . 2n–3 . 14 + ... + 14n–2)
n
r n n
Prove that rS= 0 3 . C r = 4 . This is divisible by 142 i.e. by 196 for all positive integral
value of n.
Sol. (1 + x)n = nC0 x0 + nC1 x+ nC2 x2 + ... + nCn xn Note : If n = 1, nC2 = 0, nC3 = 0 etc.
n
\ C0 x0 + nC1 x + nC2 x2 + .... + nCn xn = (1 + x)n ....(1) \ Given expression = 142 ×0 =0, which is divisible by 196.
n
Now S 3r . n C r Example – 28
r =0
= nC0 30 + nC1 31 + nC2 32 + .... + nCn 3n Using binomial theorem, prove that 6 n – 5n always
leaves the remainder 1 when divided by 25 for all positive
= (1 + 3)n
integers n.
= 4n.
Sol. 6n – 5n = (1 + 5)n – 5n
Example – 26 = (1 + nC1 5 + nC2 52 + ... + nCn 5n) – 5n

= (1 + n . 5 + nC2 . 52 + ... + nCn 5n) – 5n
18
Numerically greatest term, in the expansion of (8 – 5x) ,
= 1 + nC2 52 + nC3 53 + ... + nCn 5n
(where x = 2/5) is :
= 1 + 25 (nC2 + nC3 . 5 + ... + nCn 5n–2)
(a) 1623 × 224 (b) 1623 × 222
= 1 + 25.k where k is a positive integer.
(c) 1623 × 223 (d) none of these
\ When 6n – 5n is divided by 25, remainder will be 1 for all
Ans. (d)
positive integer n.
18
æ 5x ö 5 2 1
Sol. (8 - 5x)18 = 818 ç1 - ÷ , a = 1, b = - ´ = - Example – 29
è 8 ø 8 5 4
Which number is larger, (1.2)4000 or 800 ?
1 Sol. (1.2)4000 = (1 + 0.2)4000
19 ´
(n + 1)| b | 4 = 3.8
= = 4000C0 + 4000C1 (0.2) + sum of positive terms
| b |+ | a | 5
4 = 1 + 4000 (0.2) + a positive number
= 1 + 800 + a positive number
T4 is greatest term
> 800
T4 = 18C3 815 (–2)3, so it is negative
Hence (1.2)4000 > 800.
Example – 27
Example – 30
Show that 24n – 2n (7n + 1) is some multiple of the square of
The coefficient of xn in expansion of (1 + x) (1 –x)n is
14, where n is a postive integer.
(a) (n – 1) (b) (–1)n (1 – n)
Sol. 24n – 2n (7n + 1) = (16)n – 2n (7n + 1)
(c) (–1)n–1 (n–1)2 (d) (–1)n–1 n
= (2 + 14)n – 2n . 7n – 2n
Ans. (b)
= (2n + nC1 2n–1 . 14 + nC2 2n–2 . 142 + ... + 14n) – 2n . 7n – 2n
Sol. (1 + x) (1 – x)n = (1 – x)n + x(1 – x)n
= 142 (nC2 2n–2 + nC3 2n–3 14 + ... + 14n–2)
\ Coefficient of xn is = (–1)n + (–1)n–1 nC1
+ (2n + nC1 . 2n–1 . 14 –2n . 7n – 2n)
= (–1)n [1 – n]
2 n n–2 n n–3 n–2
= 14 ( C2 2 + C3 2 . 14 + ... + 14 )
The coefficient of x7 in the expansion of (1 – x – x2 + x3)6 is

n
(a) –132 (b) –144 æ 1ö
Find the term independent of x in (1 + x) ç 1+ ÷ m
è xø
(c) 132 (d) 144
Ans. (b)
n n
m æ 1 ö = 1+ x m æ x +1 ö
Sol. (1 – x – x2 + x3) 6 = ((1 – x) (1 – x2))6 = (1 – x)6 (1 – x2)6 Sol. Given expression = 1 + x ç 1+ ÷ ç ÷
è xø è x ø
6 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6
= (1 – C1 x + C2x – C3 x + C4 x – C5x + C6x )
(1 – 6C1x2 + 6C2x4 – 6C3x6 + 6C4x8 – 6C5x10 + 6C6 x12) m+n
1+ x m+n
= = x - n 1+ x
Coeff. of x7 = (–6C1) (–6C3) + (–6C3) (6C2) + (–6C5) (–6C1) x n
= 6.20 – 20 . 15 + 6 . 6 = 120 – 300 + 36 = – 144

\ Required term independent of x
Example – 32 = coefficient of x0 in x–n (1 + x)m+n
If the coefficients of x 3 and x 4 in the expansion of = coefficient of xn in (1 + x)m+n

(1 + ax + bx2) (1 – 2x)18 in powers of x are both zero, then
m+n m+n !
(a, b) is equal to : = Cn =
n!m!
272 ö æ 251 ö
(a) æç16, (b) ç16, ÷
è 3 ÷ø è 3 ø [Since in the expansion of (1 + x)n, co-efficient of xr = nCr]
Example – 34
æ 251 ö æ 272 ö
(c) ç14, ÷ (d) ç14, ÷
è 3 ø è 3 ø
Find the coefficient of x5 in the expansion of the product
Ans. (a) (1 + 2x)6 (1 – x)7.
Sol. On expanding the given expression we get, Sol. (1 + 2x)6 = [1 + 6C1 (2x) + 6C2 (2x)2 + 6C3 (2x)3 + 6C4 (2x)4
Þ (1 + ax + bx2) (1 – 18C1 (2x) + 18C2 (2x)2 – 18C3 (2x)3 + ... + 18C18 + 6C5 (2x)5 + 6C6 (2x)6] .....(1)
(2x)18) Again, (1 – x)7 = 1 – 7C1 x + 7C2 x2 – 7C3 x3 + 7C4 x4 – 7C5 x5
Coefficient of x3, + 7C6 x6 – 7C7 x7
Þ – 18C1 (2b) + 18C2 (4a) – 8. 18C3 = 0 = 1 – 7x + 21x2 – 35x3 + 35x4 – 21x5 + 7x6 – x7 .....(2)
Þ 51a = 3b + 544 ..(1) Now (1 + 2x)6 (1 – x)7
Similarly coefficient of x4, = (1 + 12x + 60x2 + 160x3 + 240x4 + 192x5 + .....)
18
Þ C4 (2)4 – 18C3 . 8a + 18C2 4b = 0 × (1 – 7x + 21x2 – 35x3 + 35x4 – 21x5 + .....)
Þ 32a = 3b + 240 ..(2) \ Required coefficient of x5 in the product
On solving (1) and (2) we get, = 1 × (–21) + 12 × 35 + 60 × (–35)
+ 160 × 21 + 240 × (–7) + 192 × 1

272
Þ a = 16 and b =
3 = –21 + 420 – 2100 + 3360 – 1680 + 192 = 171
Example – 35
( -1) (-1 - 1) (-1 - 2) ù
+ (- x)3 .....to ¥ ú
Simplify first three terms in the expansion of the following 3! û
(i) (1 + 2x)–4 (ii) (5+4x)–1/2 = (1 + x) (1 + x + x2 + x3 + x4 +...... to ¥)
Sol. (i) (1 + 2x)–4 = = [1 + x + x2 + x3 + x4 + ....... to ¥] + [x + x2 + x3 + x4+ ......... to ¥]
(-4) (-4 - 1) = 1 + 2x + 2x2 + 2x3 + 2x4 + 2x5 + ...... to ¥

1 + (-4) (2x ) + (2x ) 2 +.................
2! Hence coefficient of x4 = 2
(-4) (-5) Example – 37

= 1 - 8x + (4x 2 ) +.................
2
Find the square root of 99 correct to 4 places of deicmal.
= 1–8x + 40x2 + .....
1
-1
Sol. (99) 1/ 2 1/ 2 é æ 1 öù 2
-1 -1
é 4x ù 2 = (100 - 1) = ê100 ç1 - ÷ú
(ii) (5 + 4 x) 2 = 5 2 ê1 + ú ë è 100 øû
ë 5û
1
é æ 1 öù 2
é æ -1 ö æ -1 ö ù = ê100 ç1 - ÷ú
ê æ - 1 ö æ 4 x ö ç 2 ÷ ç 2 - 1÷ æ 4x ö 2
-1 ú ë è 100 øû
= 5 ê1 + ç ÷ ç ÷ + è ø è
2 ø
ç ÷ + ...ú
ê è 2 øè 5 ø 2! è 5 ø ú
ê ú = (100)1/2 [1–0.01]1/2
ë û
é 1 1æ1 ö ù
ê ç - 1÷ ú
é æ -1 öæ - 3 ö ù = 10 ê1 + 2 (-0.01) + 2 è 2 ø (-0.01) 2 + ........to ¥ ú
ê 2x ç 2 ÷ ç 2 ÷ 16 x 2
-1 ú ê 1! 2! ú
= 5 ê1 -
2
+ è øè ø´ + ...ú ê
ë
ú
û
ê 5 2 25 ú
ê ú
ë û
= 10 [1–0.005 – 0.0000125 + ......... to ¥]
= 10 (.9949875) = 9.94987 = 9.9499
-1
é 2x 6 x 2
2
ù
= 5 ê1 - + + ....ú
ë 5 25 û Example – 38
The number of terms in the expansion of (2x + 3y – 4z)n, is

Example – 36
(a) n + 1 (b) n + 3
4
Find the coefficient of x in the expansion of
(n + 1) (n + 2)
1+ x 2
if | x | < 1
1- x
Ans. (c)
1+ x Sol. Number of terms = n+r–1Cr–1

Sol. = (1 + x ) (1 - x ) -1
1- x = n+3–1C3–1
é (-1) ( -1) (-1 - 1) (n + 2) (n + 1)

= (1 + x) ê1 + ( - x) ( - x) 2 =
1! 2! 2
ë
The coefficient of (a3 b 6 c8 d 9 e f) in the expansion of Find the total number of terms in the expansion of
(a + b + c – d – e – f)31 is : (1 + a + b)10 and coefficient of a2b3.
(a) 123210 (b) 23110 Sol. Total number of terms = 10 + 3 – 1 C3 – 1 =12C2 = 66
10!
Coefficient of a2b3 =
Ans. (d) 2!´ 3!´ 5! =2520
Sol. The coefficient of a3 b6 c8 d9 e f in expansion of
(a + b + c – d – e – f)31 is zero as that term is not possible in
expansion as sum of powers in not 31.

Binomial theorem for positive integral index 12
æ x3 2 ö
9. 5th term from the end in the expansion of ç - 2 ÷ is
ç 2 x ÷
1 1 x è ø
1. If + = , then x is equal to
8 9 10
(a) – 7920 x–4 (b) 7920 x4
(a) 100 (b) 90 (c) 7920 x–4 (d) –7920 x4
(c) 170 (d) none of these 10. If the coefficients of (r + 4)th term and (2r + 1)th term in the
2. n n n n n–1 1 n n
The expansion (x + a) = C0 x + C1 x a + ..... + Cn a is valid expansion of (1 + x)18 are equal, then r =
when n is (a) 3 (b) 5
(a) an integer (b) a natural number (c) 3 or 5 (d) none of these
(c) a rational number (d) none of these 9
æ 3 ö
11. The term independent of x in the expansion of ç 2x - 2 ÷ is
3. ( x + x 3 - 1) 5 + ( x - x 3 - 1 ) 5 is a polynomial of degree è x ø
(a) 5 (b) 6 (a) 33 . 9C3 (b) 26 . 33 9C3

(c) 7 (d) 8 (c) –33 . 9C3 (d) –26 . 33 . 9C3
4. (1.003)4 is nearly equal to 8
æ1 1 1
- ö
(a) 1.012 (b) 1.0012 12. In the expansion of ç x 3 + x 5 ÷ , the term independent of
ç2 ÷
è ø
(c) 0.988 (d) 1.003
x is
5. The number of non-zero terms in the expansion of
(a) T5 (b) T7
é 1+ 3 2 x 9 + 1- 3 2 x 9 ù (c) T6 (d) T8
ëê úû is
13. The term independent of x in the expansion of
(a) 9 (b) 10 8
é t -1 -1 x + t -1 +1 -1
(c) 5 (d) None of these êë x -1 ùú is :
û
General term of binomial expansion
3 3
æ 1- t ö æ 1+ t ö
18
(a) 56 ç ÷ (b) 56 ç ÷
3 è 1+ t ø è 1- t ø
6. The term void of x in the expanion of æç x - 2 ö÷ is
è x ø
4 4
æ 1- t ö æ 1+ t ö
(a) 18C6 (b) 18C6 36 (c) 70 ç ÷ (d) 70 ç ÷
è 1+ t ø è 1- t ø
(c) 18C12 (d) 18C6 312
7. If n Î N and the coefficients of x–7 and x–8 to the expansion of 14. The greatest value of the term independent of x, as a varies
20
æ 1 ö
n
æ sin a ö
ç 2 + ÷ are equal then n = over R, in the expansion of ç x cos a + ÷ is :
è 3x ø è x ø
(a) 56 (b) 15 (a) 20C10 (b) 20C19
(c) 45 (d) 55 10
8. If n,p Î N and in the expansion of (1 + x)n the coefficient of (c) 20C6 (d) 20C10 æç 1 ö÷
è 2ø
pth and (p + 1)th terms are respectively p and q. The p + q =
15. The coefficient of x8 y10 in the expansion of (x + y)18 is
(a) n + 3CP (b) n + 1C1
(a) 18C8 (b) 18P10
(c) n + 2C1 (d) nCP
10
25. The coefficient of x 50 in the binomial expansion of
æ l ö
16. If the term independent of x in the expansion of ç x - 2 ÷ (1 + x)1000 + x(1 + x)999 + x2(1 + x)998 + ..... + x1000 is:
è x ø
is 405, then l equals 1000 ! 1000 !
(a) 50 ! 950 ! (b) 49 ! 951 !
(a) –3 (b) 3
(c) 3 or –3 (d) None of these
17. If (1 + ax)m =1 + 8x + 24x2 + ..., then the value of a and m are 1001 ! 1001 !
(c) 51 ! 950 ! (d) 50 ! 951 !
respectively.
(a) 4,2 (b) 2,4
Binomial coefficient problems
(c) 1,8 (d) None of these
Application of binomial theorem 26. If nC3 = nC2, then n is equal to

(a) 2 (b) 3
18. If n Î N then 49n + 16 n – 1 is divisible by
(a) 3 (b) 19
27. If n+1C4 = 9 nC2 , then n =
(c) 64 (d) 29
(a) 10 (b) 9
19. Remainder when 7100 is divided by 25 is
(c) 12 (d) 11
(a) 1 (b) 24
28. If n Î N and (1+x) = 1 + a1x + a2x2 + ... + anxn. If a1, a2 and a3
n
are in A.P., then the value of n is
20. The co-efficient of x4 in the expansion of (1 + x + x2 + x3)n is
(a) 4 (b) 5
(a) nC4 (b) nC4 + nC2
(c) 6 (d) 7
(c) nC4 + nC1 + nC4 . nC2 (d) nC4 + nC2 + nC1 . nC2
29. The sum rCr + r+1Cr + r+2Cr + ... + nCr (n > r) equals
21. Co-efficient of x5 in the expansion of (x2 – x – 2)5 is :
(a) nCr+1 (b) n+1
Cr+1
(a) –83 (b) –82
(c) n+1Cr–1 (d) n+1Cr
(c) –81 (d) 0
30. The sum of coefficient in the expansion of (1 + x – 3x2)3148 is
22. The number of integral terms in the expansion of
(a) 8 (b) 7
500
3+ 2 is : (c) 1 (d) –1
(a) 128 (b) 129 31. If the sum of the coefficients in the expansion of
(a2x2 – 6ax + 11)10, where a is constant, is 1024, then the
(c) 251 (d) 512
value of a is :
23. The coefficient of x99 in
(a) 5 (b) 1
(x + 1) (x + 3) (x + 5) ..... (x + 199) is
(c) 2 (d) 3
(a) 1 + 2 + 3 + .... + 99 (b) 1 + 3 + 5 + .... + 199
32. If n Î N and (1 – x + x2)n = a0 + a1x + a2x2 + ...... + a2nx2n, then
(c) 1.3.5. ....... 199 (d) None of these a0+ a2+ a4 + ... +a2n is equal to :
24. The coefficient of x17 in the expansion of
(x – 1) (x – 2) ........ (x – 18) is 3n +1 3n -1
(a) (b)
2 2
(a) 342 (b) –171
171 n 1 n 1
(c) (d) 684 (c) 3 - (d) 3 +
2 2 2
33. The sum of the numerical coefficients in the expansion of n
n
12 40. Statement I : å (r + 1) . Cr = (n + 2) 2n -1
æ x 2y ö r =0
ç1 + + ÷ , is
è 3 3 ø
n
(a) 1 (b) 2 Statement II : å (r + 1) n
C r .x r = (1 + x) n + nx (1 + x) n -1
r =0
50
34. In the expansion of (1 + x) , the sum of the coefficient of (a) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
odd powers of x is (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true;
(a) 0 (b) 249 Statement II is a correct explanation for Statement I
(c) 2 50
(d) 2 51 (c) Statement I is true, Statement II is true;
35. Sum of the last 30 coefficients in the expansion of (1 + x)59, Statement II is not a correct explanation for Statement I
when expanded in ascending powers of x is (d) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
59 58
(a) 2 (b) 2 41. a, b, c, d are any four consecutive co-efficients of any
(c) 230 (d) 229 a + b b+c c+d
binomial expansion, then , , are in :
36. 10
C1 + 10C2 + 10C3 + .............+ 10C10 = a b c
(a) 512 (b) 511 (a) A.P.
(c) 1024 (d) none of these (b) G.P.
37. The value of nC0 – nC1 + nC2 – .... + (–1)n nCn is (c) H.P.
(a) 1 (b) n (d) arithmetico geometric progression

42. The value of
(c) 2n (d) 0
7
n
C0 + 7 C1 + 7
C1 + 7 C2 + ... + 7
C6 + 7 C7 is
2 n +1
38. å C2 r +1 is equal to
(a) 27 – 1 (b) 28 – 2
r =0
(c) 28 – 1 (d) 28
(a) 22n–1 (b) 22n
(c) 22n+1 –1 (d) 22n+1 Numerical Value Type Questions
10 10 43. If n + 2 = 210 n - 1, then the value of n is equal to

39. Let S1 = å j ( j - 1) 10 C j , S2 = å j 10 C j and
j=1 j=1 44. The total number of terms in the expansion of
(x + a)100 + (x – a)100 after simplification is
10
S3 = å j2 10
Cj 45. If 2nC3 : nC2 : : 44 : 1, then the value of n is
j=1
46. If 32C2n–1 = 32Cn–3 , then n =
Statement I : S3 = 55×29. 6
æ 3 ö
Statement II : S1 = 90 × 28 and S2 = 10×28. 47. The coefficient of x in ç x 5 + 3
÷÷ is :
ç
è x3 ø
(a) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; n
æ 1/3 1 ö
Statement II is a correct explanation for Statement I 48. If the last term in the binomial expansion of ç 2 - ÷ is
è 2ø
(c) Statement I is true, Statement II is true;
log 3 8
Statement II is not a correct explanation for Statement I æ 1 ö
ç 5/3 ÷ , then the 5th term form the beginning is :
è3 ø
(d) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
12
52. If n Î N and second, third and fourth terms in the expansion
49. If rth term in the expansion of æç x 2 + 1 ö÷ is independent of of (x + a)n are 240, 720 and 1080 respectively, then the value
è xø of n is
x, then r = 53. If the sum of binomial coefficients in the expansion
n
æ 2x 2
10 æ 1ö
3 ö ç 2x + ÷ is 256, then term independent of x is
50. The middle term in the expansion of ç + 2 ÷ is è xø
è 3 2x ø
54. Coefficient of x5 in the expansion of (1 + x2)5 (1 + x)4 is
51. If T 2/T 3 in the expansion of (a + b) n and T 3/T 4 in the
55. The number of irrational terms in the expansion of
(a + b)n+3 are equal, then n =
45
41/ 5 + 71/10 is

1. If the number of terms in the expansion of 5. The coefficient of x –5 in the binomial expansion of
n 10
æ 2 4ö æ ö
ç1 - + ÷ , x ¹ 0, is 28, then the sum of the coefficients ç x + 1 - x -1 ÷ ,
è x yø ç 2 1 1
÷ where x ¹ 0, 1, is :
è x 3 - x 3 +1 x - x 2 ø
of all the terms in this expansion, is : (2016)
(a) 2187 (b) 243
(a) 1 (b) 4
(c) 729 (d) 64
(c) –4 (d) –1
2. For x Î R, x ¹ –1, if
6. The sum of the co-efficients of all odd degree terms in the
expansion of
2016
i
(1 + x)2016 + x(1 + x)2015 + x2(1 + x)2014 + …… + x2016 = åa x , i 5 5
i =0
x + x3 - 1 + x - x 3 - 1 , x > 1 is : (2018)
then a17 is equal to : (2016/Online Set–1)
(a) 2 (b) -1
2017! 2016! (c) 0 (d) 1
(a) 17! 2000! (b) 17! 1999!
7. If n is the degree of the polynomial
8 8
2017! 2016! é 2 ù é 2 ù
(c)
2000!
(d)
16! ê 3 3
ú +ê 3 3
ú and m is
ë 5x + 1 - 5x - 1 û ë 5x + 1 + 5x - 1 û
3. If the coefficients of x-2 and x-4 in the expansion of the coefficient of xn in it, then the ordered pair (n, m) is
18
æ 1 ö (a) (24, (10)8) (b) (8, 5(10)4)
ç x3 + 1 ÷ , (x > 0), are m and n respectively, then m is
ç 1
÷ n (c) (12, (20)4) (d) (12, 8(10)4)
è 2x 3 ø
8. The coefficient of x 10 in the expansion of
equal to : (2016/Online Set–2) (1 + x)2 (1 + x2)3 (1 + x3)4 is equal to :
4
(a) 182 (b) (a) 52 (b) 56
5
(c) 50 (d) 44
5 9. The coefficient of x2 in the expansion of the product (2–x2)
(c) (d) 27
4 . ((1+2x+3x2)6 + (1–4x2)6) is : (2018/Online Set–3)
(a) 107 (b) 106
21 10 21 10
4. The value of C1 - C1 + C2 - C 2 + (c) 108 (d) 155
21
C3 -10 C3 + 21
C 4 - 10 C4 + ..... + 21
C10 -10 C10
2 × 20C0 + 5 × 20C1 + 8 × 20C2 + 11 × 20C3 + ... + 62 × 20C20
is: (2017)
is equal to: (8-04-2019/Shift-1)
(a) 221 – 211 (b) 221 – 210 (a) 226 (b) 225
20 9 20 10
(c) 2 – 2 (d) 2 – 2 (c) 223 (d) 224
11. The sum of the co-efficient of all even degree terms in x in 17. The coefficient of x18 in the product
the expansion of (1 + x)(l - x)10(1 + x + x 2)9 is (12-04-2019/Shift-1)
6 6
x + x 3 - 1 + x - x 3 - 1 , x > 1 is equal to : 18. If 20 C1 + 22 20
C 2 + 32 20
C3 + ... + 20 2 20
C 20 = A 2 b ,
(8-04-2019/Shift-1) then the ordered pair A, b is equal to _____.

12. If the fourth term in the binomial expansion of (12-04-2019/Shift-2)
6 (a) (420, 19) (b) (420, 18)
æ 1 1 ö
ç x1+ log10 x + x12 ÷ is equal to 200, and x > 1, then the (c) (380, 18) (d) (380, 19)
ç ÷
è ø 19. The term independent of x in the expansion of
value of x is: (8-04-2019/Shift-2)
6
æ 1 x8 ö æ 2 3 ö
(a) 100 (b) 10 ç - ÷ . ç 2 x - 2 ÷ is equal to ______.
3
è 60 81 ø è x ø
(c) 10 (d) 104
13. If the fourth term in the Binomial expansion of (12-04-2019/Shift-2)
6 (a) -72 (b) 36
æ2 log8 x ö 7
ç +x ÷ ( x > 0) is 20 ´ 8 , then a value of x is : (c) -36 (d) -108
èx ø
(9-04-2019/Shift-1) 2 403 k
20. If the fractional part of the number is ,
15 15
(a) 83 (b) 8-2
then k is equal to: (9-01-2019/Shift-1)
(c) 8 (d) 82
14. If some three consecutive coefficients in the binomial 3

æ1- t6 ö
4
n 21. The coefficient of t in the expansion of ç ÷
expansion of x + 1 in powers of x are in the ratio 2:15:70, è 1- t ø
then the average of these three coefficients is:
(9-01-2019/Shift-2)
(9-04-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 14 (b) 15
(a) 964 (b) 232
(c) 10 (d) 12
(c) 227 (d) 625
5
15. If the coefficients of x2 and x3 are both zero, in the expansion 22. If the third term in the binomial expansion of 1 + x log2 x
15
of the expression 1 + ax + bx 2 1 - 3x in powers of x, equals 2560, then a possible value of x is:
then the ordered pair (a, b) is equal to : (10-1-2019/Shift-1)
(10-04-2019/Shift-1)
1
(a) (28, 861) (b) (–54, 315) (a) (b) 4 2
4
(c) (28, 315) (d) (–21, 714)
16. The smallest natural number n, such that the coefficient 1
(c) (d) 2 2
8
n
æ 2 1 ö n
of x in the expansion of ç x + 3 ÷ is C23 , is:
è x ø 20 3
20
æ Ci -1 ö k
(10-4-2019/Shift-2)
23. If å ç 20
i =1 è C + 20
C
÷ =
21
, then k equals:
i i -1 ø
(a) 38 (b) 58
(c) 23 (d) 35 (10-1-2019/Shift-1)
24. The positive value of l for which the co-efficient of x 2 in 29. A ratio of the 5th term from the beginning to the 5th term
10 10
æ l ö 2 æ 1 ö
the expression x ç x + 2 ÷ is 720, is: 1
è x ø from the end in the binomial expansion of ç 2 3 + ÷
çç 1 ÷÷
è 2 3 3
ø
(10-01-2019/Shift-2)
is (12-01-2019/Shift-1)
(a) 4 (b) 2 2
1 1
(c) 5 (d) 3 (a) 1: 2(6) 3 (b) 1: 4(16) 3
25 1 1
50
25. If å Cr × 50 - r C25 - r = K 50
C25 , then K is equal to: (c) 4(36) 3 :1 (d) 2(36) 3 :1
r =0
30. The total number of irrational terms in the binomial

(10-01-2019/Shift-2)
60
(a) (25) 2 (b) 2 25 - 1 æ 1 1
ö
expansion of ç 7 5 - 310 ÷ is (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
è ø
(c) 2 24 (d) 2 25
26. The sum of the real values of x for which the middle term (a) 55 (b) 49
(c) 48 (d) 54
3 8
æ x 3ö
in the binomial expansion of ç + ÷ equals 5670 is, 31. If nC4 , nC5 , and nC6 are in A.P., then n can be:
è 3 xø
(12-01-2019/Shift-2)
(11-01-2019/Shift-1)
(a) 9 (b) 14
27. Let (x + 10)50 + (x – 10)50 = a0 + a1x + a2x2 + ….. + a50x50, for
(c) 11 (d) 12
a2
all x Î R , then is equal to : 32.
3 2
Let a > 0, b > 0 be such that a + b = 4. If the maximum
a0
value of the term independent of x in the binomial
(11-01-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 12.50 (b) 12.00 10
æ 1 1
- ö
(c) 12.25 (d) 12.75 expansion of ç ax 9 + bx 6 ÷ is 10k, then k is equal to :
ç ÷
è ø
28. Let Sn = 1 + q + q2 + ....... + qn and
2 n (2-9-2020/Shift-1)
æ q +1 ö æ q +1 ö æ q +1ö
Tn =1 + ç ÷+ç ÷ + .......... + ç ÷ where q is a (a) 176 (b) 336
è 2 ø è 2 ø è 2 ø
(c) 352 (d) 84
real number and q ¹ 1.
101 101 n
If C1 + C2 . S1 + ....... +101 C101 . S100 = a T100 , æ 1ö
33. For a positive integer n, ç1 + ÷ is expanded in increasing
è xø
then a is equal to : (11-01-2019/Shift-2)
powers of x. If three consecutive coefficients in this
(a) 299 (b) 202
expansion are in the ratio, 2:5:12, then n is equal to ……….
100
(c) 200 (d) 2 (2-09-2020/Shift-2)
34. If the number of integral terms in the expansion of 41. If the constant term in the binomial expansion of
n 10
æ 12 1
ö æ k ö
ç 3 + 5 8
÷ is exactly 33, then the least value of n is : ç x- 2÷ is 405 , then k equals:
è ø è x ø
(3-09-2020/Shift-1) (6-09-2020/Shift-2)
(a) 128 (b) 248 (a) 1 (b) 9

(c) 2 (d) 3
(c) 256 (d) 264
35. If the term independent of x in the expansion of
42. If the sum of the coefficients of all even powers of x in
æ 3 2 1 ö÷
9
çç x - ÷ is k, then 18 k is equal to : 2 3 2n
3 x ø÷
çè 2 the product 1 + x + x + x ..... + x
(3-09-2020/Shift-2) 1 - x + x 2 - x 3 ..... + x 2 n is 61, then n is equal to

(a) 5 (b) 9 (7-01-2020/Shift-1)
(c) 7 (d) 11 43. 7
The coefficient of x in the expression
10 20
a (1 + x)10 + x (1 + x)9 + x 2 (1 + x)8 + ....... + x10 is :
2 r
36. Let 2 x + 3x + 4 å
= ar x . Then 7 is equal to ……
r =0 a13 (7-01-2020/Shift-2)
(a) 420 (b) 330
(4-09-2020/Shift-1)
(c) 210 (d) 120
37. If for some positive integer n, the coefficients of three
consecutive terms in the binomial expansion of (1+x)n+5 44. If a and b be the coefficients of x4 and x2 respectively
are in the ratio 5:10:14, then the largest coefficient in this
6 6
expansion is : (4-9-2020/Shift-2) in the expansion of x + x 2 - 1 + x - x 2 - 1 , then
(a) 792 (b) 252
(8-01-2020/Shift-2)
(c) 462 (d) 330
38. The natural number m, for which the coefficient of x in the (a) a + b = -30 (b) a - b = -132
22 (c) a + b = 60 (d) a - b = 60
æ m 1 ö
binomial expansion of ç x + 2 ÷ is 1540, is
è x ø 10
45. The coefficient of x 4 in the expansion of 1 + x + x 2 is
…………… (5-09-2020/Shift-1)
(9-01-2020/Shift-1)
6
39. The coefficient of x 4 in the expansion of 1 + x + x 2 + x3
16
x 1 ö
in powers of x, is___ (5-09-2020/Shift-2) 46. In the expansion of æç + ÷ , if l1 is the least
è cos q x sin q ø
40. If p denotes the fractional part of the number p, then
p p
value of the term independent of x when £q £ and
8 4
ì 3200 ü
í ý , is equal to: (6-09-2020/Shift-1) l2 is the least value of the term independent of x when
î 8 þ
p p
£q £ , then the ratio l : l is equal to :
5 1 16 8 2 1
(a) (b)
8 8 (9-1-2020/Shift-2)
(a) 16 : 1 (b) 8 : 1
7 3
(c) (d) (c) 1 : 8 (d) 1 : 16
8 8
54. The probability that a randomly selected 2 digit number

47. If Cr = 25Cr and C0 + 5. C1 + 9. C2 + ... + 101. C25 = 225. k
n
then k is equal to (9-1-2020/Shift-2) belongs to the set n Î N : 2 - 2 is a multiple of 3 is
48. The coefficient of x 256 in the expansion of equal to : (27-07-2021/Shift-1)

100
1- x
101
x2 + x +1 is: (20-07-2021/Shift-1) 1 1
(a) (b)
2 3
(a) -100 C16 (b) 100
C16
2 1
100 100 (c) (d)
(c) C15 (d) - C15 3 6
49. The number of rational terms in the binomial expansion of 11

æ 2 1 ö
1 120 55. If the coefficients of x 7 in ç x + ÷ and x -7 in
æ 14 ö è bx ø
çç 4 + 5 6 ÷÷ is ______. (20-07-2021/Shift-1)
è ø 11
æ 1 ö
50. For the natural numbers m, n, if ç x - 2 ÷ , b ¹ 0, are equal, then the value of b is equal
è bx ø
m n
1- y 1+ y = 1 + a1 y + a 2 y 2 + ....... + a m + n y m + n and to: (27-07-2021/Shift-1)
(a) –1 (b) 2
a1 = a 2 = 10, then the value of m + n is equal to
(c) –2 (d) 1
(20-07-2021/Shift-2)
56. A possible value of ' x ', for which the ninth term in the
(a) 88 (b) 64
10
(c) 100 (d) 80 æ 1ö
ìï log 25x -1 + 7
x -1
ç - ÷ log3 5 +1 üï
è 8ø
expansion of í3 3 +3 ý in the
51. If b is very small as compared to the value of a, so that the ïî ïþ
b
cube and other higher powers of can be neglected in æ1ö
5x -1 +1
a increasing powers of 3çè 8 ÷ø log3 is equal to 180, is:
the identity
(27-07-2021/Shift-2)
1 1 1 1 (a) 2 (b) 1
+ + .......... + = an + bn 2 + gn 3 ,
a - b a - 2b a - 3b a - nb (c) 0 (d) –1
then the value of g is is ? (25-07-2021/Shift-1) 57. The number of elements in the set
b2 a+b n Î 1, 2, 3,.....,100 11
n
> 10
n
+ 9
n
is ______. is
(a) (b)
3a 3 3a 2
(22-07-2021/Shift-2)
2 2
a +b a+b 58. If the constant term, in binomial expansion of
(c) (d)
3a 3 3a 3 10
æ r 1 ö
52. The term independent of ‘x’ in the expansion of ç 2x + 2 ÷ is 180, then r is equal to _____.
è x ø
10
æ x +1 x -1 ö (22-07-2021/Shift-2)
ç 2/3 1/3
- 1/ 2 ÷
, where x ¹ 0,1 is equal to
è x - x +1 x - x ø
59. The sum of all those terms which are rational numbers in
_________ ? (25-07-2021/Shift-1) 12
æ 13 1
ö
53. The ratio of the coefficient of the middle term in the the expansion of çç 2 + 3
4
÷÷ is: (25-07-2021/Shift-2)
20 è ø
expansion of 1 + x and the sum of the coefficients of
(a) 27 (b) 89
19
two middle terms in expansion of 1 + x is ?
(c) 35 (d) 43
(25-07-2021/Shift-1)
60. If the greatest value of the term independent of ' x ' in the 67. If 20
C r is the co-efficient of x r in the expansion of
æ cos a ö
10 10! 20
expansion of ç x sin a + a ÷ is 2 , then the 2 20
è x ø 5! 1+ x
20
, then the value of år
r =0
C r is equal to :
value of ' a ' is equal to: (25-07-2021/Shift-2)

(26-08-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 2 (b) –1
(a) 420 ´ 219 (b) 420 ´ 218
(c) 1 (d) –2
(c) 380 ´ 218 (d) 380 ´ 219
10100
æ 1 ö
61. The lowest integer which is greater than ç1 + 100 ÷ is 68. 3 ´ 7 22 + 2 ´10 22 - 44 when divided by 18 leaves the
è 10 ø
______. (25-07-2021/Shift-2) remainder ___________. (27-08-2021/Shift-2)
(a) 3 (b) 4
æ 36 ö
(c) 2 (d) 1 69. If ç 4 ÷ k is the term independent of x in the binomial
è4 ø
62. If the coefficients of x 7 and x 8 in the expansion of
12
n æ x 12 ö
æ xö expansion of ç - 2 ÷ , then k is equal to
ç 2 + ÷ are equal, then the value of n is equal to___. è4 x ø
è 3ø
__________ ? (31-08-2021/Shift-1)
(25-07-2021/Shift-2)
70. If the coefficient of a 7 b8 in the expansion of
63. Let n Î N and x denote the greatest integer less than 10
a + 2b + 4ab is K × 216 , then K is equal to______.
or equal to x. If the sum of n + 1 terms of
(31-08-2021/Shift-2)
n
C0 , 3.n C1 , 5.n C 2 , 7.n C3 , …..is equal to 2100 .101, then
71. Let n be a positive integer. Let
é n - 1ù
2ê ú is equal to________. (25-07-2021/Shift-2) n éæ 1 ö k æ 3 ök æ 7 ö k æ 15 ö k æ 31 ök ù
ë 2 û A = å (-1) k n Ck êç ÷ + ç ÷ + ç ÷ + ç ÷ + ç ÷ ú
k =0 êëè 2 ø è 4 ø è 8 ø è 16 ø è 32 ø úû
n
64. If the sum of the coefficients in the expansion of x + y
is 4096, than greatest coefficient in the expansion 1
If 63A = 1 - , then n is equal to ____.
is_______ ? (01-09-2021/Shift-2) 230
(16-03-2021/Shift-2)
ìæ n ö
ænö é n ù ïç ÷ , if 0 £ k £ n 72. If n is the number of irrational terms in the expansion of
= k
65. Let ç ÷ denote n C k and êë k úû íè ø
èkø ï0 , otherwise
æ 14 1
ö
60
î
çç 3 + 58 ÷÷ , then n - 1 is divisible by
è ø
9
æ 9 ö é 12 ù 8 æ 8 ö é 13 ù
If A k = å ç ÷ ê ú + å ç i ÷ ê13 - k + i ú and (16-03-2021/Shift-1)
i = 0 è i ø ë12 - k + i û i=0 è ø ë û
(a) 8 (b) 26
A 4 - A 3 = 190p, then p is equal to _______.
(c) 7 (d) 30
(26-08-2021/Shift-2)
6
6
20 2
73. The value of å Cr . 6 C 6 - r is equal to :
20
66. å
k =0
Ck is equal to: (27-08-2021/Shift-1) r=0
(17-03-2021/Shift-2)
41 40
(a) C 20 (b) C 20 (a) 1024 (b) 1124
(c) 40
C 21 (d) 40
C19 (c) 1324 (d) 924
74. Let the coefficients of third, fourth and fifth terms in the
æ n ö ì n Cr , if n ³ r ³ 0
80. For integers n and r, let ç r ÷ = í
æ a ö
n
è ø î0, otherwise
expansion of ç x + 2 ÷ , x ¹ 0, be in the ratio 12 : 8 : 3.
è x ø The maximum value of k for which the sum
Then the term independent of x in the expansion, is equal k
æ10 ö æ 15 ö k +1
æ12 ö æ 13 ö
to ............ . å ç i ÷ ç k - i ÷ + å ç i ÷ ç k + 1 - i ÷ is maximum, is
i =0 è øè ø i=0 è øè ø
(Round off the answer to nearest integer) equal to ____. (24-02-2021/Shift-2)
(17-03-2021/Shift-2) 81. The value of
75. If (2021)3762 is divided by 17, then the remainder is - 15 C1 + 2 15 C 2 - 3 15 C3 + ××× - 15 15 C15
……………. . (17-03-2021/Shift-1) + 14 C1 + 14 C3 + 14 C5 + ××× + 14 C11 (24-02-2021/Shift-1)

76. The term independent of x in the expansion of (a) 214 (b) 213 - 13
10
é x +1 x -1 ù (c) 216 (d) 213 - 14
ê 2/3 1/3
- 1/ 2 ú
, x ¹ 1, is equal to
ëx - x +1 x - x û 82. If the reminder when x is divided by 4 is 3, then the
2022
remainder when 2020 + x is divided by 8
_______. (18-03-2021/Shift-2)
is_______. (25-02-2021/Shift-2)
77. Let n C r denote the binomial coefficient of x r in the 83. The maximum value of the term independent of ‘t’ in the
expansion of (1 + x) n . If æ 1 1 10
ö
ç tx 5 + 1 - x 10
÷
10 expansion of ç t ÷ where x Î 0,1 is
ç ÷
å (22 + 3k) n Ck = a.310 + b.210 , a, b Î R, then a + b
k =0
è ø
(26-02-2021/Shift-1)
is equal to _______. (18-03-2021/Shift-2)
10! 2.10!
78. Let (1 + x + 2x 2 ) 20 = a 0 + a1 x + a 2 x 2 + ...... + a 40 x 40 . (a) (b)
3(5!) 2 3 3(5!) 2
Then, a1 + a 3 + a 5 + ..... + a 37 is equal to :
10! 2.10!
(18-03-2021/Shift-1) (c) (d)
3(5!) 2
3(5!) 2
(a) 2 20 (220 - 21) (b) 219 (2 20 + 21)
84. Let m, n Î N and gcd 2, n = 1. If
(c) 219 (2 20 - 21) (d) 2 20 (220 + 21) æ 30 ö æ 30 ö æ 30 ö æ 30 ö

30 ç ÷ + 29 ç ÷ +¼.. + 2 ç ÷ + 1 ç ÷ = n × 2m , then
79. If n ³ 2 is a positive integer, then the sum of the series è0ø è1ø è 28 ø è 29 ø
n +1 2
æ ænö n ö
C2 + 2 C2 + 3 C2 + 4 C2 +¼. + n C2 is n + m is equal to _____ . ç Here ç k ÷ = C k ÷
è è ø ø
(24-02-2021/Shift-2) (26-02-2021/Shift-1)
2
n(n + 1)(2n + 1) 85. If the fourth term in the expansion of ( x + x log x )7 is 2
(a) n(n + 1) (n + 2) (b)

12 6 4480, then the value of x where x Î N is equal to :
(17-03-2021/Shift-1)
n(2n + 1)(3n + 1)
(c) n(n - 1)(2n + 1) (d) (a) 4 (b) 2
6 6
(c) 3 (d) 1

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 8. In the binomial expansion of (a – b)n, n ³ 5, the sum of the
5th and 6th terms is zero. Then, a/b equals
1. The ratio of the coefficient of x10 in (1-x2)10 and the term
n -5 n-4
10 (a) (b)
æ 2ö 6 5
independent of x in ç x - ÷ , is
è x ø
5 6
(a) 1 : 16 (b) 1 : 32 (c) (d)
n-4 n -5
(c) 1 : 64 (d) none of these
9. The greatest value of the term independent of x in the
n expansion of (x sin a + x–1 cos a)10, a Î R, is
æ 1ö
2. If the fourth term in the expansion of ç px + ÷ is
è xø 10!
(a) 25 (b)
independent of x, then the value of term is (5!)2
(a) 5p3 (b) 10p3

10!
(c) 20p3 (d) none of these (c) (d) none of these
25 ´ (5!) 2
3. The greatest coefficent in the expansion of (1 + x)2n is
10. If the ratio of 7th term from the beginning to the seventh
(a) 2nCn (b) 2nCn–1
x
(c) 2nCn–2 (d) none of these æ 1 ö 1
term from the end in the expansion of ç 3 2 + 3 ÷ is
è 3ø 6
4. Which of the following expression is divisible by 1225 ?
(a) 62n – 35n–1 (b) 62n – 35n+1 then x, is
(c) 62n – 35n (d) 62n – 35n+2 (a) 9 (b) 6, 15
5. The number of distinct terms in the expansion of (c) 12, 9 (d) none of these
(x + y – z)16 is 11. The sum of coefficients of the two middle terms in the
(a) 136 (b) 153 expansions of (1 + x)2n – 1 is equal to :
(c) 16 (d) 17 (a) (2n – 1)Cn (b) (2n – 1)Cn + 1
6. The total number of terms in the expansion of (c) 2nCn – 1 (d) 2nCn
(a + b + c + d)n, n Î N is 12. The greatest term (numerically) in the expansion of
3
n n +1 n + 2 n n +1 n + 2 n + 3 (2 + 3x)9, when x = , is
(a) (b) 2
6 6
5 ´ 311 5 ´ 313
(a) (b)
n +1 n + 2 n + 3 2 2
6
7 ´ 313
7. If rth and (r + 1)th term in the expansion of (1 + x)n are 2
equal, then n = 13. The greatest term (numerically) in the expansion of
1+ x r - x 1+ x r - x 1
(a) (b) (3 – 5x)11, when x = is
4x 3x 5
(a) 55 × 39 (b) 46 × 39
1+ x r - x 1+ x r - x (c) 55 × 36 (d) none of these
(c) (d)
x r
14. If 7103 is divided by 25, then the remainder is 25. The sum 1. 20C1 –2. 20C2 + 3. 20C3 – .....–20C20 is equal to
(a) 20 (b) 16 (a) 219 (b) 0
(c) 18 (d) 15 (c) 220 – 1 (d) none of these
15. The last digit of the number (32)32 is 26. 1. nC1 + 2, nC2 + 3. nC3 + ....+ n. nCn is equal to
(a) 4 (b) 6
n n +1
(c) 8 (d) none of these (a) .2n (b) 2n+1–3
4
16. 97 + 79 is divisible by
(c) n2n–1 (d) none of these
(a) 6 (b) 24
(c) 64 (d) 72 27. If Cr stands for nCr, then the sum of the series
17. The number 525 – 325 is divisible by : ænö ænö

2 ç ÷! ç ÷ !
(a) 2 (b) 3 è 2 ø è 2 ø é C 2 - 2C2 + 3C 2 - .... + ( -1)n (n +1) C 2 ù
n! ë 0 1 2 nû
(c) 5 (d)7
18. If 0 £ r £ n, then the coefficient of xr in the expansion of where n is an even positive integer, is equal to :
2 n
P = 1 + (1 + x) + (1 + x) + ..... + (1 + x) is (a) (–1)n/2 (n + 2) (b) (–1)n (n + 1)
(a) nCr (b) n+1Cr+1 (c) (–1)n/2 (n + 1) (d) none of these
(c) nCr+1 (d) none of these
28. If A = 2nC0. 2nC1 + 2nC1 2n–1C1 + 2nC2 2n–2C1 + .....then A is
(a) 0 (b) 2n
-5
40 æ 1 ö (c) n22n (d) 1
1+ x2 .ç x2 + 2 + 2 ÷ is
è x ø 29. The coefficient of x50 in the expansion : (1 + x)1000 + 2x
(1 + x)999 + 3x2 (1 + x)998 +...+1001 terms
(a) 30C10 (b) 30C25
(c) 1 (d) none of these (a) 1002C50 (b) 1002C51
(c) 1005C50 (d) 1005C48
20. The integral part of ( 2 + 1)6 is:
n n
1 r t
(a) 198 (b) 197 30. If s n = å n and t n = å n then n is equal to
r =0 Cr r =0 Cr s n
(c) 196 (d)163
1 n n
21. If =1 + a1x + a2x2 + ..., then the value of ar is (a) (b) -1
1 - 2x + x 2 2 2
(a) 2r (b) r + 1 2n - 1
(c) r (d) r – 1 (c) n – 1 (d)
2
6
50 32
22. The value of C4 + å 56 - r C3 is 31. If 7 divides 3232 , the remainder is :
r =1
(a) 1 (b) 0
(a) 56C4 (b) 56C3
(c) 4 (d) 6
(c) 55C3 (d) 55C4
32. The term independent of x in the expansion of (1 + x)n
23. If n is a positive integer greater than 1, then
n
a – nC1(a – 1) + nC2(a – 2) – ....+ (–1)n (a – n) is equal to æ 1 ö is :
ç1 + ÷
(a) n (b) a è xø
24. If (1 +x) 15 = C 0 + C 1 x+C 2 x 2 +....+ C 15 x 15 , then (a) C02 + 2C12 + 3C22 + ... + (n + 1)Cn2
15 (b) (C0 + C1 + C2 + ... + Cn)2
C02 -15 C12 +15 C22 -15 C32 + ....15 C15
2
is equal to
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) C02 + C12 + ... + Cn2

(c) –1 (d) none of these (d) none of these
n 42. The coefficient of x99 in the polynomial

æ 1 ö
33. The number of terms in the expansion of ç x 2 + 1 + 2 ÷ , (x – 1) (x – 2) .... (x – 100) is .....
è x ø
n Î N is. Match the Following
(a) 2n (b) 3n
(c) 2n + 1 (d) 3n + 1 representing matching of elements from Column-I and
34. Integral part of (7 + 4 3) n is (n Î N)
(a) an even number corresponding to the correct matching.
(b) an odd number
43. Match the entries in Column-I representing in n with their
(c) an even or an odd number depending upon the of n
values given in Column-II.
(d) none of these
Column I Column II
(A) 16 C n + 16
C n +1 + (P) 15
25
35. In the expansion of (x + y + z)
17 18
25
Cn+2 ³ C 2n -1
(a) every term is of the form Cr . r C k . x 25 - r .y r - 5 .z k
16 17
(b) the coefficient of x8y9z9 is 0 (B) Cn +5 £ Cn + 6 (Q) 6
(c) the number of term is 325
(C) 12 ´ (n C6 )2 £ 7 ´ (R) 7
(d) none of these.
36. Element in set of values of r for which, ( n +1 C5 ) ´ ( n +1 C7 )
18
C r - 2 + 2. 18 C r -1 + 18
Cr ³ 20
C13 is : (D) 2 ´ ( n -1 C 4 - n -1
C3 ) (S) 12
(a) 9 (b) 5
< 5 ´ (n -2 C2 )
(c) 7 (d) 10
37. The expansion of (3x + 2)-1/2 is valid in ascending powers The correct matching is
of x, if x lies in the interval (a) A–Q, R ; B–Q, R ; C–P, Q, R, S; D–Q, R
(a) (0, 2/3) (b) (-3/2, 3/2) (b) A–Q ; B–Q, R ; C–P, Q, R, S; D–Q, R
(c) (-2/3, 2/3) (d) (-¥, -3 / 2) (3 / 2, ¥) (c) A–Q, R ; B–Q ; C–P, Q, R, S; D–Q, R
(d) A–Q, R ; B–Q, R ; C–P, Q, S; D–Q, R
44. Match the following with their no. of terms.
n n n
38. If Cr–1 = 36, Cr = 84 and Cr+1 = 126, then r = Column-I Column-II
39. Let the co-efficients of xn in (1 + x)2n & (1 + x)2n-1 be P & Q 3
(A) (x1 + x2+ x3……+ xn) (P) infinite
4
æP+Qö (B) (x1 + x2 + x3)n (Q) n + 2C3
respectively, then ç ÷ =
è P ø
(C) (1 - x) -3 (| x |< 1) (R) £ 2n + 1
40. Sum of square of all possible values of ‘r’ satisfying the
equation (D) (1+ x + x2)n (S) n+2C2
39 39 39 39 The correct matching is
C3r -1 - Cr 2 = Cr 2 -1 - C3r is :
(a) A– Q; B–S; C–R; D–Q
10
1 1 1 1 (2 - 1) (b) A –S; B–S; C–P; D–R
41. If + + + ...... + = then find
1!10! 2!9! 3!8! 10!1! k10! (c ) A –Q; B –S; C–R; D–R
the value of k.
(d) A –Q; B –S; C–P; D–R
Text 48. Prove that C0 – 22 . C1 + 32 . C2 – ..... + (–1)n (n + 1)2 . Cn = 0,

n > 2 where Cr = nCr.
45. Let n be a positive integer and
49. Prove that : (2nC0)2 – (2nC1)2 + (2nC2)2 + ... + (2nC2n)2
(1 + x + x2)n = a0 + a1x + ..... + a2nx2n.
= (–1)n.2n Cn.
2 2 2
Show that a 0 - a1 + ..... + a 2n = a n . 50. Prove that :
46. Given sn = 1 + q + q2 + ..... + qn C12 - 2.C22 + 3.C32 - ...... - 2n.C2n

2 n
= -1 n. 2n Cn
2 n
q + 1 æ q +1 ö æ q +1 ö
Sn =1+ +ç ÷ + .... + ç ÷ ,q ¹ 1 .
2 è 2 ø è 2 ø
Prove that n+1C1 + n+1C2s1 + n+1C3s2 +
.... + n+1Cn+1sn = 2nSn
47. Find the sum of the series :
n
r n é 1 3r 7r 15r ù
å (-1) Cr ê r + 2r + 3r + 4r ....upto mtermsú
2 2 2 2
r =0 ë û

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. For r = 0, 1, ...., 10, let Ar, Br and Cr denote, respectively, the
coefficient of xr in the expansions of (1 + x)10, (1+x)20 and
ænö æ n ö æ n ö
1. For 2 £ r £ n, ç ÷ + 2 ç ÷+ç ÷ is equal to : (2000) 10
è r ø è r -1ø è r - 2 ø (1 + x)30. Then åA r (B10 Br - C10 A r ) is equal to (2010)
r =1
æ n + 1ö æ n + 1ö
(a) ç ÷ (b) 2 ç ÷ 2
è r -1 ø è r -1 ø (a) B10 – C10 (b) A10 B10 - C10 A10
æn +2ö (c) 0 (d) C10 – B10

æ n + 2ö
(c) 2 ç ÷ (d) ç ÷
è r ø è r ø 8. Coefficient of x 11 in the expansion of
2 4 3 7 4 12
(1 + x ) (1 + x ) (1 + x ) is (2014)
2. In the binomial expansion of (a – b)n, n ³ 5 the sum of the
5th and 6th terms is zero. Then a/b equals : (2001) (a) 1051 (b) 1106
(c) 1113 (d) 1120

n -5 n-4
(a) (b)
6 5 Numerical Value Type Questions
5 6 9. The coefficient of three consecutive terms (1 + x)n+5 are in

(c) (d)
n-4 n -5 the ratio 5 : 10 : 14. Then, n is equal to (2013)

m
æ10 öæ 20 ö æpö
3. The sum å ç ÷ç ÷ , where ç ÷ = 0 if p > q, is maximum (1 + x) (1 + x2) (1 + x3) … (1 + x100) is (2015)
i =0 è i øè m - i ø èqø
11. Let m be the smallest positive integer such that the
when m is : (2002)
coefficient of x2 in the expansion of
(a) 5 (b) 10
(1 + x)2 + (1 + x)3 +…..+ (1 + x)49 + (1 + mx)50 is (3n + 1) 51C3
(c) 15 (d) 20
for some positive integer n. Then the value of n is(2016)
4. Coefficient of t24 in (1 + t2)12 (1 + t12) (1 + t24) is : (2003)
12. Let X = (10C1)2 + 2(10C2)2 + 3(10C3)2 +..... + 10(10C10)2, where
(a) 12C6 + 3 (b) 12C6 + 1
10
Cr , r Î {1, 2, ..., 10} denote binomial coefficients. Then,
(c) 12C6 (d) 12C6 + 2
5. If n – 1Cr = (k2 – 3) nCr + 1, then k belong to : (2004) 1
the value of X is ______ (2018)
1430
(a) (-¥, - 2] (b) [2, ¥)
(c) éë - 3, 3 ùû (d) ( 3, 2]
é ån k å
n
nC k2
k
ù
ê ú
13. Suppose det ê k =n 0 k =o
n ú = 0 holds for some
n n C 3k
æ 30 öæ 30 ö æ 30 öæ 30 ö æ 30 öæ 30 ö ê å Ck k å k ú
6. ç ÷ç ÷ - ç ÷ç ÷ + .... + ç ÷ç ÷ is equal to ë k =0 k =0 û
è 0 øè 10 ø è 1 øè 11 ø è 20 øè 30 ø
(2005)
n n
Ck
30
(a) C11 60
(b) C10 positive integer n. Then å k +1
k =0
equals. (2019)
30 65
(c) C10 (d) C55
Text 15. Prove that
14. For any positive integers m, n (with n > m), æ n öæ n ö æ n öæ n -1 ö k - 2 æ n öæ n - 2 ö

2 k ç ÷ç ÷ - 2k -1 ç ÷ç ÷ + 2 ç ÷ç ÷ - .....
è 0 øè k ø è 1 øè k -1 ø è 2 øè k - 2 ø
ænö
let ç ÷ = n C m . Prove that
èmø æ n öæ n - k ö æ n ö
+ (-1)k ç ÷ç ÷=ç ÷ (2003)
è k øè 0 ø è k ø
æ n ö æ n -1 ö æ n - 2 ö æ m ö æ n +1 ö
ç ÷+ç ÷+ç ÷ + ... + ç ÷ = ç ÷
m
è ø è m ø è m ø è m ø è m +1ø
Hence, or otherwise, prove that
æ n ö æ n -1 ö æ n - 2 ö æ mö æ n+ 2 ö
ç ÷ + 2ç ÷ + 3ç ÷ + .... + n - m +1 ç ÷ = ç ÷
èmø è m ø è m ø è mø è m+2ø
(2000)
BINOMIAL THEOREM

Chapter 13 151
NOTES :
1. FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF COUNTING
1. Let r and n be positive integers such that l £ r £ n. Then,
1.1 Fundamental Principle of Multiplication
the number of all permutations of n distinct items or
objects taken r at a time, is

If an event can occur in m different ways following which
n
another event can occur in n different ways following which Pr = nCr × r !
another event can occur in p different ways. Then the total

Proof : Total ways = n(n – 1)(n – 2) . . . (n - r - 1)
number of ways of simultaneous happening of all these
events in a definite order is m × n × p.
1.2 Fundamental Principle of Addition n(n - 1)(n - 2)...(n - r - 1)(n - r)!

=
(n - r)!
If there are two jobs such that they can be performed
independently in m and n ways respectively, then either of
n!
the two jobs can be performed in (m + n) ways. =
(n - r )!
2. SOME BASIC ARRANGEMENTS AND SELECTIONS

= nPr.
2.1 Combinations So, the total no. of arrangements (permutations) of n-
distinct items, taking r at a time is nPr or P(n, r).

Each of the different selections made by taking some or all
2. The number of all permutations (arrangements) of n
of a number of distinct objects or items, irrespective of their
distinct objects taken all at a time is n!.
arrangements or order in which they are placed, is called a
combination. 3. The number of ways of selecting r items or objects from
a group of n distinct items or objects, is
2.2 Permutations
n!
Each of the different arrangements which can be made by = n Cr .
(n - r )! r!
taking some or all of a number of distinct objects is called a
permutation.
152
3. GEOMETRIC APPLICATIONS OF nCr 4. PERMUTATIONS UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS

The number of all permutations (arrangements) of n different
(i) Out of n non-concurrent and non-parallel straight lines,
objects taken r at a time :
points of intersection are nC2.
(i) When a particular object is to be always included in
(ii) Out of ‘n’ points the number of straight lines are (when
each arrangement, is n–1Cr–1 × r ! .
n
no three are collinear) C2 .
(ii) When a particular object is never taken in each
(iii) If out of n points m are collinear, then No. of straight
arrangement, is n – 1Cr × r!.
n m
lines = C2 – C2 + 1
(iv) In a polygon total number of diagonals out of n points 5. DIVISION OF OBJECTS INTO GROUPS
n ( n - 3) 5.1 Division of items into groups of unequal sizes

(no three are collinear) = nC2 – n = .
2
1. The number of ways in which (m + n) distinct items can
(v) Number of triangles formed from n points is nC3 . be divided into two unequal groups containing
(when no three points are collinear)
m+n !
m and n items, is .
(vi) Number of triangles out of n points in which m are m!n!
collinear, is nC3 – mC3 .
2. The number of ways in which (m+ n+ p) items can be
(vii) Number of triangles that can be formed out of n points
(when none of the side is common to the sides of divided into unequal groups containing m, n, p items, is
polygon), is nC3 – nC1 – nC1 . n – 4C1

m+n+p !
m+n+p
Cm . n + pCm = .
(viii) Number of parallelograms in two systems of parallel m!n ! p!
lines (when 1st set contains m parallel lines and 2nd set
contains n parallel lines), is = nC2 × mC2 3. The number of ways to distribute (m + n+ p) items among
(ix) Number of squares in two system of perpendicular 3 persons in the groups containing m, n and p items
parallel lines (when 1st set contains m equally spaced = (No. of ways to divide) × (No. of groups)!
nd
parallel lines and 2 set contains n same spaced parallel
lines) m+n+p !
= ´ 3!.
m!n!p!
m -1
= å (m - r)(n - r); (m < n )
r =1
5.2 Division of Objects into groups of equal size
(x) The maximum number of parts into which a plane is cut The number of ways in which mn different objects can be
divided equally into m groups, each containing n objects
n2 + n + 2
by n lines is and the order of the groups is not important, is
2
153
4. Suppose there are r things to be arranged, allowing

æ mn ! ö 1
ç ÷ repetitions. Let further pl, p2, ...., pr be the integers such
ç n! m ÷ m !
è ø
that the first object occurs exactly p1 times, the second
occurs exactly p2 times subject, etc. Then the total

The number of ways in which mn different items can be
number of permutations of these r objects to the above
divided equally into m groups, each containing n objects
condition, is
and the order of groups is important, is
(p1 + p 2 + ... + p r )!
æ mn ! 1 ö mn ! .
ç ´ ÷ m! = p!p 2 !p 3 !....p r !
ç n! m m! ÷ n!
m
è ø
7. DISTRIBUTION OF ALIKE OBJECTS

6. PERMUTATIONS OF ALIKE OBJECTS (i) The total number of ways of dividing n identical items
among r persons, each one of whom, can receive 0, 1,
1. The number of mutually distinguishable permutations 2, or more items (£ n), is n + r – 1Cr – 1.
of n things, taken all at a time, of which p are alike of one OR
kind, q alike of second kind such that p + q = n, is The total number of ways of dividing n identical objects
into r groups, if blank groups are allowed, is n + r – 1Cr – 1.
n! (ii) The total number of ways of dividing n identical items

p!q! among r persons, each of whom, receives at least one
item is n – 1Cr – 1.
OR
2. The number of permutations of n things, of which p are
The number of ways in which n identical items can be
alike of one kind, q are alike of second kind and remaining divided into r groups such that blank groups are not
allowed, is n – 1Cr – 1.
n! (iii) The number of ways in which n identical items can be
all are distinct, is . Here p + q ¹ n
p!q!
divided into r groups so that no group contains less
than k items and more than m (m < k) is
3. The number of permutations of n things, of which p1 are The coefficient of xn in the expansion of
alike of one kind; p2 are alike of second kind; p3 are alike (xm + xm + 1 + . . . . xk)r
of third kind; ..... ; pr are alike of rth kind such that

8. NO. OF INTEGRAL SOLUTIONS OF LINEAR
EQUATIONS AND INEQUATIONS
n!
p1 + p2 + . . . + pr = n, is .
p1 !p2 !p3 !....pr !
Consider the eqn. x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 + . . . .+ xr = n ...(i)
where x1, x2,. . . . ., xr and n are non–negative integers.
154
This equation may be interpreted as that n identical objects 3. The total number of ways of selecting zero or more items
are to be divided into r groups. from a group of n identical items is (n + 1).
1. The total no. of non-negative integral solutions of the
equation x1 + x2 + ....+ xr = n is n + r –1Cr –1. 4. The total number of selections of some or all out of
2. The total number of solutions of the same equation in p + q + r items where p are alike of one kind, q are alike of
n–1
the set N of natural numbers is Cr– 1. second kind and rest are alike of third kind, is
3. In order to solve inequations of the form [(p + 1)(q + 1)(r+ 1)]– 1.
x1 + x2 + . . . . .+ xm  n
5. The total number of ways of selecting one or more items
we introduce a dummy (artificial) variable xm + 1 such
from p identical items of one kind; q identical items of
that x1 +x2 + . . . . + xm + xm + 1 = n, where xm + 1  0.
second kind; r identical items of third kind and n different
The no. of solutions of this equation are same as the no. of
items, is (p + 1) (q + 1)(r + 1) 2n – 1
solutions of in Eq. (i).
9. CIRCULAR PERMUTATIONS 11. THE NUMBER OF DIVISORS AND THE SUM OF

THE DIVISORS OF A GIVEN NATURAL NUMBER
1. The number of circular permutations of n distinct objects
is (n – l)!.
n n n n
Let N  p11 .p22 .p33 .....pk k ...(1)
2. If anti-clockwise and clockwise order of arrangements are
not distinct then the number of circular permutations of n
where pl, p2, . . . . , pk are distinct prime numbers and
distinct items is 1/2 {(n – 1)!}
n1, n2,....,nk are positive integers.
e.g., arrangements of beads in a necklace, arrangements
of flowers in a garland etc. 1. Total number of divisors of N = (n1 + 1)(n2 + 1) . . .(nk + 1).
2. This includes 1 and n as divisors. Therefore, number of

10. SELECTION OF ONE OR MORE OBJECTS divisors other than 1 and n, is
(n1 + 1)(n2 + 1)(n3 + 1). . . . .(nk + 1) – 2.

1. The number of ways of selecting one or more items from a
3. The sum of all divisors of (1) is given by
group of n distinct items is 2n – 1.
Proof : Out of n items, 1 item can be selected in nCl ways;  p n 1 1  1  p n 2 1  1  p n 3 1  1  p n k 1  1 
3
n  1 
2
 ....
k
.
2 items can be selected in C2 ways; 3 items can be p  1 p  1 p  1
 1  2  3   p k  1 
selected in nC3 ways and so on......
Hence, the required number of ways

12. DEARRANGEMENTS
= nC1 + nC2 + nC3 + . . . . + nCn
= (nC0 + nC1 + nC2 + . . . . + nCn) – nC0 If n distinct objects are arranged in a row, then the no. of
ways in which they can be dearranged so that none of them
= 2n – 1.
occupies its original place, is
2. The number of ways of selecting r items out of n identical
items is 1 .
SCAN CODE
155
a a a
ì 1 1 1 1 1ü 13.3 Let n be a positive integer and n = p1 1 p2 2 ... p k k be a prime
n!í1 - + - + - .... + - 1 n ý
î 1! 2! 3! 4! n!þ
decomposition of n. Then the number of distinct ordered
and it is denoted by D (n). pairs of positive integers (p, q), such that the least common
multiple of p and q is n, is (2a1 + 1) (2a2 + 1) ... (2ak + 1)
If r (0 £ r £ n) objects occupy the places assigned to them
i.e., their original places and none of the remaining (n - r) 13.4 For any positive integer r, let d r be the number of
objects occupies its original places, then the no. of such derangements of an r-element set. Then
ways, is
n
D(n – r) = nCr . D(n – r) 1 + å n Cr d r = n !
r =1
ì 1 1 1 n -r 1 ü for any integer n > 0 or

= nCr . (n – r) ! í1 - 1! + 2! - 3! + .... + - 1 ý.
( n - r )!þ
î
n
n
13.SOME IMPORTANT RESULT OF PERMUTATION å Cr d r = n ! where d 0 = 1
r =0
AND COMBINATION
n -1
13.1 Let X and Y be non-empty finite sets, |X| = m and |Y| = n.
and d 0 = n !- å n Cr d r
Then r =0
1. The number of functions from Y into X is mn.
2. The number of injections (one-one functions) from Y

into X is zero it m < n, and mCn .n! (= mPn) if m ³ n.
3. The number of bijections of Y onto X is zero if m ¹ n,

and m! if m = n.
13.2 For any positive integers m and r such that m ³ r, let am(r) be
the number of surjections of an m-element set onto an r-
r
r
element set. Then å C sa m ( s ) = r m
s =1
PERMUTATION AND COMBINATION 156
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Find the number of different signals that can be generated How many numbers divisible by 5 and lying between 4000
and 5000 can be formed from the digits 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
by arranging at least 2 flags in order (one below the other)
on a vertical staff, if five different flags are available. Sol. Clearly, a number between 4000 and 5000 must have 4 at
thousand’s place. Since the number is divisible by 5 it must
Sol. Since a signal may consist of either 2 flags, 3 flags, 4 flags or have 5 at unit’s place. Now, each of the remaining places
5 flags. Therefore, (viz. hundred’s and ten’s) can be filled in 5 ways.
Hence, total number of required numbers = 1×5×5×1=25.
Total number of signals = Number of 2 flags signals
+ Number of 3 flags signals Example – 5
The flag of a newly formed forum is in the form of three

+ Number of 4 flags signals blocks, each to be coloured differently. If there are six
different colours on the whole to choose from, how many
such designs are possible ?
+ Number of 5 flags signals Sol. Since there are six colours to choose from, therefore, first
block can be coloured in 6 ways. After choosing first block
=5×4+5×4×3+5×4×3×2+5×4×3×2×1 second and third can be choosen in 5 and 4 ways
respectively.
= 20 + 60 + 120 + 120 = 320
Hence, by the fundamental principle of multiplication, the
number of flag-designs is 6×5×4 = 120.
Example – 2
Example – 6
Find the total number of ways of answering 5 objective
type questions, each question having 4 choices. Find the number of 4 letter words, with or without meaning,
which can be formed out of the letters of the word ROSE,
Sol. Since each question can be answered in 4 ways. So, the
when
total number of ways of answering 5 questions is 4×4×4×4×4
(i) the repetition of the letters is not allowed.
= 45.
(ii) the repetition of the letters is allowed.
Sol. (i) The total number of words is same as the number of ways
Example – 3
of filling in 4 vacant places by the 4 letters. The first place
can be filled in 4 different ways by any one of the 4 letters R,
How many three-digit numbers more than 600 can be
O, S, E. Since the repetition of letters is not allowed.
formed by using the digits 2, 3, 4, 6, 7. Therefore, the second, third and fourth place can be filled in
Sol. Clearly, repetition of digits is allowed. Since a three-digit by any one of the remaining 3, 2, 1 different ways respectively.
number greater than 600 will have 6 or 7 at hundred’s place. Thus, by the fundamental principle of counting the required
number of ways is 4×3×2×1 = 24.
So, hundred’s place can be filled in 2 ways. Each of the ten’s
and one’s place can be filled in 5 ways. Hence, required number of words = 24.
(ii) If the repetition of the letters is allowed, then each of the 4
Hence, total number of required numbers = 2×5×5=50.
vacant places can be filled in succession in 4 different ways.
Hence, required number of words = 4×4×4×4 = 256.
Example – 7
6! 5! 7!
= ´ ´
How many numbers are there between 100 and 1000 such 3! (6 - 3) ! 3! (5 - 3) ! 3! (7 - 3) ! = 7000
that at least one of their digits is 7 ?
Sol. Clearly, a number between 100 and 1000 has 3-digits Example – 11
\ Total no. of 3-digit nos having atleast one of their digits as 7
In how many ways can a team of 3 boys and 2 girls be
= (3digit nos) - (3-digit no. in which 7 does not appear) selected from 6 boys and 5 girls ?
Total number of 3-digit number = 9×10×10 = 900. Sol. Required number of ways.
Total no. of 3-digit no. in which 7 does not appear at all : We = 6C3 × 5C2
have to form 3-digit nos by using the digits 0 to 9, except 7.
So, hundred’s place can be filled in 8 ways and each of the 6! 5!
= ´
ten’s and one’s place can be filled in 9 ways. 3!(6 - 3) ! 2! (5 - 2) ! = 20 × 10 = 200
So, required ways = 8×9×9 = 648

Hence, total number of 3-digit numbers having at least one Example – 12
of their digits as 7 is 900 – 648 = 252.
Among 22 cricket players, there are 3 wicketkeepers and 6
bowlers. In how many ways can a team of 11 players be
Example – 8
chosen so as to include exactly one wicket keeper and
atleast 4 bowlers ?
Find the exponent of 2 in 50 ! ?
Sol. We have to choose 11 players which include exactly 1 wicket
é 50 ù é 50 ù é 50 ù é 50 ù é 50 ù keeper and atleast 4 bowlers.
Sol. E 2 50! = ê ú + ê 2 ú + ê 3 ú + ê 4 ú + ê 5 ú
ë 2 û ë2 û ë2 û ë2 û ë2 û Combinations include 1 wicket keeper – 4 bowlers,
= 25 + 12 + 6 + 3 + 1 = 47. 1 wicket keeper – 5 bowlers and 1 wicket keeper – 6 bowlers

Total number of combinations.
Example – 9 = 3C1 × 6C4 × 13C6 + 3C1 × 6C5 × 13C5 + 3C1 × 6C6 × 13C4
Find the number of triangles obtained by joining 10 points = 77220 + 23166 + 2145 = 102531
on a plane if ?
Example – 13
(i) no three of which are collinear
(ii) four points are collinear In how many ways can 5 students be selected out of 11
Sol. (i) Since no three point are collinear, any three non-collinear students if
points can be selected to form a triangle. (i) 2 particular students are included ?
Number of triangles required = 10C3 = 120 (ii) 2 particular students are not included ?
(ii) If four points are collinear Sol. There are 11 students, we have to select 5 students.
10 4
Required no. of triangles = C3 – C3 = 120 – 4 = 116 (i) 2 particular students are included then reqd no. of ways
(because selection of 3 collinear point does not make a triangle.)
9! 9 ´ 8 ´ 7 ´ 6!
= 11-2 C5-2 = 9 C3 = = = 84
3!6! 3 ´ 2 ´ 6!
Example – 10
(ii) 2 particular students are not included then reqd no. of ways
Find the number of ways of selecting 9 balls from 6 red
balls, 5 white balls and 7 blue balls if each selection consists 11 - 2 9!
C 5 = 9C 5 =
of 3 balls of each colour. 5!4 !
Sol. The number of ways of selecting 9 balls from 6 red balls, 5
white balls and 7 blue balls containing 3 balls of each colour 9´8´7 ´6
= = 9 ´ 7 ´ 2 = 126
= 6C3 × 5C3 × 7C3 4 ´ 3´ 2
How many different signals can be made by 5 flags from 8 A mixed doubles tennis game is to be arranged from 5 married
flags of different colours ? couples. In how many ways the game be arranged if no
husband and wife pair is included in the same game ?
Sol. The total number of signals is the number of arrangements
of 8 flags by taking 5 flags at a time. Sol. To arrange the game we have to do the following operations.
Hence, required number of signals = 8C5 × 5! = 6720 (i) Select two men from 5 men in 5C2 ways.
(ii) Select two women from 3 women excluding the wives of the
Example – 15 men already selected. This can be done in 3C2 ways.
(iii) Arrange the 4 selected persons in two teams. If the selected
How many different signals can be given using any men are M1 and M2 and the selected women are W1 and W2,
number of flags from 5 flags of different colours ? this can be done in 2 ways :
Sol. The signals can be made by using at a time one or two or M1W1, play against M2W2
three or four or five flags. M2W1 play against M1W2
Hence, by the fundamental principle of addition, Hence the number of ways to arrange the game
5 5 5 5
Total number of signals = P1 + P2 + P3 + P4 + P5 5
= 5C2 3C2 (2) = 10 × 3 × 2 = 60
= 5 + 20 + 60 + 120 + 120 = 325
Example – 19
Example – 16
In how many ways can 7 departments be divided among 3
ministers such that every minister gets at least one and
How many 4-letter words, with or without meaning, can
atmost 4 departments to control ?
be formed out of the letters of the word, ‘LOGARITHMS’,
if repetition of letters is not allowed ? Sol. The ways in which we can divide 7 departments among 3
ministers such that each minister gets atleast 1 and atmost 4.
Sol. There are 10 letters in the word ‘LOGARITHMS’.
S.No. M1 M2 M3
So, the number of 4 - letter words = 10C4 × 4! = 10P4 = 5040
1 4 2 1
Example – 17 2 2 2 3
3 3 3 1
In how many ways can a cricket team be selected from a Note : If we have a case (2, 2, 3), then there is no need to
group of 25 players containing 10 batsmen 8 bowlers, make cases (3, 2, 2) or (2, 3, 2) because we will include them
5 all –rounders and 2 wicketkeepers ? Assume that the whem we apply distribution formula to distribute ways of
team of 11 players requires 5 batsmen, 3 all–rounders. 2– division among ministers.
bowlers and 1 wicketkeepeer. Case I : We divide 7 departements among 3 ministers in
Sol. Divide the selection of team into four operation. number 4, 2, 1 i.e. unequal division. As any minister can get
4 departments, any can get 2 any can get 1 department, we
I: Selection of batsman can be done (5 from 10) in 10C5 ways.
should apply distribution formula.
II : Selection of bowlers can be done (2 from 8) in 8C2 ways.
we get :
III : Selection of all–rounders can be done (3 from 5) in 5C3 ways.
Number of ways to divide and distribute department in
IV : Selection of wicketkeeper can be done (1 from 2) in 2C1 number 4, 2, 1
ways.
é 7 ù
Þ the team can be selected in = 10C5 × 8C2 × 5C3 × 2C1 ways = =ê ú ´ 3! = 630 ....(i)
ë 4 2 1û
10! ´ 8 ´ 7 ´10 ´ 2
= 141120. Case II : It is ‘equal as well as unequal’ division. As any
5! 5! 2!
minister can get any number of departments, we use complete
distribution formula. Example – 21

we get : Find the number of ways in which 8 different flowers can
Number of ways to divide departments in number 2, 2, 3, be strung to form a garland so that 4 particular flowers are
never separated.
é 7 1ù Sol. Considering 4 particular flowers as one group of flower, we
=ê ú ´ 3! = 630 ....(ii) have five flowers (one group of flowers and remaining four
ë 2 2 3 2û
4!
Case III : It is also ‘equal as well as unequal’ division. As flowers) which can be strung to form a garland in ways.
2
any minister can get any number of departments, we use But 4 particular flowers can be arranged themselves in 4!
complete distribution of formula. 4! ´ 4!
ways. Thus, the required number of ways = = 288.
we get : 2
Number of ways to divide and distribute in number 3, 3, 1
Example – 22
é 7 1ù In how many ways 6 letters can be placed in 6 envelopes
=ê 2
ú ´ 3! = 420 ....(iii)
êë 3 1 2 2 úû such that
(a) No letter is placed in its corresponding envelope.
Combining (i), (ii) and (iii), we get number of ways to divide (b) at least 4 letters are placed in correct envelopes.
7 departments among 3 minister
(c) at most 3 letters are placed in wrong envelopes.
= 630 + 630 + 420 = 1680 ways. Sol. (a) Using dearrangement theorem.
Number of ways to place 6 letters in 6 envelopes such that
Example – 20 all are placed in wrong envelopes.
Find the sum of all five–digit numbers that can be formed é 1 1 1 1ù

= 6 ê1 - + - + .... + ú
using digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 if repetition is not allowed ? ë 1 2 3 6û
Sol. There are 5! = 120 five digit numbers and there are 5 digits. = 360 – 120 + 30 – 6 + 1 = 265
Hence by symmetry or otherwise we can see that each digit (b) Number of ways to place letters such that at least 4
will appear in any place letters are placed in correct envelopes
= 4 letters are placed in correct envelopes and 2 are
5! in wrong + 5 letters are placed in correct envelopes and 1 in
(unit’s or ten’s or . . . . . .) times. wrong + All 6 letters are placed in correct envelopes
5
= 6C4 × 1 + 0 (not possible to place 1 in wrong envelope) + 1
Þ X = sum of digits in any place
6´5
= + 1 = 16
5! 5! 5! 5! 5! 2
Þ X= ´ 5 + ´ 4 + ´ 3 + ´ 2 + ´1
5 5 5 5 5 (c) Number of ways to place 6 letters in 6 envelopes such
that at most 3 letters are placed in wrong envelopes = 0
letter is wrong envelope and 6 in correct + 1 letter in wrong
5! 5!
Þ X= ´ 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 15 envelope and 5 in correct 2 letters in wrong envelopes and
5 5 4 are in correct + 3 letters in wrong envelopes and 3 in
correct = 1 + 0 (not possible to place 1 in wrong envelope) +
Þ the sum of all numbers
6C × 1 + 6C é 1 1 1ù
= X + 10X + 100X + 1000X + 10000X 4 3 3 ê1 - + - ú
ë 1 2 3û
= X (1 + 10 + 100 + 1000 + 10000)
6 ´ 5 6 ´ 5 ´ 4 æ 3 - 3ö
5! = 1+ + ç - ÷
= (15)(1 + 10 + 100 + 1000 + 10000) 2 6 è2 3ø
5
= 1 + 15 + 20 × 2 = 56.
= 24 (15) (11111) = 3999960
Example – 23 (ii) The two groups of girls and boys can be arranged in 2!
ways. 5 girls can be arranged among themselves in 5! ways.
How many different words can be formed with the letters
Similarly, 5 boys can be arranged among themselves in 5!
of the word EQUATION so that
ways. Hence, by the fundamental principle of counting, the
(i) the words begin with E ? total number of requisite seating arrangements
(ii) the words begin with E and end with N ? = 2! (5! × 5!) = 2 (5!)2.
Sol. Clearly, the given word contains 8 letters out of which 5 are (iii) The total number of ways in which all the girls are never
vowels and 3 consonants. together
(i) Since all words must begin with E. So, we fix E at the first = Total number of arrangements -
7
place. So, total number of words = P7 = 7 ! Total number of arrangements in which all the girls are
(ii) Since all words must begin with E and end with N. So, we fix always together
E at the first place and N at the last place. 2
= 10!- 2 5!
6
Hence, the required number of words = P6 = 6!
In how many ways 5 boys and 3 girls can be seated in a Five boys and five girls form a line with the boys and girls
row so that no two girls are together ? alternating. Find the number of ways of making the line.
Sol. The 5 boys can be seated in a row in 5P5 = 5! ways. In each Sol. 5 boys can be arranged in a line in 5P5 = 5! ways. Since the
of these arrangements 6 places are created, shown by the boys and girls are alternating. So, corresponding each of
cross-marks, as given below : the 5! ways of arrangements of 5 boys we obtain 5 places
marked by cross as shown below :
×B×B×B×B×B×
(i) B1 × B2 × B3 × B4 × B5 × (ii) × B1 × B2 × B3 × B4× B5.
Since no two girls are to sit together, so we may arrange 3
girls in 6 places. This can be done in 6P3 ways i.e. 3 girls can Clearly, 5 girls can be arranged ir 5 places marked by cross in
be seated in 6P3 ways. (5 ! + 5!) ways.
Hence, the total number of seating arrangements Hence, the total number of ways of making the line
= 5P5 × 6P3 = 5! × 6 × 5 × 4 = 14400. = 5! × (5! + 5!) = 2 (5!)2.
Find the number of ways in which 5 boys and 5 girls be How many five-letter words containing 3 vowels and 2
seated in a row so that consonants can be formed using the letters of the word
‘EQUATION’ so that the two consonants occur together ?
(i) No two girls may sit together.
Sol. There are 5 vowels and 3 consonants in the word
(ii) All the girls sit together and all the boys sit together.
‘EQUATION’ 3 vowels out of 5 and 2 consonants out of 3
(iii) All the girls are never together. can be chosen in 5C 3 × 3C2 ways. As consonants occur
Sol. (i) 5 boys can be seated in a row in 5P5 = 5! ways. Now, in the together, Considering 2 consonants as one letter, we have 4
6
6 gaps 5 girls can be arranged in P5 ways. letters which can be arranged in 4! ways. But two consonants
Hence, the number of ways in which no two girls sit together can be put together in 2! ways. Therefore, 5 letters in each
group can be arranged in 4! × 2! ways.
= 5! × 6P5 = 5! × 6!
The required no. of words = (5C3 × 3C2) × 4!×2!=1440.
How many words with or without meaning, each 2 of How many different words can be formed by using all the
vowels and 3 consonants can be formed from the letters letters of the word ‘ALLAHABAD’ ?
of the word DAUGHTER ? (i) In how many of them vowels occupy the even
Sol. There are 3 vowels and 5 consonants in the word positions?
DAUGHTER out of which 2 vowels and 3 consonants can (ii) In how many of them both L do not come together ?
be chosen in 3C2 × 5C3 ways. These selected five letters can
Sol. There are 9 letters in the word ‘ALLAHABAD’ out of which
now be arranged in 5! ways.
4 are A’s, 2 are L’s and the rest are all distinct.
Hence, required number of words
= 3C2 × 5C3 × 5! 9!
So, the requisite number of words = = 7560 .
4! 2!
= 3 × 10 × 120 = 3600
(i) Four A’s will occupy four even places in 1 way. Now, we are
Example – 29 left with 5 places and 5 letters, of which two are alike (2 L’s)
(i) How many different words can be formed with the 5!

and other distinct, can be arranged in ways.
letters of the word HARYANA ? 2!
(ii) How many of these begin with H and end with N ?
5! 4! 5!
Total no. of reqd. words = ´ = = 60 .
(iii) In how many of these H and N are together ? 2! 4! 2!
Sol. (i) There are 7 letters in which 3 are alike
8!
(ii) The no. of words in which both L come together = = 1680.
7! 7! 4!
So, total number of words = = = 840 .
3!1!1!1!1! 3!
Hence, the no. of words in which both L do not come together
(ii) After fixing H in first place and N in last place, we have 5 = Total no. of words – No. of words in which both L come together
letters out of which three are alike = 7560 – 1680 = 5880.
5!
So, total number of words = = 20 .
3!
(iii) If H and N together we have 6 letters out of which 3 are
6!
alike.These 6 letters can be arranged in ways. But H and N
3!
can be arranged amongst themselves in 2! ways.
6!
Hence, the requisite number of words = × 2! = 120 × 2 = 240.
3!

The fundamental principle of counting 8. The number of all four digit numbers is equal to
(a) 9999 (b) 9000
1. There are 4 letter boxes in a post office. In how many ways 4
can a man post 8 distinct letters ?
9. The number of all four digits numbers with distinct digits is
(a) 4 × 8 (b) 84
(a) 9×10×10×10 (b) 10P4
(c) 48 (d) P (8, 4)
(c) 9 × 9P3 (d) none of these
2. In an examination there are three multiple choice questions
and each question has 4 choices out of which only one is 10. The number of even numbers that can be formed by using
correct. If all the questions are compulsory, then number of the digits 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 taken all at a time (without repetition)
ways in which a student can fail to get all answers correct, is
is (a) 120 (b) 48
(a) 11 (b) 12 (c) 1250 (d) none of these
(c) 27 (d) 63 11. The number of all three digit numbers having no digit as 5 is
3. Every one of the 5 available lamps can be switched on to (a) 252 (b) 225
illuminate certain Hall. The total number of ways in which
the hall can be illuminated, is :
12. All possible three digits even numbers which can be formed
(a) 32 (b) 31
with the condition that if 5 is one of the digit, then 7 is the
(c) 5 (d) 5! next digit is :
4. A new flag is to be designed with six vertical strips using (a) 5 (b) 325
some or all of the colours yellow, green, blue and red. Then,
(c) 345 (d) 365
the number of ways this can be done such that no two
adjacent strips have the same colour is 13. How many of the 900 three digit numbers have at least one
even digit ?
(a) 12 × 81 (b) 16 × 192
(a) 775 (b) 875
(c) 20 × 125 (d) 24 × 216
(c) 450 (d) 750
5. 4 buses run between Bhopal and Gwalior. If a man goes
from Gwalior to Bhopal by a bus and comes back to Gwalior 14. The number of six digit numbers that can be formed from the
by another bus, then the total possible ways are digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 7 so that digits do not repeat and the
terminal digits are even is :
(a) 12 (b) 16
(a) 144 (b) 72
(c) 4 (d) 8
(c) 288 (d) 720
Arrangement & selection for different objects
15. An eight digit number divisible by 9 is to be formed using
digits from 0 to 9 without repeating the digits. The number
6. How many numbers lying between 500 and 600 can be
of ways in which this can be done is:
formed with the help of the digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 when the
digits are not to be repeated (a) 72 7 (b) 18 7
(a) 20 (b) 40
(c) 60 (d) 80 (c) 40 7 (d) 36 7
7. The number of 3 digit odd numbers, that can be formed by 16. 8-digit numbers are formed using the digits 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 4,
using the digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 when the repetition is allowed, 4. The number of such numbers in which the odd digits do
is not occupy odd places, is :
(a) 60 (b) 108 (a) 160 (b) 120
(c) 36 (d) 30 (c) 60 (d) 48
17. Two women and some men participated in a chess 24. There are five different green dyes, four different blue dyes
tournament in which every participant played two games and three different red dyes. The total number of
with each of the other participants. If the number of games combinations of dyes that can be chosen taking at least one
that the men played between themselves exceeds the number green and one blue dye is
of games that the men played with the women by 66, then 12
(a) 3255 (b) 2
the number of men who participated in the tournament lies
in the interval: (c) 3720 (d) none of these
(a) [8, 9] (b) [10, 12) 25. Given 6 different toys of red colour, 5 different toys of blue
colour and 4 different toys of green colour. Combination of
(c) (11, 13] (d) (14, 17)
toys that can be chosen taking at least one red and one blue
18. On the occasion of Deepawali festival each student of a toys are :
class sends greeting cards to the others. If there are 20
students in the class, then the total number of greeting (a) 31258 (b) 31248
cards exchanged by the students is (c) 31268 (d) None of these
(a) 20
C2 (b) 2 .20 C 2 26. A father with 8 children takes them 3 at a time to the
Zoological gardens, as often as he can without taking the
(c) 2.20 P2 (d) None of these same 3 children together more than once. The number of
times he will go to the garden is
19. In a touring cricket team, there are 16 players in all including
5 bowlers and 2 wicket-keepers. How many teams of 11 (a) 336 (b) 112
players from these, can be chosen, so as to include three (c) 56 (d) None of these
bowlers and one wicket-keeper 27. In how many ways can two balls of the same colour be
(a) 650 (b) 720 selected out of 4 distinct black and 3 distinct white balls
(c) 750 (d) 800 (a) 5 (b) 6
20. Three couples (husband and wife) decide to form a (c) 9 (d) 8
committee of three members. The number of different
28. If the letters of the word SACHIN are arranged in all possible
committee that can be formed in which no couple finds a
ways and these words are written out as in dictionary, then
place is :
the word SACHIN appears at serial number
(a) 60 (b) 12
(a) 602 (b) 603
(c) 27 (d) 8
(c) 600 (d) 601
21. 5 Indian and 5 American couples meet at a party and shake
29. If the letters of the word ‘MOTHER’ are written in all possible
hands. If no wife shakes hands with her own husband and
no Indian wife shakes hands with a male, then the number orders and these words are written out as in a dictionary,
of hand shakes that takes place in the party is : find the rank of the word ‘MOTHER’.
(a) 95 (b) 110 (a) 307 (b) 308
(c) 135 (d) 150 (c) 309 (d) 120
22. A rack has 5 different pairs of shoes. The number of ways in 30. The letters of the word RANDOM are written in all possible
which 4 shoes can be chosen from it so that there will be no orders and these words are written out as in a dictionary
complete pair is then the rank of the word RANDOM is
(a) 1920 (b) 200 (a) 614 (b) 615
(c) 110 (d) 80 (c) 613 (d) 616
23. In how many ways can six boys and five girls stand in a row 31. If all permutations of the letters of the word AGAIN are
if all the girls are to stand together but the boys cannot all arranged as in dictionary, then fiftieth word is
stand together ? (a) NAAGI (b) NAGAI
(a) 172,800 (b) 432,000 (c) NAAIG (d) NAIAG
(c) 86,400 (d) None of these
32. If all the letters of the word “QUEUE” are arranged in all 40. Out of 10 points in a plane 6 are in a straight line. The
possible manner as they are in a dictionary, then the rank of number of triangles formed by joining these points are
the word QUEUE is : (a) 100 (b) 150
th th
(a) 15 (b) 16
th th
(c) 17 (d) 18
41. The number of straight lines that can be formed by joining
33. The letters of word “RADHIKA” are permuted and arranged 20 points no three of which are in the same straight line
in alphabetical order as in English dictionary. The number except 4 of them which are in the same line
of words the appear before the word “RADHIKA” is :
(a) 183 (b) 186
(a) 2193 (b) 2195
(c) 197 (d) 185
(c) 2119 (d) 2192
42. There are n distinct points on the circumference of a circle.
Geometrical counting problems The number of pentagons that can be formed with these
points as vertices is equal to the number of possible
34. Number of rectangles in figure shown which are not squares triangles. Then the value of n is
is :
(a) 7 (b) 8
(c) 15 (d) 30
Arrangement & selection of like objects
43. How many different words can be formed by jumbling the

letters in the word MISSISSIPPI in which no two S are
adjacent ?
(a) 159 (b) 160 (a) 7.6C4 . 8C4 (b) 8. 6C4 . 7C4
(c) 161 (d) None of these (c) 6.7. 8C4 (d) 6.8. 7C4
35. There are n points on a circle. The number of straight lines 44. The number of all possible different arrangements of the
formed by joining them is equal to word “BANANA” is
(a) nC2 (b) nP2
(a) 6 (b) 6 ´ 2 ´ 3
(c) nC2 – 1 (d) none of these
36. Let Tn be the number of all possible triangles formed by 6
joining vertices of an n-sided regular polygon. If (c) 2 3 (d) none of these
Tn + 1 – Tn = 10, then the value of n is
45. The total number of ways of arranging the letters AAAA
(a) 7 (b) 5
BBB CC D E F in a row such that letters C are separated from
(c) 10 (d) 8 one another is
37. There are 10 points in a plane, out of these 6 are collinear. If (a) 2772000 (b) 1386000
N is the number of traingles formed by joining these points,
then
(a) N > 190 (b) N £ 100 46. A library has ‘a’ copies of one book, ‘b’ copies of each of
two books, ‘c’ copies of each of three books, and single
(c) 100 < N £ 140 (d) 140 < N £ 190
copy each of ‘d’ books. The total number of ways in which
38. Number of diagonals of a convex hexagon is these books can be arranged in a row is
(a) 3 (b) 6
(a + b + c + d)! (a + 2b + 3c + d)!
(c) 9 (d) 12 (a) (b) 2 3
a!b!c! a! b! c!
39. The interior angles of a regular polygon measure 150° each.
The number of diagonals of the polygon is
(a + 2b + 3c + d)!
(a) 35 (b) 44 (c) (d) none of these
a!b!c!
(c) 54 (d) 78
47. A question paper on mathematics consists of twelve 54. The number of ways in which 52 cards can be divided into 4
questions divided into three parts. A, B and C, each sets, three of them having 17 cards each and the fourth one
containing four questions. In how many ways can an having just one card
examinee answer five questions, selecting atleast one from
each part. 52 ! 52 !
(a) (b)
(a) 624 (b) 208 (17!)3 (17!)3 3!

51! 51!
48. Number of ways in which 4 boys and 2 girls (all are of (c) (d)
(17!)3 (17!)3 3!
different heights) can be arranged in a line so that boys as
well as girls among themselves are in decreasing order of 55. The number of ways in which 12 balls can be divided
height (from left to right), is : between two friends, one receiving 8 and the other 4, is
(a) 1 (b) 6!
12! 12!2!
(c) 15 (d) None of these (a) (b)
8!4! 8!4!
49. The total number of selections of atleast one fruit which can
be made from 3 bananas, 4 apples and 2 oranges is 12!
(a) 39 (b) 315 8!4!2!
Distribution of alike objects
50. The total number of different combinations of one or more
letters which can be made from the letters of the word 56. The number of ways of distributing 8 identical balls in 3
‘MISSISSIPPI’ is distinct boxes, so that none of the boxes is empty, is
(a) 150 (b) 148 (a) 5 (b) 21
(c) 149 (d) None of these (c) 38 (d) 8C3
Distribution of different objects 57. The total number of ways in which 11 identical apples can
be distributed among 6 children is that at least one apple is
51. The set S = {1, 2, 3,..., 12} is to be partitioned into three given to each child
sets A, B, C of equal size. Thus, A È B È C = S, A Ç B =
(a) 252 (b) 462
B Ç C = A Ç C = f. The number of ways to partition S is
(a) 12!/3!(4!)3 (b) 12!/3!(3!)4 58. If a,b,c,d are odd natural numbers such that a + b + c + d = 20,
(c) 12!/(4!)3 (d) 12!/(3!)4 then the number of values of (a, b, c, d) is :
52. In an election three districts are to be canvassed by 2, 3 and (a) 165 (b) 455
5 men respectively. If 10 men volunteer, the number of ways (c) 310 (d) 255
they can be alloted to the different districts is : 59. Number of ways in which 25 identical balls can be distributed
10! 10! among Ram, shyam, Sunder and Ghanshyam such that at
(a) 2! 3! 5! (b) 2! 5! least 1, 2, 3, and 4 balls are given to Ram, Shyam, Sunder and
Ghanshyam respectively, is :
10! 10! (a) 18 C4 (b) 28
C3
(c) 2! 2 5! (d) 2! 2 3! 5!
24 18
(c) C3 (d) C3
53. The number of ways to give 16 different things to three
2
persons A, B, C so that B gets 1 more than A and C gets 2 60. The total number of ways in which n number of identical
more than B, is : balls can be put in n numbered boxed (1, 2, 3, ......... n) such
th
that i box contains at least i number of balls, is :
16!
(a) (b) 4!5!7! n2 n 2 -1
4!5!7! (a) C n -1 (b) Cn -1
16! n 2 + n -2
(c) (d) 3!5!8! (c) (d) None of these
3!5!8! 2 C n -1

1. The number of ways of selecting 15 teams from 15 men 6. A man X has 7 friends, 4 of them are ladies and 3 are men.
and 15 women, such that each team consists of a man and His wife Y also has 7 friends, 3 of them are ladies and 4 are
men. Assume X and Y have no common friends. Then the
a woman, is : (2015/Online Set–1)
total number of ways in which X and Y together can throw
(a) 1880 (b) 1120 a party inviting 3 ladies and 3 men, so that 3 friends of
(c) 1240 (d) 1960 each of X and Y are in this party is : (2017)
(a) 485 (b) 468
2. If all the worlds (with or without meaning) having five
letters, formed using the letters of the word SMALL and (c) 469 (d) 484
arranged as in a dictionary; then the position of the word 7. If all the words, with or without meaning, are written using
the letters of the word QUEEN and are arranged as in
SMALL is : (2016)
English dictionary, then the position of the word QUEEN
(a) 59th (b) 52nd is : (2017/Online Set–1)
(c) 58th (d) 46th (a) 44th (b) 45th
3. If the four letter words (need not be meaningful ) are to be (c) 46th (d) 47th
formed using the letters from the word 8. The number of ways in which 5 boys and 3 girls can be
“MEDITERRANEAN” such that the first letter is R and seated on a round table if a particular boy B 1 and a
particular girl G1 never sit adjacent to each other, is :
the fourth letter is E, then the total number of all such
words is : (2016/Online Set–1) (2017/Online Set–2)
(a) 5 × 6! (b) 6 × 6!
11! (c) 7! (d) 5 × 7!
(a) 2! 3 (b) 110
9. From 6 different novels and 3 different dictionaries, 4
novels and 1 dictionary are to be selected and arranged
(c) 56 (d) 59 in a row on a shelf so that the dictionary is always in the
middle. The number of such arrangements is : (2018)
15
2 æ 15 Cr ö (a) at least 750 but less than 1000
4. The value of år
r =1
çç 15 ÷÷ is equal to :
è Cr -1 ø (b) at least 1000
(c) less than 500
(2016/Online Set–1) (d) at least 500 but less than 750
(a) 560 (b) 680 10. n-digit numbers are formed using only three digits 2, 5
and 7. The smallest value of n for which 900 such distinct
(c) 1240 (d) 1085
numbers can be formed, is : (2018/Online Set–1)
n+2 (a) 6 (b) 7
C6
5. If = 11, then n satisfies the equation :
n-2
P2 (c) 8 (d) 9
11. The number of four letter words that can be formed using
(2016/Online Set–2) the letters of the word BARRACK is :
(a) n 2 + 3n - 108 = 0 (b) n 2 + 5n - 84 = 0
(a) 120 (b) 144
(c) n 2 + 2n - 80 = 0 (d) n 2 + n - 110 = 0 (c) 264 (d) 270
12. The number of numbers between 2,000 and 5,000 that can 19. A group of students comprises of 5 boys and n girls. If
be formed with the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 (repetition of digits is the number of ways, in which a team of 3 students can
not allowed) and are multiple of 3 is : randomly be selected from this group such that there is at
(2018/Online Set–3) least one boy and at least one girl in each team, is 1750,
(a) 24 (b) 30 then n is equal to : (12-04-2019/Shift-2)
(c) 36 (d) 48 (a) 28 (b) 27
13. All possible numbers are formed using the digits 1, 1, 2, 2, (c) 25 (d) 24
2, 2, 3, 4, 4 taken all at a time. The number of such numbers 20. Consider a class of 5 girls and 7 boys. The number of
in which the odd digits occupy even places is : different teams consisting of 2 girls and 3 boys that can
(8-04-2019/Shift-1) be formed from this class, if there are two specific boys A
14. The number of four-digit numbers strictly greater than and B, who refuse to be the members of the same team, is:
4321 that can be formed using the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (9-01-2019/Shift-1)
(repetition of digits is allowed) is: (8-04-2019/Shift-2) (a) 500 (b) 200
(a) 288 (b) 360 (c) 300 (d) 350
(c) 306 (d) 310 21. The number of natural numbers less than 7,000 which can
15. A committee of 11 members is to be formed from 8 males be formed by using the digits 0, 1,3, 7, 9 (repetition of
and 5 females. If m is the number of ways the committee is digits allowed) is equal to: (9-01-2019/Shift-2)
formed with at least 6 males and n is the number of ways
(a) 374 (b) 372
the committee is formed with at least 3 females, then m =
n = k, then k is (9-04-2019/Shift-1) (c) 375 (d) 250
16. Some identical balls are arranged in rows to form an 22. The number of functions f from {1, 2, 3, ..., 20} onto
equilateral triangle. The first row consists of one ball, the {1, 2, 3, ....., 20} such that f(k) is a multiple of 3, whenever
second row consists of two balls and so on. If 99 more k is a multiple of 4, is : (11-01-2019/Shift-2)
identical balls are added to the total number of balls used
(a) 65 ´ (15)! (b) 5!´ 6!
in forming the equilateral triangle, then all these balls can
be arranged in a square whose each side contains exactly
(c) (15)!´ 6! (d) 56 ´15
2 balls less than the number of balls each side of the
triangle contains. Then the number of balls used to form 23. Consider three boxes, each containing 10 balls labelled 1,
the equilateral triangle is: (9-04-2019/Shift-2) 2, ... , 10. Suppose one ball is randomly drawn from each
(a) 157 (b) 262 of the boxes. Denote by ni, the label of the ball drawn
from the ith box, (i = 1, 2, 3). Then, the number of ways in
(c) 225 (d) 190
which the balls can be chosen such that n1 < n2 < n3 is:
17. The number of 6 digit numbers that can be formed using
the digits 0, 1, 2, 5, 7 and 9 which are divisible by 11 and (12-01-2019/Shift-1)
no digit is repeated, is: (10-04-2019/Shift-1) 24. There are m men and two women participating in a chess
18. Suppose that 20 pillars of the same height have been tournament. Each participant plays two games with every
erected along the boundary of a circular stadium. If the other participant. If the number of games played by the
top of each pillar has been connected by beams with the men between themselves exceeds the number of games
top of all its non-adjacent pillars, then the total number of played between the men and the women by 84, then the
beams is (10-4-2019/Shift-2) value of m is (12-01-2019/Shift-2)
(a) 170 (b) 180 (a) 12 (b) 11
(c) 210 (d) 190 (c) 9 (d) 7
25. If the letters of the word ‘MOTHER’ be permuted and all 33. Two families with three members each and one family with
the words so formed (with or without meaning) be listed four members are to be seated in a row. In how many
as in a dictionary, then the position of the word ‘MOTHER’ ways can they be seated so that the same family members
is ………. (2-9-2020/Shift-1) are not separated? (6-09-2020/Shift-1)
26. Let n > 2 be an integer. Suppose that there are n Metro (a) 2! 3! 4! (b) (3!)3.(4!)
stations in a city located along a circular path. Each pair (c) 3! (4!)3 (d) (3!)2.(4!)
of stations is connected by a straight track only. Further, 34. The number of words (with or without meaning) that can
each pair of nearest stations is connected by blue line, be formed from all the letters of the word “LETTER” in
whereas all remaining pairs of stations are connected by which vowels never come together is _____
red line. If the number of red lines is 99 times the number
(6-09-2020/Shift-2)
of blue lines, then the value of n is :
35. Total number of six-digit numbers in which only and all
(2-09-2020/Shift-2)
the five digits 1,3,5,7 and 9 appear, is
(a) 201 (b) 199
(7-01-2020/Shift-1)
(c) 101 (d) 200
1
27. The value of (2. 1 P0 - 3. 2 P1 + 4. 3 P2 - up to 51 th term) (a) 56 (b) (6!)
2
+ (1! – 2! + 3! – …….. up to 51th term) is equal to :
(3-09-2020/Shift-1) 5
(c) 6! (d) (6!)
(a) 1 – 51 (51)! (b) 1 + (52)! 2
(c) 1! (d) 1 + (51)! 36. The number of ordered pairs (r, k) for which
28. The total number of 3-digit numbers, whose sum of digits 6·35 C r = k 2 - 3 ·.36 Cr +1 , where k is an integer, is :
is 10, is …….. (3-09-2020/Shift-2)
(7-01-2020/Shift-2)
20
50 - r (a) 4 (b) 6
29. The value of å
r =0
C6 is equal to :
(c) 2 (d) 3
(4-09-2020/Shift-1) 37. If a, b and c are the greatest values of 19 Cp ,20 Cq ,21 Cr

respectively, then: (8-01-2020/Shift-1)
(a) 51 C7 -30 C 7 (b) 51 C7 +30 C7
a b c a b c
(c) 50 C7 -30 C7 (d) 50 C6 -30 C6 (a) = = (b) = =
11 22 42 10 11 42
30. A test consists of 6 multiple choice questions, each
having 4 alternative answers of which only one is correct. a b c a b c
(c) = = (d) = =
The number of ways, in which a candidate answers all six 11 22 21 10 11 21
questions such that exactly four of the answers are 38. An urn contains 5 red marbles, 4 black marbles and 3
correct, is ______ (4-9-2020/Shift-2) white marbles. Then the number of ways in which 4
31. The number of words, with or without meaning, that can marbles can be drawn so that at most three of them are
be formed by taking 4 letters at a time from the letters of red is____. (8-01-2020/Shift-1)
the word ‘SYLLABUS’ such that two letters are distinct 39. The number of 4 letter words (with or without meaning)
and two letters are alike, is (5-09-2020/Shift-1) that can be made from the eleven letters of the word
32. There are 3 sections in a question paper and each section “EXAMINATION” is (8-01-2020/Shift-2)
contains 5 questions. A candidate has to answer a total 40. If the number of five digit numbers with distinct digits
of 5 questions, choosing at least one question from each
and 2 at the 10th place is 336k , then k is equal to:
section. Then the number of ways, in which the candidate
can choose the questions, is: (5-09-2020/Shift-2) (9-01-2020/Shift-1)
(a) 2250 (b) 2255 (a) 8 (b) 7
(c) 1500 (d) 3000 (c) 4 (d) 6
41. There are 15 players in a cricket team, out of which 6 are 49. Let P1 , P2 ...., P15 be 15 points on a circle. The number of
bowlers, 7 are batsmen and 2 are wicketkeepers. The
number of ways, a team of 11 players be selected from distinct triangles formed by points Pi , p j , Pk such that
them so as to include at least 4 bowlers, 5 batsmen and 1 i + j + k ¹ 15, is (01-09-2021/Shift-2)
wicketkeeper, is _________. (20-07-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 12 (b) 419
20
1 A (c) 455 (d) 443
42. For k Î N, let =å k ,
a a + 1 a + 2 ..... a + 20 k =0 a + k 50. Two squares are chosen at random on a chessboard (see
figure). The probability that they have a side in common is
2
æ A + A15 ö
where a > 0. Then then value of 100 ç 14 ÷ is
è A13 ø
equal to ______? (20-07-2021/Shift-2)
43. There are 5 students in class 10, 6 students in class 11 and
8 students in class 12. If the number of ways, in which 10
students can be selected from them so as to include at
least 2 students from each class and at most 5 students
from the total 11 students of class 10 and 11 is 100 k, then
k is equal to______ ? (25-07-2021/Shift-1)
44. Let n be a non-negative integer. Then the number of
divisors of the form “ 4n + 1 ” of the number
10 11 13 (01-09-2021/Shift-2)
10 . 11 . 13 is equal to _____.
1 1
(27-07-2021/Shift-2) (a) (b)
18 7
45. Let A = 0,1, 2,3, 4,5,6, 7 . Then the number of bijective
1 2
(c) (d)
functions f : A ® A such that f 1 + f 2 = 3 - f 3 is 9 7
equal to ______. (22-07-2021/Shift-2) 51. All the arrangements, with or without meaning, of the word
46. If the digits are not allowed to repeat in any number formed FARMER are written excluding any word that has two R
by using the digits 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, then the number of all appearing together. The arrangements are listed serially in
numbers greater than 10,000 is equal to _______. the alphabetic order as in the English dictionary. Then the
(22-07-2021/Shift-2) serial number of the word FARMER in this list is _______
(01-09-2021/Shift-2)
47. If n Pr = n Pr +1 and n C r = n Cr -1 , then the value of r is equal
52. A number is called a palindrome if it reads the same
to (25-07-2021/Shift-2)
backward as well as forward. For example 285582 is a six
(a) 3 (b) 1
digit palindrome. The number of six digit palindromes,
(c) 4 (d) 2 which are divisible by 55, is______.
(27-08-2021/Shift-1)
ïì æa bö üï
48. Let M = íA = ç ÷ : a, b, c, d Î ±3, ±2, ±1, 0 ý Define
îï èc dø ïþ 53. If 1 P1 + 2. 2 P2 + 3. 3 P3 + ........15.15 P15 = q p r - s, 0 £ s £ 1,
q +s
f : M ® Z, as f A = det A for all A Î M, where Z is then C r - s is equal to ______. (26-08-2021/Shift-1)
set of all integers. Then the number of A Î M such that 54. The number of three-digit even numbers, formed by the
f A = 15 is equal to _______ ? digits 0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 if the repetition of digits is not
(25-07-2021/Shift-1) allowed, is ______. (26-08-2021/Shift-1)

65. A scientific committee is to be formed from 6 Indians and

55. Let S = 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6,9 . Then the number of elements in
8 foreigners, which includes at least 2 Indians and double
the set T = {A Í S : A ¹ f and the sum of all the elements the number of foreigners as Indians. Then the number of
of A is not a multiple of 3} is ______. ways the committee can be formed is
(27-08-2021/Shift-2) (24-02-2021/Shift-1)
56. The number of six letter words (with or without meaning), (a) 575 (b) 1050
formed using all the letters of the word 'VOWELS', so that (c) 1625 (d) 560
all the consonants never come together, is ______ ? 66. The sum of all the 4-digit distinct numbers that can be
(31-08-2021/Shift-1) formed with the digits 1, 2, 2 and 3 is :
57. The number of 4-digit numbers which are neither multiple (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
of 7 nor multiple of 3 is______ (31-08-2021/Shift-2) (a) 122234 (b) 22264
58. A natural number has prime factorization given by (c) 122664 (d) 26664
n = 2 x 3y 5 z , where y and z are such that y + z = 5 and 67. The number of times the digit 3 will be written when listing
the integers from 1 to 1000 is .................... .
5
y -1 + z -1 = , y > z . Then the number of odd divisors of (18-03-2021/Shift-1)
6
68. Consider a rectangle ABCD having 5, 7, 6, 9 points in the
n, including 1, is: (26-02-2021/Shift-2)
interior of the line segments AB, CD, BC, DA respectively.
(a) 6 (b) 6x Let ? be the number of triangles having these points from
(c) 11 (d) 12 different sides as vertices and ? be the number of
59. The total number of 4-digit numbers whose greatest quadrilaterals having these points from different sides as
common divisor with 18 is 3, is _____ vertices. Then b – a is equal to :
(26-02-2021/Shift-2)
(16-03-2021/Shift-2)
60. The number of seven digit integers with sum of the digits
(a) 795 (b) 1173
equal to 10 and formed by using the digits 1, 2 and 3 only
is : (26-02-2021/Shift-1) (c) 1890 (d) 717
(a) 35 (b) 82 69. Team 'A' consists of 7 boys and n girls and Team ‘B’ has 4
boys and 6 girls. If a total of 52 single matches can be
(c) 77 (d) 42
arranged between these two teams when a boy plays
61. The total number of positive integral solutions x, y, z against a boy and a girl plays against a girl, then n is equal
to : (17-03-2021/Shift-1)
such that xyz = 24 is: (25-02-2021/Shift-1)
(a) 4 (b) 5
(a) 45 (b) 36 (c) 2 (d) 6
(c) 24 (d) 30 70. If the sides AB, BC and CA of a triangle ABC have 3, 5 and
62. The total number of numbers, lying between 100 and 1000 6 interior points respectively, then the total number of
that can be formed with the digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, if the repetition triangles that can be constructed using these points as
of digits is not allowed and numbers are divisible by either vertices, is equal to : (17-03-2021/Shift-2)
3 or 5, is _____. (25-02-2021/Shift-1) (a) 360 (b) 364
63. The total number of two digit numbers 'n', such that (c) 240 (d) 333
3n + 7n is a multiple of 10, is: (25-02-2021/Shift-2)
64. The students S1, S2,....,S10 are to be divided into 3 groups.
A, B and C such that each group has at least one student
and the group C has at most 3 students. Then the total
number of possibilities of forming such groups is ____.
(24-02-2021/Shift-2)

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 8. A variable name in a certain computer language must be
either an alphabet or a alphabet followed by a decimal
1. Total 5–digit numbers divisible by 4 that can be formed
digit. Total number of different variable names that can
using 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, when the repetition of digits is allowed
is exist in that language is equal to :
(a) 1250 (b) 875 (a) 280 (b) 290

(c) 1620 (d) 1000 (c) 286 (d) 296
2. The number of 4–digit numbers that can be made with the 9. Every one of the 10 available lamps can be switched on to
digits 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 in which at least two digits are identical, illuminate certain Hall. The total number of ways in which
is : the hall can be illuminated, is :
(a) 45 – 5! (b) 505
(a) 55 (b) 1023
(c) 210 (d) 10!
3. How many numbers greater than 1000, but not greater
than 4000 can be formed with the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 10. The number of all possible selections of one or more
repetition of digits being allowed : questions from 10 given questions, each question having
(a) 374 (b) 375 an alternative is :
10 10
(c) 376 (d) None of these (a) 3 (b) 2 – 1
10 10
4. The letters of the word SURITI are written in all possible (c) 3 – 1 (d) 2
orders and these words are written out as in a dictionary. 11. There are 20 questions in a questions paper. If no two
Then the rank of the word SURITI is : students solve the same combination of questions but
(a) 236 (b) 245 solve equal number of questions then the maximum number
(c) 307 (d) 315 of students who appeared in the examination is :
5. An ice cream parlour has ice creams in eight different (a) 20C9 (b) 20C11
varieties. Number of ways of choosing 3 ice creams taking
(c) 20C10 (d) None of these
atleast two ice creams of the same variety, is :
12. The number of numbers divisible by 3 that can be formed
(a) 56 (b) 64
by four different even digits is :
(a) 18 (b) 36
(Assume that ice creams of the same variety are identical and
available in unlimited supply) (c) 20 (d) None of these
6. Seven different coins are to be divided amongst three 13. The integers from 1 to 1000 are written in order around a
persons. If no two of the persons receive the same number circle. Starting at 1, every fifteenth number is marked (that
of coins but each receives atleast one coin and none is left is 1, 16, 31, etc.) This process is continued until a number
over, then the number of ways in which the division may
is reached which has already been marked, then unmarked
be made is :
numbers are
(a) 420 (b) 630
(c) 710 (d) none of these (a) 200 (b) 400
7. Four couples (husband and wife) decide to form a (c) 600 (d) 800
committee of four members. The number of different 14. The number of times of the digits 3 will be written when
committee that can be formed in which no couple finds a
listing the integer from 1 to 1000 is :
place is :
(a) 269 (b) 300
(a) 10 (b) 12
(c) 14 (d) 16 (c) 271 (d) 302
5
22. The number of ways in which the sum of upper faces of
52 - j four distinct dices can be six.
15. The value of the expression 47C4 + å C 3 is equal to
j=1 (a) 10 (b) 4
(a) 47C5 (b) 52C5 (c) 6 (d) 7
(c)52C4 (d)None of these 23. If the letters of the word MOTHER are arranged in all
possible orders and these words are written as in a
16. There are n concurrent lines and another line parallel to
dictionary, then the rank of the word MOTHER will be
one of them. The number of different triangles that will be
formed by the (n + 1) lines, is (a) 240 (b) 261
(c) 308 (d) 309
n -1 n n -1 n - 2
(a) (b) 24. There are 12 books on Algebra and Calculus in our library,
2 2
the books of the same subject being different. If the
number of selections each of which consists of 3 books
n n +1 n +1 n + 2
(c) (d) on each topic is greatest then the number of books of
2 2
Algebra and Calculus in the library are respectively :
17. The sides AB, BC and CA of a triangle ABC have a, b and (a) 3 and 9 (b) 4 and 8
c interior points on them respectively, then find the number
(c) 5 and 7 (d) 6 and 6
of triangles that can be construced using these interior
points as vertices. 25. If 3n different things can be equally distributed among 3
persons in k ways then the number of ways to divide the
(a) a + b + cC3
3n things in 3 equal groups is :
(b) a + b + cC3 – (aC3 + bC3 + cC3)
(c) a + b + c + 3C3 k
(a) k × 3! (b)
3!
(d) None of these
18. There are 12 books on Algebra and Calculus in our library, (c) 3k (d) None of these
the books of the same subject being different. If the 26. The number of ways in which the sum of upper faces of
number of selections each of which consists of 3 books four distinct dices can be six.
on each topic is greatest then the number of books of (a) 10 (b) 4
Algebra and Calculus in the library are respectively :
(c) 6 (d) 7
(a) 3 and 9 (b) 4 and 8
27. The number of subsets of the set A = {a1, a2, . . . . , an}
(c) 5 and 7 (d) 6 and 6 which contain even number of elements is
19. A committee of 5 is to be chosen from a group of 9 people. (a) 2n – 1 (b) 2n – 1
Number of ways in which it can be formed if two particular
(c) 2n – 2 (d) 2n
persons either serve together or not at all and two other
particular persons refuse to serve with each other, is 28. The number of divisors of 23 . 33 . 53 . 75 of the form
4n + 1, n Î N is :
(a) 41 (b) 36
(c) 47 (d) 76 (a) 46 (b) 47
20. An ice cream parlour has ice creams in eight different (c) 96 (d) 94
varieties. Number of ways of choosing 3 ice creams taking 29. There are n different books and p copies of each in a
atleast two ice creams of the same variety, is : library. The number of ways in which one or more books
(a) 56 (b) 64 can be selected is :
(c) 100 (d) none of these (a) pn + 1 (b) (p + 1)n – 1
21. A bag contains 2 Apples, 3 Oranges and 4 Bananas. The (c) (p + 1)n – p (d) pn
number of ways in which 3 fruits can be selected if atleast
30. Let p,q Î {1,2,3, 4}. The number of equations of the form
one banana is always in the combination (Assume fruit of
px2 +qx + 1 = 0 having real roots must be
same species to be alike) is :
(a) 15 (b) 9
(a) 6 (b) 10
(c) 7 (d) 8
(c) 29 (d) 7
31. The number of ways in which n different prizes can be 38. The minimum marks required for clearing a certain
distributed amongst m (< n) persons if each is entitled to screening paper is 210 out of 300. The screening paper
receive at most n – 1 prizes, is : consists of ‘3’ sections each of Physics, Chemistry, and
(a) nm – n (b) mn Maths. Each section has 100 as maximum marks. Assuming
there is no negative marking and marks obtained in each
(c) mn – m (d) None of these
section are integers, the number of ways in which a student
32. Two classrooms A and B having capacity of 25 and can qualify the examinatin is (Assuming no cut–off limit) :
(n – 25) seats respectively. An denotes the number of
(a) 210C3 – 90C3 (b) 93C3
possible seating arrangments of room ‘A’, when ‘n’
(c) 213C3 (d) (210)3
students are to be seated in these rooms, starting from
room ‘A’ which is to be filled up full to its capacity. 39. There are 100 different books in a shelf. Number of ways
49 in which 3 books can be selected so that no two of which
If An – An – 1 = 25 ! ( C25) then ‘n’ equals
are neighbours is :
(a) 50 (b) 48 100 97
(a) C3 – 98 (b) C3
(c) 49 (d) 51 96 98
(c) C3 (d) C3
33. The number of ways in which we can choose 3 squares of
unit area on a chess board such that one of the squares Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option]
has its two sides common to other two squares
40. The number of ways in which 10 candidates A1, A2, . . ., A10
(a) 290 (b) 292 can be ranked so that A1 is always before A2 is :
(c) 294 (d) 296
10!
34. A teacher takes 3 children from her class to the zoo at a (a) (b) 8! × 10C2
2
time as often as she can, but does not take the same three
children to the zoo more than once. She finds that she (c) 10P2 (d) 10C2
goes to the zoo 84 more than a particular child goes to the 41. If P (n, n) denotes the number of permutations of n different
zoo. The number of chidren in her class is : things taken all at a time then P (n, n) is also identical to
(a) 12 (b) 10 (a) r ! P (n, n – r) (b) (n – r) . P (n, r)
(c) 60 (d) None of these (c) n . P (n – 1, n – 1) (d) P (n, n – 1)
35. Two lines intersect at O. Points A1, A2 . . ., An are taken on where 0 < r < n
one of them and B1, B2, . . . , Bn on the other, the number of 42. Which of the following statements are correct ?
triangle that can be drawn with the help of these (2n + 1)
(a) Number of words that can be formed with 6 only of the
points is :
letters of the word “CENTRIFUGAL” if each word must
(a) n (b) n2 contain all the vowels is 3 . 7 !
(c) n3 (d) n4 (b) There are 15 balls of which some are white and the rest
36. The total number of six digit numbers x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 having are black. If the number of ways in which the balls can
the property x1 < x2 £ x3 < x4 < x5 £ x6, is equal to: be arranged in a row, is maximum then the number of
(a) 11C6 (b) 16C2 white balls must be equal to 7 or 8. Assume balls of the
same colour to be alike.
(c) 17C2 (d) 18C2
(c) There are 12 things, 4 alike of one kind, 5 alike and of
37. Find number of arangements of 4 letters taken from the
another kind and the rest are all different. The total
word EXAMINATION.
number of combinations is 240.
(a) 2454 (b) 2500
(d) Number of selections that can be made of 6 letters from
(c) 2544 (d) None of these the word “COMMITTEE” is 35.
n–1
43. Identify the correct statement(s) 47. The combinatorial coefficient Cp denotes
(a) Number of zeroes standing at the end of 125 is 30. (a) the number of ways in which n things of which p are
alike and rest different can be arranged in a circle.
(b) A telegraph has 10 arms and each arm is capable of 9 (b) the number of ways in which p different things can be
distinct positions excluding the position of rest. The selected out of n different thing if a particular thing is
number of signals that can be transmitted is always excluded.
10
10 – 1.
(c) number of ways in which n alike balls can be distributed
(c) Number of numbers greater than 4 lacs which can in p different boxes so that no box remains empty and
be formed by using only the digit 0, 2, 2, 4, 4 and 5 each box can hold any number of balls.
is 90. (d) the number of ways in which (n – 2) white balls and p
(d) In a table tennis tournament, every player plays with black balls can be arranged in a line if black balls are
every other player. If the number of games played is separated, balls are all alike except for the colour.
5050 then the number of players in the tournament is 48. The maximum number of permutations of 2n letters in which
100. there are only a’s and b’s, taken all at a time is given by :
2n
44. There are 10 questions, each question is either True or (a) Cn
False. Number of different sequences of incorrect
2 6 10 4n - 6 4n - 2
answers is also equal to (b) . . .... .
1 2 3 n -1 n
(a) Number of ways in which a normal coin tossed 10
times would fall in a definite order if both Heads and n + 1 n + 2 n + 3 n + 4 2n - 1 2n
(c) . . . .... .
Tails are present. 1 2 3 4 n -1 n
(b) Number of ways in which a multiple choice question
containing 10 alternatives with one or more than one 2 n 1.3.5....(2n - 3)(2n - 1)
(d)
correct alternatives, can be answered. n!
(c) Number of ways in which it is possible to draw a sum 49. The combinatorial coefficient C(n, r) is equal to
of money with 10 coins of different denominations
(a) number of possible subsets of r members from a set
taken some or all at a time.
of n distinct members.
(d) Number of different selections of 10 indistinguishable (b) number of possible binary messages of length n with
things takes some or all at a time. exactly r 1’s.
45. The continued product, 2 . 6 . 10 . 14 ........ to n factors is (c) number of non decreasing 2–D paths from the lattice
equal to : point (0, 0) to (r, n)
2n
(a) Cn (d) number of ways of selecting r things out of n different
2n things when a particular thing is always included plus
(b) Pn
the number of ways of selecting ‘r’ things out of n,
(c) (n + 1) (n + 2) (n + 3) ....... (n + n)
when a particular thing is always excluded
(d) none of these
50. Number of ways in which 3 numbers in A.P. can be selected
46. The number of ways of distributing 10 different books from 1, 2, 3, ...... n is :
among 4 students (S1 – S4) such that S1 and S2 get 2
2
books each and S3 and S4 get 3 books each is : æ n -1 ö n(n - 2)
(a) ç ÷ if n is odd (b) if n is odd
(a) 12600 (b) 25200 è 2 ø 4
10! (n - 1) 2 n(n - 2)
(c) 10C4 (d) 2! 2! 3! 3! (c) if n is odd (d) if n is even
4 4
51. The number of ways in which five different books to be 57. Column–I Column–II
distributed among 3 persons so that each person gets at (A) Four different movies are (P) 11
least one book, is equal to the number of ways in which running in a town. Ten students
(a) 5 persons are allotted 3 different residential flats so go to watch these four movies.
that each person is alloted at most one flat and no two The number of ways in which
persons are alloted the same flat. every movie is watched by atleast
one student, is (Assume each way
(b) number of parallelograms (some of which may be
differs only by number of students
overlapping) formed by one set of 6 parallel lines and
other set of 5 parallel lines that goes in other direction. watching a movie)
(B) Consider 8 vertices of a regular (Q) 36
(c) 5 different toys are to be distributed among 3 children,
octagon and its centre. If T
so that each child gets at least one toy.
denotes the number of triangles
(d) 3 mathematics professors are assigned five different
and S denotes the number of
lectures to be delivered, so that each professor gets at
straight lines that can be formed
least one lecture.
with these 9 points then the value
Numerical Value Type Questions of (T – S) equals
(C) In an examination, 5 children were (R) 52
52. Number of ways in which 12 identical coins can be
found to have their mobiles in
distributed in 6 different purses, if not more than 3 and not
their pocket. The Invigilator fired
less than 1 coin goes in each purse is ...............
them and took their mobiles in
53. The number of non negative integral solution of the
his possession. Towards the end
inequation x + y + z + w < 7 is ..........
of the test, Invigilator randomly
54. 10 identical balls are to be distributed in 5 different boxes returned their mobiles. The number
kept in a row and labled A, B, C, D and E. Find the number of ways in which at most two
of ways in which the balls can be distributed in the boxes children did not get their own
if no two adjacent boxes remain empty.
moblies is
55. There are four balls of different colours and four boxes of (D) The product of the digits of 3214 (S) 60
colours, same as those of the balls. The number of ways in is 24. The number of 4 digit natural
which the balls, one each in a box, could be placed such numbers such that the product of
that a ball does not go to a box of its own colour is.... . their digits is 12, is
56. In how many ways it is possible to select six letters, (E) The number of ways in which a (T) 84
including at least one vowel from the letters of the word mixed double tennis game can
“F L A B E L L I F O R M”. (It is a picnic spot in U. S. A.) be arranged from amongst 5
Match the Following married couple if no husband

and wife plays in the same game, is
Each question has two columns. Four options are given The correct matching is :
representing matching of elements from Column-I and (a) (A–R); (B–T); (C–P); (D–Q); (E–S)
Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds (b) (A–T); (B–R); (C–P); (D–Q); (E–S)
to a correct matching. For each question, choose the (c) (A–P); (B–T); (C–R); (D–Q); (E–S)
option corresponding to the correct matching. (d) (A–S); (B–Q); (C–R); (D–T); (E–P)
58. Match the Column 59. 5 balls are to be placed in 3 boxes. Each box can hold all
Column–I Column–II the 5 balls. Number of ways in which the balls can be
m placed so that no box remains empty, if :
(A) Number of increasing (P) n
Column–I Column–II
permutations of m symbols
(A) balls are identical but boxes are (P) 2
are there from the n set
different
numbers {a1, a2, ... , an} where
(B) balls are different but boxes are (Q) 25
the order among the numbers is
identical
given by a1 < a2 < a3 < ... an–1 < an is
m (C) balls as well as boxes are identical (R) 50
(B) There are m men and n monkeys. (Q) Cn
(D) balls as well as boxes are identical
Number of ways in which every
but boxes are kept in a row (S) 6
monkey has a master, if a man can
You may note that two or more entries of column–I can match
have any number of monkeys
with only entry of column–II
n
(C) Number of ways in which n red (R) Cm
balls and (m – 1) green balls can
(a) (A–S); (B–Q); (C–P); (D–S)
be arranged in a line, so tha no
(b) (A–Q); (B–S); (C–P); (D–S)
two red balls are together, is
(c) (A–P); (B–Q); (C–S); (D–S)
(balls of the same colour are alike)
(d) (A–Q); (B–P); (C–S); (D–S)
n
(D) Number of ways in which ‘m’ (S) m
Text
different toys can be distributed
in ‘n’ children if every child may 60. If nCr – 1 = 36, nCr = 84 and nCr+1 = 126, then find the values
receive any number of toys, is of n and r.
(a) (A–R); (B –S); (C–Q); (D–P)
(b) (A–S); (B –R); (C–Q); (D–P)
(c) (A–Q); (B –S); (C–R); (D–P)
(d) (A–P); (B –Q); (C–S); (D–R)

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. A debate club consists of 6 girls and 4 boys. A team of 4
members is to be selected from this club including the
1. The number of arrangements of the letters of the word
selection of a captain (from among these 4 members) for
BANANA in which the two N’s do not appear adjacently,
the team. If the team has to include at most one boy, then
is (2002)
the number of ways of selecting the team is (2016)
(a) 40 (b) 60
(a) 380 (b) 320
(c) 80 (d) 100
(c) 260 (d) 95
2. If r, s, t are prime numbers and p, q are the positive integers 8. Let S = {1, 2, 3,…..,9}. For k = 1, 2,…..,5, let Nk be the
such that LCM of p, q is r2s4t2, then the number of ordered number of subsets of S, each containing five elements
pairs (p, q ) is (2006) out of which exactly k are odd. Then
(a) 252 (b) 254 N1 + N2 + N3 + N4 + N5= (2017)
(c) 225 (d) 224 (a) 125 (b) 210
3. The letters of the word COCHIN are permuted and all the (c) 252 (d) 126
permutations are arranged in an alphabetical order as in Objective Questions II [One or more than one correct option]
an English dictionary. The number of words that appear 9. For non-negative integers s and r, let
before the word COCHIN is (2007)
(a) 360 (b) 192 ì s!
æsö ï if r £ s ,
=
ç ÷ í r !( s - r )!
(c) 96 (d) 48 r
è ø ï if > s
î 0
4. The number of seven digit integers, with sum of the digits
equal to 10 and formed by using the digits 1,2 and 3 only, For positive integers m and n, let
is (2009)
m+n
(a) 55 (b) 66 f ( m , n, p )
g ( m, n ) = å
P=0 æn + pö
where for any nonnegative
(c) 77 (d) 88 ç ÷
è p ø
5. The total number of ways in which 5 balls of different
colours can be distributed among 3 persons so that each integer p,
person gets atleast one ball is (2012) p

æ m öæ n + i ö æ p + n ö
f (m, n, p ) = å ç ÷ç ÷ç ÷
(a) 75 (b) 150 i =0 è i øè p ø è p - i ø
(c) 210 (d) 243

Then which of the following statements is/are TRUE?
6. Six cards and six envelopes are numbered 1,2,3,4,5,6 and (2020)
cards are to be placed in envelopes so that each envelope
(a) g (m, n) = g (n, m) for all positive integers m,n
contains exactly one card and no card is placed in the
envelope bearing the same number and moreover the card (b) g (m, n + 1) = g ( m + 1, n) for all positive integers m,n
numbered 1 is always placed in envelope numbered 2.
Then the number of ways it can be done is (2014) (c) g (2m, 2n) = 2 g (m, n) for all positive integers m,n
(a) 264 (b) 265

(d) g (2m, 2n) = ( g (m, n)) 2 for all positive integers m,n
(c) 53 (d) 67
14. Five persons A,B,C,D and E are seated in a circular

10. Let S1   i, j, k  : i, j, k  1, 2,...,10 ,
arrangement. If each of them is given a hat of one of the
three colours red, blue and green, then the numbers of
S2   i, j :1  i  j  2  10, i, j  1, 2, ....,10 , ways of distributing the hats such that the person seated
in adjacent seats get different coloured hats is (2019)
S3   i, j, k, l  :1  i  j  k  l, i, j, k, l  1, 2,..., 10 15. An engineer is required to visit a factory for exactly four
days during the first 15 days of every month and it is
mandatory that no two visits take place on consecutive
And S4   i, j, k, l  : i, j, k and l are distinct elements
days. Then the number of all possible ways in which such
visits to the factory can be made by the engineer during
in 1, 2, ..., 10. 1-15 June 2021 is _____. (2020)
16. In a hotel, four rooms are available. Six persons are to be
If the total number of elements in the set Sr is
accommodated in these four rooms in such a way that
n r , r  1, 2, 3, 4. then which of the following statement each of these rooms contains at least one person and at
most two persons. Then the number of all possible ways
is (are) TRUE? (2021) in which this can be done is _____ . (2020)
(a) n1 = 1000 (b) n2 = 44 Match the Following
n4
(c) n3 = 220 (d)  420 representing matching of elements from Column-I and
12
11. Let n be the number of ways in which 5 boys and 5 girls
17. Consider all possible permutations of the letters of the
can stand in a queue in such a way that all the girls stand word ENDEANOEL. (2008)
consecutively in the queue. Let m be the number of ways
(A) The number of permutations (P) 5!
in which 5 boys and 5 girls can stand in a queue in such
contianing the word ENDEA, is
a way that exactly four girls stand consecutively in the
(B) The number of permutations in (Q) 2 × 5!
m which the letter E occurs in the
queue. Then the value of is (2015)
n
first and the last positions, is
12. Words of length 10 are formed using the letters A, B, C, D, (C) The number of permutations in (R) 7 × 5!
E, F, G, H, I, J. Let x be the number of such words where no which none of the letters D, L, N
letter is repeated; and let y be the number of such words occurs in the last five positions, is
where exactly one letter is repeated twice and no other (D) The number of permutations in (S) 21 × 5!
which the letters A, E, O occur
y
letter is repeated. Then,  (2017)
9x only in odd positions, is
13. The number of 5 digit numbers which are divisible by 4,
(a) ( A-P; B-S; C-Q; D-Q )
with digits from the set {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} and the repetition of
(b) ( A-S; B-P; C-Q; D-Q )
digits is allowed, is _______. (2018)
(c) ( A-Q; B-S; C-Q; D-P )
(d) ( A-S; B-Q; C-P; D-Q )
18. In a high school, a committee has to be formed from a Using the following passage, solve Q.19 and Q.20
group of 6 boys M1, M2, M3, M4, M5, M6 and 5 girls G1, G2,
G3, G4, G5. Passage
(i) Let a1 be the total number of ways in which the Let an denote the number of all n-digit positive integers
committee can be formed such that the committee has 5 formed by the digits 0, 1 or both such that no consecutive
members, having exactly 3 boys and 2 girls. digits in them are 0. Let bn = The number of such n-digit
integers ending with digit 1 and cn = The number of such
(ii) Let a 2 be the total number of ways in which the
n-digit integers ending with digit 0. (2012)
committee can be formed such that the committee has at
least 2 members, and having an equal number of boys 19. Which of the following is correct ?
and girls.
(a) a17 = a16 + a15 (b) c17 ¹ c16 + c15
(iii) Let a 3 be the total number of ways in which the
(c) b17 ¹ b16 + c16 (d) a17 = c17 + b16
committee can be formed such that the committee has 5
members, at least 2 of them being girls. 20. The value of b6 is
(iv) Let a 4 be the total number of ways in which the (a) 7 (b) 8
committee can be formed such that the committee has 4 (c) 9 (d) 11
members, having at least 2 girls and such that both M1
and G1 are NOT in the committee together. (2018)
Column A Column B
(A) The value of a1 is (P) 136
(B) The value of a 2 is (Q) 189
(C) The value of a 3 is (R) 192
(D) The value of a 4 is (S) 200

(T) 381
(U) 461
(a) (A–S; B–U; C–T; D–Q)
(b) (A–U; B–S; C–T; D–Q)
(c) (A–T; B–U; C–S; D–Q)
(d) (A–Q; B–T; C–U; D–S)

Answer Key
CHAPTER -10 CIRCLES

1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c) 1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b)
6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (a) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (210)
16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (a) 21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (a)
26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (b) 26. (d) 27. (5) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (a) 31. (2) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (9)
36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (d) 36. (3) 37. (c) 38. (7) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (a) 41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (c) 44. (36) 45. (c)
46. (d) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (b) 50. (c) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (a)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (d) 55. (b) 51. (d) 52. (61) 53. (16) 54. (40) 55. (165)
56. (a) 57. (2.83) 58. (15) 59. (14.42) 56. (b) 57. (1) 58. (a) 59. (d) 60. (a)
60. (1) 61. (16) 62. (8.94) 63. (40) 64. (75) 61. (18) 62. (b) 63. (1) 64. (c) 65. (c)
65. (7.68) 66. (90) 67. (4) 68. (4) 69. (–1.25) 66. (d) 67. (56) 68. (1225) 69. (3) 70. (c)
70. (–18)
ANSWER KEY 181
CHAPTER -10 CIRCLES


1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (a) 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (a,c) 12. (b,c) 13. (a,b,c) 14. (a,c)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (b) 15. (8) 16. (2) 17. (10) 18. (2)
16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d) 19. (a) 20. (c) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (c) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (a)
29. (d) 30. (d) 31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (d)
26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (d)
34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (0.50)37. (4)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (c)
36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (c)

38. 3 3  10  39. (Ellipse)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (c) 40.  2 x  2 y  10 x  5 y  1  0 
2 2
46. (a) 47. (a,d) 48. (b,d) 49. (a,c,d)

50. (b,c) 51. (a,c) 52. (b,c) 53. (a,c,d)
54. (a,d) 55. (a,b) 56. (b,d) 57. (1) 58. (949)
59. (0) 60. (2) 61. (d) 62. (a) 63. (c)
64. (a) 65. (d) 66. (a) 67. (a) 68. (b)
69. (b) 70. (d) 71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (b)
 1 2
74. (a) 77.   ,  
 5 5
2 2
 4 1
78.  x    y    and ( x  4)  y  (3)
2 2 2 2
 3 3
Answer Key
CHAPTER -11 CONIC SECTIONS

1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (a) 1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (d)
6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (c)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (a)
16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (b)
16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (d) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (c)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (a)
26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (c) 31. (5) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (9)
36. (d) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (1.25) 40. (a)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (a)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (d)
36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (a) 46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (b) 50. (c)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (b) 51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (d)
46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (b) 50. (d) 56. (b) 57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (d) 63. (a) 64. (d) 65. (a)
51. (a) 52. (c) 53. (c) 54. (d) 55. (d) 66. (4) 67. (c) 68. (c) 69. (b) 70. (c)
56. (a) 57. (b) 58. (b) 59. (b) 60. (a) 71. (d) 72. (d) 73. (a) 74. (d) 75. (a)
61. (a) 62. (a) 63. (d) 64. (4) 65. (2) 76. (c) 77. (d) 78. (c) 79. (b) 80. (a)
81. (d) 82. (c) 83. (0.5) 84. (d) 85. (b)
66. (2) 67. (0) 68. (24) 69. (14) 70. (5)
86. (c) 87. (34) 88. (c) 89. (9) 90. (b)
71. (90) 72. (60) 73. (1) 74. (2) 75. (2) 91. (c) 92. (c) 93. (3) 94. (c) 95. (c)
76. (12) 77. (16) 78. (3) 79. (4) 80. (8) 96. (c) 97. (d) 98. (c) 99. (a) 100. (2)
101. (a) 102. (b) 103. (b) 104. (d) 105. (36)
106. (b) 107. (d) 108. (b) 109. (2) 110. (a)
111. (c) 112. (b) 113. (d) 114. (d) 115. (b)
116. (80) 117. (b) 118. (b) 119. (b) 120. (a)
121. (9) 122. (d) 123. (2) 124. (3) 125. (b)
ANSWER KEY 183
CHAPTER -11 CONIC SECTIONS


1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (a) 1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c)
6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (b) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d)
16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (d) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (a) 21. (a) 22. (a,b) 23. (b,c) 24. (a,d) 25. (a,b)
26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (b) 26. (c,d) 27. (a,b,d) 28. (b,d) 29. (a,d)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (d) 35. (b) 30. (a,b) 31. (a,b,d) 32. (a,c,d)
36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (b) 33. (a,c) 34. (b,c) 35. (a,d) 36. (a,b,d)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (a) 45. (b) 37. (2) 38. (2) 39. (2) 40. (4) 41. (4)
46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (a) 50. (a) 42. (4) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (a) 46. (a)
51. (d) 52. (a,c) 53. (a,b,c,d) 54. (a,b,c,d) 47. (c) 48. (d) 49. (a) 50. (c) 52. (a=2)
55. (a,b,c,d) 56. (a,d) 57. (a,b,d) 53. ((x + 1) (y – 1)2 + 4 = 0)
58. (a,b) 59. (a,b,c) 60. (b,c) 61. (228)
2x 7 14 3
62. (12) 63. (900) 64. (27) 65. (145) 66. (50) 54. y = - +4 ,
3 3 3
67. (16) 68. (a) 69. (c) 70. (a) 71. (a)
72. (c) 73. (a) 74. (b) 75. (c) 76. (d) 2
x 2 y2 x 2 + y2
77. (b) 78. (c) 79. (d) 80. (b) 55. - =
9 4 81
81. y2 = 2 (x – 4) 82. (1/9,1/9)
æ1 5ö æ5 1ö
84. P0 ç , ÷ , Q0 ç , ÷
è 2 4 ø è4 2ø
2 2
x2 y r + s
85. 2 + 2
=1
a ar + bs
Answer Key
CHAPTER -12 BINOMIAL THEOREM

1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (c) 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (a)
6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (c) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (a) 11. (24) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (c)
16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (d) 16. (a) 17. (84) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (8)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (d) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (100) 24. (a) 25. (d)
26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (b) 30. (c) 26. (0) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (d)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (b) 31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (118) 34. (c) 35. (c)
36. (d) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (b) 36. (8) 37. (c) 38. (13) 39. (120) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (5) 44. (51) 45. (17) 41. (d) 42. (30) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (615)
46. (12) 47. (540) 48. (210) 49. (9) 50. (252) 46. (a) 47. (51) 48. (c) 49. (21) 50. (d)
51. (5) 52. (5) 53. (1120) 54. (60) 55. (41) 51. (a) 52. (210) 53. (1) 54. (a) 55. (d)
56. (b) 57. (96) 58. (8) 59. (d) 60. (a)
61. (a) 62. (55) 63. (98) 64. (924) 65. (49)
66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (15) 69. (55) 70. (315)
71. (6) 72. (b) 73. (d) 74. (4) 75. (4)
76. (210) 77. (19) 78. (c) 79. (b) 80. (12)
81. (d) 82. (1) 83. (b) 84. (45) 85. (b)
ANSWER KEY 185
CHAPTER -12 BINOMIAL THEOREM


1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (b) 1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (d)
6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (a) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (6) 10. (8)
11. (5) 12. (646) 13. (6.20)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (b)
16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (b)
26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (a,b)
36. (a,c,d) 37. (a,c) 38. (3) 39. (5.06) 40. (34)
41. (5.50) 42. (-5050) 43. (a) 44. (d)
2mn - 1
47. mn
2 (2 n - 1)
Answer Key
CHAPTER -13 PERMUTATION AND COMBINATION

1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (a)
6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (d) 11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (180) 14. (d) 15. (78)
16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (d) 16. (d) 17. (60) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (b) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (120) 24. (a) 25. (309)
26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (a) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (54) 29. (a) 30. (135)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (a) 31. (240) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (120) 35. (d)
36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (a) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (490) 39. (2454) 40. (a)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (b) 41. (777) 42. (9) 43. (238) 44. (924) 45. (720)
46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (c) 46. (96) 47. (d) 48. (16) 49. (d) 50. (a)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (b) 51. (77) 52. (100) 53. (136) 54. (52) 55. (80)
56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (a) 59. (d) 60. (c) 56. (576) 57. (5143) 58. (d) 59. (1000) 60. (c)
61. (d) 62. (32) 63. (45) 64. (31650) 65. (c)
66. (d) 67. (300) 68. (d) 69. (a) 70. (d)
ANSWER KEY 187
CHAPTER -13 PERMUTATION AND COMBINATION


1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b) 1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (a,b,d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (c) 10. (a,b,d) 11. (5) 12. (5) 13. (625)
16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (b) 14. (30) 15. (495) 16. (1080)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (b) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (b)
26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (c)
36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (a,b)
41. (a,c,d) 42. (a,b,d)43. (b,c) 44. (b,c,d)
45. (b,c) 46. (b,d) 47. (b,d) 48. (a,b,c,d)
49. (a,b,d) 50. (a,d) 51. (b,c,d) 52. (141)
53. (330) 54. (771) 55. (9) 56. (296) 57. (b)
58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (n = 9 and r = 3)
MASTER INDEX
VOLUME 1:
Quadratic Equations
Complex Numbers
Sequence and Series
Straight Lines
VOLUME 2:
Trigonometry
Statistics
VOLUME 3:
Circles
Conic Sections
Binomial Theorem
65 Million+
Monthly
Youtube Views

Users Live Learning
25 43
Parents
Happy
Trust
Students
Vedantu
MILLION+ MILLION+
JEE Advanced 2021

Ankit Shrey

JEE Main 2021
903 students in
Top 10,000
78 869
68 444
Sharma
AIR 158 AIR 179
NEET (UG) 2021
AIR 23
Pavit
Score 710 AIR 92

Anirudh
Online Crash Course
Score 705
Shivank
Online Crash Course
AIR 143 Score 700

1172 NEET
Qualifiers
Annmary
Santhosh
98.4% 98.4% 98.0% 99.8% 98.4% 99.8% 99.6% 99.4%
ICSE Class 10
99.4% 97.4% 97.2% 97.2% 97.2% 99.4% 99.2% 99.2%

Class 11 Math Jee Module

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Class 11 Math Jee Module

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Class 11 Math Jee Module

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Academic Progress for every Student

Regular tests &

Our Extraordinary Results 2021

All India HIGHER

37.28% 37.28% 8.25%

CBSE 10 CBSE 12 JEE

We strongly believe in you and your capabilities. So believe in yourself

Typesetting Team Graphic Designer

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 14

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 27

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 30

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 35

Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 39

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 164

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 49

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 62

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 67

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 74

Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 80

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 166

SEQUENCE AND SERIES

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 92

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 99

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 104

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 115

Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 120

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 168

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 123

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 131

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 143

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 148

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 154

Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 161

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 170

1. QUADRATIC EXPRESSION/EQUATION 4. NATURE OF ROOTS

2 ax 2 + bx + c = 0 will be an identity (or can have more than

5. NATURE OF THE ROOTS OF TWO 7. INEQUATIONS

(ii) If D1 + D 2 < 0 , then there will be atleast two

(iii) If D1 .D 2 < 0 , then the equation P(x).Q(x) = 0 will

(iv) If D1 .D 2 > 0 , then the equation P(x).Q(x) = 0 has

(vii) If D1D 2 = 0 such that D1 = 0 and D 2 = 0 then the

equation P(x) Q(x) = 0 will have two pairs of equal roots.

6. GRAPH OF QUADRATIC EXPRESSION

(i) The graph between x, y is always a parabola.

(ii) y > 0 " x Î R, only if a>0&D<0

(iii) y < 0 " x Î R, only if a<0&D<0

For a < 0, we have :

Let f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, where a > 0 & a, b, c Î R.

9. POLYNOMIAL (ii) Conditions for both roots of f (x) = 0 to lie on

where a0, a 1, ....... a n are all real & a 0 ¹ 0,

(iv) Conditions that both roots of f(x) = 0 to be

12. COMMON ROOTS

(a) Only One Common Root

Let a be the common root of ax 2 + bx + c = 0 &

13. FACTORS OF A SECOND DEGREE EQUATION

The condition that a quadratic function

Sol. The given equation is